i 

- I 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  ILLINOIS 
LIBRARY 


557 

CI22 

V.5 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2017  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign  Alternates 


https://archive.org/details/notesonquaternar5130bova 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


ANDl^KVV  C.  LAWSON 

EDITOR 


VOLUME  V 
WITH  42  PLATES 


BERKELEY 

THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


1906-1910 


sen 

C 

V.  S' 


CONTENTS. 


PACiE 

No.  1.  Carnivora  from  the  Tertiary  Formations  of  the  John  Day 

Kejrion,  by  John  C.  Merriam  1 

No.  2.  Some  Fhlentate-like  Hemains  from  the  Maseall  Beds  of  Oregon, 

by  William  J.  Sinclair  ho 

No.  3.  Fossil  Mollusca  from  the  .lohn  Day  and  Maseall  Beds  of 

Oregon,  by  Bobert  E.  C.  Stearns  67 

No.  4.  New  Cestraciont  Teeth  from  the  West  American  Triassic,  by 

Edna  Wemple  71 

No.  5.  Preliminary  Note  on  a New  Marine  Reptile  from  tiie  Middle 

Triassic  of  Nevada,  by  John  C.  Merriam  75 

No.  6.  Lawsonite,  ('olnmbite.  Beryl,  Barite,  and  Calcite,  by  Arthur 

S.  Eakle  81 

No.  7.  The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California,  with  Supplementary  Notes  on 

Other  Species  of  Extinct  Fishes,  by  David  Starr  Jordan 95 

No.  8.  Fish  Remains  from  the  Marine  Lower  Triassic  of  Aspen 

Ridge,  Idaho,  by  Malcolm  Goddard  145 

No.  9.  Benitoite,  a New  California  Gem  Mineral,  by  George  Davis 

Londerback,  with  Chemical  Analysis  by  Walter  G.  Blasdale  149 

No.  10.  Notes  on  Quaternary  Felidae  from  California,  by  John  F. 

Bovard  155 

No.  11.  Tertiary  Faunas  of  the  John  Day  Region,  by  John  C.  Merriam 

and  William  J.  Sinclair  171 

No.  12.  Quaternary  Myriopods  and  Insects  of  California,  by  Fordyce 

Griunell,  Jr 207 

No.  13.  Notes  on  the  Osteology  of  the  Thalattosaurian  Genus  Necto- 

saurus,  by  John  C.  Merriam  217 

No.  14.  Notes  on  Some  California  Minerals,  by  Arthur  S.  Eakle 225 

No.  15.  Notes  on  a Collection  of  Fossil  Mammals  from  Virgin  Val- 
ley, Nevada,  by  James  Williams  Gidley  235 

No.  16.  Stratigraphy  and  Palaeontology  of  the  San  Pablo  Formation 

in  Middle  California,  by  Charles  E.  Weaver  243 

No,  17.  New  Echinoids  from  the  Tertiary  of  California,  by  Charles 

E.  Weaver  271 


589279 


i>a(;e 


Xo.  18.  Notes  on  Echiiioiils  from  the  Tertiary  of  California,  by  It. 

W.  Pack  27i) 

No.  If).  Pavo  californiciis,  a Fossil  l^eacock  from  the  t^uaternay 

.\s])halt  Peds  of  Rancho  I^a  Brea,  by  Loye  Holmes  Miller.  ..  285 
No.  20.  The  Skull  and  Dentition  of  an  Extinct  Cat,  closely  allieil  tri 

Felix  atrox  Eeidy,  by  John  C.  Merriam  2!)I 

No.  21.  Teratornis,  a New  Avian  (ienus  from  Rancho  La  Brea,  liy 

Tjoye  Holmes  Miller  305 

No.  22.  The  Occurrence  of  Strei>sicerine  Antelopes  in  the  Tertiary 

of  Northwestern  Nevada  319 

No.  23.  Benitoite.  its  Paragenesis  and  Mode  of  Occurrence,  by  (leorge 
Davis  [jouderback,  with  Chemical  Analysis  liy  Walter  C. 
Blasdale  331 

No.  24.  The  Skull  and  Dentition  of  a Primitive  I chthyosaurian  from 


the  Middle  Triassic,  by  John  Merriam  381 

No.  25.  New  Mammalia  from  Rancho  La  Brea,  by  John  C.  Merriam....  391 

No.  26.  An  A])lodont  Rodent  from  the  Tertiary  of  Nevada,  by  Eustace 

L.  Furlong  397 

No.  27.  Evesthes  jordani.  a Primitive  Flounder  from  the  Miocene  of 

California,  by  .lames  Zaechaeus  Oilbert  405 

No.  28.  The  Probable  Tertiar}’  Land  Connection  between  Asia  and 

North  America,  by  Adolph  Kno])f  i 413 

No.  29.  Rodent  Fauna  of  the  Late  Tertiary  Beds  at  Virgin  Valley 

and  Thousand  Creeh,  Nevada,  by  Louise  Kellogg  421 

No.  30.  Wading  Birds  from  the  Quaternary  As[ihalt  Beds  of  Rancho 

La  Brea,  by  Loye  Holmes  Miller  439 

Index  44!) 


NOV  26  1918 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  1,  pp.  1-64,  Pis.  1-6  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


CAIINIVOKA 

FROM  THE 

T E RTI  ARY  FO  RM  AT  I ON  S 

OF  THE 

JOHN  DAY  REGION. 

BY 

•lOHN  0.  MeKKIAM. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 


Introduction  - 2 

Occurrence  - 3 

Canidae  5 

Canis'  sp.  - - 5 

Tephrocyon  rurestris  Condon  - - (i 

Cynoflictis  (?)  oregoncnsis,  n.  sj).  11 

Nothocyon  geismarianus,  n.  var.  mollis  13 

Nothoeyon  lemur  Cojie  - 14 

Nothocyon  latidens  Cope  1.5 

Mesoeyon  coryphaeus  Cojie  1(5 

Mesocyon  brachyops,  n.  sp 17 

Mesoeyon  josephi  Cope  (?) 19 

Indeterminate  20 

Temnoeyon  altigenis  Cope  21 

Philotrox  condoni,  n.  gen.  and  s]i.  30 

Felidae  37 

Nimravus  and  Archaelurus  38 

Generic  and  specific  distinctions  38 

Liudis  - 4() 

Vertebrae  51 

Pogonodon  davisi,  n.  sp 53 

Age  and  stage  of  evolution  of  the  .lohn  Day  carnixore  fauna  58 

f'anidae  58 

Felidae  (51 

(Conclusions  ..  (54 


o 


UnivcrsUy  of  California  I'n/jlicaliona. 


[ (iKOUKiY 


INTIfODlKI'l'ION. 

Ill  1899  mid  1900  field  parlies  from  Ihe  University  of  Uali- 
fornia,  workin<>'  under  the  direetion  of  llie  writer,  eolleeted  over 
the  irreater  part  of  tlie  exposed  area  of  llie  Tertiary  formations 
in  tlie  Jolin  Day  Valley  of  Eastern  Oreffon.  In  the  fall  of  1900 
L.  S.  Davis  and  V.  C.  Osniont  eontinned  in  the  field  after  Ihe 
University  jiarly  had  returned,  and  made  additional  eolleetions, 
particularly  in  the  reylon  of  the  Crooked  Diver  and  Lo^^fan  Butte, 
south  of  the  John  Day  Basin.  The  collections  of  Osmont  and 
Davis  were  purchased  for  the  University,  and  the  material  now 
available  may  he  considered  representative  of  all  the  phases  of 
the  faunas  of  the  John  Day  region.  The  new  rodent  and  ungu- 
late material  from  these  collections  has  already  been  discussed  by 
Dr.  Sinclair.^  In  the  following  paper  there  are  presented  such 
additions  to  our  knowledge  of  this  fauna  as  have  been  obtained 
from  a study  of  the  carnivore  material. 

In  the  ])i'ei)aration  of  this  report  the  writer  has  been  espec- 
ially indebted  to  Professor  II.  F.  Osborn  and  Dr.  W.  D.  Matthew 
of  the  American  Museum  for  courtesies  extended  during  the  ex- 
amination of  the  Cope  collection  of  John  Day  types.  Dr.  Mat- 
thew has  also  very  kindly  made  numerous  examinations  of  types 
for  me  while  the  material  was  in  the  process  of  description.  Pro- 
fessor W.  B.  Scott  and  Di-.  Marcus  Pai-r  have  shown  me  the  types 
of  John  Day  ('aimivora  at  Pi'inceton  University,  and  Dr.  Sinclair 
has  recently  i-eexamined  several  tyjies  at  my  recjuest. 

In  woi'king  over  the  subject  of  variation  in  the  dejitition  and 
skull  characters  of  the  recent  Canidae,  Dr.  C.  Hart  IMerriam  and 
Mr.  Vernon  Bailey  have  funiished  most  valuable  data.  In  the 
examination  of  the  Canidae,  IMr.  Bailey  has  worked  over  a very 
large  series  of  skulls  and  has  reported  on  over  fifteen  hundred 
examinations. 

In  justice  to  Ihe  aitist  and  tngravei-,  it  should  be  staled  that 
Ihe  illustrations  accompanying  this  paper  were  I'eproduced  from 
the  first  rou^b  pi'oofs,  the  oi'iginal  plates  and  drawings  having- 
been  (hsiroyid  in  the  San  Ei’ancisco  lire  of  A])ril  eighteenth. 

' W.  .1.  Sinclair.  Hull.  Dopt.  (Icol.,  T^^niv.  Cal.,  Vol.  4,  No.  C. 


VoL.  5J 


M erriam . — J oh n Day  Carnivora. 


3 


OCCURRENCE. 


The  general  stratigraphic  siiecessioii  of  the  Tertiary  foiana- 
tions  of  the  John  Day  region  has  been  discussed  by  the  writer  in 
a previoiis  pai)ei\-  The  sequence  of  forniatioiis  recognized  is  as 


follows : — 

John  Day  River  terraces 
Rattlesnake  formation 
Mascall  formation 
Columbia  Ijava  formation 
John  Day  series 
Upper  John  Day 
Middle  .tohn  Day 
Lower  .tohn  Day 
Clarno  formation 
Upper  Clarno 
Lower  Clarno 


(Quaternary 

I’liocene 

Miocene 

Miocene 

.Miocene  to  Oligocene 


Eocene 


Of  these  formations,  those  included  in  the  beds  below  the 
Pliocene  are  made  up  mainly  of  igneous  materials.  The  John 
Day  and  Ma.scall  beds  are  almost  entirely  composed  of  volcanic 
ash  and  tuff  in  various  forms.  Mammal  remains  are  known  from 
the  John  Day,  IMascall,  Rattlesnake,  and  Terrace  deitosits. 

Excepting  the  uppermost  portion  of  the  series,  the  Jolin  Day 
l)eds  show  a remarkal)le  evenness  in  their  stratification,  and  con- 
tain a fauna  which  is  characteristic  of  dry  land.  In  the  higher 
strata,  cross-liedding  appears,  with  more  or  less  interstratified 
gravel,  and  a number  of  fresh-water  types  are  seen  in  the  fauna. 
The  greater  iiortion  of  the  series  is  presumably  made  up  of  slow 
aecunndations  of  ash,  which  fell  mainly  on  open  plains,  upon 
which  shifting  shallow  lakes  may  have  existed  from  time  to  time. 
In  the  latter  i)ortion  of  this  period  the  topography  appears  to 
have  been  more  diversified  and  the  action  of  streams  to  have  be- 
come more  pronounced. 

The  greater  portion  of  the  total  thiekne.ss  of  the  Mascall  is, 
like  the  .lohn  Day,  made  up  of  evenly  stratified  ash  beds.  In  the 
lower  portion  of  the  formation  there  is,  however,  evidence  of  ac- 
cunudation  of  a considerable  thickness  of  fine  sediment  in  a body 
of  fresh  water.  In  this  there  are  numerous  remains  of  fresh- 
water fishes  and  mollusks,  and  large  (piantities  of  fossil  plants. 

The  Rattlesnake  beds  consist  mainly  of  heavy  gravels.  Asso- 
-Bull.  Dept.  GeoL,  Univ.  Cal.,  Vol.  2,  No.  9. 


4 


Universiiy  of  Calif omia  I’lihlicaiions. 


[GKOLooy 


dated  witli  these,  as  a very  prominent  and  persistent  feature,  is 
a heavy  rhyolite  flow.  Some  of  the  beds  beneath  the  rhyolite 
evidently  repi-esent  old  alluvial  floors  which  have  been  built  up 
largely  by  dust  accumulations. 

Although  the  Carnivora  of  the  Tertiary  faunas  of  the  John 
Day  region  have  been  known  through  numerous  types,  the  actual 
number  of  specimens  is  not  large,  and  they  may  be  counted  as 
among  the  rarities.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  the  collec- 
tions obtained  by  the  Tbiiversity  of  California,  there  is  a consid- 
erable percentage  of  new  forms,  although  the  number  of  speci- 
mens is  relatively  small.  This  indicates  that  the  fauna  is  still 
only  impei'fectly  I'cpresented  in  the  collections.  As  yet,  carni- 
vore remains  are  certainly  known  only  from  the  John  Day  and 
i\fascall. 

As  far  as  possible  in  our  field  work,  the  effort  has  been  made 
to  determine  the  stratigraphic  horizons  in  which  si)ecimens  have 
been  found.  While  the  results  of  this  discrimination  have  been 
most  apparent  in  the  study  of  the  Ungulata,  some  light  has  also 
been  throAvn  on  the  history  of  the  Carnivora.  Of  the  known  car- 
nivore species  from  this  region  there  are  still  a considerable  num- 
ber of  which  the  geological  range  or  occurrence  is  unknown.  As 
far  as  has  l)een  determined,  the  following  ai-e  the  time  relations 
of  the  species.  The  number  of  specimens  knoAvn  to  occur  at  each 
horizon  is  indicated  by  the  figures  in  the  table. 

Middle 
John  Day 

Canis  (?)  sp - 

Tephroci/on  rurestris  - 

Cynodictis  (?)  oregonensis  2 

Nothocyon  geismarianns  mollis  . 1 

Nothocyon  letmir  3 

Nothocyon  latidens  (?)  2 

Mesocyon  coryphaeus  2 

Mcsocyon  hrachyops  

Mesocyon  josephi  ( ?)  1 

Temnocyon  altigenis  2 

Temnocyon  ferox  

I’hilotrox  condoni  1 

Archaclnrus  dchilis  major  7 

Nimravvs  gomphodus  1 

J’ogonodon  davisi  

J’ogonodon  pin  ty  cop  is 


Upper 
John  Day 


Mascall 

i(?) 

1 


3(?) 


1(?) 

1(?) 

] 


1 


VoL.  5 I 


Mcrri(nn. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


dANIDAI-]. 

'I'he  Tertuii'y  bods  of  oasloni  Oregon  have  furnislied  a oe- 
markable  variety  of  canid  ty})es  compared  with  otlier  formations 
in  America.  Nearly  all  of  these  are  known  from  the  .John  Day 
beds,  only  two  of  the  eighteen  species  occnrrinf?  in  the  Mascall. 
Althongli  most  of  the  types  I'epresented  exhibit  some  primitive 
characters,  much  variation  in  strnctni'e  is  shown.  Tn  some  cases 
the  dilferentiation  has  led  to  develo{)ment  of  considerably  spe- 
cialized forms.  In  the  following  discussion  only  those  species 
have  beeii  touched  upon,  concerning  which  additional  evidence 
has  been  obtained. 

The  following  are  the  I'ecognized  species  occurring  in  the 
.John  Day  and  Mascall : — 

Mascall. 

Canis  (?)  sp. 

Tephrocyon  ruresiris  Condon. 

John  Day. 

Paradaphaenus  cuspigerus  Cope. 

Cynodictis  (?)  oregonensis,  n.  sp. 

Nothocyon  geismarianus  Cope. 

Nothocyon  lemur  Cope. 

Nothocyon  latidens  Cope. 

Mesocyon  coryphaeus  Cope. 

Mesocyon  hrachyops,  n.  sp. 

Mesocyon  josephi  Cope. 

Temnocyon  altigenis  Cope. 

Temnocyon  wallovianus  Cope. 

Temnocyon  ferox  Eyerman. 

Philotrox  condoni,  n.  gen.  and  sp. 

Oligohunis  crassivultus  Cope. 

Enhydrocyon  stenocephalus  Cope. 

Hyaenocyon  hasilatus  Cope. 

Hyaenocyon  sectorius  Cope. 


CANIS  (?)  sp. 

Text-figure  1. 

The  known  material  representing  this  species  consists  of  two 
well-preserved  upper  molars  in  a fragment  of  a jaw.  The  teeth 
resemble  those  of  the  coyotes  in  general  form,  and  are  tentatively 
referred  to  the  genus  Canis.  They  are  a little  smaller  than  the 


6 


University  of  California  Publications. 


I Gkolooy 


molars  of  the  livin"  coyotes  of  this  j’e^jion,  and  ]\P  is  relatively  a 
little  largrer. 


Fig.  1.  Canis  sp.  No.  54.5.  Mascall  beds  (?),  Eattlesnake  Creek,  near 
Cottonwood,  Wheeler  County,  Oregon.  X 1. 

The  outer  cusps  of  are  laterally  com])re.sscd  and  rather 
sharp.  The  protocone  is  well  developed,  but  the  innei’  cusp  of 
the  cingulum  is  relatively  small.  The  intermediate  tubercles  are 
both  present.  The  outer  ridge  of  the  cingulum  is  well  defined, 
but  is  narrow. 

On  M-  the  metaeone  is  about  as  large  as  the  paracone.  The 
V-shaped  protocone  is  distinct  and  the  inner  cusp  or  hypocone  is 
well  developed. 


M’,  greatest  antero-jiosterior  diameter  9.7 

M^,  greatest  transverse  diameter  13.3 

M“,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter  C.6 

M“,  greatest  transverse  diameter  9.8 


The  only  known  specimen,  No.  545,  was  obtained  between 
Cottonwood  Creek  and  Birch  Creek,  in  the  southea.st  corner  of 
Wheeler  County,  Oregon.  (Locality  No.  887,  Univ.  Calif.  Coll. 
Vert.  Palae. ) At  this  locality  the  Mascall  formation  is  capped 
by  the  Rattlesnake  beds.  This  specimen  was  obtained  on  an  ex- 
posure of  Mascall  beds  immediately  below  a Rattlesnake  outcrop. 
It  was  not  in  the  matrix,  and  we  cannot  be  absolutely  certain 
that  it  had  not  originally  come  from  the  Rattlesnake  beds  above. 


Tephrocyon,  New  Genus. 

TEPIIROCYON  RURESTRIS  Condoil. 

PI.  1,  Figs.  1,  2,  and  3. 

Canis  rurcstris  Condon,  The  Two  Islands,  1902,  p.  139,  PI.  18.  Type 
specimen  No.  382,  private  collection  of  Professor  Thomas  Condon. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a very  fine  skull  obtained  by 
Professor  Thomas  Condon  many  years  ago  in  the  Mascall  forma- 
tion near  Cottonwood,  Grant  County,  Oregon.  It  was  figured  by 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrri(t}H. — John  Daij  Carnivora. 


7 


Professor  Condon  in  his  work  on  Die  Two  Isljinds  iind  wns  after- 
ward kindly  loajied  to  the  antlior  by  liiin  for  eoinpai'ison  and 
study.  The  skull  laeks  only  the  portion  anterior  to  the  eanines. 
The  i)arts  present  are  well  preserved  and  in  pood  condition  for 
study. 

Didinclive  Characters. — Muzzle  short,  posterior  ends  of  pre- 
maxillaries  extending  behind  the  anterior  ends  of  the  f rentals, 
sagittal  ei'est  high,  inion  x)rot>iinent,  auditoiy  bullae  very  large, 
inferior  niargin  of  the  mandil)le  sti-ongly  eonvex  below  the  ante- 
rior side  of  the  eoronoid  process.  Deiditioii  f,  ],  if,  f.  P^ 
with  incipient  pj'otostyle,  deuterocone  Aveak'.  with  hi-oad  in- 
ternal lobe,  ai)parently  without  protocoinde.  P.^,  P3,  and  P4  with 
l)Osterior  basal  tubercles  and  without  anterior  cusps.  Mj  with 
well-developed  nietaconid,  heel  with  low  entoconid  and  hypoco- 
nid.  Ti-igonid  of  iM,  with  di.stinct  paraconid.  M,  with  three  or 
four  low  tubercles  or  ridges. 

Skull. — The  type  of  .skull  .shown  in  this  si)eeies  is  that  of  a 
short-muzzled  form  with  greatly  developed  temporal  muscles. 
The  shortening  of  the  facial  region  is  accompanied  by  relatively 
great  backward  extension  of  the  premaxillaries,  which  iiass  the 
anterior  ends  of  the  frontals,  and  almost  reach  a line  connecting 
the  anterior  borders  of  the  orbits. 

The  sagittal  crest  is  high  and  sharp.  The  inion  projects 
rather  more  than  is  typical  of  Canis.  The  occipital  region  shows 
strong  buttresses  running  out  on  either  side  to  the  lambdoidal 
crest.  The  auditory  Inillae  are  very  large,  and  the  jiaraoccipital 
processes  prominent. 

On  the  mandible,  the  massteric  fossa  is  deep.  The  inferior 
margin  of  the  jaw  shows  a somwhat  greater  degree  of  convexity 
below  the  anterior  end  of  the  massateric  fossa  than  is  common  in 
the  typical  canids. 

Dentition. — The  dentition  is  in  general  much  like  that  of 
Canis,  but  differs  in  the  iiresence  of  a notch  on  the  anterior  side 
of  P^,  which  separates  an  incipient  protostyle  from  the  proto- 
cone ; in  the  presence  of  a minute  jjaraconid  on  M,,  and  of  sev- 
eral tubercles  on  iMg ; and  in  the  greater  width  of  the  lingual  side 
of  Mb 


s 


University  of  (Uthfornia  Uiihlicatioiis. 


All  flip  proiiiohu-s  pxccpliii”-  tlu*  fir'sl  ai'p  rpi)r(>spiitc(l  in  l)o1li 
jaws.  Thp  prpspiipp  of  llip  aritprior  otip  is  in(lica1(>(l  in  both  oases 
by  a lar^p  alveolus.  P.j,  and  1*4  have  no  aTitp)-ior  pns])s  or 

tubei’ples,  but  all  exhibit  botli  a posterior  eusp  and  posterior  basal 
tubei-ele.  P-  differs  from  all  of  tlie  otliei'  preinolars,  exeeptinjr 
the  earnassial,  in  ])Ossessin‘j  a minute  anterior  eus]).  P^  shows 
both  a.  i)Osterior  eus])  and  a ])ostei'ior  basal  tubei-ele.  On  the  up- 
])er  earnassial,  a distiuet  noteh  on  flip  anterior  side  of  tlie  proto- 
eoue  .separates  a small  eusp  eorres])ondin<>'  I0  the  pT-otostyle.  The 
deuteroeoue  is  small. 

The  first  ui)j)ei-  molai-  is  unusually  broad  on  the  lino'ual  .side, 
thouyh  the  jiosterior  inuei'  eus])  or  liypoeoue  is  not  relatively 
large.  A well-developed  metaeonule  is  present,  but  there  is  ap- 
pai-ently  no  ])rotoeonu]e.  Tlie  external  eingulum  is  distinctly 
marked.  On  IM"  the  protoeone  is  large  and  the  metacone  .some- 
what reduced. 

i\I,  is  not  far  from  the  stage  of  evolution  seen  in  Canis,  though 
the  metaeonid  is  perhaps  a little  larger  in  Tephrocyon.  On  the 
heel  the  low  hyiioeouid  and  entoeonid  are  distinctly  separated. 
The  trigonid  of  INL  is  less  reduced  than  in  Canis,  and  possesses  a 
small  paracouid.  The  heel  of  this  tooth  is  not  markedly  different 
from  that  of  Cauls.  The  hyjioconid  is  a di.stinet  but  low  tubercle. 

On  jM,  there  is  a faint  external  ridge  with  three  smaller  ridges 
running  toward  the  inner  margin.  These  elevations  .seem  to  rep- 
resent the  hyiioeouid  and  the  three  elements  of  the  trigonid. 

Affinities. — This  form  seems  to  lie  geuerically  separable  from 
the  canids  thus  far  described  from  the  iMiocene  of  America,  but 
it  shows  affinities  with  Canis,  and  to  a certain  extent  with  Aelii- 
rodoii. 

In  the  Cauidae.  the  development  of  a protostyle  on  P*  is  a 
charactei'istic  of  the  Aelui’odons  and  Simocyon,  though  occurring 
occasionally  in  other  forms.  In  its  incipient  form  it  is  present 
rarely  in  modern  species  of  Canis,  ]iarticularly  in  the  milk  car- 
nassial.  In  order  to  detei'miue  the  degree  of  variability  existing 
in  wild  canid  species,  l)i'.  C.  llai't  iMerriam  and  iMr.  Yeruon 
Bailey  have  ivceufly  examined  a large  series  of  skulls  in  the  col- 
lections of  the  Biologicid  Survey.  The  following  results  I (piote 
from  a statement  by  I)i-.  .Mei'riam. 


VoL.  5] 


]\I errimti . — Joltn  Dai)  (Uirnivoyd. 


9 


“Til  Ili(‘  big  Wolf,  out  of  107  skulls,  a faint  trace  of  a cusp 
may  be  seen  in  1 adult. 

“In  Coyotes,  out  of  450  skulls,  a faint  trace  exists  in  3 adults, 
and  a distinct  cus})  is  present  in  the  milk  tooth  of  15  young. 

“In  Canis  (or  (lerdocyon)  mayelhtnicus,  out  of  22  skulls,  no 
trace  of  a cusj)  in  tlie  adult;  a faint  cus])  is  iiresent  in  the  milk 
tooth  of  2 out  of  ()  young. 

“In  lied  Foxes,  out  of  244  skulls,  no  truce  in  adult;  slight 
trace  in  milk  tooth  of  5 out  of  10  young. 

“In  Ivit  and  Desert  Foxes,  out  of  70  skulls,  2 adults  show 
trace  of  a cusp;  9 young  have  a small  cusp  on  the  milk  tooth  in 
each  case. 

“In  the  Arctic  Fox,  out  of  24  skulls,  1 adult  shows  a faint 
trace,  and  5 young  in  milk  teeth  .show  a faint  trace. 

“In  Urocyon,  out  of  241  skulls,  2 adults  and  3 young  in  milk 
teeth  show  trace  of  a cusj) ; other  young  show  no  trace. 

“It  is  pi'ohahly  an  exaggeration  to  state  that  any  of  the  adults 
show  a trace  of  the  real  protostyle.” 

The  cusp  as  it  ai)pears  in  T.  rurestris  is  stronger  than  in  any 
valuation  of  the  recent  Canis  which  I have  seen,  hut  it  is  much 
weaker  than  in  Aclurodon,  and  should  hardly  he  termed  a true 
protostyle.  This  .species  also  shows  some  resemblance  to  the 
Aelurodons  in  iiF  and  ]\Io.  It  is  distinguished  h'omAelurodon, 
among  other  characters,  by  the  very  imperfect  development  of 
the  protostyle  of  P^,  the  less  reduced  metacouid  of  M^,  the  larger 
]\I-,  and  the  large  inner  lobe  of  ]\P.  In  mo.st  of  the  characters  in 
which  it  differs  from  Aelurodon,  it  approaches  Canis. 

Teplirocyon  differs  from  Canis  in  the  structure  of  P*,  M2,  and 
IMj,  as  indicated  in  the  discussion  of  the  dentition  above.  There 
are  also  differences  in  the  skull.  The  premaxillaries  pass  the  an- 
terior ends  of  the  frontals,  the  sagittal  crest  is  very  prominent, 
the  otic  bullae  are  extraordinarily  large,  and  the  mandilile  is 
strongly  convex  below  the  posterior  molars. 

The  genus  is  more  primitive  than  the  typical  Aelurodons  in 
the  imperfect  development  of  the  protostyle  of  P'‘,  and  in  the 
larger  metaconid  of  iMj.  It  is  more  primitive  than  Canis  in  the 
characters  of  M„  and  M^.  The  anterior  molars  in  both  jaws  are 
near  the  stage  of  evolution  seen  in  Canis.  As  the  animal  was  a 


10 


University  of  California  I’uhlicalions. 


[f!Eoj/)(nr 


rallici'  lar<2:e  form  willi  short  facial  7-e"ion  and  lioavy-hladod  car- 
nassials,  it  was  prolialjly  a i-apidly  specializing  form.  Tlie  trend 
of  its  specialization  seems  to  have  been  toward  the  Aelurodon 
type. 

Aelurodon  was  ivpresented  by  .several  species  in  the  Loup 
Foi’k  epoch,  but  T am  not  awai-e  of  the  existence  of  any  remains 
from  older  beds.  Tlie  Mascall  beds  have  been  thought  to  repre- 
sent a .somewhat  eai-lier  epoch  than  the  typical  Loup  Fork,  and 
it  is  at  precisely  this  hoiazon  that  we  would  search  for  the  ance.s- 
tral  type  of  the  Aelurodon  group.  While  it  is  not  necessarily 
true  that  Teprhocyon  rurestris  is  directly  anee.stral  to  Aelurodon, 
it  seems  to  i-epresent  a tendency  toward  specialization  in  that 
direction  in  Ihe  Canidae,  at  the  time  when  the  genus  Aelurodon 
probably  had  its  oi-igin,  and  it  is  evidently  not  far  removed  from 
this  line  of  descent. 


MEASUREMENTS. 

mill. 

Tjengtli,  anterior  end  of  orbit  to  inion  124 

Length,  postorbital  process  to  inion  97 

Width  between  orbits  38 

Width  across  snout  above  middle  of  superior  canine  38 

Length  of  mandible  from  anterior  side  of  Ik  to  posterior 

side  of  condyle  108 

Height  of  mandible  below  protocone  of  M,  20 

Ijength,  anterior  side  of  P'  to  posterior  side  of  M'  60 

Length,  anterior  side  of  Pj  to  posterior  side  of  66 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  superior  canine  at  base  10 

P-,  antero-posterior  diameter  8. .5 

P^,  antero-posterior  diameter  10 

P*,  antero-posterior  diameter  17 

P*,  greatest  transverse  diameter  9.-5 

M’,  antero-posterior  diameter  13 

M*,  greatest  transverse  diameter  16 

antero-posterior  diameter  across  protocoue  10 

iP,  antero-posterior  diameter  7.7 

M",  greatest  transverse  diameter  12 

Pj,  antero-posterior  diameter  7.5 

P3,  antero-posterior  diameter  9 

Pj,  antero-posterior  diameter  11.5 

Mj,  antero-jiosterior  diameter  20 

•M,,  aiitero-])osterior  diameter  of  heel  6 

.Mj,  antero-jiosterior  diameter  11.5 

Mj,  antcro-jiosterior  diameter  of  heel  4 

Mj,  antero-posterior  diameter  5 


VoL.  5] 


Merrimn. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


n 


CYNODICTIS  (?)  OREGONENSIS,  11.  Sp. 

PI.  2,  Pigs.  4 and  5. 

Cauls  f/reyarius  Cope,  Bull.  U.  S.  Oeol.  Surv.  Terrs.,  1879,  j).  58. 

(ialecymis  greyarim  Co])c,  Tertiary  Vertehrata,  p.  917,  PI.  08,  I'dgs. 
5 to  8. 

The  specifie  name  oregonensis  is  here  applied  to  the  John  Day 
representatives  of  Cynodictis  (?)  {(lalecynus)  gregarius  Cope. 
The  Jolin  Day  form  lias  generally  jia.ssed  under  the  same  name  as 
the  spieeies  from  the  White  River.  It  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
the  lat  ter  by  the  eonstant  presence  of  a posterior  cusp  in  addition 
to  the  anterior  and  posterior  basal  tubercles  on  IC,  the  larger  j\D, 
larger  brain  case,  less  pronounced  postorbital  constriction,  and 
other  characters.^.  ScotC  has  already  pointed  out  that  “the  John 
Day  specimens,  which  Cope  has  referred  to  Cynodictis  gregarius, 
have  an  even  fuller  cranium  and  shallower  postorbital  constric- 
tion, which  should,  perhaps,  be  reason  for  separating  these  ani- 
mals specifically  from  the  White  River  forms.” 

This  species  is  represented  in  our  collections  by  several  speci- 
mens. The  most  important  of  these  is  a mandible  (No.  316,  pi. 
2,  fig.  4)  showing  the  dentition  excepting  the  median  incisors, 
Pj,  and  IMj.  In  addition  to  this  there  is  a jaw  fragment  with  the 
unworn  i\Ij  and  P^,  and  several  fragmentary  mandibles.  A frag- 
ment of  a maxillary  (No.  11791  with  both  molars  perfectly  pre- 
served may  also  belong  here. 

In  the  specimens  which  have  come  under  my  observation  the 
characters  mentioned  above  are  constant.  Compared  with  the 
other  species  of  the  John  Day  fauna,  the  lower  sectorial  is  also 
diagnostic.  The  dimensions  of  the  tooth  are  near  those  of  speci- 
men No.  10256,  discussed  below  with  N . latidens.  It  is  distin- 
guished from  this  form  by  the  absence  of  the  postero-external 
tubercle  on  the  base  of  the  protoconid,  by  the  more  distinctly 

® In  recent  correspondence  regarding  comparisons  of  specimens  at  the 
American  Museum,  Dr.  W.  D.  Matthew  has  added  the  following  to  the  above 
mentioned  characters,  distinguishing  this  form  from  C.  gregarius:  “Skull 
wider ; muzzle  somewhat  wider ; interorbital  width  somewhat  greater ; pre- 
molars and  carnassials  slightly  smaller;  M‘  more  quadrate  internally,  the 
hypocone  crescent  extending  farther  forward  around  the  protocone ; M,  much 
larger.  ’ ’ 

* W.  B.  Scott.  Canidae  of  the  AVhite  River  Oligoeene,  p.  368. 


12 


Universily  of  (UtUfoniia  /‘iihlicdldons. 


I fiK,OI,(»«lY 


l):isiii-slia])cd  talon,  and  l)y  tlie  abseneo  or  weak  dovelopniont  of 
the  oxtornal  cnn<>nlnrn,  ex('C‘i)tinfj  a faint  ridjro  below  tin;  para- 
eonid.  d’lie  liy])oconid  and  cntoconid  are  sbar])ly  compressed 
I'idges  connected  postei'iorly,  wliile  in  tlie  form  represented  by 
No.  102r)()  the  entoeonid  is  smaller,  is  nearly  conical  and  is  not  so 
closely  connected  with  the  bypoconid.  On  Mo  tliere  is  a small 
bnt  acute  i)araconid.  Altbou^b  smaller  than  the  other  tubercles 
of  the  trifi'onid,  it  is  nevei'tlieless  distinctly  developed.  'I'be  en- 
amel of  most  of  tlie  jiremolars  and  molars  is  stronj^ly  wrinkled. 

It  seems  not  inijirobable  that  the  lower  jaws  referred  to  (ia- 
lecjjiuis  lanmr  by  0o])e  really  belonged  in  C.  (f)  oreffonruiHis. 
None  of  the  sjieeimens  described  by  bim  were  in  association  with 
crania.  The  dimensions  of  his  specimens  are  almost  identical 
with  those  of  oregone lists.  As  indicated  elsewhere,'’’  there  is  some 
I'eason  to  believe  that  a number  of  the  very  small  interior  sec- 
torials  showino’  the  peculiar  characters  of  lotidcns  really  rejire- 
sent  leiinir. 


MEASUREMENTS. 


No. 

No. 

No. 

¥T6 

trs'o' 

TTT 

Length  of  iiiiindible,  anterior  side  canine  to 

posterior  side  P,  

23.8  mm. 

tleight  of  mandible  lielow  protoconid  of  Mi  .. 

8 

P..,  antero-posterior  diameter  

4.5 

P,,  antero-posterior  diameter  

6.2 

5.9 

t 

Ml,  antero-posterior  diameter  

8.2 

7.9 

10.5 

-Ml,  antero-posterior  diameter  of  heel  

2.7 

2.7 

3.6 

skull  fra.mneut  (No.  584,  see  measurements  above)  showing 
a perfect  inferior  sectorial  with  1\,  P,.  the  trigonid  of  5fi.  and 
a part  of  the  first  upper  molar  represents  an  animal  considerably 
larger  than  the  tyiiical  C.  (?)  orcgoncnsis.  The  form  of  the  teeth 
is  much  the  same  as  in  orcgoncnsis  and  is  (piite  different  from 
that  in  Jatidcns  and  gcismarianiis.  1 think  it  is  very  doubtful 
whether  this  form  belongs  in  orcgoncnsis,  but  the  amount  of  vari- 
ation shown  in  all  the  groups  of  dohn  Day  dogs  is  so  great  that  I 
hesitate  to  sejiarate  it  until  more  is  known  concerning  it. 


^ Bee  ]>.  1(),  lliis  j)ai)ei'. 


VoL.  5] 


— John  Daij  Carnivoro. 


i:;! 


NOTIIOCYON  (iKISMAHlANlJS  Cope,  11.  V;l  I'.  MOMilS. 

PL  2,  Fig.  1,  and  PI.  3,  l'’ig.  1. 

'I’ype  siiccinuiii  No.  90,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palac.  From  tlio  Middle 
.lolin  Day  Peds  at  Turtle  Cove,  John  Day  Fiver,  Oregon. 

A perfectly  preserved  craniiiiii  witli  dentition  represents  a 
type  ditfering  somewhat  from  the  other  small  eanids  of  the  John 
Day.  The  skull  is  that  of  an  adult  animal  with  somewhat  worn 
teeth.  It  is  mncli  larger  than  tlie  skull  of  lemur  and  consider- 
ahly  smaller  than  the  typical  fjeismarianus.  The  brain  case  is 
large  and  the  facial  region  short.  The  orbits  are  smaller  than  in 
Imaur,  while  the  auditory  bullae  are  relatively  as  large  as  in  that 
species.  The  cranium  is  rather  sharply  constricted  behind  the 
acute  postorhital  jiroeesses.  The  temporal  ridges  show  a lyrate 
arrangement,  though  it  is  not  so  strongly  marked  as  in  lemur. 
The  I'idges  are  sei)aratcd  by  a space  from  9 to  12  mm.  wide,  ex- 
cepting over  the  posterior  portion  of  the  brain  case,  where  they 
unite  to  form  a low  crest  about  15  mm.  in  front  of  the  inion.  The 
dentition  repi-esents  a stage  between  that  of  Gynoclictis{f)  orego- 
nensis  and  N.  latidcns.  seems  to  have  had  a posterior  cusp, 
though  the  posterior  margin  is  worn  and  only  a trace  of  the  cusp 
is  preserved.  The  superior  carnassial  and  the  molars  are  of  the 
broad  type,  Imt  are  narrower  than  in  latidens.  Except  for  the 
somewhat  smaller  size,  lyi'ate  aiTaugement  of  the  temporal  ridges 
and  .somewhat  narrower  molars,  this  form  is  close  to  N.  geisma- 
rianus.  It  differs  from  C.  ( f)  oregonensis  in  its  larger  size,  larger 
brain  case,  nuich  largei'  otic  bullae,  longer  lyrate  temporal  area, 
and  l)roader  teeth. 

This  s])ecimen  I'epresents  a variation  of  the  Nothocijon  type 
which  cannot  be  placed  in  any  of  tbe  described  species  without 
appai-ently  extending  the  limits  of  the  group  so  far  as  to  overlap 
some  other  species.  The  uniting  of  any  of  the  types  now  known 
does  not  .seem  advisable  until  more  is  known  of  intermediate 
stages.  Neither  does  it  seem  desirable  to  increase  tbe  number  of 
species  where  considerable  variation  is  suggested.  I have  there- 
fore referred  to  this  form  as  a variant  of  the  geismarianus  typo. 
Eater  investigations  may  show  that  it  should  be  raised  to  specific 
rank. 


14 


Universil}/  of  California  I'uhlicnliona. 


f (7  rmAHTT 


Approacliinj?  Cynodklh  (?)  oreyoncnsis  ratlier  closoly,  as  it 
does,  lliis  fojaii  makes  a separation  of  tlie  Jolin  Day  Cynodidis 
tyi)e  fi'oni  the  moi-e  specialized  Nolliocyon  very  difficult,  if  it  is 
really  i)ossil)le. 


MEASUKEMENTS. 

mm. 

Length,  ])rem;ixillary  to  inion  104 

Length,  postoi])it!il  {)roecss  of  frontal  to  inion  54 

Length  of  su|)crior  dental  scries  50 

P“,  antero-jiosterior  diameter  (J.2 

I’*,  antero-j)osterior  diameter  9 

P*,  transverse  iliameter  across  deuterocone  5.2 

^P,  antero-posterior  diameter  7.4 

i\P,  transverse  diameter  9.2 

j\P,  antero-posterior  diameter  4.6 

M",  transverse  diameter  7.2 

liong  diameter  of  otic  bulla  19 

Width  between  otic  bullae  7 

Elevation  of  inion  above  foramen  magnum  16 

Width  between  canines  12.5 

Ijength  of  superior  dental  series  including  canine  44 


NOTIIOCYON  LEMUR  CopC. 

PI.  2,  Figs.  2,  3,  6,  7,  and  8. 

Galecyims  lemur  Cope,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  v.  6,  p.  181,  and  Tertiary 
Vertebrata,  p.  931. 

Cynodictis  lemur  (Scott),  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.,  1898,  p.  400. 

Nothocyon  lemur  (Wortman  and  Matthew),  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  v. 
12,  p.  127. 

This  species  is  represented  by  two  crania,  Ity  several  upper 
jaws  with  well-preserved  teeth,  and  by  a number  of  loose  molars. 
Several  lower  seetorials  and  jaws  discussed  under  the  next  species 
po.ssibly  belong  here  also.  Although  no  mandibles  have  as  yet 
been  found  in  association  with  crania,  there  seems  to  be  some 
reason  for  believing  that  the  inferior  dentition  of  lemur  is  much 
like  that  of  laiidcns,  as  is  indicated  in  the  di.scussion  of  latidens 
following. 

The  following  measurements  of  upiier  teeth  of  several  indi- 
viduals of  the  lemur  type  slunv  considerable  variation,  but  all 
Iioint  toward  this  species  rather  than  latidens. 


Vol.  5]  Merriam.— 

-John  Day  Carnivora. 

15 

MEASUKKMENTS. 

V. 

hititlenn 

Typo 

N. 

lemvr 

Type'' 

Inn  u r 
Ootype 
CJopo' 

No. 

AS" 

No. 

TX 

No. 

TX? 

P‘,  antero-posterior  diameter.... 

7 

7 

7 

7.2 

M‘,  antero-posterior  diameter... 

7 

5 

5.8 

5.8 

5.3 

5.3 

M',  transverse  diameter 

8 

7.8 

7.8 

7.4 

7.4 

7 

M',  antero-posterior  diameter... 

4.5 

3.8 

3.5 

3.6 

M’’,  transverse  diameter 

5 

5.2 

5 

5.25 

In  a small  cranium  (pi. 

2,  fig.  2. 

No. 

10208)  having 

the 

gen- 

eral  form  and  dimensions  of  lemur,  tlic  snout  is  exceedingly  nar- 
row, the  temporal  ridges  do  not  unite  posteriorly  and  the  brain 
case  is  relatively  very  large.  Tt  appears  even  larger  than  in 
lemur,  and  the  superior  outline  is  strongly  convex  over  the  i)a- 
rietals. 

Another  small,  narrow-nosed  slcnll  evidently  belonging  in 
lemur  exhibits  a i)erfectly  preserved  brain  cast  (pi.  2,  fig.  3, 
No.  10209)  illustrating  the  principal  features  of  both  cerebrum 
and  cerebellum.  This  specimen  resembles  lemur  in  dimensions 
and  general  form.  In  most  respects  the  brain  of  this  species  is 
strongly  similar  to  that  of  Ctj)io(liciis  as  figured  by  Scott®  for 
C.  gregarius  of  the  White  Eiver. 


NOTHOCYON  LATIDENS  CopC. 

PI.  2,  Figs.  (5  and  7. 

Gulecynus  latidens  Cojie,  Bull.  U.  S.  Oeol.  Surv.,  Vol.  6,  p.  181,  1881. 

Cijnodictis  latidens  (Scott),  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  1898,  p.  400. 

Nothocyon  latidens  (Wortman  and  Matthe^Y),  Bull.  Am.  jNIus.  Nat.  Hist., 
A"ol.  12,  p.  127. 

In  our  collection  there  is  a perfectly  preserved  and  unworn 
inferior  carna.ssial  (pi.  2,  figs.  G and  7,  No.  88)  exhibiting  a 
feature  which  Cope  considered  characteristic  of  latidens,  viz.,  the 
“possession  of  a narrow  tubercle  at  the  external  base  of  the  i)rin- 
cipal  cusp.”  There  is  also  a very  small  tubercle  anterior  to  the 
base  of  the  entoconid.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  somewhat  less 
than  that  of  the  type  of  latidens,  and  the  heel  is  relatively  short. 

“No.  (1888,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Pol.  Vert.  Palae. 

’ No.  6889,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Col.  Vert.  Palae. 

® W.  B.  Scott.  Canidae  of  the  White  Eiver  Oligoeene,  1898.  Trans.  Am. 
Phil.  Soc.,  Vol.  19,  PI.  19,  Fig.  12. 


16 


(I niL'crsiiif  of  (htUfornia  I'liljliaitions. 


I (!koi/i(;y 


In  iuiotlioi'  six'cinieii  (No.  consislin'j  of  a lar^'e  portion  of 

a lower  jaw  with  1*4  and  M,,  llie  external  tnberele  at  the  base  of 
the  ])i'otoeoni(l  and  the  smaller  (me  antei-ior  to  the  entoeoind  are 
both  present,  '^fhe  external  tnberele  is,  bow(‘vei‘,  f^reatly  redncffd 
by  wear  wilbont  the  remainder  of  the  tooth  ai)i)earin"  much 
worn,  'file  dimensions  of  Ibis  jaw  and  of  the  heel  of  Mj  are  eon- 
side)‘:d)ly  less  than  those  of  the  ty])e  of  lalideiis,  and  are  neai-er 
the  dimensions  re(piii'ed  by  lemur.  These  relations  together  with 
the  faet  that  the  jaws  desei'ibed  as  lemur  agree  with  (Jjjno- 
diclis  ( ?)  ore(/ouciisis  seem  to  indieate  that  the  small  seetorials 
jnst  described  possibly  belong  to  loMir,  and  that  the  j)]'esenee  of 
the  extei’nal  t(d)ei-ele  ori  the  base  of  the  jn'otoeonid  is  a eharae- 


teri.stie  of  lemur  as  well  ai 

s of  lalide.ns. 

MEASUIIEMENTS. 

No. 

No. 

Type  spec 

. Type  spec. 

1 OTYc, 

K 8 

lafidens 

lemur 

P,,  aiitero-posterior  diameter 

6 

5.5 

AI,,  autero-posterior  diameter 

8.2 

7.6 

8 

8 

Al„  antero-jiosterior  diameter 

of  heel 2.8 

2.8 

3..5 

“.3 

Depth  of  ramus  at  sectorial  . 

8 

10.5 

8 

JIESOCYON  CORYPHAEUS  Coi)e. 

Temnocyon  coryphaeus  Cope,  Proc.  l*hiiad.  Acad.,  1879,  p.  180;  and  Ter- 
tiary Vertebrata,  p.  906. 

Mesocyon  coryphaeus  (Scott),  Princeton  College  Bull.  2,  No.  2,  j).  .18, 
Apr.,  1890. 

11  ypotemnodon  coryphaeus  (Evernian),  Ain.  Gcol.,  Vol.  14,  p.  .321,  1894. 

'I'his  .species  is  rejiresented  in  the  collection  Ity  .several  crania 
and  mandibles.  Specimen  No.  1888  .shows  the  complete  upper 
dentition,  of  which  partictdaily  the  sectorial  and  the  molars  are 
unworn  and  in  perfect  .state  of  preservation.  In  No.  1165  the 
upper  dentition  is  comjilete  excepting  the  incisors.  Both  of  these 
specimens  agipe  with  Colic's  type  very  cktsely  in  their  measure- 
ments. Another  eranium  (No.  1692)  representing  the  genus 
ditl'ers  fi'om  both  M.  edryptiaeus  ami  J/.  jbsephi,  and 
has  been  made  the  type  of  a new  species  de^^erilied  below. 


“According  lo  Cope’s  figure,  ’Pert.  Vert.,  I’l.  70,  Pig.  la. 


VoL.  5 ] 


Merriam. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


I 


A well-pi'pserved  iii;in(lil)le  (No.  1:507)  sliows  llie  t-yi)o  of  doii- 
litioii  in  M.  corypliaca.s.  Tho  sc'ctorinls  nrc  soinewlnit  woini,  so 
that  no  internal  tnl)ere]e  is  sliown.  "flic  tnl)erenlai's  ai'e  veiy  im- 
perfectly i)reserved.  On  anothei'  specimen  (No.  lOdOfi)  llie  last 
two  j)reniolars,  the  sectorial,  and  the  first  tnhereular  are  perfectly 
preserved.  The  measurements  of  these  .jaws,  as  also  of  several 
detached  teeth,  are  considerably  less  than  those  of  the  type  of 
M.  corypliariis,  as  is  indicated  in  the  measurements  below.  Al- 
though Cope  states  that  the  mandible  described  by  him  was  a.sso- 
ciated  with  the  smallest  of  the  several  skulls  available,  I find  that 
the  dentition  of  mandible  No.  1307  in  our  collection  fits  the  denti- 
tion of  the  skulls  of  coryphaeus,  particularly  that  of  No.  1165, 
very  closely,  aud  seems  also  to  have  the  dimensions  required  foi- 
the  mandible  of  the  type  cranium.  The  measurements  availal)le 
seem  to  indicate  considerable  variation  in  size  among  the  forms 
of  this  group. 


MEASUREMENTS. 


M,,  autei'o-posterior  itiameter 

M,,  antero-posterior  diameter 

Pj,  antero-posterior  diameter 

P3,  antero-posterior  diameter 

Height  of  jaw  below  protoconid  of  M, 
Height  of  jaw  below  protoconid  of  P2 


Type 

No. 

No. 

No. 

13  0 7 

o y y 

1 TT  3 6 (1 

18 

16..5 

15 

14.5 

7.8 

11 

10 

10.5 

9.4 

8.7 

19.3 

17 

18 

15 

MESOCYON  BRACHYOPS,  11.  Sp. 

Text-figure  2. 

Type  specimen  No.  1692,  Univ.  Cal.  Col.  Vert.  Pal.  From  the  upper  por- 
tion of  the  John  Day  series  at  Logan  Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon. 

Facial  region  and  palate  relatively  shorter  than  in  either 
M.  coryphaeus  or  M.  josephi.  Superior  dental  series  somewhat 
crowded  anteriorly,  so  that  is  very  close  to  the  canine.  Supe- 
rior sectorial  and  first  tubercular  with  dimensions  near  those  of 
coryphaeus,  and  absolutely  larger  than  in  josephi.  The  lirain 
case  is  relatively  larger  than  in  coryphaeus. 

“See  also  measurements  of  superior  dental  series  of  coryphaeus  below, 
j).  19. 


18 


Uiiiversiti/  of  (Jolifornia  J‘ublicalions. 


\ Okolooy 


Fig.  2.  Mesocyon  brachyops,  n.  sp.  No.  I(i92.  John  Day  beds,  Logan 
Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon.  X %. 

This  is  evidently  a time  Mesoci/on  near  the  coryphaeus  type, 
possessing  like  that  form  both  posterior  cu.sp  and  basal  tubercle 
on  P®.  The  sectorial  is  nearly  as  large  as  in  coryphaeus.  P®  and 
P-  are  relatively  smaller.  The  palate  is  as  wide  posteriorly  as  in 
coryphaeus,  and  the  width  between  the  canines  is  also  as  great, 
hut  the  jialate  of  the  typical  coryphaeus  is  15  to  20  per  cent, 
longer.  There  is  a moderate  degree  of  crowding  of  the  premolars 
anteriorly,  in  contrast  to  the  oiien  arrangement  in  coryphaeus 
and  Joseph i.  The  size  of  the  brain  ease  is  relatively  considerably 
greater  than  in  the  tyjie  of  coryphaeus  or  in  a specimen  of  the 
same  general  dimensions  in  our  collection.  M.  josephi  dilfers 
fi'om  this  form  in  having  a longer  palate,  a smaller  superior  sec- 
torial and  tirst  molar,  and  in  lacking  a posterior  cusi)  on  P®. 


VoL.  5] 


Merriam. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


19 


The  presence  of  this  short-faced  variety  in  close  association 
with  lonp:-faced  forms  of  the  same  f?ronp  is  another  illustration 
of  the  interesting  tendency  toward  the  evolution  of  short-faced 
forms  in  the  John  Day. 


MEASUREMENTS. 


i 


I 


I! 


Length,  prenia-xillary  to  occipital 

condyle  inclusive  134  160 

Length,  posterior  si<lc  of  ('  to  ])os- 


terior  side  of  M’  47* 

43.4 

50* 

rt51 

53 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  canine  

9 

11* 

P’,  antero-posterior  diameter  3.8* 

4.1 

4.5* 

4.1 

4.6 

P-,  antero-posterior  diameter  8.7* 

7 

8.5* 

8.4 

9.+ 

P“,  antero-posterior  diameter  9 

8.4 

9.5 

9.6 

10. -f 

P\  antero-posterior  diameter  12.5 

14.2 

15 

13.6 

14.2 

P’,  transverse  diameter  across  deu- 
terocone  - 7 

8.3 

9* 

8.4 

8.6 

M',  antero-posterior  diameter  - 8 

8.5 

9* 

9 

9.8 

M’,  transverse  diameter  11 

14.3 

15* 

al3.4 

15.3 

M",  antero-posterior  diameter  4 

4.3* 

5 

5.2 

i\P,  transverse  diameter  7.5 

8* 

9 

9.7 

Width  of  palate  between  deutero- 
cones  of  sectorials  

26 

26.5* 

Width  between  canines  

17 

17 

Length  postorbital  process  to  inion 

74 

86* 

Greatest  transverse  diameter  of 

brain  case  

43.5 

45* 

Greatest  height  of  brain  case  above 
meatus  aiulitorius  

32 

32* 

MESOCYON  .JOSEPIII 

Cope  (? 

). 

Temnocyon  josephi  Cope,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv. 

Terrs., 

Vol.  6, 

179; 

aud  Tertiary  Vertebrata,  p.  912. 

Hypofemnodon  jo.sephi  (Wortnian  and  Matthew),  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat. 


Hist.,  Vol.  12,  p.  130. 

Mesocyoii  josepln  (Hay),  Bull.  IT.  S.  Geol.  Survey.  No.  179,  p.  773. 


A mandible  somewhat  smaller  than  the  lower  jaw  of  3/.  cory- 

pliaeus  figured  by  Cope  is  not  far  from  the  size  required  for  the 

In  the  absence  of  other  data,  these  measurements  are  taken  from 
Cope’s  figures  of  the  type  (op.  cit.,  Pis.  70  and  71),  and  will  probably  be 
found  to  differ  slightly  from  the  exact  measurements  of  the  specimen. 
a Approximate. 


20 


University  of  dalifornia  Publications. 


[GKOLOCiY 


jaw  of  iM.  josepbi,  and  may  represent  tliat  species.  This  speci- 
men (No.  364)  sliows  distinctly  the  structure  of  1%,  which  lias  not 
been  de.scribed  in  Mesocyon.  This  tooth  has  both  anterior  and 
posterior  basal  tuhei'cles  in  addition  to  a well-developed  posterior 
cusp.  The  heel  of  the  sectorial,  although  slightly  damaged,  seems 
to  differ  from  that  of  the  typical  Mesocyon  coryphaeus.  The 
hypoconid  is  somewhat  smaller  and  lower,  and  the  entoconid  is 
relatively  larger,  the  type  of  heel  being  as  well  adapted  to  crush- 
ing as  to  cutting.  Mg  arid  M3  arc  represented  only  by  the  roots 
and  alveoli.  They  both  appear  to  have  been  relatively  large  teeth, 
and  IMg  had  two  roots  instead  of  one  as  in  coryjyhaeus.  If  this  is 
M.  josephi  there  may  be  reason  to  believe  that  this  species  is  a 
characteristic  form  of  the  (Middle  John  Day,  while  the  larger 
coryphaeus  seems  to  have  been  common  in  the  Uppei'  John  Day, 
though  possibly  present  in  the  middle  division  also. 


MEASUREMENTS.  mill. 

.M,,  antero-posterior  diametPr  1.')..5 

P4,  antero-posterior  diameter  8.8 

P,,  antero-posterior  diameter  7 

Height  of  jaw  below  protoconid  of  M,  Ifi 

Height  of  jaw  below  protoconid  of  Po  l.’i 


INDETERMIN.\TE. 

Text-figures  4,  5,  and  6. 

Several  loose  teeth,  which  have  not  been  connected  with  de- 
terminable specimens,  show  peculiar  characters  of  the  inferior 
molars  not  recognized  as  yet  in  any  of  the  John  Day  canids.  In 
text-figure  4 there  is  shown  the  heel  of  a M„  and  a perfect  M., 
jireserved  in  a jaw  fragment  (No.  672)  found  at  the  same  lo- 
cality in  the  (Middle  John  Day  beds  with  specimen  No.  364 
tentatively  referred  above  to  M.  josephi.  In  this  specimen  the 
entoconid  and  hypoconid  of  IMg  are  both  well  developed.  (M3  is 
a broad  tooth  with  a large  talon.  The  small  i)rotoconid  and  the 
metaconid  are  very  close  together,  and  the  i^araconid  shelf  is 
much  I'cduced.  The  entoconid  and  hypoconid  ai-e  larger  and 
fai'ther  ai)ai-t  than  the  tubercles  of  the  trigon.  In  Mesocyon 
(■oryj>h(icus  the  talon  of  M2  supports  a single  tubercle.  The  .sec- 
ond and  third  inferior  molars  of  M.  josephi  are  unknown,  though 


VoL.  5] 


Merriam. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


21 


Olio  might  suspect  from  tlio  clmracter  of  tlio  specimen  desc'rihed 
;d)ove  that  tliey  are  broader  than  in  M.  coryphaeus.  Tlie  heel  of 
AL  in  Philolrox  coudoui  is  broader  than  in  M.  coryphaeus,  hut 
does  not  sliow  a develojmient  of  tlie  cntoconid  and  hypoconid 
comparable  to  that  seen  here.  Tlie  form  of  AT,  in  Oliyohuuis  ap- 
pears to  he  (juite  different  from  that  in  this  specimen,  and  AT,,  is 
absent.  Alg  is  said  to  he  trencliant  in  Enh ydrocyon  and  is  un- 
known in  llyaeuocyou. 


J 4 3 6 


Fig.  3.  Mesocyon  coryphaeus  Cope.  Inner  side  of  right  M,.  No.  599. 
Upper  portion  of  John  Day  Series,  Haystack  Valley,  John  Day  Kiver, 
Oregon.  X 1. 

Fig.  4.  Indeterminate.  Superior  aspect  of  left  M,  and  Mj.  No.  072. 
Middle  John  Day,  below  Clarno’s  Ferry,  John  Day  Eiver,  Oregon. 
X 11/2. 

Fig.  5.  Indeterminate.  Sujierior  aspect  of  right  M,.  No.  1510.  Upper 
John  Day,  Turtle  Cove,  John  Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X 1. 

Fig.  0.  Outer  side  of  M,  shown  in  fig.  5.  XU 

Another  peculiar  specimen  (No.  1516),  text-figures  5 and  6, 
representing  a portion  of  an  inferior  sectorial  with  a well-pre- 
served heel,  was  fotind  in  the  Upper  John  Day  beds  at  the  lower 
end  of  Turtle  Cove.  It  shows  a hypoconid  and  an  entoconid  of 
almost  exactly  eriual  size.  It  is  distinguished  from  the  sectorial 
of  the  jaw  tentatively  referred  to  M.  josephi  by  the  presence  of 
a distinctly  marked  basal  band  on  the  outer  side  of  the  talonid. 
This  tooth  differs  from  all  of  the  John  Day  canids  with  which  1 
am  acquainted.  It  may  represent  a Mesocyon  or  po.ssibly  one  of 
the  short-jawed  forms. 

TEMNOCYON  ALTIGENIS  Cope. 

PI.  3,  Fig.  2,  and  Text-figures  7,  8,  9,  10,  and  11. 

Temnocyon  altigenis  Cope,  Palaeont.  Bull.  No.  30,  p.  (5,  1878;  Kep.  U.  S. 
Geol.  Surv.  Terts.,  Vol.  3,  p.  903,  PI  68,  Fig.  9,  9a,  9b,  PI.  70,  Fig.  11. 

This  species,  constituting  the  type  of  the  genus  Temnocyon, 
has  been  only  partially  known,  and  was  considered  by  Cope  as 


22 


University  of  (UiUfornia  J‘ti  Mica  lions. 


1 0?;()L(KiY 


Olio  of  Die  niror  .loliti  I);iy  oni'iiivoros.  It  is  rojirosontod  in  llio 
Univorsity  oolloolioiis  hy  two  siiooiniens,  No.  9999,  ji  youn<;  Jidiilt 
witli  unworn  loolli,  niul  1549,  an  old  individual  witli  toi'tli  oon- 
sidei-ably  worn.  No.  9999  sliows  the  entire  skull  witli  the  eoni- 
[ilete  njiiier  and  lower  dentition,  and  the  jireater  [lart  of  the 
skeleton  exeeiitiiifi:  the  iiianns  and  the  distal  half  of  the  jies.  'I'lie 
other  s])eeiiiien  is  a nearly  eonijilete  eraninin  with  all  the  ele- 
ments of  the  npjier  dentition.  The  dentition  of  the  inandihle  in 
the  first  sjieeinien  e()rres])onds  very  elosely  to  that  of  Cope’s  tyjie. 
'file  n]i|)er  dentition  is  nearer  in  form  to  that  of  Cope’s  type  of 
oJiigcnis  as  fisnired  than  to  any  otlier  species,  with  tlie  exeefition 
of  the  denteroeone  of  the  carnas.sial.  Tn  this  tooth  onr  specimens 
exhihit  the  heavy  form  of  denteroeone  seen  in  the  type  of  T. 
fcrox.  Tn  Cope’s  specimen  showing  the  upper  jaw',  the  dentero- 
eone of  P*,  thonpth  prominent,  is  represented  as  small,  low,  nar- 
row, and  not  very  sharply  separated  from  the  protocone.  Al- 
thongh  this  cranium  was  not  associated  with  the  tyjie,  the  molars 
show  so  dose  a resemhlance  to  those  of  specimen  No.  9999  that 
there  seemed  to  lie  pood  reason  for  helievinp  that  the  denteroeone 
of  P^  had  not  been  correctly  drawn.  Dr.  W.  1).  Matthew  has 
very  kindly  examined  Cope’s  type  of  the  cranium  for  me  re- 
cently to  ascertain  the  true  character  of  this  tooth,  and  finds  that 
“the  njiper  fourth  preniolar  has  a large,  well  separated  dentero- 
cene. ’’  The  molars  of  this  specimen  were  found  by  Dr.  Matthew 
to  he  correctly  represented.  With  this  correction  of  the  original 
description  of  Temnocyon  altigenis,  specimens  No.  1549  and  No. 
9999  approach  this  species  very  closely.  The  ])rincipal  difference 
being  found  in  minor  variations  of  the  measurements  as  seen  in 
the  table  of  measurements  on  page  29.  Doth  of  the  specimens 
used  as  tyjies  liy  Cope  are  slightly  larger  than  the  specimens  in 
onr  collection. 

The  differences  separating  this  species  from  the  other  mem- 
bers of  the  genus  Temnocyon  may  he  expressed  as  follows: — 

T.  fcrox  ITyerman.  Largest  known  species.  Lcmgth  of  skull 
in  type  specimen  266  mm.  Sagittal  crest  high.  Denteroeone  of 
P‘  large  and  heavy,  .shar])ly  .sej^arated  from  protocone,  with  an 
incipient  Inhercle  on  the  anterior  side.  P®  with  posterior  basal 
tubercle.  AP  with  V-.shaped  protocone.  M-  with  greatly  reduced 
metacone.  P,,  practically  ecpialing  Mj  in  length,  with  a distinct 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrria))i. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


23 


j)Osteri()i-  basal  tubercle  in  addition  to  the  prominent  cusp  arising 
from  tlie  postei-ior  side  of  the  protoconid. 

T.  altiyenis  Cope.  Species  of  medium  size.  Length  of  skull 
178  mm.  in  No.  9999,  somewhat  greater  in  No.  1549.  heavy 
and  wide  anteriorly;  deuterocone  very  large  and  heavy,  separated 
from  ])i'otoeone  by  deep  valley,  without  anterior  eonule.  P® 
without  po.sterior  ha.sal  tidiercle.  Protocone  of  nearly  conical, 
regularly  rounded  posteriorly  hut  with  a short  antero-external 
ridge.  M-  with  metacone  smaller  than  paracone,  hut  consider- 
ably larger  than  in  the  other  species.  P^  considerably  shorter 
antero-posteriorly  than  with  i)rominent  cusp  on  posterior 
side  of  protoconid  and  with  incipient  posterior  basal  tubercle. 

T.  wallovianus  Cope.  Species  of  medium  size.  Deuterocone 
of  P^  apparently  not  greatly  enlarged.  P®  without  posterior 
basal  tubercle.  1\I-  small,  with  reduced  metacone.  This  species 
should  possibly  be  included  in  T.  altiyenis. 

The  principal  features  of  the  skeleton  of  T.  altiyenis  as  shown 
in  specimens  9999  and  1549  mainly  confirm  the  generic  charac- 
ters represented  in  the  specimen  of  1\  ferox  described  by  Eyer- 
man.  In  some  cases,  however,  the  specific  differences  are  great 
enough  to  modify  slightly  our  estimate  of  the  generic  characters 
based  on  the  description  of  ferox. 

Skull. — The  skull  of  2\  altiyenis  differs  considerably  from  that 
of  ferox  in  general  oiitlines.  As  represented  by  Eyerman,^-  the 
cranium  of  ferox  is  relatively  high  and  narrow  compared  with 
the  undistorted  specimen  of  altiyenis  seen  in  No.  1549.  A part 
of  this  difference  may  be  due  to  lateral  crushing  in  the  ferox 
specimen,  which  would  produce  the  deviation  in  height  and  width 
at  the  same  time.  The  palate  of  altiyenis  is  decidedly  narrow, 
but  that  of  ferox  is  extreme  in  this  respect.  In  ferox  the  sagittal 
crest  is  high  and  narrow  over  the  greater  part  of  the  brain  ease ; 
in  specimens  1549  and  9999  the  sagittal  ridge  is  very  low  except- 
ing over  the  most  posterior  portion  of  the  brain  case,  where  it 
attains  a considerable  height.  In  specimen  9999  the  ridge  is 
divided  almost  to  the  posterior  third  of  its  length  by  a sharp  but 
very  narrow'  groove.  The  lambdoidal  crest  is  strong  and  high. 

The  broad  frontal  region  is  slightly  concave  in  front  of  the 

J.  Eyerman.  Amer.  GeoL,  Vol.  17,  p.  267. 


24 


(Jnivo'siijj  af  (Jalifoniia  I’nhlicalioiis. 


I (‘iK()l,()(;Y 


])()st()rl)it;il  i)i‘()('ess(‘s,  liiil  is  convox  imincdiiilcly  licliiiid  llicsc 
])<)iii1s  ill  .speciiiieii  154!).  1'lic  pfistorhilid  processes  ;ire  very 
sliorl  and  hliinl.  'I’lie  nasal  region  is  eliaraeteri/.ed  hy  tlie  stiorl- 
noss  of  llie  nasal  bones,  wliieli  do  not  roaidi  baeU  to  a line  drawn 
between  tlie  anterior  liorders  of  the  orliits.  'I'Ikw  are  consider- 
ably shorter  than  in  Daplntoiiis  or  in  Mrsocijoii. 

'flu*  zyoyainatie  areli  is  not  (‘S|)eeially  robust.  1'lie  post^de- 
noid  jiroeess  is  Ion”:  and  acute,  'fhe  paroeeipital  jiroeess  is 
sliorter  and  less  acute  tlian  in  /Vro.r,  and  is  not  directed  down- 
ward as  innch  as  in  that  species. 

Tlie  anterior  and  jiosterior  iialatine  foramina  are  small.  The 
anterior  border  of  the  jiosterior  nares  is  situated  considerably 
behind  the  last  molars.  The  nasal  chamber  is  narrow  and  the 
inferior  borders  of  the  lateral  walls  are  arched  inward,  giving;  it 
a more  nearly  tubular  form  than  is  seen  in  C<i)tis.  The  lach- 
rymal and  ojitie  foramina,  and  the  sphenoidal  fissure  have  much 
the  same  relations  as  in  Ca'iiis.  The  optic  foramen,  the  sjihe- 
noidal  fissure,  and  the  foramen  rotundum  are  in  a distinct  "roove 
seiairated  from  the  region  above  by  a sharp  ridge.  The  foramen 
rotundum  is  very  close  to  the  sphenoidal  fissure  in  the  reces.sed 
posterior  end  of  this  depression.  The  posterior  opening  of  the 
alisjihenoid  canal  is  almost  hidden  inside  the  foramen  ovale.  The 
])ostglenoid  foramen  is  nearer  the  median  line  of  the  skull  than 
is  the  lowest  part  of  the  postgienoid  process.  The  relations  of 
the  condylar  foramen  are  much  as  in  Canis.  The  foramen  lace- 
rum  ])Osterius  seems  relatively  small.  The  postparietal  foi'amina 
are  situated  at  about  half  the  height  of  the  brain  ease. 

The  arrangement  of  many  of  the  foramina,  jjarticularly  the 
I)ostglenoid  and  the  i)osterior  opening  of  the  alisphenoid  canal,  is 
much  like  that  in  Daphaenus  fdina  as  described  by  Hatcher.^® 
Dentitio}}. — The  generic  characters  of  the  dentition  of  Temno- 
Cjjon  have  already  been  fully  discussed  by  Cope,^^  Schlosser,^^ 
Scott, Eyerman,^'  Wortman  and  IMatthew.^'*  The  observations 

“ J.  B.  Hatcher.  Oligocene  Cauidae.,  Mem.  Carnegie  Mus.,  Vol.  1,  No.  2, 
p.  75. 

’M^ope,  E.  I).  Tert.  Vert.,  p.  902. 

’“Schlosser,  M.  Beitr.  z.  Pal.  Oestr-Ung.,  B.  4,  p.  280. 

’“Scott,  W.  B.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Vol.  17,  p.  73. 

” Eyerman,  .1.  Amer.  Nat.,  Vol.  17,  p.  2(18. 

'“Wortman  and  Matthew.  Bull.  Am.  IMus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  12,  p.  115. 


V'OL.  5 1 


Merriant. — John  I><nj  (Uunivoru. 


25 


of  llioso  wl'itei's  arc!  only  ('oiilirnicd  by  llie  (:x(!ell(!n1  material  of 
(titifjenis  now  available*.  'I'liese  speeinien.s  .show  that  in  this  specie's 
the  cleutcroc'one  of  1’^  is  extraordinarily  large  C!onipared  with 
that  in  most  typical  canids.  The  same  feature  is  seen  in  ferox, 
and  the  deuterocone  of  1’^  in  ivallovianns  is  al.so  largei-  than 
is  indicated  in  Cope’s  tigni'c  of  this  form;  .so  that  this  char- 
acter may  be  considered  diagnostic  of  the  genus.  The  I'educed 
and  almcwt  rounded  form  of  the  protocone  of  J\P  is  evidently 
characteristic  of  altiye'nis,  but  is  not  marked  in  either  ferox  or 
ivullovianiis.  M-  is  relatively  larger  in  altiyenis  than  in  the  other 
species. 


Fig.  7.  Temnoci/on  altigenis  Cope.  Inferior  aspect  of  right  superior  dental 
series.  No.  9999.  John  Day  beds,  Logan  Butte,  Crook  County,  Ore- 
gon. X %. 

Fig.  8.  Temnocyon  altigenis  Cope.  Superior  aspect  of  dentition  shown  in 
fig.  9.  X %. 

Fig.  9.  Temnocyon  altigenis  Cope.  Outer  side  of  left  ramus  of  the  man- 
dible. No.  9999.  John  Day  beds,  Logan  Butte,  Crook  County,  Ore- 
gon. X %. 


2(5 


UiUt'crsiljf  of  (Uilifornia  Ph/jUcuI ions. 


[ (!K,OI.<)(iY 


In  tlie  inferior  donlition  I*,,  wliieli  lins  not,  l)een  previously 
desei’ibed,  is  single-rooted  iind  simple  erowned.  Tlie  ei’own  ])ro- 
jeots  over  the  root  anteriorly  so  tliat  tlie  summit  is  almost  imme- 
diately over  the  anterior  border  of  the  alveolus.  M^,  whieh  has 
also  been  unknown,  is  a very  small  tooth  somewhat  similar  in 
form  to  ]Vl2.  Tt  has  very  low  antei'ior  and  jmsterior  tubereles  and 
an  antero-internal  shelf  without  tubereulation  as  in  M,. 


Fig.  10.  Temnocyon  altigcnis  Cope.  Posterior  side  of  right  femur.  No. 

9999.  John  Day  beds,  Logan  Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon.  X %• 
Fig.  11.  Temnocyon  altigenis  Cope.  Anterior  side  of  right  humerus.  No. 
9999.  John  Day  beds,  Logan  Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon.  X %• 


Limbs. — Concerning  the  structure  of  the  limbs,  but  little  can 
be  added  to  what  Eyerman  has  presented  in  the  description  of 
fcrox.  The  limb  elements  of  altigenis  are  perhaps  a little  more 
slender  than  the  corresponding  elements  of  ferox.  In  the  hume- 
rus the  .shaft  is  not  as  straight  as  in  fcrox.  The  acute  deltoid 
ridge  is  extended  downward  for  more  than  two-thirds  the  length 
of  the  bone.  The  supinator  ridge  is  ])rominent,  but  not  as  well 
developed  as  in  Daphaenus.  The  entepicondylar  foramen  is  large. 


VOL.  5] 


Merriaiii. — John  Dai)  Carnivora. 


On  tlie  IVniiii’,  the  ^ltite;il  ridiie  Jiiid  spiral  line  :ii’e  very  stron‘>ly 
marked,  d’lie  spaee  between  tlieni  is  set  off  as  a perfectly  flat, 
trian<>nlar  area  veiw  distinctly  marked  off.  The  extension  of  the 
linea  aspera  below  is  a lono',  sharp  i-id^e.  The  nppei'  i)ortion  of 
tlie  <>lnteal  ridse  is  considerably  enlarged,  and  is  quite  distinctly 
sei)aj‘ated  from  the  ^reat  f,i-oehanter.  This  tubercular  enlarge- 
ment is  really  comparable  to  a reduced  third  troelianter.  As 
nearly  as  can  be  judged  from  comparison  witli  the  figures  i)ub- 
lislied  by  llatehei',’”  it  is  similar  to  the  development  of  the  ^'luteal 
ridge  in  Daphaeniis  felinus,  though  Hatcher  stated  that  a third 
trochanl(*r  was  wanting  in  that  form.  Eyerman‘‘^“  mentions  a 
thii'd  trochanter  in  Daphacnus,  bnt  I find  no  reference  in  his 
l)ai)er  to  the  character  of  the  femur  of  Ternnocijon  in  this  region. 

The  elements  of  the  epipodial  region  in  both  anterior  and 
posterior  limbs  are  stated  by  Eyerman  to  be  relatively  short  com- 
pared with  the  propoclial  segments.  Unfortunately  no  one  of 
these  elements  is  perfectly  preserved  in  specimen  9999,  so  that 
the  exact  measurements  of  length  cannot  be  obtained.  The  manus 
is  not  jn'eserved.  In  the  pes  the  principal  elements  are  present 
excepting  the  phalanges,  and  the  structure  of  the  foot  in  the  main 
features  resembles  that  of  ferox. 

Afjinitics. — In  some  characters  this  species  seons  to  be  less 
specialized  than  T.  ferox,  but  in  general  tbe  stage  of  evolution  is 
nearly  as  far  advanced.  T.  ferox  occurs  in  the  Upper  John  Day. 
The  best  known  occurrence  of  2\  nltigenis  is  near  the  boundary 
between  the  middle  and  upper  divisions.  The  relationship  of  alti- 
genis  to  wallovianns  is  doubtful,  though  the  greater  reduction  of 
i\[-  in  wallovianus  may  indicate  that  it  is  a more  advanced  form. 
The  occurrence  of  ivallovianus  is  unknown. 

The  relation  of  the  genus  Temnocyon  to  the  White  River 
Daphacnus  has  been  ably  discussed  by  Scott, Eyerman,^-  Wort- 
man  and  iMatthew,-^  Wortman,-*  and  more  recently  by  Hatcher.^® 

'"J.  B.  Hatcher.  Op.  cit.,  PI.  19,  Fig.  1. 

“ J.  Eyerman.  Temvori/on  and  JJ iipotemnodon.  Anier.  Geol.,  Vol.  17, 
p.  279,  189(5. 

W.  B.  Scott.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Vol.  17,  p.  73,  and  Vol.  19,  p.  406. 

-- ,1.  Eyerman.  Op.  cit.,  p.  283. 

Wortman  and  Matthew.  Op.  cit.,  p.  118. 

-*  J.  L.  Wortman:  Am.  Jour.  Soc.,  June,  1901,  Vol.  11,  p.  449. 

J.  B.  Hatcher.  Op.  cit.,  p.  105. 


28 


University  of  Calif ornia  Publicalions. 


Witli  tlie  su])poi-t  of  excellent  evidence,  llie  opinion  Iims  been  <<en- 
efally  ex])ressed  tliat  Te'mnocyon  is  in  llie  line  of  descent  from 
Daplutenus.  11  atelier  lias  deserilied  as  llie  aneeslor  of  Tenino- 
cyon,  a new  fjeniis,  Proiemnocyon,  based  on  a new  species,  /'.  in- 
flat  as,  from  tlie  Oreodon  beds.  Unfortunately  Proiemnocyon 
was  eonpiared  only  with  Cojie’s  'Pemnocyon  coryphaeus,  wliieli 
is  (piite  distinct  from  the  typical  Temnocyon,  and  is  generally 
recognized  as  a separate  genns,  Mcsocyon.  In  some  respects,  viz., 
enlarged  brain  ease,  lower  sagittal  crest,  and  reduced  M^,  Pro- 
iemnocyon represents  a more  advanced  type  than  Daphaenus, 
and  in  the  character  of  the  molars  it  approaches  Mesocyon  some- 
what more  closely  than  does  the  true  Daphaenus.  The  type  an- 
cestral to  the  true  Temnocyon  is  aiiproximated  more  nearly  in 
Daphacn  us  reins,  as  previously  suggested  by  several  writers. 


Voi,.  5] 


Merrkim. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


29 


MEASUHEMENTS. 


Length  of  skull,  premaxillaries 

to  inion  

Width  of  skull  between  upper 

borders  of  orbits  

Width  of  palatine  region  be- 
tween canines  

Width  of  j)alatine  region  be- 
tween deutoroeones  of  

Width  of  j)alatine  region  be- 
tween anterior  \ipper  molars 
Height  of  inion  above  foramen 

magnum  

Length  of  superior  dentition, 
posterior  side  of  canines  to 

posterior  side  M‘  

I',  transverse  diameter  

1‘,  transverse  diameter  

Superior  canine,  antero-posterior 
diameter  at  base  of  enamel. 

P*,  antero-posterior  diameter  

P-,  antero-posterior  diameter  

P^  greatest  transverse  diameter 

P*,  antero-posterior  diameter  

P^,  antero-posterior  diameter  

P^,  transverse  diameter  across 

deuterocone  

M‘,  antero-posterior  diameter  .... 

j\P,  transverse  diameter  

IVP,  antero-posterior  diameter  .... 

M",  transverse  diameter  

Length  of  mandible,anterior 

side  of  canine  to  condyle  

Height  of  mandible  below  Pj  .... 
Height  of  mandible  below  proto- 

conid  of  Ml  

Pi,  antero-posterior  diameter  

P,,  antero-posterior  diameter  

P3,  antero-posterior  diameter 

Pi,  antero-posterior  diameter  

M,,  antero-posterior  diameter  .... 

Ml,  length  of  heel  

Mo,  antero-posterior  diameter  .... 
M3,  antero-posterior  diameter  .... 

Humerus,  length  

Calcaneum,  length  

Metatarsal  2,  length  

a Approximate. 


!“ 

i-f 

1^ 

|55 

1- 

T.fe 

type 

T.  Oi 
type 

C 

A 

A 

266 

178 

0.34 

39.5 

18 

rt20 

20.8 

rt25.4 

26.5 

24 

rt23 

25 

32 

96 

70 

67 

70 

0 

2.4 

4.4 

5 

11 

11.9 

11 

6.5 

a 7 

14 

10.4 

all.4 

4.5 

17 

12 

al2.8 

23 

19 

17 

18 

16 

12.5 

12 

13 

16.5 

14 

13 

13.5 

25.3 

20 

17.75 

18.5 

8 

7.5 

7.3 

8 

14 

14 

12 

12 

204 

138 

31.6 

24 

21 

38.3 

28 

00 

6 

14.8 

11 

10 

14.2 

11.7 

21 

15 

14.5 

21.5 

18.5 

17.25 

7 

7 

5.6 

13 

11.5 

10.25 

5.5 

203.5 

155 

50 

69 

56.5 

67 


13 

17 

11 

12 

15 

5 

10 


Measurements  largely  from  Kyerman’s  figures.  Up.  cit.,  PI.  11. 


T.waUovian  us 
type 


30 


V niversitij  of  (Utlifornia  J’Hblicalio)is. 


[(iKOU)fiY 


I‘jiii>()Ti{()x.  New  (Jeinis. 

PFULOTiiox  cx)Nn()Nr,  new  freinis  iiiid  six'cies. 

Text  fifjurps  12,  1^,  and  14. 

''rv])e  sj)eciinen  No.  89,  Ihiiv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert,  f'alao.  From  tlio  .Middle 
John  Day,  Turtle  Cove,  John  Day  Valley,  Orefjon. 

"Idtis  I’onn  is  known  from  a sinjjle  specimen  fonml  by  .Afr.  h. 
11.  !Millei-  in  the  .Middle  dolin  Day  beds  at  locality  810,  3’urtie 
Cove,  on  the  dolm  Day  River,  'fliei-e  is  present  only  the  poste- 
rior part  of  the  ci’aninm  and  the  left  mandihle,  with  nearly  com- 
j)lete  lowei'  dentition.  3’he  teeth  are  in  perfect  state  of  preser- 
vation. 


13 


Fiir.  1-.  Philotrox  condoni,  n.  cen.  and  so.  lliaht  side  of  iiosterior  cranial 
region.  N’o.  89.  X %. 

Fifi.  13.  PhUotrox  condom.  Suj)erior  aspect  of  inandilndar  dentition.  No. 
89.  X % • 

Fijr.  14.  Philotrox  condoni.  Outer  side  of  mandible.  No.  89.  X 


VoL.  5J 


Merriam. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


31 


Distinctive  Characters. — -Crnniuiu  with  well-devolopecl  brain 
case,  and  lar^e  thin-wallcd  anditoiy  bnllae.  Two  pair  of  post- 
I)arietal  foramina  present.  Mandible  short,  nnconnnonly  heavy 
anteriorly.  Dentition  ?),  x,  ir,  Pivniolars  heavy,  P2  with- 
out ba.sal  tubercles,  P.,  and  1%  witli  anterior  and  posterior  basal 
tubercles  and  posterior  cusp.  with  well-developed  shear  and 
somewhat  reduced  metaconid.  The  somewhat  elevated  hy])oconid 
occupies  about  half  of  the  broad  heel  of  M^,  eritoconid  low.  M2 
without  ])rominent  pai-aconid,  M3  in  geneiad  like  M2. 

Skull. — The  fragment  of  the  cranium  shows  a bi-ain  case  and 
po.stei'ior  cranial  crests  of  moderate  proportions.  The  crests  are 
about  as  prominent  as  in  Mesocyon  coryphaeus.  The  otic  bulla 
present  is  thin-walled  and  large.  It  is  almost  entirely  separated 
from  the  postglenoid  process.  The  paroceipital  process  is  slen- 
der. There  are  two  postparietal  foramina,  of  which  the  larger, 
anterior  one  is  situated  a little  more  than  half  way  up  the  side 
of  the  brain  case  and  in  front  of  the  lambdoidal  crest.  The 
smaller,  posterior  foramen  is  located  considerably  higher  up  and 
on  the  base  of  the  lambdoidal  crest,  much  as  in  the  postparietal 
foramina  of  Enhydrocyon.  The  postglenoid  foramen  is  situated 
very  close  to  the  median  border  of  the  postglenoid  process.  The 
situation  of  the  condylar  foramen  is  much  as  in  Canis. 

The  mandible  is  short  and  the  posterior  end  of  the  dental 
series  is  considerably  elevated.  The  anterior  portion  of  the  jaw 
is  more  than  ordinarily  heavy.  The  inferior  border  is  only 
slightly  convex.  The  massateric  fossa  reaches  forward  to  a point 
below  the  posterior  end  of  M2. 

Dentition. — The  dentition,  so  far  as  known,  is  ^ (?),  t>  z,  «• 
Viewed  from  above,  the  dental  series  is  seen  to  curve  toward  the 
median  line  rather  sharply  in  front  of  the  last  preniolar  as  in 
other  short-jawed  forms.  The  enamel  of  all  the  teeth  is  more  or 
less  rugose. 

Only  one  incisor,  I3  (?),  is  present  in  the  jaw.  It  is  a rela- 
tively small  tooth  with  a small  lateral  cusp  which  is  only  a little 
lower  than  the  principal  cusp.  The  symphyseal  region  is  uncom- 
monly narrow  and  the  space  between  the  outer  incisor  and  the 
symphysis  is  occupied  by  an  antero-posteriorly  elongated  pit 
which  does  not  include  more  than  half  of  the  area.  A very  small 


32 


University  of  (tnlifornia  I’nblicalions. 


I fJEOWKiY 


iiicisoi-  evidciilly  iiis'  1^  or  I,  wiis  found  loose  iii  the 

iiuitrix  with  tlie  iiuindihle.  It  would  oeeu])y  oidy  ulxuit  h;df  of 
the  eiuj)ty  alveolus,  hut  if  the  othei'  ineisor  was  pi’cseiit,  one  of 
thcui  must  liave  heeii  erowded  far  haek. 

Tlie  eaiiiue  is  large  and  is  somewhat  lieavier  than  in  most  of 
the  associated  canid  forms. 

Of  P,  there  is  no  ti'ace,  though  the  alveolar  border  is  i)er- 
fectly  preserved,  and  as  Pg  is  large  and  very  near  the  caidne,  its 
absence  is  evidently  normal.  All  three  of  the  premolars  are 
rather  heavy.  The  first  two  are  set  somewhat  obliquely  in  the 
jaw.  All  three  are  two-i'ooted.  P,  has  no  distinct  anterior  or 
l)ostcrior  tubercles,  though  the  cingulum  is  slightly  swollen  ante- 
liorly  and  i)osterioi]y.  Pj  has  a minute  anterior  basal  tubercle, 
a })osterior  cusp,  and  an  incipient  posterior  basal  tubercle.  The 
general  .structure  of  ]\  is  similai-  to  that  of  P^,  hut  the  basal 
tubercles  and  posterioi'  cusp  are  better  developed. 

'fhe  shear  of  the  trigonid  on  ]\Ij  is  thick  at  the  base  and  the 
blades  are  relatively  higher  than  in  Canis.  The  metaconid  is 
about  as  large  as  in  Cavis.  On  the  talonid,  the  base  of  the  hypo- 
conid  does  not  i-each  inward  beyond  the  middle  of  the  heel.  The 
summit  of  this  cusp  is  laterally  compre.ssed,  but  is  not  as  high  as 
in  Temnocyon.  The  inner  half  of  the  talonid  is  slightly  exca- 
vated, and  there  are  two  small  tubercles  corres])onding  to  the 
entoconid  and  hy])oconulid  on  its  inner  and  posterior  borders. 

Mg  shows  a well -developed  protoeonid  and  metaconid,  the  for- 
mer being  .somewhat  the  larger.  On  an  excavated  antero-internal 
shelf  a low  marginal  ridge  represents  the  paraconid.  The  heel  is 
slightly  hollowed  and  the  outer  boixler  is  a little  higher  than  the 
inner. 

The  structui'e  of  the  small  jMg  is  so  fai-  as  known  in  general 
similai-  to  that  of  INP,  though  the  i)araconid  shelf  is  smaller. 

A/Ji iiities. — The  tyi)e  of  canid  described  above  shows  consider- 
able rc.semblance  to  the  short-faced  dogs  which  have  been  groui)ed 
togcthei-  in  the  sub-family  .Simocyoninae.  Of  these  thei’C  are 
known  from  the  dohn  Day  three  genera,  OUyubunis,  llyaenocyon, 
and  Unhydrocyon,  no  one  of  which  coi'responds  closely  to  the 
form  iiudei-  discussion. 


Voi,.  5 ] 


Mcrnmn. — John  Daij  (Umiii'ora. 


Olifjohioii.s  (liffVi-s  ill  luiviiifi'  four  infi'rior  pivinohirs  iind  two 
iiioliirs  insteiul  of  lliree  iireiiioliirs  and  three  molars;  in  llie  ali- 
seiiee  of  an  anterior  basal  Inberele  on  P., ; in  the  sliorter  heel  of 
Mj;  and  in  the  <-reater  width  of  M,.  Tlie  inetaeonid  of  in 
Ollf/obuuis  aiipears  from  Cope’s  ti<-nres  lo  he  eonsiderahly  larger 
lhan  in  J’lnlot lox,  and  the  anterior  ])ortion  of  the  lower  jaw  is 
more  slender. 

The  im])erfeetly  known  II Daenotyoii  has  afijiarently  the  same 
iinmher  of  inferior  premolars  as  riiHolrox,  hnt  in  II.  basihdus 
they  are  somewhat  heavier  and  the  anterior  basal  tnhereles  are 
mneh  better  develojied.  P,  is  markedly  trilobate  in  this  species, 
hnt  is  without  accessory  tnhereles  in  Pli ilolroj.  This  tooth  is 
also  relatively  mneh  smaller  in  Uyaoiocyon.  There  is  little  c^or- 
resimndence  between  the  inferior  dentition  of  I'liilotrox  and  the 
dentition  of  II.  sectorins  in  form  and  arrangement  of  the  teeth. 
The  sectorial  portion  of  the  inferior  carnassial  of  I‘lnlolro.r  is 
exceedingly  narrow  antero-posteriorly  compared  with  the  fore 
and  aft  diameter  of  the  npjier  carnassial  in  II.  sectorins.  The 
IireseiK-e  of  the  third  lower  molar  in  Phiiotrox  indicates  the  ex- 
istence of  at  least  two  molars  in  the  upper  .series,  while  Cope 
emifidently  states  that  there  was  but  a single  superior  molar  in 
//.  sectorins. 

The  lower  jaw  of  Enhydrocyon  is  nnfortnnately  even  more 
imperfectly  known  than  that  of  II yaenocyon.  There  are  prob- 
ably three  inferior  premolars  in  this  genns,  tbongb  P„  is  un- 
known. The  premolars  are  at  least  specifically  distinguishable 
from  those  of  I’li ilotrox,  and  Pg  has  no  anterior  basal  tubercle. 
The  heel  of  iMj  in  Enhydrocyon  ai)j)ears  to  l)e  narrower  poste- 
rioiiy  than  in  Ehilotrox,  and  has,  according  to  Cope,-'  “an  abso- 
lutely median  cutting  edge.’’  There  is,  howevei',  a rudimentary 
entoeonid  at  the  base  of  this  cusp.  The  first  tubercular  is  ajipar- 
ently  also  luther  of  the  lacinate  type,  po.ssessing  “a  nearly  me- 
dian cusp  in  front,  which  is  joined  to  the  low  one  fm  the  internal 
border  of  the  crown.”  It  is  not  known  whether  i\Ig  was  present, 
hi  the  skull  of  Enhydrocyon  the  single  pair  of  postparietal  fora- 
mina are  larger  but  are  apparently  .situated  much  as  the  po.ste- 

E.  1).  Cope.  Tertiary  Vertelirata,  p.  938.  Also,  ibid,  “The  heel  of  the 
sectorial  is  cutting,  as  in  Temnocyoii.  ”... 


34 


University  of  Uni  if  ornia  I’nblicat  ions. 


I fir.oi.ooy 


I’ior  p.iii-  ill  UIiilolro.r.  Tlio  o1i(*  Imlhie  in  liolli  <:(‘ii(*r;i  lire  (“xtrn- 
ordinarily  lar*i'e. 

Tomarclus  ('ope  from  Ihe  lamp  Forl\  Mioemic’  ol'  Colorado  is 
evidently  a more  speeialized  form,  liolli  as  regards  llie  rediietion 
of  the  premolars  and  the  development  of  M,. 

I'hUotrox  resembles  the  Old  World  Simoeyonines  in  the  short- 
ness of  the  jaw,  and  the  rather  heavy  tyjie  of  tlie  premolars.  It 
differs  from  Sintocyon.  in  the  <>reater  development  of  F,  and  1’.,, 
in  the  nineh  smaller  size  of  AC,  and  in  the  pre.senee  of  AI...  'I'lie 
heel  of  All  1*'^^  distinetly  hasin-sliaped  in  Uliilolrox.  From 

Ccpliatoyalc  it  is  distinguished  hy  the  ahsenec  of  F,  and  the 
greater  develo])ment  of  P;,  and  I’g.  The  ensps  of  the  lower  car- 
nassial  are  also  somewhat  more  elevated  and  the  metaconid  seems 
to  he  less  ]irominent.  In  other  respeets  there  is  mneh  in  eommon 
with  Ccplialoyale.  jiartienlarly  in  AC  and  AL,  and  in  the  form  of 
the  heel  of  Al,. 

Of  the  five  genera  referred  to  the  Simocyoninae  all  are  re- 
moved from  Philotrox  hy  quite  a distance.  Cephalognle  is  pos- 
sibly one  of  the  nearest,  while  Simocyon  is  one  of  the  farthest 
removed.  Oliyohnnis  is  evidently  not  closely  related;  Enhydro- 
cyo)i  and  11  yocnocyon  appear  to  he  ahont  as  far  removed  as 
01  i (jot) unis,  hnt  are  not  well  enongh  known  to  warrant  a definite 
.statement. 

In  the  jiresent  state  of  onr  knowledge  it  is  difficult  to  deter- 
mine exactly  the  relative  .stages  of  evolution  reached  hy  the  John 
Day  types  of  shoi't-faced  dogs.  Ehitotrox  does  not  appear  to 
repi’esent  either  the  most  primitive  or  the  most  specialized  type 
of  the  four  genera.  As  far  as  is  kiiown,  it  .seems  to  show  a some- 
what higher  develojnnent  of  the  crushing  functions  in  the  tuber- 
cular region  of  the  inferior  molai’s  than  we  find  in  the  other 
foi’uis. 

It  is  also  difficult  to  make  even  a tentative  statement  as  to  the 
pi-ohahle  oi-igin  of  Uliilolrox.  While  it  exhibits  some  resemblance 
to  U( plialoy(dc,  it  is  to  he  doubted  whether  its  affinity  in  this 
direction  is  really  clo.ser  than  with  some  of  the  members  of  the 
Uynodictis  group.  Pai'ticularly  is  this  true  of  the  cusps  of  the 
infei-ior  sectorial  which  are  hai’dly  of  the  type  of  Cephnloyate.  I 


VoL.  5] 


Mernam. — JoJtn  Day  Carnivora. 


35 


;im  inclined  to  accept  llie  sn^sest-ioii  of  Wortinan-®  that  a ineni- 
her  of  the  White  River  senns  Daphaenus,  like  />.  dodyei,  may 
lead  to  some  of  the  short-jawed  do^'s  of  the  John  Day.  The  evi- 
dence of  relationship  to  this  foi'iii  seems  at  least  as  stron<>-  in  the 
case  of  Philoirox  as  in  any  of  the  other  genera.  D.  dodyei  has  a 
i-ather  short,  heavy  jaw.  Excepting  Ej,  which  is  much  reduced, 
the  premolars  ai‘e  heavy,  and  ])ossess  posterioi-  cusj)s.  The  lieel 
of  Ml  is  broad  and  basin-shaped,  the  form  and  ari'angement  of 
its  three  tubercles  appearing  to  he  much  the  same  as  in  Philoirox. 

So  great  is  the  diversity  of  form  among  the  four  genera  of 
short-faced  John  Day  dogs  that  it  is  difficult  to  determine  from 
the  material  available  whether  we  are  warranted  in  considering 
them  all  as  descendants  of  the  same  .stock.  If  such  similarities 
as  they  show  are  actually  an  exi)ression  of  common  ancestry,  it 
would  seem  that  we  find  at  least  as  many  of  the  necessary  charac- 
ters of  this  ancestral  type  in  the  North  American  Daphaenus,  as 
in  Cephaloyale  or  in  any  of  the  European  genera. 

The  relationships  of  the  previously  known  short-faced  John 
Day  dogs  to  the  Euro])ean  Simocyonines  seem  in  a general  way 
to  be  far  from  close.  The  affinity  with  Cephaloyale  is  presum- 
ably not  as  close  as  with  Daphaenus.  Compared  with  Simocyon, 
we  find  the  dentition  differing  in  each  genus  about  as  widely  as 
it  could  be  made  to  differ  and  still  keep  them  short-faced,  heavy- 
toothed canids.  No  single  functional  cheek  tooth  of  Simocyon 
shows  much  resemblance  to  the  corresponding  tooth  of  Oliyo- 
hunis.  This  would  be  true  also  of  the  inferior  cheek  teeth  and 
upper  carnassial  of  Enhydrocyon.  The  upper  molars  of  Enhy- 
drocyon  are  too  imperfectly  known  for  comparison.  In  Jlyae- 
nocyon  the  inferior  cheek  teeth  are  different,  as  far  as  known. 
The  superior  sectorial  suggests  a stimcture  somewhat  similar  to 
that  of  Simocyon,  but  iMi  is  much  smaller  and  there  was  no 
seccmd  superior  tubercular. 

It  is  to  be  expected  that  differentiation  will  tend  to  produce 
short-faced,  heavy-toothed  carnivores  of  the  hyaenoid  type  as 
often  and  in  as  many  places  as  circumstances  will  permit.  The 
Ilyaenidae  represent  an  Old  World  adaptation  in  this  direction. 
They  have  come  to  differ  so  far  from  the  other  groups  of  the 


J.  L.  Wortman.  Am.  Jour.  Science,  June,  1901,  Vol.  XI,  p.  449. 


(inivcrsitjf  of  ('dlifoniia  /‘iihlirdlioiis. 


I (iKoiX)(;y 


3(i 


(';ii'iiiv()i';i  iuid  to  till  such  ;im  iiiij)()rt;nit  in  (‘(islcni 

Aretofjaoa  Unit  they  are  scpnrntcd  ns  a distinct  family.  What- 
ever tlie  ancestors  of  tlie  hyaenas  may  have  been,  Diey  wei’e 
]M'ol)al)ly  not  true  canids.  A somewliat  sinulai'  adaptation  lias 
occuri'cd  in  tlie  (’anidae.  So  similai-  liave  the  results  lieen  in  the 
two  cases,  as  far  as  function  and  sujierficial  cliaracters  are  con- 
cerned, that  several  canids  from  tlie  American  faunas  have  found 
temjiorary  location  with  the  hyaena  gi'oup  in  the  classification. 

It  ajipears  more  than  probable  that  the  development  of  hyae- 
noid  charactei's  in  the  Canidae  has  gone  forward  to  a j^reat  extent 
indejiendently  in  North  America  and  Kurojie,  and  has,  moreover, 
lu-odueed  cpiitc  different  results  in  the  two  refiions.  It  is  not 
iniiirobable  that  tbere  has  been  mixing  of  the  resultant  types 
thi'ougli  migrations,  though  we  have  as  yet  little  evidence  of  such 
intermigration.  Unless  we  can  discover  more  definite  evidence 
of  common  descent  of  the  American  and  European  genera  than 
has  yet  lieen  brought  forward,  it  must  appear  that  the  sub-family 
Sinioeyoninae  as  generally  accepted,  including  Hhnocyon,  Cepha- 
hxjdlc,  Oligohunis,  Enhydrocyov , and  Ihjdenocyon,  is  a group 
of  polyphyletic  origin,  representing  a general  type  of  adaptation 
rather  than  similar  characters  expressive  of  common  origin.  At 
the  present  time  we  are  not  even  in  a position  to  state  definitely 
that  all  of  the  genera  mentioned  are  really  typical  canids.  The 
continuance  of  their  definite  arrangement  in  one  s\dj-family  will 
serve  only  to  cover  up  certain  weak  places  in  our  phylogeiiies,  and 
ultimately  to  impede  the  iirogress  of  knowledge. 


.MEASUREMENTS. 

null. 

Length,  anterior  .side  of  inferior  canine  to  posterior  side  of  AJ,  63 

Length,  posterior  .side  of  inferior  canine  to  jiosterior  side  of  P,  35. .a 

lleiglit  of  inandihle  lielow  iniildle  of  P.  21.5 

Height  of  inandilile  tielow  protocouid  of  AI,  --  19.5 

L(?),  transverse  <liaineter  2.8 

I;;,  transverse  diameter  4 

Inferior  canine,  lengtii  from  uinvorn  tip  to  alvi'olar  holder  21.5 

Inferior  canine,  greatest  antero  posterior  diameter  at  liase  10.5 

P,,  antero-posterior  diameter  8.3 

P;,  transverse  dianu'ter  5.2 

P3,  antero  posterior  diameter  10.5 

P„  anti'ro  |>osterior  diameter  ILti 


Voi,.  f)  I 


Men-inm. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


P,,  transverse  diaiiK^ter  

>r,,  antero-()osterior  diaineter  

Ml,  transverse  diameter  of  trigoiiid  

;\r„  antero-posterior  diameter  of  heel  

Ml,  transverse  diameter  of  heel  

i\[o,  antero-posterior  diameter  

Mo,  transverse  diameter  

M3,  antero-posterior  diameter  a 

Height  of  inion  above  foramen  magnum  

Greatest  width  across  occipital  condyles  

Height  of  foramen  magnum  

Greatest  antero-posterior  diameter  of  otic  bulla  

Greatest  transverse  diameter  of  otic  imlla  . 


(i.5 

18.0 

7.8 

5 

7.1 

8 

5.4 

5 

3.3 

34.5 
12 

28.5 
10 


a.  Approximate. 


FELIDAE. 

Tlioiigh  fairly  tvell  known  from  sknll.s  and  teeth,  the  John 
Day  eats  have,  as  a whole,  pi'esented  some  of  the  most  puzzling 
featni-es  of  this  fauna.  The  most  common  and  best  known  forms 
included  in  the  genera  Archachirus  and  Nhiirauas  have  been  gen- 
erally considered  as  representing  the  most  primitive  division  of 
the  machaerodont  group  of  the  Felidae.  In  the  White  Fiver 
beds,  held  to  be  older  than  the  John  Day,  there  appeared  to  he 
among  the  felines  no  forms  so  primitive  as  these.  As  the  other 
elements  of  the  John  Day  fauna  are  nearly  all  more  advanced 
than  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  White  River,  the  evidence 
regarding  the  age  of  the  beds  which  is  furnished  by  these  cats 
seemed  to  contradict  that  of  the  remainder  of  the  fauna. 

iMuch  yet  remains  to  he  learned  concerning  the  John  Day  cats, 
as  in  most  cases  hut  little  excepting  the  skull  and  dentition  has 
been  discovered. 

No  representatives  of  the  Felidae  have  been  described  from 
the  Mascall  beds. 

The  following  species  are  known  from  the  John  Day  series: — 

Archaelurus  debilis  Cope. 

Nimravus  gornpliodus  Cope. 

Nimravus  confertus  Cope. 

Deinictis  cyclops  Cope. 

Pogonodon  platycopis  Cope. 

Pogonodon  brachyops  Cope. 

Pogonodon  davisi,  n.  sp. 

Eoplophoneus  cerebralis  Cope. 

Hoplophoneus  strigidens  Cope  (?). 


38 


University  of  Calif ornia  Publications. 


[Okolooy 


NIMHAVUS  AND  AHCHAKLUHUS. 

PI.  4;  P],  5,  Figs.  ] iuul  2;  and  'I'ext-figurc  Pi. 

Generic  and  Specific  Distinctions.  3'he  genera,  Archaelnrus'^^ 
iind  Nimravu.s^°  were  establisliecl  l)y  Cope  to  include  three  feline 
sj)eeies  related  to  the  sabre-tooth  forms  but  having  very  i)riniitive 
characters.  They  were  refeiu'cd  to  by  Cope  as  the  “false  sa])re- 
tooths, ’’  owing  to  their  lack  of  a prominent  flange  on  the  antero- 
inferior angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  the  absence  of  a cutting  edge 
on  the  anterior  side  of  the  relatively  shoi-t  upper  canines.  There 
was  also  noticed  in  both  genera  a peculiar  exostosis  or  a thicken- 
ing of  the  outer  side  of  the  alveolar  border  immediately  below  the 
inferior  molars.  Neither  genus  was  known  outside  the  limits  of 
the  John  Day  series.  Of  the  two,  Archaelurus  was  said  to  be 
the  more  primitive,  having  one  more  premolar  in  each  jaw,  and 
smooth-edged  instead  of  posteriorly  serrated  upper  and  lower 
canines.  Other  differences  between  the  single  species  of  Archae- 
lurus and  the  two  placed  in  Nimravus  were  supposedly  of  no 
more  than  specific  value. 

Though  Archaelurus  and  Nimravus  appeared  to  Cope  to  be 
({uite  distinctly  separated,  studies  of  recently  discovered  material 
show  that  they  are  scarcely  separable  if  not  identical  generic 
ty]ms.  In  the  University  of  California  collections  there  are  sev- 
eral specimens  which  show  the  skull  and  dentition  of  forms  be- 
longing in  this  group  more  perfectly  in  some  particulars  than 
they  were  exhibited  in  the  types.®^  All  of  this  material  indicates 
that  Archaelurus  is  not  so  distinctly  separated  from  Nimravus 
as  it  was  considered  to  be  by  Cope. 

In  a particularly  Avell-preserved  skull  (No.  1681),  pi.  4,  and 
text-figure  15,  there  is  a mixture  of  the  characters  of  Archae- 

Archaelurus.  Am.  Nat.,  VoL  13,  Dec.  4,  1879,  798a-798&. 

'‘"Nimravus.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.,  Fhilad.,  Aug.  12,  1879,  pp.  169  and 
174. 

'I’liis  materia)  includes  tlie  following  sjjecimcns:  No.  1681,  perfect 
cranium  without  mandible,  with  axis  and  one  other  cervical  vertebra;  No. 
1685,  cranium  with  dentition,  lacking  P and  the  frontal  region;  No.  1679, 
mandible  with  dentition;  No.  1680,  middle  portion  of  mandible  with  Pj  and 
M„  also  five  lumbar  vertebrae;  No.  1683,  half  of  mandible  with  Mj  and  parts 
of  oilier  teeth;  No.  2256,  nearly  complete  hind  liinli;  No.  110,  perfect  tibia, 
calcaneum,  fragments  of  metajiodials,  caudal  vertebrae.  In  addition  to  these 
there  are  a number  of  loose  teeth  ami  scattered  limb  bones. 


V'OL.  5] 


Merriani.—Joliii.  Day  Carnivora. 


39 


Iwrus  juid  Xnnrarii.^i.  As  in  A rcliaeluras  dehilis,  Ihei'e  ;iro  four 
STii)ei’ioi‘  j)r('niol;irs.  The  upper  e;uiine  is  sli^>htly  shorter  and 
a])i)ears  to  sliow  a little  more  eurvatui'c  than  in  Nimravns,  hut 
in  other  eliaraetei's  it  differs  f>reatly  from  Arcliaelurus  as  de- 
sei-ibed,  and  in  these  particulars  resembles  Nimravus.  The 
})osterior  side  instead  of  hein^^  smooth-edged  is  sti-ongly  com- 
pressed and  lias  a sharply  serrated  margin.  As  in  Nimravus,  the 
anterior  side  is  broad,  and  is  slightly  concave  toward  the  inner 


Fig.  15.  Arcliaelurus  dehilis  major.  No.  1681.  Middle  John  Day,  Logan 
Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon.  X %. 

angle.  The  outer  anterior  portion  is  rounded.  The  inner  ante- 
rior angle  is  acute,  and  is  noticeably  serrated  toward  the  base  of 
the  tooth.  In  this  last  character  it  is  even  more  specialized  than 
the  corresponding  portion  of  this  tooth  as  described  for  N.  gom- 
phodus.  The  skull  in  which  this  dentition  occurs  represents  an 
individual  much  larger  than  the  type  of  A.  debihs.  In  dimen- 
sions it  is  nearest  to  the  type  of  N.  gornpliodus,  the  largest  de- 
scribed form  referred  to  either  of  these  genera,  but  it  exceeds 
this  specimen  in  axial  length  by  about  20  millimeters. 

It  is  difficult  to  determine  the  affinities  of  this  form,  judging 
solely  from  the  characteristics  which  appeared  in  the  type  speci- 
mens. As  the  form  represented  by  specimen  No.  1681  is  sepa- 
rated from  Arcliaelurus  principally  by  the  character  of  the  mar- 
gins of  the  superior  canine,  the  writer  has  examined  the  type 

Axial  length  of  skull.  Tyj)e  A.  dehilis,  180  mm.  Type  N.  gornpliodus, 
206  mm.;  No.  1681,  225  mm. 


40 


Universiln  of  (hiUfornia  J’lihlicdlioiis. 


[r.Koi-oijY 


specimen  of  Areliaeluriis  witli  a view  to  vei-ifyiiifj  ('ope’s  state- 
ment regai'din"  this  toolli.  It  was  found,  howevcn-,  that  tlie 
posterioi-  inai-oins  are  really  sei-rated  instead  of  smooth,  (■;oi)e 
liavins’  been  deceived  ajtparently  l)y  tlie  worti  siii-faees  f)f  the 
tootli.  Tlie  anterior  sides  were  so  mneli  worn  that  it  was  not 
possil)le  to  determine  tlieir  exact  form.  4’he  evidence  available 
seems  to  me  to  indicate  that  no  sufficient  generic  distinctions  are 
to  he  obtained  in  the  charactei’  of  the  canines.  Thon”:!!  slifrlit 
differences  in  the  structTii'C  of  the  margins  may  exist,  it  is  very 
doubtful  whethei'  such  valuations  in  "eneral  form  as  may  be  pres- 
ent are  of  more  than  specific  value. 

As  to  lh(>  other  fienerie  chai-acter  used  by  Co])e,  namely,  that 
based  u])on  the  number  of  pi'emolars,  (iojie’s  type  of  N.  (jom- 
pliodiis  shows  no  indication  of  the  lu'esence  of  preniolar  one  in 
either  the  upjier  or  the  lowei’  jaw,  lint  as  this  tooth  is  exceed- 
ingly small  in  ArcJiacIiirus  it  is  easily  conceivable  that  it  would 
disap]iear  in  many  cases.  In  the  collection  of  Professor  Tliomas 
Condon,  at  the  University  of  Oregon,  there  is  a well-preserved 
feline  skull  which  was  studied  by  Cope  and  was  labeled  N.  gom- 
phi/diis  by  him.  In  this  individual  thei'e  are  hut  two  inferior 
pi'emolai's.  In  the  specimen  as  it  Avas  studied  by  Cope  there 
ajipeared  to  he  only  three  upper  premolars,  hut  more  careful 
preparation  of  the  upper  jaAv  has  shown  an  alveolus  for  a fourth, 
or  Ph  In  whichever  genus  this  sjAecies  is  jilaced  the  dentition 
of  one  jaA\-  will  reiiresent  the  other  genus. 

The  differences  hetAveen  the  ty])es  of  Arcliaclurus  and  Nim- 
ravus,  or  ,^^1.  dehilis  and  U.  gottipJiodus,  are  perhaps  mo.st  strongly 
expressed  in  the  loAver  jaAvs.  In  Cope’s  matei-ial,  A.  dehilis 
Avas  charaeterized  by  the  jAresenee  of  a veiy  large  exo.stosis 
heloAv  the  molai's,  AAhile  in  A.  gomphodus  this  Avas  represented 
by  only  a slight  sAvelling  (Af  the  exteimal  ah^eolar  border.  Accord- 
ing to  Cope,  this  thickening  Avas  “larger  in  some  specimens  than 
in  (At hers. ’’  .V.  gomphodus  AAas  suiAjACAsed  to  he  fuidher  charac- 

tei'ized  by  the  absence  (Af  IT,  absence  of  an  anterior  basal  tubercle 
(All  P;„  and  the  failure  of  the  massatcrie  fossa  to  reach  the  inferior 
liorder  of  the  ramus  at  any  point. 

“.tiidgiiig  ti'Oiii  Condon’s  figures  (The  Two  Ishinds,  I’l.  '20,  opposite  p. 
124),  (ho  superior  ciuiine  nnd  nuuidildc  are  of  the  Arcluiehints  type. 


Vor,.  5] 


Mevriam. — John  Daif  (janiivora. 


41 


As  in  the  crania  (lescri])e(l  above,  the  mandibles  in  tlie  Univer- 
sity collections  all  show  more  or  less  mixing  of  characters.  A 
large  specimen  (No.  1(179,  text-figure  1(1)  exceeds  the  tyi»e  of  A. 


Fig.  16.  Archaehirits  debilis  major.  No.  1(579.  Middle  John  Day,  lilue 
Basin,  Turtle  Cove,  John  Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X %. 

dchilis  in  size  by  about  99  ]>er  cent.  Its  dimensions  are  in  general 
near  those  of  the  type  of  Ab  (/oinphodiis,  but  it  is  even  larger  than 
that  form,  and  apparently  reitresents  the  largest  known  individ- 
ual of  this  group.  The  exostosis  is  intermediate  in  size  between 
the  slight  thickening  in  N.  gornphodus  and  the  greatly  inflated 
alveolar  bordei*  "of  A.  debilis.  The  massateric  region  is  similar 
to  that  of  Archaelurus,  but  the  mandible  is  relatively  higher  be- 
low the  diastema  than  in  the  type  specimen.  The  posterior  angle 
of  the  canine  is  denticulate,  as  in  Nimravus.  P,  is  double-rooted 
instead  of  single-rooted  as  described  for  Archaelurus  by  Cope, 
but  a reexamination  of  the  type  shows  that  it  is  two-rooted  there 
also.  P3  possesses  a small  anterior  basal  tubercle  as  in  Archae- 
lurus. 

In  another  specimen  (No.  1680),  representing  the  median 
portion  of  the  jaw,  the  inferior  canine,  and  several  lumbar  verte- 
brae, the  dimensions  are  intermediate  between  those  of  A.  dchilis 
and  the  large  specimen  described  above.  The  exostosis  is  little  if 
any  larger  than  in  Nimravus,  and  the  canine  shows  posterior  ser- 
ration, but  the  massateric  region  is  apparently  as  in  Archaelurus. 
The  height  of  the  jaw  seems  to  be  relatively  less  than  in  the 


42 


University  of  Cdlifornia  Publications. 


\ (JlCOI/OfiY 


larger  specimen.  As  in  Archaclurus,  Pj  is  double-rooted  and  P3 
has  a weak  anterior  basal  tubercle. 

A third  and  much  smaller  mandible  (No.  1G83)  shows  the 
weak  exostosis  of  N.  (jomphodas  and  the  double-rooted  P2  of 
Arcbaclurns.  The  inferior  portion  of  the  jaw  is  broken  away, 
but  the  niassateric  fossa  extends  far  forward  as  in  A.  debilis.  In 
this  specimen  the  diastema,  to  P2,  is  very  short  and  the  median 
poi'lion  of  Ihe  inferior  side  of  the  symphyseal  region  is  rather 
jirominent.  The  well-preserved  M2  is  laterally  compressed  and 
has  a divided  root.  It  shows  a sub-acute  superior  ridge  which  is 
divided  into  a median  tubercle  and  distinct  anterior  and  poste- 
rior basal  ridges. 

The  relative  dimensions  of  these  individuals  compared  with 
those  of  the  described  species  of  Archaelnrus  and  Nimravus  are 
brought  out  in  the  following  table : — 


Length  of  maiulible,  anterior 
side  of  synijihysis  to  poste- 
rior side  of  condyle  

Height  of  mandible  below  mid- 
dle of  diastema  

Height  of  mandible  at  poste- 

i-ior  end  of  Pi  

Ijength,  posterior  side  of  ca- 
nine to  anterior  side  of  P;.. 

Length,  po.sterior  side  of  ca- 
nine to  anterior  side  of  P3.. 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of 

P3  

Antero-posterior  diameter  of 

P4  ; 

Antero-jiosterior  diameter  of 

M,  

a Approximate. 

The  mandibles  described  above  correspond  generieally  to 
Archaclurus  and  differ  from  the  two  species  of  Ximravus  in  the 
presence  of  IT  and  in  the  characters  of  the  niassateric  fossa.  In 
the  Iwo  siiecimens  in  which  P.j  is  iiresent  it  supports  an  anterior 
basal  tubercle  as  in  Archaclurus.  In  each  individual,  however, 
some  considerable  deviation  from  tbe  type  of  Archaclurus  is  seen, 
and  in  all  cases  this  variation  is  toward  the  type  of  Nimravus. 


CQ 


0 

© 

> >> 

|Ci 

\--o 

H 

6 

X 

6 

f© 

© 

^ >» 

1=^ 

l-x 

its 

h 

6 

*V.  confertHS 
type 

158 

0175 

140 

27 

31 

20 

20 

20 

31.5 

37 

24 

16 

14.5 

10 

23 

25 

21 

18.5 

1:^.5 

17 

17 

15 

14 

...... 

13.3 

20 

19.5 

15 

16 

25 

27 

26 

22.5 

VoL.  5] 


Merriam. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


4!} 


Specifically  the  individuals  described  above  are  not  readily 
fitted  into  any  of  the  known  groups.  The  largest  specimen,  No. 
1()79,  exceeding  both  A.  dchilis  and  N.  gomphodns  in  size,  be- 
longed to  an  individual  sligblly  larger  than  that  represented  by 
the  skull  No.  1681  described  above  (p.  39).  These  two  specimens 
probably  represent  the  same  species,  which  is  po.s,sibly  a variety 
of  .1.  dchilis,  or  as  suggested  by  the  size  and  by  the  reduction  of 
the  exostosis,  it  is  perhaps  a variant  from  the  Ak  gomphodus  type. 
Until  more  is  known  of  the  variation  in  the  group  this  form  may 
be  tentatively  known  as  Archaelurus  dchilis  major. 

The  .slightly  smaller  mandible.  No.  1680,  corresponds  closely 
to  N.  gomphodus  in  size,  and  possesses  only  a rudimentary  ex- 
ostosis. As  P,  was  present  and  Pg  has  an  anterior  basal  tubercle, 
this  specimen  may  be  tentatively  referred  to  A.  dchilis  major. 

The  third  specimen.  No.  1683,  has  nearly  the  same  dimensions 
as  the  type  of  A.  dchilis,  and  is  i-eferred  to  that  species,  though 
as  in  N.  gomphodus  the  inferior  portion  of  the  symphyseal  re- 
gion is  prominent  and  the  exostosis  much  reduced. 

The  great  variation  in  size  and  form  of  the  exostosis  among 
these  and  other  known  specimens  indicates  that,  as  suspected  by 
Cope,  this  .structure  cannot  be  used  in  generic  separation  and 
only  doubtfully  in  distinction  of  the  species.  The  value  of  the 
anterior  basal  tubercle  on  Pg  in  separating  the  genera  must  also 
he  doubtfiil,  as  the  difference  between  the  small  anterior  tubercle 
in  Archaelurus  and  the  rather  prominent  anterior  basal  angle  in 
Nimravus  is  slight.  The  presence  of  Pg  in  A.  dchilis  is  of  doubt- 
ful value  as  a distingaushing  character.  It  is  a very  small  and 
practically  fuuctionless  tooth,  and  its  occurrence  would  natiirally 
he  variable.  AVhile  it  is  usually  present  in  specimens  with  the 
.1.  dchilis  type  of  massaterie  fossa  and  showing  an  anterior  basal 
tuljercle  on  Pg,  it  is  also  associated  with  a posteriorly  serrated 
inferior  canine  and  a gi-eatly  reduced  exostosis.  It  is  absent 
from  Professor  Condon’s  siiecimen  in  which  the' superior  pre- 
molar dentition  is  that  of  Archaelurus.  Practically  the  only 
character  which  seems  distinctive  is  found  in  the  form  and  size 
of  the  massaterie  fossa.  In  A.  gomphodus  its  inferior  margin  is 
se])arated  from  the  lower  Imrder  of  the  horizontal  ramus  by  a 
wide  bar.  In  A.  dchilis  the  fossa  extends  farther  forward  and 


44 


fhin-crsitij  af  (htliforriia  I’lihliciiHoiis. 


I rii<;oi,n(iY 


reaohos  down  to  tlio  inforior  niai'jiin  of  flip  jaw,  whirdi  it  may 
fo]|o\\'  foi'  sotiip  distaiiop. 

Til  llip  jii-p.spiit  slalp  of  onr  knowlpdep  tlipvp  apiipar  1o  lip  llina* 
or  four  1y])PS  rojirpspiif od  in  llip  A^'cJiarl urus-Xinirrnuis  tiroii]). 
Tt  is  not  ppriain  tliat  tlipy  rp])rpspnt  distiiipt  spppips  and  tlip  nnni- 
bpr  will  ))o,ssil)ly  bp  rediippd  wlipii  niorp  niatprial  is  known. 

.1.  (lehilis!  is  a small  form  rpprpspiitino'  tlie  inoro  primitivo 
extrpiiip  in  prpinolar  dpiitition  and  jiossibly  in  tbp  form  of  tbp 
paninps.  P.,  bas  an  antprior  tnbprplp.  The  massatorip  fossa  is 
rplatively  broad  and  tbp  exostosis  is  larpp.  The  type  skull  is  ISO 
mm.  lonp',  P’  and  P^  are  bolb  ])rpspnt,  llip  oaninp,  is  not  "reatly 
plonyated.  Tt  rejirospiits  a fully  adult  individual  and  possibly  a 
female. 

.1.  (hhihs  nuijnr.  Tjar^p  forms  with  variable  premolar  for- 
mnla,  redneed  exostosis,  and  wide  massatorip  fossa.  Rnporior 
panines  moderately  elono-atod,  with  serrated  posterior  ed"e.  and 
with  basal  anterior  proove.  Type  skull  No.  TfiSl  tpl.  4),  a 
yonnp  individual ; basal  lenp-th  225  mm.  INTandible  No.  1670 
< text-fipnre  16),  referred  to  this  speeies,  is  from  a somewhat 
larper  individual  with  teeth  but  little  worn.  The  inferior  canine 
has  a serrated  posterior  niarpin,  P^  is  two-rooted,  P^  with  ante- 
rior basal  tubercle,  and  the  exnsto.sis  is  somewhat  redneed.  These 
two  yonnp  .specimens  exceed  the  old  individual  representing  the 
ty])e  of  (Irhilis  by  more  than  45  mm.  in  skull  lenptli,  which  is 
more  than  the  oi'dinary  ranpe  of  sexual  variation  in  cat  skulls  of 
a]>proximately  this  size. 

N.  (jotuplnxhm  has  a penerally  reduced  premolar  dentition, 
laekinp  both  P^  and  P„.  The  canines  are  relatively  lonp  and 
slender,  thouph  both  characters  are  doubtless  somewhat  exasper- 
ated in  the  type  s])ecimen.  P;,  without  distinct  anterior  basal 
Inbercle.  i\Tassateric  fossa  relatively  narrow.  The  skull  charac- 
tei-s  se])ai-alins  this  sjteeies  fi-om  ,1.  dchilis  are  larpely  bridped 
over  by  .1.  dchilis  major. 

y.  conferias  re.sembled  .V.  (jomphodus  exceptinp  in  the  char- 
actei-  of  the  preatly  shoi-lened  inferior  diastema.  Known  only 
from  the  lower  jaw. 

'the  observations  pi'csented  above  indicate  some  of  the  diffi- 
cidties  met  in  attem|)tinp  to  carry  a separation  of  the  peneric 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrna»i.-  Jolt n Datj  Caniivora. 


45 


^i-oiips  Arehoehtrus  ;ui(l  Mntntviis  l)ey()ii(l  the  type  niMteiMal.  It 
should  he  stuted  fui-flier  lluit  ;i  somewhat  siiiiilai-  miuf)]in<r  of 
eharaetei's  of  these  *ienera  is  eiieounter-ed  in  a study  of  the  struc- 
ture of  the  skull,  liuil)s,  and  vertebrae.  As  far  as  is  known, 
nearly  all  the  sup])oscd  diaf>nostie  eharaetcrs  seem  to  he  variable 
and  uutrustwoi-thy,  exceptino'  i)ossil)ly  the  form  of  the  massaterie 
fossa,  ami  it  is  doubtful  whether  moi-e  than  s])eeific  vahie  at- 
taches to  this  feature.  The  firouj)  as  a whole  seems  to  show  much 
individual  variation,  and  under  these  cirenmstanees  a thoroughly 
satisfactory  arrangement  of  the  species  and  genei-a  can  he  accom- 
plished only  by  the  study  of  much  larger  collections  than  are  now 
available.  Cope’s  collection  seems  to  have  contained  in  the  types 
of  -1.  debilis  and  A’,  (jomphodus  two  rather  extreme  variants. 
Xeithei-  of  these  extremes  has  been  met  outside  of  the  type  col- 
lection. Although  the  larger  i)art  of  the  known  material  is  not 
included  in  Cope’s  collections,  all  of  the  specimens  range  between 
the  limits  of  these  two  forms. 

Collectively  the  forms  in  the  Nimmvus-Archaelurus  group 
I’epresent  a fairly  distinct  feline  type.  They  are  characterized 
in  skull  and  dentition  by  the  alxsence  of  a prominent  flange  on 
the  antero-inferior  angle  of  the  mandible ; a tedency  toward  full 
representation  of  the  premolars ; absence  of  deuterocone  on  P"*, 
of  protocone  on  i\P,  and  of  metaconid  on  iVI^ ; incomplete  develop- 
ment of  the  anterior  cTitting  edge  on  the  superior  canines ; the 
presence  of  a small  51,  and  of  a peculiar  exostosis  on  the  external 
alveolar  margin  adjacent  to  it;  and  the  slight  inferior  projection 
of  the  jn'^ttympanie  process  and  of  the  root  of  the  zygomatic 
pi’ocess  of  the  s(piamosal.  This  group  corresponds  in  rank  to 
the  average  genus  and,  tinless  further  additions  to  the  available 
material  should  bring  out  more  definite  distinguishing  characters, 
the  later  name,  ArchacI ttfiis,  will  probably  be  ultimately  elim- 
inated. 

As  has  been  recognized  iiarticnlarly  by  Adams,’^'*  the  members 
of  the  Xitttfavits-ArcliacI itriis  group  show  .strong  resemblances  in 
dental  and  cranial  characters  to  Ailurictis  of  the  European  Olig- 
oeene  and,  as  indicated  below  (p.  50)  under  the  discussion  of  the 
extremities,  this  similarity  extends  also  to  the  limb  structure. 


G.  I.  Adams.  Extinct  Felidae.,  Am.  Jour.  Sc.,  1897,  Vol.  154,  ]>.  140. 


46 


University  of  California  Uublicaiions. 


I Gk()i-o(jy 


'I'liere  are  still  a inmiher  of  c'liaracters  se[)ara1itiff  llieiii  wliieh 
may  as  a whole  (listiii<>uish  the  groups  suffieieiitly  to  pertiiit  our 
eojitiiiuiiig  them  as  distiuet  geuei-a.  Ailnriciis  appears,  however, 
to  he  closely  related  to  Ihe  American  genera  and  to  represent  the 
same  division  of  Ihe  Felidae. 


MEASUREMENTS. 

Skull  of  Archaelurus  dchilis  major,  No.  1G81. 

Axial  length  from  anterior  side  of  iiremaxillac  to  posterior  side  of  oc- 


ci])ital  condyles  22.5 

Axial  length  from  anterior  side  of  premaxillae  to  anterior  side  of  infe- 
rior narial  openings  87 

Greatest  width  across  zygomatic  arches  150 

Width  of  palate  between  inner  roots  of  56 

Height  of  inion  above  foramen  magnum  39 

Height  of  antero  inferior  side  of  orbit  above  alveolar  border  at  P‘ 36 

Length,  anterior  side  of  superior  canine  to  posterior  side  of  AP  81.5 

Length,  anterior  side  of  P®  to  posterior  side  of  AP  . 48 

Superior  canine,  length,  tip  to  alveolar  border  on  incompletely  erupted 

tooth  38 

Superior  canine,  antero-posterior  diameter  at  base  16.5 

Superior  canine,  transverse  diameter  at  base  9.2 

P^,  antero-posterior  diameter  3.9 

P%  antero-posterior  diameter  6.6 

P^,  antero-posterior  diameter  20.5 

P^,  antero-posterior  diameter  24 

P^,  transverse  diameter  across  inner  root  15 

AI\  antero-posterior  diameter  5.7 

AI\  transverse  diameter  r. - 8 


Limbs. — Several  specimens  in  the  University  collection  show 
considerable  parts  of  the  appendicular  skeleton  of  feline  forms 
which  are  very  near  Archaelurus.  Among  these  there  is  a hind 
linil).  No.  2256  (pi.  5,  fig.  1),  lacking  only  the  terminal  pha- 
langes. This  furnishes  for  the  first  time  sufficient  material  for 
satisfactorily  determining  the  foot  structure  in  this  group.  The 
specimen  evidently  represents  a form  close  to  -4.  debilis,  though 
somewhat  larger.  It  is  here  tentatively  referred  to  .4.  debilis 
major. 

The  femur  is  much  like  that  of  Nimravus  yomphodus  as  de- 
sci'ihed  by  Cojie.^''  It  differs  from  this  tyiie  in  that  there  is  no 
gi’oovc  connccling  the  shallow  i)it  for  the  round  ligament  with 


’“Tert.  Vert.,  p.  970,  PI.  74,  Fig.  2. 


Voi..  5] 


Merrimn. — John  Daij  Carnivora 


47 


the  neck.  Fnforlninitely  tlie  fenmr  of  Archaelurua  dehili.s  was 
not  known  to  Cope. 

The  tibia  is  similar  to  lliat  (lesei-il)C(I  for  .1.  debilis,  exce])tin^ 
foi-  its  larger  size,  and  that  thei'c  ai-e  two  "rooves  for  tlie  tendons 
passing-  over  the  posterior  side  of  the  internal  malleolus  on  this 
specimen  as  in  existing  felines.  This  is  also  the  ease  in  another 
and  more  nearly  perfect  tibia  (No.  110,  pi.  5,  fig.  2)  showing  also 
the  characters  of  Archaclnras.  In  the  ty])e  of  .^^1.  dchiiis  there  is 
stated  to  he  but  one  groove. 

The  astragalus  duplicates  the  pecnliar  strnctnre  seen  in  .1. 
drbilis,  having  a very  short  neck  and  a rather  long  inner  border 
of  the  trochlea.  The  internal  trochlear  ridge. is  separated  a little 
fai’tlier  from  the  distal  end  of  the  neck  than  in  .1.  dehilis,  but  a 
series  of  otherwise  similar  specimens  of  this  type  shows  a slight 
variation  in  this  character.  As  has  been  .suggested  by  Scott,-'”’’  a 
small  facet  on  the  external  side  of  the  distal  end  of  the  neck  cor- 
re.sponds  in  position  to  the  enboid  facet  of  the  Ursidae.  This 
facet  is,  liowever,  continnons  with  the  surface  of  artienlation  for 
the  snstentacnlnm  and  its  articulation  probably  did  not  reach 
beyond  the  ealeaneum.  The  enboid  articulates  closely  with  a dis- 
tinct facet  near  the  distal  end  of  the  external  face  of  the  eetocu- 
neiform,  and  is  not  higher  than  the  ectocuneiform  and  navicular 
as  it  is  in  the  bears.  It  shows,  moreover,  no  facet  for  articulation 
with  the  astragalus. 

The  ealeaneum  exhibits  a strongly  marked  fossa  external  to 
the  outer  astragalar  facet  somewhat  similar  to  that  seen  in  Pogo- 
nudon  hrachyops,  though  not  so  deep  as  in  that  form.  The  sus- 
tentacular  facet  is  very  long,  reaching  forward  to  the  extreme 
anterior  end  of  the  bone.  Separated  from  the  anterior  end  of 
this  facet  by  a sharp  angle  is  a small  face  in  articulation  with  the 
navicular.  I:i  specimen  No.  110  the  fossa  external  to  the  outer 
astragular  facet  is  deeper  and  the  sustentaeular  facet  shows  a 
slight  median  interruption. 

'The  navicular  is  considerably  produced  po.steriorly,  as  was 
suggested  by  Cope  from  his  study  of  the  navicular  facet  of  the 
astragalus.  In  this  specimen  the  outer  side  bears  a distinctive 

W.  B.  Scott.  Osteology  of  Dinictis  felina.,  Proc.  Pliilad.  Acad.,  July 
30,  1889,  p.  226. 


48 


(hiivcrsiij/  of  Caltfoniia  I’ublicuLions. 


I (lUOLCKiY 


iiiiii'k  in  llie  i)ros(‘n<‘n  nf  a deoj)  pit  oi)i)()si1(*  tlie  iiiiddin  of  the 
asti-a»idar  facot.  'i'lic  enhoid  is  a little  liifilien  than  wide  and 
sliows  a.  deej)  peroneal  f>i'oove.  4'li('  inesoenneifoi'ni  and  entoen- 
nciforni  are  small  and  nai-row. 

4'lie  form  of  the  inetatai'sals  shows  the  foot  to  he  more  speeial- 
ized  than  might  have  been  inferred  fi-otn  a study  of  the  sknll  and 
dentition.  C’ompared  with  the  size  of  the  tarsus,  the  middle  meta- 
tarsal is  long  and  relatively  heavy.  The  total  length  of  the  tar- 
sus. measured  to  the  ])ostei'ioi-  end  of  the  ealeaneiim,  is  a little 
less  than  that  of  metataj-sal  three,  fn  most  felines,  particnlai-ly 
in  the  older  foi'ins,  the  tai'sns  is  considerably  longer  than  the 
metatai'sns.  'fhis  is  j)artienlarly  noticeable  in  II oploplioneiis  and 
to  a less  extent  in  Ucinivlis. 

The  latei-al  digits  are  relatively  reduced.  iMetatarsal  three  is 
considerably  larger  and  heaviei’  than  the  others,  while  mimber 
five  is  I'elatively  short  and  slender.  Number  two  is  also  consid- 
ei'ably  reduced.  The  i)roximal  end  of  number  two  has  been  some- 
what damaged,  so  that  it  is  not  ]mssible  to  determine  eertaiidy 
whether  the  foot  I'etained  a part  of  metatarsal  one.  A small  de- 
])ression  on  the  median  or  fi'ee  side  of  the  proximal  end  of  this 
element,  but  scarcely  reaching  beyond  the  proximal  end  of  meta- 
tarsal three,  may  have  been  occupied  by  a rudimentary  meta- 
tarsal one.  As  the  distal  end  of  the  entocuneiform  is  very  thin 
and  slender,  such  a imdiment  if  present  at  all  must  have  been 
very  small. 

'fhe  reduction  of  the  lateral  digits  is  greater  than  that  in 
l)(  inicHs  and  Hoplophoncns,  or  than  in  many  of  the  tyi)ical  mod- 
ern cats.  A somewhat  similai'  relative  elongation  of  the  middle 
im'tatarsals  and  I'cduction  of  the  lateral  ones  is  seen  in  the  chee- 
tah and  caracal. 

A slendei-ness  of  the  anterior  foot  is  indicat(‘d  by  ('o|)e’s  state- 
ment'’’ that  the  fifth  metaeai  pal  was  I'l'latively  much  smaller  than 
in  th(>  typical  modmai  Felidae. 

'fhe  terminal  i)halanges  arc*  not  known  in  as.sociation  with 
othei'  deteiniinabh*  skeletal  elements.  The  other  jchalanges  are 
i-ather  bi'oad.  'I'he  middle  phalanx  in  each  digit  shows  consid- 
erably le.ss  oblicpic  excavation  of  the  shaft  on  the  outer  side  tl'.an 


Tort.  \'(‘i't.,  p.  !)C]. 


VoL.  5] 


Merriatn. — John  Day  (Utrnivnra. 


49 


is  soon  in  the  modern  Felidae  with  strongly  developed  retracile 
terminal  phalanges. 

(4f  the  relative  length  of  the  whole  limh  no  veiy  definite  esti- 
mate ean  he  made,  as  eomplete  limh  segments  have  not  been 
found  associated  with  the  skull  or  veitebrae.  Comparative  meas- 
urements of  the  specimen  in  which  the  pes  is  present  with  broken 
tibia  and  fenini'  (No.  225()),  and  of  No.  110,  with  complete  tibia 
and  calcanenm,  indicate  that  the  tibia  was  a.  little  shorter  than 
the  comi)lete  pes.  An  approximation  of  the  pi'oportions  in  Ar- 
chaclunis  compared  with  those  of  Deiniclis  seems  to  show  that 
the  tibia  has  about  the  same  relative  proportion  to  the  skull 
length  in  the  two  forms.  Compared  to  the  length  of  the  tibia, 
the  combinetl  lengths  of  the  tarsus  and  metatarsiis  appear  to  be 
a little  greater  in  Archaehinis.  The  relatively  long  middle  meta- 
l)odial.s,  the  reduced  lateral  metapodials,  and  the  relatively  long 
tibia  point  toward  a type  of  limb  like  that  seen  in  the  cheetah  or 
hunting  leopard  rather  than  toward  the  type  of  the  lion  or  tiger. 
It  is  also  interesting  to  note  that  in  the  loss  of  the  deuterocone  of 
P^,  and  in  the  relative  .strength  of  the  middle  premolars  the  denti- 
tion shows  the  same  resemblances. 

In  his  admirable  discussion  of  the  White  River  sabre-tooths, 
i)r.  W.  I).  (Matthew®*  has  suggested  that  we  may  . . . “ex- 

plain the  apparent  conservatism  in  the  Deiniciis  dentition  by  the 
assumption  that  its  prey  consisted  in  greater  part  of  the  smaller, 
speedier  animals  of  the  j^lains,  which  it  must  run  down  by  supe- 
rior speed  or  endurance,  while  the  lloplophoneus  preyed  more  on 
the  larger,  slower  animals  of  the  plains  or  forest,  whose  destruc- 
tion required  a more  powerful  animal  with  more  effective  weap- 
ons of  attack.’’  This  suggestion  will,  I believe,  account  for  the 
persistence  in  the  John  Day  of  a type  like  Arcitaelurus  with 
certain  apparently  primitive  characters  in  its  dentition.  The 
greater  the  specialization  of  the  feet  for  running,  the  less  useful 
would  they  he  for  grasping,  and  the  less  would  he  the  value  of 
greatly  elongated  superior  canines.  The  presence  of  long,  knife- 
like canines  is  correlated  with  powerful  grasping  feet  possessing 
highly  developed  retractile  claws.  With  its  powerfid  feet  the  ani- 
mal clung  to  its  prey  while  it  struck  repeatedly  with  its  thin, 


(Mem.  Amer.  Miis.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  1,  Part  7,  p.  394. 


50 


Ihiivcrsil ij  of  Cdliforuid  I‘\ihlicdlioiis. 


\ OKOIiOfiY 


sluii'j)  Sril)res.  Wlieii  llie  cMiiiiies  jii'c*  not  (lev('l()})0(l  to  llio  (iMOf^or- 
like  f'oi'rn  for  sl;i])l)iiif>',  llio  proiiiol.ir  toolli  serve;  ;i  more  defiiiile 
purpose  ill  Ihe  destnielion  of  jirey,  ;ind  would  lie  less  suhjeet  1o 
reduetiou. 

'I'he  view  suf>'<>ested  ubove  finds  supiiort,  in  lliat  sueli  evideiiee 
as  we  have  indicates  llial  duriiifi'  llie  deiiositiou  of  the  Middle 
John  Hay  beds  this  region  was  in  the  main  a eonntry  of  open 
plains,  offeriii”’  advantafies  to  rnnnin”'  types  of  earnivores.  and 
that  during'  this  e])oeli  the  Arclnicl u)’its-N idUiti'us  ty[)e  of  feline 
was  by  far  the  most  eommon  form. 

As  mifilit  be  surmised  from  the  known  similarities  in  cranial 
and  dental  characters,  the  foot  structure  of  Arcluicldras  shows 
considerable  resemblance  to  that  in  the  ficnns  Ailiiiictis  of  the 
European  Oligocene.  As  has  been  shown  by  Schlosser,^“  meta- 
tarsal one  is  greatly  reduced  in  Ailioictis,  and  particularly  the 
middle  metaiiodials  are  rather  heavy.  These  characters,  as  also 
the  nnnsnal  elongation  of  the  proximal,  external  tubercle  on 
metatarsal  five,  are  distinctive  features  of  Arcliaelunis.  The  limb 
structure  differs  somewhat  in  the  two  groujis  in  that  metatarsals, 
two  and  live  are  somewhat  le.ss  reduced  in  AH  drift  is,  and  the 
astragalus  is  stated  to  .show  close  resemblance  to  that  of  Felis, 
while  in  A)-f]iafl urus  this  element  has  a different  and  tjuite  dis- 
tinctive foian.  As  far  as  can  be  determined,  ArcJiacUirus  seeims 
slightly  more  advanced  Ilian  Ailurictis  in  foot  structure. 


MEASUKEMEXT.S. 


A.  debilis  major.  No.  2250. 

’ nun. 

Femur, antpro-|)ostorior  dinmeter  of  head  22.8 

Foniur,  transverse  diameter  of  sliaft  near  middle  22 

Femur,  transverse  diameter  of  distal  end  50.5 

I'^emur,  width  of  rotular  faee  at  middle  IS 

Til)ia,  transverse  diaim'ter  at  distal  end  .^o.5. 

'I'ihia,  transverse  diameter  at  jiroximal  end  48 

Tibia,  antero-jiosterior  diameter  at  proximal  end  52 

('ah-ammm,  greatest  antero.]iosterior  diameter  (i" 


“ M.  Si’hlossc'r.  Heitriige  znr  Palaeont.  ( )estr-Ihig.,  B.  (i,  ji.  431. 

The  shaft  of  the  bone  has  been  shattered  in  the  femur  and  tibia  so  that, 
the  length  eonhl  not  be  aeeurately  determined  in  this  speeimen. 


Vt)L.  5] 


Merriam. — JoIdi.  Dny  Carnivora. 


51 


Astraffiilus,  greatest  antero  posterior  diameter  3(5 

Astragalus,  antero-posterior  diameter  through  trotdilear  region  28.3 

Astragalus,  greatest  width  of  trochlear  surface  20 

Cuboid,  greatest  antero-])osterior  diameter  on  superior  siud'ace  17 

Combined  antero-posterior  diameter  of  calcaTieum  and  cuboid  in  po- 
sition   82 

Width  of  tarsus,  cuboid,  and  navicular  3o 

Metatarsal  III,  greatest  length  from  distal  end  to  ectocuneitorm  artic- 
ulation measured  on  superior  surface  85.7 

Metatarsal  111,  transverse  diameter  at  narrowest  portion  of  the  shaft  ...  13.8 
idetatarsal  IV,  greatest  length  from  distal  end  to  cuboid  ariculation 

measured  on  superior  surface  82 

Metatarsal  IV,  transverse  diameter  at  narrowest  i)ortion  of  shaft 10.5 

IMetatarsal  V,  greatest  length  from  distal  end  to  cuboid  articidation 

measured  on  suj)erior  surface  05 

Metatarsal  V,  transverse  diameter  at  narrowest  portion  of  the  shaft 8 


111  another  speeinien,  .1.  dehilis  major  (No.  110)  sliowing  the 
same  cliaraeters  as  those  fonml  in  that  described  above,  the  i)er- 
feet  tibia  and  calcanenni  liave  the  following  dimensions: — 


mm. 

Tibia,  greatest  length  250 

Tibia,  transverse  diameter  at  proximal  end  53 

Tibia,  antero-posterior  diameter  at  proximal  end  55.5 

Til)ia,  transverse  diameter  at  distal  end  37 

Calcaneuin,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter  70 


Vertebrae. — With  the  Archach(ri(.s  sknll  No.  1681  there  are 
preserved  the  axis  and  the  third  cervical.  Both  are  much  like  the 
corresponding'  elements  described  by  Cope  for  Nimravus  gom- 
jdiodns,  and  no  characters  are  noted  which  wovdd  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish them. 

Associated  with  the  lower  jaw  No.  1680,  referred  to  A.  dehilis 
major,  there  is  in  the  collections  from  the  i\Iiddle  John  Day  a se- 
ries of  four  posterior  lumbar  vertebrae  in  articulation.  The  ante- 
rior member  of  the  series  supports  a very  sharp,  thin,  inferior 
keel,  and  the  nietapoi)hyses  are  narrow.  There  is  a rudimentary 
anapophysis  on  this  vertebra  and  the  succeeding  one.  The  spine 
and  transverse  process  are  broken  away.  On  the  third  member 
of  the  series  (text-figure  17)  the  inferior  keel  is  strong,  but  not 


52 


U niversity  of  California  Cublicalions. 


[(iKOIyCKiY 


ns  thin  ns  on  llie  lii'st,  mid  there  is  n iiiiiiiile  nidiinent  of  nii  nnn- 
pophysis  on  one  side  only.  '^Idie  nenrnl  spine  is  rnther  hrond  nnd 
hio'h,  Init  is  unfortnnntely  not  eoniplete.  'I’he  fourth  vertehrn  is 
shorter  thnn  the  others,  tlie  nietnpojdiyses  ni’e  broader,  the  in- 
ferior snrfnee  is  not  distinetly  keeled,  nnd  the  thin  transverse 
proeesses  are  well  developed  though  broken  distally.  This  vei'te- 


Fig.  17.  ArcJiachinis  dchilia  major.  Lumbar  vertebrae.  No.  1680.  Mid- 
dle John  Fay,  Turtle  Cove,  John  Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X %. 

Fig.  18.  Arcliaclurn.'t  debilis  major.  Caudal  vertebra.  No.  110.  Middle 
John  Day,  Blue  Basin,  John  Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X %. 

hrn  is  peculiar  in  that  it  laeks  a neural  sjiine.  Tn  the  place  of  the 
sjiine  there  is  a very  indistinct  ridge  not  exceeding  a millimeter 
in  height,  '^riiis  last  vertebra  is  ])resumahly  the  seventh  lumbar, 
the  others  being  the  sixth,  fifth,  and  fourth.  This  vertebra  does 
not  agree  in  form  with  the  seventh  lumbar  of  Arcliachiru.<i  debilis 
described  by  Cope,  which  had  a high  neural  spine. 

AVith  th(‘  (•om|)lete  tibia  and  ealcaneum.  No.  110,  referred  to 
.\rch(icl iinis,  there  is  a large  hut  slender  caudal  vertebra  (text- 
ligure  IS)  which  must  have  been  situated  near  the  middle  of  a 
long  slender  tail. 


VoL.  5] 


j\ferriam. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


58 


MEASUKEMENTS. 

Vertebrae,  associated  with  type  skull  of  A.  dehilis  major,  No.  1()81. 

nun. 


Axis,  length  of  centrum  including  odontoid  process  53 

Axis,  antero-posterior  length  of  neural  arch,  approximate  54 

Axis,  height  from  nuddle  of  inl'erior  side  of  centrum  to  toj)  of  neural 

arch  43 

Third  cervical,  length  of  inferior  side  of  centrum  22 

Third  cervical,  width  across  jjostzygapophyses  33 

No.  1680,  associated  with  lower  jaw  of  A.  dehilis  major  (?). 

Fourth  lumbar,  length  of  centrum  40 

Fourth  lumbar,  width  of  posterior  end  of  centrum  28 

Fourth  lumbar,  height  of  posterior  end  of  centrum  19 

Fifth  lumbar,  length  of  centrum  41 

Fifth  lumbar,  width  across  posterior  zygapophyses  24 

Sixth  lumbar,  length  of  centrum  40.5 

Sixth  lumbar,  width  of  posterior  end  of  centrum  29 

Sixth  lumbar,  height  of  posterior  end  of  centrum  19 

Sixth  lumbar,  height  of  neural  sjiine  above  lower  side  of  neural  canal, 

approximate  48 

Seventh  lumbar,  length  of  centrum  38 

Seventh  lumbar,  width  of  posterior  end  of  centrum  31 

Seventh  lumbar,  height  of  posterior  end  of  centrum  19 

Seventh  lumbar,  width  across  metapophyses  33.5 

No.  110,  associated  with  Archaeluriis  type  of  tibia  and  calcaneum. 

Caudal,  length  53 

Caudal,  transverse  diameter  at  narrowest  point  14.7 

Caudal,  height  of  posterior  end  of  centrum  


POGONODON  DAVISI,  11.  sp. 

PI.  6,  Figs.  1,  2,  and  3. 

No.  789,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.  From  the  Upper  John  Day,  five 
miles  southeast  of  Monument,  Grant  County,  Oregon. 

Distinctive  Characters. — Skull  large,  sagittal  crest  very  high 
and  thin,  brain  case  small.  Dentition  -.  Third  up])er  in- 

cisor relatively  large.  Tapper  canines  large  but  not  greatly  com- 
pressed laterally.  P-  very  small,  one-rooted.  Pt  without  deu- 
terocone,  with  incipient  protostyle,  not  exceeding  the  superior 
canine  in  antero-posterior  diameter.  small,  narrow  trans- 

versely, Avithout  distinct  internal  or  protocone  lobe. 

d'he  type  specimen,  a skull  without  mandible,  was  found  in 
the  Upper  John  Day  beds,  southeast  of  Monument,  Oregon,  by 


54 


Uii-iversHij  of  Colifornia  PiihJicalions. 


I OKOLOffy 


5Ir.  Tjeaiulei-  S.  Davis,  wliose  eflieieiit  services  as  <iui(le  and  eol- 
lectoi-  I take  pleasure  in  reeu”iiiziii"  in  lliis  eonneel ion. 

('va)Hum. — Tlie  size  of  llie  skull  ])laees  tliis  form  anion^  the 
larfier  aud  more  i)o\vei‘ful  John  Day  earnivoi-es.  J’he  eranium 
is  eharaeterized  ])artieularly  by  the  vciy  hif>;h  and  thin  safiittal 
crest,  vhieh  is  so  strongly  elevated  that  the  hi<j:hest  point  oti  the 
skull  is  throvn  cxtraoi'diuai-ily  far  hack.  J'he  brain  case  is  small 
and  the  thin  crest  rises  (piite  abruptly  above  it.  The  parietal 
foramina  are  situated  low  down  oji  the  ha.se  of  the  crest,  hut  on 
the  left  side  there  is  au  additional  foramen  higher  up  oti  the  side. 
The  occiput  is  high  and  narrow,  its  width  a little  below  the 
middle  being  less  than  that  near  the  upi)er  end.  The  lowei'  por- 
tion is  evenly  rounded  l)ut  not  keeled,  the  upper  portion  is  gently 
concave.  A faint  median  keel  and  two  lateral  ones  ai'ise  near  the 
upper  end,  hut  no  strong  or  persistent  keel  is  present  on  the  occi- 
put. The  zygomatic  arches  are  widely  spi'cad.  The  root  of  the 
zygomatic  process  of  the  tempoi’al  is  not  lowered  below  the  level 
of  the  ha.sisphenoid  as  in  lloplophoncits.  The  glenoid  fossa  is  in 
nearly  the  .same  jilane  with  the  inferior  surface  of  the  hasisphe- 
noid,  hut  is  not  below  it,  and  there  is  no  apparent  tendency  to- 
ward the  development  of  an  inferior  pedicle  for  the  support  of 
the  .laws  such  as  is  seen  in  the  typical  sabre-tooths.  The  i)osttym- 
pauic  jii’ocess  extends  below  the  plane  of  the  paroceipital  proce.ss, 
hut  is  not  more  .strongly  i)roiluced  inferioi'ly  or  more  clo.sely  aj)- 
pi'oximated  to  the  postglenoid  than  in  Pogonodon  bracJi pops. 

The  facial  region  is  flattened  and  somewhat  depre.ssed  imme- 
diately in  front  of  the  orbits,  and  the  nasals  are  not  prominent. 
The  su])ei'ior  extensions  of  the  jn’emaxillaries  reach  hackwai'd  a 
considei'ahle  tlistauce,  hut  do  not  meet  the  frontals.  The  nasals 
extend  backward  to  a i)oint  a little  behind  the  narrowest  .space 
Ix'tween  the  s\i])erioi'  margins  of  the  oi'hits  and  considerably  pos- 
lei'ioi-  to  llu'  higlu'.st  ])oint  of  the  maxillaries.  Immediately  be- 
hind 1h(>  union  of  I he  froiito-maxillary  and  froula-nasal  sutures 
the  nasals  are  slightly  widened.  The  postorhital  ])rocesses  are 
j)i-omineut  and  the  fi'oulal  region  is  relatively  wide.  'I'he  fronto- 
]iiaxillary  siiluix'  extends  ui)ward  fi'om  the  hoi'der  of  the  orbit 
and  then  luiiis  foi'wai’d  nearly  horizontally  before  bending  down- 
ward lo  the  na.sal  sulure,  leaving  Ihe  frontal  with  a very  small 


Voi,.  5] 


Meynain. — John  l><nj  Cornivora. 


;)o 


;iik1  narrow  nasal  i)roeess.  Tlion^h  not.  entirely  similar,  the  rela- 
tions of  this  sntni-e  ai'e  somewhat  like  those  of  Dciniclis. 

The  palate  is  broad  posteriorly  and  the  infei'ior  hares  i-eaeh 
forward  almost  to  the  molars.  The  i)osterioi-  palatine  foi'amina 
are  nearly  o])])osite  the  anterior  border  of  P'f 

The  foramina  of  the  basi-cranial  rejiion  of  the  sknll  are  mnch 
like  those  of  Xiiiiravits  and  Deiniclis.  The  alisphenoid  canal  and 
foramen  ovale  are  in  a shallow  depression  near  the  f^lenoid  fossa. 
The  carotid  canal  anti  foramen  lacerum  posterinm  appear  to  be 
separated. 

Dcnlilion. — The  anterioi-  endsof  the  premaxillaries  ai-ebr-oken 
away,  leaving’  oidy  portions  of  the  roots  of  the  incisors.  is 
small  and  P very  large.  The  canines  are  absent,  bnt  their  alveo- 
lar walls  are  well  i)reserved,  giving  the  approximate  dimensions 
of  these  teeth  at  the  base.  Compared  with  the  seetorials,  the 
antero-posterior  diameter  is  relatively  larger  than  in  Deinictis, 
and  approaches  more  nearly  the  size  seen  in  Iloplophoiieiis.  The 
ti-ansverse  diametei-  seems  to  indicate  something  less  than  the 
degree  of  eompression  shown  in  the  canines  of  most  species  of 
lIoplopho)ieHS.  P-  was  very  small  and  had  bnt  one  root.  is 
relatively  smaller  than  in  Deinictis.  In  addition  to  the  large  pos- 
terior cnsp,  there  is  present  a minnte  tubei’cle  situated  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  anterior  border.  The  superior  sectorial  does  not 
possess  a distinct  deuterocone,  though  the  inner  root  is  moder- 
ately developed.  Somewhat  above  the  basal  end  of  the  sharp  an- 
terior edge  of  the  protocone  on  the  right  sectorial  there  is  a faint 
but  distinct  notch  separating  an  incipient  protostyle.  The  an- 
tei-ior  border  of  the  left  sectorial  is  somewhat  worn,  bnt  shows 
traces  of  a similar  notch  on  the  worn  edge,  though  it  was  evi- 
dently weaker  than  on  the  other  sectorial.  Though  the  incipient 
protostyle  occupies  the  same  position  as  in  Uoplophoneus  and 
other  more  highly  specialized  sabre-tooths,  I do  not  think  that 
its  presence  necessarily  indicates  that  this  form  is  to  be  included 
in  the  genus  HopJophoneiis.  In  a Deinictis  specimen  (No.  10257) 
from  the  White  Piver  beds  1 find  similar,  though  somewhat 
weaker,  notches  separating  incipient  protostyles  on  P'*  and  P^  of 
both  right  and  left  series. 


University  of  (California  Uahlicalions. 


5() 


]\F  is  small  and  is  narrow  transversely.  As  in  Nimravus  and 
Jloploplwneits,  it  is  without  an  iTiner  protoeone  lobe.  There  are 
ai)parently  three  closely  connate  roots,  the  inner  and  antei’o- 
external  being’  closely  united,  and  the  ])ostero-external  much 
reduced. 

Systematic  Position. — This  species  differs  from  all  of  those 
previously  described  from  the  -lohn  Day  fauna.  Like  Poyonodon 
platycopis  described  by  Cope  from  the  -lohn  Day,  it  resembles 
lloplophoneas  in  the  large  size  of  the  canines,  and  in  the  re- 
duced P-  and  It  further  resembles  Iloptoplioneus  in  the 

absence  of  a deuterocone  on  P^,  in  the  tendency  to  develop  a 
pi’otostyle  on  this  tooth,  and  in  the  reduction  of  the  inner  lobe 
of  IML  Excepting  the  less  marked  lateral  compression  of  the  su- 
perior canine,  the  ]U’inci])al  chai’acters  of  the  dentition  as  known 
ai’e  apparently  closer  to  Hoplopltoneus  than  to  Deinictis.  Affini- 
ties with  Deinictis  are  more  apparent  in  the  skull  characters.  The 
root  of  the  zygomatic  process  of  the  scjuamosal  is  not  i)roduced 
infei’iorly,  and  the  posttym])anic  process  is  not  extended  inte- 
riorly to  such  an  extent  as  in  Iloptoplioneus  and  othei-  highly 
specialized  sabre-tooths  with  long  superior  canines.  The  form  of 
the  frontals,  nasals,  fronto-maxillary  sutui’e,  paroceipital  process, 
posttympanic  process  and  of  the  root  of  the  zygomatic  process 
of  the  sfpiamosal  all  approach  the  characters  seen  in  Deinictis. 
The  very  large  size  of  the  temporal  fossae  indicates  large  tem- 
poral muscles,  and  probably  a heavy  lower  jaw  with  a large 
coronoid  pi’ocess  as  in  the  Deinictis  forms. 

This  species  must  be  considered  a very  advanced  foi’ui  of  the 
deinictid  grouj),  and  finds  its  closest  affinities  with  the  two  John 
Day  species  platycopis  and  hrachyops,  which  have  been  separated 
from  Deinictis  as  a distinct  genus,  Poyonodon,  by  Cope.  It  differs 
from  P.  platycopis  considerably  in  size,  in  the  form  and  propor- 
tions of  the  i)os1crioi’  poi’tion  of  Ihe  cranial  region,  and  in  the 
form  of  the  nari’ow  I\P.  With  considerably  smaller  skull  meas- 
urcmenls  in  P.  davisi,  the  occiput  and  sagittal  ci’est  are  abso- 
lutely much  highei’.  As  the  skull  is  absolutely  nuieh  smaller,  this 
differemee  in  the  cranial  region  is  evidently  not  due  to  sex.  The 
I'elaiion  of  tlu'  supci'ior  outline  of  the  Ironto-facial  region  and 
sagittal  ci'csl  to  each  other  seem  also  different  from  the  arrange- 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrriam. — Joltn  Day  Carnivora . 


;)/ 


ineiit  in  platycopis,  but  jiul'iiiieut  on  this  charactei'  slioubl  prob- 
al)ly  be  suspended,  as  the  frojital  region  of  the  type  of  plalycopi!^ 
is  imperfect.  As  far  as  I am  aware,  the  character  of  tlu'  iuiier 
tubercle  of  the  upiiei’  sectorial  in  plaCjcopifi  is  unknown.  .M‘  in 
platycopis  is  stated  by  Co])e  to  ])e  characterized  by  its  (>reat 
transverse  extent,  while  it  is  exceptionallj-  nai'row  in  darisi  and 
brachyops. 

From  Poyoiwdo)i  brachyops  it  is  distinguished  l)y  its  rela- 
tively much  larger  canine,  smaller  P",  narrower  ^P,  less  abbre- 
viated muzzle,  and  higher  sagittal  crest. 

The  species  of  the  deinictid  group  in  the  Jolin  Day  beds  in- 
clude two  types.  One  is  represented  by  Deinictis  cyclops,  which 
corresponds  epiite  closely  in  nearly  all  of  its  characters  to  the 
typical  Deinictis  of  the  A¥hite  River.  The  other  gi-oup  is  repre- 
.sented  by  davisi,  brachyops  and  platycopis.  The  second  group 
seems  to  belong  pretty  definitely  with  the  deinictids,  but  rei)i'e- 
sents  such  a degree  of  advance  away  from  the  typical  Deiniclis 
that  it  becomes  important  to  refer  to  it  as  a distinct  division, 
'fliese  species  are  characterized  particularly  by  increase  in  the 
size  of  the  canines,  though  not  to  a great  extent  in  the  vertical 
length,  reduction  of  the  anterior  premolars,  loss  of  AIj  and  of  the 
metaconid  of  iM^,  and  reduction  of  the  inner  lobe  of  AP  in  two 
species.  In  the  only  species  in  which  the  inner  side  of  the  supe- 
rior carnassial  has  been  examined,  the  deuterocone  is  reduced. 
In  all  three  of  the  species  the  frontal  region  seems  to  be  wide, 
the  temporal  fossae  are  exceptionally  large,  and  the  auditory 
meatus  is  apprecialdy  narrowed  by  the  ])Osttym])anic  process. 
The  species  thus  grouped  seem  to  resemble  each  other  moi-e 
closely  than  they  do  other  forms,  and  stand  in  decided  contrast 
in  mo.st  characters  to  Deinictis  cyclops  of  the  same  beds. 

In  order  to  express  in  the  classification  the  relation  of  these 
John  Day  species  to  each  other  and  to  the  typical  deinictids  of 
the  Oligocene,  it  seems  to  me  advisable  to  use  the  arrangement 
proposed  by  Cope,  and  to  separate  platycopis,  brachyops,  and 
davisi  as  the  Doyonodon  group,  of  at  least  subgeneric  rank. 

Of  the  extremities  of  the  Pogonodons  very  little  is  known,  but 
Cope  has  shown  that  the  limbs  were  slender  and  the  feet  narrowed 
as  in  the  running  types  seen  in  Nimravus  and  Deinictis. 


58 


University  of  Calif ornia  Uiihlications. 


[fiEOLOOY 


MEASUIiEMEN'i'S. 

nun. 

Lenf^th  of  skull,  anteiior  side  of  upj)er  canine  to  |)osterior  side  of  oc- 


cipital condyles  1!)7 

Length  fi-oni  iwstorhital  process  to  inion  117 

Width  across  zygomatic  arches  1.57 

Width  across  postorbital  i)rocesses  84. .5 

Least  tliametor  above  orlnts  5.5. .5 

Height  of  inion  above  foramen  magnum  55 

Width  of  occiput  at  middle  .56.5 

Height  of  sagittal  crest  above  parietal  foramen  .39 

Width  of  jjalate  between  upjier  canines  50 

Width  of  palate  between  deuterocones  of  sectorials  50 

Length,  posterior  side  G to  posterior  side  M’  58.5 

Length,  anterior  side  P’  to  posterior  side  M'  59 

Superior  cauino,  antero-])osterior  diameter  of  alveolus  25 

Su])erior  canine,  transverse  diameter  of  alveolus  12 

P,  transverse  diameter  of  alveolus  n5 

1^,  transverse  diameter  of  alveolus  T n8.2 

P-,  autero-posterior  diameter  of  alveolus  4 

P’,  antero-posterior  diameter  14.5 

Ph  antero-posterior  diameter  25 

P,,  transverse  (liameter  across  deuterocone  11.75 

M',  antero-posterior  diameter  6 

i\P,  transverse  diameter  6.5 


AGE  AND  STAGE  OE  EVOLUTION  OF  THE  .JOHN  DAY  GARNIVOKE 

FAUNA. 

('a)iidac. — Coiiipnred  witii  the  canids  of  other  Tertiary  faunas 
in  America,  the  John  Day  dogs  represent  a stage  of  evolution 
wliicli  does  not  correspond  closely  to  that  of  any  other  forma- 
tion. The  time  relations  of  the  genera  are  shown  in  the  follow- 


ing tal)le : — 

White  .lohn  Jl.aseall  Loup 

River  Day  aiul  Deep  River  Fork 

Vajihaenus  x 

Paradaphaenus  x 

Cijnodictifi  ..  x x(?)  

otlioci/on  X 

J’rolcmocyon  x 

Mcsociion  X 

Ci/nodcfimjis  x 

TemnoepoH  x 

Pcjiltrocijon  X 

Acluroilon  x 

Canix  x(?)  x(?) 

Juiliiidrocipni  X 


VoL.  5 I 


Merriam. — lolni  Daij  (UiDiivoya. 


f)!) 


I’hilotrox  - - X 

lli/detiocyon  x 

Olid ob unis  x 

rroampliicyon  x 

Ampliicyon  x 

Dinocyon  ...  x 

Iscliyrocyon  x 

CynarctuH  ....  x 


Of  tlie  nine  <>enei'ie  types  of  eanids  in  the  Jolin  Day  fauna, 
only  one,  Cijnodictis,  is  considei'ed  identical  with  a Wliite  Kivei- 
^enus.  The  John  Day  form  of  C'ynodictis  has  generally  passed 
under  the  same  speeitic  name  as  that  of  the  White  River  beds,  hut 
is  distinguished  from  the  latter  hy  several  ehai-acters.  The  hrain 
ease  is  larger  and  the  teeth  are  in  some  respects  more  specialized. 
As  a whole  the  type  is  more  advanced  than  the  White  River 
species. 

The  genus  1‘amdapluienus,  while  not  distantly  i-emoved  from 
Daphacuus  of  the  White  River  in  some  characters,  is  in  many 
ways  more  advanced.  The  innei-  lohes  of  the  upper  molars  are 
hroad,  with  well-developed  hypocone.  Intermediate  tubercles  are 
also  present  on  the  crushing  face.  The  brain  case  is  i-elatively 
much  larger  in  the  John  Day  form. 

The  other  John  Daj^  representatives  of  the  Caninae  are  all 
generically  quite  distinct  fi'om  any  foians  found  in  the  White 
Rivei-.  As  suggested  hy  several  writers,  many  of  the  -lolm  Day 
genera  represent  advances  along  lines  of  specialization  laid  down 
in  the  White  River  epoch.  In  Temnocyon,  the  cutting  function 
of  the  lower  molars  is  a little  more  strongly  expressed  than  the 
decided  tendency  in  this  direction  already  shown  in  one  form  of 
the  White  Rivei’  Dapliaoius.  Mesocyoit-  represents  an  advance 
over  the  Daphaoius  type  in  the  better  development  of  the  shear 
of  the  lower  sectorial,  and  the  jiartial  reduction  of  the  inner  tu- 
bercle of  the  heel. 

The  three  species  referred  to  Xotliocyoii  are  'closely  related 
if  not  generically  identical  with  the  John  Day  Gy)iodictis{%). 
There  can  be  hardly  any  question  that  the  Nothocyons  are  a 
modification  of  this  .stock  in  which  the  upper  carnassials  have 
been  shortened,  the  molars  have  approximated  the  quadrate 
crushing  type,  and  the  hrain  case  has  become  extraordinarily 


GO 


University  of  California  I’uhlicalions. 


fr.EOI/KiY 


lai-fje.  This  groni)  is  c()iisideral)ly  advanced  l)cyoiid  the  stage  of 
develoiniieiit  of  tlie  nearest  foians  in  tlie  Wliite  liiver. 

Tlie  four  remaining  canid  genera  arc  generally  refei'red  to 
the  siniocyonine  division  of  Ihe  Canidae,  having  its  typical  rep- 
resentative in  the  Knropean  Himocyon.  Tliey  are  all,  as  fai-  as 
known,  sliort-headed  forms  willi  lieavy  jaws  and  a more  or  less 
reduced  dentition.  While  a reasonable  donht  exists  as  to  whether 
these  genera  are  I’cally  closely  i-elated  to  the  Simocyonines,  they 
are  all  of  a more  specialized  stage  of  developinent  than  the  White 
lliver  dogs.  In  some  cases  there  seems  to  he  good  reason  for  be- 
lieving that  they  are  the  more  highly  specialized  descendants  of 
White  I\ivcr  forms. 

The  Loup  Fork  Canidae  are  characterized  by  the  presence  of 
the  pecidiar  Aelurodon  group;  by  several  more  or  less  bear-like 
genera  of  the  amphicyonine  type,  viz.:  Amphicyon,  Dinocyon, 
Ischyroeyon,  and  Cynarctus;  and  by  a few  imperfectly  known 
species  closely  resembling  Canis.  These  groups  all  differ  from 
the  John  Day  dogs  and,  excepting  possibly  the  case  of  Canis, 
thei'c  is  apparently  little  direct  connection  to  be  traced.  Even 
Canis  is  not  to  be  definitely  connected  with  any  of  the  John  Day 
genera.  .Vcsocyon  may  not  be  far  from  its  ancestral  line,  but 
stands  rather  as  the  representative  of  a type  than  as  the  ancestor 
itself. 

One  of  the  earliest  forms  which  seems  to  lead  toward  the 
•soim'what  specialized  Aelurodons  is  Tcphrocyon  of  the  iMaseall. 
Tcplirocyon  may  })ossibly  be  derived  from  a ]\Iesoeyon-like  type 
of  the  John  Day.  The  amphicyonine  canids  of  Loup  Fork  repre- 
sent a branch  of  the  family  not  known  in  the  John  Day  and 
White  Liver.  A satisfactory  statement  of  the  relative  stages  of 
evolution  I'eaehed  in  these  divisions  is  difficult,  as  they  are  so 
different,  but  the  degree  of  advance  exhibited  by  the  Loup  Fork 
fauna  is  on  the  whole  gi-eater.  In  the  Canis  type  an  additional 
fac'tor  is  introdneed,  as  the  Loup  Fork  species  referred  to  Cams 
appeal-  to  be  closer  to  a recent  genus  than  to  any  John  Day  form. 

In  comparison  with  the  Deep  Liver  beds,  generally  eonsid- 
cred  as  older  than  the  Loup  Fork  and  near  the  age  of  the  upper 
])ortion  of  the  John  Day,  there  is  Imt  little  material  from  which 
to  draw  conclusions.  '^I'lie  genus  Cy nodcsnuis  is  near  Mesocyon 


VoL.  5] 


Merrimn. — John  Day  Carnivora. 


G1 


in  most  of  its  cliaraeters.  The  Deep  River  species  referi-ed  to 
Canis  point  toward  a later  period  than  John  Day. 

Fortunately  the  position  of  the  Tertiary  deposits  of  Eastern 
Oregon  is  not  dependent  on  the  relationships  of  the  John  Day 
fauna  alone.  The  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  Mascall  beds  to 
the  John  Day  are  well  known,  and  in  the  Mascall  valuable  canid 
remains  have  been  obtained.  The  physical  history  of  the  region 
shows  the  Mascall  to  be  separated  from  the  John  Day  by  at  least 
one  period  of  erosion  and  by  the  epoch  of  the  accumulation  of 
the  Columbia  Lava.  The  best  known  canid  from  these  beds, 
Tephrocyon,  is  in  many  respects  similar  to  Canis,  but  differs  in 
other  characters,  and  is  in  general  a more  primitive  form  than 
Canis.  In  still  other  characters  it  points  toward  the  Aelurodon 
group.  It  may  be  near  the  ancestors  of  Aelurodon,  and  there- 
fore probably  older  than  the  Loiip  Pork.  The  relationships  of 
the  Mascall  Canidae,  and  the  stratigraphic  relations  taken  to- 
gether indicate  that  the  epoch  of  the  Mascall  beds  is  not  far  from 
that  of  the  Deep  River.  The  position  of  the  John  Day  below 
these  beds  puts  it  into  a division  much  earlier  than  the  Loup 
Fork. 

Felidae. — Remains  of  representatives  of  the  Felidae  are  known 
in  Eastern  Oregon  only  from  the  John  Day  beds.  The  relation 
of  these  forms  to  those  of  the  White  River  and  Loup  Pork  are 
shown  in  the  following  table.  The  number  of  species  is  indicated 
for  each  genus. 


White  River  .Jolni  Pay 


Deinictis  4 1 

Pogonodon  3 

Nhnravus  and  Archaelunts  3 

Hoploplioneus  6 2 

Eusmilus  - 1 

Machaerodus  

Pseudaelurus  — 

Felis  - - - 


Louj)  Fork 


1(0 

1 

2(f) 


Compared  with  the  White  River  cats,  the  Felidae  of  the  John 
Day  have  sometimes  been  considered  the  more  primitive,  having 
fewer  specialized  forms  of  the  Hoploplioneus  type,  no  Eusmilus, 
almost  as  many  of  the  deinictids,  and  the  larger  part  of  the  whole 
representation  of  the  family  made  up  of  the  apparently  very 
})rimitive  foimis  of  the  Nimravus-Archaelurus  group. 


62 


UiiivcrsH!)  «/’  (Jdlifoniia  /’^iblicaiioiis. 


[(iKOI.OOY 


111  tlio  two  >'0iK‘i';i,  coiiiinon  to  llio  Joliii  Day  and  Wliitc  Ivivor, 
the  doliii  Day  siieeies  are  relatively  sjieeialized  forms,  //o/i/o- 
phuuc.us  ccre/irni is,  and  the  doiihtfiil  II.  slripidois  of  the  .John 
Day  are  not  less  sjieeiali/.ed  than  the  White  Jtiver  forms,  and  in 
.some  eliaraeters  .sliow  an  advanee.  Of  the  Dciniclis  >>rou|)  tin* 
single  tyiiieal  sjieeies,  I),  cijclops,  has  more  slender  superior  ea- 
iiines  than  the  White  Itiver  speeies,  and  the  mandihle  is  relatively 
slender.  'Phe  ipiper  seetorial  is  eharaeterized  hy  the  large  size 
and  prominence  of  the  denteroeone.  The  brain  ease  is  said  hy 
Cope  to  he  rather  large. 

The  three  deinietids  sejiarated  as  Popoiiodon  show  advanee 
beyond  the  Wliite  River  Deinictis  in  their  larger  size,  heavier  ca- 
nines; reduced  1\P ; loss  of  IMa,  of  metaconid  of  Mj,  and  of  deu- 
terocone  of  ; reduced  preinolars;  and  probably  in  foot  struc- 
ture also,  although  this  is  as  yet  very  imperfectly  known. 

The  remaining  forms,  which  are  included  in  the  Niniravus- 
Arciiacliirus  groui),  have  appeared  to  represent  more  jirimitive 
types  than  any  of  the  'White  River  felines,  and  being  the  domi- 
nant type  of  the  .John  Day  fauna,  their  presence  has  naturally 
tended  somewhat  to  unsettle  conclusions  as  to  the  stage  of  evolu- 
tion and  age  of  these  beds  which  have  been  drawn  from  other 
evidence.  As  has  been  shown  under  the  discussion  of  Archae- 
lurus  and  Xiniravus,  the  forms  of  this  group,  while  possessing  a 
somewhat  iiriinitive  dentition,  show  in  it  some  marks  of  advance 
not  seen  in  the  nearest  'White  River  forms.  IMoreover,  we  do  not 
find  associated  with  this  apparently  lu-imitive  dentition  the  prim- 
itive type  of  extremity  which  should  accompany  it  if  this  were 
an  especially  low  or  early  stage  in  the  evolution  of  the  group. 
'Phe  limbs  ai-e  relatively  long  and  slender  and  indicate  develop- 
ment of  .s])eed  I'ather  than  lU'cheiision,  as  in  the  hunting  leopard. 
We  should  therefore  expect  to  find  that  in  Archaeliirus,  as  in  the 
living  hunting  leoi)ard  (('i/iKtclurns) , si)ecialization  of  the  feet 
for  running,  with  weaker  ])i‘ehension,  wonld  be  cori'elated  with 
shoil  canines;  and  that  the  cheek  teeth,  having  more  work  to  per- 
form in  holding  and  killing  i)rey,  woukl  be  less  reduced,  and 
would  be  more*  efiieient  weajxnis. 

Compared  with  tlu'  genus  Deinictis,  which  also  possessed 
i-ather  slender  limbs  with  an  ai)parently  primitive  dentition, 


VOL.  5] 


Merriarn. — John  Day  (Janiivora. 


Archaehtras  sliows  pi-eatcr  roduetion  of  the  latei-al  difjits  in  llie 
postei'ior  liinh,  and  a relativcdy  loiifier  inetapodial  region.  In 
dentition  and  sknil  Archaelurus  is  more  primitive  than  Dei)iictis 
in  the  fre(iuent  i)ossession  of  a very  small  1”^,  in  tlie  lack  of  in- 
ferior projection  of  the  posttympanie  process  and  of  the  root  of 
the  zygomatic  i)rocess  of  the  temporal,  and  in  the  absence  of  a 
dange  on  the  lower  jaw.  The  latter  character  is  associated  ap- 
parently with  less  pronounced  elongation  and  lateral  compression 
of  the  upper  canines.  Archaelurus  is,  however,  more  specialized 
than  the  typical  Deinictis  in  lacking  a metaconid  on  Mj ; in  the 
reduction  of  the  deuterocone  of  P^,  and  of  the  inner  lobe  and 
root  of  ]\P ; and  in  the  possession  of  the  peculiar  exostoses  on  the 
mandibular  rami.  On  the  whole,  it  does  not  appear  that  the  den- 
tition in  the  Nhnravus-Archaeluriis  group  is  less  specialized  than 
that  in  Deinictis.  In  the  loss  of  the  inner  tubercles  on  both  upi)cr 
and  lower  carnassials  and  on  the  upper  molar  it  certainly  shows 
a distinctly  advanced  type. 

Though  Archaelnriis  has  been  considered  by  many  as  the  type 
ancestral  to  Deinictis,  there  seems  to  he  no  good  reason  for  su])- 
posing  si;ch  a relationship  to  have  existed,  i)articTdarly  as  the 
evidence  indicates  that  Archaclnrus  flourished  in  as.sociation  with 
the  most  advanced  members  of  the  deinietid  group.  While  in 
some  of  the  characters  which  distinguish  the  true  sabre-tooths 
Archaclnrus  is  nearer  the  primitive  eats  than  Deinictis,  the  same 
may  be  said  of  Felis.  Just  as  in  Fclis,  though  to  a less  extent,  the 
line  of  development  of  ArchacJ urns  may  have  taken  a different 
direction  from  that  in  the  true  sabre-tooths  and  the  emphasis 
have  been  put  on  other  features. 

The  apparent  near  kinship  of  the  Nintravns-A^’chaclnrus 
forms  with  Ailnrictis  occurring  in  the  lower  Oligocene  of  Eui-ope 
is  sometimes  advanced  as  strong  evidence  of  anticpiity  of  the  John 
Day  fauna.  Our  present  knowledge  of  this  group  seems  to  indi- 
cate an  Old  World  origin  of  these  American  John  Day  genera,  but 
the  American  species  are  somewhat  more  advanced  in  reduction 
of  the  lateral  digits,  and  possibly  in  the  reduction  of  the  deutero- 
cone of  P^.  The  exostosis  of  the  mandible  may  also  indicate  a 
more  specialized  stage.  If  A.  sivalensis,  of  the  Indian  Siwaliks, 
is  a member  of  this  group,  the  genus  must  have  been  strongly 


64 


UniversHy  of  California  l‘uhlicatiom. 


f GEOI/OGY 


I)ersisteii1,,  mid  its  oeeurmiee  in  the  John  Day  would  not  neces- 
sarily  indicate  Oligoeene  age. 

In  the  Loup  Fork,  the  species  of  true  Felts  and  of  Machae- 
rodus  represent  a more  advanced  stage  of  development  and  a 
closer  approximation  to  the  recent  fauna  than  is  found  in  either 
the  John  Day  or  White  Liver. 

Conclusions. — Taken  together,  tlie  Canidac  and  Felidae  of  the 
•lohn  Day  represent  a stage  of  evolution  somewhat  more  ad- 
vanced than  that  reached  in  the  AVhite  River  and  less  advanced 
than  that  of  the  Loup  Fork.  Compared  with  the  known  faunas 
of  Eurojie,  they  appear  to  be  not  older  than  the  middle  Oligoeene 
of  Fontainbleau  and  not  as  young  as  the  middle  Miocene  of 
Sansan. 


Issued-  Xovcnihcr  30,  1906. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  1. 


Tephyrocyon  riirestris  Condon. 

From  the  Mascall  beds  at  Cottonwood,  John  Day  Valley,  Orego: 
All  figures  three-fourths  natural  size. 

Fig.  1.  Left  side  of  cranium  with  atlas.  Page  6. 

Fig.  2.  Su])erior  aspect  of  left  inferior  dental  series. 

Fig.  3.  Inferior  aspect  of  right  superior  dental  series. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL  VOL. 


I<:XPLANATION  OF  I‘LATE  2. 

1.  XoUiori/on  f/eismarianus  mollis,  ii.  v;ir.  No.  90.  Middle  Joliii  Day, 
'I’urtle  Oove,  John  Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X %■  J’age  1.3. 

2.  Notliocifoii  lemur  Cope  (?).  No.  10208.  John  Day  beds,  Logan 
Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon.  X %.  Page  i5. 

3.  Nollioriion  lemur  Cope  (?).  Natural  cast  of  the  brain  case  from 
above.  No.  10209.  Middle  John  Day,  Blue  Basin,  Turtle  Cove,  .John 
Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X %.  Page  I.!. 

4.  Cynodictis  (?)  orcgoncnsis,  n.  sp.  Outer  side  of  left  ramus  of 
inaudible.  No.  31(5.  Middle  John  Day,  Blue  Basin,  Turtle  Cove,  John 
Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X 1.  Page  11. 

5.  Cynodictis  (?)  orcgoncnsis,  n.  sj*.  Superior  aspect  of  right  M,. 
No.  365.  Middle  .John  Day,  below  Clarno’s  Ferry,  .John  Day  Kiver, 
Oregon.  X 2.  Page  11. 

6.  Nothocyon  latidens  Cope  (?).  Outer  side  of  left  M,.  No.  88. 
IMiddle  John  Day,  Turtle  Cove,  John  D.ay  Valley,  Oregon.  X 2. 
Page  15. 

7.  Superior  asjiect  of  specimen  No.  88  shown  in  fig.  6.  X 2. 

8.  Nothocyon  lemur  Cope  (?).  Inferior  aspect  of  left  superior  P'*, 
i\P,  and  I\P.  No.  1104.  ^Middle  John  D.ay,  Kudio  Creek,  Grant 
County,  Oregon.  X 2.  Page  14. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOl..  5,  PL.  2 


r. 


it 

‘ • ^A'i, 


' 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  3. 

Fig-.  1.  Xo  llioci/oii  (jci.smurianus  mollis,  ii.  var.  No.  90.  Middle  John  Day 
'Piii-tle  Cove,  John  Day  Valley,  Oregon.  X .73.  Page  13. 

Fig.  2.  Temnocyon  altigenis  Cope.  No.  9999.  Middle  John  Day  (?) 
Logan  Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon.  X .71.  Page  23. 


BULL,  DEPT,  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOl  , 5,  PL.  3 


2 


''I 


\ 


I 


(■- 


. 


r- 


. S 


/ 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  4. 

Archaelurits  dcbilis  major,  n.  var.  No.  1681.  Middle  John  Day,  Logan 
Butte,  Crook  County,  Oregon.  X .53.  ['age  43. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL.  VOL 


I 


'l 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  5. 

Archaelurus  debilis  major,  n.  var. 

Eigures  three-fourths  natural  size. 

g.  L l^eft  ]ies.  No.  22.5ti.  Middle  .John  Day,  Logan  [futte,  Crook  County, 
Oregon.  Page  46. 

g.  2.  Eight  tibia.  No  110.  Aliddle  ,Tohn  Day,  Blue  Basin,  Turtle  Cove, 
.John  Day  Valley,  Oregon.  Page  47. 


BULL,  DEPT  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VO  I.,  ‘j,  PL.  .5 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  6. 

Pogonodon  davisi,  n.  sp. 

T’])]i('r  .lolin  Day,  five  miles  southeast  of  Moiniineiit.  Grant  County,  Oregon. 
Fig.  1.  Side  view  of  skull  No.  7.S9.  X Vj.  Page  54. 

Fig.  2.  Inferior  asj»eet  of  palatal  region.  No.  789  shown  in  fig.  L X %. 
Fig.  3.  Superior  aspect  of  cranium  shown  in  fig.  1.  X %. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  6 


UmVEfiSITf  Uh  ILtIfiUlS  LIBRlRir 


651 

C \'Z.'2c 

NOV  2 6 1918 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  2,  pp.  65-66  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


SOME  EDENTATE-LIKE  REMAINS  FROM 
THE  MASCALL  BEDS  OE  OREGON. 


BY 

WiLiJAM  J.  Sinclair. 


The  writer  lias  recently  received  from  Professor  J.  C.  i\Ier- 
riam  for  determination  and  description  a large  ungual  phalanx 
collected  in  the  Maseall  beds  of  Oregon,  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Sperry,  while 
a member  of  the  University  of  California  expedition  of  1900. 
The  siiecimen  (No.  1096,  Univ.  Cal.  Palae.  Col.),  represented  nat- 
ural size  in  the  accompanying  figures  (figs.  1 to  3),  is  from  the 


/ 


Fig'S.  1 to  3.  Claw  of  an  Edentate  (?)  from  the  Maseall  beds;  tig.  1,  from 
the  side;  fig.  2,  from  above;  fig.  3,  from  below.  All  figures  three- 
fourths  natural  size. 

iMaseall  lieds  exposed  on  the  north  side  of  the  main  road  between 
Rattlesnake  Creek  and  Birch  Creek,  Wheeler  County,  Oregon. 

Although  somewhat  fragmentary,  this  material  is  of  peculiar 
interest,  as  it  apparently  pertains  to  a gravigrade  edentate.  The 


66 


University  of  California  Publieations. 


[{jKOIiOCiY 


tip  of  the  claw  and  tlie  dorsal  i)ortion  of  the  trochlear  surface 
have  been  broken  off.  "I'lie  claw  is  laterally  tlallened,  with  a 
faint  indication  of  a shallow  median  cleft  (fijr.  2).  Its  base  is 
sheathed  in  a bony  hood,  now  considerably  broken.  The  troch- 
lear surface  is  divided  by  a hi<>h  median  I'idfjc,  as  in  the  fJravi- 
grada.  Inferiorly  there  is  a large  suhnngnal  process  for  the  ex- 
tensor tendons,  perfoi'ated  by  a ])air  of  nngual  foramina  (fig.  3). 
The  lateral  surface  of  the  claw  is  rugose,  showing  the  impression 
of  numerous  vascular  canals  indicating  the  ])resence  of  a horny 
sheath. 

Eemains  of  supposed  Edentates  have  been  described  from  the 
John  Day  beds  of  Oregon  {Moropus  distans,  M.  senex),  hut  these 
are  more  probably  to  be  regarded  as  the  American  representatives 
of  Chalicotherium.^  The  absence  of  a deep  median  cleft  in  the 
’ Communicated  by  Mr.  O.  A.  Peterson, 
ungual  phalanx  and  the  presence  of  a bony  hood  are  sufficient  to 
separate  the  animal  to  which  the  material  described  in  the  present 
note  pertained  from  any  relationship  with  the  Chalicotheres.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  Maseall  specimen  agrees  in  every  respect  with 
the  structure  of  the  claws  in  the  IMegalonychidae.  Should  the 
above  determination  prove  to  he  correct,  the  specimen  just  de- 
scribed will  represent  the  earliest  gravigrade  remains  known  in 
North  America. 


Issued  December  6,  1906. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 


Vol.  5,  No.  3,  pp.  67-70 


ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


FOSSIL  MOLLUSC  A FROM  THE  JOHN  DAY 
AND  MASCALL  BEDS  OF  OREGON. 

BY 

Robert  E.  C.  Stearns, 

Honorary  Associate  in  Zoology,  United  States  National  Museum. 


Several  years  ago  the  writer  examined  a collection  of  shells 
obtained  by  parties  from  the  University  of  California  collecting 
in  the  John  Day  region,  nnder  the  direction  of  Professor  J.  C. 
IMerriam.  A note  on  this  material,  with  preliminary  descriptions 
of  new  forms,  was  published  in  Science,^  but  without  figures.  It 
' Science,  N.  S.,  Vol.  15,  p.  153,  1902. 

was  intended  at  that  time  to  republish  the  descriptions  with  fig- 
ures at  a later  date.  The  following  notes  are  in  the  main  a re- 
production of  the  articles  from  Science  with  the  addition  of  fig- 
ures of  the  new  species. 

Professor  Merriam’s  collection  includes  examples  of  the  sev- 
eral species  of  land-shells  heretofore  described,^  namely,  Epi- 
phragmophora  fidelis  anticedens,  Polygyra  Dalli,  Ammonitella 
Yatesi  praecursor,  and  Fyramidula  perspeetiva  shnillima.  Of 
these  four  species  there  are  numerous  specimens  and  fragments. 
Dr.  "White’s  Enio  Condoni  was  also  obtained  in  considerable 
numbers.  The  foregoing  represent  all  of  the  molluscan  forms 
thus  far  reported  from  the  John  Day  beds.  Dr.  White  received 
his  material  from  the  late  Professor  E.  D.  Cope  and  Professor 
Thomas  Condon,  of  the  University  of  Oregon.  Cope’s  .specimens 
were  obtained  by  Mr.  Jacob  L.  Wortman,  of  the  Army  Medical 
iMuseum.  These  two  collections  included  the  same  species. 

Professor  IMerriam  has  made  some  interesting  additions  to  the 

above  brief  list  which  are  described  below. 

“ C.  A.  Wliite,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  18,  1885;  K.  E.  C.  Stearns, 
Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sc.,  Vol.  2,  p.  651,  1900. 


68 


University  of  Californio  I’lddicatioiis. 


[(JlKOLOOY 


HELIX  (El’II>HKA(iM()HI'JI()RA?)  DUHOSIA  iioin.  jnov. 

Figs.  3 and  4. 

Type  specimen  No.  10001.  Univ.  C!alif.  f'ol.  Invert.  I’alac.,  Middle  .Tolin 
Day,  John  Day  Valley,  Oregon. 

Sliell  orbicular,  flalteiied,  discoidal,  i)eri])liery  aiigulatcd  or 
obtusely  cariiiatcd ; whorls  six  or  more,  deei)ly  sutiu-ed  and  ex- 
hibitiug  strong  growth  striae.  Ai)ex  whorls  closely  and  slightly 
pitted.  Ajicrture  and  uiiihilieal  i-egiou  covered  by  a poi-tiou  of 
the  matrix  iu  which  the  shell  was  imbedded. 

Diameter  (maximum),  24  mm.,  i)i'ohahly  26  to  26.1  mm.  when 
perfect.  Elevation,  about  10  mm.  A sufficient  i)ortion  of  the 
shelly  suhstauee  intact  admits  of  the  above  descrii)tion.  Number 
of  specimens,  six ; of  these  the  individual  described  is  the  largest 
and  most  perfect.  The  smaller  examples  consist  maiidy  of  the 
upper  whorls. 

AVith  more  and  better  material  it  is  quite  jn-ohahle  that  the 
foregoing  might  prove  to  he  an  angnlated,  dwarfed,  depressed 
aspect  of  the  living  fideJis,  or  mormonum ; it  also  suggests  the 
form  known  as  UiUebrandi.  Nearly  all  of  the  material  is  in  a 
very  nn.satisfaetory  condition,  with  no  color  indications  to  assist 
in  determination.  AA^hile  for  these  reasons  the  conclusions  may 
he  regarded  as  more  or  less  arbitrary,  the  general  character  and 
relationshi])  is  believed  to  he  fairly  well  pointed  out. 


PYRAjMIDULA  LECONTEI,  n.  .s. 

Fig.  2. 

Type  specimen  No.  10000.  ITniv.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.,  John  Day, 
Bridge  Creek,  Oregon. 

Shell  small,  orhicnlai'ly  dei)ressed,  widely  and  deeply  nmhili- 
eated;  whorls  four  and  a half  to  five,  rounded,  elo.sely  and  con- 
spicnon.sly  ribbed  except  on  the  apex,  which  is  nearly  smooth ; the 
ribbing  extending  into  the  umbilical  cavity;  the  grooves  between 
the  ribs  nearly  as  wide  as  the  ribs  are  thick;  the  suture  deep; 
apei’tnre  Jieaily  eircnlai'  oi‘  roTinded  lunate;  edge  of  the  lip 
simj)le.  Diametei-  ( maximum ),  8,]  mm.  Elevation,  nearly  5 mm. 
A single  exam])le;  the  last  whoid  has  been  broken  back  somewhat; 
the  maximum  diaimder  was  i)robably  9 to  9.1-  mm.  fi'he  specimen 
appears  to  be  seai’cely  mature.  The  number,  jirominence,  and 


VoL.  51 


Stearns. — John  Day  and  Mascalt  MoUasea. 


(i9 


ivfi'ulai'ity  of  the  ribs  make  this  a very  pretty  sliell.  "riie  f'eiieral 
facies  suggests  I'elatioiiship  with  the  extraordinary  gi'oup  of  heli- 
coid forms  so  widely  distributed  throughout  tlie  vast  area  denomi- 
nated l)y  Mr.  W.  G.  llinney,^  the  “Centi’al  Province,”  and  listed 
by  Dr.  PiLsbury  in  his  recent  catalogue  as  numbei-  340‘  (/'.  stri- 
yosa  and  numerous  races  or  varieties).  A comparison  of  Le 


Fig.  1.  Limnaea  maxima  nom.  prov.  Natural  size. 

Fig.  2.  Pyramidula  Le  Contei,  n.  s.  X li. 

Figs.  .3  and  4.  Helix  (Epiphrngmorphnra?)  (hibiosa  nom.  prov.  Natural 
size. 

Contei  kindly  made  for  me  by  Professor  Dali,  with  the  large 
series  of  the  strigosa  group  in  the  National  Museum,  determines 
it,  as  he  says,  to  be  “different  from  anything  we  have  in  the  col- 
lection.” 

In  memory  of  the  late  Professor  Joseph  LeConte,  I have  at- 
tached his  name  to  the  above  form. 

^ ‘ ‘ Manual  of  American  Land  Shells,  ’ ’ Bull.  18,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 
‘“Classified  Catalogue  of  Land  Shells  of  North  America,”  etc.  Phila- 
delphia, April,  1898. 


TO  University  of  California  Publications.  [Geology 

LIMNAEA  MAXIMA  nom.  prov. 

Fig.  ]. 

Type  specimen  No.  10002.  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.,  Mascall  beds, 
three-quarters  of  a mile  east  of  Belsliaw’s  ranch,  .John  Day  Valley. 

Partially  exposed  in  portions  of  a fine  eoinpres.sed  sediment  of 
lacnstrine  origin  are  several  easts  of  a very  large  Limnaea,  sug- 
gestive in  a general  way  of  the  circumboreal  L.  stagnalis,  but  so 
much  distorted  as  to  preclude  a more  definite  description.  For 
convenience  this  may  be  known  provisionally  as  L.  maxima. 

INDETERMINATE  FORM. 

In  addition  to  the  species  herein  described,  the  material  sub- 
mitted to  me  by  Professor  Merriam  included  a small  globose  form 
about  the  size  of  a small  pea ; there  are  several  examples,  so  dis- 
guised by  adherent  particles  of  matrix  as  to  make  it  doubtful 
whether  they  belong  to  terrestrial  or  aquatic  groups,  with  a pre- 
sumption in  favor  of  the  former. 


Issued  December  6,  1906. 


26  ]9)o 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  4,  pp.  71-73,  PI.  7 ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NEW  CKSTKACIONT  TKETH  FROM  THE 
WV.HT  -AM  E H I CAN  T H I A SS I C . 


BY 

KdNA  M.  WKMIMdE. 


I’AtiE 

71 

71 


7.3 

INTRODUCTION. 

In  tlie  suinnier  of  1902  a palaeontological  expedition  from  the 
Ihiiversity  of  California  obtained  a number  of  cestraciont  teeth 
in  the  Middle  Triassic  beds  exposed  in  the  West  Humboldt  Range 
of  Nevada.  A second  expedition  in  1905  found  additional  mate- 
rial at  other  localities  in  the  same  beds.  Teeth  of  these  types  are 
known  to  occur  elsewhere  at  horizons  from  the  Middle  Triassic 
to  the  Upper  Cretaceous,  but  as  yet  tliese  specimens,  with  a few 
fragmentary  teeth  from  Shasta  County,  California,  appear  to  be 
the  only  cestracionts  known  in  the  Triassic  of  North  America. 
All  of  the  specimens  obtained  seem  to  represent  new  species, 
which  are  prohalily  to  be  considered  as  characteristic  fossils  of 
this  horizon  of  the  Triassic. 

ACRODUS  ALEXANDRAE,  U.  Sp. 

PL  7,  figs.  5 and  (5. 

Type  spet'inien,  one  detac-hed  tooth,  No.  9874,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert. 
Palae.  From  the  upper  jiart  of  the  Middle  Triassic,  P^isher  Caiion,  West 
numboldt  Range,  Nevada. 

The  tooth  is  large,  elongated,  and  with  a faint  median  keel. 
The  crown  is  low  and  wider  than  the  root.  The  overhanging  mar- 
gins are  very  deeply  and  sharplj^  serrated.  This  ornamentation 


CONTENTS. 

Introduction  

Acrodus  alexandrae,  n.  sp. 

Acrodus  oreodontus,  n.  sp.  

Hybodus  nevadensis,  n.  sp 

Ilybodus  shastensis,  n.  sp 


(hlircrsiil/  of  California  I'nhlicnilions. 


is  coarser  than  i)i  any  other  si)ecies  of  Acrodiis  known  to  llie 
writer.  Only  one  f)f  tlie  serrations  is  connected  will)  llie  ri(l<re,s 
hiaher  np  on  the  crown.  The  middle  of  the  crown  is  much  wider 
than  the  end.s,  which  narrow  '^Idie  longitudinal  crest 

on  the  crown  is  a veiy  narrow  hnt  well  defined  rid<ie  which  con- 
tinues nnln-oken  alona  the  entii'e  surface  of  tlie  crowti.  Imine- 
diately  above  the  sei'iuted  lateral  niai'aiu  the  crown  is  smooth. 
Half  way  up  the  side  of  the  tooth  a series  of  delicate  I'id^es  arises 
and  runs  into  the  lonyilndinal  crest. 

.\(  l?Orn!S  OREODONTTTS,  11.  SJ). 

I>1.  7,  figs.  1,  2. 

Tyjie  specimen  Xo.  ]0251,  TTniv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.  From  the  upper 
part  of  the  Middle  Triassic,  Cottonwood  Canon,  West  Humboldt  Range, 
Nevada. 

Idle  teeth  are  elongated,  depressed,  with  a median  prominetice, 
and  a well  defined  median  ridge.  No  lateral  prominences  are 
present.  The  coronal  contour  is  strongly  rounded.  Coarse  wrin- 
kles converge  toward  the  apex  and  the  longitudinal  crest.  This 
convergence  is  more  noticeable  on  one  surface  of  the  tooth.  On 
this  surface  the  distance  from  the  base  to  the  lower  edge  of  the 
crown  is  about  half  tlie  same  distance  on  the  other  surface.  This 
surface  is  more  coarsely  ornamented  than  the  opposite  side.  The 
straight  longitudinal  crest  is  situated  medially  on  the  crown. 

HVBOnUS  NEV.\DENSIS.  11.  Sp. 

PI.  7,  fig.  3. 

Tvjie  specimen,  one  detached  tooth.  No.  102.o4,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert. 
I’ahie.  From  the  upper  part  of  Middle  Triassic,  Cottonwood  Canon,  West 
Humboldt  Range,  Nevada. 

Tooth  cuspidate,  crown  relatively  low  and  vertically  striated, 
with  one  iirincipal  elevation  situated  a little  away  from  the 
middle  of  the  tooth.  The  lateral  prominences  are  two  in  number. 
'I’licsi*  prominences  are  well  defined  and  sharply  conical.  Xo  lat- 
eral denticles  are  present  on  fhe  ojiposite  side.  The  root  is  .sejia- 
rated  from  the  crown  by  a deep  grove.  'I'he  type  sjieeimen  prob- 
ably belonged  to  the  syinjiliyseal  iiortion  of  the  jaw,  as  it  shows  a 
high,  robust,  iirincipal  cone. 


VoL.  5] 


Wemplc. — Nciv  Cestracionl  'I'eetli. 


73 


JIYHODUS  SUASTENSIS.  tl.  Sp. 

PI. 7,  fig.  4. 

Type  No.  102.55,  Uiiiv.  ('alif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.  I’roin  the  Upper  Triassic 
at  the  west  end  of  Pear  Cove,  Shasta  County,  California. 

The  crown  supports  a high,  robust  principal  cone  witli  a 
broad  Itase.  The  upper  portion  of  the  principal  cone  is  rather 
sharply  narrowed.  There  are  five  lateral  denticles,  three  on  one 
side,  and  two  faint  elevations  on  the  other ; all  are  short  and  when 
preserved  the  tips  are  narrow.  The  sides  of  principal  cone  and 
all  of  the  denticles  are  cut  into  ninnerons  strongly  niai’ked  ridges, 
’■['he  crown  overhangs  the  base  slightly.  The  base  is  wide,  with 
one  margin  deeply  scalloped. 


Issued  December  7,  19U6. 


EXI’I.AXATIOX  OF  I’FATF  7. 

1 anil  2.  Acrodus  orcodoni us,  n.  sj).  Xo.  1025],  ^Middle  Triassic,  Cot- 
tonwood Canon,  West  Humboldt  Range,  Xevada.  X IJ. 

Fig.  3.  llyhodus  nevudensis,  n.  sji.  Xo.  10254.  IMiddle  Triassic,  Cotton- 
wood Canon,  West  Humboldt  Range,  Xevada.  X 2. 

Fig.  4.  Hi/bodus  sliastensis,  n.  sp.  Xo.  10255.  Upper  Triassic,  Bear  Cove, 
Shasta  County,  California.  X 2. 

Figs.  5 and  6.  Acrodus  alexandrae,  n.  sp.  Xo.  9874.  IMiddle  Triassic, 
Fisher  Canon,  West  Hundjoldt  Range,  X^evada.  X 1. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNiV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  7 


6 


iJTv^R'  !U  iLUiiOiS  LlBRARy 


NOV  26  1918 

. 6^ 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  5,  pp.  71-79,  Pis.  8-9  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


PRELIMINARY  NOTE  ON  A NEW  MARINE 
REPTILE  FROM  THE  YIIDDLE 
TRIASSIC  OP  NEVADA. 


BY 

John  C.  Merriam. 


In  the  summer  of  1902  a joint  expedition  from  Stanford 
University  and  the  University  of  California  visited  the  Middle 
'I’riassic  outcrops  of  the  West  Humboldt  range  in  Nevada  to  ex- 
plore these  beds  for  palaeontological  material.  Mr.  V.  C.  Osmont, 
who  represented  the  University  of  California,  devoted  himself  to 
the  search  for  vertebrate  remains.  He  was  fortunate  in  obtaining 
a number  of  reptilian  specimens,  which  furnished  the  first  satis- 
factory information  conceiming  the  nature  of  the  marine  saurians 
known  to  occur  there. ^ The  greater  part  of  the  material  obtained 
by  ]\Tr.  Osmont  consisted  of  remains  referable  to  ichthyosaurian 
fm-ms.^  Associated  with  the  ichthyosaurs  is  a single  specimen 
representing  a form  which  does  not  closely  resemble  any  de- 
scribed reptilian  type.  This  specimen  consists  of  several  anterior 
cervical  vertebrae,  the  greater  part  of  a mandible  with  the  denti- 
tion, and  the  inferior  portion  of  the  cranium.  In  collections  ob- 
tained later  from  the  same  locality  there  are  several  fragmentary 
specimens  showing  similar  structure.  The  peculiar  features  of 
this  specimen  separate  it  from  other  forms  as  a distinct  genus  and 
species,  po.sse.ssing  the  following  characters. 

’ .J.  Leidy,  Proc.  Philad.  Acad.  Se.,  Vol.  20,  p.  177;  and  J.  C.  Merriam, 
Pull.  Dept.  Geol.  Univ.  Calif.,  Vol.  3,  p.  107. 

-A  Primitive  Ic-htliyosaurian  Limb  from  the  Middle  Triassie  of  Nevada. 
J.  C.  ilerriam,  Pull.  Dejd.  Geol.  Univ.  Calif.,  Vol.  4,  p.  33. 


76 


Universitij  of  California  Cuhlical ions. 


[Geology 


OMPHALOSAURUS  NEVADANITS,  n.  fren.  and  sj). 

Pis.  8 and  f),  and  Text-fig.  1. 

Anterior  vertebral  centra  biconcave.  Kami  of  llie  marH]il)le 
rapidly  nniting  anterim'ly  in  a strong  symphysis.  Splenials 
broad  and  heavy.  Dentaries  united  medially  only  a slioi-t  dis- 
tance in  front  of  their  posterior  extremities,  broad  superior  sur- 
face set  with  several  rows  of  very  low-crowned  crushing  teeth. 
Palatine  region  with  broad  edentulous  i)terygoid  elements.  Pos- 
terior portion  of  the  palatines  also  apparently  edentulous. 

The  vertebrae  present  are  distinctly  amphicoelous  and  the 
centra  are  nearly  circular  in  vertical  cross-section.  They  are  in 
series  at  the  back  of  the  skull,  and  are  evidently  anterior  cervieals. 


Fig.  1.  Omi>]iaIosaun(s  nevadanus,  n.  gen.  and  sp..  Outer  side  of  a portion 
of  tlie  right  ramus  of  the  mandible.  A,  angular;  tia,  supra-angular ; 
D,  dentary;  <S'p,  splenial.  Middle  Triassic,  marine  beds.  South  Fork  of 
American  Oanon,  West  Humboldt  Range,  Nevada.  X %. 

The  mandible  has  lost  the  articular  region  and  is  broken  off 
a short  distance  in  front  of  the  sy)nphysis.  The  angular,  supra- 
angular,  dentary  and  splenial  are  rei)resented,  with  possibly  some 
portions  of  other  elements.  The  thickness  of  the  jaw  back  of  the 
.symphysis  is  almost  as  great  as  the  height.  The  rami  unite  in  a 
vei’y  wide  symphysis  only  a short  distance  in  front  of  the  poste- 
rior end  of  the  dentai'ies.  The  angadar  extends  unusually  far  for- 
ward between  the  splenial  and  the  dentary.  The  heavy  supra- 
angular  shows  no  coronoid  elevation  ; and  no  discrete  eoronoid 
elciiKMit  has  been  certainly  recognized,  though  i)ossibly  ]>resent. 
As  will  api)eai'  from  the  discussion  of  the  dentition,  the  develop- 
ment of  a lai'gc  coi'onoid  elevation  would  almost  have  been  ex- 
pected 1o  occur  hei'c,  as  in  Placodus. 


Mcrriaiii. — Naw  Marine  Reptile. 


77 


Th(‘  lieavy  splenials  extend  ])osteriorly  only  a short  distance 
behind  the  dentaries  l)efore  they  begin  to  thin  out  rapidly.  Ante- 
riorly they  are  suddenly  widened  to  meet  in  the  symphysis.  The 
transverse  diameter  of  the  splenials  at  the  symphysis  is  more 
than  twice  their  width  behind  this  region.  In  front  of  the  sym- 
physis the  .splenials  extend  downward  to  form  a part  of  the  lat- 
eral face  of  the  jaw. 

'file  dentaries  extend  backward  a short  distance  over  the  an- 
terior ends  of  the  supra-angulars,  and  are  also  in  contact  infe- 
riorly  with  the  anterior  extension  of  the  angular.  Take  the  sple- 
nials, the  dentaries  are  much  expanded  transversely  in  the  sym- 
physial  region.  The  posterior  ends  extend  backward  as  wing-like 
projections  for  a short  distance  behind  the  symphysis. 

Situated  on  the  dentaries  are  numerous  small,  button-like 
teeth,  somewhat  similar  to  those  of  some  of  the  pycnodont  fishes. 
'I'he  crowns  are  circular  in  cross-section,  and  the  elevation  is  con- 
siderably less  than  the  transverse  diameter.  There  are  at  least 
three  rows  of  teeth  preserved  on  the  light  dentary,  parallel  with 
the  median  border.  On  tbe  left  dentary,  teeth  extend  from  the 
median  line  more  than  half  of  the  distance  to  the  outer  margin, 
and  appear  to  have  been  in  numerous  rows.  The  surface  of  the 
dentigerous  area  seems  to  have  been  convex. 

A portion  of  the  palatine  region  is  fairly  well  exposed  in  the 
lower  view  of  this  specimen  (pi.  9).  The  two  large  elements 
separated  posteriorly,  but  uniting  medially  opposite  the  posterior 
ends  of  the  splenials,  are  evidently  pterygoids.  Anterior  to  them 
on  either  side  are  apparently  the  palatines.  Extending  backward 
from  a point  a little  in  advance  of  the  middle  of  the  pterygoids 
is  a median  space  which  possibly  represents  the  posterior  nasal 
opening.  (3n  the  superior  side  of  the  specimen  (pi.  8)  the  struc- 
ture is  more  indistinct.  One  of  the  palatine  elements  appears, 
viz.:  a part  of  one  of  the  pterygoids.  In  addition  to  this,  two 
heavy  bones  (a)  with  lateral  notches  are  situated  just  behind  the 
symphysis.  Posterior  to  these  is  a large  expanded  element  (h), 
and  a large  emarginate  bone  (c).  The  flat  posterior  element  may 
belong  to  the  roof  of  the  cranium.  The  laterally  notched  anterior 
bones  might  be  vomers,  or  possibly  premaxillaries.  The  large 
crescentic  bone  may  pertain  to  the  postorbital  region. 


78 


University  of  California  Publications. 


I fjKOI.OOY 


The  groups  of  reptiles  whieli  tliis  form  most  closely  resembles 
in  ada])tatioii,  so  far  as  this  is  expi-esscd  in  the  structure  of  the 
parts  present,  are  the  Tlacodonts  and  the  llhynchosaurs.  Both 
of  these  groups  occur  in  the  Trias,  as  does  this  form.  'I'he  Blaco- 
donts  u ere  marine,  and  lived  in  appi'oximately  the  same  epoch  as 
Omphalosaurus;  the  Khynchosaurs  were  i)rohal)ly  somewhat  later 
in  ajipearanee,  and  were  not  typical  aquatic  animals.  Itotli  ty])es 
differ  from  Omphalosaurus  in  the  charactei-  of  the  mandil)nlar 
dentition  and  in  the  structure  of  the  skull,  so  far  as  known. 

The  jaw  of  Placodus  i)Ossessed  a large  eoronoid  elevation. 
The  eoronoid  of  the  Rhynehosaurs  is  not  so  well  known,  though 
such  an  element  of  considerable  size  seems  to  have  been  pi-esent  in 
Ilypcrodapcdon  minor.  The  region  of  the  eoronoid  is  not  well 
preserved  in  the  Omphalosaurus  specimen,  and  no  definite  state- 
ment as  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  hone  can  be  made.  In 
a foian  with  crushing  teeth  like  those  seen  here,  such  an  elevation 
is  to  he  expected,  and  it  may  he  that  the  crescentic  element  (c) 
shown  on  plate  9 represents  a discrete  eoi’onoid. 

The  structure  of  the  mandible  does  not  agree  with  that  of 
either  the  Plaeodonts  or  the  Rhynehosaurs.  The  character  of  the 
palate,  so  far  as  is  known,  is  quite  different  from  that  in  both 
groups.  If  the  palatal  elements  are  correctly  interpreted,  the 
dentition  cannot  he  comi)ared  with  that  of  either  Plaeodonts  or 
Rhynehosaurs,  so  far  as  oce\;ri’ence  of  the  teeth  is  concerned. 
The  mandibular  dentition  is  nearer  to  Ilyperodapedon  than  to 
Placodus. 

Su]>erficially  this  form  has  the  appearance  of  a short-headed 
Synapsidan.  The  head  was  evidently  not  greatly  elongated  and 
the  cranial  region  presumably  relatively  long.  The  structure  of 
the  i)alate  and  of  the  mandible  are  not  unlike  that  in  the  Plesio- 
saurs. On  the  other  hand,  certain  of  the  characters  point  toward 
the  rhynchocephalian  tyi)e.  The  mandibular  dentition  is  paral- 
leled in  the  diaptosaurian  groups,  and  if  the  two  anterior  ele- 
ments (a)  are  vomers;  they  probably  correspond  to  the  large  pre- 
vomers of  the  Diapsida. 

It  is  (piite  certain  that  Omphalosatirus  rej)resents  a type  far 
enough  removed  from  other  known  reptilia  so  that  it  must  form 
a distinct  family,  the  ()m])halosauridae,  hut  the  true  i)Osition  of 


Merriam. — New  Marine  Reptile. 


70 


tliis  ji'roup  is  not  at  present  entirely  elear.  It  will  not  improbably 
be  found  to  represent  an  independent  ordinal  group  among  the 
synapsidan  forms.  It  is  hoped  that  the  true  position  of  this 
genus  may  he  more  clearly  defined  by  the  discovery  of  more  com- 
plete si)eeimens  at  the  same  horizon  as  that  fi'om  which  this  mate- 
rial was  obtained. 


Issued  December  7 , 1906. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  8. 


Omiilidlo.sdurun  ncvadamis,  ii.  gen.  and  sp.  Superior  aspect  of  a jiortion  of 
the  mandible  with  several  displaced  head  bones  and  two  vertebrae.  A, 
angular;  Sd,  snpra-angnlar ; I),  dentary;  Ft,  pterygoid;  V,  vertebrae; 
d,  h,  and  c,  doubtful  elements.  Middle  Triassie,  South  Fork  of  Amer- 
ican Canon,  West  Humboldt  Eange,  Nevada.  X 


BULL  DEPT.  GEOL  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  .“i,  PL. 


»rtt  llBRAfiY 
OF  THE 

u^ivEBSiTY  OF  n\m 


ii  * 


Ml 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  9. 


<)nii>li(ilos<iiinis  vevadanus,  ii.  gen.  ami  sp.  Inferior  view  of  a iiortion  of  the 
niamlible  with  two  vertebrae  and  several  elements  from  the  palatal 
region.  A,  angular;  Ap,  sjilenial;  Ft,  ijterygoid;  PI,  palatine;  V, 
vertebrae,  iiliddle  Triassic,  South  Pork  of  American  Canon,  West 
Humboldt  Kangc,  Nevada.  X Vj- 


BULL  DEPT.  GEOL  UNIV,  CAL, 


VOL,  5,  PL. 


' Of 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


v.5^ 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  6,  pp.  81-94,  PI.  10  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NOTES  ON  LAWSONITE,  COLUMBITE, 
BERYL,  BARITE,  AND  CALCITE. 

BY 

Arthur  8.  Kakle:. 


CONTENTS. 

RACE 


Lawsonite  - - 82 

Introduction  82 

Occurrences  in  California  8.1 

Analyses  85 

Conclusion  - 8(i 

Coluniliite  87 

Introduction  87 

Occurrence  88 

Forms  88 

Measurements  - - 88 

Beryl  89 

Occurrence  89 

Forms  89 

Tubular  Calcite  89 

Occurrence  89 

Description  89 

Barite  90 

Occurrence  90 

Forms  90 

Measurements  90 

Calcite  from  Terlingua,  Texas  91 

Occurrence  91 

Habit  91 

Forms  91 

Measurements  92 

Prisms  92 

Pyramids  92 

Positive  rliombohedrons  92 

Negative  rliombohedrons  93 

Positive  scalenohedrous  93 


82 


University  of  Calif ornia  Pahlicatinns. 


f Geology 


T.AWSONITE. 

Introduction. — New  iiiiiienils  are  frequently  diseovered  and 
the  list  of  mineral  names  lias  largely  inereased  since  the  appear- 
ance of  Dana’s  System  of  Mineralogy  in  1892.  With  very  few 
exceptions,  howevei-,  the  minerals  discovered  since  that  date  are 
to  be  classed  as  rare  because  they  seldom  occur  abundantly  and 
are  usually  confined  to  a,  single  locality. 

The  discovery  of  a new  mineral  which  is  essentially  a rock 
constituent  is  still  rarer.  While  Ihe  introduction  of  new  rock 
names  is  very  prevalent,  it  is  well  known  that  such  names  are  not 
generally  based  upon  the  jiresence  of  nev^  constituents,  but  upon 
the  presence  and  relative  jiroportions  of  the  old  long  known  rock- 
forming minerals. 

In  the  case  of  laAvsonite  we  have  a mineral  of  recent  discovery 
of  fairly  wide  distribution  as  a rock-forming  mineral,  and  it  is  a 
matter  of  some  surprise  that  it  so  long  escaped  the  observation  of 
petrogra  pliers. 

Lawsonite  Avas  discovered  in  1894  by  Kansome  and  Palache^ 
at  Reed’s  Station,  Marin  County,  California,  as  a deposit  of  large 
AA-ell  developed  crystals,  and  as  a constituent  of  the  glaucophane 
schists  in  that  locality.  This  occurrence  of  large  crystals  is  the 
only  one  so  far  knoAvn,  but  as  a rock  constituent  it  is  interesting 
to  note  that  almost  coincident  Avith  its  discovery  by  Ransome,  the 
mineral  AA’as  oliserved  by  Franehi-  in  the  glaucophane  rocks  of 
the  Piedmont  district,  Italy,  and  by  Lacroix®  in  the  saussuritie 
gabbros  from  Corsica,  both  AA'riters  noticing  its  presence  as  an  un- 
identified con.stituent  of  their  rocks. 

Pranchi  obseiwed  the  mineral  as  an  unknoAAui  constituent  asso- 
ciated AA’ith  albite  and  muscovite,  resulting  from  the  alteration  of 
the  feldspars  of  an  altered  o|)hitie  diabase  found  in  the  IMaira 
Valley  of  the  Piedmont  Alps,  lie  later  mentions  the  same  un- 
knoAvn  mimu'als  as  having  been  found  by  Stella  in  little  veins  in  a 
soda  amphibolile.  from  the  high  valley  of  Chiana.'*  This  Ainiden- 

‘ lUill.  Dept.  (ieol.  ITiiiv.  ftalit'.,  1895,  1,  301-:5t2.  Zeits.  fiir  Kryst.,  1896, 
25,  .‘{.5 1-:!")?. 

' Dollet.  (Id  K.  (-omit,  geol.,  1895,  2,  90. 

■'  .Miner.  (!('  la  l-’raiice,  1895,  1,  70S. 

' Hollel.  della  Soe.  geol.  Italiaiia,  1896,  2. 


Voi-  5] 


Kalde. — Lawsonile. 


83 


tified  eoiistitTioiit  lie  suliseciueiitly  identifies  as  lawsonite  and  adds 
that  it  oeenrs  frequently  in  the  glaiicophane  rocks  of  several  val- 
leys in  the  Piedmont  Aljis.® 

Lacroix  observed  lawsonite  in  the  rocks  of  Corsica  and  of  New 
Caledonia.®  The  Corsican  rock  from  the  region  about  Ba.stia  con- 
tains large  crystals  of  diallage  partly  ehanged  to  glaucophane  and 
actinolite,  and  surrounded  by  a greenish  white  mass  which  re- 
solved itself  into  a mixture  of  lawsonite,  alhite,  anorthite,  chlo- 
rite, actinolite,  and  epidote.  In  New  Caledonia  the  gahhros  from 
the  Diahot  Valley  consist  of  large  unaltered  crystals  of  diallage 
surrounded  by  a schistose  mass  of  glaucophane  needles  and  many 
distinct  crystals  and  grains  of  lawsonite. 

ViohP  mentions  lawsonite  as  a constituent  of  the  gabbro- 
diabase-peridotite  near  the  border  between  the  compartments  Ba- 
.silicata  and  Calabrie,  in  .southern  Italy.  The  labradorite  and 
bytownite  feldspars  of  the  diabases  and  gabbros  have  I)econie 
sausuritized  into  a mixture  of  alhite,  mica,  quartz,  epidote,  and 
lawsonite.  lie  notes  that  when  lawsonite  is  abundant  epidote  is 
scarce,  and  conversely,  thus  calling  attention  to  the  similai’  role 
of  the  two  as  metamorphic  products. 

Occurrences  in  California. — Ijawsonite  as  yet  has  not  been 
observed  in  this  country  outside  of  California.  The  type  locality 
described  by  Ransome  is  a region  of  actinolitic  and  glaucopha- 
nitic  schists.  IVIuch  garnet  occurs  in  the  actinolitic  schists,  and 
occasionally  schistose  and  compact  masses  of  chlorite  are  found, 
presumably  as  an  alteration  of  the  actinolite-garnet  rock. 

Ijawsonite  does  not  occur  as  a I’egularly  disseminated  constit- 
uent of  the  regional  schists,  but  is  found  sporadic,  u.sually  in 
large  amounts  mixed  with  actinolite  and  glaucophane  or  with 
chlorite,  often  forming  boulder-like  masses.  The  crystals  de- 
sci'ibed  by  Ransome  occur  in  such  a mass,  comsisting  mainly  of 
actinolite  and  muscovite  with  smaller  amounts  of  glaucophane, 
epidote  or  zoisite,  chlorite,  and  titanite.  Some  of  the  largest 
crystals  are  imbedded  in  a greenish-gray  ma.ss  of  flaky  muscovite 
which  forms  a vein  in  the  actinolitic  mass.  This  micaceous  min- 

^ Bull.  Soc.  Fr.  Min.,  1897,  20,  5-7. 

“ Ihid.,  309-312. 

’ Zeits.  t'iir  Kryst.,  1897,  28,  553-555. 


84 


University  of  California  P}(l>li cations. 


[Oeoi/)gy 


eral  was  erroneously  deterniined  as  inar^ai-ite  l)y  llansonie,  but 
a chemical  analysis  proves  it  to  be  muscovite.  The  analysis  was 
kindly  made  for  the  writer  by  E.  S.  Larsen,  dr., 


SiO= 

48.42 

APO’ 

28.41 

FoO 

2.10 

CaO 

0.48 

MgO 

3.81 

Na=0 

1.95 

K=0 

10.3(1 

IPO 

4.72 

100.25 

The  size  of  the  optic  ang’le  vai-ies.  IMo.st  of  the  plates  have  a 
large  angle  just  within  the  field  of  the  microscope,  like  ordinary 
muscovite,  while  other  ])lates  show  a considerably  smaller  angle, 
pei’haps  between  50°-60°.  It  is  quite  possible  that  some  of  the 
plates  have  a higher  percentage  of  silica  than  others,  which  may 
account  for  the  smaller  angle. 

The  presence  of  muscovite  instead  of  margarite  is  more  in 
accord  with  the  observations  of  the  other  petrographers  pre- 
viously mentioned  who  report  muscovite  as  an  associate,  and  also 
with  its  occurrence  elsewhere  in  the  KState.  Epidote  is  quite  sub- 
ordinate in  this  mass;  consequently  almost  the  whole  of  the  lime 
of  the  original  rock  has  gone  to  the  formation  of  lawsonite.  The 
large  amount  of  muscovite  indicates  that  the  original  rock  con- 
tained much  potash  feldspar,  and  in  fact  indications  point  to  the 
probability  that  the  boidders  rich  in  lawsonite  are  remnants  of  a 
I'ock  which  was  mineralogically  different  from  the  surrounding 
soda-rich  rocks. 

On  the  western  slope  of  the  Berkeley  hills,  north  of  Berkeley, 
there  are  several  outcrops  of  actinolitic,  giaucophanitic,  and 
chloi-itic  schists;  and  it  was  fi’om  this  region  that  the  new  amphi- 
l)ole  ci-ossite,  described  by  Balache,®  was  found.  About  three 
miles  north  of  the  town  a chloritic  boulder  was  found,  resting 
upon  an  outci-o])  of  chloritic  schist  which  was  very  thickly 
cliai'gt'd  with  thin  plates  of  lawsonite.  d’he  boidder  i)resents  a 
vei-y  striking  a])])eai'ance,  due  to  the  thin  etlges  of  the  lawsonite 
standing  out  as  bleached  white  I'idges  oii  the  weathered  surface 


Hull.  Dc])!.  (!col.  Ulliv.  (’alif.,  1894,  1,  181-192. 


VoL.  5] 


E ak  I e . — Lawsoni  t e . 


85 


of  the  (lark  preen  eliloi-itic  mass.  The  identity  of  these  plates 
with  lawsonite  was  not  at  first  suspected,  because  of  theii'  dis- 
tinctly different  habit  and  association  from  the  Marin  County 
crystals,  and  their  lack  of  tlie  characteristic  bluisli  tinge.  The 
plates  are  basal,  seldom  more  than  2-3  mm.  thick,  hut  often  a 
centimeter  oi-  more  in  surface  dimensions.  Many  of  them  are 
slightly  thicker  in  the  center  and  taper  off  towards  the  edges, 
giving  a characteristic  lenticular  appeai-ance  to  the  broken  edges. 
These  basal  i)lanes  are  the  only  crystal  faces  present,  the  edges 
being  broken  and  irregular  in  ontline.  The  plates  are  appar- 
ently colorless  when  pure,  but  owing  to  inclusions  and  impreg- 
nations of  chlorite  they  have  mostly  a greenish  east.  An  analysis 
sufficient  for  identification  was  made  of  the  mineral,  but  tlie 
plates  were  too  much  impregnated  with  chlorite  to  warrant  a 
complete  analysis. 

Analyses. — 1.  Analysis  by  the  writer. 

2.  Analysis  by  Itansome  and  Palache. 

3.  Analysis  by  llillebrand  and  Schaller.® 


1 

2 

3 

SiO= 

38.43 

37.71 

38.45 

TiO- 

APO^  ) 

— 

32.43 

0.36 
( 31.35 

Fe^O’  j 

33.39 

1 0.86 

FeO 

— 

— 

0.10 

MnO 

— 

— 

trace 

CaO 

16.85 

18.15 

17.52 

MgO 

— 

— 

0.17 

K=0 

— 

— 

0.23 

Na'O 

— 

— 

0.06 

H'O  ignition 

9.83 

11.31 

11.21 

98.50 

99.60 

100.33 

IMaeroseopically  the  rock  appears  to  be  a very  compact  mass 
of  scaly  chlorite  through  which  the  lawsonite  plates  are  thickly 
disseminated,  but  under  the  microscope,  in  addition  to  the  chlo- 
rite and  lawsonite,  considerable  muscovite  and  also  dull  brownish 
irregular  grains  of  titanite  or  leueoxene  are  revealed. 

The  lawsonite  sections  are  mostly  rectangular  or  lenticTdar 
slabs,  and  their  high  relief  easily  distinguishes  them  from  the 


“Amer.  Jourii.  Sci.,  1904  (4),  17,  195-197. 


t 


86  Umversity  of  California  Publications.  (Oeoi/kiy 

colorless  muscovite.  Basjil  sections  of  the  )niiieral  show  fine 
cleavage  lines  ])arallel  to  the  pi'ism  faces,  the  lines  being  very 
nnmerons  and  ninch  resembling  twinning  striations,  hut  no  real 
twinning  was  observed.  This  highly  develo{)ed  cleavage  parallel 
to  the  prism  is  hi-onght  out* prominently  in  thin  sections,  and  as 
a matter  of  fact  the  prismatic  cleavage  of  lawsonite  is  not  an 
easy  cleavage  because  the  plates  break  usually  (piite  independent 
of  the  cleavage.  The  average  hai'dness  of  these  jdates  seems  to 
be  al)Out  6,  instead  of  the  extreme  hardness  of  8. 

The  chloi'itic  outcrop  n])on  which  the  boulder  rests  shows  no 
lawsonite,  and  is  different  in  structure  and  comi)osition  from  the 
boulder.  It  is  an  isolated  boulder,  and  may  have  been  trans- 
ported and  curiously  found  lodgment  here,  although  thei'c  is  the 
])ossibility  that  it  is  a lawsonitic  phase  of  this  i)articular  outcroi). 
Chloritic  masses  are  common  about  the  bay  which  have  been  de- 
rived from  the  alteration  of  the  actinolite-gaiaiet  schists,  and  the 
oi'igin  of  this  lawsonite-chlorite  mass  may  have  been  due  to  the 
alteration  of  such  a rock  containing  lawsonite,  and  in  the  change 
the  lawsonite  may  have  become  recrystallized  into  the  platy  form. 

A similar  mass  of  chlorite  occurs  near  San  Luis  Obisi)o.  Spec- 
imens were  collected  by  Dr.  Fairbanks  and  given  to  the  writer 
to  determine  the  numeroTis  thin  glassy  plates  they  contained. 
The  rock  is  identical  with  the  one  above  described,  being  essen- 
tially comi)osed  of  chlorite,  muscovite,  and  lawsonite.  The  plates 
ai'c  thinner  and  much  more  impregnated  with  chlorite  than  in 
the  Berkeley  rock. 

In  a ])aper  read  befoi'e  the  Cordilleran  section  of  the  Geolog- 
ical Society  of  America,  W.  O.  Clark  of  Stanford  University 
mentioned  the  occurrence  of  lawsonite  in  several  localities  in 
California,  and  in  pai'ticular  described  a lawsonite-gneiss  from 
Kedwood.  The  i-ock  consisted  of  (piai'tz,  giaucophane,  and  law- 
sonitc.  with  some  titanite  or  leucoxene,  and  the  original  rock  was 
j)i’esumably  a (piai'tz  diorite  whicdi  occurs  in  the  vicinity.  P. 
Thelen'"  also  mentions  lawsonite  as  a constituent  of  .some  of  the 
giaucophane  schists  of  Ishu'th  Berkeley,  law.sonite  forming  from 
5-30  pel-  cent,  of  the  rock. 


Oiill.  Dcjit.  (Icol.  Uiiiv.  ('iiliC.,  tOOf),  4,  221. 


VoL.  5] 


Kakle. — (Jol  wtnbile. 


87 


A CTirsory  oxniniiiation  of  some  of  the  ei-ystalliiie  scliists  of 
Califoi'oia,  eolleeted  by  (!.  1).  Loiiderl)a('k,  shows  the  ])reseiiee  of 
file  same  tahidai-  crystals  of  lawsooite  in  si)eoimens  from  differ- 
ent localities.  Pi-ofessor  Louderhaek,  wlio  is  niakino’  a detailed 
petroyraphical  study  of  tliese  rocks,  states  that  thin  sections  of 
many  of  his  si)eeimens  contain  lawsonite  which  is  not  macroscop- 
ieally  visible. 

(U)iichisioii. — All  of  these  observations  prove  conelnsively  that 
lawsojiite  has  an  extended  distribution  in  the  State  of  Califoimia. 
'file  mineral  is  yenerally  considered  as  rai'e,  hut  petrogi'apliically 
it  cannot  he  .so  held,  and  in  regions  of  dynamic  metamorphism, 
whether  glaucoi)hane  is  formed  or  not,  it  may  he  ex[)ected.  Com- 
l)ai‘atively  little  attention  has  been  dii'ected  to  it  as  a rock  con- 
.stitnent,  and  this  i)erhaps  accounts  for  its  omission  fi'om  the  list 
of  metamorphie  minerals  by  Van  llise  in  his  excellent  “Treatise 
on  IMetamoi'phism.  Kosenbnseh  in  his  new  edition  of  the 
“i\Iikroscopisehe  I’hysiographie, ’’  and  Weinschenk  in  his  “(les- 
teinhildene  IMineralien”  accord  it  proper  recognition  as  a rock 
constituent. 

The  natural  habitat  of  law.sonite  seems  to  he  in  regions  of 
glancophanitic  rocks,  althongh  glancoi)hane  is  not  always  directly 
associated  with  it.  The  opinion  prevails  that  it  is  a product  of 
the  metamor])hism  of  the  soda,  lime  feldsi)ars  of  the  basic  rocks, 
the  soda  entering  into  the  formation  of  glancophane  while  the 
lime  goes  to  law.sonite,  which  is  analogous  to  anorlhite  with  two 
molecules  of  water.  Its  similarity  in  formation  to  zoisite  and  epi- 
dote  leads  to  the  belief  that  it  may  occur  in  rocks  outside  of  glan- 
cophanitic provinces. 


COLUMBITE. 

Introductioti. — San  Diego  County  has  become  widely  known 
through  its  deposit  of  rubellite-tournialine  in  lepidotite  at  Mesa 
Grande,  specimens  of  which  have  been  sent  to  all  parts  of  the 
woi'ld  and  are  recognized  as  distinctly  characteristic  of  this  local- 
ity. IMore  recently  mines  have  been  opened  at  Pala  which  pro- 
duce rose  and  gieen  tourmalines  which  ecpial  any  found  in  Maine, 
Siberia,  or  Brazil.  The  newest  find  of  a gem  mineral  is  the  beau- 


” Monograph  XLVII,  1904,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey. 


8S 


Uinvcrsitij  of  Cdlifornia  P}ihlirati(nis. 


tifnl  lilac  spodinneiic,  kiiiizitc.  liciyl,  t()])az,  and  t>anict  of  j'eni 
quality  arc  also  iiiiiicd  in  the  connly,  hnl  these  possess  less  value 
than  the  tounnaline  and  kunzite. 

A crystal  of  coliinihite  and  sevei'al  of  beryl  from  San  DicKo 
County  were  loaned  to  the  write]’  hy  Mi-,  hazard  Calm,  and  a 
brief  description  is  <>iven  here. 

Occurrence. — The  ciystal  of  coluinhite  came  from  the  hittle 
'riiree  mine,  neai"  Itamona.  It  is  shoi't  prisirjatic,  measurinf>:  about 
2 centimeters  in  length  and  width  and  is  i)ai'tly  hi'oken,  so  that 
some  of  the  faces  have  been  dcsti'oyed.  Notwithstandinf^  its 
broken  condition,  thei'e  are  thii'ty-six  faces  present,  rei)reseTiting 
thirteen  forms,  one  of  which  is  new. 

Forms. — The  observed  forms  ai‘e: 


a j 1()()| 

lisnj 

•s  j22]  j 

h joioj 

.'/  hw'i 

H )21l| 

»i  S 1 1 0 1 

c J021 j 

1^  ll2li 

jl30i 

0 |13I( 

)•  jl4ll  new 

Mcasurcmcni.s. — The  erystal  was  measured  with  the  two-circle 
ji'oniometei',  arid  the  average  values  for  </>  and  p for  the  thirteen 


fo) 

■ms  ai’e  shown  in  the  following  table: 

Xo, 

Letter 

Symbol 

Gdt.  Miller 

<P 

Measured 

p 

Calculated 

0 

p 

1 

h 

Occ 

010 

0° 

00' 

90‘ 

= 00' 

O' 

' 00' 

90" 

' 00' 

o 

a 

ccO 

100 

89 

45 

90 

00 

90 

00 

90 

00 

2 

)n 

oc 

110 

08 

40 

90 

00 

08 

05 

90 

00 

4 

<J 

oc2 

130 

39 

31 

90 

00 

39 

38 

90 

00 

.4 

z 

a:.4 

1.50 

25 

32 

90 

00 

20 

20 

90 

00 

() 

!/ 

ocO 

lt)0 

0.5 

20 

90 

00 

22 

30 

90 

00 

7 

h 

02 

021 

0 

30 

35 

10 

0 

00 

35 

36 

8 

r 

14 

141 

31 

28 

00 

09 

31 

52 

59 

19 

!» 

0 

12 

121 

29 

31 

54 

32 

39 

38 

54 

21 

to 

P 

12 

121 

51 

20 

49 

59 

51 

11 

48 

48 

I I 

u 

I 

111 

07 

20 

43 

59 

08 

05 

43 

48 

12 

s 

o 

221 

OS 

42 

02 

20 

08 

05 

02 

28 

12 

n 

21 

211 

78 

53 

01 

40 

78 

37 

01 

09 

'I'lie  faces  of  )i 

and  s 

wei’e  < 

dull 

and  the  I'est 

bright  but 

: some- 

what  vicinal 

or  wavy,  .so 

lh;it  c 

lose 

I’cading's  could  not  be  had. 

'Idle  new 

foi'in 

r (141)  had 

nai'i'ow  1 

'aces,  but  all  four 

on 

the 

upper  lialf  ( 

>f  th(‘ 

crystal 

wei'(‘ 

present. 

hdg.  1, 

PI 

.10,  shows 

the 

crystal  as  it  apjx'ais. 


VoL.  5] 


EaJde. — Beryl;  'FalutUtr  (ddcile. 


89 


BERYL. 

Occurrence.- — Two  distinct  varieties  of  l)eryl  are  found  in  the 
county,  one  green  and  the  other  pink  or  rose  in  varying  sliades. 
The  green  crystals  came  from  Eincon,  and  ai'c  cliaracterized  by 
a long  slender  prismatic  habit,  one  end  only  having  terminations 
as  a rule. 

Forms. — The  forms  occurring  are  : 

m jlOToJ  c jOOOlj  o |lli>2S 

i j213oj  p jlOTli  y j 13.1.14.1 1 « 

a 1 1120 J s I 1121 j 

In  the  prismatic  zone  the  unit  prism  usually  predominates, 
yet  the  dihexagonal  prism  is  sometimes  ecjually  large;  the  second 
order  prism  is  very  narrow  when  present,  but  is  generally  absent. 
The  dominant  terminal  form  is  s (1121),  leaving  the  unit  pyra- 
mid as  small  triangles.  The  base  and  o (1122)  are  small  planes. 
The  indices  of  the  form  y (13.1.14.1)  are  doubtful  because  the 
faces  were  very  dull  and  only  approximate  reading  could  be 
made. 

4>  p 

Measured  3°  26'  83°  45' 

Calculated  3°  40'  82°  41' 

Two  of  tbe  crystals  are  milky  green  and  opacpie  and  show  the 
unit  prism  with  i and  a as  mere  line  faces.  The  terminal  forms 
are  s,  c and  an  indeterminate  form  between  m and  s,  whieb  was 
too  dull  for  measurement. 

The  rose  beryls  came  from  the  Little  Three  mine,  near  Rincon. 
They  are  short  prismatic  and  doubly  terminated. 

The  forms  present  are : 

m I lOTO  I , s J 1121 1 , 2^  \ lOTl  ? > and  c ) 0001 1 ; in  which  c and  s predominate. 


TUBULAR  CALCITE. 

Occurrence. — During  the  exploration  of  the  Potter  Creek  cave 
in  Shasta  County,  California,^-  W.  J.  Sinclair  collected  some  of 
the  smaller  stalactites  which  abound  in  the  cave. 

Description. — The  ordinary  stalactitic  shapes  as  well  as  hol- 
low cylinders  are  common,  and  their  formation  has  been  due  to 


Univ.  Cal.  Publications,  Amer.  Arch,  and  Ethnology,  2,  No.  1. 


90 


I’mverHihj  of  California  Cuhliralions. 


I (JKOUXiY 


continued  crystallizations  of  rlioniholicdrons.  9'lic  lubes  are  sev- 
eral inches  lon»',  and  llieir  round  sui-faees  sliow  the  oulliiu's  of 
small  i-lioniholiedi'ons.  9'liey  hreaU  always  with  the  caleite  cleav- 
age. The  stalactites  have  the  customary  shape  and  also  show  the 
outlines  of  ei'ystals,  and  theii-  i)oints  are  always  terminal ed  hy  a 
clear  crystal,  cojisisting  of  steej)  i-homhohedrons  41\  and  -2K  with 
their  edges  moditied  hy  scalenohcdrons.  The  faces  of  Ihe  scale- 
nohedrons  wei'e  loo  rounded  foi'  measurement. 

The  stalactites  in  the  cave  are  continually  wet,  watci'  tilling 
their  hollow  centers  and  constantly  dripping  from  them,  .so  that 
the  gi'owlh  is  hy  successive  ciystallization  instead  of  hy  the  com- 
mon eva{)oration  and  deposition  of  the  carbonate. 


B.UUTE. 


Occurrence. — Specimens  of  porous,  yellowish  brown  earthy 
limonite  contairiing  minute  crystals  of  barite  were  collected  hy 
F.  i\l.  Anderson  from  the  Pine  Hill  inine,  Nevada  County.  At- 
tention has  ])ieviously  been  called  to  this  mine  as  containing  gold 
a.ssociated  with  barite.’'* 

The  crystals  are  perfectly  colorless  and  exhibit  two  habits. 
The  crystals  are  slender  prismatic,  hut  in  one  habit  they  have 
pointed  ends  whih*  in  the  other  the  base  is  the  only  termination. 

Forms. — The  forms  jiresent  are  : 


a j too j 
h joHij 
m ) 1 1 (I  I 
X j210| 


V S:!20j 

TT 

X h;ioi 

r JOOlj 


d |l02j 
o Joil I 
jlllj 
./■  jiiaj 


'fhe  fi'ont  pinacoid  is  vertically  striated  and  broader  than  the 
pi'isms.  'fhe  rcllections  fi-om  the  unit  prism  and  from  the  ter- 
minal faces  wci'c  exceedingly  sharp.  iMost  of  the  cry.stals  have 
])yi'amidal  terminations  and  h’ig  2 shows  the  general  type. 

.M(  astir(  mods.—  'Vhc  measurements  were  made  with  the  two- 
circle  goniometer,  and  the  angles  measui’cd  and  calculated  are  as 
follows : 

'WXiiicr.  .lour.  Sci.,  IS!)2  (-J).  4-1.  .')7:  1S!>4  (4),  47,  4()7. 


VoL.  5]  Eitkle. — Calcite  f roDi  Terliugua.  91 


No. 

Letter 

Symbol 
(idt.  Miller 

Measured 

<t> 

P 

Calculated 

<t> 

P 

1 

C 

0 

001 

0 

00 

0 

00 

0 

00 

0 

00 

2 

b 

Occ 

010 

0 

00 

90 

00 

0 

00 

90 

00 

3 

a 

ocO 

100 

90 

00 

90 

00 

90 

00 

90 

00 

4 

m 

cc 

110 

90 

00 

50 

50 

90 

00 

50 

49 

5 

X 

2oc 

210 

90 

00 

67 

50 

90 

00 

67 

49 

6 

11 

530 

90 

00 

63 

46 

90 

00 

63 

56 

7 

V 

•;*cc 

320 

90 

00 

61 

38 

90 

00 

61 

28 

8 

X 

oc3 

130 

90 

00 

22 

10 

90 

00 

22 

14 

9 

d 

■1  0 

102 

90 

5 

38 

49 

90 

00 

38 

51 

10 

0 

01 

on 

0 

13 

52 

38 

0 

00 

52 

43 

11 

s 

1 

in 

50 

51 

64 

27 

50 

49 

64 

18 

12 

f 

1 

5 

113 

50 

45 

34 

36 

50 

49 

34 

43 

CALCITE  PROM  TERLINGUA,  TEXAS. 

Ocoirrence. — Excellent  specimens  of  calcite  have  recently 
l>een  found  in  the  Terlingua  cinnabar  mine  and  a couple  of  them 
have  been  presented  to  the  department  by  Mr.  Wilke.  This  mine 
is  the  one  from  which  the  new  mercury  minerals  Eglestonite,  Ter- 
linguaite,  and  IMontroydite  came.^'*  The  specimens  are  reddish 
calcareous  i-ock  coated  with  a layer  of  clear  lustrous  calcite  crys- 
tals, which  are  interesting  because  of  the  number  of  rarer  forms 
present.  The  crystals  have  a pale  yellowish  tinge  and  occasion- 
ally include  specks  of  cinnabar.  A few  larger  crystals  of  a sec- 
ond generation  occur  lying  upon  the  calcite  coating,  which  have 
the  same  habit  as  those  of  the  lirst  generation.  The  crystals 
forming  the  coating  are  fairly  uniform  in  size,  averaging  5 mm. 
in  diameter,  and  all  stand  vertically  on  the  rock,  showing  the 
complete  ui)per  half  and  poi'tions  of  the  lower  half  of  the  crys- 
tals. The  few  crystals  of  the  later  growth  lie  more  on  their  sides 
and  show  both  ends.  They  have  a deeper  yellowish  tinge. 

Habit. — One  habit  characterizes  all  the  cry.stals,  namely,  a 
large  negative  rhombohedron  -2R  with  much  smaller  faces  of 
the  other  forms  gToni)ed  about  its  edges.  Fig.  3 shows  the  gen- 
eral habit  and  most  of  the  forms. 

Forms. — The  forms  observed  on  the  crystals  are  given  in  the 
following  table.  Notwithstanding  the  great  number  of  forms 
possessed  by  calcite,  a new  scalenohedron  3R  is  present. 


’■*  Amer.  Jouni.  Science,  1903  (4),  16,  251-261. 


No. 

1 

o 

3 

4 

5 

6 

t 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 


02 


V niversity  of  California  Puhlimlions. 


[ f}KOI,OOY 


Sinee  it  is  so  "eiiei-!i]  to  tliiiik  of  Nauinami’s  syiiil)ols  for  rlioiii- 
l)o]iedroiis  and  soaleiiohedrons,  tliey  are  also  added  in  tlie  table. 
The  letters  for  the  foians  are  tliose  used  by  (Joldseliniidt  in  his 
Winkeltabellen,  and  by  I’alaehe  for  the  forms  on  the  caleites 
from  Lake  Superior-^®  To  avoid  repetition  the  averaf^e  of  the 
measurements  with  the  ealenlated  angles  are  ^dven  in  tlie  same 
table. 


Letter 

Symbol 

Measured 

Calculatdfl 

No,  of 

Odt. 

Bravais 

Nauinaiin 

<p 

P 

</> 

P 

-Moas. 

h 

OC 

loTo 

ocK 

30° 

00' 

90 

° 00 

30° 

00 

90° 

00 

8 

IT 

in 

1123 

a P - 

0 

16 

29 

37 

0 

00 

29 

40 

2 

0. 

o 

2021 

—2  K 

29 

58 

63 

01 

30 

00 

63 

07 

14 

5. 

1 

T()12 

— R 

30 

00 

26 

08 

30 

00 

26 

15 

1 

i;. 

—11.11 

TT.o.l  1.1 

— 11  R 

29 

55 

84 

10 

30 

00 

84 

44 

6 

0. 

—14.14 

T4.0.I4.1 

— 14  R 

29 

56 

85 

40 

30 

00 

85 

51 

4 

i>- 

1 

loll 

R 

29 

58 

44 

36 

30 

00 

44 

36 

13 

R. 

o 

2021 

2 R 

30 

00 

63 

1 1 

30 

00 

63 

07 

1 

t: 

1 1 

2134 

1 

11 

06 

33 

16 

10 

53 

33 

07 

13 

9- 

1 i 

5279 

1 K i 

13 

05 

34 

08 

13 

54 

34 

23 

2 

e: 

t 5 

4136 

19 

31 

37 

05 

19 

06 

37 

00 

15 

B: 

i 1 

17.2.1915 

H 15 

24 

06 

49 

30 

24 

30 

49 

56 

3 

C: 

j 1 

7186 

R 

22 

54 

51 

55 

23 

25 

51 

08 

2 

E: 

i 1 

5164 

R 1 

21 

10 

53 

51 

21 

03 

53 

56 

4 

F: 

21 

4153 

R f 

19 

07 

56 

06 

19 

06 

56 

26 

2 

K: 

41 

2131 

R-* 

10 

42 

69 

06 

10 

53 

69 

02 

13 

-1/; 

51 

7.4.TT.3 

R VI 

IV  3 

8 

00 

73 

26 

8 

57 

72 

30 

1 

0: 

61 

8.5.13.3 

R V- 

7 

16 

75 

14 

7 

35 

75 

00 

6 

P: 

71 

3251 

R5 

6 

21 

76 

46 

6 

35 

76 

54 

4 

U 

62 

10.4.14.3 

2 R ■ 

14 

25 

76 

42 

13 

54 

76 

19 

2 

A'-. 

10.3 

10.7.23.3 

3 R -V 

12 

06 

81 

39 

12 

44 

81 

32 

5 

I’risoiH. — Tlie  only  prism  present  is  the  unit  form,  oc  R.  It 
is  re])i’esented  by  small  triangular  faees  which  are  perfectly  de- 
velojied  and  gave  very  bright  signals. 

l‘!/)‘aiiiids. — On  one  crystal  two  bright  faces  of  the  second 
oi'der  jiyi'amid  f P2  occur.  It  was  not  observed  on  the  other 
seven  crystals  measured. 

J'osHire  )lio)nl)oIie(h’ons. — The  unit  rhombohedron  -|-  K is 
pri'sent  on  all  of  the  crystals.  The  faces  are  nari'ow  but  very 
lierl'ect.  1'hey  are  longer  on  the  crystals  of  the  first  generation 
tban  on  those  of  the  second.  IMinute  faees  of  a steej)  rhombode- 
di’on  occur  on  some  of  the  ciystals,  and  one  reading  showed  the 

"’.Midi.  (tool.  Sunoy,  1898,  6,  I’art  2,  l(il-184. 


VoL.  5] 


Ealde. — Calciie  from  Terlingua. 


93 


rare  form  + 2R  to  be  present.  Tliis  fonn  has  only  been  ol)serve(l 
before  by  Palache,  on  the  Lake  Superior  caleites.  Some  of  the 
ei-ystals  have  a still  steeper  form  in  this  zone,  perhaps  -f  4I\,  bnt 
Tio  i’ea(lin«s  eoiihl  he  obtained  to  substantiate  it. 

Negative  rhomhohedrons.- — The  predominating  foian  on  the 
crystals  is  — 2R.  The  faces  are  very  bright  and  permitted  of 
accurate  polar  oi'ientation  of  the  crystals.  The  rhombohedron 
— Ld\  which  is  so  common  for  ealeite  is  practically  wanting  on 
these  mystals.  Tt  was  only  observed  once,  and  then  as  a mere 
line  face  on  the  edge  formed  by  the  two  faces  of  the  sealenohe- 
dron  14K%.  The  steep  form  — HR  occnrs  on  all  the  crystals 
in  very  narrow  faces.  It  occasionally  grades  into  still  steeper 
rhomhohedrons,  only  one  of  which,  — 14R,  could  be  definitely 
established. 

Positive  scalenoliedrons. — All  of  the  scalenohedrons  are  in 
the  positive  sectant  and  are  characteristically  different  from  the 
rhomhohedrons  in  having  either  striated,  dull,  or  etched  faces. 
The  forms  %R3  and  %R%  are  present  on  all  the  crystals,  while 
the  form  %R%,  which  lies  between  them,  occurs  seldom.  The 
faces  of  these  scalenohedrons  are  characteristically  striated,  the 
fine  lines  being  parallel  to  the  zonal  edge  with  the  unit  rhom- 
bohedron. The  scalenohedrons  lying  below  the  unit  rhombohe- 
dron are  not  as  perfectly  developed  as  the  other  forms  on  the 
crystals.  They  tend  to  grade  into  one  another  with  no  sharp 
boundary  lines  between  and  readings  coidd  be  obtained  for  sev- 
eral doubtfvd  forms,  but  only  those  which  could  be  definitely 
established  are  included  in  this  deserii)tion.  The  forms  R^%.-), 
R%,  R%,  and  R%  are  all  very  narrow,  and  of  these  R%  is  the  com- 
monest. A measurement  was  obtained  which  denoted  the  possi- 
bility of  R%,  but  as  this  would  be  a new  form  and  could  not  be 
vei’ified  on  other  crystals  it  is  omitted. 

The  common  scalenohedrons  R3  and  R5  are  present  on  all  the 
crystals,  and  between  them  a series  of  forms  occur  of  which  R^% 
and  R^%  were  established.  R^%  which  has  only  been  observed  on 
the  Lake  Snperioi-  caleites  is  a doubtful  form  on  these  crystals. 
The  faces  of  these  scalenohedrons  are  generally  cross-sected  l)y 
fine  parallel  striations,  but  these  did  not  prevent  good  measure- 
ments. The  rare  form  2R%  is  present  on  all  the  crystals,  but 


94 


U niversily  of  California  Pahlications. 


ffjEOIXXiY 


always  as  dull  faces,  so  that  ^ood  readings  could  not  lx*  obtained. 

The  new  form  3Ix^%  seems  to  be  present  on  all  of  the  crys- 
tals, but  it  is  often  rounded  slightly,  so  that  good  measurements 
could  not  always  be  obtained.  The  avei'age  angles  are  close  to 
the  best  measurements  and  the  form  is  well  established. 

Mineralogical  Laboratory,  University  of  California, 

January,  1906. 


BULL,  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL.  VOL  5,  PL.  10 


I 

I 


''  -S  .’  '•R'sy 

C>\lCl\  19 lo 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  7,  pp.  95-144,  Pis.  11,  12.  Andrew  c.  lawson.  Editor 


THE  FOSSIL  FISHES  OF  CALIFORNIA 

WITH  SUPPLEMENTARY  NOTES  ON  OTHER 
SPECIES  OP  EXTINCT  FISHES. 

BY 

, David  Starr  Jordan, 

President  of  Stanford  University. 


CONTENTS.  page 

Introduction  96 

Californian  fossil  fishes  98 

Hybodus  shastensis  Weinple  - 98 

Acrodus  weinpliae  Jordan  100 

Heptranchias  andersoni  Jordan  101 

Galeocerdo  productus  Agassiz  101 

Galeus  (zyopterus  Jordan  and  Gilbert)  103 

Careharias  antiquus  (Agassiz)  - - - 103 

Carcliarias  sp 104 

Hemipristis  heteropleurus  Agassiz  104 

Hemipristis  cliiconis  Jordan  10.5 

Lamna  clavata  Agassiz  106 

Lanina  ornata  Agassiz  107 

Lamna  sp 107 

Isurus  planus  (Agassiz)  107 

Isurus  tumulus  Agassiz  109 

Isurus  smithii  Jordan  Ill 

Isurus  desori  (Agassiz)??  ; 112 

Carcharodon  rectus  Agassiz  112 

Carcharodon  arnoldi  Jordan  113 

Carcharodon  riversi  Jordan  115 

Carcharodon  branneri  .Jordan  116 

Dalatias  occidentalis  (Agassiz)  118 

Echinorhinus  blakei  Agassiz  119 

Chiloseyllium  sp 119 

Aetobatis  sp 119 

Urolophus  halleri  Cope  (?)  120 

Holoptychius  sp 120 

Xenesthes  velox  Jordan  120 

Acipenser  medirostris  Ayres?  121 


9(i 


U iiirersiiy  of  (Utlifoniia  I’liltlirdlions. 


I (iKOI/KiY 


Etiingus  scintillans  .lorclan  

Ktriiigus  sj) 

Pharcodns  sp 

Olupeoid  fis)i  A - 

(dupeoid  fish  H 

Clupeoid  fish  C 

Pterothrissoid  fisli  ? 

Rogciiio  solitudinis  Jordan  

Rogenio  l)owersi  Jordan  

^Mvlopharodon  ponofophalns  (Baird  & Girard) 

Ptycdiochoiliis  grandis  (Ayres)?  

iderrianiella  doryssa  Jordan  

Soondiroid  fisti  

Sebostodes  rosae  Eigcninann  

Luvarus  sp?  

Recapitulation  

Supideinentary  notes  on  American  fossil  fishes 

Knightia  eocacna  Jordan  

Oncorhynchns  f ? tschawytscha  (Walbanm)]  .. 

Galanophnirns  cylindriens  (Agassiz)  

Eobrycon  avus  (Woodward)  

C'hainistes  oregonus  Starks  

Chainistos  batracliops  (Cope)  


PA(iK 

V>^ 
124 
1 20 
. 120 

120 

127 

127 

128 

130 

131 
131 

. 131 
. 133 

. . 134 
134 

135 

. 130 

. 130 
. . 137 
13!) 

140 

. ...  141 
. . 143 


TNTRODUCTIOX. 

In  the  i)resent  poper  is  given  an  annotated  list  of  the  species 
of  fossil  lishes  recoi'ded  from  the  rocks  of  California,  with  de- 
scri])tions  of  a nnniher  of  new  species.  In  addition  to  this,  cer- 
tain notes  on  species  found  elsewhere  are  appended. 

The  sole  i)aper  treating  of  the  fossil  fishes  of  California  is  by 
Profe.ssor  Louis  Agassiz.  It  is  entitled,  “Notice  of  Fossil  Fishes 
Found  in  California  by  W.  P.  Plake.”  It  is  in  the  American 
Jouimal  of  Science  and  Arts  for  185(),  pp.  272-275.  In  it  ten 
species  of  fossil  shai'ks  are  recorded  from  Tertiary  (IMiocene) 
dei)osits,  mostly  on  Ocoya  or  Pose  ('reek,  in  Kern  County.  This 
article  with  a few  verbal  changes  and  a page  of  engravings  is  re- 
printed in  the  appcmdix  to  Lieutenant  Williamson's  Keport  on 
explorations  in  Califoi'iiia,  V.  S.  Pacific  IL  P.  Survey  for  1853, 
I)p.  313  to  311),  pi.  1. 

In  Ihc  pri'sent  paper  the  ('alifoiaiian  malerial  examined  is  as 
follows : 

1.  Series  id'  fossil  fishes  from  the  .Musemm  of  the  Fniversity 
of  California,  received  thi-ough  I’rofessoi' John  C.  Merriam. 


VoL.  5 I 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  CaUfornia. 


97 


Tlicso  ai'e  from  {a)  ll})per  Triassic  deposits  at  Hear  Cove, 
Hrushy  Slope,  “Caini)  Wemi)le,”  and  Noidh  Fork  in  Shasta 
Comity;  {!>)  from  a fresh-water  dejiosit  of  marl  i-ock  of  Miocene 
a^^e  in  a cut  in  the  Canal  near  Trnckee,  California;  (c)  from  a 
hard  dark  hrown  aryillaeeons  sandstone  belonging  to  the  Chico 
formation  of  the  upper  Cretaceous,  near  iMartinez,  California; 
and  (d)  from  Miocene  deposits  six  miles  north  of  Santa  Ana,  in 
Orange  County ; also  with  these  is  a collection  from  Quaternary 
de[)Osits  near  Fossil  Lake,  Oregon. 

2.  An  enormous  collection  of  sharks’  teeth  belonging  to  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  obtained  by  Mr.  Frank  IM.  An- 
derson, Curator  of  Halaiontology  in  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  from  Lower  iVIioeene  deposits  at  Barker  Ranch,  there 
collected  by  Mr.  John  Barker,  from  a point  four  miles  east  of 
Oil  City  in  Kern  Connty  and  in  Kern  County,  from  Pliocene 
(San  Pablo)  deposits,  Coalinga  and  Zapata  Chino  Creek  in 
Fresno  County,  the  same  horizon  as  that  from  which  Dr.  Blake 
sent  specimens  to  Professor  Agassiz  in  1855.  This  collection,  with 
the  exception  of  a few  duplicates  reserved  for  the  collections  of 
Stanford  University  and  the  University  of  California,  was  de- 
stroyed by  the  fire  of  Ai)ril  18,  19()(). 

3.  A collection  of  fossil  fishes  made  from  Miocene  sandstones 
and  marles  about  Soledad  pass,  and  from  Brown’s  Canon  above 
the  Soldiers’  Home  near  Santa  Monica,  in  Los  Angeles  County, 
by  Dr.  Stephen  W.  Bowers  of  Los  Angeles  (recently  deceased). 
These  belong  to  the  IMuseum  of  Stanford  University. 

4.  A collection  of  sharks’  teeth  fi'oni  the  Santa  Monica  I'ange 
near  Santa  iMonica  and  Port  Los  Angeles,  the  property  of  Dr.  J. 
J.  Rivers.  These  rocks  are  regarded  as  of  Pliocene  age. 

5.  A small  collection  from  IMiocene  deposits  on  Santa  Anita 
Ranch,  five  miles  west  of  Gaviota,  in  Santa  Barbara  Coimty, 
brought  to  the  University  of  Califoiaiia  l)y  Mr.  W.  J.  Raymond. 

6.  A small  collection  made  in  iMiocene  marls  near  Shorb,  in 
Los  Angeles  County,  l)y  Dr.  Ralph  Arnold  and  Mr.  Delos  Arnold. 

7.  A collection  of  fragments  of  Etringus  scintillans  from 
IMonterey  shales  on  Brea  Canon,  Orange  County,  made  by  Mr. 
W.  O.  Clark  of  the  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey. 

It  may  be  premised  that  Palseontology  is  never  an  exact 
science,  and  that  almost  all  conclusions  and  determinations  in 


98 


llniversHy  of  (Uilifnrnia  Piihlicatiovs. 


[OfX)L(K;Y 


this  paper  are  o])en  to  some  question,  the  decree  of  wliieh  is 
scarcely  fully  indicated  by  the  query  marks  used  by  the  author. 

Family  IIYBODONTIDiE. 

Genus  Hybodus  Agassiz. 

1.  llijhodus  shaxtensis  Wemple,  Bull.  Dept.  GeoL,  Vol.  V,  p.  73. 

Three  small  teeth  of  a species  of  llybodus  from  the  upper 
Triassic  of  the  Shasta  region  at  the  locality  known  as  Bear  Cove, 
in  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  California.  One  of  these, 
No.  10,255,  has  been  made  the  type  of  a speeies  ealled  llybodus 
sbastevsis,  by  Miss  Edna  M.  Wemple.  This  specimen  has  a con- 
ical crown,  rising  from  a broad  hinate  root,  of  which  the  breadth 
is  twice  the  height  of  the  crown.  The  crown  is  rather  j)ointed, 
neai'ly  erect,  and  on  one  side  of  the  base  are 
two  much  smaller  cusjjs  well  separated  from 
the  large  one  with  a slight  rounded  denticle 
between.  Two  similar  cusps  exist  on  the 
other  side,  according  to  iMiss  Wemple,  but 
they  are  more  or  less  obscured  in  the  speci- 
men, which  is  i)artly  imbedded  in  hard, 
black  calcareous  rock.  The  whole  crown  of 
the  tooth  is  striated,  rather  coarsely  when 
we  consider  the  size  of  the  tooth.  This  speeies  is  certainly  a 
llybodus  and  it  is  allied  to  the  Eurojiean  llybodus  yrossiconus 
of  Agassiz. 

The  following  description  is  from  i\Iiss  Wemple’s  manuscript: 

“Type,  one  detached  tooth.  No.  10,255,  Univ.  Cal.  Col.  Vert. 
PahT.  From  the  Upper  Triassic  at  the  west  end  of  Bear  Cove, 
Shasta  County,  California. 

“The  crown  sui>i)orts  a high,  i-obust,- iirincii)al  cone  with  a 
broad  base.  There  are  live  lateral  denticles.  The  upper  portion 
of  Ihe  ju-iucipal  coue  is  rather  shari)ly  narrowed.  The  lateral 
denticles,  two  on  one  side  and  three  on  the  other,  all  are  short  and 
robu.st  with  nan-owed  tijis. 

“The  sides  of  the  princii)al  cone  and  all  of  the  denticles  are 
cut  into  numerous  strongly  marked  ridges.  'I'he  crown  overhangs 
Ihe  base  slightly.  The  base  is  wide,  with  one  margin  deejdy  scal- 


PifT-  1.  Hyhodns 
shaslensis  We m pie. 
Upper  Triassic,  Sh.ista 
County,  California. 
Type  specimen. 


VoL.  5] 


Jord<t)i. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California. 


99 


loped.  'Jdiere  are  distinct  perfoi-ations  between  the  ridf^es  of  the 
serrated  base.  Directly  in  front  of  the  first  of  the  cluster  of  three 
lateral  denticles  there  is  a depression  in  the  contour  of  the  tooth 
corresponding  with  the  depression  in  front  of  the  first  denticle  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  cone.  ’ ’ 

A second  tooth,  very  small,  No.  10,196,  is  mneh  like  the  type 
of  llyhodus  shastensis,  hut  the  main  cusp  is  much  lowei’,  and 
there  are  no  lateral  cusps.  This  is  also  from  Bear  Cove,  and  prob- 
ably belongs  to  the  same  species. 

A third  tooth,  still  smaller,  and  doubtless  from  the  outer  edge 
of  the  jaw,  has  the  median  cusp  reduced  to  a rounded,  striated 
prominence ; the  other  cusps  not  developed. 

Still  another  specimen  (No.  1,068),  received  later,  seems  also 
to  belong  to  llyhodus  shastensis.  The  general  form  is  similar, 
hut  the  base  of  the  crown  has  a slightly  reentrant  angle  or  con- 
cavity when  it  meets  the  root.  Two  smaller  cusps  are  evident  on 
one  side  of  the  base ; the  other  side  is  liroken. 

A part  of  a fin-spine  (10,193)  is  also  preserved  from  the 
same  region.  It  is  smooth  in  outline,  finely  striated  and  rapidly 
tapering  upward.  On  the  same  piece  of  rock  is  a fragment  of  a 
scale  of  Iloloptych  us. 

Besides  these  teeth  are  numerous  tubercles  probably  belong- 
ing to  the  same  species  of  llyhodus.  On  one  specimen  (No. 
10,204),  from  “Camp  Wemple, ” there  is  a series  of  rounded, 
bluntly  conical  tubercles  coarsely  striated.  There  are  about  eight- 
een of  these  in  a lengthwise  series  of  nearly  two  inches,  and  three 
or  four  in  a crosswise  series  of  nearly  half  an  inch.  These  may 
be  part  of  the  rough  shagreen  of  the  skin  of  the  shark  llyhodus. 
Similar  but  larger  tidjercles  are  figured  by  Woodward  from  the 
head  of  llyhodus  dclahechei.  Another  specimen  contains  a series 
of  five  i-ounded,  blunt,  equal  tubercles  arranged  in  a regular 
series.  This  may  be  from  the  posterior  edge  of  a fin-spine.  This 
is  from  Bear  Cove  (No.  10,195).  Still  another,  about  X Vi,  is 
evenly  covered  with  small,  close  set,  very  blunt,  smooth  tubercles. 
This  is  No.  10,192,  from  Brushy  Slope.  It  may  be  a fragment  of 
shagreen.  The  fact  that  its  outline  is  rounded  and  that  the  me- 
dian tubercles  are  largest  renders  this  uncertain.  One  tubercle  is 
1-3  inch  in  diameter,  six-angled,  with  a median  pit.  This  looks 
like  a buckler  from  the  back  of  a ray. 


100 


Ihiivcrsitij  of  California  CnblicaiioHa. 


[OEOUMiV 


(Jemis  Ackodus  Agassiz. 

This  genus  diffei-s  from  Jlybodus  in  liaving  the  teeth  rounded, 
without  cusps. 

2.  Acrodus  u'cmplia'.  Jordan,  new  species. 

Six  teeth  of  a s])ecies  of  Acrodus,  from  tlie  Triassic  of  the 
Sliasta  region  at  Beai-  Cove  and  Nortli  Foi-k,  are  in  tlie  Univer- 
sity of  California  Collection.  These  ai‘e  found  in  tlie  same  black 
calcareous  rock  as  Ilybodus  sbastensis.  Tlie  type  of  this  species 
is  a long  and  narrow  tooth,  % inch  in  transver.se  length,  slightly 

curved  and  comiiressed,  tapering  each 
way,  cro.ssed  by  very  fine  wrinkles, 
about  twenty-five  on  each  side  of  the 
middle;  no  distinct  median  ridge.  The 
species  is  near  the  Eurojiean  vl.  keu- 
pcri)ius  and  J.  liirudo.  Compared 
with  these,  and  esjiecially  with  .Lcro- 
dus  gaillardoti  Agassiz,  the  teeth  are 
narrower,  with  finer  stria?,  and  no  me- 
dian ridge  or  furrow.  All  the  other  specimens  (Nos.  10,190, 
10.198,  10,201,  10,202,  10,203)  are  more  or  less  broken,  but  all 
agree  in  general  type. 

Another  sjiecimen  of  a tooth  of  Acrodus,  received  later  (No. 
1,068),  seems  to  have  come  from  the  mouth  of  the  same  species  of 
shark.  It  is,  however,  somewhat  different  in  form  and  of  a more 
siiecialized  character.  There  is  a low  median  elevation  at  the 
center  of  the  tooth,  almost  amounting  to  an  obtuse  cu.sp.  At  this 
jioint  the  two  halves  of  the  tooth  meet  with  a distinct  angle.  This 
c(‘utral  i)a)'t  of  the  tooth  is  thickened,  deepened  and  ronnded,  and 
the  sti'iu'  ]'adiafe  fi-om  its  centei'.  As  the  sides  of  the  tooth  are 
foi'ined  and  .striated  very  much  as  in  the  type  of  Acrodus  wem- 
pha,  1 thiid<  this  ])robably  a more  sjiecialized  tooth  of  the  same 
spc'cies. 

'file  s])ecies  is  named  for  Mi.ss  Edna  ,M.  Wemple  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Calil'orida,  who  lii-st  I’ecogiuzed  the  species. 


Fig.  2.  Acrodus  U'emjduv 
Jordan.  Triassic  of  Shasta 
region.  Type  specimen. 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  (Udifornia. 


101 


Family  IIEXANCTITD.IO. 

(ientis  IIeptkanchias  KafiiK*s({U('. 

3.  llcptranchias  andersoni  Joi’daii,  new  sj)eeies. 

Of  this  spoeies,  ai)parent]y  iiiideseribed,  I have  foiii*  teeth 
from  Barker’s  Raiieh,  Kern  Comity,  collected  liy  Mr.  F M.  An- 
derson, placed  in  the  iMuseiim  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences.  Three  of  them  ai’C  apiiarcntly  snhmedian  teeth  fi'om 
the  npper  jaw.  Each  of  these  teeth  consists  of  two  eciiial  ensps, 
turned  somewhat  outward  and  almost  e((nally  so.  In  hotli  of 

these  the  anterior  ensp  is 
rather  coarsely  serrated  at 
base.  The  other  tooth  is  a 
lateral  one  from  the  lower 
jaw.  It  consists  of  eis'ht 
ensps,  the  first  not  espe- 
cially enlarged,  the  others 
progressively  smaller,  the 
last  three  more  rapidly  j'e- 
dneed ; edges  of  the  ensps 
Pig.  3.  Heptranchias  andersoni  entire.  The  species  is  prob- 
Jordaii.  Miocene  of  Kern  County,  Cali-  .j  Jleptranchias.  but  it 

foniia.  Type  specimen.  . ' , 

IS  possilily  a IIe.ranch  ns. 

'I'he  teeth  have  more  ensps  than  in  the  living  species,  Ileptran- 
chias  niacidatus  of  the  eoa.st  of  California.  One  of  these  speci- 
mens only  escaped  the  fire  of  1906. 

The  species  is  named  for  i\lr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Curator  of 
I’alamntology  in  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Family  C A R Cl  1 A R IID.E. 

Cenus  Caleocerdo  Miiller  & llenle. 

4.  (Snlcoccrdo  productus  Agassiz.  Agassiz,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  Arts, 

1856,  p.  '27J ; U.  S.  Pae.  R.  R.  Surv.,  p.  814,  pi.  1,  f.  1-6. 
This  .species  is  said  to  differ  from  the  extinct  Galcoecrdo 
adnnens  of  the  Swiss  Eocene,  “chiefly  in  having  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  tooth  less  arched,  with  much  more  minute  creinda- 
tions,  and  the  serrations  on  the  basilar  margin  far  smaller.” 


102 


University  of  California  Pnhlications. 


[ (lEOIXWiY 


In  the  collection  of  Mr.  Anderson  from  Barker  Ranch  and 
from  near  Oil  City  in  Kern  County  are  about  thirty  specimens  of 
this  species;  some  minute,  others  reaching?  a lenfjth  of  two-thirds 
of  an  inch.  The  larfjest  tooth  is  sharp,  suhterete,  and  somewhat 


Fig.  4. 


rt.  Galeus  (zt/opfervs?).  Pliocene  of  Teniescal  Canon. 

b.  Galeocerdo  productus?  Miocene  of  Kern  County,  California. 

c.  Galeocerdo  productus?  Miocene  of  Kern  County,  California. 

d.  Chilosci/llium  ? Miocene  of  Kern  County,  California. 

c.  Galeocerdo  productus.  IMiocene  of  Kern  County,  California. 

flexitous,  convex  on  the  outer  margin,  with  about  tw'enty-five  very 
fine  crenulafions,  the  tip  entire.  On  the  inner  margin  the  tooth 
is  deeply  notched,  so  that  the  outline  presents  nearly  a right  angle 
with  its  base,  both  basal  part  and  vertical  margin  being  fully 
crenulate,  having  about  ten  fine  crenulations.  The  width  of  the 
base  is  about  e(pial  to  the  height  of  the  tooth.  Some  of  the  outer 
teeth  are  almost  entire.  Some  of  these  have  the  tooth  reduced  to 
a rather  slender  hook,  not  serrated,  and  on  a very  broad  root. 
The  peculiar  twist  of  the  tooth  in  this  species  is  characteristic. 

Another  tooth  of  this  genus  from  near  Oil  t'ity  has  the  basal 
crenulations  or  dentiedes  on  the  I'oot  vci'y  strong,  while  those  on 
the  outer  margin  are  scarcely  evident.  The  tooth  is  low  and  very 
broad,  the  tiji  strongly  turned  outward.  It  resembles  Caleocerdo 
adtnicus  moi’C'  closely  tlian  the  others,  called  (1.  prodnctiis.  It  is 
])robably  of  the  same  si)ecies  as  those  called  (1.  produclns. 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fo.ssil  Fishes  of  California. 


103 


(ieinis  Galeus  ]\nfiTies(iue. 

{Caleorhinus  Blainville:  Caleus  Cuvier.) 

5.  Galeas  {zyoplerus  Jordan  & Gilbert)  ? 

A tooth  belonj>ing'  to  a species  of  Galeas  is  in  the  Kivers’  Col- 
lection from  the  Pliocene  of  Temescal  Canon,  in  the  Santa  Uonica 
IMonntains.  It  is  similar  to  the  teeth  of  the  living  “Sonp-tin 
shark,”  Galeas  zuopteras  of  the  California  coast,  although  the 
tooth  is  more  neai-ly  erect  and  less  notched  on  the  outer  margin 
than  are  most  of  the  teeth  in  that  species.  3’he  tooth  is  small, 
narrowly  triangular,  turned  moderately  outward,  the  base  with 
five  small  cusps  on  the  inner  margin,  the  cusp  nearly  entire. 

Genus  Carciiarias  Rafinesque. 

{Carcharhinas  Blainville:  Carcharias  Cuvier.) 

6.  Carcharias  a)diquas  (xVgassiz). 

{Frionodon  antiqaas  Agassiz,  1.  c.  p.  273;  Ocoya  Creek.) 

To  this  species  we  refer  two  small  teeth  from  near  Oil  City  in 
the  lower  Uiocene. 

The  one  is  triangular,  strongly  bent  outward,  the  outer  margin 
nearly  veitical,  hut  not  forming  a right  angle  with  the  root.  The 
inner  margin  is  nearly  straight.  The  tooth  is  everywhere  serru- 
late, the  inner  margin  slightly  so,  the  outer  margin  more  dis- 
tinctly, the  serra?  larger  toward  the  base. 
The  tooth  is  about  1-3  inch  in  height.  The 
other  tooth  is  narrower,  more  erect,  with 
wider  base,  wider  than  the  tooth,  and 
slightly  cordate. 

Agassiz  states  that  “a  transverse  section 
of  the  fossil  under  consideration  moreover 
shows  these  teeth  to  have  a central  cavity  as 
in  those  of  the  whole  tribe  of  Carcharias.” 

According  to  Agassiz,  the  largei'  and 
hroadei'  specimens  of  this  species  have  the 
edges  of  the  teeth  serrated,  especially  at  the 
base,  while  the  narrower  ones  are  smooth 
and  sharp.  I am  not  quite  sure  that  these 


Fig.  5.  Uiqiei' figure 
Carcharias sj).  Miocene, 
Oil  City,  California. 
Lower  figure  Carcharias 
anliquus  (Agassiz). 
Miocene  of  Kern  Co., 
California. 


104 


Vniversitjj  of  (Uilifornid  l‘ul>lic(ilions. 


I Gkolooy 


spec'iiiioiis  ])eloii'i’  to  Afjjissiz’s  s])C“(‘i(“.s.  Tlioy  ;iro  l)r();i(l(‘f  Hunt 
sliown  in  Agassiz’s  tisjures,  iiioi-c'  civet  and  more  .stron'>ly  serrate. 
Possibly  Agassiz’s  tignres  were  drawn  from  teeth  from  nearer  tlie 
side  of  tlie  jaw. 

7.  Cnrcliarid.s  sjieeies. 

A tooth  which  T am  nnalile  to  jilace  is  broadly  triangnlar, 
thick  and  blunt  wilh  a broad  base,  longer  on  the  outer  margin. 
The  crown  is  convex  anteriorly,  and  flat  behind.  'I’he  toolli  is 
everywhere  very  eoarsel.y  seri’ate,  eleven  teeth  on  the  onter  mar- 
gin of  the  crown,  abont  eiglit  on  the  inner  margin,  and  six  on  the 
exjianded  base.  It  is  abont  i j incli  in  height,  and  was  found  in 
the  lower  IMiocene  near  Oil  Cit.y. 

Aga.ssiz  figures  nothing  like  it.  It  is  jicrhaps  a lateral  tootli  of 
some  .species  of  CorchdridS  having  the  teeth  much  more  strongly 
serrated  than  is  the  case  in  C.  ontiqiiiis. 

A second  specimen  from  Parker  Eanch  seems  to  belong  to 
the  same  siiecies.  It  is  larger,  rather  narrowly  triangular,  sub- 
erect,  flat  on  the  posterior  side,  and  with  the  edges  rather  strongly 
serrate.  The  root  is  lost. 


Genus  IIeiiipristis  Aga.ssiz. 

8.  is  lietcivpleiirus  Agassiz. 

(Agassiz.  1.  c.  p.  274;  Oeoya  Creek.) 

Of  tliis  genus.  Agassiz  had  a single  tooth  from  Oeoya  Creek, 
lie  separates  the  sjiecies  from  II enupristis  serra  of  the  European 
Tertiary  by  “the  marked  inecpialit.v  of  the  serration  of  the  hinder 
margin  when  compared  with  that  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the 
tooth.”  This  difference,  as  Aga.ssiz  indicates,  is  a very  slight  one, 
and  in  fact  we  doubt  if  it  exists,  and  there  is  no  obvious  rea.son 
for  I’egarding  the  California  species  as  different  from  Ileinipristis 
serra. 

In  .Mr.  Anderson's  collection,  in  the  iMn.senm  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences,  are  two  s])ecimen.s  of  this  sjtecies  from  the 
“Xorlhwe.st  (d‘  Parkei-  b’anch  on  the  Kern  Pivei’, ” and  one  fivm 
neai'  Oil  Cil.v.  The  lai'gesi  is  nearly  an  inch  high,  the  other 
shorter.  In  this  genus  the  teeth  are  erect,  strongly  curved  out- 
ward, both  mai'gins  i-ather  convex,  with  a slight  reentrant  angle 


VoL.  5] 


Jordttn. — 'Hic  Fossil  Fishes  of  ('(tlifornia. 


105 


on  the  iniief  inju-iiiii.  The  tip  is  iiiii'rowed,  shai'p  and  enlii'e.  Be- 
low the  tij)  both  tiiar^iiis  are  stroiis'ly  seriaded,  tlie  sei'ra'  or  den- 
ticles Ijoin"'  Ion”'  and  nari'ow,  hnt  eoalescent  at  base,  h'here  arc 


✓ 


Fig.  ().  JleDiiprintis  heteropleurus  Agassiz.  iMioetaie  of  Kern  County,  C.ali- 


fornia. 


about  twelve  denticles  on  the  crown  of  the  tooth,  and  on  the  inner 
margins  tliere  is  a notch  between  the  crown  and  the  root  with 
smaller  denticles.  Similar  denticles  exi.st  on  the  root.  In  this 
species  the  denticles  of  the  inner  margin  are  a shade  longer  than 
those  on  the  outer,  a trait  supposed  to  mark  the  Californian  .spe- 
cies, llemispristis  hcteropleiints. 

The  genus  Ilemipristis  has  been  regarded  as  extinct,  but  Dr. 
Woodward  identifies  it  with  J)irrhizo(lon  Klnnzinger,  of  the  Red 


Sea. 


9.  llentiprisiis  chiconis  Jordan,  new  species. 

In  a hard  sandstone  rock  of  dark  bi-own  color,  belonging  to  the 
Chico  division  of  the  upper  Cretaceous,  near  ]\Iartinez,  obtained 
by  Dr.  John  C.  iMerriam,  there  is  a small  tooth  of  a different 


Pig.  7.  /lcmi/>risiis 
chiconis  Jordan . Cli  ico 
Cretaceous  near  Mar- 
tinez, California. 


species  of  llcntipristis.  The  tooth  is  snb- 
triangnlar,  about  as  broad  as  high,  the  in- 
ner edge  convex,  the  outer  neaily  straight, 
with  an  incurved  angle.  The  tij)  of  the 
tooth  is  without  denticles.  On  the  inner 
edge  there  are  about  twelve  of  these  serra- 


106 


(Inivcrsihj  of  (Uilifornia  I’uhlicdtions. 


[Gi<X)LO«Y 


tions,  ralhor  lar«er  tli;ui  in  //.  hfireopleurus,  and  vvitliont  break  at 
the  base  of  the  crown.  Tlie  outer  edf?e  of  the  tooth  is  i)artly  im- 
bedded, and  I can  trace  no  deni  ides  on  it.  'The  median  line  of 
the  tooth  has  a rather  cons])icnons  ridge  as  in  (laleus,  to  which 
gennslliis  tooth  hears  some  lesemhlance. 

Family  LAMNTDyE. 

Oenns  Ijamna  Cnvier. 

10.  Lamua  clnvaia  Agassiz. 

The  genns  Lamua  is  known  from  Isarus  l)y  the  presence  of 
one  or  two  small  denticles  at  Ihe  base  of  a fle.xnous  tooth,  the 
edges  of  wliich  are  entiie. 

Accoialing  to  Agassiz,  the  s])ecies  is  allied  to  Laruna  cuspidata 
of  the  European  iMiocene,  differing  in  its  sliorter  and  narrower 
crown,  in  which  it  agrees  with  L.  hopei  of  Sheppy.  The  crown  is 
less  arched  than  in  the  latter.  The  posterior  surface  is  smooth  as 
in  Lamua  cuspidata. 


I'ig.  S.  Lamna  chivdla  .Agassiz.  Aliocenc  of  Kern  County,  California. 


Thi-ce  finely  [)res<‘i‘ved  teeth  sn])posed  to  he  fi'om  ]\riocene  de- 
posits in  Kern  County,  in  the  IMnsenm  of  Stanford  University, 
the  exact  locality  not  I'ccoi'ded.  Uength,  1>/|  inches.  Hi*eadth  of 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — TIte  Fosnil  Fishen  of  (Jalifornia. 


107 


root,  al)out  two-tliirds  lieiglit  of  ci’own.  Largei'  teetli  with  a sharp 
(IcTiticle  at  base  on  eacli  side.  Tlieso  are  al)sent  in  the  smaller 
teeth,  wliieli,  like  an  7s/rr»,s,  has  no  denticles.  Agassiz  figures  this 
species  as  without  denticles. 

11.  Latnna  oriiata  Agassiz. 

(Agassiz,  1.  c.  p.  275;  Navy  Point,  Benicia.) 

Of  tliis  species,  Agassiz  figures  only  a small  i)ai't  of  the  base 
of  the  cusp.  This  is  much  more  strongly  striate  than  Latniui 
clavata.  I have  not  seen  Lamna  ornata. 

Agassiz  says  of  this  species  that  it  is  smaller  than  Lanina 
elcgans  of  Europe.  The  tooth  “tai)ers  more  gradually,  while  in 
Lamna-  clegans  it  tapers  more  suddenly  near  the  top,  and  the  folds 
of  the  enamel  on  the  inner  side  of  the  tooth  az'e  coarser.  The  base 
of  the  tooth  is  more  compressed  than  the  L.  clcgans,  in  which  re- 
spect the  tooth  resembles  more  Tj.  acuminata.” 

12.  Lamna  species. 

In  a hard  sandstone  of  the  Chico  formation  are  two  small 
teeth,  one  very  long  and  fiexuous,  another  shorter,  narrowly  tri- 
angular, with  large  basal  denticles  on  one  side.  These  belong  to 
a species  of  Lanina  apparently  related  to  the  one  figured  by  iMr. 
Stewart  as  Lamna  a ppendicidata  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Kansas. 
Its  basal  denticle  is  very  much  larger  than  in  Lamna  clavata, 
while  the  tooth  itself  is  broader  and  less  fiexuous.  The  tooth  is 
sharper  and  more  erect  than  in  Lamna  appendiculata.  It  may 
be  found  that  this  species  is  referable  to  Odontaspis.  AVe  find  no 
figure  Avhieh  quite  corresponds  to  its  form. 

Genus  ISURUS  Eafinesque. 

(Oxijrhina  Agassiz.) 

13.  Isiirns  'p^a^ms  (xAgassiz). 

{Oxyrhina  plana  Agassiz,  1.  e.  p.  275  ; Ocoya  Creek.) 

In  this  genus  the  teeth  are  more  or  less  elongated,  entire- 
edged,  without  basal  denticle,  the  outer  teeth  much  broader  and 
shorter  than  the  others,  the  median  teeth  more  or  less  slender  and 
fiexuous,  suberect,  the  outer  teeth  more  or  less  hooked  outward 
and  with  a knife-like  npper  edge.  On  account  of  variations  in 


lOS 


(■  )iit'crsil !/  of  (\iUfo)iiia  lUthlicatioHS. 


[Oeot.ooy 


forms  of  tlic  teotli,  it  is  not  onsy  to  (lotoi'iniiio  s])C('i(*s  in  tliis 
fi’enns. 

This  sjx'cios  is  (listinjinislied  l)y  the  fhitiiess  snid  breadth  of  tlie 
eroMn  of  its  teeth.  Tlie  inner  edfie  of  the  tooth  is  (piite  flat,  the 
onter  or  fi-ont  not  nineh  convex.  We  refer  to  Isurus  planus, 
a])ont  200  s])eeiniens  of  various  sizes,  Init  all  relatively  short  and 
bi’oad.  'fhese  are  from  Harkei’  Hanch,  in  Ker-n  County,  and  from 
near  Oil  (hty.  Some  ai'e  nearly  erect.,  and  narrowly  trianyidar. 


Fi^.  9.  Isitrux  pldnux  (Afrassiz).  Miocene  of  Kern  (bounty,  California. 


SoiiH'  which  we  sn|)|)ose  to  be  outei’  teeth  ai'e  very  much  more 
cui’ved,  and  have'  a mai'ked  reentrant  annle.  These  would  seem 
at  tii’st  sioht  to  indic-ate  a distinct  species,  but  we  are  convinced 
that  both  sti'aioht  and  hooked  teeth  came  from  the  same  shark. 
Th(‘  I'oot  in  fsunis  i>l(nius  is  very  bi'oail,  and  its  basal  maro'in  is 
but  little  curved,  usually  not  ci'cscent -shaped.  '^I'lie  largest  teeth 
of  this  typ('  are  om*  and  oiu'-half  to  two  inches  in  length.  The 
largest,  specimen  of  all,  two  and  one-(irth  inches  high,  was  oh- 


VOL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fo.s.dl  Fi.Hhes  of  California. 


10!) 


tained  by  Dr.  Bowers  on  Carrizo  Creek,  San  Diego  Coiinty,  iiear 
tlie  ^Mexican  line.  This  tooth  is  flat,  narrowly  triangular,  and 
nearly  erect. 

14.  Isiinis  tiininlns  Agassiz. 

(Oxjirh-ina  iuniida  Agassiz,  1.  c.  {).  275;  Ocoya  Creek.) 
i\Iany  specimens  of  Isuras,  large  and  small,  seem  to  belong  tc 
a,  species  of  J suras  distinct  from  Isariis  planus.  The  scanty  de- 
sei-ij)tion  of  Isuras  lain  ulus,  characterized  by  “the  extraordinary 


Fig.  10.  Istirus  tumulus  (Agassiz).  Miocene  of  Kern  County,  California. 


thickness  of  the  root  of  the  tooth,”  seems  to  apply  to  this  form. 
We  have  upward  of  100  specimens  obtained  by  Mr.  Anderson 
from  the  IMiocene  of  Barker  Ranch,  and  especially  from  the  Mio- 
cene four  miles  east  of  Oil  City,  with  large  examples  from  near 
Santa  Ana.  In  some  of  these  the  tooth  is  two  and  one-half  inches 
in  height,  a size  enormous  for  an  Isuras.  The  crown  is  rather 
slender,  narrowly  triangular  sometimes,  somewhat  flexuous,  the 
outer  teeth  broadly  triangular,  all  the  teeth  much  more  convex  in 
section  than  in  Isuras  planus,  and  less  flat.  The  base  is  thicker, 
usually  broadly  lunate.  None  of  the  teeth  are  so  strongly  hooked 


/ 


110 


Ihuversiljj  of  (UiJifornia  l*uhlic(ilioiis. 


[ Gkolocjy 


as  the  lateral  teeth  of  I.  plnnus.  The  chief  distinction  rc-sts  in  the 
basal  thickness  of  the  ci’own  of  the  tooth,  nicasnrcd  from  front  to 
hack.  None  of  Ihese  teeth  show  a stronply  curved  ci'own  or  a re- 
entrant an^le  on  Ihe  outer  margin.  Theie  is  no  median  rid"e  as 
is  seen  in  Isiivks  nundcUi,  a related  species  from  the  Gretaceons 
of  Europe. 

The  following  notes  are  on  teeth  from  near  Santa  Ana: 

I'hese  teeth  are  very  large,  the  largest  teeth  being  two  inches 
long.  The  crown  is  tlexuons,  curved  hackwai-ds  in  the  median 
teeth,  curved  forward  in  the  lateral  ones.  The  I'oot  is  heavy,  little 


cordate  l)elow.  its  form  varying  in  the  different  teeth.  Some  teeth 
are  knife-like,  the  crown  not  one-third  higher  than  the  breadth  at 
base,  the  foimi  suggesting  that  of  Isio'us  planus.  Other  teeth, 
sup])osed  to  he  median,  ai'e  less  llattened,  and  neai-ly  half  higher 
than  hi’oad  at  base.  All  are  ei’ect  or  nearly  so,  with  entire  edges. 
Some  of  the  smaller  leelh  are  more  curved,  and  moi’e  acuminate. 

Some  of  the  teeth  from  near  Oil  City  are  still  larger,  with 
thicker  base,  hut  are  otherwise  similar.  One  large  tooth  with  a 
thick  ci-own  and  heavy  base  is  curved  strongly  outward,  with  a 
knife-like  mai'gin.  This  is  ]n-ohahly  an  outer  tooth  of  the  same 
sp(*cies,  hut.  no  te(‘th  (|nite  like  this  are  found  in  the  living  si^eeies 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fo.ssil  Fishes  of  ('(diforiila. 


in 


of  Isitrus.  Tlio  still  iiioi-e  curved  outer  teeth  of  Isanis  planus 
are  not  found  in  the  relatively  small  s])ceics  which  i'e])reseut  the 
peuus  ill  the  waters  of  to-day.  Those  huye  .Miocene  species  must 
have  reached  a leuf>th  of  thirty  or  forty  feet.  The  present  species 
are  from  five  to  fifteen  feet  in  length. 

It  will  not  he  possible  to  distinguish  all  the  teeth  of  Isurus 
tumulus  from  those  of  Isurus  -plo'nus.  There  can,  liowever,  he 
little  doubt  that  we  liave  to  deal  with  two  distinct  species. 

15.  Isurus  smithii  Jordan,  new  siieeies. 

Numerous  teeth  from  the  Ilarker  Ivanch  and  Oil  City  IMiocene 
in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  differ 
considerably  from  these  two  species  of  Isums.  The  largest  tooth 
is  more  than  an  inch  long’, — slender,  sharp,  and  tlexnous.  The 


Fig.  12.  Isnms  smiilvii  Jordan.  Miocene  of  Kern  County,  California.  Type 
specimen. 

base  is  very  narrow,  about  two-fifths  the  lieight  of  the  tooth. 
Other  teeth  are  shorter  and  broader,  being  probably  from  nearer 
the  side  of  the  jaw.  These  teeth  resemble  those  of  Ijarnna  clnvata, 
but  they  are  more  tapering,  more  sharply  pointed,  and  without 
basal  denticle.  The  base  of  the  tooth  is  almost  equally  cordate. 


112 


I'  niversili/  of  (UtUfortna  I’uhlicutions. 


I (!K,c)LO(iy 


111  Isurns  ploHHS  and  fsurus  lumiilus,  llie  Iiase  of  tlie  toolli  is 
iiiiicdi  liroador,  at  least  t\vo-1  birds  llie  height  of  even  Die  largest 
teeth. 

'riirce  oilier  teeth  of  this  speeies  are  from  a jioint  lliree  miles 
west  of  Coalinga,  in  Fresno  County.  These  are  from  rocks  of 
the  San  Pablo  formation,  in  the  Pliocene.  It  is  barely  possible 
that  these  teeth  are  median  teeth  from  the  .jaws  of  Isunis  Imnu- 
Jus,  but  at  any  rate  it  seems  best  to  give  them  a distinctive  name. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  dames  Perrin  Smith,  paheon- 
tologist  of  Stanford  rniversity. 

16.  Isitrus  (Icsorii  (Agassiz)?? 

Another  species  of  this  type  is  rejiresented  by  a single  si)eci- 
men  in  the  sandstone  of  the  Chico  formation  of  the  Upper  Creta- 
ceous. It  is  long  and  slender,  flexnons,  without  basal  denticles. 
The  base  seems  to  he  narrower.  We  cannot  distinguish  the  speci- 
men from  Isiinis  though  it  is  found  in  a much  older  for- 

mation. It  much  vesen\])\efi  Isunis  (lesorii  (Agassiz)  of  the  Euro- 
pean Cretaceous,  with  which  it  may  he  jirovisionally  and  very 
doubt  fully  i(.lentitied. 

(ienus  Cakchakodon  Andrew  Smith. 

17.  Varchorodon  rectus  Agassiz. 

(Agassiz,  1.  e.  p.  274;  Ocoya  Creek.) 

Agassiz  separates  this  species  from  Carctiarodoii  angustidens 
by  the  absence  of  “accessory  points  on  each  side  at  base.’’ 
('urclidrodoii  augustidciis  belongs  to  a different  section  of  the 
genus,  ditfering  from  Carcluirodon  by  the  presence  of  basal  den- 
ticles, as  Ldunia  differs  from  Isiouis.  Among  onr  many  sjieci- 
mens  of  ('(irctutrodon  I find  none  identiliahle  as  Cdrclidrodon 
rectus.  'I'lie  nearest  is  the  siiecimen  from  Dil  City,  called  below 
('drctidrodo)i  tnumneri.  The  tigure  of  C.  rectus  shows  a tooth 
about  two  inclu's  high,  rather  narrowly  triangular  and  Hat,  with 
a seirati'd  protuberance  on  each  side  at  base  corresponding  to  a 
lati-ral  denticle.  4'he  1i])  of  tlu‘  tooth  is  entire.  The  serrations 
arc*  small,  clo.sc'-set,  about  fifty  on  each  side,  besides  about  eight  on 
each  latm'al  dcntichc  The  ('dge  of  the  tooth  is  straighter  than  in 


VoL.  5] 


Jonhni. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California. 


113 


C.  hranneri.  In  C.  hranneri  tlie  toolli  is  more  eui-ved,  it  is  ser- 
rated on  both  sides  to  the  j)oiiit,  and  thei'e  is  no  trace  of  lateral 
denticle  or  i)rotid)eranee. 

Tliis  si)ecies,  Carcharodon  rectus,  is  ])erhaps  nearer  Ilian  any 
of  the  others  here  named  to  the  livino'  man-oatinf>’  shark,  Carcha- 
rodon carcharias,  now  found  on  the  California,  coast.  In  that 
species,  the  serrations  are  tine,  and  range  from  ten  to  thirty-five 
in  number  on  the  dilferent  teeth.  For  the  following  count  made 
by  Mr.  Samuel  Carman  on  the  jaws  of  this  species,  I am  indebted 
to  l\Ir.  Barton  A.  Bean.  Mr.  Carman  says: 

“The  count  of  serrations  on  right-hand  jaws  of  Carcharodon, 
from  the  tenth  tooth  toward  the  symphysis,  runs  as  follows : 


UPPER. 

10 

olio 

9 

10113 

8 

13118 

7 

21120 

G 5 4 3 2 

27125  25128  23|27  2G|25  30|32 

1 

28125 

LOWER. 

8 

151 

7 

181 

G 

IGl 

5 

20|21 

4 3 2 1 

19120  21122  31135  25|25 

Outer. 

Inner. 

“I  have  connted  all  serrations  possible,  so  the  numbers  are 
not  too  small,  but  find  very  doubtful  places  and  much  variation. 
Thus  some  that  might  be  called  single  denticles  have  two  or  three 
snbdivisions,  and  toward  the  ends  of  the  serrations  the  denticles 
and  notches  fade  away  so  that  one  can  hardly  say  where  they 
end.” 

18.  Carcharodon-  arnoJdi  Jordan. 

In  the  Pliocene  at  Peseadero,  San  IMateo  County,  Professor 
James  j\I.  Hyde,  of  the  University  of  Oregon,  has  found  a tooth 
of  Carcharodon,  now  in  the  Museum  of  Stanford  University. 
This  is  evidently  different  from  Carcharodon  riversi,  having  the 
serrae  rather  smaller  and  more  nnmerous,  abont  fifty  on  each 
side  of  the  tooth,  which  is  serrated  to  the  tip.  The  type  is  about 
one  and  one-half  inches  high,  triangular,  the  crown  a little  higher 
than  broad,  with  straight  edges,  the  tooth  slightly  curved  back- 
ward, that  is,  in  the  line  of  the  axis  of  the  fish.  Inner  base  of 
crown  of  tooth  with  four  shallow  furrows.  No  larger  denticles  at 
base  of  the  tooth. 


Ihliver.sil !j  of  ('<tlifonii<i  l*iihli(‘iilions. 


I (!K()I/()(iY 


lU 


Aiiotlier  s])ociinoii  of  the  siiine  .sj)eei(‘s  is  in  tlu'  eolleel  ion  of 
Dr.  Kivers  fi'oni  tlie  Quiitei'iioiy  of  Ituslie  Ciinon,  Sjintii  Monica 
Khuifi'e.  This  s])eeiinen  is  al)on1  one  and  one-lialf  inelies  lii‘’h,  Die 
foi'in  is  narrowly  triangular,  tlie  e)'own  In’oader  tlian  li!f>h,  iIk; 
])oint  is  strongly  eni'ved  ])aekvvar(l  (tliat  is,  inwaid,  toward  the 
month,  so  that  the  tootli  seems  eui'ved  ni)ward  when  laid  flat  on  a 


FifT.  ]3.  ('drcharodon  (iniolili  Jordan.  Rustif  ('anon,  Peseadero,  California, 
'two  lai-fjc  s]iPcinK'ns  to  left  of  jdate. 

(inlcocrrdo  productna  Agassiz.  Miocene  of  Kern  County,  California. 
Four  small  specdniens  to  right  of  plate. 


table).  Th(‘  serrae  are  mneh  moi'e  fine  and  numerous  tlian  in 
('.  ilrcrsi.  ahoiit  fifty  in  nnmher  on  tlie  outer  maroin.  The  de- 
"•r(“e  to  whiidi  tlu'.se  nnmhers  arc*  eonstant  is  yet  to  he  jiroved.  Dr. 
divers  starts  that  the  beds  in  which  this  sjieeies  is  found  are  of 
the  saiiH'  ag(“  “ pi'(‘eiti(‘ly  the  hard  I’eeten  beds  of  San  Diego.’' 

’file  species  is  named  foi-  Dr.  Kalph  .\rnold  of  the  D.  S.  Geo- 
logical Snrv(‘y. 


VoL.  5 I 


Jordan. — The  Fo.'<.'iil  Fi.shc.'i  of  (Uil ifoniia . 


115 


1!).  Careharodon  riversi  -Iordan,  new  speeies. 

In  the  Plioeene  ot'  llu;  Santa  iMoniea  Han«e,  Dr.  -1.  .] . Rivers 
has  eolleeted  two  fine  speeiniens  of  Ihe  teelli  of  a Careharodon 
with  the  denticles  fewer  and  coarser  than  in  any  otlier  species. 

In  tliis  s])ecies,  whicli  I name  for  Dr.  K’ivers,  tlie  tootli  is  nai‘- 
I'owly  ti'iangnlar,  nearly  flat,  with  larye  root,  the  ci'own  ahont  as 
high  as  hi'oad  at  l)ase.  'I'lie  serrations  are  very  coarse,  there  being 
tlnrty-tive  to  forty  denticles  on  the  onter  mai'gin.  'I'hese  extend 


Fig.  14.  Carcliurndon  riversi  Jordan,  a.  Speedmens  from  Santa  Monica. 
b.  Spec-inier.s  from  Kern  County,  California. 


to  the  tip  of  the  tooth,  and  are  very  much  larger  than  in  onr  other 
species;  Itase  of  tooth  withont  lateral  denticle.  One  si)ecimen,  the 
type,  is  from  the  Santa  iMoniea  Range,  near  Santa  iNfonica.  A 
second  tooth  of  smallei’  size  is  from  Poi't  Los  Angeles,  the  locality 
from  which  Dr.  Ralph  Arnold  made  collections  of  mollnsks.  Di'. 
Ai'iiold  regards  this  deposit  as  Pleistocene,  but  Dr.  Rivers  states 
that  it  is  most  certainly  Plioeene.  “It  is  simply  an  erratic  chnnk 
that  slid  into  a gnlly  from  a mass  above.  It  belongs  to  a partly 


U6 


U))ii'crsity  of  (California  1‘tihl icatioihs. 


[finOI/KiY 


inetnin()i'])lioso(l  series  more  like  1lie  luird  i-oeks  of  Stiii  Die^fo,  l)ut 
more  iiichiroied.  ” 

1 I'efer  to  (larcharodon  rivcrsi,  with  some  doid)1,  miollier  tooth 
eolleeted  by  Dr.  D’ivers  in  ttuslie,  (kihoii,  in  the  Smita  Motiie.a 
Kan<>e,  from  Pleistocene  dei)osits.  'fhe  form  and  the  nnmher  of 
serrations  are  about  as  in  P.  rivcrsi,  but  the  serrations  are  dis- 
tinctly weaker  than  in  the  tyj)e  of  the  latter  si)ecies.  This  tooth 
is  about  one  and  one-fourth  inches  hi^h,  broadly  ti'iantrular,  the 
})oint  scai’cely  incui'ved.  The  innei'  face  of  the  tooth  shows  six  to 
eight  shallow  fui'rows. 

To  this  species  I refer  also,  with  some  doubt,  four  s])ecimens 
from  Ihirker  Ranch,  in  i\liocene  deposits.  I have  also  an  example 
from  Pliocene  deposits  on  Za])ata  Chino  Ci’eek,  Fresno  County. 
These  teeth  are  eacli  about  au  inch  long,  being  smallei*  than  in  the 
other  species  of  (Jarcliarodon  in  California. 

This  species  has  thin,  flat,  straight  teeth,  narrowly  triangular, 
the  base  about  as  broad  as  the  crown  is  liigh,  and  the  serrations 
relatively  tine,  hut  few  in  number;  about  thirty  to  forty  on  tlie 
outer  margin.  As  all  these  teeth  are  much  abraded,  it  is  possible 
that  the  serra'  in  a fresh  tooth  would  be  stronger. 

20.  ('archarodon  hran)ieri  Jordan,  new  species. 

A gigantic  tooth  of  Carcharodon  is  in  the  INIuseum  of  Stan- 
ford University,  from  near  Polinas  Pay  in  California.  This  tooth 
is  a little  over  three  inches  high,  l)roadly  triangular  on  a broad 
cordate  root;  the  base  of  the  crown  is  a shade  greater  than  the 
height  of  the  crown.  The  tooth  is  moderately  thick,  and  rather 
strongly  retro-curved,  as  in  Carcharodon  arnoldi.  The  edges  of 
the  tooth  ai’e  finely  and  evenly  serrated,  the  number  of  teeth 
being  from  eighty  to  one  hundred  on  each  side,  adding  in  the 
count  those  which  are  broken  off  in  the  type. 

'I'he  monstrous  Carcharodon  megalodon  Charlesworth,  of  the 
l)hosi)hate  beds  of  South  Cai'olina,  has  one  hundred  to  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty  serrations,  as  coarse  as  in  C.  rivcrsi,  and  there  is 
a suggestion  of  a median  ridge  on  the  tooth,  which  is  less  curved 
than  in  C.  arnoldi  and  branncri. 

A fragment,  comprising  about  one-fourth  of  a giant  tooth  of 
('archarodon,  is  in  the  collection  of  the  University  of  California, 


VoL.  5] 


Jorddii. — The  P\)ssil  Fishes  of  (Jalifornia. 


117 


obtained  l)y  ]\lr.  C.  II.  ^leCharles  feoiii  the  Miocene  six  miles 
north  of  Ranta.  Ana.  It  may  represent  a new  si)eeies  or  it  may 
be  inseparal)le  from  Carcharodon  branneri.  Tlie  wliole  tooth 
must  have  been  tliree  or  fonr  inehes  hiyli,  and  its  thiekness  tnnst 
have  ])een  fnlly  an  ineh,  or  nearly  half  the  breadth  of  the  tooth 
at  base.  The  tooth  is  neai'ly  Hat  on  tlie  innei-  ed”'e,  and  very  eon- 
vex  on  the  outer  edge.  Tlie  serra'  are  small  and  elose  set.  About 


Fig.  1.5.  Carclinrodon  branneri  Jordan.  Figure  to  left  is  type  specimen 
from  Bolina.s  Bay,  California;  S])ec-imen  to  right  is  from  Santa  Ana, 
California. 


fifty  are  seen  on  the  fragment  of  one  side.  This  indicates  that 
about  one  hundred  and  twenty  must  have  existed  on  each  side,  a 
number  comparable  to  that  seen  in  the  huge  Carcharodon  niefjal- 
odon  of  the  Atlantic  IMiocene.  But  in  that  species  the  tooth  is 
mnch  Hatter  and  less  elevated  on  the  median  frontal  edge. 

Rtill  another  tooth,  referable  to  Carcharodon  branneri,  is.  from 
IMiocene  rocks,  Oil  City.  It  is  two  and  one-half  inehes  high, 
rather  narrowly  trangnlar,  with  wavy  edges,  incurved  tip  and 
fine  serrations,  about  seventy  in  number,  on  each  side. 

The  following  analysis  of  the  characters  of  the  California 
species  of  Carcharodon  may  be  found  convenient: 


118 


Unii'crsil !/  of  (’tilifor)iia  I’nblicdlionH. 


I CKOIXMiY 


(«) Teeth  flat,  little  curved,  with  the  serrations  mostly  20  to  40  on  each 
side;  height  of  tooth  less  than  two  inches;  no  trace  of  basal 

denticle  

(/;)  Teeth  relatively  narrow,  with  moderate  serrations.  (Species  living) 

carcharias 

(bh)  Teeth  broad,  with  strong  serrations;  each  tooth  with  a suggestion 

of  a median  ridge  riversi 

(an)  Teeth  more  strongly  recurved,  witliout  median  ridge;  serra;  more 
tlnin  40  on  each  side  

(c)  Base  of  tooth  on  each  side,  with  a serrated  protuberance  or  den- 

ticle; tij)  of  tooth  entire;  serrac  .50  to  00  on  each  side  reclus 

(cr)  Base  of  tooth  without  denticle;  ti|i  of  tooth  serrate,  like  the  side 

(d)  Teeth  rather  narrow,  the  seme  rather  strong,  about  fifty  on  each 

side  arnoldi 

(dd)  Teeth  broader,  larger,  three  to  four  inches  high;  serraj  fine,  eighty 

to  one  hundred  on  each  side  branneri 

For  the  jircsent  these  tyjtes  of  teetli  may  l)e  regarded  a.s  be- 
longing to  different  s]ieeies  of  Carcharodon. 

Faniily  DALATI I D.ffh 

(Jenus  1)ALATI.\S. 

{Scijumus  Cuvier.) 

21.  Ddlafias  oecidodalls  (Agassiz). 

{Scij)iiiuis  occideniolis  Aga.ssiz,  Am.  Joixr.  Sei.  Arts,  1855, 
p.  72;  Oeoya  Creek.) 

This  si)eeies  is  .said  to  be  distinguished  ])y  “the  .strong  bend 
baekwards  of  tlie  main  itoint  of  the  tooth,  and  the  distinct  and 
rather  marked  serration  of  the  edges  of  the  crown.”  The  lower 
teeth  in  Lhdatuts  are  erect,  triangtilar,  and  serrated.  The  upper 
teetli  are  smaller  and  more  simple. 

To  this  .species  I refer  with  some  doubt  one  .small  tooth  from 
the  collection  of  Dr.  .1.  .1.  Eivers,  in  the  Pliocene  rocks  of  Temes- 
cal  Canon,  in  the  Santa  i\lonica  Kange.  I am  not  quite  sure  that 
this  is  Aga.ssiz's  species,  but  the  identification  is  probable.  This 
tooth  is  sharpei*  at  the  ])oint  than  is  shown  in  Aga.ssiz's  figure; 
the  ])oin1.  is  .strongly  hooked  outward,  and  each  side  of  the  base 
of  the  tooth  has  about  seven  strong  denticles;  the  cusp  is  nearly 
entire,  the  ti])  ipiite  so.  The  form  of  the  tooth  suggests  Galco- 
cerdo,  but  the  tooth  is  much  flatter  than  in  the  latter.  Four 
similai'  teeth  art'  in  the  collection  of  Mr.  F.  M.  Anderson  from 
four  miles  east  of  ()il  Cit.v. 


VoL.  5] 


■Iordan. — The  Fons'd  Fishc.'i  of  ('(difomda. 


ny 


It  iiKiy  1)C‘  round  Unit  this  .species,  or  any  of  tlie  oIIku's  named 
l)y  Agassiz  from  the  Miocene  i-ocks  of  the  Kern  region,  is  identical 
with  some  of  tlie  multitude  of  .sharks  wliich  liave  l)een  described 
ill  Europe  from  detaclied  teeth. 

Family  E('l  llXt  )K  1 1 IXI 1 ).E. 

(ieuus  Eciiinokhinus  Itlainville. 

22.  Fcliinorhiniis  hlakci  Ayassiz  (I.  c.  p.  272). 

Thi.s  species  “has  the  main  point  of  the  tooth  more  pi'omineut, 
and  at  the  same  time  shorter"  than  the  livin<>’  Kchinorhinus  .'ipi- 
■nosn.s,  the  inareinal  denticles  lieiug  smaller.  The  teeth  in  Evlii- 
norhuius  are  very  ohlicpie,  the  point  turned  outward,  with  several 
.stroiio'  denticles  on  each  side  of  the  tooth.  I have  not  recognized 
thi.s  species. 

Family  SCYLLIOIMIINIIEEI 
(leiiiis  CiiiLOSCYLUiuJi  IMiiller  & Ileiile. 

23.  Chdoscj/Uium  species?? 

Three  very  small  teeth,  narrow,  triangular  and  nearly  erect, 
with  the  root  very  wide,  its  width  nearly  twice  the  height  of 
the  tooth,  and  projeeting  liackward  .so  that  the  tooth  rests  on  a 
triangular  base  douhle-notched  iiosteriorly.  The  tooth  will  stand 
when  set  erect  on  the  table.  The  enamel  of  the  crown  extends 
downward  on  the  root  in  front  to  its  base. 

The.se  are  from  the  Pliocene  of  Barker  Ranch,  in  Kern  County. 

What  the  genus  and  species  may  he  is  .still  uncertain.  Among 
recent  sharks  I find  nothing  nearer  than  ChdoscyUiuni,  an  East 
Indian  genus. 

Family  A iilTOBATID^Tl. 

(leiiiis  Aetobatis  Blaiiiville. 

(M l/liohafis  Cuvier;  Zygobaies  Agassiz.) 

24.  Aetobatis  species. 

Brofe.ssor  Agassiz  (1  e.  p.  27.5)  records  the  fragment  of  a 
tooth  of  a ray  of  this  genus  from  Ocoya  Creek. 

We  have  also  numerous  fragments  from  .Miocene  of  Barker 
Creek,  and  from  Oil  City.  The  teeth  are  laterally  much  elong- 


120 


U iiivcrsil !j  of  (\iliforni<i  I'uhlicolioiis. 


[ r!w)i-0(;Y 


ate,  with  sen-atcd  or  (‘oiiil)-like  edf^e.  d’liey  vary  eotisidei'ably  in 
l)read11i,  l)ut  lliey  must  heloiifr  to  tliis  same  speeies. 

Family  DAHYATl D.F. 

(Jeinis  Fkouopiuis  Midler  & lleule. 

25.  Vrolophus  hdllcri  Coo|)ei’  (?). 

(Arnold,  Plioeene  atid  Pleistoeene,  Cal.  ]>.  24(i,  San  Pedro.) 

A spijie  from  the  tail  of  a stin^’  I'ay  was  found  l)y  Dr.  ]tal])li 
Arnold  in  Pleistoeene  de])osits  at  San  Pc‘dro.  Aeeordin<j  to  Dr. 
(iilhert  it  is  not  distin”nislial)le  fi'om  the  common  livin<^  species 
of  the  region,  I'rolopliKs  halleri. 

Family  llOLOPTYCIl  I DF. 

(ienns  Holoptychus  Jpissiz. 

20.  Ilolopl jjchvs  species.  ( Iloloptjjdiius  of  antliors.) 

Tliree  fraj>'ments  of  Crossopterygian  scales,  much  like  tho.se  of 
IloIaptcJnpis,  are  foTind  in  Triassic  Eocks  at  Bear  Cove  in  Shasta 
County.  The  lai'gest  of  these  is  ahont  an  incli  in  diameter,  with 
coarse  branching  stria*  or  wrinkles.  The  ridges  are  closer  to- 
gether and  cover  more  space  than  the  European  species,  llolopty- 
cliiis  fcminpi. 


Family  CTIIROCEXTKI ICB. 

Genus  Xenestiies  Jordan,  new  genus. 

27.  A'ciifstlics  velox  Jordan,  new  speeies. 

In  a rock  of  Triassic  age  are  the  remains  of  a skull  of  a fish, 
apparently  belonging  to  the  primitive  family  of  Chirocenirida. 

Xiimbei*  !),0!)8,  University  of  (California  collection,  represents 
a.  pi*(*maxilhiry  bone  ovei*  seven  inches  long.  Tt  is  armed  on  its 
anterioi*  end  with  a single  row  of  conical  bluntish  teeth,  each  with 
a sti’ialed  and  beveled  apex,  nne(pial  in  size  and  some  of  them 
broken  out.  I'la*  fourp'en  tc'ctli  visible  occu])y  less  than  one- 
fourth  the  length  of  the  hone.  Ih'hind  the  point  where  the  tooth- 
I'ow  (lisa |)])eai's  in  the  matrix  there  is  a broad  band  of  blunt  pyra- 
midal prichles  of  much  smallei*  size  on  the  outei*  surface  of  the 
bom*.  They  are  close-set  almost  so  as  to  form  a shagreen.  There 


VoL.  r>] 


Jorda)!. — 77/e  Fossil  Fishes  of  California. 


121 


are  fifteen  to  twenty  of  these  sitiall,  blunt  denticles  in  a cross- 
series in  the  haml.  Accoi-(lin<?  to  Dr.  Merriani’s  observations, 
these  denticles  are  not  true  teeth  hut  are  in  reality  on  the  outer 
surface  of  the  bone,  and  all  the  bones  of  the  skull  are  more  oi-  less 
rough  with  similar  denticles. 

Besides  this  part  of  the  jaw,  there  are  large  pieces  of  bones 
of  the  skidl,  each  marked  by  i-adiating  .striae.  Other  fragments. 


not  readily  identifiable,  occur  in  the  same  connection,  among 
others  what  seems  to  be  a fragment  of  the  dentary  having  teeth 
like  tho.se  of  the  premaxillary  described  above.  This  description 
is  taken  from  a drawing  carefully  made  by  IMr.  Bagley,  Dr.  Mer- 
riam's  artist,  and  it  is  verified  on  the  original  specimen  by  Di-. 
Merriam. 

These  fragments  seem  to  indicate  a fish  allied  to  HyiJsicornius 
and  Frotosphyruna,  but  the  teeth  in  Frotosphyrana  are  very 
sharj),  while  in  Hypsicormus  the  jaws  are  much  shorter.  In  the 
Ichfhyodectince  {Ichthyodectes,  (rilliciis,  A^iphaciinas  — For- 
thens)  the  teeth  are  in  a single  row  and  on  the  whole  the  nearest 
relations  of  Xenesthes  seems  to  be  with  the.se  genera. 

Family  ACIPENSERID^. 

Genus  Acipenser  Linmeus. 

28.  Acipoiser  medirostris  Ayres? 

A scale  of  sturgeon  perhajis  of  this  species  was  found  in  Quat- 
ernary deposits  of  Potter  Creek  Cave  by  Dr.  William  J.  Si/iclair. 

Family  LEPTOLEPID.E  ? 

29.  Etrinyus  scintillans  Jordan,  new  geinis  and  species. 

Head  three  and  one-half  in  length  of  body  to  base  of  caudal ; 
depth,  three  and  two-fifths.  Body  compressed,  herring-shaped, 


)22 


(hii rrrsil !i  nf  Ciilifonila  riihllcdl ions. 


I (li;(ii,f)GY 


till'  belly  pi’oiniiieiit.  lle;i(l  Ineye,  riilliei'  poiiilcd,  llie  Ixiiics  jiji- 
pareiitly  lliiii,  but  eiiaiiieied.  Seales  1 liirl y-bve  lo  I’ui-ly.  Muiilb 
lar^c,  ()bli(pie,  Ibe  lowei’  jaw  pruiuiiienl,  the  ebd'l  pi'ubably  not 
aeaebin<;’  IIk*  trout  ot  the  lai’fie  orbit.  \’(>rtebrae  tliiiiy-seveii,  ap- 
])ai’eutly  well  ossilied,  tlie  eeiit  1-11111  larye,  the  neural  and  baeiiial 
sjiines  sli^btly  eurved  and  posteriorly  stronyly  iia-liiK-d  baek- 
^vard.  Seales  laryc-,  ipiadrate  in  toriii,  distinelly  ('uaiiieb-d;  prob- 


Fijr.  17.  Kiviiujiis  scintUUuis  .Iordan.  .Miocene  of  8(de<Iad  Pass.  Type 
spetdinon. 

ably  about  Ibirly-live  in  a lateral  series;  those  011  the  side  not 
yreatly  dee|)ened  ; lateral  line  very  distinet,  riinniny  alony  the 
side  ot  the  belly,  vi'ry  low,  a])])a rent l.v  eeasiny  beyond  the  tip  of 
the  veniral  liii.  Seales  ot  tiu'  lateral  line  with  radiatiny  or  diyi- 
late  ridyes,  souk-  appan-ntly  ot  this  series  with  a erenate  diyitate 
Ilia  ryin. 

Ilorsal  lin  ap|)arenlly  nearly  median,  only  traei's  ot  anterior 
ra\s  beiny  letl.  X'entrals  reduced  to  a trace,  apparently  nearly 


VoL.  5] 


Jordav. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  (litliforiu'o. 


Fig.  18.  Etriugus  sciniillans  Jordan.  Brown’s  Canon  (No.  29). 


Fig.  19.  Etringus  scivtillavsF  No.  29.  Brown’s  Canon. 


124 


IJnivevsH])  of  Colifoniid  /‘uhlicatiods. 


[Gkolohy 


o])l)osito  fi'oiit  of  dorsnl.  Peclor.ils  l)n)keii,  }i])i):ir(‘ritly  .small, 
(knidal  sli<>}itly  lietcroeercal,  the  lips  l)rokeii.  Anal  prol)al)ly 
lonp-,  but  110  trace  of  it  distinct  in  this  specinicn. 

Tlie  tyiie  of  this  species  is  a sinyle  specinien  six  inelies  loii*'. 
It  is  indiedded  in  a hard  yellowish  slialy  sandstone  rejmted  of 
IMioeene  A<>e.  d'he  specinien  was  found  hy  Kev.  Stejilien  W. 
Powers  in  the  nionntains  of  the  Soledad  l*a.ss,  about  twenty  miles 
north  of  Los  An<>eles. 

The  fi’cnus  helonys  to  the  jirimitive  tyiies  of  IsospoiKlijli,  or 
herriny-like  hshes.  d’he  well-developed  vertelira*  leads  ns  to  place 
it  amon<>’  the  LcptoJepida’,  hut  none  of  tliat  family,  so  far  as  I 
know,  show  a lateral  line.  PleuropholiH,  a jienns  of  I’hoUdopho- 
ridiv,  havino'  a lateral  line  alon<>'  the  side  of  the  belly,  differs  in 
haviny  the  scales  above  this  line  very  deep  and  plate-like.  I am 
therefore  ohiioed  to  take  a new  “cnerie  name  for  this  (California 
s])eeies,  the  genus  being  distinguished  hy  the  character  of  the 
scales  and  the  low  jiosition  of  the  lateral  line,  'fhe  name  is  from 
erpor,  abdomen;  fyyo?,  tube. 

29.  Eirhujus  sp. 

AVe  refer  with  doubt  to  Etrinpus  scintdUnis,  a specimen  ob- 
tained from  Brown’s  Canon,  four  miles  north  of  Soldiers’  Home, 
near  Santa  IMonica.  This  specinien  shows  a section  of  the  body  of 
a tish  about  live  inches  across,  just  liehind  tlie  pectoral  fin.  It 
shows  a mass  of  cycloid  scales  less  distinctly  enameled  than  in 
Eirinpus,  but  apjiarently  of  similar  nature. 

The  body  of  another  fish  showing  only  jiart  of  the  vertebral 
column  and  a mass  of  scales  belongs  evidently  to  the  same  species 
as  the  preceding.  All  the  scales  on  the  body  are  cycloid  and  not 
aiiparently  enameled. 

.‘10.  Elriopiis  s])('cies. 

Around  this  last  named  sjiecinien  are  many  large  scattered 
scales  one-third  to  one-half  inch  in  diameter,  quadrate,  thick  and 
enameled,  looking  somewhat  like  the  lateral  line  scales  in  Etrni- 
(/Ks  sciiil dhnis.  ’these  scales  are  marked  by  four  to  six  or  more 
wavy  digitati'  furrows  on  either  side,  and  the  anterior  or  free 
edge  is  more  or  less  crc'iiate-digitate. 


VoL.  .')] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California. 


125 


Two  siiiallef  scales  of  this  si)ecics  arc  iiiihcddccl  on  the  rock 
near  tlie  type  of  Ftringns  scintillans.  It  is  not  ccilain  that  tliey 
came  from  the  same  fish.  Still  another  occurs  on  another  block 
of  stone  from  the  same  locality. 

Another  lai'fje,  loose  scale  is  found  associated  with  the  type  of 
FAringus  scintillaois.  It  is  (piadrate  and  entire,  marked  with  tine 
parallel  striations.  What  it  is,  1 cannot  tell. 

Ftringns  sj)ecies. 

i\lr.  W.  C.  i\Iendeidiall  of  the  United  States  (Jeolosical  Survey 
has  sent  a large  nnmher  of  specimens  of  fragments  of  fossil  fishes 
fonnd  in  the  Monterey  shales  of  the  middle  i\Iioeene.  These  were 
obtained  by  i\Ir.  'W.  ().  Clark  in  Brea  Canon,  Orange  Comity, 
California,  about  one  and  one-half  miles  from  Olinda.  They  are 
imbedded  in  rather  hard,  coarse,  blackish,  siliceous  shales. 

Among  the  specimens  are  very  many  detached  scales,  three 
sections  of  the  vertebral  column,  with  rilis  and  one  specimen 
showing  part  of  a caudal  fin.  The  .scales  are  large,  cycloid,  quad- 
rate in  form,  some  of  them  showing  digitate  furrows,  and  more 
or  less  di.stinctly  enameled.  The  scales  are  like  those  of  “ Etrin- 
gns  species”  above  mentioned. 

In  the  best  specimen  twenty  vertebra?  are  shown.  These  are 
from  the  middle  of  the  body  and  are  e.ssentially  like  those  of 
Ftringns  sci]itillans.  The  liasal  bones  of  the  anal  fin  are  very 
numerons  and  slender.  The  siiecimen  showing  part  of  the  caudal 
fin  is  certainly  like  the  others.  The  tail  is  homocereal  or  nearly 
so,  and  the  rays  are  very  slender.  The  form  of  the  fin  is  not 
shown. 

There  is  also  a vertebral  colnmn  which  looks  more  herring- 
like, with  twenty-eight  vertebra"  present,  but  there  are  Ftringns 
scales  lying  abont  it.  There  is  little  donht  that  all  these  frag- 
ments belong  to  one  sj)ccies,  and  this  is  probably  identical  with 
Ftringns  scintillans. 


126 


II iiivcrsil !j  of  (Uilifornia  I'liltlicdlioiis. 


\(iVA>h()(;Y 


Ftiiiiily  ()STK( )(J LOSSI  DvK. 
rioinis  I’liAHKonrs  Ijoidy. 

( DaiAedofjlossus  (’()[)e.) 

31.  Plnurod IIS  sp.  ? 

In  a lull’d  rock  bclon^iti”'  1o  llic  (’liico  foriiialioii  of  tlic  npiicr 
Cretaccon.s  is  a very  larye  cycloid  scale*,  nearly  an  incli  in  diame- 
ter, beantifnlly  stiiatcd.  II  must  bclonfi’  to  some  of  llie  lar<,m 
Clnpeoid  H.slu's,  jirobaldy  1o  llie  ficnus  I’harcodus,  wliicli  occurs 
in  tlie  (Ireen  K’ivei’  Eocene. 


Family  (’LFPEIDvE. 

32.  Clupcoid  fish . A. 

Fragments  of  a (’hpieoid  or  ]ierrin<>’-like  fish,  remarkable  for 
the  hair-like  slenderness  of  its  ribs  and  other  liones,  are  found  in 


Fig.  20.  Cluppoiil  fish  (A).  No.  32.  Miocene  of  Soledad  Pass. 


the  rocks  of  Soledfid  Pass.  One  of  these,  lacking  the  head,  has 
forty-five  to  lifty  slender  vertebra*,  and  a forked  caudal  fin ; the 
other  lins  are  lost. 

33.  ('iupcoid  fsh.  P. 

Another  hei’i’ing-like  species  is  found  on  the  Santa  Anita 
Panch,  live  miles  ninth  of  (laviola.  All  the  siiecimens  from  this 
locality,  in  a brittle  whitish  clay  shale,  are  very  much  broken  and 
unrecognizable.  I'he  bi*st  preserved  is  perhajis  a speeies  of  her- 


VOL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fo.'isil  Fi.'tlus  of  (Udifornia. 


127 


riii^  will)  ;ili(>iit  ioi'ly  veilcbi’ii',  wliicli  :irc*  vei'y  siiiiill,  llic  ribs 
sleiuk'i-  iuid  li:iir-lik(‘,  the  head  larye,  apparently  witli  ralher  loiij*' 
jaws.  It  i.s  iiiip()s.sil)le  to  place  eilhei'  species  in  any  particnlar 


Fig.  21.  Cluj)ooi(t  fish  (B).  Xo.  33. 


genns.  It  may  possibly  i)rove  to  belong  to  the  genus  /vahy/z/m, 
defined  on  a later  page  in  this  paper. 

34.  Cdupcoid  fhh.  C. 

In  the  white  marls  from  Shorb  are  eight  specimens  or  a species 
of  herring-like  fish,  ])os.sihly  the  same  as  the  one  mentioned  as  A 
in  a paragraj)!!  above.  The  imprints  are  very  shadowy,  .showing 
little  exeejzt  the  outline  and  the  verteliral  column,  and  the  species 
cannot  be  identified.  In  one  there  are  about  thirty-five  vertebne. 
and  the  dorsal  fin  is  opposite  the  ventrals. 

Family  PTEPd )T] IK ISSID.E. 

35.  Plcrothrissoid  fiah  ? 

The  head  of  a fish,  perhaps  belonging  to  the  family  of  Elo- 
pidae  or  of  J’terofhrissidae  was  found  in  Brown’s  Caiion,  in  the 


128 


IJ niversitij  of  (UtUfornia  I'ublicjitioiis. 


I (imJAXiY 


Saiil.i  ]\l()iiiea  Haii^o,  l)y  Dr.  Bowers.  Ft  l)eIoii<''s  a])i)areMlly  to 
an  elongate  fish,  witli  eye  very  lar^e,  al)()iil  orie-fif'tli  the  leiifftli  of 
the  head.  '1  lie  snout  is  Ion”',  and  the  mouth  seems  rather  large, 
tlie  upper  jaw  the  longer.  1'liei'e  is  no  traee  of  teeth,  d’lie  ont- 


Fig.  22.  Pterothi'issoid  fish.  No.  35.  Mioeoiie  of  Brown’s  Canon. 

line  of  the  head  snogests  that  of  the  -lapanese  fish,  I'tcrof hrissHS 
(/issii  llilgendoi'f.  But  there  is  no  evidence  that  this  species  be- 
longs to  Picro1Iii-\'<sus  or  to  any  related  genus.  The  eye  is  much 
lai'ger  than  in  Isfeus. 

Family  ( '( )B1T( )PS1  D.E  (?). 

;h).  Hof/citio  solil  iKlIiiis  .Iordan,  new  genus  and  species. 

In  the  white  marl  rocks  of  Soh'dad  Bass  are  found  numerous 
specimens  of  a very  small  lish  of  a new  genus,  to  which  we  give 
t h<‘  name  of  /I’npram. 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California. 


129 


'I'lie  ^emis  Foyenio  is  (‘liaractei'ized  ])y  llie  lar^e  head,  suh- 
e<nial  and  eloiifiate  jaws,  slender  vertebra',  and  l)y  the  faet  that 
the  dni'sal  and  anal  fins  are  ecinally  develo|)ed,  opposite  eaeh 


Fifj.  2,S.  Hogciiio  .s<)litudini.‘i  Jorilaii.  Miocene  of  Soledad  Pass.  Tyj)e 

specimen. 

othei',  the  front  of  eaeh  fin  heino'  neai'  the  middle  of  the  lenyth  of 
the  body. 

In  liogcnio  solitudinis  the  head  is  about  three  and  three- 
fonrths  times  in  len<>th  to  base  of  eandal ; the  greate.st  depth  is 
five.  The  mouth  is  dongate,  obliipte,  the  jaws  snhecpial,  appar- 
ently extending  to  below  the  eye;  there  are  traees  of  small  tecdh 
in  the  jaws;  the  snout  is  pointed.  The  head  is  I'ather  depressed 
ahov  the  eyes;  the  vertebra'  are  forty  to  forty-two,  small,  about 
twenty-two  behind  the  vent;  no  ribs  are  visible  in  any  specimen. 
The  dorsal  and  anal  are  inserted  a little  behind  the  middle  of 
body.  Eaeh  has  about  ten  rays,  oi-  at  least  stand  opposite  eight 
to  ten  vertebi'a'.  The  eandal  peduncle  behintl  the  dorsal  is  about 
e(pial  to  the  length  of  the  fins;  the  height  of  the  dorsal  and  anal 
is  about  three-fourths  the  length  of  the  base.  The  caudal  tin  is  a. 
little  shorter  than  the  head,  and  widely  forked.  I find  no  trace  of 
pectorals  or  ventrals  in  any  specimen.  The  ventrals  are  probably 
abdominal.  No  trace  of  scales  is  found  in  any  specimen. 

The  type  example  is  one  and  one-fourth  inches  in  length,  very 
slender  and  fragile,  imbedded  in  white  inarl  of  IMioeene  Age. 
Thei'c  are  twenty-nine  specimens  in  I)i'.  Bowers’  collection  from 
Soledad  Pass,  none  of  them  very  pei-feet,  but  mo,st  of  them  show- 
ing the  characteristic  form,  the  opposite  dor.sal  and  anal,  the 
slender,  almost  eel-like,  the  depth  ten  times  in  length,  the  head 
and  body  is  vertically  tiattened.  These  range  in  length  from  one 
to  two  inches. 


130 


Ihtivrrsifij  of  (’(illfoniia  I'tihlicdlloiis. 


Fi-oiii  ^Moore’s  (’iifioii,  in  llie  Simla  MoDica  I\im”(*,  Dr.  liowars 
olitiiiiied  mmioroiis  otlioi-  fi’ii^niioiits,  none  of  llieni  well  jn'eseeved. 

Of  llie  known  families,  llu;  <i:(‘nns  liofieoio  a pin'Oiielics  neaj'e.st 
to  the  Vobilopsida . 3’li(>  oenei'ie  iiame  I'eealls  llie  ohsolele  name, 

liO()Ciii(t,  onee  aiijilied  by  Xhileneiennes  to  the  wliitehait  or  very 
yonns>'  liei’riiifi'. 

37.  I\Ofjc)iio  boirersi  dordiui,  new  sjieeic's. 

Another  speeimen,  ahont  three  iind  one-lmlf  inehes  lon^^,  seems 
refei'idile  to  l!o(jcnio,  Inil  must  helon<)-  to  anollier  speeies.  It 
shows  a head  in  liad  eondition,  a Ion<r  vei'tehi'al  eoliimn,  llie  doi'sal 
ojiposite  the  iimil  as  in  Ropcnio  sol il  iidi nis,  hnt  very  much  farther 


Fi^.  24.  IiOf/cnio  bowcrsi  Jordan.  ^Miocene  of  Brown  \s  Canon.  Type  spec- 
imen. 


baek.  The  head  is  contained  thi-ee  and  one-half  times  in  the  space 
fi’oni  najie  to  fi'ont  of  doi'sal,  while  in  1\.  solitudiiiis  it  s'ot"s  hut 
one  and  one-fourth  times  in  the  same  distance.  Fifty-two  ver- 
tebi'ic  may  he  counted  in  this  speeimen,  not  vei-y  accurately. 
About  thii'ty-six  iire  before  the  dorsal,  nine  beneath  it,  and  seven 
behind.  'I'he  end  of  the  column  is  not  preserved,  so  that  we  may 
estiniiite  the  total  iis  3(i  -|-  9 -|-  lo  = about  (iO.  'fhe  body  is  very 
slendei',  almost  eel-like,  the  de])lh  ten  times  in  length,  the  head 
about  six.  I'he  jaws  appear  to  he  lon»’,  and  the  form  sui’i’csts  the 
<;'enus  Sloinias.  d'he  doi'sal  and  anal  rays  are  slender,  each  about 
ten  in  number.  3'his  sjieeimen  is  from  Soledad  Pass,  and  it  may 
he  named  Ilopcido  hoircrsi,  for  its  discoverer,  Kev.  Stephen  AV. 
Bowers,  well  known  as  a.  student  of  the  paheontolojry  of  Cali- 
fornia. 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  (Udifornia. 


1:51 


Family  CYPHINI D.F, 

(iamis  i\I viiOiMiARODON  Ayivs. 

38.  M iflopharodon  (‘onocc})h<d ns  (P>aird  and  (iii-ard). 

From  Quatermu'y  deposits  in  llie  Potter  (treek  (kive  in  Shasta 
County,  Air.  William  d.  Sinclair  obtained  vai'ions  animal  remains, 
de.scrihed  in*  University  of  California  Publications,  Amei'ican 
Archaeology  and  Ethnology,  Vol.  3,  No.  1,  3904.  Among  these 
are  i)haryngeal  bones  of  tlu'ee  fishes.  Among  these  ai'e  ihjlopha- 
rodon  conocepludns,  a lai'ge  chnh  now  found  in  the  Sacramento 
Itivei’. 

Cenns  Ptyciiociielius  (Agassiz). 

39.  rtychocheiliis  pnindis  (Ayi-es)  ? 

Pharyngeals  doTihtfidly  referred  to  this  species  wei'e  taken  in 
the  Potter  Creek  Cave.  This  sj)ecies  is  the  common  Scpiaw-fish  of 
the  Sacramento.  See  op.  cit.,  p.  18. 

Family  ATHERINIIUE. 

40.  MerriamcUa  dorpssa  .Jordan,  new  genns  and  species. 

1 lead,  34  in  length  ; depth,  6 ; D.,  I,  I,  8 ; A.,  I,  7 ; C.,  32  to  14  ; 
1’.,  11  or  12 ; vertebra*,  15  -j-  18  ==  33. 

Body  moderately  elongate,  formed  as  in  Atherina;  the  head 
larger  and  more  pointed;  month  rather  ohliqne,  the  lower  jaw 
prominent,  the  maxillary  a})parently  extending  beyond  front  of 
eye;  no  signs  of  teeth;  eye  large,  the  orbit  ahont  three  in  head; 
opercles  ai)i)arently  nnarmed,  the  opercle  convex  and  striated; 
orbital  region  elevated,  the  profile  depi'essed  over  the  snont ; 
branchiostegals  slender,  about  six  in  nnmher;  pectoral  tin  in- 
serted high,  fan-shaiied,  the  form  apparently  symmeti’ical,  its 
length  2%  in  head ; no  di.stinct  traces  of  ventral  fins  on  any  of 
the  fonr  specimens. 

First  dorsal  composed  of  a single  moderate  cnrved  spine, 
sharply  defined  in  all  examples,  inserted  ])ehind  middle  of  length 
of  pectoral  at  a distance  from  gill  opening  equal  to  two-thirds  of 
head ; length  of  dorsal  spine  ahont  five  in  head.  Soft  dorsal  en- 


132 


r iiivcrsilij  of  ('aJiforoia  I’uhliciil ions. 


I (IWJLOOY 


tircly  similar  to  anal,  inserted  a lillle  in  front  of  11i(“  latd-r,  Ili(‘ 
anterior  rays  in  holli  elevated,  the  lu“iylit  of  the  longest  I'ay  three 
in  head,  the  base  of  tin*  tin  two,  three  in  head.  Caudal  nioder- 


25.  M cniiniKlJa  durj/.s.'id  Jonlati.  'I'nickce  Kivor.  Tertiary.  'I'.ype 
speeiiiien. 


Piy;.  2(i.  M ('rri(n))(’ll(i  dori/.ssd  .Iordan.  Truekee  Kiver.  Tertiary. 


alely  forked;  hones  slemh'r,  mostly  vinm  line.  TlK're  is  no  ti'aee 
of  scale  s in  any  speeimen. 

I'liis  species  is  known  to  ns  from  four  specimens,  one  and  one- 
half  to  four  inches  leeny.  femml  in  the*  white  marl  in  a emtlino’  fe»r 


Vou  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  ('(difornio. 


the  Tfuekee  River  (hin.il  in  Neviida.  The  roek,  Meeordiii”'  to  Pro- 
fessor Merriaitij  is  jirohahly  of  Mioeene  A^ie.  'I'his  is  a fresh- 
water dejiosit. 

Two  of  tlie  siieeiiiiens,  one  of  tliein  the  type  deserihed  al)ove, 
are  iinieh  inoi'e  slender  in  ajiparent  form  than  the  others,  a differ- 
ence whieli  may  indicate  difference  of  species;  tlie  dei)th  must 
have  been  at  least  six  and  one-half  times  in  the  lenjith  to  base  of 
caudal.  lu  two  others  of  eipial  leu^th  the  body  seems  much 
deepei'.  In  one  the  de])th  is  about  live  times  in  length;  in  the 
other  about  four  and  one-half,  hnt  this  last  shows  evidence  of  dis- 
tortion. Tlie  teclinical  chai-acters  so  far  as  they  can  he  made  out 
seem  to  he  the  same  in  all,  and  we  treat  them  provisionally  as  one 
species,  which  is  i)rohahly  the  case. 

In  all  tlie  specimens  the  curved  liook-like  dorsal  spine  is  very 
di.stinct,  hut  in  one  of  them  it  seems  to  be  preceded  by  three  other 
spines  mncli  more  slender  and  shadowy.  These  jmssihly  do  not 
really  belong  to  the  same  siiecimen,  as  in  the  other  three  the  spine 
is  very  distinct  and  stands  alone.  If  the.se  are  really  additional 
spines,  the  genei'ic  diagnosis  mnst  he  adjusted  accordingly. 

We  propose  for  this  fish  the  name  Merriamella  dorijssn.  If 
the  genus  is  placed  among  the  Atherinidce,  it  will  differ  by  its  dif- 
ferentiated dorsal  spine,  which  either  stands  alone  or  is  preceded 
by  three  slenderer  ones.  It  sugge.sts  also  the  genus  llijpoptychiis, 
a Siberian  tyiie  of  Amniodijtidce.  Ily poptyehus  has  no  trace  of 
the  first  dorsal.  The  genus  Merrianiella  has  also  much  in  common 
with  the  extinct  family  of  C'ohitopsidte , of  the  European  Oligo- 
cene.  But  Cohitopsis,  like  llypoptychus,  has  no  fir.st  dorsal  fin, 
and  its  ventral  fins  are  present  and  abdominal. 


Family  SCOr^I BRIDGE. 


41.  Scombroid  fish. 

Professor  Agassiz  records  fragments  of  unidenlifiable  hones 
of  mackerels  from  Ocoya  Creek.  We  have  also  fragments  from  a 
vertebral  column  of  some  mackerel-like  fish  from  Brown’s  Canon, 
near  Santa  IMonica.  The  vertebra*  are  strong,  and  well  developed, 
the  caudal  peduncle  slender  and  the  tail  well  ftu’ked. 


134 


iJ iiivcrsihi  of  (Utlifoniiit  l"i(hlic(ilioiis. 


[(!l'X)L(MiY 


Fiiiiiily  S(’()H1’.KXII).E. 

( JotniH  SiCHASTODKS  (Jill. 

42.  SchitsI odes  )’os(v  Kig(‘iiin;iim  (/oo,  I,  p.  Ki.  1H!)()). 

I Mvopi'i'cle  ot'  a fish  aixait  a foot,  loii<>-.  'rtircc  lowca  proojier- 
ciilai'  spines  snl)e(pial  and  equally  s])aee(l,  all  direeted  downwai'd 
and  l)aek\vai’d.  l’i-eo])erele  inneli  heavier  than  in  Sehiislodes  ro- 
saccKS,  tlie  nearest  livin<>'  speeies.  I'liree  ])its  leadin'':  into  mueotis 
eanals,  deereasin>>’  in  size  haekwai'd  on  anterioi'  half  of  first  spine. 
A large  i)it  between  fii’st  and  seeond  pi'eopei'cnlar  si)ine,  another 
])etween  seeond  ami  thii'd,  and  two  smaller  om‘s  on  aiderioi-  half 
of  second  s])ine.  ( Eigenniann.) 

3'ertiai'y  I'oeks  at  I’oi't  llai-ford,  San  Luis  ()l)is[)o  County. 

Fandly  LFVAKID.E. 

43.  Ca rar a.s’ species  (?). 

In  the  Los  Angeh's  High  School  is  a specimen  of  a large  fossil 
fish,  thirty-four  inches  in  length,  so  ])oorly  preseiwed  that  oidy 
the  general  form  and  the  rohmst  vertebi'm  are  shown. 

It  is  apparently  a scombroid  fish,  that  is,  one  helonging  to 
some  mackei'el-like  family.  The  genus  Lid-orKS,  of  which  a si)e- 
cies,  Liii'(iri(s  ltiij>cri(ills  Kafinesque,  occurs  on  the  coast  of  Cali- 
fornia, is  sngge.sted  by  the  character  of  the  vertebne.  The  speci- 
men might,  however,  belong  to  any  one  of  a dozen  genera  living 
or  extinct. 

The  si)ecimen  was  found  by  ]\lr.  J.  Z.  Hilbert,  teacher  of 
Zoology  in  the  Los  Angeles  High  School,  and  1 am  indebted  to 
him  foi'  the  accompanying  photogi'aph.  i\lr.  Gilbert  .states  that 
the  spc'eimen  was  found  on  the  “'flurd  Sea  Beach,”  at  about 
2, ()()()  feet  from  the  lighthouse  on  Point  Firmin,  southwest  of  San 
Pedro.  Thei-e  oeeui-  five  moon-shaped  sea  beaches  from  the  light- 
house to  the  foot  of  the  breakwater.  4’he  s])eeimeu  was  from  a 
I’oek,  not  in  sit  ii  but  mail'  a ledge  of  sindlai'  stimetui'e  and  api)ear- 
ane(‘.  'file  matrix  is  of  a hard  volcanic  material  overlying  readily 
(•lea\'able  sandstone.  3’lu'  sj)eeinHm  repix'sents  pi'obably  only 
about  one-half  of  the  length  of  the  aidmal  when  living.  3'here 
are  twenty  vei'tebra'  plainly  visible,  each  measui'ing  one  and  one- 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


I.HL'tinis  sp.  Sail  Pedro,  (,'aliforuia. 


VoL.  5 I 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  (Udifornia. 


135 


lialf  inches  in  dianietc)'  and  two  and  one-halt  inches  in  len”th. 
'I’lie  vertel)i'a*  deci-ease  only  slightly  in  l(‘n<>th  l)ackwai-d.  3'liei‘e 
were  pi'ohahly  as  many  as  foily  in  all. 

l{ECAIMTUn.\TION. 

lly  the  ”eolo<>ical  hoi'izons,  these  species  may  he  classitied  as 
follows : 

(^UATEKNARY. 

Careluo'odon  rivcr.'ii  Jordan. 

('ardiarcxlon  anioldi  Jordan. 

Acipemer  medirostri.'i  Agassiz? 

Mploplidrodon  conocepliahi.s  (Baird  and  (iirard). 

Ptydiocludiu.s  (jrandd  (Ayres). 
rrolophu.s  hullcri  (!ooper? 

pi>|()c;enk. 

I>(d(itia,'i  oeddentedd  (Agassiz). 

(Udeus  (zi/opteru.'i  Jordan  and  (iilhert)  ? 

Carduirodon  riversi  Jordan. 

IsiO'iis  tumulus  (Agassiz). 


iillOCENE. 

llcptranddas  audersoni  Jordan. 
{I'Jddnorliinus  blakei  Agassiz.) 
Dalatias  ocddent(dis  Agassiz. 
(Udeocerdo  produdus  Agassiz. 
Carduiriu.H  antiquus  (Agassiz). 
Cardiarias  sp. 

Hemipristi.s  heteropleurus  Agassiz. 
l>amna  daveda  Agassiz. 

(Lainria  ornata  Agassiz.) 

Isurus  planus  (Agassiz). 

Isurus  .smithii  Jordan. 

Lsurus  iumulus  (Agassiz). 
Cardiarodon  arnoldi  Jordan. 
Cardiarodon  hranneri  Jordan. 
(Cardiarodon  rectus  Agassiz.) 
ChiloscylUuni  species? 

Aetobatis  species. 

Etringus  scintdlans  Jordan. 
Etringiis  species? 

Clnpeoid  fish  A. 

Clnpeoid  fish  B. 

(.'lupeoid  fish  C. 

Pterothri.ssoid  fish. 

Bogenio  solitiidi'iiis  Jordan. 


136 


IhiiverHiijj  of  Cdlifoniia  I' uhl icolioini. 


Hogcnio  howcrsi  .loi'daii. 

Merriamella  (lori/.fsti  Jordan. 

Seondiroid  Jsli. 

Seha.slodes  ro.sa;  Kigenniann. 

(’HETAC'KOUS  (Chico  forniafioti). 

llcmiprintis  cliiconis  Jordan. 

Ldtnva  .sjiecies? 

J.'oirv.s  desorii  (Afjassiz)  ? 

Pharcodus  si)C(des? 

TRIASSKh 

IfghodKS  shastenix  Weniple. 

Acrodiix  rvemplia;  Jordan. 

Ifolopii/rhus  .species. 

Xcnesllics  velox  Jordan. 

SUI’PLE:\IENTAKY  notes  on  aaierican  fossil  fishes. 

Family  CLUPEID.E. 

Genus  Knigiitia  .Jordan  (new  oenns). 

Kiiighiia  cocaiia  -Jordan  {Clupea  JiiDtrilis  Jreidy),  new  specific 
name. 

In  liis  monumental  work  on  the  Tertiary  Yertebrata,  1884, 
p.  74,  Professor  Cope  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  genus 
Dpplounjsf  us  of  Cope  is  comi)osed  of  two  sections.  In  the  typical 
section  l)ij)lo)in/stus  idcutnius)  the  dorsal  smites  are  transverse 
with  pectinate  hoi‘ders,  a median  tooth  being  especially  promi- 
nent. In  the  second  section,  the  scutes  are  not  wider  than  long, 
and  there  is  hut  a .single  median  tooth,  at  the  end  of  a median 
longitudinal  carina. 

These  two  .sections  differ  in  other  regards,  and  the  second  may 
well  he  held  to  constitute  a distinct  genus,  to  which  1 .suggest  the 
name  of  Kuiglilia,  in  honor  of  the  late  AVilhur  Clinton  Knight, 
of  the  Cniversity  of  AVyoming,  an  indefatigable  student  of  the 
l)ala‘ontology  of  the  Rocliy  Mountains. 

'file  ty])e  of  A'ahy/du;  is  C'lupca  Jnniiilis  \jeidy  = Clupea  pu- 
silla-  Cop(‘.  As  the  name  liuuiilis  is  i)i‘eoccupied  in  Clupea  by 
('lujxa  liuuiilis  von  Meyei',  and  the  name  pusilla  by  Clupea-  pu- 
silla  -Mitchill,  the  sjiecies  is  left  without  a distinctive  title  and 
may  stand  as  h'liiglilia  cocaiia  -Iordan.  The  siiecies  is  not  very 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California. 


V.M 


(liffei-enl,  from  Knifjhtia  alia  (Loidy),  also  foiuul  in  tlie  Green 
Kiver  slialos.  K.  alia  lias  the  body  deejier  than  in  K.  eocama. 

In  Kni(jhlia  the  body  is  more  elongate  than  in  Diplotnjjslas, 
the  ventral  outline  and  the  post-nnchal  rej>'ion  not  esjiecially 
prominent;  the  lower  jaw  is  less  prominent  and  the  cleft  of  the 
month  less  obliipie;  the  scales  are  much  larger,  about  thirty-five 
(over  sixty  in  Diplomrjstus) , and  the  anal  fin  and  the  correspond- 
ing part  of  the  vertebral  eolnmn  is  mnch  shorter.  In  Diplo- 
inystus  the  anal  fin  has  thirty  to  forty  rays,  the  caudal  region 
having  about  twenty-five  vertebra'.  In  Knifjhtia  there  are  about 
fourteen  anal  rays,  corresponding  to  about  fifteen  vertebne. 
There  are  in  all  about  forty-one  vertebra*  in  Diplonujslus  and 
thirty-five  in  Knightia.  According  to  Cope,  the  anterior  neural 
s])ines  in  Knightia  are  without  antero-i)o.sterior  laminar  expan- 
sion. 

Knightia  eocana  is  perhaps  the  most  abundant  fish  in  the 
Eocene  shales  of  Green  Kiver,  in  which  locality  Diplomgstus 
dcntatns  and  related  species  of  primitive  herrings  abound. 

The  name  Histiurns  Costa  (1850),  which  is  perhaps  a syno- 
nym of  Knightia,  has  been  earlier  used  by  Agassiz,  as  an  emenda- 
tion of  Istiuriis  Cuvier,  a genus  of  reptiles. 

Very  recently.  Dr.  Louis  Dollo  (Res.  Voyage  Belgica,  1904, 
p.  159)  has  proposed  the  new  generic  name  Copeichthys  Dollo,  as 
a substitute  for  the  name  Diplomystus  of  Cope,  which  Dollo  re- 
gards as  preoccupied  by  tlie  name  Diplornystes  of  Bleeker,  a name 
which  Dr.  Giinther  has  altered,  unnecessarily  I think,  to  Diplo- 
mystax.  In  the  judgment  of  the  present  writer,  Diplornystes  and 
Diplomystus  are  different  words,  however  similar  in  spelling  and 
in  etymology,  and  the  name  Copeichthys  is  not  admissible. 

Family  BAIAIONID.E. 

Genus  Oncoriiynciius  Buckley. 

Oncorhynchus  [?  tschaivytscha  (Walbaum)]. 

In  ferrugineous  shales  of  Post-pliocene  Age,  from  Fossil  Lake, 
Oregon,  are  found  numerous  fragments  of  the  jaws,  teeth,  and 
vertebra*  of  a species  of  salmon  which  must  have  reached  a con- 
siderable size.  Nothing  in  these  fragments  distinguishes  the  spe- 


University  of  California  Publications.  [Oeolooy 


Fig.  ‘28.  OjK’orhi/nchvs  fschairytscha? 


l-'ig.  29.  ()ncovh!i)U‘hu.'<  ixchnxvijtscha?  (Jaw  with  tooth.)  tjuateniary ? 
.\oai-  l''oHsil  laike,  Orogoii. 


Fig.  27.  Oncorhijnchus  ischawytsclm? 
Near  Fossil  Lake,  Oregon. 


(Jaws  and  teeth.)  Quaternary? 


N 


i» 

t 


/ I 


I 

if 


ifr 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL.  VOL.  5,  PL.  12 


Cahimopleunts  c/jlindricux  (Agassiz).  Barra  do  Jardiin  Ceara,  Brazil. 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  (Udifoiiiia. 


130 


oies  fi'oiii  the  Kiiij>'  Sjilinoii  oi’  ('liinook  Salmon,  wliicli  now  rnns 
nj)  fi'om  the  sea  to  spawn  in  tlie  same  region.  We  may  therefore 
])rovisionally  record  it  as  Oncorhijnchus  tschaivijlscha.  These 
jaws  seem  to  represent  tlie  distortion  ])ecnliar  to  tlie  hreedin<>: 
season.  It  is  interesting'  to  know  tliat  the  anadromons  hahits  of 
these  fishes  are  of  sncli  lon^  standing'. 


Fig.  30.  Uncork i/ncliu.s  tsckawyt.scka  (Walljauni).  (Kanius  of  lower  .jaw.) 
Quaternary?  Near  Fos.sil  Lake,  Oregon. 


Similar  remains  of  fragments  of  jaws,  teeth,  and  vertebras 
were  obtained  from  diatomaceons  deposits  on  Lost  River,  Oregon, 
and  sent  to  the  University  of  California  hy  i\Ir.  Selden  Ogle  of 
Klamath  Falls. 


Family  PILOPIILE. 

(lenns  Cal.vmopleurus  Agassiz. 

Calamopleurus  cylindricns  (Agas.siz). 

A specimen  of  this  species  was  fonnd  in  a long  elnh-shaped 
concretion  about  a foot  and  a half  in  length  (48  cent.)  from  the 
interior  of  the  state  of  Ceara  in  Brazil.  This  was  presented  to 
Dr.  John  Branner  hy  Dr.  Paulo  Pessoa  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  and  is 
now  in  the  (Museum  of  Stanford  University.  On  breaking  the 
concretion  lengthwise,  a fine  specimen  of  this  species  was  dis- 
closed. We  here  present  the  photograph  of  this  specimen. 


140 


Universilij  of  (\tlifoniia  J'iihlic(il,io)is. 


I (JKOIXXiY 


Family  ('I I AK A(’I XI I )Jv 
(ic'iuis  Fohkv'Con  Joi’daii,  new  •'(‘inis. 

Eohrijcon  aims  (Woodwai'd). 

{Teiraijoiioplcnis  avus  Woodwai'd,  Ivev.  Miis.  I’aulista,  III, 
p.  (J(i,  1898,  Taiiliate.) 

()1‘  this  species  Dr.  Braniier  has  received  numerous  fine  sjieei- 
mens  through  Dr.  Paulo  I’es.soa  of  Pio  de  daueiro,  from  the  Ter- 
tiary Lignite  of  Tauhatxg  in  tlie  I’rovinee  of  Sad  Paulo,  Brazil. 


Pig.  31.  Eobrucon  avns  (Wooclvard).  Lignite  of  Taubati. 


While  this  sjieeies  is  douhtle.ss  a (Uiaracin,  and  allied  to  Tetrago- 
noptcnis,  its  oblong  and  robust  form  separates  it  from  tliat  genus, 
in  which  the  body  is  very  deep  and  laterally  compressed.  I sug- 
ge.st  the  generic  name  of  Eohnjcon. 

Family  CAT( )ST( ):\I  11  ).E. 

(ienns  (h iasmistks  Jordan  and  Clilhert. 

From  a lake  deiiosit  in  Oregon,  near  Fossil  Lake,  and  prob- 
ably of  (^tuaternary  Age,  Dr.  IMerriam  has  obtained  a large  num- 
ber of  crania  of  suckers,  some  of  them  of  large  size,  ]irohahly 
belonging  to  the  genus  Chasiiiisics  now  living  in  the  same  region. 


VoL.  5] 


Jordan. — The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California. 


141 


Pour  of  these  are  in  veiy  good  condition,  and  these  iiave  been 
studied  by  IMr.  Edwin  Chapin  Starks.  The  following  i)aragi'aphs 
are  taken  from  Mr.  Starks’  manu.scripts  referring  to  these  tishes. 

Chasinistes  oregonus  Starks,  new  species. 

Of  the  four  ci-auia  especially  examined,  the  fir.st  (number  1 
of  the  appended  table)  appears  to  be  the  s])ecies  referred  by 
Cope  ( Proe.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  1883,  p.  151)  to  the  living  spe- 


A B 

Fig.  32.  A,  Chn.sinistes  .sp.  Quaternary,  Fossil  Lake,  Oregon.  B,  Cha.smistes 
oregonus  Starks.  Quaternary,  Fossil  Lake,  Oregon.  Type  specimen. 


cies  Catostomiis  labiatus  Ayres,  from  Klamath  Lake  (properly 
Catostonius  snijderi  Gilbert,  the  representative  in  Klamath  Lake 
of  C.  occidentalis) . The  true  Catostonius  labiatus  is  a different 
species,  from  Sacramento  River,  earlier  called  Catostonius  occi- 


142 


IJnivei-fiit]/  of  (Utlifornia,  J'lihlicdlioos. 


I (!ra)i,o(iv 


denialis  l)y  Agassiz.  C()])e  states  lliat  llie  (‘thmoid  of  liis  fossil 
si)eeiniens  is  lialf  as  lonj^  as  wide.  If  that  be  so,  tliey  cannot  be 
referred  to  Calostomus  svyderi,  as  in  tliat  s])ecies  Ihe  len<rth  of 
the  etlnnoid  is  froin  tbi-ee-foiullis  to  fonr-hfllis  of  the  widtli. 
Possi])ly  he  conii)ared  Ids  specimens  witli  skulls  of  Cli(isnti.<iles 
(two  species  of  winch  are  found  in  Klamatli  hakej,  in  which  the 
length  of  the  ethmoid  is  from  two-fifths  to  three-tifths  of  the 
width.  In  our  erauium  number  one  the  anterior  ])art  is  conspic- 
uously convex  transversely  as  well  as  in  j)rofile.  There  is  no 
frontal  keel  in  front  of  the  fontanelle,  atid  the  fontanelle  is  rather 
nai’row  as  eomiiared  with  other  specimens.  A sharj)  supratem- 
])oral  keel  is  developed  laterally  and  ovei'hangs  the  temporal 
fossa.  Tn  Catostotnus  snyderi  the  surface  of  the  frontal  rises 
from  the  teni])oral  fossa  over  a smooth,  rounded,  supratenii)oral 
ridge  to  the  superior  surface,  and  the  ridge  is  not  developed  lat- 
erally as  an  overhanging  crest.  This  may  be  named  Cliosmistes 
oregonus,  new  species. 

Crainum  number  two  differs  from  number  one  in  being  flatter 
across  the  ethmoid  and  anterior  frontal  regions,  in  having  a wider 
frontanelle  and  a frontal  keel  developed.  In  the  two  latter  char- 
acters it  resembles  number  three,  though  in  general  characters  it 
is  evidently  closer  to  number  one.  This  species  we  leave  unnamed 
for  the  present. 


143 


VoL.  5 | Jordan. — The  Fors'd  Fishes  of  (California. 

(diasniislcs  halrachops  (C()i)e). 

(’r.iiiiiiin  iiuiuhoi-  tliree  luis  a greater  iiitei'()rl)i1,:il  widlli  and  a 
f>reater  width  aei-oss  tlie  pterol ics  and  apices  of  the  epiotics.  The 
region  behind  the  supi'aoeeipital  wliieli  descends  to  tlie  hasioecip- 
ital  is  wider  and  Il;d1er.  In  general  width,  exce])t  in  width  of 
ethmoid,  this  ei"iidnin  npproaclies  Ualoslonins  or  Chnsinistcs  bu- 
Irachops  Cope,  witli  which  it  may  l)e. i)rovision;dly  identified. 


Fig.  33.  Chmmistes  batrachops  (Cope).  Quaternary,  Fossil  Lake,  Oregon. 

Cnr  remaining  fossil,  Chasmistes  or  Catosionins,  has  oidy  the 
operenlar  region  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  cranium  remaining. 
It  is  evidently  close  to  numbers  one  and  two.  It  is  too  fragmen- 
tary to  admit  of  any  measurements  being  given  to  advantage. 

In  the  appended  table  the  measurements  of  Catostomus  occi- 
dcntalis  and  Chasmistes  siomias  show  that  all  of  these  fossils  are 
nearer  to  the  latter,  though  differing  from  it  in  many  respects. 
This  does  not  necessai-ily  mean  that  they  belong  to  the  genus 
Chasnt isles,  although  that  is  probable. 


144 


U nivcrsil])  of  Calif ornia  Puhlicatioas. 


[ (iKOUJOY 


MEASUREMENTS  OF  CRANIA. 

In  the  folloM’inf?  table  in  tlie  tinst  colnnin  under  each  speeinien 
are  ineasnreinents  in  inilliineters ; in  the  second  are  linndredths  of 
the  length  from  the  iiosterior  end  of  the  epiotie  to  the  tip  of  tlie 
ethmoid  sjiine.  i\Ieasiirements  under  numliers  1 to  3 are  of  fossil 
erania  in  our  eollection  ; under  number  4 are  those  jnihlished  by 
Cope  of  “ Caloslomus”  batrachops,  and  the  hundredths  measure- 
ments are  reduced  from  them  ; under  number  o are  measurements 
of  the  existing  species  CJiasmistcs  slotiiia.s  Cilhert ; and  under 
number  6 of  the  existing  species  (Jaloslonnts  accident  alls  Ayres. 


06 

06  to 

^ 08 

Sc 

% 

% 

£ c 

tc  . 

s c 

s 

oe 

C 

s 

o 

s’! 

60  ? 

C ~ 

ts 

•£7: 

06  e 

£ 

c £ 

C t 

O 

o 

O 

^ 6 

Specimen  number 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

oi 

(0 

.c 

£ 

a 

ci 

6 o 

s o 

a 

a 

C 

a 2 

B 2 

a - 

Length  from  posterior 

end  of  epiotie  to  tip 

of  ethmoid  spine  . . . 

83 

86 

*92 

84 

63 

49 

Length  of  ethmoid  (me- 

dian)  without  spine.  . 

19 

24 

19 

23 

20  22 

18  22 

29 

23 

Length  of  parietal  (me- 

dian)  

16 

20 

17 

20 

17  19 

15  18 

20 

18 

Length  of  frontal 

32 

39 

35 

41 

35  38. 

32  38 

41 

38 

Interorbital  width  .... 

45 

55 

* 

* 

55  60 

56  66 

65 

48 

Least  width  between 

interorbital  frontal 

ridges  

15 

18 

17 

20 

17  19 

16 

23 

Greatest  width  across 

pterotics *52 

*63 

51 

60 

64  70 

*62  *73 

60 

57 

Width  between  apices  of 

e])iotics 

26 

32 

26 

31 

33  36 

32  38 

35 

24 

Width  of  ethmoid 

32 

39 

34 

40 

36  40 

42  49 

46 

31 

* Api)ro.\imalcl.v ; so  broken  that  exact  measurement  cannot  be  given. 


Issued  April  -/,  J9()7. 


urvBsny  Lp  iLU...;s  ii8a<tiiv 


NOV  26  191o 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 


GEOLOGY 


Vol.  5,  No.  8,  pp.  145-148 


ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


FISH  REMAINS  FROM  THE  MARINE  LOWER 
THIASSIC  OF  ASPEN  RIDGE,  IDAHO 


BY 


^IaIjCOLM  (tODDAKD. 


The  fTao'inentary  fish  remains  described  in  the  following' 
pajier  were  ot)tained  on  a iialeontoloAcal  ex})edition  visiting 
sonthern  Idaho  during  the  snnnner  of  1903  for  the  purpose  of 
studying  the  Lower  Triassic  ontcrops  at  Aspen  Ridge,  a])ont  ten 
miles  east  of  Soda  Springs. 

The  material  is  all  very  fragmentary,  consisting  of  disarticn- 
lated  hones,  occurring  in  tliin  slabs  of  shaly  limestone.  The  rock 
ahonnds  in  ammonites  and  in  some  cases  is  practically  composed 
of  them.  The  forms  present,  of  which  the  characteristic  one  is 
Meekoceras,  point  to  the  horizon  as  Lower  Tria.ssic.  Pi-ofessor 
James  Perrin  Smith  of  the  Lcland  Stanford  Junior  University, 
who  has  made  a special  investigation  of  the  invertebrate  fanna 
of  this  horizon,  places  it  in  the  Lower  Trias.sic,  below  the  lieds  of 
Pai-is  Canon  from  which  H.  M.  Evans  has  recently  described  a 
new  cestraciont  spine. ^ The  deposit  in  which  the  bones  occnr  is 
of  marine  origin,  as  shown  by  the  abundance  of  cephalopods  and 
otliei-  marine  mollnscs,  and  in  this  respect  differs  from  the  de- 
posit in  which  the  type  specimen  of  Megalichtlnjs  was  found, 
which  is  a fresh-water  limestone.  The  remains  seem,  however, 
closely  allied  to  those  of  fresh-water  formations. 

The  matei'ial  collected  at  Aspen  Ridge  contains  81  specimens, 
comprising  fragments  of  .jaws,  teeth,  scales,  supposed  opercnlar 
bones  and  a nnniber  of  bones  which  are  indeterminable.  l\Iost 

* Bull.  Geol.  Dejit.  Uniw  of  Cal.,  Vol.  3,  No.  18,  p.  397,  pi.  47. 


IhtiversH If  of  (Uilifoniio  l*i(l>lic(ilioiis. 


I (iKOt.OOV 


14() 


of  tlie  sj)c*('iiiu“iis  (l(‘scril)(‘(l  in  lliis  paixM-  r(‘S(‘iiil)l(‘  llic  ci-ossop- 
tc'ry»'iaii  <>aii()i(ls  and  may  l)(‘  referred  to  the  family,  .Mefralieli- 
tliyidae,-  on  aeeount  of  Ihe  tooth  strncinre,  the  valuation  in  size 
of  the  teetli,  and  tlie  strneinre  of  the  dei'inal  plates. 

Th(‘  teeth  wliieh  have  been  ohtaim'd  are  conieal,  with  a i)nl[) 
eavity  of  whieli  the  walls  are  veidieally  folded  towards  the  hase.'‘ 


Figs.  1 and  2 natural  size;  figs.  3,  4,  and  5 one-half  natural  size. 


They  aia*  tiimily  set  in  the  hone,  are  close  together,  and  all  were 
appai-ently  functional  at  the  same  time.  There  is  a great  varia- 
tion in  size  which  is  a character  common  with  McgalicliiJiijs 
ln/)/)(')ii  as  (h'.scrihcd  hv  Dr.  Ilihhert.^  The  hasal  portions  of  the 

- llav,  ( >.  1’.,  ('allg.  of  l''os.  X'ert.  North  .Viner.,  )).  3.5t). 

Woodward,  .\.  S.,  < 'at  Ig.  l''os.  Fish.  Hrit.  j\lns.  PI.  II. 

' d'r.ans.  h‘ov.  Soc.  I'idinh.,  Xlll,  p]).  l()!)-282.  PI.  V-Xlll. 


Voi,.  5 1 


(ioddurd. — Lower  Lriassic  Fish  Ilemains. 


147 


tfelh  MIT  ('oveiTil  with  c'oarst*  loii^itiuliiiMl  folds,  anotluM-  (-har- 
acter  conimon  with  Megal ich tIn/s. 

Tho  punctate  ciiaracter  of  the  Iar<>e  plate  may  he  considered 
as  pointiiifi’  rather  toward  the  ( tsteolepidae  than  to  Me(jalichlhi/s. 

The  followin*’'  specimens  show  cliaracters  which  are  considered 
worthy  of  notice. 

Specimen-  Xo.  1(J823. — This  is  a fragment  of  jaw  (tig.  1)  Ho 
mm.  in  length  and  12  mm.  in  width  containing  eight  dist  ingnisli- 
ahle  teetli,  one  of  which  shows  a length  of  5 mm.  Witli  one  ex- 
ception, tlie  teetli  are  shown  in  cross-section  only.  Tliey  average 
2.5  mm.  hy  3.5  mm.  in  diameter  and  show  distinctly  a deep  jili- 
cation  at  the  base,  the  folds  of  dentine  extending  into  the  pulp 
cavity  almost  to  the  center.  The  external  part  of  the  tooth  shows 
deej)  longitudinal  folds  for  about  one-third  of  the  di.stance  from 
the  base  to  the  apex.  The  teeth  are  set  firmly  in  the  hone. 

This  sjiecimen  very  mneh  resembles  the  members  of  the  Khizo- 
dontidae,  as  described  by  Woodward,®  in  their  conical  form  and 
vertical  folding  of  the  walls  of  the  imlp  cavity  towards  the  base. 
There  is  also  a resemblance  to  the  Ofuteolepidae'’  which  have 
“teeth  conical,  with  a pnlp  cavity,  of  which  the  walls  are  not 
folded  except  ipiite  at  the  base.’’ 

Specimen  Xo.  9991. — Figure  2 probably  represents  a dentary 
bone  bearing  four  teeth  of  different  sizes,  three  of  which  are 
almost  in  direct  alignment;  the  other,  a smaller  one,  lies  at 
the  side.  No.  1,  the  smallest,  has  a length  of  7 mm.,  diameter  at 
the  base  3.8  mm.  It  has  a conical  form  and  a large  pulp  cavity 
reaching  almost  to  the  apex,  and  well  down  into  the  base,  which 
is  .set  firmly  in  the  bone.  No.  2 is  the  base  of  a conical  tooth  with 
external  longitudinal  folds.  No.  3 is  a long  tajiering  tooth  with 
coar.se  longitudinal  folds  extending  almost  to  the  apex  and  having 
a length  of  12  mm.  and  a diameter  at  the  base  of  5.8  mm.  No.  4 
is  a large  tooth  having  an  apiiroximate  length  of  14  mm.  and  a 
diameter  at  the  base  of  8 mm.,  with  very  large  coar.se  longitudinal 
folds  from  base  to  apex. 

^ Woothvtud,  A.  S.,  Catlg.  Fos.  Fish.  Brit.  Miis.,  Vol.  II,  p.  341. 

“ Ibid.,  p.  307. 


148 


Universifji  of  Califomin  PKhlicatioiia. 


I Gkoi.ooy 


Spcci)ne)i  Xo.  .9.988.— F\<x\\ro  8 I'oprcscMits  ;i  philc  vvitli  <i  l(‘ii'’11i 
of  164  iinii.  Tlie  fiToatest  widtli  is  50  iiiiii.  The  plato  shows  lino 
lines  radialiii”'  from  a eoiiimon  eeiiter  to  the  periphei-y,  llie  hi»li- 
est  ])oiiit  l)eiiif>’  ;it  the  center.  'I'lie  sni'face  is  covered  wilh  small 
pits  oi-  dots.  It  resembles  very  mncli  the  frontal  plate  of  Onij- 
cliodii.s-  .‘iignioidr.'i  Xewh,  as  tisnred  by  Dr.  Newberry,"  in  havin<>’ 
lines  radiatinji’  to  all  j)arts  fi'om  a common  centei',  except  that  the 
i'adiatin»-  ridges  are  not  so  i)rononnc(‘d,  and  in  that  the  sj)ecimen 
is  relatively  lon<>'  for  its  width.  It  resemhies  MegoUchl Inix  hih- 
hcrfi  in  havin<>’  the  surface  covered  with  fine  i)its  or  dots.** 

Sperinioi  Xo.  .9.900. — A Ion”-  slender  bone  (tiff.  5)  constricted 
on  each  side  of  the  middle,  which  is  swollen  on  otic  edii'c  resem- 
bling' a point  of  articulation.  The  ends  Hare  out  on  one  sich'  to 
a thin  convex  fan,  the  ])lanes  of  the  expanded  portions  bein^ 
twisted  at  an  an^le  of  about  70°.  Leniith  about  160  mm.,  diam- 
eter at  narrowest  ])oint  0 mm.,  diameter  at  swollen  ])ortion  15.5 
mm. 

Specimen  Xo.  9.987. — Figure  4 repi'esents  the  impression  of 
the  inside  of  a cycloidal  scale  showing  oval  outlines  i)arallel  to  the 
])eri})hery.  Length  76  mm.,  width  85  mm.  The  impression  re- 
senililes  the  inner  aspect  of  a scale  of  lihizodus  ocnatus  Tiaj. 
figured  by  Woodward.®  If  this  specimen  helotigs  to  the  same 
form  as  the  folded  teeth,  the  greater  affinity  is  with  the  .Megalich- 
thyidae  rather  than  with  the  ( isteoleiudae,  as  the  scales  are  of 
e.ycloidal  shajie. 

■ Newberry,  .T.  S.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Mon.,  Yo],  16,  pi.  37. 

* Trans.  Koy.  Soe.  Eilinb.,  Vol.  Xtll,  ji.  194. 

Woodward,  A.  S.,  t’atlg.  of  Fos.  Fish.  Brit.  i\Ius.,  Voi.  It,  PI.  XI  t,  fig.  9. 


I.'f.sHcd  Mop  18,  1907. 


Tlrad^.Vu^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  9,  pp.  149-153  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


BKNITOITK,  A NEW  CALIFORNIA 


OEM 


MINERAL. 


BY 


OEOKGE  DAVIS  LOUDRKBAl ’K, 


iHt  USHAHy  U! 
JUN  1 7 19; 


WITH  CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS  BY  UNlVEfisiTv  or  s; 

WALTER  C.  P.LASDALE. 


The  mineral  which  is  the  snhjeet  of  this  note  was  diseovered 
t'arly  in  this  year  hy  Mr.  Hawkins  and  T.  Edwin  Sanders,  who 
were  prospecting  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Mt.  Diablo  range, 
near  the  San  Benito-Presno  County  line,  about  latitude  80°  20'. 
It  was  lirst  brongiit  to  the  writer’s  attention  liy  Shreve  & Com- 
pany, who  had  purchased  one  of  the  cut  stones  from  a lapidary 
and  Avho  were  later  offered  some  of  the  rough  material  as  sap- 
phire. They  soon  determined  that  it  was  not  sapphire  luit  w'ere 
unable  to  place  it,  and  so  sought  the  aid  of  the  University.  Suf- 
ficient material  for  the  chemical  analysis  and  for  the  crystallo- 
graphic and  othei'  determinations  was  kindly  supplied  hy  Mr. 
Hal  Sanders  of  San  Franei.sco,  a brother  of  one  of  the  original 
discoverers.  The  writer  is  also  indebted  to  Pi'ofessor  (d ’Neill  for 
the  yu’ivileges  of  the  chemical  laboratory  and  for  many  courtesies. 

As  the  progress  of  the  investigation  has  shown  that  it  is  a 
new  mineral  sjiecies,  it  has  been  called  henitoite,  as  it  occurs 
near  the  head  watei's  of  the  San  Benito  Biver  in  San  Bimito 
County. 

I he  most  striking  charactei'istic  of  the  minm'al  is  its  blue 
color,  and  selected  crystals  cut  in  the  I'ight  dii'ei'tion  jiroduee  a 


Uvi'rri'sihj  of  (Utli foioiid  Piihlicniiods. 


[Oicoi.cifiv 


1 .')() 


Ix'iuit ii'ul  !4(‘iii  stone  that  I’ivals  the  sapphii'e  in  color  and  excels 
it  in  hi'illianey.  'I'he  color,  liowevei',  allhonsh  t'aii'ly  eharaeler- 
istie,  is  not  an  (‘ssential  |)ro])erty,  for  very  eoniinonly  pai-ts  of  a 
ei'ystal  aix'  colorless,  vhile  occasionally  perfectly  colorless  small 
ci'ystals  ai-e  found.  The  color  also  varies  in  inhnisity  in  different 
ci'ystals  oi‘  in  paihs  of  the  same  crystal.  Wlien  |)ale  it  is  a rather 
])ni-e  hlne.  When  nioix*  inteiise  it  assiinies  a violet  tint.  In 
addition  to  tliis  variation  in  color  in  ditferent  parts  of  ci-ystals, 
there'  is  a diftVre'iice  at  any  one  ])oint,  d('p('ndin<>'  on  the  direction 
in  which  tlie  liylit  jeasses.  In  othei'  woi'ds,  the  mineral  is  stron'^ly 
dichroic,  the  ordinai'y  ray  heine  coloi'less,  the'  (‘xtraordinai'y, 
hlne.  A section  ent  ])ai'allel  to  the  basal  plane  is  practically 
coloi'less,  wliih'  .si'ctions  parallel  to  the  princiiial  axis  sliow  the 
dee])(‘st  color.  'I’o  ^et  tlu'  finest  etfect,  therefore,  ‘i'enis  slionld 
he  ent  with  tlu'  table  ])arallel  to  the  jirincipal  axis,  and  this  is  in 
contrast  to  the  sapphire,  wliich  sliows  its  color  best  when  cut 
perpi'ndicidai'ly  tlii'i'i'to.  If  such  a section,  cut  so  as  to  <>ive  the 
strongest  (-olor  eftVets,  lx*  examined  with  a dichrosco|)e,  the  eon- 
tra.st  between  tlu'  iniayi's  is  most  strikiii”'.  The  inia'ic  of  the 
extraordinary  ray  heiiiy'  freed  from  the  colorless  imae-e  of  the 
ordinary  ray,  pi'esents  a reniarkahle  intensity  of  color,  very  much 
deeper,  of  course,  than  can  he  .seen  by  lookin'*'  at  the  mineral  in 
any  direction  Avith  the  unaided  c'ye.  In  the  lighter  parts  this 
color  of  the  extraordinai'y  ray  is  a slightly  ‘>reenish  blue  inclin- 
ing to  indiyo  as  it  becomes  dai'ker,  and  is  very  similar  to  one  of 
the  axial  coloi's  shown  by  some  conlierites ; but  in  the  more  highly 
coloi'i'd  or  thicki'r  jiarts  it  is  an  intensi'  purplish  blue. 

Th('  color  is  not  affected  by  lu'at  up  to  the  meltiipa'  ])oint 
of  the  mineral.  Fraaments  heated  to  a rather  hriaht  ri'd  and 
maintained  at  that  heat,  just  short  of  fusion,  for  five  minutes 
showed  no  chana'c'  whatevi'i-  on  coolina. 

Itenitoite  occurs  arnerally  in  individual  simple  crystals  scat- 
tered throuah  the  matrix  and  varyina  from  a few  millimeti'rs  to 
about  two  cent  iuH'ti'i's  across,  ddu'  matrix  beina  translncent 
white,  the  blue  1 ransiiai'i'iit  crystals  stand  out  promiiu'utly  and 
often  show  crystal  face's. 

It  crx'stallizes  in  the  lu'xaaonal  syste'm.  tria'imal  division, 
'file  obset'A'ed  forms  are  the'  basal  |)Iane.  the  plus  and  miinis 


Ij()ii(lrrh(icl,\—  I trill  I oil  r. 


I.')! 


t pyrniiiid  Miid  llu‘  ('oi'fcs])()iidiiiy  1 i'i>>()iial  |)i'isins.  d'h(' 
I’.oi'iiiid  aiiyh*  bc'twcH'ti  tli('  basal  plaiu'  and  llio  pyaainid  is  al)out 
40°  14-'.  ir  llu'  ])yi‘aiind  la'  lakeii  as  a unit  ])yvainid  oi'  1b('  first 
oi'dei',  tins  would  yield  an  axial  ladio  of  .7d27,  it  of  the  seeond 
oi'd('r,  .S4()(). 

TIk'  most  ('onnnon  habit  is  pyiainidal,  one  |)yi'annd  la'iii”'  Ibc' 
eliief  torm,  llie  otboi-  oeeniTin<>'  as  a small  but  i'e”'nlai'  and  bril- 
liant truneation.  (4ne  or  bolh  prisms  may  be  ])resent  as  narrow 
ti'iineations  and  also  a small  ti'ian^nlai'  ])asal  i)lane. 

( ieeasionally  tlie  base  is  develojied  iido  a broad  plane',  tb(' 
crystals  then  bavino-  a moi'e  nearly  tabular  habit.  The  outline 
of  tb('  base  may  then  be  hexaj>'onal  but  the  (*d”'es  corr('S])ondiny  to 
one  ])yramid  will  b('  considei'ably  longei-  than  the  others. 

Oidy  one  crystal  was  found  where  the  two  pyramids  W('i‘(' 
nearly  eepially  developed.  4'be  development  of  the  faces  at  one 
end  of  the  piancipal  axis  always  eorres])onds  so  well  with  Ihose 
at  the  other,  that  it  yives  the  impression  Ibat  the  horizontal  jdane 
of  symmetry  is  i)resent.  No  tendency  towards  a prismatic  habit 
was  obsei'ved.  The  anyles  between  two  adjoiiun»’  pyramid  faces 
at  one  end  of  axis  is  (58°  1'.  There  is  an  imi)erfect  pyramidal 
cloavao'e.  The  fracture  is  coiicboidal  to  subeoncboidal.  The 
hardness  is  ^ distinctly  above  orthoclase  and  labradorite 

and  below  chi-ysolite  and  (piartz;  density,  8. (>4-8. 65. 

'I'be  refractive  index  is  (piite  biuh,  which  adds  ''reatly  to  the 
beauty  of  the  cut  stone.  For  the  ordinary  ray  it  is  about  1.77 
(sodium  liyht),  for  the  extraordinary,  about  1.80.  The  doul)h' 
refraction  is  therefore  very  strong-  and  the  mineral  optically 
l)ositive.  Basal  sections  .show  a i)erfect  uniaxial  ci'oss  which 
yives  a distinct  positive  reaction  with  the  ndca  i)late.  The  jdeo- 
chroism  has  ali'eady  been  desci'ibed  and  evidently  the  absorption 
is  e>o.  Some  difficulty  was  experii'iicc'd  in  y('ttin<>'  a value  for  e, 
as  sodiTim  li”ht  is  strongly  absorbed  even  in  li<>ht  coloi'ed  speci- 
mens a cou])le  of  millimeters  thick. 

'file  mineral  fuses  rpiietly  to  a ti'ansparent  »la.ss  at  about  8. 
It  is  ])i'actically  insoluble  in  bydi'ochloiic  acid,  but  it  is  (piit(' 
easily  attacked  by  hydrofluoric  acid,  and  di.s, solves  I'cadily  in 
fused  sodium  carbonate. 

'I'Ik'  minei'al  has  j)roved  to  be  of  considerable  interc'.st  from 


15^ 


f'Tiirrr^iil II  af  (Uilifiirnia  J'lihlirolions. 


lli(‘  slfm(l|)()iiil  of  its  choiiiicfil  ('oinposit ion.  IM'ofossoc  Itliisdiilc, 
wlio  kindly  undertook  tlio  cheinienl  nindysis,  reports: 


A. 

P. 

Average. 

.Mol.  Ratios. 

SiO,, 

4:1.50 

4:1.70 

4:1.08 

.72:1 

'fiO, 

20.18 

20.00 

20.0') 

.250 

P.aO 

:10.:14 

:io.;il 

:iO.:i.‘l 

.2:17 

100.08 

100.10 

"flu'  siiiiti'ested  foi'inulM  is  I ’>;ri'iSi.,()„,  whieh  yields  the  follow- 
in;^’  cidcuhiti'd  v.ihu's : 

SiO,  4:1.71 

TiO, 

P.nO  :h).!)7 

KIO.OO 

ih’ofessor  I’hisdale  also  I’epoT’ts  that  the  mineral  is  easily  deeoni- 
l)ose<l  hy  hydi’ofluorie  arid,  hut  only  slowly  attaeked  by  molten 
l)olassium  jiyrosulphate. 

Ihnntoite  is  then  a V(>ry  acid  titano-silieat(*  of  harixim.  and 
.stands  in  a elass  hy  itself,  both  as  i'e.<>ards  aeid  silicates  and 
titauo-silieates.  Tlu'  po.ssihility  of  the  titanium  actin"  as  a ba.se 
was  considered,  hut  the  summation  of  the  analyses  and  the  fact 
that  the  crystals  are  often  i)erfectly  eolorle.ss  seem  to  point  defi- 
nitely to  the  above  iut('r])retation.  d'he  blue  color  of  much  of 
the  matci'ial  may  he  due  to  a small  amount  of  titaiiium  in  the 
s(S(pdoxid(*  condition. 

Associati'il  with  Ixmitoitc  is  a black  or  brownish  black  pris- 
matic mineral  that  also  ajiiiears  to  he  new.  Its  mo.st  sti-ikin,<r 
cha  fact  (‘list  ic  is  a vi'iy  jiei'fect  luismatie  cleava«’e  of  80°  10'.  Its 
hardness  is  Ixhwcen  5 and  0 and  it  melts  easily,  at  aliout  1.5, 
;iivin;’’  a sodium  flame  and  heeomin;>’  a lustrous  black  enamel 
head.  It  ai)])eai's  to  he  momx'linic,  is  biaxial,  and  ^ives  an  ex- 
tiuctiou  atyle  of  about  10  dcyri'cs  on  the  cleavage  face.  Its  cross 
sections  are  six-sided,  the  four  cleava^i'c  traces  being  truncated 
by  a lat('ral  piuacoid.  In  thick  jiii'ccs  it  is  opaijue,  but  in  moder- 
ati'ly  thin  ones  it  is  a dc(‘p  inch  red,  whi(‘h  change's  to  a brownish 
or  ocrcous  yellow  as  the  thicku(‘ss  d('(‘r(‘ascs.  I’leochroism  is 
promiuciit.  On  a cleavage  plate  tin*  ray  vibrating  near  the  |)rism 


Lou  derb  <i  ck . — Beni  I,  oit  e . 


If).'} 

axis  is  yellowish  brown  or  oereous  yellow  to  reddisli  brown,  the 
one  pe7‘i)endicnlar  to  tliis  lis'ht  yellow,  absorption  in  which 

C'  lies  nearest  the  prism  axis.  The  refi-aetive  index  is  high — at 
least  greater  than  that  of  monobromnaphtlialene,  1.654. 

The  name  carlositc  is  suggested  for  this  mineral,  fi'om  the 
nearby  San  Carlos  peak,  one  of  the  highest  j)oints  of  that  part  of 
the  range. 

Benitoite  and  carlosite  occur  as  individual  disseminated  crys- 
tals in  nari’ow  veins  in  a basic  igneous  rock  or  in  a schist  which 
has  been  considerably  altered  by  the  solutions  that  formed  the 
veins.  The  benitoite  is  apparently  restricted  to  the  veins,  the 
carlosite  also  occiirring  in  the  neighboring  parts  of  the  wall  rock. 
The  chief  gangue  of  the  veins  is  a soda  rich  zeolite.  The  prop- 
erties of  carlosite  and  the  nature  of  the  gangue  were  determined 
on  small  and  unsatisfactory  quantities,  as  the  collectors  were 
interested  in  the  supposed  sapphires  and  not  in  its  matrix.  The 
writer  has  recently  been  able  to  collect  specimens  of  the  matrix 
and  crystals  of  carlosite  and  expects  shortly  to  make  a more 
extensive  report  on  the  propeities  of  benitoite  and  carlosite,  their 
paragenesis,  etc. 


Issued  July  30,  1907. 


* 0 • 


Ti 


13 


* 


' ! I 


n 

V / 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PU  BLICATIONS  A 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  10,  pp.  155-170,  Pis.  13-14  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NOTES  ON  (^UATEIx'NAIlY  EELJDAE 
EHO:\l  CALIEOKNIA. 


BY 


-John  P.  Bovakd. 


C(  )NTPXTS. 

PACiE 


Introduction  155 

Sinilodon  californicus,  n.  sp 157 

Specific  characters  157 

Material  157 

Occurrence  157 

Alandible  157 

Cranium  158 

Dentition  159 

Relationships  160 

Measurements  - Id- 

Machaerodns  (?)  ischyrus  Merriam  J.  C - I(i3 

Felis,  sp.  indet 163 

Felis  imperialis  Leidy  164 

Felis  hippolestes  Merriam  C.  H 165 

Felis  faseiatus  Raf.  n.  subsp.  parvus  165 


INTRODUCTION. 

At  the  pre.sent  time  the  only  known  fossil  Felidae  in  Cali- 
fornia are  from  Quaternary  deposits,  with  the  possible  excejttion 
of  one  species,  Fe\i&  imperialis  Leidy,  of  which  the  occurrence  is 
somewhat  uncertain.  Feline  remains  are  thus  far  known  from 
three  classes  of  deimsits,  the  asphaltum  beds  of  southern  Cali- 
fornia, the  allnvial  beds  of  the  central  jiart  of  the  .state,  and  the 
cave  deposits  in  Shasta  County. 

The  asphaltnm  beds  in  which  remains  of  felines  have  been 
found  are  located  nine  miles  west  of  Los  Angeles.  The  bones  are 


156 


Univcrsiljj  of  (Jalifoniia  PnhlicalionH. 


fOKOLOOY 


scattered  over  a lar^je  area,  in  many  i)laces  sliowinj'’  on  llie  sur- 
face. The  thickness  of  tlie  l)one  layei-s  is  not  constant;  in  some 
places  the  hones  are  considei'ahly  scattered  and  in  otliei’  places 
there  are  lai'^e  ipiantilies  in  small  ai’cas.  The  hones  are  for  the 
most  part  well  preserved,  hnt  in  many  cases  they  have  been  infil- 
trated with  asphaltnni  and  ai'c  exceedingly  brittle. 

In  a recent  article  Ih-ofessor  d.  C.  Merriand  has  stated  that 
there  are  associated  with  these  cats  in  these  as])halt  dei)osits  the 
remains  of  other  mammals  snch  as  Ele})lias,  Equus,  Bison,  a 
mylodont,  a camel,  and  also  those  of  large  birds.  Snch  animals 
would  on  being  mired  down  in  the  soft  asphaltnni  become  the 
prey  of  the  carnivores,  and  the  latter  in  turn  would  be  caught  in 
the  gummy  bitumen. 

A specimen  which  must  also  be  ela.ssed  with  the  asphaltum 
material  is  the  tyiie  of  Machaerodus  iscdnjrus  from  Asphalto, 
Kern  County.  The  type,  a mandible,  was  found  in  association 
with  asiihalt  deposits. 

Only  one  species,  Eelis  imperialis  Leidy,  is  known  from  the 
alluvial  deposits  of  California.  This  was  found  in  Livermore 
Valley  a number  of  years  ago  and  was  sold  to  Wabash  College, 
Indiana.  The  exact  locality  has  not  been  recorded,  so  that  there 
is  a possibility  that  this  foimi  is  Pliocene.  If  Pliocene,  it  is  the 
only  Californian  feline  known  that  is  older  than  the  Qaternary. 

To  the  material  ah'cady  mentioned  must  be  added  that  from 
the  eaves  of  northern  California.  Numerous  more  or  le.ss  frag- 
mentary specimens  have  been  found  by  Mr.  Furlong  and  Dr. 
Sinclair  in  the  deposits  of  Samwel  Cave  and  Potter  Creek  Cave 
on  the  iMcCloud  Kiver.  The  best  known  of  the  cave  cats  is  Eelis  hip- 
polesics  iMerriam,  C.  11.,  found  in  the  Samwel  Cave  by  i\Ir.  E.  L. 
Furlong.-  Several  mandibles  with  the  dentition  were  found  in 
the  Potter  Ci'(‘ek  ('ave.-’’  These  all  corresjiond  quite  closely  to  the 
cats  now  living  in  ('alifornia. 

The  author's  studies  ou  the  Quaternary  Felidae  were  carried 
on  undei-  the  sui)ervision  of  Pi’ofes.sor  .1.  C.  i\!erriam.  to  whom  1 

'Science  X.  S.,  Vol.  XXIV,  Xn.  (iOS,  pp.  248-250. 

‘Am.  .loui'.  Sci.  X.  S.,  Vol.  XX,  Xo.  107,  ])|i.  53-55. 

" Sinclnir,  W.  Univ.  Calil'.  ruli.  .\ni.  ,\i-cli.  and  Kill.,  Vol.  2.  Xo.  1, 
p.  17. 


VoL.  5]  Bovard. — Quaternary  Felidae  from  California. 


157 


wish  to  express  my  siiieerest  a])preci:itioii  for  liis  kindly  sugges- 
tions and  for  llie  arrangement  of  the  i)a])er.  Ih’ofessor  iMeri'iam 
and  Dr.  C.  Ihnl  iMerriam  have  compared  tlie  I’otter  Ci'eek  ma- 
terial with  that  of  the  TT.  S.  National  Museum,  and  1 am  indebted 
to  them  for  the  use  of  their  notes.  Through  the  kindness  of  IMr. 
W.  W.  Orcutt  certain  material  from  the  asphalt  deposits  was 
loaned  the  Thiiversity  and  has  been  useful  in  making  comparisons. 

SMILODON  CALIFORNICUS,  n.  sp. 

PI.  13,  figs.  1-4. 

Specific  Characters. — Pg  absent,  Mj  with  an  anterior  basal 
cusp,  inferior  diastema  short,  symphysis  deep  and  extending  be- 
low the  infei'ioi’  border  of  the  horizontal  ramus  of  the  inaudible. 

Material. — The  material  available  consists  of  an  almost  com- 
plete skull,  and  considerable  fragments  of  several  others.  The 
mandible  is  represented  by  the  left  rami  of  two  individuals,  and 
by  the  fragments  of  three  others.  There  is  also  the  posterior  half 
of  the  left  ramus  of  a kitten.  The  limb  hones  are  fragmentary. 
They  consist  of  the  distal  end  of  the  humerus,  the  proximal  end 
of  the  tibia  and  numerous  podial  hones.  Of  the  teeth  we  have 
the  superior  inci.sors,  several  sabers  and  the  superior  sectorial, 
also  specimens  representing  the  complete  dentition  of  the  lower 
jaw.  A kitten  jaw  shows  the  milk  molars,  and  the  permanent 
sectorial  just  coming  through. 

Occurrence. — The  type  specimen  is  a mandible  (No.  10210, 
I'niv.  of  Cal.  Col.  Vert.  Palae. ) from  the  asphaltum  beds  nine 
miles  west  of  Los  Angeles,  California. 

Some  of  the  material  was  found  on  a dump  where  excavations 
had  been  made  to  get  out  the  asphaltum,  hut  the  larger  part  was 
found  in  place.  Along  with  the  cat  hones  were  those  of  the  horse, 
wolf,  bison,  camel,  and  ground-sloth.  The  deposits  are  of  Quat- 
ernary age. 

Mandible. — The  lower  jaw  belongs  distinctly  to  the  Sfuilodon 
type.  The  horizontal  ramus  is  rounded,  smooth,  and  slender. 
The  anterior  surface  is  .strongly  concave,  due  to  a wide  ridge 
which  extends  forward  and  downward,  and  separates  the  anterim- 
surface  from  the  lateraj  surface.  This  ridge  is  continuous  with 
a rudimentary  flange  which  has  an  anteroposterior  diameter  of 


i 


158  University  of  California  Uiildicalions.  [(iKoi/Kiv 

20  mm.  and  a heifjht  of  5 mm.  Tlie  symphysis  is  veiy  lai’p^*  ami 
strong,  the  surface  of  eontaet  l)ein<>'  oval  in  shape  and  extending' 
far  down.  O'he  coronoid  pi'oeess  is  lai-<>er  and  hi'oader  than  in 
8'.  ncogaeus,  and  is  more  anterior  in  its  position. 

The  angie  of  the  jaw  is  small,  and  therefore  does  not  inter- 
fere Avith  the  Avide  opening  of  the  month.  The  two  teeth  1’^  and 
iMj  are  situated  about  tlie  middle  of  the  mandible  and  direeted 
backAvard  obliquely  at  a considerable  angle,  'fhe  position  of 
the  teeth  is  important  in  tlie  eonqiarison  A\dth  South  Anieriean 
siieeies. 

The  inferior  diastema  is  short,  and  Avhen  avo  add  to  this  the 
fact  that  P3  is  absent,  it  makes  the  diastema  relatively  shorter 
.still.  There  is  a single  mental  foramen. 

In  another  siiecimen,  No.  10412,  the  iipAvard  cui'vature  of  the 
jaAv  at  the  anterior  end  is  quite  marked.  The  coronoid  elevation 
is  small  and  located  clo.se  to  articular  process.  In  other  respects 
this  jaAV  resembles  the  type  specimen  closely.  In  one  half  of  the 
material  the  jaAV  is  straight  and  the  coronoid  proce.ss  is  Avell  for- 
Avard.  This  includes  the  tyjie  specimen.  The  other  half  of  the 
material  shows  the  upAvard  cuiwature  of  the  iaAV  and  jiosterior 
position  of  the  coronoid  process.  These  differences  are  possibly 
sexual  or  Aun-ietal. 

Cranium. — A skull  (No.  10948)  Avhieh  may  belong  to  this 
s])eci{‘s  is  about  the  same  size  as  Smilodon  ncogaeus  and  8'.  neca- 
tor,  and  conforms  to  the  general  form  and  shape  of  the  .skull  in 
the.se  South  American  forms.  In  this  specimen  the  left  zygo- 
matic arch  is  mi.ssing  and  on  the  right  side  the  post  glenoid  and 
mastoid  processes  are  Avorn  to  a considerable  extent,  so  that  it  is 
imjxKssible  to  tell  Avhether  these  ])roeesses  Avere  fu.sed,  as  it  is  in 
tli(‘  South  Amei-iean  forms.  The  glenoid  fossa  is  at  about  the 
IcA-el  of  the  roof  of  the  mouth,  alloAving  great  freedom  to  the 
lowei-  jaAv.  'flu*  auterioi'  boixlei"  of  the  postei'ior  nares  is  located 
22  mm.  behind  the  molars,  a jiosition  cpute  a little  postei’ior  to 
that  seen  iii  8'.  floridanus,  Leidy.  The  horizontal  surfaces  of 
jialatines  and  uiaxillaries  forming  the  roof  of  the  mouth  luiA’e 
AV(‘ll  marked  ridges  running  auteroiiosteriorly.  Writing  of  the 
ty|)e  speeimeu  of  8'.  floridanusf  Lc'idy  says:  “The  hard  [lalate 


* 'I'liins.  WagiK'r  Prco  liistit.  Sci.  I’liilnd.,  Yol.  '2,  iip.  l.'A,  lS8t). 


VoL.  5]  Hovard. — Quaternary  Felidae  from  California. 


159 


is  less  level  than  in  the  tif>er  and  exhibits  the  same  eonspiennus 
depressions  rei)resented  in  Dr.  Biu'ineister ’s  ti^nre  of  the  same 
I)art  in  M.  ncoyaeua.’'  In  the  Califoiada  si)eeimen  it  is  evident 
that  the  palate  is  devoid  of  dei)ressions  sneh  as  ai*e  found  in 
*S'.  neo(yaeus,  hiit  on  the  other  hand  is  marked  by  very  prominent 
short  I'idyes.  The  space  included  between  the  lateral  i-idyes  is 
not  so  ronsh.  The  posterior  palatine  canals  are  loc.ited  ju.st 
laterad  of  the  lateral  ridyes  at  about  the  level  of  the  antei'ior 
border  of  the  snpeiaor  sectorial. 

The  fore  and  aft  space  of  the  teeth  is  shorter  than  in  S.  flori- 
danus,  and  the  muzzle  is  shorter.  The  widtli  is  about  the  same 
at  the  cajiines,  while  the  Califoiaiia  specimen  is  slightly  narrower 
at  the  sectorials. 

Dentition. — The  dental  formula  of  the  adult  is  f,  T)  fi  t-  In 
the  collection  the  entire  dentition  is  represented  with  the  excep- 
tion of  1\P ; of  the  milk  dentition,  the  incisors  and  cheek  teeth  are 
present.  The  dentition  shows  a I’elatively  high  degree  of  special- 
ization, indicating  that  *S'.  caUfornicus  was  among  the  most  recent 
of  the  saber-tooth  cats. 

The  supeiaor  incisors  are  large,  gradually  increasing  in  size 
from  the  inner  to  the  outer  teeth.  Each  bears  at  the  base  on  the 
interna]  median  surface  a ])roniinent  basal  tubercle. 

The  lower  canines  are  stout  and  short  and  aboTit  twice  the 
size  of  the  external  incisor.  They  have  a single  tubercle  on  the 
internal  medial  STirface  (pi.  13,  fig.  3). 

The  superior  canines  are  very  long,  but  do  not  (juite  reach 
the  proportions  of  tho.se  in  S.  neogaeus  or  S.  necator.  The  aver- 
age length  is  about  224  mm.  Hlainville’s  figure®  of  S.  neogaeus 
shows  that  the  enamel  of  the  tooth  does  not  cover  the  exposed 
portion  entirely.  Five  sabers  in  otu*  collection  show  that  this 
was  true  for  the  Californian  species  also.  The  distal  two-fifths 
of  the  saber  is  entii'ely  covered  with  enamel,  the  middle  fifth  has 
oidy  a narrow  strip  along  the  posterior  edge,  while  the  remaining 
two-fifths  constitute  the  root  proi)er.  Both  edges  are  .shai'ply 
serrated.  The  inner  or  median  surface  is  flatter  than  the  outer, 
which  is  strongly  convex. 


“ Osteographie  des  Manimifers  Atlas  2,  PI.  XX. 


1(50 


U)iivemb)  of  California  Pul/licalions. 


I r.KOI/KiY 


• P®  is  badly  crnslied,  but  ])rosents  no  ])ecii]iafit,i(‘s  as  far  as 
can  l)e  ascertained.  The  lowei'  ])i'eniolar,  P^,  has  two  well  devel- 
oped posterioi’  ens])s  behind  Ihe  protoeoTiid,  l)nt  does  not  differ 
materially  from  the  same  tooth  in  S.  neogneus  or  necalor.  'fhe 
superior  sectorial  ])i‘esents  the  least  vai'iation  from  the  type  of 
sectorial  for  the  ty])ical  Smilodon.  It  is  somewhat  smaller  than 
in  the  South  American  s])ecies,  but  about  the  same  size  as  in  S. 
foridanns.  The  ])ostei'ior  lobe  is  lon<>r  and  stout,  showin^^  a 
tendency  toward  division  into  two  parts.  There  is  a well  devel- 
oped basal  tubercle  in  front  of  the  protostyle. 

The  inferior  sectorial  shows  a decided  si)ecialization  in  the 
development  of  a distinctly  separated  basal  cusp  in  front  of  the 
paraconid  in  two  specimens  (Nos.  10210  and  10258).  The  proto- 
conid  blade  is  considerably  longer  than  the  paraconid  and  shows 
a small  heel  clearly  separated  from  its  posterior  border.  On 
l)late  13,  tigni-e  2,  both  heel  and  anterior  basal  tubercle  are 
shown,  though  the  anterior  tubercle  has  been  largely  worn  away. 
Tn  the  dimensions  of  Mj  there  is  some  variation.  A well  worn 
molar  is  thicker  but  shorter  than  the  tooth  of  a younger  indi- 
vidual. 

Eelationships. — The  resemblance  of  this  form  to  Stnilodon 
floridanus  is  very  close.  On  comparison,  the  skidls  show  striking 
similarities  in  the  general  shape  and  size.  Some  of  the  differ- 
ences are  in  the  fore  and  aft  s|)aee  of  the  teeth,  and  therefore  the 
length  of  the  muzzle,  that  of  the  California  specimen  being  some- 
what shorter.  The  greatest  variation  is  in  the  position  of  the 
po.sterior  nares,  its  distance  liehind  the  molar  series  being  23  mm., 
while  in  floridanus  it  is  slightly  in  advance  of  1\P.  S.  floridanus 
keidy  is  the  only  skull  of  a North  American  saber-tooth  cat 
known  to  the  writei-  that  is  in  a fair  state  of  preservation,  with 
the  exce])tion  of  the  California  material.  No  teeth  remain  with 
the  Florida  sjjecimen,  while  in  S’,  cafifornicus  we  have  rej)resent- 
atives  of  all  the  teeth.  (Measurements  of  the  alveoli  seem  to 
sliow  that  they  ai’c  about  the  sanu*  size  in  the  two,  with  those  of 
S',  floi'idanus  a ti'ifh'  longer  in  anteroposterior  diameter.  The 
alveoli  of  th(‘  canines  arc  practically  the  same  size  in  both  speci- 
mens. While  the  skulls  of  the  S’,  floridanus  and  iS’.  califor)iicus 


VoL.  ;■)]  Ilovard. — (Quaternary  Felidae  froiu  California. 


Kil 


ai'o  very  close  in  Ilieir  “'eiieral  aspects,  they  can  l)e  I'cadily  dis- 
tinynislied  hy  the  postei'ior  ])()sition  of  the  posterioi*  nares  and 
the  shortei'  face  of  S.  californieuH,  and  possibly  hy  the  I'id^es  on 
the  palate.  It  is  probable  that  if  tlie  lower-  jaw  of  Id.  ftoridanus 
wer-e  known,  the  two  s])eeies  woidd  be  still  nioi-e  widely  separated. 

Stndodon  neoyaeus  is  a larji'er  species  than  Id.  caJifornicus, 
but  in  "enei-al  lias  the  same  proportions.  Tire  main  diffei'ences 
ar-e,  the  greater  anteroposterior*  diameter  of  the  nirper  canine, 
the  possession  of  a single-rooted  P3,  the  greater  length  of  the 
inferior  diastema,  or  the  jrostei'ior  position  of  and  iMj  on  the 
mandible,  and  the  smaller  size  of  ]\r^  in  »S'.  neoyaeus,  and  the 
heavier  character  of  the  jaw  and  small  flange  of  d.  calif otuncus. 

The  measni-ements  of  the  cranium  of  Id.  neoyaeus  are  in  the 
main  lai’ger  than  in  td.  calif ornicus,  with  the  exceirtion  tliat  the 
canine  has  a greater  antero})o.sterior  diameter  and  a somewhat 
less  transverse  diameter,  d’he  most  interesting  coni])ai'ison  is 
drawn  between  the  mandibles  of  these  species.  It  will  be  noticed 
that  depth  of  each  mandible  is  the  same,  while  the  length  in  S. 
neoyaeus  is  greater  by  30  mm.  The  difference  in  form  and  size 
is  almo.st  .solely  in  increased  length  of  the  region  of  the  diastema 
in  neoyaeus.  8.  calif  ornicus  was  evidently  a ninch  shorter  faced 
foi-in  than  the  South  American  cat.  The  coronoid  process  is  also 
fai'ther  forward,  but  is  broader.  P^  is  absent  in  calif  ornicus,  but 
is  in  some  cases  repi-esented  by  a single-rooted  tooth  in  neoyaeus. 
The  character  of  the  symphysial  region  is  also  different,  that  of 
the  South  American  form  slanting  backward  at  a considerable 
angle  and  lengthening  the  region  of  contact,  while  in  the  Cali- 
fornia specimen  the  slant  downward  and  backward  is  not  so 
marked  and  the  region  of  contact  forms  a large  oval  surface 
extending  considerably  below  the  ramus. 

Smilodon  necator  Lund®  is  of  the  same  size  as  neoyaeus,  but 
differs  from  it  in  the  breadth  and  length  of  face  and  the  greater 
size  of  teeth,  except  the  superior  canine,  which  is  smaller.  8. 
calif  ornicus  agrees  with  8.  necator  in  the  dental  formula,  but 
outside  of  this  character  it  shows  no  resemblances  other  than 
those  of  8.  neoyaeus. 

* K.  Danske.  Vidensk.  Selskabs.  Afhandl.  lx,  pp.  137-208,  Pis.  XXVIII- 
XXXVIII. 


lliliversitjj  of  California  J*i(hlicafions. 


[OEOUMiY 


lfi2 


Table  of  Measurements. 


Z 

2 

0 

z 

S 

5> 

>r 

z 

0 

S 

Cc 

Leiiffth  of  skull  from  occipital  eoii- 

(Ivies  to  incisive  alveoli  

290 

285 

880 

330 

Breadth  of  skull  at  widest  {)art  

208 

190 

280 ( ?)  280 

Depth  of  ])ostglenoid  tubercle  

1.80 

125 

100 

104 

Length  from  incisive  alveoli  to  infe- 

rior  iiaros  

1.50 

180 

Length  of  skull  from  behind  zygoma 

to  incisive  alveoli  

198 

210 

225 

245 

Breadth  of  skull  at  mastoid  process.. 

126 

140 

148 

Breadth  at  occip.  eondvles  

04.2 

08 

00 

Breadth  of  face  at  seetorials  

148 

150 

170 

Breadth  of  face  at  canines  . 

9().0 

94 

112(?)  112 

Depth  of  face  at  infraorbital  margin 

49.2 

00 

58 

55 

Dejjth  of  zvgoma  

48 

46 

48 

38 

Vertical  diameter  of  infraorbital  for- 

amen  

24.4 

21 

21 

Transverse  diameter  of  infraorbital 

foramen  

15.2 

14 

15 

Fore  and  aft  space  of  teeth  

188.7 

140 

108 

140 

128 

Fore  and  aft  space  of  molars  .. 

49.8 

55 

68 

02 

Breadth  fore  and  aft  of  superior 

sectorial  

88.4 

87 

42 

43 

34 

Length  from  f'  to  P',  inclusive  

188.7 

154.8 

128 

Length  from  Jj  to  INii,  inclusive  

1.82 

1()4.5 

126 

Breadth  fore  and  aft  of  P''  

14.4 

10 

18 

18 

10 

Breadth  fore  and  aft  of  superior 

canine  

89.7 

40 

53 

45 

28 

Breadth  transverse  of  superior  canine 

18.5 

20 

20 

Antoro-posterior  diameter  of  P3  

8 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  P,  

27.8 

27.7 

35 

34 

21 

Antero-i>osterior  diameter  of  INL  

29.5 

29.4 

31 

24.5 

22. 

Transverse  diameter  of  Mj  

14.0 

13.3 

10 

10 

Length  from  b.  to  posterior  edge  of 

coronoid  process  

171.0 

207 

142 

Length  fi’om  L to  laisterior  side  of 



1 24.5 

155 

105 

lauigth  of  inf('rior  diastema  

02 

77.2 

46.5 

36 

Length  from  jxisterior  edge  of  con- 

dvle  to  back  of  M,  

78.8 

08 

I)e|ith  of  svmphvsis  

()L5 

00 

49 

D('pth  of  mandible  at  1\  

84.5 

84.5 

85 

31 

Depth  of  mandible  at  .shallowest  part 

88.5 

.M:niilil)l(‘  Ao.  I(i210,  cruniuni  Xo.  10948. 


V()l5|  Hovard. — (^uatcnKirjj  Felidae  from  Calif omiia. 


163 


Madtaerodus  (/racilis  Cope  from  the  Port  Kennedy  Cnve  de- 
posits is  a smaller  individual,  has  a sinf>ie-rooted  I*.,,  a shortei' 
diastema  on  the  mandible,  and  a lar<ie  flange  on  the  lower  jaw. 
M.  mercerii  Cope”  is  smaller  than  M.  gracilis  and  lias  a double- 
rooted  I’:,. 

Diaobastis  serus  Cope’-  is  known  only  from  the  upper  denti- 
tion, lint  is  characterized  by  the  shortness  of  the  npiiei-  canine 
and  the  ah.sence  of  the  inner  root  of  the  sectorial. 

Smilodon  fattdis  Leidy^’’  is  known  only  from  a .small  portion 
of  the  maxillary  and  the  sujierior  sectorial.  It  is  characterized 
by  the  low  blade  of  the  sectorial  and  the  well  develojied  tubercle 
anterior  to  the  protostyle.  While  *S'.  calif ornicus  shows  also  an 
anterior  tubercle,  the  tooth  differs  so  much  iu  size  and  shape  of 
the  protocone  that  the  separation  of  these  two  species  is  not 
difficult. 


:\[ACnAERODUS  ( ?)  ISCHYRUS  Merriam. 

Univ.  of  Calif.  Puh.  Geology,  Vol.  4,  No.  9,  ji.  171. 

This  species  is  known  only  from  a mandible  (No.  8140,  Univ. 
Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.)  and  is  characterized  by  the  "reat  reduc- 
tion of  Pg,  the  presence  of  a single  posterior  cusp  on  P^,  the  ab- 
sence of  both  metaconid  and  heel  from  Mj,  the  shortness  of  the 
diastema,  the  po.ssession  of  a prominent  flange  below  the  sym- 
physial  region,  and  the  abbreviation  of  the  jaw. 

This  type  differs  very  strongly  from  the  long  slender  jaws  of 
the  South  American  cats  and  from  A.  calif  ornicus.  The  presence 
of  Pg  and  absence  of  metaconid  and  heel  from  IMj,  the  shortness 
of  the  jaw,  and  the  heavy  flange  indicate  that  8.  calif  ornicus  and 
M.  iscinjrus  belong  to  widely  separated  s])ecies  if  not  genera. 

FELIS,  sp.  imlet. 

PI.  14,  fig.  1. 

This  specimen  (No.  382.5,  Univ.  Calif.  Palae.  Col.)  is  repre- 
sented by  a left  superior  milk  .sectorial.  It  was  found  imbedded 

*"Ain.  Nat.,  XIV,  pj).  833-858. 

” Proe.  Acad.  Nat.  Sei.  Philadel.,  1895,  pp.  446-451. 

^^Ani.  Nat.,  Vol.  XXVIII,  pp.  896-897. 

“ Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sei.  Philad.,  1868,  pp.  174-176. 


Universiijj  of  CaVifornia  Puhlicalions. 


[OKOLOliY 


1()4 


ill  tlie  Qiuitonuiry  deposits  of  tlie  I’oller  (hvek  Cnve.''  Asso- 
ciated witli  it  were  the  remains  of  ArclotheriuDi  sitnum,  hhicera- 
tliciium  coUinum,  also  llie  remains  of  deer,  camel,  horse,  and 
large  (luantities  of  rodent  hones.  Mr.  Sinclair  has  determined 
the  cave  deposits  as  Quaternary. 

This  specimen  belongs  to  a very  large  species,  jirohahly  very 
close  to  the  African  lion  in  size.  Comparison  with  a young 
African  lion  shows  how  closely  the  measnrements  agree.  (See 
table  of  measurements.)  The  milk  carnassial  of  the  recent  moun- 
tain lion  is  much  smaller  than  3825.  The  tooth  differs  markedly 
from  the  milk  sectorial  of  S.  calif ornicus,  the  latter  having  but  a 
single  protostyle  and  being  somewhat  shorter.  j\I . sivalensis  has 
two  anterior  cusps,  hut  the  secondary  cnsp  is  smaller  and  less 
developed  than  the  protostyle.  The  position  and  size  of  the  an- 
terior cusps  indicate  that  this  tooth  belonged  to  a very  large  cat 
of  the  time  Fclis  type.  The  only  true  Felis  known  in  California 
that  could  approach  in  size  such  an  individual  as  is  represented 
by  the  milk  tooth  3825  is  the  imperfectly  known  FeFa  ioipcrialis 
Leidy.  More  material  is  necessary  before  anything  more  than  a 
tentative  opinion  regarding  the  affinities  of  this  form  can  be 
reached. 

Comparative  measurements  of  left  superior  milk  carnassials: 

'3  8 ‘^5  — — 

fi,,  8762  8761  M acltaerodns 

r rom  Potter  , „ ■ r ■ T^  i 

„ , „ Atricau  Lion.  Puma.  stvaiensis. 

Creek  Cave. 

Anteroposterior  diameter  . 24.6  mm.  24.3  mm.  16  mm.  19  mm. 
Transverse  diameter  8.2  8 4.6  5 


FELIS  IMPERIALIS  Leidy. 

Felis  imperialis  Leidy,  U.  S.  Geol.  of  Ter.,  Vol.  I,  p.  228,  pi.  XXXI,  fig.  3. 

The  only  known  s])ecinien  of  this  large  species  was  found 
twenty-five  miles  east  of  San  Leandro,  California.  The  exact 
location  is  not  known.  The  specimen  consists  of  a fragment  of 
a maxillary  showing  the  second  and  third  premolars  and  a por- 
tion of  the  alveolus  of  the  canine.  It  appears  to  represent  a true 
Fciis  slightly  lai-ger  than  the  Bengal  tiger. 

’*  Simdair,  VV.  .1.,  Pniv.  of  Calif.  Pul).  Am.  Arcli.  ami  Eth.,  Vol.  2,  Xo.  1. 


VoL.  5]  Ilovard. — Qiiaternary  Felidae  from  California. 


Kif} 


FRT.IS  HIPPOLKSTES  Mcrriain,  C.  I'h 
PI.  14,  lifrs.  3,  4,  5. 

Feli.'i  liippolesles  Meniam,  (l.IL,  Proe.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  XI,  [).  219, 
July,  1897. 

This  .species  is  i-epresented  ])y  several  specimens.  No.  8850  is 
a large,  line  skull,  complete  except  for  the  lower  jaw.  It  comes 
from  the  'Quaternary  deposits  of  Samwel  Cave,  Shasta  County, 
California. 

Specimen  No.  3819,  from  the  Potter  Creek  Cave,  Shasta 
County,  is  only  a small  portion  of  the  jaw  showing  Pg,  P^,  and 
]\I,.  It  re.semhles  the  modern  pumas  generally  in  the  form  of  the 
teeth.  The  measurements  may  show  the  teeth  to  be  a little  larger, 
both  longer  and  thicker  than  those  of  the  type  F.  hippolestes. 
The  jaw  in  this  form  is  rather  heavy  for  a female. 

No.  3744,  a fragment  of  the  lower  jaw  from  the  Potter  Creek 
Cave,  contains  Pg,  P^,  and  M^.  The  jaw  is  slender,  but  the  teeth 
are  about  the  same  as  in  3819.  It  may  be  a female  like  No.  3819. 

A left  upper  sectorial  (No.  4423)  from  the  Potter  Creek  Cave 
represents  a feline  species  almost  identical  with  F.  hippolestes 
IMerriam,  C.  H.,  except  that  it  is  a trifle  larger.  Comparison  of 
this  specimen  with  the  one  from  Samwel  Cave  shows  that  the 
latter  is  somewhat  larger. 

No.  4¥34  No.  8850 

Anteroposterior  diameter  24.8  26.9 

Transverse  diameter  11.5  12.5 

FELIS  FASCIATUS  Eafinesque,  n.  subsp.  PAEVUS. 

PI.  14,  fig.  2. 

This  specimen  (No.  3741,  Univ.  of  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.)  is 
represented  by  a part  of  the  right  lower  jaw  with  Pg,  P^,  and  iMj 
in  place.  It  is  from  the  Quaternary  deposits  of  Potter  Creek 
Cave,  Shasta  County,  California. 

This  form  resembles  most  closely  a mandible  of  F.  fasciatus 
(U.  S.  National  Museum,  No.  58102)  from  Glendale,  Oregon. 
The  mandible  of  3741  is  a little  more  slender,  not  so  high,  but  is 
as  thick  through.  is  about  the  .size  of  that  in  F.  fasciatus. 


166 


University  of  California  Pahlications. 


[Gkolooy 


is  a ti'ifie  siiiailer  than  in  fasciatus.  is  eonsiderahly  smaller. 
'I’lie  si)ace  between  P,  and  the  caniTie  is  very  slinrt,  sliorter  than 
in  any  speeinien  seen  in  tlie  National  i\Insenni  collection.  "I'he 
masseteric  fossa  is  deep  and  pointed  in  front.  In  most  other 
forms  it  is  wider  in  front. 


Transmitted  October  31,  19(d). 
Issued  September  7,  1907. 


1 


I 


1 


^EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  13. 

Smilodon  calif ornicus,  ii.  sp. 

From  Quaternary  Beds  West  of  Los  Angeles,  California. 

All  figures  about  one-half  natural  size  (X..5.5). 

Fig.  1. — Left  ramus  of  mandible.  No.  10210.  A small  heel  on  EVI,  does  not 
appear  in  the  figure.  Page  1.57. 

Fig.  2. — Loft  ramus  of  mandible.  No.  I02o8. 

Fig.  3. — Left  inferior  canine,  showing  basal  tubercde.  No.  10203. 

Fig.  4. — Superior  sectorial  of  a young  individual.  No.  10325. 


BULL.  DEPT,  GEOL.  UNIV,  CAL 


VOL,  5,  PL.  13 


' 


((IWBIsnt  OF  units  »»»* 


RXI’LANATIOX  OF  I'LA'rF  14. 


All  figures  natural  size. 

Fig.  1. — Z'Vlf.s,  s|).  iiulet.  Left  milk  sectorial.  Xo.  3825.  (Quaternary,  Potter 
(’reek  (’ave,  Shasta  County,  (Jalifornia.  I'age  1(53. 

Fig.  2. — Fclis  fasciutun  Rafinesque,  n.  var.  parvus.  Right  ramus  of  the 
mamlihle  showing  It,  P^  Al,.  Xo.  3741.  Quaternary,  Potter 
Creek  Cave,  Shasta  County,  California.  Page  1(5.5. 

Fig.  3. — FeUs  liijijiole.slcs  Merriam  C.  11.  Left  ramus  of  the  mandible 
showing  P,  P^  M,.  Xo.  3819.  Quaternary,  Potter  Creek  Cave, 
Shasta  County,  California.  Page  1(55. 

Fig.  4. — Felis  liippoleste.s  Alerriam  C.  11.  Left  upper  sectorial.  X’^o.  4423. 

(Quaternary,  Potter  Creek  Cave,  Shasta  County,  California. 
Page  1(35. 

Fig.  5. — Feli.s  ]ii})polestcs  Alerriam  C.  II.  Left  mandilde.  X’^o.  3744. 

(Quaternary,  Potter  Creek  Cave,  Shasta  County,  California. 
Page  1(35. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  14 


5 


^Ibod'  hait. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 


Vol.  5,  No.  11,  pp.  171-205 


ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


TERTIARY  FAUNAS  OF  THE 
JOHN  DAY  REGION. 


BY 

John  C.  Merriam  and  William  J.  Sinclair. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Introduction  171 

Stratigraphic  succession  of  the  Cenozoic  formations  in  the  John  Day 

Basin  172 

History  of  correlation  176 

The  John  Day  183 

Palaeontological  classification  183 

The  total  fauna  184 

The  fauna  of  the  lower  division  187 

The  fauna  of  the  middle  division  188 

The  fauna  of  the  upper  division „ 190 

Age  193 

The  Mascall  195 

Fauna  195 


Age  - 197 

The  Eattlesnake  198 

List  of  contributions  to  the  geology  and  palaeontology  of  the  John  Day 
region  199 


introduction. 

In  several  publications  appearing  at  intervals  since  1901 
there  have  been  presented  the  principal  geological  and  palaeon- 
tological results  olttained  by  the  University  of  California  ex- 
peditions in  the  John  Day  region  of  Oregon.  A general  state- 
ment of  the  results  so  far  as  correlation  and  faunal  relations  are 
concerned  has,  however,  been  deferred  until  all  of  the  available 
evidence  should  be  obtained  from  the  several  fields  of  investiga- 
tion in  which  work  has  been  in  progress.  The  following  contribu- 
tion is  based  primarily  on  the  collections  made  by  parties  from 


17-2 


Utiiversilij  of  (\ilifoniia  Puhlical ions. 


I (iEOhOCY 


tho  rniversity  of  ( Vilifoi'iiia  woi'kiiiy  in  llio  vjilley  of  the  .John 
Day  Kiver  durin”’  tlie  suiiiiiiors  of  1!HJ(),  and  and  by 

.Messrs.  V.  (’.  Osnionf  and  L.  S.  Davis,  who  collected  alon^  llie 
Jolin  Day  and  in  the  (’rooked  Rivei"  basin  in  1900.  Darticnlar 
attention  was  ])aid  in  the  field  to  the  study  of  llie  vertical  ranye 
of  species,  and  it  is  now  j)Ossil)le  to  ])i-esent  some  account  of  the 
time  ranye  of  a eonsideral)le  })roportion  of  tlie  ’I'ertiary  fauna 
of  this  reyion,  and  to  offer  some  snyfjestions  re<;ai'dinjf  tlie 
correlatives  of  the  foimiations  containing  mannnaliaTi  remains. 

The  winters  desire  to  express  tlieir  indebtedness  to  .Mr.  d.  \V. 
Gidley,  who  has  studied  the  horse  material  collected  from  the 
IMa.seall  and  Rattlesnake  beds.  The  dohn  Day  rhinoceroses  in 
the  University  of  California  collection  have  been  submitted  to 
Professor  II.  F.  Osborn  for  determination,  but  his  rejiort  has 
been  delayed,  pending  a further  revision  of  the  yroup,  especially 
of  the  later  Olig'ocene  and  IMioeene  North  American  forms. 

STRATIGR.VPIIIC  SUCCESSION  OP  THE  CENOZIC  PORM.VTIONS  IN  THE 
JOHN  D.\Y  B.VSIN. 

The  stratioraphy  of  the  John  Day  basin  has  been  disens.sed 
in  a pi'evioiis  paper.^  The  section  there  described  may  be 
exjiressed  in  talnilar  form  as  shown  on  the  opposite  page. 

The  oldest  formation  in  the  basin  affording  mammalian 
remains  is  the  John  Day,  which  overlies  the  plantd.iearing  Clarno 
beds.  On  stratigraphic  and  palaeontologic  grounds  the  John 
Day  has  tieen  subdivided  into  three  divisions:  lower,  middle, 
and  upper.- 

The  lower  division  is  composed  of  red,  white,  and  green 
tulfaceous  shales,  which  weather  down  into  mud-covered  dome- 
like hills.  No  unconformity  has  been  observed  between  this 
division  and  the  i\liddle  dohn  Day,  although  it  is  po.ssible  that 
om*  exists,  'flu'  brilliant  color  of  the  lower  beds,  their  charaeter- 
islic  lithology,  and  the  almost  total  absence  of  fossils  separate 
them  sh;ii'])ly  fiom  the  iMiddle  dohn  Day  in  which  vertebrate 
I’cmains  are  abundant. 

’ Mcri’iiuii,  .1.  .'\  Coiitrihutioii  to  tlio  (ioology  of  tlie  Jolui  Day  Basin. 

Ball.  I)c|il.  (l(‘ol.  Uaiv.  Cal..  \'ol.  2,  pji.  2(19-214. 

- .Mi'niaai,  Ihiil.  pp.  292-295. 


VoL.  5] 


M crriam-S inclair. — Tert  iary  Fa  a n as. 


\TA 


A«e 


Section  in  the  John  Day  Rasin 


Correlatives. 


Terrace  dei)osits  with  Kquu.'i  Later  half  of  (^uater- 
and  JilepliHfi  remains.  nary. 


(Quaternary 


Pliocene 


Krosion  interval  (tilting  of 
the  Rattlesnake  and  erosion  of 
.John  Day  Canon). 

Rattlesnake  formation  (tuffs, 
gravels,  ashy  soil,  and  rhyo- 
litic lavas). 


Sierran  ( ?) 


Not  Determine 


d. 


Later 

Miocene 


Earlier 

Miocene 


Oligocene 


Unconformity  (tilting  and  ero- 
sion of  the  Mascall). 


Ma.scall  formation  (tuffs,  ash- 
es, and  possilily  gravels). 


Pawnee  Creek  beds,  Col- 
orado; Deep  River  be<ls, 
Montana ; Ellensberg 
formation,  Washington^ 


Columliia  Lava  (basalt  and 
interstratified  basaltic  tuffs). 


Unconformity.  Slight  folding 
of  the  John  Day.  Interval  of 
ei’osinn. 


Yakima  Basalt,  Ellens- 
berg quadrangle,  Wash- 
ington. 

Harrison  formation. 
Monroe  Creek  formation. 
Rosebuil  formation. 


Upper  .John  Day  (mainly 
bulf-tinted  tuft's.  Sands 
ami  gravels  near  top). 

Middle  John  Day  (drab 
and  bluish-green  tuffs). 


Lower  .Tohn  Day  (red, 
B wliite  and  green  tuffaeeous 
^ shales). 


Eocene 


Cretaceous 

(Marine) 


Unconformity. 


Clarno  forma- 
tion (shales, 
tuft's,  andesitic 
and  rhyolitic 
lavas).  The 
Clarno  has 
yielded  an 
abundant  flora 
but  no  verte- 
brate remains 
have  yet  been 
found. 


Upper  Clarno 
beds. 
(Upper 

Eocene) . 


Payette  formation,  Ida- 
ho.* * 

Manastash  formation, 
Washington.-') 


Lower  Clarno 
beds. 
(Lower 

Eocene). 


Unconformity. 


Basal  Chico  at  Texas 
Chico  formation  (sandstones  Springs  and  near  Horse- 
and  conglomerates).  towm,  California;  Phoe- 

nix beds  at  '49  Mines, 
Oregon.” 


” Knowlton,  F.  Fossil  Flora  of  the  John  Day  Basin.  U.  S.  G.  S. 
Bulletin  204,  pp.  109-110. 

* Ihid.  pp.  110-111. 

Smith,  G.  O.  Professional  paper  LT.  S.  G.  S.  No.  19,  p.  16. 

6 Stanton,  T.  W.  Note  in  Bull.  Dept.  Geol.  Univ.  Cal.  Vol.  2 p.  284. 


174 


Uuiversiljj  of  California  Pahliralions. 


( Okolocjy 


Tlie  rocks  of  the  middle  division  Jire  jindesilic  luffs  of  a 
cliaractei'istic  ‘'reen  or  f>reenisli-l)lue  color.  'I'liiii  flows  of  rhyo- 
litic lava,  are  iiitei'hedded  with  these  tuffs  at  Hrid'^e  Creek  aud 
ill  Turtle  Cove. 

The  upper  division  is  composed  of  tuffs  peti’Diiraiihically 
similar  to  those  of  the  iMiildle  dohu  Day  hut  prevailiu<»ly  lif'lit 
hutf  in  coloi-.  At  a uumher  of  localities  sands  aud  ‘iravels  are 
found  near  the  to])  of  the  formation,  iudicatiu<i’  a chaiifi'e  in 
the  mode  of  deposition. 

Xo  sharp  stratio'raphic  line  can  he  di'awn  between  the  .Middle 
and  Upper  dolni  Day,  the  color  of  the  beds  usually  servin'’'  foi‘ 
their  discrimination  in  the  field.  Uannally,  the  dividin'!'  line 
lietween  them  may  he  fixed  by  the  downward  ran<!e  of 
r)'onicrifvocIio(:riis  which  is  not  known  to  occur  in  the  .Middle 
.John  Day.  This  limit  is  foi-  the  ])resent  regarded  as  lyiiif!'  about 
100  feet  above  a jirominent  stratum  of  coarse  jiray  tuff  exposed 
(piite  generally  near  the  top  of  the  I\Iiddle  John  Day  in  Turtle 
Cove,  where,  liy  differential  weathering',  it  usually  foimis  a 
terrace.  The  bluish-tinted  tuff  beds  above  tliis  .stratum  contain 
a rodent  fauna  practically  identical  with  that  occui'ring  lower 
down  in  the  IMiddle  John  Day  and  ai'e,  accordingly,  incorporated 
with  the  middle  division. 

Defoi-e  the  extravasation  of  the  Columliia  Lava,  the  John  Day 
formation  was  sulijeeted  to  erosion.  The  surface  thus  jiroduced 
is  known  to  have  supported  a growth  of  timber  in  at  least  one 
locality.  Uartly  chari'cd  and  partly  silicitied  wood  has  been 
found  at  the  contact  of  the  hutf  beds  with  the  lava,  numeroTis 
sticks  and  .stems  extending  some  distance  upward  into  the  lower 
j)ortion  of  the  lava  flow.  .Vngular  unconformity  has  been  ob- 
sei'ved  between  the  lava  and  the  John  Day,  due  to  gentle  folding 
of  the  latter  foi'ination  previoTis  to  the  outpouring  of  the  lava. 

'file  Columbia  Lava  is  l)uilt  up  of  numerous  heavy  sheets  of 
olivine  basalt  with  I'elatively  insigniticaut  amounts  of  basaltic 
luffs  intej'bedded  with  the  flows.'  In  Oregon,  the  lava  series 
reaches  a thickne.ss  of  one  to  two  thousand  feet. 

b’esting  on  the  ('olumbia  Cava  without  observed  uncon- 

’ ( '.'ilkiiis,  !•'.  A ('ontril’iitioii  to  the  Polrography  of  the  John  Day 
I'asiii.  r.iill.  l)o]it.  (iool.  Univ.  Cal.,  Vol.  2,  p.  1.5!). 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrriam-S  i)i  cl  a ir. — 'rert  ia  rij  Fa  itnas. 


175 


fonnily  is  tlie  Miiscall  formal  ion.  The  lowei'  beds,  from  wliicli 
iiiimei'ous  leaf  impressions  and  j)oorly  j)resei‘ved  lisli  remains 
have  been  obtained,  are  deseribed  by  Calkins  as  line-drained, 
chalky  rocks,  probably  in  part  of  organic  oi'if>'in.  Crey  friable 
tuffs  composed  largely  of  glass  particles  also  form  part  of  the 
series.  The  upper  beds  vvbieb  yield  the  mammalian  I'cmains  ai'e 
tulfs  of  light  color,  fine  grain,  and  harsh  texture.  At  several 
localities  tliin  basalt  flows  are  interstratilied  with  the  lower 
IMascall  beds. 

Upon  the  uptilted  and  eroded  edges  of  the  i\lascall  there 
lies  a considerable  thickness  of  gravel,  tuff  and  rhyolitic  lava 
which  has  been  named  the  Kattlesnake  formation,  from  its 
typical  occurrence  on  Rattlesnake  Creek  near  Cottonwood.  The 
basal  gravels  of  the  Rattlesnake  contain  many  pebbles  evidently 
derived  from  the  Columbia  Lava.  Vertebrate  remains  have 
been  ol)tained  from  both  the  tuff's  and  the  gravels. 

The  tuff'aceous  layers  are  irregularly  bedded  biit.  appear  to 
have  been  worked  over  by  wind,  and  to  have  formed  soil  or  dirt 
beds  supporting  a considerable  growth  of  idants.  In  some 
places  they  are  filled  with  slender  cord-like  bodies  which  evi- 
dently represent  minei'al  accumulation  about  small  roots.  Along 
one  section  of  a .soil  bed  a large  numl)er  of  fragments  of  horse 
bones  and  teeth,  evidently  all  belonging  to  one  individual,  were 
scattered  for  a horizontal  distance  of  ever  twenty  feet  and 
through  one  and  one-half  feet  in  thickness.  The  scattered  and 
broken  condition  of  the  bones  of  this  individual  seem  to  indicate 
a long  exposure  of  the  remains  on  a land  surface  which  was 
being  rapidly  worked  over. 

In  some  sections  the  i)rominent  rhyolitic  bed  forms  the  cap 
of  extemsive  tables.  In  other  regions,  as  near  BeLshaw’s  ranch, 
there  are  at  least  two  hundred  feet  of  gravels  above  the  rhyolite 
bed. 

The  close  of  Rattle.snake  deposition  marks  the  beginning  of 
an  interval  of  erosion  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  opening 
eA-ent  of  the  Quaternary.  It  has  been  sugge.sted  that  the 
deformation  of  the  Rattlesnake  occurred  after  the  John  Day 
River  had  established  itself  in  its  present  course.® 


Merriam.  Op.  cit.,  p.  312. 


17(5 


U tiivcrsH !j  of  (Utlifornia  l‘iihlic(il tons. 


I fiEOI,()(fY 


Stivain  t(‘ri'<ice.s  Jire  round  nloii”’  Iho  .John  Day  and  its  main 
l)rancdK>s.  and  tliere  aro  many  old  alluvial  slo|)(>s  covered  willi 
antiular  rul)l)le.  Itcmains  of  FJcphas  and  EcfUUH  ai'c  i)rcscrv(*d 
in  llie  (^uatcrnai-y  tci'racc  firavcls. 


HISTORY  OF  CORRELATION. 

Tile  earliest  expres-sion  of  opinion  re^ardiii”’  tlie  correlation 
of  the  Tertiary  formations  in  tlie  .Joliu  Day  valley  seems  to  have 
lieen  that  of  O.  (’.  Marslf'  in  1875.  Of  tlie  .John  Day  Marsli 
wi'ote:  “Tlie  tyyiieal  localities  of  this  .Miocene  basin  are  alorif; 
the  .John  Day  Ixiver,  and  this  name  may  very  ])roperly  he  used 

to  desiyiiate  the  lake  basin The  upjier  beds  alone  of  this 

series  correspond  to  the  deposits  in  the  White  Kiver  basin,  'flie 
lower  portion  also  is  clearly  IMiocene,  as  shown  by  its  vertebrate 
fauna,  which  differs  in  many  respects  from  that  above.’’  The 
Clariio  is  refi'rred  to  as  “the  Eocene  beds  eontaiiiiiiG:  fossil 
plants.”  The  presence  of  Pliocene  lieds  above  the  IMiocene  is 
also  noted.  The  so-called  IMiocene  is  evidently  the  Mascall  and 
J\attlesnake,  near  the  tyiiical  exposures  of  which  on  Cottonwood 
Creek  Mar.sh  is  known  to  have  camped. 

Views  similar  to  those  of  IMarsli  were  entertained  by  Cope'" 
who  wrote  of  “the  WMiite  Piver  beds  of  the  .John  Day  region”. 
In  the  same  paper  the  IMascall  and  Rattlesnake  are  referred  to 
as  “the  Loup  Fork  formation  of  Cottonwood  Creek”. 

By  Clarence  Iving"  the  .loliii  Day  was  correlated  with  the 
J'rnekee  group,  and  both  formations  were  supposed  to  have 
been  de])osited  in  the  same  body  of  water,  Pah-Fte  Lake.  In 
exiilanation  of  this  correlation  King  stated  that:  “The  main 
reason  for  cla.ssing  the  whole  group”  (be.,  Truckee)  “as  l\[io- 
ceiK'  is  that  farther  north  in  Oregon,  upon  .lolin  Day,  Des 
Chutes  and  Crooked  Rivers,  Professor  .Marsh's  researches  liavo 
brought  to  light  an  immense  formation,  computed  by  him  to  rie 
.Moot)  or  4(1(10  feet  thick,  containing  numerous  vertebrate  remains 
of  clearly  .Miocene  typi'.  'fliese  Oregon  beds  are  all  in  inclined 
position,  earlier  than  basaltic  eruptions,  and  the  main  material  of 

".Aim.  .Idiir.  Sci.  lid.  si'r.  A'cl.  !1,  p.  .52,  1875. 

( ilisci  x ;il  ions  on  llio  Faninu'  of  tlio  Miooono  d’ortiaries  of  Oregon.  Bull. 
1'  S.  (iool.  Snr\.  of  tin'  'forrs.,  \’ol.  5,  .\rtitde  5,  187il. 

" P.  .S.  (Iool.  l';,\|iloration  of  Ilie  Fortietli  Paralk'l,  Vol.  1.  p.  423. 


V(iL.  5 I 


Mernani-Snicldir. — Tciiidrij  Fa  iotas. 


177 


his  whole  sefii's,  ns  I have  (h'leriiiiiu'd  l)y  iiiiei'oseopie  studies, 
is  of  siratilied  tfaehytic  pumice,  luri's  and  hyaline  sands.  'The 
Oregon  Miocene  is  ai)i)arently  the  direct  northward  continuation 
of  the  Nevada  formation.  Hesides  the  })arallelism  between  the 
two  series  is  the  fact  of  an  overlying  nncoid'ormahle  Pliocene 
in  each  case”.  It  would  seem  from  this  reference  to  the  Pliocene 
that  King  ])os.siI)ly  identified  the  ,Mascall  oi-  Rattlesnake*  with 
the  deposits  in  his  Shoshone  Lake.  On  a later  page’-  the  follow- 
ing table  was  jeresented  by  King: 


MIOCENE. 


Coiitemporanoous 


Province  of  Nevada 
and  Oregon. 

Pah-Ute  Lake  (Truckee  Group, 
King;  John  Day  Group, 
Mansh). 


Proviin  e of  Great 
Plains. 

Sioux  Lake  (White  Piver 
("I'oup,  Hayden). 


King’s  correlation  was  adojited  by  Cope’^  in  his  later  writ- 
ings. In  1880  he  published  the  following  general  account  of 
the  geology  of  the  .John  Day  country:  “The  regions  of  the  John 
Day  Diver  and  Dine  IMonntains  furnish  sections  of  the  forma- 
tions of  central  Dregon.  Above  the  Loup  Fork  or  Fi>per  l\Iio- 
cene  there  is  a lava  outflow,  which  has  furni.shed  the  materials 
of  a later  lacustrine  formation,  which  contains  many  vegetable 
remains.  The  material  is  coarse,  and  sometimes  gravelly,  and 
it  is  found  on  the  tkJnmbia  Diver  and  I think  also  in  the  interior 
basin.  Professor  Condon,  in  his  nnpnbli.shed  notes,  calls  this 
the  Dalles  Group).  It  is  in  turn  overlaid  by  the  beds  of  the 
second  great  volcanic  outflow.  Below  the  Loup  Fork  follows 
the  Truckee  Group,  so  rich  in  extinct  mammalia,  and  below  this 
a formation  of  shales.  The.se  are  composed  of  fine  material,  and 
vary  in  color  from  a white  to  a piale  brown  and  reddish-brown. 
They  contain  vegetable  remains  in  excellent  preservation,  and 
undeterminable  fishes. 

The  Tujodium  nearly  resembles  that  from  the  shales  at  Osino. 
Nevada,  and  on  various  grounds  I snsi)ect  that  these  beds  form 
a part  of  the  Amyzon  Group  (American  Naturalist,  June,  1880), 
with  the  shales  of  O.sino  and  of  the  South  Park  of  Colorado. 


King.  Op.  cit.,  ]i.  4.58. 

Proe.  Ain.  Phil.  Sue.,  p.  61,  1880. 


178 


IJ nivcrsit ])  of  (htlifornia  Puhliraiious. 


[Gi*:oi,ofiY 


Below  these  is  a system  of  liiie-firaiiied  sometimes  slialy  roeks  of 
(lelieate  i;ray,  l)uff  and  j'reenisli  eoloi's,  eontainin*;  calamites. 
wliieh  Professor  (k)iidon  calls  the  Calamite  beds.  'I’heir  ajje  is 
nndetermined.  ” 

In  his  monofiraph  on  the  Tei'tiaiy  Vertehrata,  Cope’^  wi'ites 
of  the  White  River  and  John  Day:  “The  eastern  area  of  this 
foimiation  is  tlie  true  White  R’iver  epoch  of  Hayden;  the  western 
de])osits  form  the  Trnckee  epoch  of  Kin<>'.  I naitied  this  foiana- 
tion  the  Oregon,  hnt  i\Ir.  Kind's  tiame  is  the  oldei'  and  must  he 
retained.  “ 

“According  to  Professor  Condon,  the  Trnckee  formation  of 
Oi’egon,  on  the  John  Day  River,  rests  nnconformahly  on  the 
laminated  beds  containing  Taxodiiirii  and  fish  remains,  which,  as 
T have  suggested  on  a previous  i)age,  may  he  an  extension  of  the 
Amyzon  shales.  These  in  turn  rest  on  a formation  of  hard 
laminated  beds,  whicli  contain  an  abundance  of  calamites,  which 
doubtless  belong  to  the  Triassic  oi‘  Jnra.ssic  period.  The  Trnckee 
l)eds  are.  like  the  true  White  River,  overlaid  by  the  Lonp  Pork, 
and  tliis  in  tnrn  l\v  heavy  beds  of  basalt.” 

The  beds  at  Van  Horn’s  ranch  containing  fish  remains,  which 
Cope  assumed  wei’e  to  be  correlated  with  the  Amyzon  group, 
wei'e  referred  by  LescjnereTix’-'’’  to  the  late  iMiocene  and  are  now 
known  as  the  iMascall  formation.  The  Cahnnite  beds  were  placed 
by  Les(piei'enx  in  the  Eocene  and  ai'e  nndonbtedly  the  Clarno. 
Coi)('’s  eri'oi-  in  eon-elating  the  beds  containing  the  fish  remains 
with  the  Amyzon  group  arose  from  confusing  the  i\fascall  with 
the  Clarno. 

In  the  monogi-aph  i-eferred  to  above,’*''  Cope  propo.ses  the 
following  table  of  eipiivalent  European  and  American  horizons: 


Wk.st  Europe  North  America 


( lotiiiigiaii 

Ooniugian 

Loup  Fork 

Procamelus  beds 

Tortoiiiaii 

Eahuiiaii 

Ticlioleptus  beds 

I iangliiaii 

< 

Trnckee 

.\ipiitaiiiaii 

.Aipiitaniaa 

E- 

White  K’iver 

Stanipian 

n’oiigriaii 

AVhite  River 

'*  I’.  S.  (I.  S.  of  (li(>  'I'oiTs.  lO'ixirt,  Vol.  It.  ]i.  la. 
I’i'oc.  I’.  S.  Nolioi'nl  Mus.,  \'ol.  11,  ]i.  lit,  PSSi). 
'I’ci  t iin-y  Vi-rtc'hrata.  lahio  oiipo.'iilo  p.  tit. 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrriam-S  in  cl  air. — Tert  ia  ry  Fa  anas. 


179 


Tlie  term  Truekee  was  later  ahamloiied  hy  him  in  favor  of 
Mar.sli’s  .loliii  Day.  The  ehan»e  in  nomenclature  appears  in  a 
note  on  the  vertebrate  fauna  of  the  Tieholepins  beds  j)ul)li.shed 
in  188()''. 

“In  tlie  l\e])ort  of  the  U.  S.  (Jeolo^ical  Survey  of  the  Terrs., 
Vol.  111.  p.  18  (1884),  T have  ‘>iven  some  of  the  characters  of 
this  horizon’’  (i.  e.,  the  Ticholei)tus  beds)  “and  its  fauna.  It 
is  intei'iuediate  in  all  respects  between  the  Middle  and  Upper 
iMiocc'iie  formations  of  the  West,  as  represented  hy  the  John  Day 
and  Lou])  Fork  beds.  It  was  first  exjilored  in  the  valley  of  Deep 
Hiver,  iMontana,  hy  my  assistant,  J.  C.  Isaac,  and  afterwards  by 
J.  L.  Wortman  on  the  Cottonwood  Creek,  Oregon.  At  the  latter 
locality  it  is  seen  to  rest  on  the  John  Day  beds,  as  stated  by  i\Ir. 
Wortman,  and  is  indicated  by  the  collections  made  hy  him.”  The 
statement  regarding’  the  superposition  of  the  so-called  Ticholep- 
tus  beds  on  the  John  Day  should  probably  be  I'ead  as  “above” 
rather  than  “on  the  John  Day”.  This  formation  has  been 
termed  the  Cottonwood  beds^®,  Loup  Fork  l)eds,  Amyzon  beds^“ 
and  Protolabis  beds’®.  In  Oregon  it  is  now  known  as  the  IMascall 
formation. 

Cope’s  correlation  of  the  Mascall  with  the  Montana  Deep 
River  is  rejected  by  Scott-\  as  follows:  “I  cannot  agree  with 
Cope  in  regarding  the  strata  of  western  Nehrasca  and  Cotton- 
wood Creek,  Oregon,  as  referable  to  the  same  horizon  as  those 
of  the  Deep  River  valley  in  Montana.  . . . The  reference  of 
the  beds  developed  along  Cottonwood  Creek  and  the  upper  John 
Day  River,  in  Oregon,  to  the  Deep  River  horizon,  is  determined 
by  the  occurrence  in  them  of  a so-called  Anchilherium  and  of  a 
species  identified  as  Blastonicryx  borealis.  It  shoidd  be  noted, 
however,  that  the  term  Ancltitherium  is  used  in  the  sense  of 
Mioliippas,  the  species  from  Montana  which  I have  called 
-I.  e<iainnm  is  a very  dilferent  animal  and  belongs  to  the  group 
of  -I.  anrclianense,  of  Europe,  which  it  e(pials  in  size.  Mioliippus 

Am.  Xat.,  Vol.  20,  pp.  367-3(i8,  1886. 

Bull.  Am.  ]\[useum  of  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  12,  j).  23;  also  Jour,  of  Geol , 
Vol.  9,  p.  72. 

Coj)e.  Proe.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  1880,  Vol.  19,  p.  61. 

“Wortman.  Bull.  Am.  iMus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  10,  pp.  120,  141. 

The  Vlammalia  of  the  Deep  Piver  Beds.  Trans.  Am.  Phil  Soc.,  Vol.  17, 
p.  60,  1893. 


180 


UiiivcrsHjj  of  (Utlifornid  Puhlicatious. 


[ (!k<)I,0()Y 


is  foiiiid  ill  the  typienl  Loiiii  Fork,  as  well  as  in  the  lower  series 
(see  Oshorii,  l^iill.  i\his.  (’oiiii).  Zool.  ( laiiihridye,  Vol.  KJ,  p.  89. 
Tinder  the  title  AncliHlicriuiii  pannilinii) . No  <>reat  weight 
therefore,  can  lie  attached  to  tlie  occurrence  of  the  fieniis  in  the 
('ottonwood  (’reek  beds.  The  presence  of  IlhLsIoiiierijx  horcolis 
would,  of  itself,  he  iiisufticient  for  the  correlation  of  the  two 
localities,  hiTt  the  identitication  of  the  species  is  not  at  all  certain. 
Itesides  certain  minor  differences  in  the  teeth,  tlie  linih  hones 
from  the  Oregon  lieds  indicate  tlie  existence  tlieri"  of  two  species, 
lioth  of  which  are  nmcJi  lieavier  than  the  Alontana  forms  and 
are  more  like  others  fi'oiii  the  Loii])  Fork  of  Kansas.” 

In  the  same  ])a])er  --  the  lower  strata  in  tlie  valley  of  Dec]) 
Kiver  aie  referred  to  the  toji  of  the  dohn  Day. 

(’ertain  ‘‘de])osits  of  <i'ravel.  clay  mid  volcanic  dust,,  lyiii" 
above  the  lavas  of  the  ('olumhia  Kiver  in  eastern  Washin<iton 
h ive  been  eori-elattd  by  lius.sell-'*  with  the  John  Day.  ‘‘P>eds  of 
licdit-colorcd  clay  and  of  white  volcanic  dust,  which  have  been 
referred  to  the  John  Day  .system,  occur  at  the  White  Iflulfs  of  the 
(’olumhia.  JO  miles  above  Pasco,  and  are  also  well  exposed,  in 
Naches  Valley  and  near  Ellen.sber'i’  in  Yakimn  County.”  Knowl- 
tou-'*  has  .shown  that  the  leaf  JTearin«-  beds  above  the  lava  in  the 
vicinil,v  (if  Fllensbery  ai-e  the  correlatives  of  the  iMascall. 

Scott-’’  has  formnlated  his  views  I’egardino’  the  Eui'opean 
equivalents  of  the  White  River  and  John  Day  in  an  address 
(hJivm'ed  before  the  British  A.ssociation  for  the  Advancement 
of  Scienci'  from  which  the  following’  extract  is  taken  : 

‘■'fhe  White  River  is  Oligocene  (Ronzon)  and  inncli  misuiT- 
deislandiiig  has  come  from  calling  it  iMiocene.  The  John  Day 
may  be  placid  in  the  Lower  IMioceue,  though  it  is  somewhat  older 
(han  the  beds  at  St.  Cerand Je-Puy.  and  follows  the  ’White  River 
with  hardly  a break.  None  of  the  American  laciTstrines  is  re- 
fi'rable  to  the  Middle  .Miocene.  J'he  LoTip  Fork  is  Epper  i\Iio- 
cene,  till'  Deep  River  division  corresponding’  almost  exactly  to 
the  bids  at  Sansan  and  Steiiiheim.  . . ”. 

■■’■Scott.  0/1.  (lO.  ji.  (iO. 

l{(>coini:u.ssanc('  in  Southeastern  tVashington,  It.  S.  (i.  S.  Water  Su]iply 
and  Irrigation  I’a|iers,  Xo.  -I,  1S!)7. 

‘ i^llensllerg  folio,  1'.  S.  (ieol.  Allas,  note  in  descriptive  text. 

•“  K’cpI.  liril.  .\ss.  tor  the  .\d\’.  (d’  Sci.,  t.Silo,  )>.  (iSl. 


VoL.  5 1 


Mcnia7)i-Si)iclair. — Tetiiary  Faunas. 


181 


By  Von  /iltel-”  tlie  Jolin  Day  has  been  i)laeed  as  the  ecjuiva- 
lent  of  the  beds  at  Sansan  and  Steinheini.  The  so-called  Ticho- 
le])tns  beds  of  Cottonwood  Creek,  Orefion,  are  correlated  with 
the  sands  of  K{)pelsheini  and  the  beds  at  Pikeiani  near  Alliens 
and  .Marafiha  in  Pei'sia.  The  beds  at  St.  (Jerand-le-Puy  and 
Itonzon  are  correlated  with  the  White  River,  which  is  referred 
in  part  to  the  IMiocene  and  in  part  to  the  ( )li‘>'ocene,  while  the 
John  Day  is  called  i\Iiddle  Miocene  and  the  Ticholeptus  beds 
Uiiper  iMiocene. 

In  an  extensive  correlation  table,  W.  II.  DalP'  has  bracketed 
opposite  each  of  the  formations  in  (jnestion  what  he  regards  as 
their  eiinivalents  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States,  and  also 
the  corresponding  European  horizons.  The  Oligocene  is  here 
admitted  as  a fourth  division  of  the  Tertiary.  A part  of  the 
table  is  herewith  rejirodnced : 


Epochs  and 
Stage.s 


4 Jliocene 


5 Transitional 


Oligoeeue 

6 rt.  Upper  or  ( 
Chipolan  | 


7 I Transitional 

h.  Lower  or 

8 Vicksburgian 


B Pacific  Coast 


9 I lone  formation 
10  j Sooke  beds 
lU  f Empire  beds 
12  1 Astoria  sand- 
stone 


13  ; Monterey  beds 


14 


15 


16 


Tunnel  Point 
beds  (?) 
Astoria  shales 


Aturia  bed 


Lake  Beds 


4 Loup  Fork 


5 Deep  River 


6 I John  Day 


7 Protoeeras  bed 

^ White  (UVP« 
9 T>-  1 Middle 

10  (Lower 


Foreign 


5 I Helvetian 


6 ' Sansans 

beds 


Aquitanian 


8 I Tongrian 


9 j Ligurian 


“ Handhueh  der  Palaeontologie,  Band  4,  s.  65-66. 

Eighteenth  Annual  Report,  U.  S.  G.  S.,  Part  2,  table  opposite  p.  334. 


182 


U iiivcrsiljj  of  California  Cnhiiral ions. 


I (1koi,o(;y 


W.  I).  Matthew-®  lias  siifjpi'estecl  as  probable  an  “overlaj)  to  some 
extent”  of  the  Protoceras  beds  on  “the  Power  Mioeene  .John 
Day”.  ‘‘The  Cottonwood  basin,  eontaininfj:  a bi>>ber  fauna”, 
is  made  “equivalent  to  the  Deep  Kiver  (Cojie  and  Wortman) 
or  Louji  Fork  (Scott)”.  In  the  correlation  table  piiblisbed  by 
iMattbew--’,  the  Diceratberium  beds®"  of  the  dobn  Day  and  a 
portion  of  the  Promerycocboerus  Ix'ds®"  are  made  the  equivalent 
of  Horizon  C of  the  Colorado  Wbite  Diver  section,  wbicb  is 
referred  in  part  to  the  Oligocene  and  in  part  to  the  Lower 
(Miocene.  The  Dattlesnake  is  spoken  of  as  “the  loose  <>ravels 
overlyiii”'  the  Cottonwood  beds”  ami  is  placed  above  the  Loiq) 
Foi-k  and  referred  to  the  Pliocene.  In  a later  paper  (Mattbew®* 
has  called  the  Diceratberium  beds  Upper  Olifi'ocene  and  the 
Promerycocboerus  beds  Lower  (Miocene.  The  (Mascall  is  jilaeed 
in  the  (Middle  (Miocene.  As  the  latter  refei’enee  is  framed  in 
accordance  with  the  four-fold  subdivision  of  the  Tertiary,  it  is, 
jicrbaps,  less  discordant  with  Knowlton’s®'®  views  regardinji;  the 


Upper  (Miocene  age  of  the  (Mascall  than  would  at  first  appear. 


Tbe 

following  tiible 

of  Europetin 

and  American  equivalents 

ba.s  been  publi.sbed  by 

Osborn  :®® 

( Upper 

'tortonien 

Loiqi  Fork 

Miocene 

■ ' Middle 

Hclveticn 

Lower  Loup  Fork  and 

( Lower 

Langhien 

iqiper  .John  Day 

t Upper 

Aquitanien 

Lower  .lohn  Day  (Di- 

Oligocene 

1 

ceratherium  beds) 

Lower 

'Tongrien  | 

Sta.npien  . 

Lnira-  ioiigrieii 

A Provisional  C'las.sification  of  the  Pre.sh-water  Tertiary  of  the  West. 
Pull.  Am.  iMus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  12,  Article  3. 

IhiiL,  p.  23. 

.See  under  heading:  The  John  Day,  Palaeontological  classification. 

Notice  of  Two  New  Oligocene  ('ainels.  Bull.  Am.  iMus.,  Vol.  20,  p. 
214,  ]!ll)4. 

Bulletin  Ik  S.  (!.  S.,  No.  204,  p.  108. 

( 'on-clation  Between  Tertiary  Mammal  Horizons  of  Europe  and  Amer- 
ica, with  'third  'trial  Sheet,  Annals  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  13,  pp.  1-72,  1000. 

'the  (ieologic.al  and  Eaunal  Relations  of  Europe  and  America  During 
th(>  'tertiary  Period  and  the  'theory  of  the  Successive  Invasions  of  an 
Alrican  Eanna.  Science,  n.  s.,  Vol.  'll,  ]).  501,  1900.  * 

See  also  Osborn,  Bull.  Am.  i\lus.  Vid.  23,  ]>]>,  237-253,  1907,  issued 
since  the  pre|)aralion  of  ]ii-esent  artiedm  'the  Lower  John  Day  is  ])laced 
in  the  s('cond  phase  of  the  Middle  Oligocene,  e(]uivalent  to  the  Leptauehenia 
teds  anil  Protocei'as  sandstones,  'the  .Middle  .John  Day  is  referred  to  the 
I'ppei-  Oligocene,  and  is  believed  to  b('  closely  equivalent  faunally  to 
the  .Aipiitai.ien  of  Erance  (St.  (ierand  le-Pnv).  'the  Piqier  John  Day  is  re- 
garded ;is  transitional  between  Oligocene  and  Miocene,  'the  Mascall  is 
|ilaced  in  the  earlier  .Miocene,  'the  Ratth'snake  is  referred  to  the  Lower  and 
.Middle  I’liocene. 


VoL.  5 1 


Merridni^Sinclair. — Tertidrij  Faioias. 


183 


A still  lator  table  is  the  following’  by  1 lateber 


Miocene 


r (Jooilniglit  = Palo  Duro  = Ogalalla 
Loup  Fork  \ Nebrasea  = Upper  Deep  River 

I Harrison  = Hiatus  between  Lower  aiul  Fpjier 
Deeji  River. 

I Monroe  (ti'eek  = Upper  .John  Day  and  Lower 
Arikaree  J Deej)  River. 

( tiering-  Sandstone  = Lower  Jolni  Day 


Oligocene  = White 


River 


Oreodon  Clays,  including  itretaiuynodou  Sand- 
stones. 

Titanotherium  Sandstones  and  Clays. 


The  reasons  which  have  governed  tlie  determinations  of  geo- 
logic age  and  stratigraphic  e(iuivalency  ex])ressed  in  the  table 
on  page  173  of  the  present  ])aper  are  stated  at  length  in  the  fol- 
lowing chapters : 


THE  JOHN  DAY. 

PalacGiitologicaJ  CJassificafion. — Two  fannas  may  be  recog- 
nized in  the  John  Day,  corresponding  to  the  middle  and  upper 
stratigraphic  subdivisions.  The  Lower  John  Day  will  i)robably 
prove  to  be  fannally  distinct  from  the  beds  above,  bnt  until  its 
fauna  is  better  known  it  must  be  left  without  a pahieontologic 
designation. 

WortmaiL^  has  proi)osed  a subdivision  of  the  series  into  lower 
or  Diceratherium  beds  and  upper  or  IMerycochoerus  beds,  the 
former  corresi)onding  to  the  )niddle  and  the  latter  to  the  upper 
of  the  three  subdivisions  now  recognized.  3Tie  vahie  of  the  teian 
“Diceratherium  beds”  is  greatly  diminished  by  the  difficulty 
of  identifying  Diceraihcriuni  in  the  field,  owing  to  the  usual 
fragmentary  character  of  much  of  the  rhinoceros  material  en- 
countered. As  yet  it  is  also  not  altogether  certain  that  the  genus 
is  confined  to  the  IMiddle  John  Day. 

The  palaeontological  designation  of  the  Upper  John  Day®''  has 

"■‘Proc.  Am.  Phil.  See.,  Vol.  41,  p.  118,  1902. 

Extinct  Camelidae  of  North  America.  Bull.  Am.  IMus.  Nat.  Hist., 
Vol.  10,  p.  120. 

“ IMeryeochoerus  beds.  Wortman.  Bull.  Am.  IMus.,  Vol.  10,  j).  120. 

Paracotylops  beds.  Merriam.  Bull.  Dept.  Geol.  Univ.  Cal.,  Vol.  2,  p.  290. 

Promerycochoerus  beds.  Matthew.  Memoirs  Am.  IMus.,  Vol.  1,  pt.7, 
legend  of  fig.  19,  p.  399. 


184 


IJ iiiversil !J  of  (Utlifornia  Puhlical ions. 


varied  eonsidei'ably  owiiijr  to  eliaiif’es  in  the  <f(‘nei'ie,  name  of  its 
characteristic  oreodent,  which  has  been  shown  by  .Alatthew'* *’  and 
Donylass^®  to  helon”'  not  to  M o'ucochocrus  l)nt  1o  a distinct  f'onns 
named  In'  the  latter  I'romcnicocliocrus. 

It  has  been  snf>'f>ested'’®‘'  that  tlu*  sa)ids,  f>'ravels  and  tnffs  at  the 
top  of  the  rpjier  .John  Day  may  I'cpi'esent  a third  faunal  sub- 
division. They  are  typically  exposed  on  .Johnson  and  Dolof^na 
Creeks,  on  Jtridge  Cre(“k,  and  in  the  upper  end  of  Haystack 
Valley,  and  are  chai'acterized  by  mimerons  i-emains  of  Miolahis 
{rorafjjlopKs) . Until  the  fanna  of  these  l>eds  is  better  known 
it  may  be  best  to  include  them  with  tlie  Promerycoehoerns 
hoi-izon. 

The  Total  Fauna. — For  conveidencc  in  reference,  a comj)lete 
list  of  .John  Day  vei'tebi'ate  species  is  appended.  The  list  is  by  no 
means  a final  one,  and  it  is  to  be  exi)ected  that  mimerons  eliaiifjes 
will  be  made  as  a complete  revision  of  the  fauna  progresses. 


('AKNIVORA. 


Canidae. 

F(iradai)hacnu.s  nt.'ipigenas  ((.’ope)  

Paradapliaenits,  sp.  indese 

(Ampliicpon  harIsJioniianus  in  part). 

Xothoci/on  gei.’imarianu.'s  (Cope)  

Kotlioci/oii  gci.smarianiis  molli.s  Merriam,  J.  t'., 

Xottiocpon  lemur  ((.,!ope)  

Xothocyon  latidcns  ((.’ope)  

Temnoepon  alligciiiti  Cope  

Tenniocyoii  uudlovianus  Coi>e  

Temnoepon  ferox  Eyernian  

Me.wrpon  eorppliaeu.'i  (Cope)  

Mesoepon  jo.tephi  (Cope)  

Me.soepon  braeltpop.s  Morriain,  .T.  (’. 

11  pacnoepon  ha.^idalu.f  Cope  

II paenoepon  .seetorius  Co|)e  

Oligohuni.s  era.s.'iivuUu.'i  ('o])e  

Fnhpdroepon  .stenoeephalu.'i  (’ope  

I'hUoirox  eondoni  Merriam,  .1.  (' 

('pnodiel i.'>  (.’)  orcgonen.si.s  Merriam,  .1.  C 

MUSTELIDAE. 

Poriefi.s  prhnaevu.s  Seott  


..American  Museum* 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

.University  of  California 

American  ^luseum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

Princeton  University 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

.University  of  California 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

University  of  California 
University  of  (’alifornia 

Princeton  University 


.Mattliew.  <)j>.  eil. 

““  Douiilass.  Am.  .loiir.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  Vol.  11,  p.  S‘2,  1901. 
'"Sinclair,  .loui'.  of  (u’olojjy,  Vol.  !),  ji.  70(),  1901. 

* I.oeotioii  of  Ippe  .'tpeeimen. 


VoL.  5] 


Merriam^Siiiclair. — Terliarij  Faunas. 


18.") 


Felidak. 

Dinictis  ci/clop.s  Cope  

Arcliacluru.s  debiUs  Coiio  

Archdclunis  dcbUis  major  Merriani,  .1. 

Nimravus  gomphodus  Cope  

Nimravus  conferlus  (k>pe  

Pogonodon  davLsi  Merriani,  .1.  C 

Pogoitodon  bracbijops  (iojie  

Pogonodon  j)latgcoj)K  Cope  

Uoplophoncu.s  ccrebralis  (!oi)e  

Iloplnphoneus  strigidens  Cope  


American  Mnsenni 

• American  .Mnsenm 

University  of  California 

American  Mnsenm 

American  iMnsenm 

.University  of  California 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Mnsenm 

American  Aruseuin 


KODENTIA. 

SCIURIDAE. 

Sciurn.^  worhnani  (.'ope  American  Mnsenm 

Sciurus  balloviaiius  Cope American  Museum 

Haplodontidae. 

Allomgs  {Menisoomgs)  bippodus  Cope American  iiluseum 

Allomys  {Meniscomij.s)  Uolophus  Cope  American  iSluseum 

Allomgs  (Meniscomgs)  cavatus  Cope  American  Museum 

Allomgs  (Meniscomgs)  nitens  Marsh,  var.  miiltiplicatus  Cope. 

Yale  University 

Mglagaulodon  angulatus  Sinclair. University  of  California 

Castor  iDAE. 

Steneofiber  gradatus  Cope  American  IMuseum 

Steneopher  peninsidatus  Cope  American  Museum 


Ceomyidae. 

Pleurolicus  sidcifrons  Cope 

I’leiirolieiis  leplophrgs  Cojie  

Pleurolicus  diplophgsus  Cope 

Entoptgchus  planifrons  Cope 

Entoptgclius  cavifrons  Cope  

Entoptgchus  minor  Cope 

Entoptgchus  lambdoideus  Cope 

Entoptgchus  crassiraryjis  Cope 

Entoptgchus  rostratus  Sinclair 

Entoptgclius  sperrgi  Sinclair 


American  IMuseum 

American  iluseum 

American  IMuseum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Yluseum 

American  Museum 

Ihiiversity  of  California 
.University  of  California 


AIuridae. 

Feromgscus  nematodon  (Cope)'*" American  iluseum 

Pcromgscus  parvus  Sinclair^o University  of  California 

Facicnlus  loclingtonianus  Cope American  Aluseum 

Paciculus  insolitus  Cope American  Museum 


Lepokidae. 

Lepus  ennisianus  Cope-io ...American  IMuseum 

Primitive  forms  vhich  might  not  be  referreil  to  existing  genera  if 
better  known. 


186 


Univcrsiijj  of  California  Cuhlicalions. 


[(jKOLOfiY 


pekis8()I)A(:tyla. 


Kquidak. 


ilexollippHS 

Mesoliippus 

Mcsohippm 

21exoliij)j>ux 

Mesoliippus 

Mcxoliippux 

Mcxoliip/)ux 

Mesoliippn.s 


jii'dcstatis  (('o])e)  

((juiceps  (Cope)  

h racln/lojih  us  (('ope) 
lougicrislis  (Cope)  . 

('o)i(loni  L('iily  

unceps  (Marsh)  

aiuicrlcus  (Marsh)  , 
(icutideiis  Sinclair  .... 


American  Mnsenm 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

..U.  S.  National  Museum 

Yale  University 

Yale  University 

University  of  California 


LOPHIODONTIDAE. 

? Colodoii  {Lophiodon)  occidentaUs  Leidy U.  S.  National  Museum 


Tai’iridae. 

Protdjiinis  rohusius  Sinclair University  of 


California 


Khinocerotidae. 

Acenitlicrium  pacificum  Leidy 

Arerallicrium  Iiesj)criuiu  Leidy 

Arri'dtiicrium  tnuiiiianiim  ('ope 

Accfdllirrinm  lubifer  ('ope 

Acerdiherinm  dnuccieus  i\larsh 

Diccratlicriuin  drmatuin  Marsh  

Diccrdtiicrium  iidnum  Marsh 


LI.  S.  National  Museum 
U.  S.  National  Museum 

American  Museum 

American  Museum 

Yale  University 

A^ale  University 

Yale  University 


1NDETER]V[IXATE. 

Ddcodon  sbnshoncnsis  ('o])e  American  Museum 

Chalicothekidae. 

Moropiis  disfdus  IMarsh A"ale  University 

Moiopus  s(ii(.r  .Marsh  Yale  LLiiversity 


Elolherium 

hidllicrium 

EloUirrium 


I'll  i noil  pus 
ThinoUpus 
'J'liiiiolii/iis 
'J'liinolipiis 

'I' hi  II  oh  pus 


7 h in  oh  pus 
'I' hi  noli  pus 
'I'hiuohpus 


ARTIODACTYLA. 

Elotheriidae. 

humcrosum  Cope  American  Museum 

imperdior  Leidy TC  S.  National  Museum 

cdlhinsi  Sinclair University  of  California 


Suidae. 


( Bol hroldbis) 
( liol hroldhis) 
(liothl'olidiis) 
( /{(I  I hroldhis') 

( lUd  hroldhis) 


( Hoi  hroldhis) 
( Jiol  h rol<d>is) 
{Jlol  hrolidiis) 


prislinus  T.eidy U.  S.  National  Museum 

trichdcnus  ('ojie American  Museum 

rosirdtus  ('ope American  Museum 

subdUipidns  ('ope 

('ondon  collection,  University  of  Oregon 
drccduns  ('ojie 

Condon  collection,  ITniversity  of  Oregon 
Snpi)lementary  1y|>e,  University  of  ('alifornia 

Iriilus  Marsh  Yale  University 

socidlis  Marsh Yale  University 

osiuoiili  Siiudair University  of  California 


VoL.  5] 


Merriam-SiiicJair. — Tertiarij  Faunas. 


187 


ilEKYCOIDODONTS. 

Agricoclioerus  irifrons  Cope Ainerieaii 

Agriochoerus  gugotianu.s  Cope Aiiici-iean 

Agriuchoeriai  rgderanu.s  Cope Amei-iean 

Agriochoerm  ferox  (C)ope) American 

Kporeodon  occidenicdi.'t  Marsh Yale  LI 

{Eucrotnphu.’i  jac'l.'ioni  Leidy,  part 
Euvrotuphus  major  Leidy,  ])art 

Eporeodon  occidentali.^  Icptacanthm  (Cope) American 

Eporeodon  occideniaVuH  paciflcm  (Cope) American 

Eporeodon  trigonocephalus  (Coi)c) American 

Eporeodon  major  longifrons  (Co])e) American 

Eporeodon  socialis  Marsh Yale  TT 

Fromerijcoclioertts  .saperhus  (Tx'idy), IT.  S.  National 

{tempor(dis  Bettany) 

Promerijcochoerus  chcJgdra  (Cope) American 

Frotnerycoehoerus  macrostegm  (Coiie) American 

Fromerycoehoerus  leidyi  (Bettany) 

Sedgwickian  Museum,  Cambridge, 


iMuseum 

Musenm 

Musenm 

Museum 

niversity 


Museum 

Museum 

Museum 

iMuseum 

niversity 

Museum 

iluseum 

iMuseum 

England 


Camelidae. 

Miol(d>is  (Faratylopus)  sternhergi  (Cope) American  iMuseum 

Miolahis  (Faratylopus)  cameloides  (Wortman)  American  Museum 


IIypertkagulidae. 

Hypertragulus  eulcaratus  (?)  Cope-n American  Museum 

Allomeryx  planiceps  Sinclair-*^ LTniversity  of  California 


TESTUDINATA. 

Testudinidae. 

Stylemys  oregonensis  Leidy 

(»S'.  nehrascensis  Cope)  Condon  collection,  LTniversity  of  Oregon 

SQUAMATA. 

Boidae. 

OgmopJiis  oregonensis  Cope American  Museum 

The  Fauna  of  the  Lower  Division. — The  lower  John  Day  has 
proved  to  be  alino.st  devoid  of  fossil  remains,  althonoh  carefnl 
searc'h  was  made  for  them  at  a nnmher  of  localities.  The  follow- 
ing forms  are  represented  in  the  University  of  California’s 
collections  l)y  fragmentary  specimens  too  poor  for  specific  de- 
termination : 

“ Not  calcaratus  but  an  undescribed  species,  IMatthew,  Bull.  Am.  Mus., 
Vol.  Id,  p.  31d.  //.  liesperius  of  Hay’s  catalogue.  Bull.  179,  LT.  S.  G.  S., 

p.  67.5. 

■‘■The  characters  cited  in  the  original  description  of  this  genus  (Sinclair 
1905)  are,  |ierhaps,  insufficient  to  warrant  separating  it  from  Hypertragulus. 
It  is  retained  for  the  present,  j)ending  a revision  of  the  group. 


188 


U )iiversil tj  of  (Uthj ornui  J’lihlical ioos. 


[ (iKOI.()(;Y 


Elolhcrium  (large  sjieeies). 

Ehinoceros  (genus  anil  sjiecies  imlet.) 

Ml'.  L.  S.  Davis  reiuoiiibors  finding  tliv  sknll  of  a Mci-ycoido- 
dont  in  the  licds  of  ffiis  liori/on  some  years  ago,  hid  definite 
iiifoniiation  concerning  it  is  not  now  ohtainalile. 

The  Fauna  of  the  Middle  Division. — d'lie  following  list  of 
species  from  the  Dieeratheriiiin  beds  is  based  on  inalerial  brought 
togetlier  by  University  of  California  jiarties  eolleeting  with  tlie 
vertical  distribution  of  siieeies  particularly  in  mind: 

I'cui noci/on  aPiV/riii.s-  Cope. 

KoUiori/on  hitiiUoi.s  (Cope). 

X()1hor!/o}i  lemur  (Cope). 

Xollioci/on  (/(’'■'oiiarimni.'i  moUi.'<  Merriani,  J.  C. 

Me.soci/oii  ('or!/j>Jiacus  (Cojie). 

Mc.soci/nn  jo.scjUii  (?)  (Cojie). 

Pliilotrox  eoniloi  i Merriani,  .1.  C. 

Ci/iK'iIicfis  (?)  orc(iniiC)isi.<i  Merriani,  J.  C. 

ArchacJuru.'i  (IchiU.'i  major  Merriani,  J.  C. 

Ximraru.'i  gomphodn.s  Co]ie. 

^lllomi/.'i  uitens  idarsli. 

^i1Iomi/.f  liipjxxlu.s  (Cope). 
viPoiiii/.v  caratii.'!  (Cope). 

Allomi/.'t  UoIopliu.<i  (Cope). 

Atcncopher  pcninsululus  Cope 
Steucofiber  gradafits  Cope. 

Prromi/.'^cu.s  ncmatodon  (Cope). 
rcroinp.^cus  parru.'i  Sinclair. 
ricurolicu.'i  (?)  sp. 

Enlop! jn'hus  )>laiiifron.'i  Cope. 

Knioptgchu.'i  cavifrons  Cope. 

Kntopt gehus  cra.'i.'.irami.'i  Cope. 

Kniopi gcliH.'i  minor  Cope. 

Lcjms  enni.sianioi  Co]ie. 

KMiinoceros  (genera  ami  species  not  yet  deterniined). 

M l‘■'«)Jlij)p}ls  cquiccji.H  (Cope). 

Klol licrium  sp. 

Thiiiolipu.s  (liol lirohdji.'^)  o.smonti  Sinclair. 

'Jliinolii/u.s  (Pollirolabi.'t)  dccedcns  Cope. 

Tliinohjiux  leiUu.s  (?)  Marsh. 

A grioeboerns  gupol iaiiu.'i  Co]ie. 

Agriofhocru.'i  s|i. 

Epori'oilon  (xu  id<‘nlali.'<  Marsh. 

!•'. pormxlon  occidoAali.'i  pacificu.'i  (Cope). 

.1  lloihi  rp.r  jd(Oii<'(  p.'i  Sinclair. 

II fipi  rl ragidus  s]i. 

Sliilcnnix  s]i. 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrriam-Siuclair. — Toiidrj)  Fdunas. 


189 


Owiii”'  to  llie  cluiracteristic  color  of  the  iiiati'ix  of  the  Middle 
doliii  Day  it  has  l)een  possible  to  oxi)aiul  the  list  of  s[)0cies 
pecidiai-  to  tliis  hoi'izoii  eoiisidei'ahly  hy  aji  exaiiiiiiatioii  of  the 
tyi)e  inatei-ial  in  the  Cope  collection  at  the  American  Musenni 
of  Natural  History,  dndgino-  from  the  color  of  the  matrix,  the 
following  type  .specimen.s  are  probably  from  the  .Middle  dohn 
Day : 

Xolhocyon  (/cismarianus  ((\ipe). 

Kothocyoii  lemur  (Cojje). 

Temnocijon  aUigenis  Cope. 

Mesocyon  coryphaeus  (Cope) 

Archaclunis  dehilis  Cope. 

N imravus  gomphodus  Cope. 

Steneofiber  peninsula t us  Cope. 

Steneofiber  gradatus  Cope. 
rieurolk'us  leptophrys  (lope. 

Entoptychus  planifrons  Cope. 

Kntoplychus  rniiior  Cope. 

Entoptychus  larnbdoideus  Cope. 

Allomys  hippodus  (Co]ie). 

Allomys  cavatus  (Cope). 

Mesoliippus  eguiceps  (Cope). 

Thinohyus  (Unthrolabis)  pristinus  (tope. 

Thinohyus  (Bofhrolabis)  rostratus  Cope. 

Eporeodon  occidentalis  leptacanthus  (Cope). 

To  these  should  be  added  Fogonodon  platijcopis  Cope,  the  only 
known  specimen  of  which  was  collected  by  L.  8.  Davis  from 
the  iMiddle  John  Day  in  Turtle  Cove. 

fJomhining  both  of  these  lists,  the  Middle  John  Day  fauna, 
so  far  as  known,  contains  the  following  forms : 

Temnocyon  altigenis  Cope. 

Nothocyon  latidens  (Cope). 

Nothocyon  lemur  (Cope). 

Xothocyon  geismarianus  (Cope). 

Nothocyon  geismariamis  mollis  Merriani,  .J.  C. 
ilesocyon  coryphaeus  (Cope). 

2Iesocyoii  josephi  (?)  (Cope). 

Fhilotrox  condoni  tMerriaiii,  J.  C. 

Cynodictis  (?)  oregonensis  Merriani,  J.  C. 

Archaelurus  debilis  Cope. 

Archaelurus  debilis  major  Merriani,  J.  (t. 

Nimravus  gomphodus  Cope. 

Fogonodon  platycopis  Cope. 

Allomys  nitens  Marsh. 

Allomys  hippodus  (Cope). 


190 


U iiivcrsil !j  of  (ktJifornia  l'ii/jliralio)is. 


I (iKOLOfiY 


Allojnys  cavatus  (C\)i)e). 

Allomys  liolopliux  ((!oj)c). 

Stencofiber  penwsviatn.s  Cope. 

Atencofihcr  gmddlns  (Vipe. 

Pcronu/scuji  nemotodon  (Cojie). 

Pcromyscns  parvus  Sinelair. 

Pleurolicus  (?)  sp. 

Pleurolicus  Icptophrys  Cope. 

lAitapIpclnis  ptanifroiis  Cope. 

ICnfopti/chus  minor  Co])C. 

lintopti/rlins  cavifrnns  ('o])e. 

lintoptijcJius  crassiramis  Co])C. 

Entoptyclius  lamhdoidcus  Cojje. 

Lepits  ennisianus  Co])e. 

Kliiiioeeros,  species  iiidet. 

Mi'soJiippus  cquiccps  (Coi)e). 

FloiJicrium  sp. 

Thiuohpus  (BoihroJahis)  osmonfi  Rinclair. 

Thinohyiis  (Botlirolahis)  drccdens  Cope. 

Thinohpus  (BoUirolahis)  prislinus  Cojie. 

Tliinohi/us  (Boihrolabis)  rostralus  Cope. 

Thinohi/us  lentus  (?)  iMarsli. 

Agriochoerus  gugotianus  Cojte. 

Agriochoerus  sp. 

Kporeodon  occidcu1(dis  iMarsb.  • 

Eporeodon  ocridcnt(dis  pacifims  (Cope). 

Epnreodon  occidc)i1(dis  leptacanthvs  (Co])e). 

AUomcrgx  pJaniceps  Sinclair. 

ni/pcrtrngulus  s]i. 

Sti/lemgs  sp. 

9'he  ^Middle  John  Day  is  cdiaraeterized  by  abundant  remains 
of  Eporvodon,  espcc-ially  of  tlie  two  smaller  species  occideniaVis 
and  /xicifiots.  and  by  a yreat  nnmber  of  rodents,  which  have 
b(‘en  obtained  ]n-inci])ally  at  two  horizons,  one  at  about  the 
middb'  and  IIk'  otlier  at  the  top  of  the  Diceratberinm  beds.  Both 
liorizons  contain  i)i'a(‘tically  the  .same  fauna.  Next  to  Eporeodon 
in  abundance  tlu*  most  common  foian  is  a Ilypcrfragidiis,  fray- 
mentai'y  siiecimens  of  which  o(‘cnr  at  alnuxst  every  exposure. 
Illiinocan'os  material  is  fairly  abundant  but  usually  fragmentary 
and  po.ssibly  i'ei)resents  other  o-enera  in  addition  to  l>iceratlicrii(m. 
'I'Ik'  smallei-  piys  of  the  yeinis  Tliiiioinjus  are  most  common  in 
the  middh'  beds,  but  it  cau  not  yet  be  determined  whether  they 
a re  eouliued  to  1 his  boi'izon. 

TIk'  Eiiiiini  <d'  lli('  l'p})rr  Dirisio)!. — 'fhe  followiu"'  ai’e  typical 


VoL.  5] 


.1/ ernani-S  i nclair. — Tertidrij  Fa  a iias. 


191 


loi’iii.s  from  the  Upper  John  Day.  9'he  cletermiiiations  are  l)ase(l 
on  material  in  tlie  University  of  Ualifornia  collection. 

Noliioci/on  lemur  (Co])e). 

I’emnoci/on  (illifienis  Coi)e. 

Mesoei/oii  cornphacus  (Co|»e). 

Menoci/oii  hraclii/ops  Men-iani,  .1.  (’. 

Pogonodon  davi.si  Mcrriam,  .1.  C. 

Eiitoplijclius  phmifrons  Cojtc. 

E nl  opt  pell  ua  ravifrons  Co])e. 

Entoptpclivs  rosiratvs  Sinclair. 

Entopti/clrifs  uperryi  Sinclair. 

Lepus  cuniniauus  dope. 

Rhinocero.s  (genera  amt  species  not.  yet  determined). 

Mesohippux  cquiccps  (Cope). 

Mesohippus  acutidens  Sinclair. 

Piotapirus  rohnxltis  Sinclair. 

Elotlieriuin  callinni  Sinclair. 

Elotherium  sp. 

Agrioclioerus  ferox  (Cope). 

Eporeodou  sp. 

Fromerycockocrui,  siiperbus  (Cope). 

Promerijcoclioerus  chelydra  {?)  (Cope). 

Hypertragulua  sj). 

Stylemys,  sp. 

The  types  of  the  following  species  not  represented  by  material 
in  the  Iniiversity  of  California  collection  are  known  with  more 
or  less  certainty  to  have  been  found  in  the  Upper  John  Day  beds. 
Temnocyoii  ferox  Eyerman". 

Mesoliippus  pvaestans  (Cope)" 

Eporeodou  trigouoccphalus  (Cope)^^. 

Eporeodou  major  longifrons  (Cope)^''. 

Promerycochoerus  macrostegiis  (Cope)*k 
Proinerycochoerus  leidyi  (Bettany)** 

The  gravels  and  tntfs  at  the  top  of  the  Upper  John  Day  which 
have  been  referred  to  on  a preceding  page  as  possildy  constitut- 
ing a separate  faunal  horizon  have  atforded  the  following  forms: 
Mylagaulodon  augulatus  Sinclair. 

Protapirus  .sj). 

Miohihis  (Paratylop-u/i)  cameloides  (Wortman). 

" Princeton  University  collection.  U[)per  John  Day,  Turtle  Cove. 
Coniinimicated  by  I^rot'essor  W.  B.  Scott. 

"American  IMuseum  collection.  Ituff -colored  matrix. 

"American  IMnseum  collection.  North  Fork  of  the  .lohn  Day  Eiver. 
The  matrix  is  the  characteristic  buff -colored  tuff  of  the  uj)j)or  division. 
■"‘Same  locality  as  E.  trigonocepha/us. 

American  IMuseum  collection.  Itridge  Creek.  The  horizon  is  probably 
the  Promerycochoerus  beds. 

" ttridge  Creek.  Probably  from  the  Promerycochoerus  beds. 


]92 


Uxivcrsil)/  of  California  Ciihlicalions. 


I CiEOLOfjy 


The  tyjie  of  Miolahis  ( I’aratylopiis)  sternhergi  is  stated  by 
"Wortoioii  to  l)e  “from  the  lower  beds  of  the  Joliii  l);iy  Volley.” 
(z=I)ieera1herium  beds  of  Wortmoii).  The  matrix  investing  the 
skull  is.  however,  (luite  iiidike  the  Middle  doliii  Day  tuffs,  and 
resembles  the  upi)ei’most  pait  of  the  l!j)per  .John  Day  in  whicdi 
eamel  remains  are  ])artienlarly  abundant,  i-i'or  the  present  it  is 
omitted  from  the  faunal  list  of  eithei'  horizon. 

Combining-  the  various  ])artial  lists  of  Up[)er  .John  Day 
species,  the  following  forms  may  be  regarded  as  eliaracteri.stie 
of  tliis  division  : 

Xotlioci/un  lemur  (Co])e). 

Temnocyon  aliigeius  Pope. 

Temnoc  1/011  ferox  Ptyerniaii. 

Mrsoci/oii  roriijilidcus  (C'oj>e). 

Mesoci/o)i  hmclij/ojis  Alerriam,  .1.  ('. 

Vogonodon  davixi  Alerriam,  ,1.  ('. 

Enloptijchus  jihinif rone  Pope. 

Entopti/cloie  carifrnns,  Pope. 

Entopii/chiis  roetratus  Sinclair. 

Eniopti/clius  fipcrri/i  Sinclair. 

LepiiS  einiisidnus  Pope. 

21  glagiiulodon  anguhilus  Sinclair. 

Ehiiioeeros.  ^ 

2Icxo]iippuii  equiccps  (Pope). 

Mcsohippus  (icut ideas  Sinclair. 

Mesohippus  praeslans  (Pope). 

Erotnpirvs  rohiisUis  Sinclair. 

Protapinis  sj). 

Elotlicrium  catlinsi  Sinclair. 

Elothcrium  sp. 

Agrioehoerus  ferox  (Pope). 

Eporcodon  s]). 

Eporcodon  trigonoccplialus  (Pope). 

Eporcodon  major  Jongifrons  (Pope). 

rromcri/eoi liocrus  supcrhus  (Pope). 

rromergrocliocrus  chch/dra  (Po])e). 

Promcrgroclioenis  macroslegus  (Pope) . 

J’romeri/cocliocrns  Icidi/i  (Hettauy). 

Jl i/jirrtragulus  s]>. 

Miolahis  (Paral  i/lopus)  eamcloidcs  CWortman). 

Sli/Jcmt/s  sj). 

I’rooK  r!icoclio(  riis  is  the  mo.st  common  form  in  the  rj])per 
.lohn  Day.  and  is  not  known  from  the  middle  division.  Its  ab- 
sence fi'om  the  middle  division  affords  an  important  means  of 
disci-iminat ing  the  lioi'izons  in  the  field.  Jake  J’ronicrycochoenis, 


VoL.  5 I 


Mcni(im-Si)H‘Jah-. — Terlidrj/  Faunas. 


193 


J’rotapinis  is  also  uiire])roseiitc(l  in  the  Middle  doliii  Day.  'I’lie 
inti'oductioii  of  these  two  genera  niay  he  exjdained  l)y  their 
innnigration  fi'oin  some  other  ])rovinee,  as  they  are  without 
known  aneestral  forms  in  the  iMiddle  Jolni  Day.  Afjriocltoerus 
decreases  in  ahnndanee  in  the  Ui)i)er  .John  Day,  whei'e  it  is 
represented  by  bizarre  forms  like  M.  fcrox.  Lai-ge  elotheres  are 
more  common  tlian  in  the  Diceratherinm  beds.  The  .smaller  hogs 
have  not  been  found  in  the  npi)er  division.  Kodents  are  not 
well  represented.  Camels  have  been  found  only  in  the  ui)per- 
most  beds  of  the  series.  Idains  and  forest  types  occur  together 
in  the  same  beds. 

Age. — Str-atigraphically,  the  John  Day  occupies  a position 
between  the  Tapper  Clarno  (Upper  Plocene)  and  the  Columbia 
Lava.  Ph'om  the  latter  it  is  separated  by  an  interval  of  de- 
formation, and  sul)-aei'ial  erosion.  Before  eonsiilering  the  age 
of  the  John  Day  it  will  he  advisable  to  pre.sent  hrietly  what  is 
known  regarding  the  age  of  the  lava. 

The  Columbia  Lava  is  evidently  referable  to  the  earlier 
Miocene,  as  it  is  overlain  by  the  Mascall  of  the  later  (Miocene. 
Its  correlative  is  the  Yakima  basalt  of  the  Pillensherg  (luadrangle, 
which  bears  the  same  relation  to  the  Plllensberg  formation  that 
the  Columbia  Lava  does  to  the  Mascall,  the  equivalent  of  the 
Plllensberg.  By  Smitld®  the  age  of  the  Yakima  basalt  is  fixed 
as  early  or  middle  (Miocene  from  the  fact  that  the  basalt  rests 
unconfornial)ly  on  the  Manastash  formation  (Upper  Eocene= 
Clarno)  without  the  intervention  of  the  .John  Day. 

The  time  equivalent  of  the  unconformity  at  the  top  of  the 
John  Day  can  not  be  accurately  measured.  At  a number  of 
localities  the  upper  beds  are  wanting,  the  lava  resting  on  the 
(Middle  .John  Day.  Pllsewhere,  the  erosion  is  represented  by 
gulches  carved  into  the  John  Day  tuffs  and  preserved  beneath 
the  lava  cap.  Taken  in  connection  with  the  great  thickness  of 
the  lava  it  seems  reasonaltle  to  regard  the  volcanic  and  erosion 
intervals  together  as  equivalent  to  a considerable  part  of  the 
earlier  (Miocene. 

A strict  adherence  to  the  three-fold  sul)division  of  the  Ter- 
tiary would  necessitate  placing  the  John  Day  in  the  Lower 


“ G.  O.  Smith.  Professional  Paper  U.  S.  G.  S.,  No.  19,  p.  16. 


194 


IhnverHii]]  of  (Uilifoniia  Piihlicat ions. 


f (iK<)IXK;Y 


^Miocene  and  tlie  C()lun)1)ia  Lava  in  llie  Middle  .Minc-ene.  since 
the  former  rests  on  the  Ui)])er  Koeene  and  the  latter  is  ovei-lain 
by  beds  determined  from  their  tioi-a  as  lli)])er  Miocene.  Kollow- 
ino-  the  fonr-fold  division  wliich  is  heconiiiif;  more  and  mor(> 
generally  accei)ted  by  Amei-ican  ^ieoloyi-sts,  the  .John  Day  is 
referable  mainly  if  not  entirely  to  the  ()li<>'ocene,  and  a study 
of  its  fauna  has  shown  the  propriety  of  snch  reference*,  “'faken 
together,  the  Carridae  and  Felidae  of  the  John  Day  represent 
a stage  of  evohrtiorr  somewhat  more  advarreed  tlian  that  reached 
in  the  White  Kiver  arrd  le.ss  advanced  than  that  ol'  the  Loni) 
For'k.  Conijrared  with  tire  known  farinas  of  Fiu'ope  they  apirear* 
to  be  not  older  tharr  the  .Middle  Oligocerre  of  Fontainhiean  and 
not  as  young  as  the  iMiddh*  iMiocene  of  Sansan It  is  not 
yet  possible  to  speak  so  dehiritely  regarditrg  the  degree  of  ad- 
vancemerrt  of  other  phyla  iir  the  John  Day  fauna,  bnt  the  per-- 
sisterree  of  primitive  tyi>es  ( Klotlicriiiin,  Agrioclioents,  Mesoliip- 
pus,  I’rotapirus)  and  the  entii’e  ahserree  of  the  hy])sodont  camels 
and  horses  char'aeteristic  of  the  iMiddle  and  Upper'  IMioeerre  of 
Nor'tlr  Amer'iea  is  eer'tairdy  striking,  arrd,  when  comhirred  with 
the  str'atigraphie  evidence  just  preserrted,  favor-s  the  r'eference 
of  the  Johtr  Day  for-rnation  mainly  to  the  Oligocerre,  although 
it  does  rrot  exehrde  the  po.ssihility  that  the  Upper  Johrr  Day  may 
over'lap  irr  part  on  the  Lower  IMiocene,  of  which  the  fauna  is  at 
pr’eserrt  incompletely  known-'’^. 


Merriam,  .1.  ('.  Univ.  Cal.  I'uhl.  (!eol.,  Vol.  5,  j).  (>4. 

51  Peterson,  (>.  A.  Tlie  Agate  Sjiring  Fo.ssil  (Quarry.  Annals  Carnegie 
■Mnsenin,  Vol.  3,  jip.  4S7-494,  IDOH.  The  IMioeene  Beds  of  Western  Ne- 
braska and  Hastern  Wyoming  and  (heir  Vertebrate  Fauna.  Annals  ('arnegie 
•Mns.,  Vol.  4,  No.  1,  IMarrh  21,  11107. 

.Matthew,  W.  I).  A Lower  ^Miocene  Fauna  from  South  Dakota.  Bull. 
Am.  Mns.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  23,  p.  Kilt,  Marcdi  14,  1907. 

The  recent  papers  of  I’eterson  and  IMatthew,  appearing  since  this  article 
was  prepared,  have  shown  the  existence  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Cordil- 
Ician  range  of  early  Miocene  faunas  closely  related  to  that  of  the  John  Day. 
In  bolli  western  Nebraska  and  Smith  Dakota  faunas  are  found 
containing  generic  types  previously  known  only  from  the  John  Day;  but 
in  both  of  tliese  regions  tlie  stage  of  evolution  of  tlie  forms  most  closely 
related  to  John  Day  types,  as  also  of  the  total  assemblage  of  forms,  seems 
a little  more  advanced  than  that  of  the  John  Day.  As  the  eastern  and 
western  faunas  were  ipiite  distant  from  each  other  geographically,  and 
might  therefore  be  expected  to  ditl'er  somewhat,  it  is  not  im|)ossible  that 
the  earlier  portion  of  tlie  .Miocene  beds  east  of  the  Cordilleran  range  cor- 
responds in  time  to  the  ii|ii)er  |)ortion  of  the  John  Day.  A more  complete 
knowleilge  of  all  of  these  faunas  will  be  necessary  before  their  exact  rela- 
tionships can  be  determined,  and  most  iniiiortant  in  this  connection  is  the 
study  of  scattered  patches  of  miildle  Tertiary  beds  which  are  geographically 
i nl  ermeilial  e. 


VoL.  5 I 


Merriamr-Si ncUtir. — Tert ia rij  Fun  nas. 


195 


As  mII  the  -loliti  I):iy  species,  so  fjtr  ;is  known  at  pi-esent, 
appear  to  he  peculiar  to  tlie  ()i'e<>()n  province,  attempts  at  close 
eoi'i'elation  have  I'ailetl.  Owinji'  to  the  lack  of  common  species 
and  the  fact  that  it  is  often  impossil)le  to  decide  whether  cei'tain 
sjjeeies  ai-e  more  advanced  than  others  within  the  limits  of  the 
same  genus,  it  is  nnsafe  to  base  any  attem])t  at  very  close  correla- 
tion on  the  presence  of  common  genera  alone. 

With  the  close  of  the  John  Day  epoch,  the  total  extinction  of 
many  genera  and  even  families  took  place  in  Oregon.  As  ex- 
amples may  he  cited  MesoJiippus,  ElotJieriiini,  Agriochoerus, 
Eporeo(Jo)i,  Frotapiriis,  the  Caiaiivora,  and  many  of  the  Ko- 
dentia.  Not  a single  species  survived.  Jnst  how  the  process 
of  extinction  operated  in  the  region  under  discussion,  whether 
by  the  dying  out  of  long  i)e7'sistent  .stocks,  or  by  endgration  and 
by  transformation  in  the  ordinary  processes  of  evolution  is  not 
fnlly  apparent.  This  fannal  break  exceeds  in  impoi'tance  all 
differences  existing  between  the  le.sser  subdivisions  of  the  John 
Day  series. 

THE  M.\SCALL. 

Fauna. — In  di.senssing  the  iMaseall  fauna,  the  possibility  of 
nuxtnre  with  the  overlying  Rattlesnake  ninst  genei'ally  be  con- 
sidei'ed,  since  bones  which  have  weathei’ed  out  of  the  Rattlesnake 
gravels  are  frequently  found  resting  on  the  IMaseall,  and  as  mo.st 
of  the  material  from  the  latter  formation  is  detached  from  the 
mati'ix  it  is  often  very  difficult  to  avoid  confusing  the  two  faunas. 

A list  of  the  species  previously  reported  and  probably  derived 
from  these  beds  is  given  below.  Those  mai’ked  Avith  an  a.sterisk 
may  possibly  be  Rattlesnake. 

Lidrictis  lycopotamicus  Cope. 

ArcliaeoJiippus  ultimiis  (Cope). 

Parahippus  hrevklcns  (Marsh). 

Proiohippus  medius  Cope. 

Protohippus  avu.<i  Marsh. 

Pliohippus  spectans  Cope. 

Merychippus  isonesus  (Cope). 

* Neohipparion  occklentide  (Leidy). 

* Neohipparion  sincJairi  (Wortman). 

Aceratherimn  oregonense  (Alarsh). 

* Platygonus  rex  Alarsh. 


Possibly  Rattlesnake. 


U )iiversit jj  of  ('aUfornio  I'lihlical ions. 


[ (!k()i,()(;y 


19() 


Promcrycochocru.'i  ohliquiiloLs  (dojic). 

Mcri/cocli ocruti  s] >"•. 

Miohibis  1 ran.smonlanv.s  ('ojio. 

AUicamelm  altu.s  (MarHh). 

I’dlacomeri/x  horc(tU.<i  (Coja;). 

riiopidrchu.s  .'<rj>tcm.‘i]riii<>su.s  (lojie. 

A iiuiiibcr  of  11i(‘S(‘  foi'ins  are  not  I'eproseiited  in  the  I'nivei'- 
sity  of  ('alifornia  colleclion  and  further  cxploi’at  ion  will  he 
necessai'v  before  tlie  two  faunas  can  be  fidly  se[)arat(‘d. 

beniains  of  the  following-  sj)ecies  vverv  collected  by  tlie  Tni- 
versity  i)arties  at  localities  where  thci-e  can  l)e  little  doubt  of 
tlieir  I\lascall  origin.  A lar^e  aniouut  of  material  is  unfortu- 
nately too  fragmentary  to  j)erniit  of  specific  determination. 
To  this  list  thei'c  is  added  the  ty|)e  of  Tcphrocjjon  rurcstris 
(Condon),  which  is  known  to  be  fi-om  the  Mascall  beds. 

Cdiii.'i  sp. 

TcpJn'ocijon  rure.sIrLs  ((’ondoii). 

. Mpldfjdulus  sp“'‘. 

Htencophcr  sp. 

Pcrum  t/.'tcu.s  ( ?)  sj). 

Lcpus  sp. 

Ma.Htodon  sp. 

Archaeolupp\oi  dliimus  (Cope). 

Arcbacoliippus,  sj)  indesc. 

Parnliippus  hrevidens  (Marsh). 

Neoliippariov,  sp  indet. 

Pliobippus  (?)  sp. 

Meri/cliippus  i.'tonesus  (Cojie). 

Mcri/ebippus  reJictus  (Cope). 

Ehinoceros,  sp.  and  genus  indet. 

CanielidT 

Cervine  (Pdlaeorneryx?)  sp.  a. 

ttervine  (Palaeoinert/x?)  sp.  b. 

M eryeoidodont’“. 

Gravigrade  edentate. 

Ch'mmys  sdxca  Ilay. 

Pliopbircbns  septemspinosns  Cope'®. 

“ .Mattliew.  Bull.  Ain.  iMus.,  Vol.  12,  p.  72. 

“ Collecteil  by  Mr.  L.  Si.  Davis  for  Professor  K.  A.  von  Zittel  from  the 
.Mascall  near  Dayville.  A |)art  of  the  ma.xilla  suiiporting  P-*. 

■'*  Astragali  and  calcanea.  Size  of  Alticameliis  ditv.'t. 

“ 'file  jiresence  of  a small  Merycoidodont  is  indicated  by  a mandibular 
fragment  with  the  greatiu'  part  of  the  milk  dentition  from  the  Mascall  near 
Dayville.  A caniniform  preinolar  was  obtained  from  the  ^^ascall  beds  on 
the  divide  between  Camp  Crei'k  and  Crooki'd  Piver. 

'“Prom  the  leaf  beai'ing  beds  of  the  lower  jiart  of  the  Mascall  near  the 
old  Van  Horn  raiudi.  A single  sjiecies  from  this  locality. 


VoL.  5J 


Mcrriam-S  in  cl  air. — Tert  in  nj  Fa  anas. 


197 


A coin])aris()ii  of  the  Mascall  and  .loliii  Day  faunas  ])i'inos  out 
a nuinhei-  of  iniportant  eonti'asts.  With  the  exeeption  of  Fcpas 
and  Feronijjscti.s-'^ , few  oenei'a  survived  tlie  interval  of  faunal 
migration  and  extinction  at  the  close  of  the  dohn  Day,  notably 
J'roincrijcocliocriis,  Miolabis  and  Sleneofiher.  AVith  the  repopn- 
lation  of  the  region,  hypsodont  liorses  and  large  camels  adapted 
to  existence  on  grassy  plains  apj)ear.  AVitli  these  are  associated 
proboscideans  and  deer  of  which  no  ancestral  forms  ai’e  known  in 
the  John  Day.  Evidently  a large  proportion  of  the  Alascall 
fauna  came  into  Oi'egon  after  the  basalt  floods  had  ceased,  mi- 
grating from  other  provinces,  where  its  evolution  took  place 
during  the  time  of  extravasation  of  the  lava  or  in  even  eailier 
time. 

Age. — Knowlton  has  referred  the  Alascall  to  the  Ui)per  Alio- 
cene,  basing  this  eonelnsion  on  the  affinities  and  relationshij)s  of 
the  forty  or  more  species  of  i)lants  conflned  to  this  formation,  but 
he  remarks  that  if  dependence  were  placed  on  the  di.strilmtion  of 
those  species  which  are  not  confined  to  the  Maseall,  “the  tend- 
ency woidtl  he  to  regard  them  as  not  younger  than  Lower  Alio- 
cene,  or  even  possibly  as  old  as  the  Upper  Eocene.’’^* 
The  Alascall  has  been  correlated  by  him  with  the  Ellenslierg 
formation®''.  A previous  correlation  with  the  auriferous  gravels 
of  California  is  no  longer  retained."" 

The  Alascall  fauna  has  attained  about  the  same  stage  of  evo- 
lution as  the  faunas  of  the  Pawnee  Creek  and  Deep  River  hori- 
zons of  Colorado  and  Montana,  respectively.  Mergehippus 
isonesus  is  common  to  all  three"'',  while  Paraliippus  brevidens 
{ Desmaiippus  croiidcns  Scott)  is  common  to  the  Deep  River 
and  Alascall.  This  evidence  is  deemed  sufficient  for  approximate 
correlation  of  the  three  sets  of  beds.  Both  faunal  and  strati- 
graphic evidence  favors  the  reference  of  the  Alascall  to  the  mid- 
dle or  later  portion  of  the  Aliocene. 

See  foot-note  40  on  p.  18.5. 

® Knowlton.  Fossil  Flora  of  the  John  Day  Basin.  Bull.  204,  U.  S. 
G S.,  p.  108. 

Ellensberg  quadrangle,  U.  S.  G.  S.  Atlas.  Note  in  text. 

“Bulletin  204,  U.  S.  G.  S.,  pp.  107-108. 

“Listed  by  Matthew  from  the  Deep  River.  IMemoirs  Amer.  Mus.,  Vol.  1, 
p.  374. 


198 


Viiivcrsifi/  of  CaUfornia  Puhlicalious. 


[Oeoixjoy 


THE  RATTLESNAKE. 

'I’lie  type  speoiineiis  of  tlie  following  si)Ocies  iire  sui)i)osed  to 
have  been  derived  from  the  Rattlesnake  beds : 

Ncoliipimrion  occidcntale  (T^eiily)'’’-. 

Ncolripixirion  sinchiiri  ( Worlniiui ) 

PIdti/fjonus  rex  Alarsh'i-'’. 

"I’o  tliese  should  l)e  added,  from  speeimeiis  in  the  T'niversity 
(.f  (’alifornia  collection  PI ioli i})pus  stiprcnins  (Leidy),  some  inde- 
terminate rhinoceros  material,  a lai'fi'e  ho”',  a camel  of  the  size 
of  AlticameJus  oltus,  fragmentary  remains  of  a smaller  camel, 
and  i)ortions  of  the  carapace  and  i)lasti'on  of  a tortoise  {Clemmys 
luspcrio  llay.) 

The  known  fauna  of  the  Rattlesnake  is  too  scanty  to  afford  a 
good  basis  for  age  determination  or  to  serve  satisfactorily  for 
purposes  of  correlation.  It  is  evidently  pre-Rleistocene,  and  as 
the  Rattlesnake  is  separated  from  the  iMascall  by  a considerable 
interval  of  erosion  its  age  may  he  fixed  with  some  degree  of 
probability  as  Pliocene. 


‘ ‘ From  the  loose  gravels  overlying  the  Cottonwood  hods.  ’ ’ Matthew. 
Bnll.  Am.  IMus.,  Vol.  12,  p.  70.  This  reference  was  based  on  Wortman’s 
recollection  of  his  collections  made  twenty  years  previous  to  the  publication 
of  Alattliew’s  list.  Communicated  by  Dr.  IMatthew. 

“Air.  L.  S.  Davis  remembers  collecting  what  he  believes  to  be  the  type 
specimen  of  this  .species  from  the  Rattlesnake  gravels. 


VoL.  5] 


M crriam-S  in  cl  a ir. — Tert  ia  ry  Fa  anas. 


199 


LIST  OF  CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALAEONTOLOGY 
OP  THE  JOHN  DAY  REGION. 


Bettany,  G.  T. 

1876 — On  the  Genus  Alerycochoonis  (Family  OreoJontidae),  with  De- 
scriptions of  two  New  Species,  t^.  ,1.  G.  S.,  Vol.  32,  pp.  2.')9-273. 

Blake,  W.  P. 

1867 — Locality  of  Secondary  Fossils  in  Oregon.  Ainer.  Jour.  Sc.,  Vol. 
44,  p.  118. 

Calkins,  F.  C. 

1902 — A Contribution  to  the  Petrography  of  the  John  Day  Basin. 
Uuiv.  of  Cal.  Publications.  Bull.  Dept.  Geol.,  A^ol.  3,  pp.  109-172. 

Condon,  Thomas. 

1871 — The  Eocks  of  the  John  Day  Valley.  Overland  Monthly,  May, 
1871,  p.  393. 

1902 — The  Two  Islands  and  What  Came  of  Them.  Portland,  Oregon. 


Cope,  E.  D. 

1878 —  On  Some  of  the  Characters  of  the  Miocene  Fauna  of  Oregon. 
Pal.  Bulletin,  No.  30,  pp.  1-16,  Dec.  3d,  1878;  Proc.  Am.  Phil. 
Soc.,  Vol.  18,  pp.  63-78. 

1879 —  On  the  Extinct  Species  of  Ehinoceridae  of  North  America  and 
Their  Allies.  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geog.  Surv.  Tys.,  Vol.  5, 
pp.  227-237;  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  13,  pp.  771a-771,i. 

1879 — Observations  on  the  Faunae  of  the  Miocene  Tertiaries  of  Oregon. 
Bull.  U.  S.  G.  S.  of  the  Terrs.,  Vol.  5,  article  3. 

1879 — Second  Contribution  to  a Knowledge  of  the  Miocene  Fauna  of 
Oregon.  Pal.  Bulletin,  No.  31,  pp.  1-7.  Dec.,  1879.  Proc.  Am. 
Phil.  Soc.,  Vol.  18,  pp.  370-376;  Jan.,  1880. 

1879 — Additions  to  the  Ijist  of  Miocene  Vertebrata  of  Oregon.  Am. 
Nat.,  Vol.  13,  pp.  131,  132. 

1879 — On  the  Genera  -of  Felidae  and  Canidae.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci., 
Phila.,  Vol.  31,  pp.  168-194. 

1879 — American  Aceratheria.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  13,  p.  333. 

1879 — Description  of  Archaelurus  debilis  and  Hoplophoneus  platycopis. 
Amer.  Nat.,  Vol.,  13,  p.  798a. 

1879 — A new  Anchitherium.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  13,  pp.  462-463. 


200 


riiii'crsitjj  of  (Uilifornia  I*i(f>Ilcniw)is. 


I fiEOI/XiY 


Cope,  E.  D. 

ISSO — (’orrectiaiis  of  the  (ieologieal  iMai)S  of  Orofron.  Am.  Nat.,  Vo). 
14,  jip.  4.57-4.58. 

1880 — On  certain  Tertiary  Strata  of  tlie  (Ireat  Hasiii.  I’roc.  Am.  I’liil. 
Soe.,  Vol.  1!),  ji.  ()I. 

1880 — Notes  on  Sabre-tootlis.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  14,  j).  143. 

1880 — IMiocene  INunia  of  Oregon  (a)istract).  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  14,  {>.  58. 
1880 — A new  TIij)piilium.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  14,  p.  223. 

1880 —  On  the  E.xtinct  Oats  of  North  America.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  14, 
jij).  833-858. 

1881 —  On  the  Nimravidao  anil  Oaniilae  of  the  .Miocene  Period.  Bull. 
U.  S.  Geol.  and  Oeog.  Survey  of  the  Terrs.,  Vol.  (i,  article  3,  j)]). 
165-181. 

1881 — iMiocer.e  Dogs.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  15,  ]).  497. 

1881 — Peview  of  tlie  Kodentia  of  the  Jliocene  Period  of  North  Amer- 
ica. Bull.  T^.  S.  Geol.  and  Geog.  Survey  of  tlie  Terrs.,  Vol.  6, 
artiide  15,  jip.  361-386. 

1881 —  The  Kodentia  of  the  American  Miocene.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  15, 
])]i.  586-587. 

1882 —  The  Tertiary  Fonrations  of  the  Central  Kegion  of  the  United 
States.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  Ki,  pj).  177-195. 

1883  — The  Extinct  Kodentia  of  North  America.  I’ts.  I-III,  Ain.  Nat., 
Vol.  17,  ]i)i.  43-57,  165-174,  370-381. 

1883 —  (In  the  Extinct  Dogs  of  North  America.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  17, 
]ip.  235-249. 

1884 —  Synojisis  of  the  Species  of  Oreodontidae.  I’roc.  Ain.  Phil.  Soc., 
Vol.  21.  pp.  503-572. 

1884 — The  lli.story  of  tlie  Oreodontidae.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  18,  ]ip. 
280-282. 

1884 — The  Vertehrata  of  the  Tertiary  Formations  of  the  West, 
Book.  1,  Kejit.  U^.  S.  Geol.  Survey  of  the  Terrs.  (Hayden),  Vol.  3, 

1886  — On  two  now  sjiecies  of  three-toed  horse  from  the  Upper  Mio- 

cene, with  note  on  the  fauna  of  the  Ticholejitus  beds.  Proc. 
Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Vol.  23,  ])p.  357-361. 

188(5 — The  Phylogeny  af  the  Oamelidae.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  20,  jip.  611-624. 
1886 — I'he  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Ticholeptus  Beds.  Am.  Nat., 
Vol.  20,  |)p.  367-369. 

1887  — The  Perissodaci  via.  ,\m.  Nat.,  Vol.  21,  pj).  985-1007,  1060-1076. 
1S88  — On  the  Dicotylinae  of  the  John  Day  Miocene.  Proc.  Am.  Phil. 

Soc.,  Vol.  25,  pp.  ()2-79. 

1889— .\  Keview  of  the  North  American  Species  of  lliiipotherium. 

Proc.  ,\m.  Phil.  Soc.,  \ ol.  26,  jip.  42S)-458. 

I.sss  — The  .\rt  iodactyla.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  22,  jip.  1079-1095. 

1.8,8!)  The  Art  iod.actyla.  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  23,  jip.  111-136. 

1,8.8!) — ()n  a S|i('cies  of  Plioplarchus  froni  Orego)).  A))).  Nat.,  Vol.  25, 
625  )i26. 


VoL.  5 I 


Mcrridni-Siiiclair. — Terl  idrij  Fait  mis. 


201 


Dali,  W.  H. 

18118  — A 'I’iible  of  the  North  American  Tertiary  Horizons,  Correlated 
with  One  Another  and  with  'I’hose  of  Western  Europe,  with 
Additions.  Eighteenth  Am.  Kc'pt.  II.  S.  (t.  S.  Ft.  11. 


Eyerman,  John. 

1894 — Frelimiiiary  notice  of  a new  .si)ecies  of  'remnocyon,  and  a 
new  genus  from  the  John  Day  .Miocene  of  Oregon.  Am.  (!eoi- 
ogist,  Vol.  14,  pp.  320-  321. 

1896 — The  genus  Temnoeyon  and  a new  species  thereof,  and  the  new 
genus  Ilypotemnodon,  from  the  John  Day  Alioeene  of  Oregon. 
Am.  GeoL,  Vol.  17,  pp.  267-287. 

Gidley,  J.  W. 

1906 — A N^ew  Genus  of  Horses  from  the  Mascall  Beds,  with  Notes  on 
a Hmall  Collection  of  Equine  Teeth  in  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. Ball.  Am.  Mus.,  Vol.  22,  ]ip.  38.5-388. 

Hatcher,  J.  B. 

1902 — Origin  of  the  Oligocene  and  .Miocene  Deposits  of  the  Great 
Plains.  Froc.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Vol.  41,  pp.  113-131.  (Correlation 
table,  p.  118.) 


Hay,  O.  P. 

1903 — Two  New  Species  of  Fossil  Turtles  from  Oregon.  Univ.  of  Cal. 
Publications.  Bull.  Dept.  GeoL,  Vol.  3,  pp.  237-241. 

King,  Clarence. 

1878 — U.  S.  Geological  E.xploration  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel.  Vol.  1, 
pp.  413,  423,  458. 


Hyatt,  A. 

1894 — Trias  and  Jura  in  the  Western  States.  Bull.  GeoL  Soc.  Amer., 
Vol.  5,  pp.  401,  418-420. 

Knowiton,  F.  H. 

1902 — Fossil  Flora  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  Oregon.  U.  S.  GeoL  Survey 
Bulletin,  No.  204. 

Ellensberg  Quadrangle.  U.  S.  G.  S.  Note  in  text  correlating  Ellensberg 
and  Mascall  beds. 

Le  Conte,  Joseph. 

1874 — On  the  Great  Lava  Flood  of  the  West,  and  on  the  Structure  and 
Age  of  the  Cascade  Mountains.  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol.  7,  pp. 
167-180,  259-267. 


202 


lJ)iiversil)j  of  Califuniid  /’iihlicatians. 


I GkOI,0()Y 


Leidy,  Joseph. 

1870 —  (llemarks  on  :i  collection  of  fossils  from  Dalles  (.'ity,  Oregon). 
J’roc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Tliila.,  Vol.  22,  j))!.  111-]].'!. 

1871 —  Remarks  on  fossils  from  Oregon.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Hci.,  Pliila., 
Vol.  2.8,  j.]!.  247-248. 

1873- — Contributions  to  the  Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Western 
Territories.  Eept.  of  the  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  of  the  Terrs. 
(Hayden),  Vol.  1. 

Lesquereux,  Leo. 

1878 — Fossil  I’lants  of  the  Auriferous  (Jravel  Deposits  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada.  iMemoirs  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Vol.  6,  No.  2.  (Certain 
jMascall  ]dant  species  included,  through  insullicient  labeling, 
with  those  from  the  Auriferous  (iravcls  of  California.) 

1883 — Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  Floras.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  of  tiie  Terrs., 
Vol.  8,  pp.  239-25.5. 

1889 — Recent  Determinations  of  Fossil  Plants  from  Kentucky,  Louisi- 
ana, Oregon,  California,  Alaska,  etc.,  with  Descriptions  of  New 
Species.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  lilus.,  1888,  Vol.  H,  pj).  11-38. 


Marsh,  O.  C. 

1873 —  Notice  of  New  Tertiary  (Mammals.  Am.  .Tour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol.  5, 
pp.  407-410,  485-488. 

1874 —  Notice  of  New  Equine  ^lammals  from  the  Tertiary  Formation. 
Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol.  7,  ]ip.  247-258. 

1875 —  Ancient  Lake  Basins  of  the  Rocky  (Mountain  Region.  Am.  .Tour. 
Sci.  (3),  Vol.  9,  pp.  49-52. 

187.5 — Notice  of  New  Tertiary  (Mammals.  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol. 
9,  pp.  239-250. 

1877 — Notice  of  some  new  Vertebrate  fossils.  Am.  .Jour.  Sci.  (3), 
Vol.  14,  pp.  249-25(1. 

1885 — The  Gigantic  (Mammals  of  the  (_)rder  Dinocerata.  5th  Ann. 
Rejit.  U.  S.  G.  S.,  pj).  243-302.  (Figures  Eporeodon  socialis, 
fig.s.  128,  129.) 

1894 —  Descri])tion  of  Tertiary  Artiodactyles.  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3), 
Vol.  48,  pp.  259-274. 

1895 —  I’h  Reptilia  of  the  Ba]itanodon  Beds.  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  Vol.  50, 
]i.  405. 

Matthew,  W.  D. 

1899 — A Provisional  Classtfication  of  the  Fresh-water  Tertiary  of  the 
West.  Pull.  Am.  (Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  12,  pp.  19-75. 

I!t()7 — Lower  Miocene  Fauna' from  South  Dakota.  Hull.  Am.  Mus., 
V(d.  23,  pp.  l(i<l-219. 


VOL.  5] 


Merriam-Hinclair. — Tertiary  Faunas. 


203 


Merriam,  J.  C. 

1900 —  Classification  of  the  John  Day  beds.  (Abstract).  Science,  n.  s., 
Vol.  11,  PI).  219-220. 

1900  and  1901 — Geological  Section  through  the  .lohn  Day  Hasin  (ab- 
stract). Hulletin  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Vol.  12;  Jour.  Geol.,  Vol.  9, 
pj).  71-72. 

1901 —  A Contribution  to  the  Geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin.  Bulletin 
Dept,  of  Geology  Univ.  of  Cal.,  Vol.  2,  pp.  209-314. 

1901 — The  John  Day  Fossil  Beds.  Harper’s  Monthly  iMagazine,  Vol. 
102,  pp.  .OSl-SOO,  March. 

1906 —  Carnivora  from  the  Tertiary  Formations  of  the  John  Day  Kegion. 
Univ.  Calif.  Pub.  Geology,  Vol.  5,  No.  1,  Nov.  30. 

Merriam,  J.  C.  and  W.  J.  Sinclair. 

1903 — Tlie  Correlation  of  the  John  Day  and  the  Mascall  (abstract). 
Jour.  Geol.,  Vol.  11,  pp.  95-90. 

Newberry,  J.  S. 

1883 — Brief  Description  of  Fossil  I’lants,  Chiefly  Tertiary,  from 
Western  North  America.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  5,  ])p. 
.502-513. 

1898 — The  Later  Extinct  Floras  of  North  America.  IMonograph  35, 
IT.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

Osborn,  H.  F. 

1900 — The  Geological  and  Faunal  Relations  of  Europe  and  America 
During  the  Tertiary  Period  and  the  Theory  of  the  Successive 
invasions  of  arr  Afriearr  Farrna.  Scierrce,  N.  S.,  Vol.  11,  pp. 
501-574.  (Correlation  of  Johrr  Day  with  European  horizons.) 

1900 — Correlatiorr  between  Tertiary  Mammal  Horizons  of  Europe  arrd 
Anrerica,  with  Third  Trial  Sheet.  Annals  N.  Y.  Aca<l.  Sci., 
Vol.  13,  pp.  1-72.  (Correlatiorr  of  Johrr  Day  with  European 
horizons). 

1907 —  Tertiary  IMamrnal  Horizons  of  North  Arrrerica.  Bull.  Arn.  Mus., 
Vol.  23,  pp.  237-253. 

Russell,  I.  C. 

1897 — A Reconnaissance  irr  Southeastern  Washington,  IT.  S.  G.  S. 
Water  Supply  and  Irrigation  Papers,  No.  4.  (Correlates  John 
Day  with  Ellerrsberg  formation). 

1905 — Prelirrrinary  Report  orr  the  Geology  and  Water  Resources  of 
Central  Oregon.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Bull.  No.  252,  p.  58. 

1903 — Notes  on  the  Geology  of  soirthwestern  Idaho  an)l  southeastern 
Oregon.  IT.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  No.  217. 


204 


JUiivei'sifii  of  Cdlifoniia  I’lihlicdlioiis. 


[(iEOI.OCY 


Sinclair,  W.  J. 

1!)()1 — Tho  Discovery  of  a New  Fossil  T:i])ir  in  ()re{(oii.  .lour.  (!eol., 
Vol.  9,  ji]).  702-707. 

1003^ — Mylagaulodon,  a New  Rodent,  from  tlie  U|)i)er  .John  Day  of 
Orefron.  Am.  .lour.  Sci.,  Vol.  15,  jip.  143-144. 

1905 — New  or  Imjierfectly  Known  Rodents  and  Unj^ulati'S  from  the 
.lolm  Day  Series.  Hull.  De|)t.  (ieol.,  I^niv.  of  Cal.,  Vol.  4, 
])]).  125-143. 

1900 — Some  Fdentate-like  Remains  from  the  Vascall  Heds  of  flregon. 
Univ.  Calif.  Pub.  Geology,  Vol.  5,  No.  2 


Scott,  W.  B. 

1S90 — Hcitriige  zur  Kentniss  der  Oreodontidae.  iMorpholog.  .lahrb., 
Vol.  10,  ]ip.  319-395. 

1893 — The  Mammalia  of  the  Dee])  River  Beds,  d’rans.  Am.  Phil  Soe., 
Vol.  17,  ]).  00.  (Discusses  Co[)e’s  correlation  of  the  Afascall 
and  Dee])  River  beds). 

1893 — On  a New  iMusteline  from  the  .John  Day  Miocene.  Am.  Nat., 
Vol.  27,  p.  058. 

1895 — On  tlie  Tertiary  Lacustrine  Pormations  of  North  Anierica. 
Refit.  Brit.  Assn,  for  the  Adv.  of  Sci.,  p.  081. 

1899 —  The  Selenodont  Artiodactyla  of  the  ITnita  Eocene,  Trans.  Wagner 
T'ree  Inst.  Science.,  Phila.,  Vol.  0,  pji  ix-xiii,  1-121.  (Figures 
Ht/pciirdffithiS  cah'unitu.s  so-called). 

Smith,  G.  O. 

1903 — Contributions  to  the  Geology  of  Washington.  Professional  Paper 
No.  19,  U.  S.  G.  S.  (Correlation  of  Manastash  formation  with 
Pl)])er  (Tarno). 

Stearns,  K.  E.  C. 

1900 —  I'ossil  Land  Shells  of  the  .Tohn  Day  Region,  with  Notes  on 
Related  Living  Sjiecies.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc.,  Vol.  2,  pp. 
05 1 -058. 

1902 — h'ossil  Shells  of  the  John  Day  Region.  Science  N.  S.,  Vol.  15, 
[1]).  153-154;  also  Ibid.  p.  393. 

1900 — I'ossil  Shells  from  the  John  Day  and  iMascall  Beds  of  Oregon. 
Fniv.  Calif.  Pub.  Geology,  Vol.  5,  No.  3. 

Sternberg,  Charles  H. 

1881  - Th(>  .Miocene  IkmIs  of  the  John  Day  River,  Oregon.  Kansas  City 
R<'\ lew,  Vol.  4,  |)p.  730-733. 


VoL.  5] 


McrriamSiiicldir. — Tcrtiarij  Faunas. 


20.") 


White,  C.  A. 

1(S8.') — Oil  Marino  Eooene  Fresh -water  Miocene  and  other  I'hissil  Nfol- 
Insca  from  Western  Nortli  America.  Hnlletin  TI.  S.  O.  S.,  Xo.  18. 

Whitney,  J.  D. 

1867 — X^otice  of  the  Occurrence  of  Silurian  Series  in  N'evada.  Proc. 
Cal.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Vol.  3,  ji.  309,  .Ian. 

Wortman,  J.  L. 

1898 — The  E.^tinct  Camelidae  of  North  America  and  some  Associated 
Forms.,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.,  Vol.  10,  pp.  93-14‘2. 

Washburne,  C. 

1903 — Notes  on  the  Marine  Sediments  of  Eastern  Oregon.  .Tour.  Geoh, 
Vol.  11,  p.  224. 


Transmitted  January,  1907. 
Issued  October  Id,  1907. 


'Thod^huit 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  12,  pp.  207-215,  Pis.  15-16  Andrew  c.  lawson,  Editor 


QUATERNARY  MYRIOPODS  AND  INSECTS 
OE  CALIFORNIA. 


BY 

Fordyce  Grinnell,  Jr. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Introduction  - - 208 

Myriopoda  - 209 

Julus  occidentalis,  n.  sp - - 209 

.lulus  eavieola,  n.  sp - 210 

Spirobolus  australis,  n.  sp 210 

Coleoptera  211 

Platynus  eonf.  funebris  LeConte  211 

Amara  insignis  Dej 211 

Pterostichus,  sp.  indet 211 

Calosoina  seniilaeve  LeConte  211 

Dytiscus  marginieollis  LeConte  212 

Coniontis  robusta  Horn  212 

Coniontis  abdominalis  LeConte  212 

Coniontis  punetieollis  LeConte  212 

Coniontis  elliptica  Casey  213 

Eleodes  aeutieauda  LeConte  213 

Eleodes  aeutieauda,  forma  punctata,  LeConte  213 

Eleodes  behrii,  n.  sp 213 

Eleodes  consobrina  LeConte  214 

Eleodes  laticollis  LeConte  214 

Eleodes  intermedia,  n.  sp 215 

Eleodes  elongata,  n.  sp.  215 


I’ itivcrsil !)  of  ('dlifornid  I’dhiicdlioiis. 


[ < lKoix)(;y 


2()S 


Introduction. 

In  llie  recent  work  of  explonition  of  the  limestone  eaves  of 
Shasta  Comity,  ('alifornia,  liy  Dr.  .1.  C.  iMerriani,  Dr.  Win.  .1.  Sin- 
clair and  i\Ir.  E.  E.  Enrlonf>',  the  primary  object  was  the  investi- 
gation of  the  vertebrate  faunas,  but  specimens  of  other  forms, 
including'  a few  myriopods,  were  obtained  from  both  caves.  Dur- 
ing investigations  in  the  asphalt  beds  near  Los  Angeles  two  beetles 
and  several  myriopods  were  found  by  .Mr.  Furlong,  jn'evious  to 
December  1 !)()().  when  the  anthor  joiiu'd  Dr.  .Merriam  and  .Mr. 
h'nrlong.  and  succeeded  in  making  a small,  but  interesting  collec- 
tion of  Cohoptcrd  and  M yriopoda  from  the  vicinity  of  the  bones 
in  the  asphalt.  'I'he  anthor  is  greatly  indebted  to  Dr.  iMerriam 
for  the  opportunity  of  studying  this  material,  as  well  as  the  cave 
specimens  from  Shasta  County. 

Samwel  Cave  and  Potter  Creek  Cave  are  located  on  the  Mc- 
C'lond  river  in  Shasta  county.  Samwel  Cave^  is  fifteen  miles 
alxive  Baird.  It  lies  in  the  belt  of  Carboniferous  limestone  ex- 
posed along  the  lower  IMcClond  river.  There  are  recognized  in 
the  deposits  on  the  door  of  this  cave  twenty  species  of  vertebrates 
of  which  eight  are  extinct.  The  species  from  the  different 
chambers  are  in  some  cases  distinct,  suggesting  slightly  different 
ages. 

Potter  Creek  ('ave'-  is  situated  on  the  IMcClond  river  near 
Baird.  It  contains,  so  far  as  recognized,  fifty-two  species  of  ver- 
telirates.  of  which  twenty-one  are  extinct.  Dr.  Sinclair  considers 
the  fauna  of  Potter  Creek  Cave  to  repre.sent  the  middle  or  later 
((iiiaternary : that  of  Samwel  Cave  is  (Quaternary,  but  later  than 
that  of  Potter  ('reek  ('ave.  The  Myriojiods  from  Potter  Creek 
Cave  surely  indicate  an  earlier  formation.  IMr.  Furlong  has  ex- 
ploreil  Samwel  ('ave  and  Dr.  Sinclair  has  explored  Potter  Creek 
('av(‘.  and  the  note's  hi'i'c  givi'ii  are  taken  from  their  jiapers.  Dr. 
.Merriam  has  compared  the  ages  of  the  ditf'erent  caves  of  Shasta 
county,  in  a reei'iit  pajicr.'* 

1 l■Tll■lollg,  I'k  L.  Till'  K.xploi'al inn  of  Haiinvol  Cave.  .Vmerieaii  .lournal 
of  Scieiiie,  X.Xll,  UXM),  |i|>. 

-Sinclair,  Win.  .1.  'I'he  P.\|>loral ion  of  the  Cotter  Creek  Cave.  Univ. 
I'alif.  Ciilil.  .\nier.  .\rch.  ainl  Mlhn.,  Vol.  II,  No.  I,  ISIOt. 

I .Meri  iani,  .1.  ( '.  K’ecenI  Ca\  e I'hxploral  ions  in  California.  .Vineriean 
Anth)'o|iohigisl  (n.  s.),  S,  No.  2,  lihUi. 


VoL.  5]  (IrinncU. — (J Kdlernarij  M i/rioptxls  (tiid  lusecls. 


209 


Tlie  ;i.s])ha]t  heels'*  at  Roseiiiaiy,  near  Los  Aii«('les,  covei’  a con- 
siderable area,  leones  are  scattered  throiifib  the  whole  deposit, 
hnt  in  uneven  nnnihers,  and  the  beetles  and  niyriopods  were  round 
in  the  neiglil)orhood  of  the  hones.  Hlake  in  his  expedition 
thron»h  California  in  the  eai'ly  days  noticed  the  hitninen  lakes 
or  tar  spi'in^s,  and  similar  ones  are  still  fouiul  in  the  same  region. 
9'he  I’emains  of  the  animals  we  find  are  of  those  which  wei-e  en- 
trapi)ed  in  these  tai’  sj)rings.  And  if  we  note  the  pi'eponderance 
of  the  family  Tenehrionidae  which  come  ont  fi'om  their  hiding 
places  in  the  evening  to  forage,  their  ])re.senee  can  readily  he  ac- 
counted for.  One  might  expect  to  tind  carrion  beetles,  Silpliidav, 
hnt  when  one  retiects,  it  can  readily  he  seen  that  if  an  animal  has 
Slink  out  of  sight,  as  it  surely  does  in  these  tar  springs,  it  is  shut 
out  from  the  air  and  no  odor  could  attract  carnivorous  animals  or 
insects,  'the  plausible  explanation  is  that  insects  just  wandered 
or  dew  in  by  mistake;  and  the  forms  found  certainly  hear  ont  this 
conclusion.  The  age  of  these  beds  is  Quaternary.  The  great  re- 
semblance of  the  insects  to  tho.se  now  living,  in  most  ca.ses  amount- 
ing to  identity,  .shows  that  it  takes  a long  time  to  effect  a change 
in  the  Coleoptera. 

The  writer’s  thanks  are  due  Dr.  P.  E.  Blaisdell  and  Dr.  E.  C. 
Van  Dyke  of  San  Francisco  for  assistance  in  the  identification 
of  the  Coleoptera. 

All  of  the  drawings  were  executed  by  Miss  Julia  D.  E.  Wright 
of  Palo  Alto. 


iMYKlOPODA. 

JULUS  OCCIDENT.VLIS,  11.  Sp. 

PL  1.5,  figs.  9 and  11. 

Type  specimens  Nos.  101)05  and  lOOOli,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae. 
Sarnwel  Cave,  Shasta  Co.,  Calif. 

There  are  two  fairly  complete  remains  of  this  myriopod,  be- 
sides some  remains  and  fragments  of  others  on  a larger  lilock. 
Both  are  coiled,  one  completely.  The  segmentation  is  very  plain, 
and  fairly  constant  in  width ; the  intersegmental  ridge  is  very 
pronounced,  and  high.  The  ventral  furrow  is  comparatively 

■4  Meri'iam,  J.  C.  Recent  Discoveries  of  Quaternary  Mammals  in  Southern 
California.  Science  (n.  s.),  Vol.  XXIV,  pj).  248-250,  1906. 


210 


(' nirersil  1/  of  (Uilifoniia  I’Khlical ions. 


[ (iKOT.<)<;Y 


hii’ii'O  niid  deep,  id  least  in  one  s|)eeinien,  llie  slidafjniilie,  eoverin^ 
obseni'es  it  soniewhid. 

'^riiis  is  sniallei'  and  niore  slendei-  lliiin  any  form  liei-etofore 
known  in  (kdifornia  ; the  wide  iind  deep  veidi’al  furrow  is  idso  a 
stiikiiifi’  featni'e.  It  Inis  some  I'esembhmee  to  Julns  (iiitiijKiis 


I ley  den. 

L(>iig(h  8()-109  inrn. 

Widtli  (i 

AViilth  of  segTTicnts  t.o 


Junrs  CAvicoLA,  n.  sp. 

PI.  t.'5,  figs.  1,  5,  10,  a.ti(l  12. 

Tyjie  speciiiipn  No.  10007,  Uiiiv.  Calif.  Co).  Invert.  Palae.  Potter  Creek 
Cave,  dhasta  Co.,  Calif. 

'I'here  ai'e  three  separate  parts  of  this  myriojiod,  besides 
another  buried  in  the  liloek  in  the  stalaymitie  coverinfr,  and  sev- 
eral oilier  smaller  jneees  and  segments.  This  species  is  (piite 
different  from  the  Saniwel  Cave  speeies  in  several  {lartienlars. 
'file  ventral  furrow  is  very  nuich  reduced  in  size  and  hardly 
notieealde — about  9 m.m.  wide  on  an  average.  The  segments  are 
not  so  arched  or  the  intersegniental  ridge  so  iirotrnding  and  very 


ineonspicnons. 

Length  1.5-20  mm. 

Width  5.5-6 

Width  of  segments  1 


Spiroboiws  australis,  n.  sp. 

PI.  15,  figs.  13  and  14. 

Tyjie  s|iecimens  Nos.  10008  and  10009,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae. 
As]ihalt  beils  iit  h’o.'-einary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

'I’hen'  is  oiu'  well  ])reserved  fragment  embedded  in  a lump  of 
as|)hall.  besides  a few  scattm'ing.  isolated  segments.  This  speeies 
bears  a resemblance  to  S}»irohol us  Jicbes  Bollman,  from  Southern 
California.  In  S.  uiislralis  tlu'  middle  of  each  segment  is  marked 
by  a well  defined  furrow.  'I'he  surface  is  smooth  and  shining 
generally,  but  in  a few  iilaees  it  is  very  finely  punctate.  No 
ventral  furrow  or  a veiw  slight  one.  'fhe  sjieeimen  nninber 
KldOfl  I place'  hei('  under  this  speeies  as  the  probable  early  stage. 


VoL.  5]  (Iriii)iell. — (J iKiIcniar!/  Mtjrioixxh  (iixl  hisecls. 


211 


It  was  fotiiid  ill  tlie  same  place,  and  bears  eliaraeteristies  that 
would  mark  it  as  an  early  stage.  It  is  0.5  m.m.  long,  2.5  m.m. 
wide,  segments  1 m.m.  wide*.  It  is  light  brown  in  color,  with  a 
darker  shade  along  the  median  snlcns.  h'lie  s[)eeies  is  very  close 
to  the  living  form. 

Loiigtli  of  fragiiieiit  t3  iiini. 

Width  - 10 

Width  of  segments  3.75 

COLEOPTEKA. 

Platynus  conf.  funebkis  LeConte. 

Specimen  No.  10010,  Ilniv.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds  at 
Eosemar}',  near  Los  Angeles. 

A single  elytron  is  present  in  the  collection,  and  is  probably 
referable  to  the  common  species,  funebris  Lee.  This  genns 
is  well  represented  on  the  West  Coast  at  the  present  time  by 
common  and  clo.sely  allied  species. 

A MARA  INSIGNIS  Dcj. 

1*1.  1(5,  fig.  17. 

Specimen  No.  10011,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds  at 
Eosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

There  are  two  well  preseiwed  and  perfect  elytra  in  the  collec- 
tion, agreeing  exactly  with  living  forms;  belonging  to  a group, 
well  represented,  and  common  in  California. 

Pterostichus,  sp.  indet. 

Sjiecimen  No.  10012,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds  at 
Eosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

There  are  several  elytra  of  this  common  but  difficult  genns, 
which  are  hardly  determinable  with  onr  pre.sent  knowledge. 

Calosoma  SEJiiLAEVE  LeCoiitc. 

PI.  16,  fig.  26. 

Specimen  No.  10013,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Inverf.  Palae.  Asjilialt  beds  at 
Eosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

A beantifnlly  preserved  elytron  of  this  characteristic  and 
common  Californian  species  enables  ns  to  leave  no  doubt  as  to  the 
determination  of  this  species. 


(■  ilii'ei'sil jj  of  ('dlifomin  J'uhllcdlioiis. 


[(!k()I/k;y 


212 


Dytiscus  makcjinicomjs 

I’l.  15,  fifj.  6. 

S[)ooiiiicn  No.  ]0()]4,  ITniv.  (!iilif.  (Vil.  Invert.  I’alae.  Asjilialt  hedn  at 
Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Two  elytra  of  tliis  species  are  fairly  well  preserved,  hut  are 
eru.slied  and  flattened,  so  that  the  deterniination  was  at  first 
diffieidt.  This  is  one  of  the  water  beetles,  which  are  found  in  the 
vicinity  of  streams  and  ponds  thi'ougliout  our  i-egion.  "I'hey  are 
strono'  dyers  and  fianpieutly  come  to  electric  lights  in  the  city. 
It  can  readily  he  imagined  that  this  specimen  which  has  been 
jueserved  to  us  was  Hying  ov(*r  the  country  in  search  of  a i)ool 
or  stream,  and  mi.stook  the  tar  spring  for  a i)ool  of  fre.sh  water. 

CoNIONTIS  KOBUST.V  llom. 

PI.  16,  fig.  27. 

Spevunen  No.  10015,  Univ.  Cnlif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds  at 
Rosenmrv,  near  Los  Angeles. 

One  elytron  half  buried  in  a hard  lump  of  asphalt,  hut  the 
characters  of  the  above  species  seem  unmistakable.  The  siiecies 
of  this  genus  are  rather  numerous  in  some  parts  of  Southern 
('alifornia.  They  hide  under  hoards  and  in  the  midst  of  rubbish 
and  only  come  out  to  forage  during  the  twilight  and  even  into 
the  night,  so  from  this  it  can  lie  readily  seen  how  they  came  to  be 
entrajiiied  in  the  tar  springs. 

t'oNIONTIS  ABDOMINALIS  LeCoute. 

Spocimcn  No.  10016,  Xbiiv.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds  at 
Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

'I'wo  fairly  well  |)reserved  siieciniens — with  the  head.  The 
.sculpture  and  striation  are  practically  the  same  as  in  the  living 
foi'iiis. 

('oMoNTis  pcxcTK'oniJs  LetVmte. 

specimen  No.  10017,  tbii\'.  Calif.  C(d.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds  at 
Rosemaiy,  neai-  Los  .Angeles. 

.\  portion  of  au  elytron  iii  fairly  good  preservation  showing 
the  smooth,  shining,  lightly  punctured  and  striated  surfaee. 


VoL.  5]  (iriii)icll. — (}ualeni(tr]i  M ijriopods  and  liisecis. 


213 


CoNioNTis  KLLI.PTICA  C'asev. 

Speciiiion  No.  10018,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Paine.  Asphalt,  bcils  at 
Koscmary,  near  TjOs  Angeles. 

The  thorax  and  elytra  of  thi.s  s[)e('ie.s  are  present  in  recogniz- 
able condition.  Ellipfica  ami  robusta  are  veiy  closely  related 
and  some  i)nt  them  together.  1 was  advised  to  do  this,  hnt  on 
conij)aring-  the  two  1 find  sufficient  difference  to  separate  them. 
This  form  is  more  elongate;  thitter;  and  the  pnnctation  and 
sti-iation  not  so  evident. 

Eleodes  .vcuticauda  LeConte. 

PL  15,  fig.  7;  PI.  1(5,  figs.  1(5,  18,  and  21. 

Spec-imens  No.  10019,  ti,  h,  c.  d,  ITniv.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt 
beds  at  Koseinayy,  near  Los  Angeles. 

These  all  lielong  to  the  typical  form  of  this  species.  There  is 
some  variation,  hnt  there  is  a greater  variation  in  th.e  living  forms. 
The  species  of  this  genns  like  that  of  Coiiio)itis  hide  in  dark 
places,  under  boards,  in  rubbish  and  even  in  .s(piirrel  holes  during 
the  daytime,  and  ctmie  ont  to  forage  in  the  evening  after  sunset. 
So  their  presence  in  the  tar  springs  can  be  easily  accounted  for 
on  the  assumption  that  they  made  a mis.step. 

Eleodes  acuticauda  LeConte. 

Fokma  punctata. 

PI.  15,  fig.  2;  PI.  16,  fig.  15.  . 

Specimen  No.  10020,  u,  b,  ITniv.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  bed.s 
at  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

This  very  ])unctate  form  is  easily  recognized  and  the  speci- 
mens are  in  a fair  state  of  ])reservation. 

Eleodes  beiirii,  n.  sp. 

PL  15,  figs.  .3  and  4. 

Tyjie  specimen  No.  10023,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds 
at  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

A perfect  specimen — with  the  exce])tion  of  the  missing  head. 
Narrowly  oval,  slightly  battened  dorsally,  tapering  and  depressed 


214 


U Hivcrsih)  of  (Uilifonno  I’lihlinil i(/iis. 


f (iKOI.OOY 


(|u;i(li'ato.  The  siii'faco  .somewhat  sliiniii”;  ])utK;1at ion 
(‘xce('(lin<>ly  evident,  the  ])unetui'e.s  deep  and  broad  ; elytra  smooth 
and  ylabrous.  'I’he  marj>ins  of  tlie  elytra  sliylitly  i-immed.  'I'he 
epipleunim  very  wide  eephalad  and  tapei'in<>.  f-radually,  eandad. 

This  intere.stin<>’  and  distinet  si)e(‘ies  is  related  to  A’.  cni((l<tl.a, 
and  E.  porvicollis,  l)nt  is  sei)arated  fi'om  both  by  tlie  vei-y  i)nne- 
tate  elytra  like  E.  ((tiulola;  smooth  and  •’labrons;  and  espeeially 
by  the  very  wide  epiplenra-,  whieh  ai'e  extraordinary,  and  nothin'' 
approaehing  it  in  this  I'espeet.  It  was  very  pnzzlin<>'  and  the 
inclination  was  to  put  it  in  a dil'l'erent  family,  but  it  is  i)laced 
here  provisionally  at  least. 


Length  of  siiecimcn  10  iiini. 

Width  4.0 

(iroatest  widtli  of  epiplounini  'l.ii 


Dedicated  to  the  memory  of  the  best  of  my  teachers,  Hans 
Hermann  Belir. 


Ei.eodes  consobrina  LeConte. 

PI.  IG,  fig.  20. 

.Specimen  No.  10021,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  Beds  at 
Koseniary,  near  Los  Angeles. 


The  abdomen  and  elytra  are  well  j'reserved,  and  characteristic 
of  this  siteeies.  The  punctation  and  .striation  are  very  di.stinct. 


Keeooes  LATicOEids  LeCoiitc. 

Forma  muricata  irixoR. 

PI.  1.1,  fig.  S;  Id.  IG,  figs,  li),  23,  and  2o. 

Spe<dnien  No.  10022,  I'niv.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds  at 
Roseniarv,  near  Lo.s  Angeles. 

The  sj)eeimen.s  aia'  well  iii'cserved  and  (‘haracteri.stic,  but  all 
belong  to  the  small,  mni'ieate  foion.  4'here  is  considerable  vari- 
ation in  the  s])eeimens,  but  there  is  as  much  in  the  living  forms; 
and  although  some  are  sti'ikingly  dilferent  from  living  foimis,  it 
wonid  hardly  be  of  value  to  give  names  to  sneh  a variable  group. 
Thei'e  is  a s|)(‘cimen  12  mm.  long  and  another  1!)  mm.  long. 


VoL.  5]  (Iri)iiicll. — (J iKilcriKirij  Mijriopods  (ind  Iitsecls. 


215 


KbEt)DES  INTERMEDIA,  11.  SI). 

IM.  16,  fig.  29. 

Tyjie  specimen  10024,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Paine.  Asplialt  beds 
at  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

A eomiilete  abdomen  and  elytra  are  present,  but  more  or  less 
battened.  Broadly  oval,  flattened;  (piadrate  ce])lialad,  and  sides 
parallel  until  near  the  caudal  end  when  the  elytra  turn  down- 
wards and  end  in  a comparatively  sharp  and  inwardly  curved 
point.  Surface  of  elytra  rather  densely  punctate,  but  not  so 
punctate  as  in  E.  belirii.  Striie  indistinct.  The  epipleurum, 
cephalad,  measures  1.5  mm.  in  wddth,  tapering  gradually  to  the 
tip  of  the  elytra.  Epipleurum  smooth,  shining,  not  so  punctate 
as  the  elytra. 

This  siieeies  is  related  to  E.  parvicoUis,  E.  caudata,  and  E. 
bclirii,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  very  wide  epipleurum,  and  the 
very  punctate  elytra,  dorsally. 

Length  - 12  mm. 

Width  - 8.5 


Eleodes  elongata,  n.  sp. 

PL  16,  fig.  30. 

Type  specimen  N^o.  10025,  Liniv.  Calif.  Col.  Invert.  Palae.  Asphalt  beds 
at  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Form  very  elongate ; quadrate,  convex,  very  much  rounded ; 
apex  abruptly  tapering,  dowmwards,  to  an  acute  point.  Surface 
smooth,  glabrous,  shining.  The  edges  of  the  elytron,  slightly 
keeled,  projecting  dorsad.  There  are  a very  few  scattering, 
coarse  punctures  on  the  elytron. 

There  is  a single,  fairly  w'ell  preserved  elytron  in  a piece  of 
asphalt  which  seems  to  differ  from  others  by  its  more  elongate 
form ; glabrous  and  shining  surface  and  sparsely  punctured ; the 
keeled  and  strikingly  projecting  edge  of  the  elytron  and  the 
abruptly  tapering  apex.  Dorsad  the  elytron  is  very  obtuse,  only 
very  slightly  tapered. 

Length  21.5  mm. 

Width  9 

Transmitted  April  22,  1907. 

Issued  May  9,  1908. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  15. 


Figs.  1,  5,  10,  VI.  Jvhi.'i  cavicohi,  ii.  sp.  Type  from  Potter  Creek  Cave. 

Fig.  '2.  EJcodes  acuticunda  (forma  punctata)  LeConte.  From  Rose- 
mary, near  Lo.s  Angeles. 

Figs.  3 ami  4.  Etcodcs  hclirii,  n.  sp.  Type  specimen  from  Rosemary, 
near  Los  Angeles. 

Fig.  6.  Dpti.'icus  maryinicolli.^  LeConte.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los 
Angeles. 

Fig.  7.  Etcodc.'i  aciiticauda  (forma  muricata  minor)  LeConte.  From 
Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Fig.  8.  Etcodcs  laticoltis  LeConte.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Figs.  9 and  11.  Jutus  occidenlati.'i,  n.  sp.  Tjq)e  specimen  from  Samwel 
( 'ave. 

Figs.  13  and  14.  Spirobolits  australis,  n.  sj).  Type  specimen  from  Rose- 
mary, near  Los  Angeles. 


BULL  DEPT,  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL,  15 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  lO. 

Fig.  15.  EJeodcs  acutirauda  (forma  yunctuta)  LeConte.  From  Rose- 
mary, near  Los  Angeles. 

Figs.  1(5,  18,  and  21.  Klcodcs  aculicauda  LeConte.  From  Rosetnary, 
near  Los  Angeles. 

Fig.  17.  Amara  insignis  IdeJ.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Figs.  ID,  23,  and  25.  Elendes  lalicollin  (forma  muricata  minor)  Le- 
Conte. From  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Fig.  20.  Eleodes  connobrina  LeConte.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los 

Angeles. 

Fig.  24.  Coiiioiills  elUjilica  Casey.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Fig.  26.  Calo.soma  .scmdacve  LeConte.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los 

Angeles. 

Fig.  27.  Coiiioiitis  rohusta  Horn.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Figs.-  22  ami  28.  Elcodcs  acuticauda  LeConte.  From  Rosemary,  near 
Los  Angeles. 

Fig.  2D.  Eleodes  intermedia,  n.  sj>.  From  Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles. 

Fig.  30.  Eleodes  elongala,  n.  sp.  Type  speeimen  from  Rosemary,  near 
Los  Angeles. 


BULL  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  16 


17 


30 


flF  ILlliOfX  LIBRAPV 


'TlCcf-hUif 


I 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  13,  pp.  217-223,  Pis.  17-18  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NOTES  ON  THE  OSTEOLOOY  OE  THE 
TH A LATTOSAURIAN  GENUS 
NECTOSAURUS. 


BY 


John  C.  IMERRiAiNr. 


Contents. 

PAGE 


Introihiction  - 217 

Skull  and  dentition  21S 

Arches  and  limbs  - 2J9 

Vertelirae  and  ribs  22b 

Conclusions  - 222 


Introduction. 

During  the  suimiier  of  1906  an  expedition  from  the  University 
of  California  visited  the  exposures  of  the  Hosselkus  Limestone  in 
the  Upjter  Triassie  of  KShasta  County,  California,  with  the  purpose 
of  making  a sjieeial  search  for  material  i‘epre.senting'  the  recently 
de.scrihed  thalattosaurian  reiitiles.^  A few  scattered  hones  of 
Xectosaurus  were  found  in  the  basal  layer  of  the  ui>per  or  mas- 
sive, grey  horizon  of  the  limestone  near  Brushy  Slope  camp  on 
the  western  side  of  Brock  Mountain,  Imt  the  greater  jiart  of  the 
material  representing  this  genus  was  obtained  in  a narrow  belt 
ot  lime.stone  near  the  North  Fork  of  Squaw  Creek.  In  the  North 
Fork  exposures  numerous  scattered  hones  including  Xccfosaunts, 
iSliastdsaiD'KS,  and  Thalaiiositurus  were  obtained  in  a stratum 
evidently  repre.senting  the  top  of  the  blue,  shaly  lower  division 
of  the  Hosselkus  Lime.stone,  or  the  base  of  the  massive,  grey 


1 The  Thalattosauria.  Mei-riam,  .1.  ('.,  Mem.  Calif.  Acad.,  Vol.  5,  No.  1. 


I' ini‘(  rsil !J  of  (’(tlifoniia  I' iihl icol ions. 


[ ( iKOl.OliY 


21 S 


iippoi'  division.  'I’lio  liinostono  ol'  this  liori/.oii  is  foinjiosi-d  in  a 
larijo  ])art  of  1)i'ol\('n  siiell  fi’a<;inc>n1s,  and  the  honos  an-  alniosi, 
invai’iahly  isolated,  indieal iny  tlial  llie  deposit  was  formed  in 
I’allier  shallow  wat(*r,  where  the  skeletons  wcn'e  tossed  about  hy 
the  waves.  At  this  horizon  the  I'eniains  arc*  i)iineipally  those  of 
X(  (iosoiirus,  7'li(iliillosnii)'iis  hones  l)(>in”'  comparatively  rai-e. 


Skuli.  and  Diontition. 

'i'here  are  in  the  eolleetions  several  spe(*iniens  representing'  the 
ni)per  and  lower  jaws,  and  clearly  showing  the  eharaeters  of  the 
dentition.  S])eeimen  10752  (pi.  17,  fif>’.  1)  shows  nearly  all  of  the 
maxillary  exeei)tin^'  the  anttnaor  end.  The  ])osterior  portion  of 
the  hone  exhihits  the  area  of  contact  with  the  lachrymal  oi'  |)re- 
frontal.  and  the  lonp'  posterior  ext(msi()n  which  was  in  contact 
with  the  jiifi'al.  The  teeth  in  this  jaw  are  slender  conical,  with 
the  crowns  sliowiny  a slifilit  lateral  compression.  The  structure 
of  this  jaw  differs  considei'ahly  fi'om  that  of  a speciimm  (Xo. 
10()20)  ])i’e'vionsly  referred  to  tentatively  as  the  maxillary  of 
Xectosonnis.-  The  characters  of  s])ecimen  X5).  10753  seem,  how- 
evei%  to  he  jo'ctty  certainly  those  of  the  maxillary,  and  a])proacli 
those  of  the  better  known  Thaiat t osaurns  perri]ii.  Specimen 
10()20  may  thei'efore  represent  one  of  the  other  dentigerous 
(dements,  though  its  laT'erence  is  still  nncertain. 

A small  fi'agment  consisting  of  two  closely  nnited  dentigei'ons 
hones  (Xo.  10778)  may  la'pre^sent  the  anterior  enels  of  the  pre- 
maxillaries  oi‘  the  anteidor  i)ortion  of  the  jn’evomers.  A single 
|)(*rf('ct  tooth  neai'  the  anteidor  end  of  this  fragment  is  short, 
thi(d<.  conical,  and  somewhat  rnori*  acnnnnate  than  the  most  an- 
t(ndor  tecdh  of  the  jna'vomei's  in  'J'lidhiffosoiirus,  hnt  much  h'ss 
shmder  than  th(‘  antmdor  tc'cth  of  the  jaws. 

.\  nnmher  of  small  specdimms  repivsenting  the  lower  jaw  with 
dentition  show  tlu'  teeth  to  he  conical  hnt  apparently  not  as  slen- 
der as  in  the  maxillary.  'Pile  crowns  also  show  more  lateral  com- 
pression than  was  snspiaded  in  the  study  of  the  tyjie  specimen  of 
,\’(  cl osd II nis. 

In  spe(dmen  1(I7!I7  the  great('r  part  of  a mandible  is  ]ire.served, 
hnt  the  coronoid  (dimient  and  the  dmdition  are  nnfortnnately 


.Mci  riimi,  .1.  ( '.,  ()|i.  cit.  pi.  .'),  (ig.  (i. 


VoL.  5] 


Merridtn. — Osicolofjij  of  Nectosouriis. 


219 


alwoiit.  9'lie  leiifi'lh  of  llie  jaw  fi'otii  llie  anterior  end  of  tlic  den- 
tary  to  the  middle  of  the  eotyins  is  85  mm.  The  lieifjht  of  the 
mandihle  near  the  middle  is  a little  less  than  19  mm. 

The  j)teryf>'oid  is  re])resented  hy  several  speeimens  whieh  have 
been  so  weathei'cd  as  to  show  the  lateral  and  inferior  aspects  of 
this  hone.  A latenil  view  of  No.  10770  shows  the  hi>>li  superior 
win<i',  wliieh  is  ahont  as  ])rominent  as  in  I'lidlattosaunis,  and  is 
similarly  scniptnred.  In  si)ecimen  10817  ([)!.  17,  fig'.  3)  the 
palatal  side  of  a very  small  individual  is  exposed.  It  is  not  es- 
sentially different  from  that  of  the  pterygoid  of  the  type  specimen 
of  Tlidldtiosdurus.  The  dentigerous  area  shows  three  or  more 
longitudinal  rows  of  di.stinct  pits  in  a few  of  which  the  broken 
fangs  of  tlie  teeth  remain.  The  edentuloiis  area  next  the  base  of 
the  sui)erior  wing  has  about  the  same  form  as  in  Thdldttosdurus 
dlexdticlrde. 

Another  and  somewhat  larger  pterygoid,  No.  10626  (pi.  17, 
fig.  2)  may  re])resent  Nectosduriis  or  one  of  the  smaller  species  of 
Thdldltosadvds.  The  well  exposed  dentigerous  area  shows  not 
less  than  three  longitudinal  rows  of  teeth,  of  which  one  has  con- 
tained at  least  seven  teeth.  'Fhe  crowns  are  all  circular  in  cross- 
section,  and  the  two  or  three  whieh  are  complete  are  slender  acum- 
inate. The  bases  of  several  of  the  larger  teeth  are  distinctly  seen 
to  he  anchylosed  to  the  bone. 

Arches  and  Limbs. 

The  scapula  of  Necfosdtirds  (pi.  18,  fig.  2),  whieh  has  not  been 
known  before,  has  a form  clo.sely  resembling  that  of  TJidldtfo- 
saurus  sliastensis,  from  which  it  dilfers  mainly  in  its  somewhat 
narrower  disdal  blade. 

A number  of  small,  slender  limb  bones,  principally  represent- 
ing the  propodial  segments  of  the  limbs,  have  been  found  with 
other  material  referred  to  Necfosddrus.  Several  of  these  are 
nearly  complete  and  show  the  shaft  to  be  more  slender  than  that 
of  Thdldttosdurus  shdstensis.  The  middle  region  of  the  shaft  is 
nearly  round  in  cross-section.  The  proximal  end  is  slightly  ex- 
panded. The  distal  extremity  is  considerably  broadened  and  fiat- 
tened  (No.  10800,  pi.  18,  fig.  1).  It  is  uncertain  whether  these 
elements  represent  the  humerus  or  the  femur,  but  in  one  or  two 


220 


riiircrsHjj  of  Califoniio  /‘itl/lictil ions. 


[ (iKOLOfiY 


eases  Ihe  sii<>'”est ion  of  foramina  on  llio  ex])an(le(l  distal  end  may 
indieate  tliat  these  ])artien]ai'  speeimens  an*  Inimeri. 

In  tlie  same  dei)osits  with  the  lai'<>er  limh  (dements  are  a nnm- 
bei‘  of  smaller  and  more  slendei-  l)ones  with  less  expanded  ends. 
Tliongh  it  is  not  possible  to  (list infinish  these  eertaiidy  froni  those 
determined  as  jn'oixxlials,  it  is  |)r()hal)le  that,  some  of  them  rej)- 
resent  ejiipodials  or  {(odials  (pi.  17,  fifis.  4 and  5). 

Vertki!k.\e  .\nd  I\1BS. 

Xnmerons  isolated  vertebrae  were  found  in  the  lower  portion 
of  the  upper,  massive  division  of  the  Ilosselkiis  Limestone  on 
Brock  immntain,  and  in  the  limestones  alon<j  the  North  Fork  of 
8(piaw  Creek.  The  vertebrae  are  always  scattered,  and  as  y(T  no 
connected  series  repiTsentin^  these  forms  is  known.  The  upper 
arches  are  closely  connected  with  the  centra  in  nearly  all  ca.ses. 
Only  in  a few  instances  can  the  line  of  division  between  them  be 
distinctly  seen,  and  in  most  instances  the  connection  is  so  intimate 
that  even  the  suture  is  almost  obliterated. 

The  centra  are  all  biconcave,  bnt  the  terminal  faces  are  in 
general  not  deejdy  cupped.  In  a single  instance  a somewhat 
broken  centrum  (No.  10806)  was  found  which  is  gently  concave 
toward  the  perijdiery  of  the  faces,  but  is  much  more  sharply 
excavated  near  the  middle.  The  centrum  is  also  relatively  short 
anteropo.steriorly,  so  that  the  anterior  and  post(‘rior  concave  faces 
almost  meet  in  the  middle.  This  specimen  possibly  represents  a 
middle  or  a distal  candal  centrum  of  Ncctosaiiriis,  or  may  repre- 
sent an  ichthyosaurian  genns. 

'I'he  centra  are  about  as  long  as  high  in  most  cases.  There  is 
evidently  some  variation  in  different  regions  of  the  column,  the 
length  being  in  some  instane('s  slightly  greater  and  in  others 
somewhat  less  than  the  height,  as  is  indicated  by  the  measure- 


menis  below. 

Longth  of 

Height  of 

Height  of  Number  of  lateral 

centrum 

centrum 

Neural  arch  apophyses 

No.  10771  (<l<>rsal  ?) 

()  til. III. 

5.2 

11.5  2 

No.  IO(i27  (ilorsnl?) 

(i 

(i.5 

1,  large 

N o.  1 07S7  ( <lovs:(l  ?) 

7.7 

s.,t 

a 1(1.5  2 ? 

\ o.  1 0770  (c.uidal) 

.5.2 

5.2 

12  slender  none 

No.  lOKOO 

(1  l..^ 

a 7 

n,  aji|iroxiniat(“. 

No.  lOSOO,  |iossilily 

ii'IO  liyostuiriaii. 

VoL.  5] 


M err  id  tit. — OsteoUxjij  of  Xectosiniriis. 


221 


The  upper  nrelies  are  e()iisideral)]y  hifilier  Ilian  the  centra. 
In  .speeinien  10774  (pi.  18,  fifj.  6),  showinfi'  a double  headed  ar- 
ticulation with  the  rib,  the  spine  is  considerably  flattened  lateral- 
ly, but  is  not  particularly  broad  anteroposteriorly.  In  specimen 
10779  (pi.  18,  tip'.  5)  with  no  lateral  apophyses,  and  evidently 
repre.senting  the  caudal  region,  the  spine  is  high  and  verv  slender 
with  almost  no  lateral  compression.  Zygapophyses  are  distinctly 
shown  even  in  the  caudal  vertebra  (No.  10779),  where  they  are 
very  prominent.  In  mo.st  cases  the  vertical  element  in  the  posi- 
tion of  the  faces  of  articulation  seems  to  be  much  greater  than  the 
horizontal.  In  one  sjiecimen  (No.  10787)  the  faces  seem  to  have 
come  nearer  to  a horizontal  plane,  but  they  are  somewhat  damaged 
and  it  is  not  possible  to  be  absolutely  certain  of  this  determination. 

The  lateral  apophyses  in  articulation  with  the  ribs  are  single 
on  some  specimens  and  widely  divided  on  others.  On  specimen 
No.  10627  (pi.  18,  fig.  4)  the  lai’ge  and  prominent  apophysis  is 
nearly  as  high  as  the  centrum,  but  is  clearly  undivided  on  its 
finely  exposed  articular  face.  A nearly  obliterated  line  of  divi- 
sion between  the  upper  arch  and  the  centrum  appears  to  cro.ss  the 
apophysis  some  di.stance  above  the  middle,  as  in  the  anterior  ver- 
tebrae of  Tkalatiosaurus.  In  specimen  No.  10774  there  are  two 
distinctly  separated  lateral  apophyses.  The  i)arapoi)hysis  is  low 
tlown  on  the  anterior  margin  of  the  centrum.  The  articulation 
of  the  tTibercle  seems  to  be  about  equally  divitletl  between  the 
ui)per  margin  of  the  centrum  and  the  base  of  the  lower  arch. 

On  specimen  No.  10787  there  is  evitlence  of  separation  of  a 
distinct  inferior  apophysis.  The  zygapophyseal  faces  are  rela- 
tively large  on  this  specimen  and  have  a more  nearly  horizontal 
position  than  in  most  of  the  others.  In  this  specimen  the  neural 
arch  resembles  considerably  the  anterior  dorsal  or  cervical  arch 
de.scribed  with  the  tyjie  specimen  of  TJiaJatfosaiinis  sliasteiisis. 
If  this  is  the  case  the  double  rib  articulation  might  be  suspected 
to  occur  in  the  anterior  region  of  the  vertebral  column,  the  un- 
divided apophyses  being  present  on  middle  or  posterior  dorsals. 

The  structure  of  the  vertebrae  here  referred  to  Ncctosaiiriis  is 
in  general  much  like  that  in  the  genus  Tholattosourns.  The  two 
genera  I'esemble  each  other  and  differ  from  the  Ichthyosauria  in 
the  relatively  slight  degree  of  bieoncavity  of  the  centra,  and  in 


I'ltivcrsilij  of  ('<ilifor)n<i  l'i(/)lical ions. 


[ (iKOI.OfiY 


tlie  londcncy  of  1ho  ii(Mn-;il  nrclios  to  fuse  with  the  eetili-M.  A 
(loHl)Ie  ni'ticuhition  of  tlie  I'ihs  sueli  :is  is  seen  in  some  of  the 
Xrcfosdiinis  sj)e(‘iniens  ]i:is  not  tlnis  f;ii'  l)een  Unown  in  Tlidldllo- 
sdui'ds.  'I’lie  vil)  :n't ieniMt ion  is  howevei-  only  slifilitly  different 
in  the  two  «enei';i.  'l'hon<;h  there  is  no  ohsointe  division  of 
the  Intend  ni)o])hyses  of  the  vertebrne  in  'I'lididl lo.miirus,  tlie 
ni>o])hyses  of  the  doi'snl  vertehnie  nre  known  fo  be  stron<fly  eon- 
strieted.  Tlie  jiosition  of  the  rili  hend  with  referenee  to  tlie 
centrum  and  the  iipiier  nrch  is  the  snnie  in  the  two  <fenera. 

A number  of  ribs  showiu”'  well  iireserved  articular  faces  have 
been  obtained  aiul  in  nearly  all  of  these  the  head  and  tubercle 
are  distinctly  separated  by  a deep  notch  (pi.  18,  (iii:.  8). 

CoNCTA'SIONS. 

The  eliaracters  of  the  elements  of  the  skull  and  of  the  dentition 
of  Xcctosddnis  are  e.ssentially  of  tlie  tlialattosaurian  type.  The 
natui-e  of  the  attachment  of  the  teeth  is  more  clearly  shown 
than  it  has  been  previously,  and  indicates  that  teeth  may  be  set 
in  deep,  distinct  jiits  without  apparent  anchylosis  with  the  jaw, 
or  their  bases  may  be  fused  with  the  bone. 

The  limb  elements  obtained  are  all  of  a more  elon<rated  or 
more  slender  type  than  is  seen  in  the  typical  Thdldttosadrus. 
'those  jiropodial  elements  which  are  well  enough  preserved  to 
show  the  outlines  of  the  bones  are  even  more  slender  than  the 
humerus  of  the  small  '/’.  slidsfensis.  Such  material  as  is  available 
seems  to  indicate  that  the  epipodials  and  possibly  the  podials^  were 
little  more  sjiecialized  than  in  typical  shore  forms.  The  suggestion 
made  by  the  writer  in  a iirevious  publication'*  that  Xectosaunis 
may  have  b(>en  a shore  dwidler  to  a greater  extent  than  Thdhit- 
iosdiirds.  seems  to  be  supported  not  only  by  the  less  distinctly 
specialized  or  adapted  limbs,  but  also  by  the  fact  that  the  remains 
ai'(‘  most  common  in  de])osits  containing  considerable  quantities 
of  comminut(‘d  shells,  which  would  naturally  occur  near  the 
shore,  'flic  suggestion  that  Xcctosddrus  I'cprescnts  the  shore- 
dwelling young  of  Tlididllosdiinis  seems  to  be  met  by  the  fact 

■i  'I'Ik'  Iitmi  jXHlidl.s  as  asod  lu'i(‘  is  int('ii(l('(l  to  include  motapodials  and 
|ilialangcal  clcnicnls. 

I .Mcn  i.-mi,  .1.  < ()|i.  (d1.,  Vol.  5,  |).  "J.'i. 


VoL.  5] 


Mo  ridiii. — Osteology  of  Neclosaurus. 


223 


tliiit  tlie  tleiitilioii  differs  very  eonsiderably  in  llie  two  forms.  It 
slionld  also  be  noted,  tliat  Nectosaiinis  is  not  nnconnnon  in  tlie 
deei)er  water  deposits  jn.st  al)ove  the  base  of  the  n|)per  division 
of  the  Hos.selkns  Limestone,  where  Thalaitosaunis  has  not  yet 
been  recognized. 

Tlie  vertebrae  and  ribs  agree  in  strnctnre  with  what  lias  pre- 
viously been  described  for  this  genus  and  for  Tlialatlosaurns,  ex- 
cepting that  siiecimens  have  been  obtained  showing  a distinct 
bicipital  rib  articulation  in  addition  to  tho.se  with  but  one  artic- 
ulation. The  jiresnmption  is  that  the  situation  here  is  similar  to 
that  in  some  other  rhynchocephalians,  and  in  most  Triassic 
ichthyosaurs,  the  anterior  ribs  being  double-headed,  while  single 
articulation  ajipears  in  the  dorsal  region. 

Transmitted  tdeptemher  3,  1907. 

Issued  May  13,  1908. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  17. 

Nectosaurus  haliiis  Merriam. 

From  the  Ujti^er  Triassie  of  Shasta  County,  California. 

1.  Left  maxillary.  No.  10753.  X 2.  Page  218. 

2.  Pterygoid,  inferior  view.  No.  10026.  X 2.  Page  219. 

3.  Pterygoid,  inferior  view.  No.  10817.  X 4.  Page  219. 

4.  Epipodial?  No.  10755.  X 3.  Page  220. 

5.  Epipodial?  and  metajiodials  ? No.  10783.  X 2.  Page  220. 


BULL,  DEPT,  GEOL,  UNIV.  CAL 


VOL.  5,  PL,  17 


iWHft* 


MffffliSnYflFlUJIW'* 


EXPI^ANATION  OF  I’LATE  18. 

Necloaaurus  IxiUus  Merriani. 

From  the  Upper  Triassic  of  Shasta  County,  California. 

Fig.  1.  Propodial  element.  Xo.  10800.  X 2.  Page  219. 

Fig.  2.  Sea])ula.  >70.  10803.  X 2.  Page  219. 

Fig.  3.  Rib  (anterior  dorsal?).  Xo.  107.58.  X 2.  Page  222. 

Fig.  4.  Vertebra  (middle  or  jiosterior  dorsal?)  posterior  side  of  cen- 
trum. Xo.  10627.  X 2.  Page  221. 

Fig.  5.  Anterior  caudal  vertebra,  side  view.  X'o.  10779.  X 2.  Page 

221. 

Fig.  6.  Vertebra  (dorsal  ?)  side  view.  X"o.  10774.  X 2.  I’age  221. 


BULL,  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV,  CAL 


VOL,  5,  PL.  13 


2 


4 


5 


6 


^ \aw«' = ' 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  14,  pp.  225-233,  Pis.  19-20  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NOTES  ON  SOME  CALIFORNIA  MINERALS 


BY 

ARTHUR  S.  EAKLE. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 


1. 


Linarite,  Ctiledonite,  Broc'hantitp,  and  Aiiglesite  from  the  Cerro  Gordo 

District,  Inyo  Co. 

Linarite  

Caledonite  

Broehantite  

Anglesite  - - - - 


22.5 

225 

OO  J 
228 


2.30 


2.  Celestite  from  San  Bernardino  Co. 


230 


3.  Stibnite  from  Hollister,  San  Benito  Co 231 

4.  Euargite  from  Alpine  Co 232 

5.  Arcanite  from  Orange  Co 232 


I. — Linarite,  Caledonite,  Brociiantite,  and  Anglesite  from 
THE  Cerro  Gordo  District,  Inyo  County. 

Linarite. — The  beautiful  azure-blue  linarite  that  was  discov- 
ered some  years  ago  in  tlie  Cerro  Gordo  mine  of  Inyo  county 
occurs  characteristically  in  diverging  and  radiating  aggregates 
of  thinly  bladed  crystals  with  their  elongation  parallel  to  the 
6-axis.  The  blades  are  in  general  not  separable  and  show  only  a 
few  imperfect  dome  faces.  Good  crystals,  however,  are  to  he 
found  in  the  cavities  of  the  white  quartz  and  brown  sulphate 
matrix,  intimately  associated  with  green  caledonite  and  hrochan- 
tite.  A few  of  these  crystals  were  measured  for  their  forms,  but 
a more  comjilete  description  of  the  mineralogy  of  this  district  is 
reserved  for  a future  report.  The  only  jirevious  measurements 


226 


('iiivc)'sil !J  of  ('(tU foroia  I’ iiblicdl ions. 


((Jkoi-ooy 


of  liiKiritc  from  lliis  loc.ility  vvoiT  iimde  by  Ko”’ers  ( Mineniloffiejil 
Notes,  Amer.  .Joui-iml  Sci.  l!)0l,  (4),  12.  42),  and  Ins  crystals 
showed  only  a f(‘w  forms. 

In  the  orienlalioji  of  KoUsebaT'ov,  as  "iven  l)y  Dana,  llie 
l)road('r  |)rominenl  ])lane,  paiallel  to  whieli  most  of  the  crystals 
are  tahnlai",  is  taken  as  tlu'  base,  wlu‘i'('as  tJold.schmidt  in  his 
“ Winkeltahellen  ” la'verses  tlie  crystals  and  makes  the  rear  dome 
(101),  the  base.  4’here  apix'ai's  to  he  no  advaidaf>e  in  chan«'in'r 
the  oi’ientation  as  ”iven  by  Dana  and  it  is  therefore  followed 
here.  The  ciwstals  are  veiy  small,  but  show  a ‘i'ood  zoiie  of  ortho- 
domes with  minute  fac(*s  on  the  edge's  formed  by  the  domes  and 
unit  pi’ism.  A measureimmt  of  one  of  the  he.st  of  the  crystals, 
which  appeared  to  he  a simple  ci'ystal,  showed  by  the  .synntietry 
ihat  it  was  twinned  oji  tlu*  ort ho])inacoid.  Fi^'  1 (j)!.  Ih)  is  an 
orthoyrapliie  i)rojection  on  tlie  ha.se  of  this  twinned  crystal  with 
the  lower  faces  shown  in  dotted  lines,  and  fif>'.  2 is  the  clino- 
yraphie  drawing  from  this  pi'ojeetion  to  ilhisti'ate  the  <jeneral 
habit  and  combination  of  forms. 

Fifteen  forms  were  found,  of  which  thive  are  new  for  linarite. 


c (not)  o (2o:i) 

a (100)  s (TOl) 

w (no)  j-  (k02) 

1 (210)  u (201) 


«■  (012)  i (710)  new 

r (Oil)  k (211)  new 

<j  (Tl2)  h (14.0.1)  new 

n (511) 


Koyers  yives  (Old)  on  his  crystal,  hut  the  clinopinacoid  was  not 
ohserv('d  by  the  writei'. 

A calculation  of  the  elements  for  linarite  based  on  the  axial 
ratio  o.7>.t  = l.TKi : 1:  (l.82!h),  — 22'  «ives 

|,^_=;0.48:U  i>'_^  = 0.4<).')4  p =0.2184 

= 0.809(5  (j'^  = 0.829(5  o'  = 0.22.29 

'file  readings  on  the'  separate  face's  are  si'iven  in  the  following 
table,  tlu'  faces  underscored  Ix'iny  in  twinned  position. 

Mojisured  Calculated 


<P 

P 

P 

001 

90°00' 

12''40' 

90°00' 

12°27' 

ooT 

90  00 

12  44 

10(1 

90  00 

!)0  00 

90  00 

90  00 

Too 

90  00 

!)()  00 

90  00 

90  00 

1 10 

20  .T.T 

90  00 

90  00 

VoL.  5] 


Eakle. — Xofcs  on  Some  (Uilifornia  Minerals. 


I'Zi 


Measured  (’alculated 


<P 

P 

4> 

P 

m 

Tio 

30 

47 

90 

00 

no 

31 

00 

90 

00 

30 

50 

90 

00 

no 

30 

40 

90 

00 

1 

2T() 

49 

38 

90 

00 

50 

03 

90 

00 

0 

203 

90 

00 

0 

45 

90 

00 

0 

04 

203 

90 

00 

(i 

28 

s 

lOT 

90 

00 

15 

15 

90 

00 

15 

11 

TOI 

90 

00 

15 

10 

X 

302 

90 

00 

27 

35 

90 

00 

27 

20 

302 

90 

00 

27 

45 

H 

201 

90 

00 

37 

25 

90 

00 

37 

29 

20T 

37 

30 

•w 

012 

28 

40 

25 

10 

0T2 

28 

34 

25 

00 

28 

22 

25 

14 

012 

28 

00 

25 

02 

r 

on 

15 

41 

40 

43 

oTl 

13 

14 

40 

31 

15 

07 

40 

44 

<1 

T12 

o 

43 

22 

24 

3 

10 

22 

34 

<J 

211 

42 

40 

48 

03 

42 

45 

48 

29 

k 

21T 

53 

42 

55 

29 

55 

40 

55 

47 

2TT 

55 

34 

55 

33 

i 

710 

07 

58 

19 

401 

08 

40 

20 

19 

TTO 

08 

38 

20 

54] 

h 

14.0.1 

81 

08 

90 

00 

81 

19 

90 

00 

or 

4T.0.3 

81 

00 

90 

00 

Of  tlie  new  forms  k,  i,  and  h,  the  symbol  for  k is  nnqnestion- 
al)ly  eorrect ; i shows  a variation  of  several  minntes  in  the  two 
readings,  but  the  symliol  as  given  is  believed  to  be  the  trne  one ; 
li  is  snch  a steep  dome  that  an  error  of  a few  minntes  iii  the 
reading  will  change  materially  the  symbol,  so  while  the  form 
oeenrs  as  a narrow  dome  and  the  reading  was  good  the  symbol  is 
to  be  classed  as  donbtfnl.  It  corresponds  closely  to  (41.0.8),  bnt 
the  simpler  symbol  (14.0.1)  has  been  chosen. 

Caledonite. — This  mineral  occurs  in  abundance  with  the  lina- 
i-ite  in  bright  crystals  f)f  a deep  emerald  green  color.  The  crystals 
are  very  minute  and  are  elongated  parallel  to  the  a-axis.  (Occa- 
sionally they  are  somewhat  tabular  parallel  to  the  base  or  to  the 


228 


Uiiivo'sH !J  of  (Uilifornid  Piihlicalions. 


[(iE()I/)fiY 


eliiiopiinu'oid,  l))it  in  scnorjil  the  1)ase  ;iii(l  j)itiacoi(l  aco  in  al)oiit 
e(ina]  dov(']()i)nK‘nt.  .Most  of  llie  faces  are  l)rilliant  and  frive  "ood 
reflections,  l)ut  llie  c]ino])inacoid  is  invarial)ly  striated  pai'allel 
to  the  ed^'C  he. 

'I'he  habit  and  coinl)ination  of  foians  of  the  stocky  crystals  is 
seen  in  ])late  Id,  ti^'.  2. 

The  forms  observed  on  tlie  crystals  were: 


c (001) 
h (010) 
w (110) 


.r  (201) 
5 (021) 
c (011) 


f (012) 

(013) 


I.  (221) 
)■  (111) 
.V  (223) 


o (014)  new 
n (203)  new 


In  settinn-  np  the  crystals  for  ineasnrement  the  best  resnlts 
were  obtained  by  assnmin"  the  i)osition  a as  tlie  pole  face  and 
zone  he  as  first  meridian.  Tlie  readings  in  tliis  position  are  given 
in  the  columns  <//  and  p'.  With  c as  the  pole  face  the  transjioscd 
angles  corresponding  to  these  readings  are  in  coinmns  </>"  and  p" 
obtained  by  means  of  the  two  formulae  cos.  p"  = cos.  <f)'  sin.  p' 
and  cot.  <j>"  = sin.  tan.  p'. 


Measured 

4>'  p 


Calculated 


(■ 

0(11 

0 = 

'00' 

00°00' 

0' 

’00' 

0' 

'00' 

0' 

'00' 

0' 

= 00 

b 

010 

00 

00 

00 

00 

0 

00 

00 

00 

0 

00 

00 

00 

m 

110 

so 

57 

42 

30 

47 

30 

00 

00 

47 

27 

00 

00 

0 

014 

10 

34 

00 

00 

0 

00 

10 

34 

0 

00 

19 

23 

013 

25 

14 

00 

00 

0 

00 

25 

14 

0 

00 

25 

07 

f 

012 

35 

15 

00 

00 

0 

00 

35 

15 

0 

00 

35 

07 

e 

on 

54 

41 

00 

00 

0 

00 

54 

41 

0 

00 

54 

35 

6 

021 

70 

41 

00 

00 

0 

00 

70 

41 

0 

00 

70 

26 

X 

201 

0 

00 

IS 

16 

00 

00 

71 

44 

00 

00 

71 

55 

n 

203 

0 

00 

44 

28 

00 

00 

45 

32 

00 

00 

45 

37 

t 

221 

70 

20 

44 

16 

47 

26 

76 

31 

47 

27 

76 

20 

r 

1 1 1 

54 

32 

4S 

25 

47 

27 

64 

17 

47 

27 

64 

10 

s 

223 

43 

07 

53 

10 

47 

27 

54 

10 

47 

27 

54 

12 

2'he  new 

form  0 

(014)  occurs  a 

s a 

narrow 

face  ly 

ing 

on 

both 

sidi's  of  till'  base  and  four  face's  of  it  were  ob.served.  The  dome 
II  (2(12)  was  obst'rvcd  but  once  as  a very  narrow  face  truncating 
the  edge  of  (222)  (222). 

UroeliiniliN In  measuring  what  were  sipiposed  to  be  cale- 
donite  crystals,  it  bi'came  apparent  from  tbe  angles  that  some  of 
the  crystals  wi're  brochant ite.  Tbe  two  minerals  are  intimately 
assoi-iatcd.  and  have  llu'  same'  eiiu'rald  green  color.  The  crystals 
arc  .so  minule  that  t hcv  had  to  lie  handled  with  a magnifying 


Voi,.  5 1 


Knkle. — Noles  on  Some  Cal ifoniia  Minerals. 


22!) 


lens,  and  it  was  only  by  the  nu'asnrenients  that  the  wi'iter  eonld 
in  most  eases  tell  whether  he  had  hroehantite  oi-  ealedonite  set 
nj).  The  habit  of  the  hroehantite  crystals  is  in  different 

from  that  of  the  ealedonite.  The  crystals  are  characteristically 
in  thin  i)lates,  tahnlar  to  (Old)  and  eloiifiated  i)rismatic  and  in 
the  direction  of  the  a-axis.  Occasional  (010)  is  narrower  with  a 
corresponding'  increase  in  the  width  of  the  pi'ismatic  faces,  thus 
giving  a more  stocky  appearance  to  the  crystals.  The  general 
habit  and  common  combination  of  forms  is  seen  in  plate  19,  tig.  4. 

The  forms  occurring  on  the  crystals  arc: 


o 

o 

e 

(012) 

h (010) 

i 

(011) 

m (110) 

V 

(101) 

r (120) 

9 

(041) 

new 

Measured 

Caloulated 

p 

<p 

p 

e 

001  O' 

°00' 

0°00' 

0' 

"00' 

0°00' 

h 

010  0 

00 

90  00 

0 

00 

90  00 

7n 

110  52 

05 

90  00 

52 

07 

90  00 

r 

120  32 

40 

90  00 

32 

44 

90  00 

e 

012  0 

00 

13  37 

0 

00 

13  47 

i 

011  0 

00 

25  50 

0 

00 

26  08 

9 

041  0 

00 

02  35 

0 

00 

63  00 

V 

101  90 

00 

32  12 

90 

00 

32  14 

The  base  was  ol)served  on  one  crystal  only  and  as  a mere  line 
face.  One  face  of  e is  the  common  terminating  form,  yet  on  the 
crystal  having  the  base  both  faces  occurred  in  one  end.  The 
new  form  g occurred  as  a narrow  face  between  b and  e,  hut  was 
found  only  once.  The  prism  tn  shows  the  best  faces  on  the  crys- 
tals, and  gave  the  best  reflections.  The  remaining  prism  r is 
also  usually  good,  but  sometimes  rounds  by  striatures  into  b. 
The  cry.stals  also  showed  a pyramid,  and  rough  measurements 
indicated  that  it  was  the  unit  pyramid  (111),  but  no  good  reflec- 
tions could  be  obtained  from  it.  The  pinacoid  b is  .striated  ver- 
tically and  presents  one  good  face,  giving  a fair  signal,  while  the 
opposite  side  is  rounded  and  .striated,  and  gives  only  a train  of 
signals.  There  is  some  doubt  regarding  the  system  of  crystal- 
ization  of  hroehantite.  The  crystals  from  this  locality  possess  at 
lea.st  two  planes  of  .symmetry,  but  the  .striking  difference  in  the 
development  of  the  two  brachy-pinacoidal  sides  suggest  that  they 
may  be  hemimorphie-orthorhombic. 


230 


fhiivcrsil jj  of  ('aliforoia  I'uhliration.s. 


[(JKOLOfiY 


This  eoiislilules  Ihe  fii'st  notice  of  l)i-ocli;intite  from  lliis 
locality. 

AiigJesite. — Spcciiiums  of  <>;il(‘iia  with  sitiall  colorless  jitiyle- 
site  crystals  were  lately  collected  at  tlie  ('erro  (Jordo  mine  hy 
]\Ir.  dolin  Reid,  and  S'iven  to  this  department.  The  anyh'sitc 
crystals  are  somewhat  flattened  parallel  to  tlie  t)ase  and  elon- 
gated in  tlie  direction  of  the  a-axis.  'I'hey  are  teimiinated  on  one 
end  by  the  sharp  jiyramid  ( 122)  and  joined  to  the  matrix  hy  Ihe 
other  end.  See  plate  20,  tiy.  5. 


r (001) 

m (110) 

^ (111) 

0 

(011) 

a (100) 

1 (104) 

.'/  (122) 

^leasurtMl 

('alculated 

<t> 

P 

4> 

p 

r 

001 

0°00' 

0“00' 

()°0()' 

0°00' 

(1 

1 00 

90  00 

90  00 

90  00 

90  00 

m 

1 10 

.52  00 

90  00 

51  51 

!10  00 

1 

104 

90  00 

22  20 

90  00 

22  19 

0 

Oil 

0 00 

52  11 

0 00 

52  12 

1 1 1 

.51  51 

(14  14 

51  51 

(14  24 

>/ 

122 

.32  28 

5(1  49 

32  28 

5(1  49 

The  base 

is  striated  jiarallel  to  its 

lenytli. 

bnt  all  the 

faces  are  very  briylit  and  perfect. 

1I.^(  'ei,kstite  prom  S.\n  I>ERN.\RniNo  County. 

When  colemanite  was  discovered  in  Southern  California  it 
was  observed  that  celestite  was  its  as.sociate,  occnrrin"  as  <;ood 
cry.stals  in  tlie  yeodal  masses  of  colemanite.  As  the  forms  of 
these  crystals  have  not  been  .stated,  the  wo'iter  measured  a few 
of  them. 

1'he  cele.stite  from  the  Calico  district  is  generally  in  broad 
plates,  tabular  to  the  base  and  yrown  tooether  in  parallel  posi- 
tions. 1'he  habit  of  these  crystals  is  seen  in  plate  20,  fiy.  fi. 

'rh(‘  obsi'i'ved  forms  were: 


r (001) 
I)}  (110) 


,1  (102) 
( (10-1) 


0 (011) 


A sirikinply  diffi'rent  habit  for  celestite  is  seen  in  a stiecimen 
of  colemanite  from  Death  valh'y.  'Plu'  crystals  a]i])ear  like  loii" 
slendm'  pi'isms  tei'ininati’d  on  oiu'  (md  by  a sliarji  ]iyramid  and 
attai-hcd  by  the  otlu'r  end  to  the  matrix.  They  are,  however, 
clomiatcd  in  the  direction  of  the  e-axis,  and  (‘(insist  princijially  of 


VoL.  5 I 


Eaklc. — Soles  o)i-  Some  (Udifornia  Mincmls. 


231 


tlie  l)r;K‘li3Ml()iiie  o (Oil)  and  the  hraeliyi)yratiii(l  ,iy  (122).  3'lie 
other  forms  are  all  very  subordinate  and  sometimes  laekin<f.  3'he 
o'eneral  habit  is  seen  in  ])late  20,  ti^'.  7. 

The  forms  identified  on  these  erystals  were. 


01) 

d 

(102) 

0 (011) 

P 

(067) 

10) 

1 

(104) 

.'/  (122) 

Measured 

Calculated 

<p 

P 

4> 

P 

c. 

001 

0°00' 

0°00' 

0°00' 

0°00' 

m 

110 

90  00 

52  01 

90  00 

52  00 

d 

102 

90  00 

39  11 

90  00 

39  23 

1 

104 

90  00 

22  22 

90  00 

22  19 

0 

on 

0 00 

52  01 

0 00 

52  04 

P 

0(57 

0 00 

47  31 

0 00 

47  35 

!/ 

122 

32  35 

56  43 

32  37 

56  43 

'fhe  new  form  F (OtiT)  occurred  on  both  sides  of  the  base  as 
long  narrow  faces  and  the  reflections  were  good. 

III. — Stibnite  prom  Hollister,  San  Benito  County. 
California  has  long  been  known  for  her  deposits  of  .stihnite, 
and  many  fine  specimens  have  been  obtained  from  the  various 
mines.  Most  of  the  prisms,  however,  are  deejily  furrowed,  bent, 
twisted,  and  without  terminating  faces;  con.seiiuently  good  mea- 
surements of  them  are  seldom  po.ssihle.  In  looking  over  a lot  of 
the  material  from  the  State,  some  specimens  coming  from  t';e 
vicinity  of  Hollister  were  .seen  to  comsist  of  isolated  crystals  with 
good  terminal  faces,  and  a few  of  these  were  measured.  The 
habit  and  forms  are  seen  in  plate  20,  tig.  8. 

The  observed  forms  were : 


b 

(010) 

n (2 

10) 

.9  (113) 

m 

(110) 

b (310) 

y (1'I2) 

new 

(130) 

k (430) 

S (4.5.12 

) 

Measured 

Calculated 

<t> 

P 

<t> 

p 

b 

010 

0°00' 

90°00' 

0°00' 

90  “00' 

Q 

1.30 

18  20 

90  00 

18  34 

90  00 

m 

no 

45  11 

90  00 

45  13 

90  00 

k 

430 

53  15 

90  00 

53  20 

90  00 

n 

210 

64  12 

90  00 

63  36 

90  00 

h 

310 

72  00 

90  00 

71  41 

90  00 

y 

102 

90  00 

27  20 

90  00 

27  09 

s 

113 

45  22 

25  44 

45  13 

25  43 

B 

4.5.12 

39  08 

28  05 

38  52 

28  34 

282 


Uiiirosit jj  of  CdUfornui  J’u/iUcol ions. 


I (iK()I,OfiY 


Tlie  now  form  (102)  occurs  on  sovoi’Jil  of  llic  crysfjils  in  snnill 
triangular  faces.  Headings  wei'e  also  obtained  for  other  i)risms, 
but  owing  to  the  striated  condition  of  the  i)risniatic  zone  tlicy 
were  not  definitely  e.stablisbed  as  forms. 

IV. — Knaiuute  i-'kom  Aijune  County. 

Crystals  of  enai'gite  from  the  IMoiming  Star  mine  were  orig- 
inally desci’ibed  by  Silliman,’  but  be  gave  oidy  the  unit  ])rism 
and  the  three  ])inacoids  as  ])resent.  In  looking  over  some  speci- 
mens of  pyrite  containing  crystals  of  enargite  from  this  mine  it 
was  .seen  that  more  forms  exi.sted  than  those  given  by  him.  Tlie 
crystals  are  prismatic  in  habit  and  terminated  on  one  end  by  a 
broad  basal  ])]ane  and  attached  to  the  matrix  at  the  other.  The 
habit  and  combination  ai’c  seen  in  i)Iate  2d,  fig.  !). 

8'he  forms  observed  were : 

r (001)  f (250)  new  A (101) 

(I  (100)  I (130) 

h (010) 
m (110) 

Measured  Calculated 

<p  p <p  p 


<■ 

001 

0' 

'00' 

0' 

“00' 

0' 

’00' 

0' 

o 

o 

a 

100 

90 

00 

90 

05 

90 

00 

90 

00 

h 

010 

0 

00 

90 

05 

0 

00 

90 

00 

m 

110 

48 

4() 

90 

05 

48 

5(5 

90 

00 

f 

250 

24 

43 

90 

05 

24 

40 

90 

00 

I 

130 

20 

42 

90 

05 

20 

50 

90 

00 

A- 

101 

90 

00 

44 

00 

43 

20 

90 

00 

The  dome  /.’  (101)  was  very  small  and  only  an  ai)proximate 
reading  coidd  be  obtained,  but  it  was  sufficient  to  establi.sh  the 
])resence  of  the  form. 

The  new  prism  /'  (250)  was  present  on  one  cry.stal  as  a nar- 
I'ow  face  and  the  r(>ading  was  good.  A pyramid  was  also  present 
but  the  face  was  dull  and  its  symbol  could  not  be  definitely  de- 
tcuanined. 

V.  ,\l{('.\NITK  FROM  ()r.\N(;K  CoUNTY. 

A few  small  yellowish  i)lates  of  a mineral  which  were  sent  to 
lb(‘  wiit(‘r  by  i\li'.  Norman  K.  Smith  for  identification  ])roYed 
to  be  the  natui’al  i)otassium  suljibate.  'fbey  came  fi’om  Tunnel 


1 itK'i'icMii  .louninl  of’  Science,  1S73  (3),  5,  384. 


VoL.  5] 


Eakle. — Notes  on  Some  (.(tlifornia  Minerals. 


233 


No.  1 of  the  Ana  'fin  Minin<>-  (’oinpany  in  "i’rabuco  Canon, 

Orano'e  county,  and  wene  found  at)out  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
below  the  surface  in  an  old  Ore^jon  pine  tie  which  is  partly  sub- 
merged six  inonfhs  of  the  year.  The  tunnel  is  in  black  slate 
which  carries  some  sulphide  and  the  walls  of  the  mine  are  coated 
with  minute  crystals  and  iucru.stations  of  sulphates  and  carbo- 
nates. The  potassium  sulphate  has  not  hitherto  been  recognized 
as  a mineral  species,  so  this  occurrence  classes  it  as  a ne\v  mineral. 
The  name  Arcanitc  has  however  been  applied  to  the  potassium 
svdphate  and  artificial  crystals  have  been  measured. 

The  crystals  are  thin  plates  tabular  to  c and  are  pseudo- 
hexagonal  by  twinning  on  the  unit  prism.  Plate  20,  flg.  10  shows 
the  appearance. 

The  forms  observed  were  : 


s (112) 
e (102) 


c (001) 
0 (111) 


Measured  Calculated 


(001)  : (111)— 55°48'  56°2T 
(111)  ; (llT)  — 67  20  67  18 
(111)  : (111)  — 48  37  48  52 
(001)  : (112)  — 36  12  36  54 
(111)  : (112)  — 19  30  19  27 
(111)  : (no)  —48  50 


Tlie  faces  were  in  general  dull,  and  c gave  only  a bright  spot 
of  light,  so  that  accurate  measurements  could  not  be  made  from 
this  face.  The  o faces  were  better  and  gave  good  reflection.  The 
s faces  were  always  mere  lines.  Besides  these  faces,  the  dome, 
probably  e (102),  was  present,  but  it  ivas  so  rough  that  only  an 
approximate  measurement  could  be  made. 

Transmitted,  May,  1908. 

Date  of  Issue,  November  28,  1908. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  19. 

Fig.  1. — Liiiai'ite.  Twinned  on  oithoi)inaeoid.  Orthograpliic  projection  on 
liase.  Cerro  tiordo. 

Fig.  2. — The  same.  Clinograpliie  drawing. 

Fig.  3. — t'aledonite.  Cerro  Gordo. 

Fig.  4. — Brochantite.  Cerro  Gordo. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL,  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5.  PL.  19 


f 


f 


? * '4 


fi  ■ 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  20. 


Fig.  5. — Aiiglesite.  f'erro  Gordo. 
Fig.  0. — ('elestite.  Calico  district. 
Fig.  7. — Celestite.  Death  Valley. 
Fig.  8. — Stibnite.  Hollister. 

Fig.  9. — Eiiargite.  Alpine  County. 
Fig.  10. — Arcanite.  Orange  County 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  20 


TlOdl-.  VuJSl- 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  15,  pp.  235-242  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NOTES  ON  A COLLECTION  OE  EOSSIL 
MAMMALS  EROM  VIRGIN  VALLEY, 
NEVADA. 


BY 

James  Williams  Gidley. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 


Ilypohippus?  equimis  (Seott) 236 

Meryehippus  isonesus  (Cope) 238 

Merydiippus,  sp.  indet.  (1) 238 

Meryehippus,  sp.  indet.  (2) 239 

Meryehippus,  sp.  indet.  (3) 239 

E’quine  astragali  240 

Palaeonieryx  ? borealis  (Cope) 241 

Conclusions  242 


Throngli  the  kindiie.ss  of  Ur.  John  C.  Merriaiii  of  the  ITniver- 
sity  of  California,  I have  recently  had  placed  in  niy  hands  for 
.study  and  determination  an  interesting  little  collection  of  fossils 
from  Virgin  Valley,  Nevada.  The  material  consi.sts  principally 
of  fossil  horse  remains  representing  at  least  two  genera  and  five 
species  of  the  Eqnidae.  One  species  referable  to  a genns  of  the 
Cervidae  is  also  represented  in  the  lot.  Some  of  the  species  are 
probably  new,  Imt  the  material  is  too  fragmentary  for  little  more 
than  generic  determination,  and  the  specimens  are  not  suffi- 
ciently characteristic  to  warrant  Imrdening  literature  with  added 
names  not  well  established  by  distinctive  specific  characters. 

The  object  of  the  present  jiaper,  therefore,  is  to  report  the 
forms  represented  from  this  locality  and  to  describe  the  more 
important  specimens  of  the  collection  with  the  primary  object  of 


236 


r)iirrrsil  1/  of  ('(tli fornia  I’lthlicol li>ns. 


I (iKOI/HiY 


1.  II njioliipjiun?  (’(juinux  (Scott).  Portion  of  a right  lower  jaw  with 
milk  molars  ami  (irsl  iK'rmanent  molar.  A,  occlnsal  view;  H,  lateral  view. 
A’o.  KKUin,  natural  siz('. 

wliicli  it  about  ('(|iials  iii  .sizo.  'I'lie  tooth,  liowovor,  as  iiulioatod 
by  tlio  sinoj(‘  poiananout  molar  prosorvod.  aro  apparontly  .some- 
what liighor  orownod  tlian  tlios('  of  tlio  typo  of  tho  Dooj)  Rivor 
spccios.  Rut  this  ap])ar('u1  ditVoiauiot'  may  lio  diu'  in  part  to  tlie 
(•oii.sidoralilo  dogroi  of  wc'ar  iu  t lu'  lattt'r.  whilo,  iii  tlio  spi'oiiiu'n 
I'rom  N'irgiii  \billoy.  m,  althouoh  (‘omploti'ly  formod  is  ouliroly 


throwiiig  some  liojit  on  tho  ati'o  of  tho  Viroiii  Valley  bods.  'I'liose 
spoi'imoiis  aro  listed  and  dosoribod  below. 

IIVPOIlIPPUS  f KCiPINllS  (Scott). 

Pig.  1. 

.\  jiortion  of  a riglit  lower  jaw,  ooiilainiug  tho  milk  molars 
and  the  fii’st  iiormammt  molar  (no.  lObtif),  TTuiv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert. 
I’alao.),  may  be  referred  provisionally  to  1/ !/j)oliij)j>iis  etjHinus, 


VoL.  5]  (lidhjj. — Fdssil  Mdtiniidls  from  \'ir()in  VdUey. 


237 


unvvor'ii.  lA  sec'oiid  iiiiportant  diflViviKH'  is  llie  ndnt iv(‘l y f>fe;der 
dej)tli  of  the  lower  j:iw,  whieli  fiirtlier  sufi^ests  1h;it  this  s[)eeiineii 
may  after  all  represent  a new  s])eeies. 

ddie  lower  ndlk-dentition  of  species  of  H ypohippds  has  not 
hitherto  been  known,  lienee  the  deeiduons  teeth  of  the  present 
species  can  he  compared  only  with  the  iieiananent  sei'ies  and  with 
those  of  other  genera  whei'e  they  are  known.  'Phe  lower  milk 
molars  of  the  pi’esent  species  present  in  general  the  charactei-s 
distinctive  of  the  semis.  As  in  other  sjiecies  of  horses,  the  erowns 
are  relatively  lower  and  narrower  transversely  than  those  of  the 
permanent  series. 

The  more  imiiortant  characters  which  distinsnish  the  milk- 
molars  of  Ilypohippus  from  those  of  ilesoli ippus  are  as  follows: 
They  have  a heavier  and  better  developed  external  basal  cius'n- 
Inm,  the  two  outer  cusps,  pr'’  and  ]i}f\  are  fuller  and  wider  trans- 
versely, and  the  teeth  are  more  specialized  in  general  than  in 
siiecies  of  MesoJiippus.  Advanced  development  in  Ilypohippus 
is  especially  marked  in  dp.^  in  which  the  anterior  external  cusp 
has  attained  a comjiletely  crescentic  form  similar  to  that  of  the 
posterior  cnsj),  while  in  Mesohippus  this  tooth  has  but  one  cres- 
cent, or  V.  the  posterior  one.  In  this  resiiect  dp.,  of  Ilypohippus 
is  more  highly  sjiecialized  than  p.,  of  the  iiermanent  .series  of 
either  Mesohippus  or  II ypohippus  and  re.sembles  the  p.,  of  Puru- 
hippus.  The  metaeonid-nietastylid  column  is  broader  antero- 
po.steriorly  than  in  the  permanent  molariform  teeth  of  the  genus, 
and  these  cusps  are  slightly  but  di.stinctly  seiiarated  at  the  sum- 
mit of  the  column. 

Comjiared  with  the  corresjionding  tooth,  dp.,,  associated  with 
the  type  of  Puruhippus  coyudtus,  that  of  Ilypohippus  pre.sents 
the  following  characteristic  differences:  (1)  The  outer  ba.sal 
cingulum  is  much  better  developed  and  is  continuous,  while  it  is 
entirely  interrupted  on  the  external  walls  of  the  protoconid  and 
hypoconid  in  P.  coyudtus;  (2)  the  summits  of  the  outer  cusps, 
hy'^  and  pr'’,  are  situated  relatively  nearer  the  outer  side  of  the 
crown,  giving  a less  abrupt  slope  to  the  outer  walls  of  the  internal 
valleys;  (3)  the  cusps  of  the  inner  row  are  less  well  developed 
throughout;  and  (4)  the  meta.stylid  is  much  less  i)rominent  and 
not  separated  from  the  metaconid  except  slightly  at  the  extreme 


238 


r iii rersil !i  of  (’dlifaniio  I’ iihl iral ions. 


I ( !koi.o<;y 


suiiiinit.  In  P.  cogiidiits  it  is  coinplotcly  i)y  a (1(*('|) 

yroove  (‘xteiKling  lo  the  base  of  the  erown. 


iMeasiikemknts. 

|)iaiiiotors  of  ?»,,  niitoi-oixist.  22  iimi.,  Iransv.  17  111711. 

Diaiiu'ters  of  i//),,  antcro|iost.  !l..5  iiiiii.,  tiaiisv.  ().5  nun. 

Diainefoi's  of  Up.,  ant(‘ro|iOi-t.  24  nini.,  traiiHV.  14  nini. 

I )ianipt('rs  of  dp.,,  aiitoropost.  24  inni.,  transv.  15  nnn. 

Iji'iifjtli  of  inilkonolar  sories,  dp.,  to  dp,,  71  nini. 

Doiith  of  jaw  at  dp,.  42  nun. 

MKKVCIIIFl’tlS  ISONKSUS  (Cope). 

A I'iojit  tippei'  molar  (no.  Thiiv.  (';il.  (’ol.  Vert.  Palae.) 

a, o roes  in  size  and  oeiier:il  eharaeters  tvitli  the  eorrespondinw  tooth 
in  the  type  of  3/.  isoncsns,  and  nitty  Ik'  referred  provisionally  to 
that  sjieeies. 

Diameters  of  moltii',  anterojiost.  18  turn.,  transv.  22  mm. 


MHKYt'HIPlpTy,  sp.  iinlet.  (1). 

Figs.  2 ami  3. 

A second  sjieeies  of  Meri/cli ippiis  of  an  almost  hraehyodont 
tyjie  is  represented  hy  two  njijier  jiremoiars,  /d  and  />-,  in  a frag- 
ment of  the  maxillary  hone  (no.  10659,  Dniv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert. 


I'igs.  2 toiil  .3. — M (•rpcliijipii.s,  sp.  imlot.  (1),  first  anil  second  upjier  jire- 
inolars,  no.  UMio!),  natnrtil  size. 


Piiliie.)  'file  p-  has  ahont  Ihi'  size'  and  pi'ojioi't ions  of  the  eorre- 
sponding  tooth  in  .1/.  c(iliiii(niiis  exeejit  tlnit  it  is  mneh  lower 
crowned.  It  differs  from  the  hitter  also  in  .sonu'  other  imjiortant 
res|)ccts.  /”  is  much  hirger  tlnin  tlnit  of  .1/.  ('(tIiiiKiriiis,  which  it 
exceeds  liy  iiearl\-  one  htilf  its  iintero|)osterior  diameter.  It  is 


VoL.  5]  (iidicjj. — Fossil  Mdonodls  from  Virgm  Vdlleij. 


2:5!) 


insoi'tcd  by  two  Ini-ji'e  f<uiys.  'I'lie  ctown  of  //-,  wliicb  is  ;ipp;ir- 
oiitly  h:ilf  woi'ii  iuv;iy,  is  eiitiroly  clenr  of  llu;  ftlveolar  ])or(lc‘i-  and 
is  really  bracliyodont  in  form,  alt  hour’ll  it  is  elongate  and  the 
valleys  and  fossettes  are  well  filled  with  eeineid’.  'The  difference 
in  form  and  develo])ment  of  the  protoeonnle  is  an  important 
chai'aeter  which  distinguishes  this  tooth  from  that  of  M.  cdhoid- 
riiis.  This  cusi)  is  iinited  with  the  protocone  at  the  ti’itnrat ing 
surface  by  a wide  isthmus,  Init  is  I'ouiided  in  outline  and  shows 
no  tendency  to  unite  with  the  metaeonule.  Thei'e  is  also  no  an- 
terioi"  fold,  or  crotchet,  oi*  the  metaeonule  which  leaves  the  an- 
terior fossette  uniuteri'uptedly  continent  with  the  median  internal 
valley.  The  form  and  character  of  the  i)rotoloph  is  like  that  of 
the  coi'i'esponding  tooth  of  a specimen  (710.  58:3,  U.  !8.  National 
I\luseu7n  coll.)  i-eferi'ed  by  Leidy  to  3/.  insigitisf  aiitl  of  species 
of  PUohippus  from  the  upper  Miocene  formations. 

This  s])eeimen  fi’om  the  Virgin  Valley  may  re])i'esent  a new 
sjtecies  of  Mcrgeliippus  with  Protoliippus  or  PUohippus  affinities. 

I)iai7ietei's  of  ph  antei’opost.  15  nun.,  transv.  8.5  mm. 

Diameters  of  p",  anteropost.  24  mm.,  transv.  20?  mm. 

MERYCHIPPUS,  sp.  imlet.  (2). 

A last  up])ei‘  molar  of  the  light  side  (no.  10677,  Univ.  Calif. 
Col.  Veil.  Palae.)  I'epresents  a small  species  of  Merijchippus  fi’oni 
the  Vii'gin  ATilley  beds.  In  size  this  tooth  about  equals  or  is 
slightly  larger  than  the  type  of  J/.  scvcrsus  (Cope),  but  has  not 
more  than  one-half  the  height  of  ci’own. 

Diameters  of  molai‘,  antei‘opost.  17.5  mm.,  transv.  17.5  mm. 

Height  of  crown  (outside).  1:3  mm.,  (inside)  9 mm. 

:\rERYCHlPPUS,  sp.  indet.  (3). 

Two  other  isolated  teeth,  both  upper  molai-s  of  the  light  side 
(nos.  10669  and  10675,  T"niv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.),  indicate 
a fourth  species  of  Merychippus  in  this  collection.  They  are 
larger  than  the  la.st  tooth  described,  and  appear  to  have  heen,  in 
the  unworn  stage,  comparatively  higher  and  straighter  crowned 

1 Jour.  Acad.  Soi.,  Phila.,  vol.  7,  (2),  18(59,  p.  296,  pi.  17,  fig.  5. 

Tliis  spec-imen,  also  with  teeth  of  a very  low-crowned  type,  is  from  the 
Niobrara  river,  Nebraska,  and  is  probably  from  the  middle  or  lower  Miocene 
formation  which  is  exposed,  underlying  the  upper  Miocene,  in  the  vicinity  of 
Fort  Niobrara. 


240 


U iiirersil !i  of  ('aUfornid  I' i(/)l ical ions. 


tliJiii  any  of  the  al)ove  described  leelli,  yet  nol  so  crowned 

as  in  many  s])ecies  of  M erychippns  fi-om  tlie  .Mascall  l)eds  and 
other  middle  iMiocene  formations. 

Diameters  of  molar  no.  lOlifiO,  anlero])ost.  IS  mm.,  ti’ansv.  24 
mm. 

Diameters  of  molar  no.  lOliTo,  anteroposl.  18  mm.,  transv.  22.0 
mm. 

tX^UINK  ASTI{A(iALI. 

4-7. 

Two  ecinine  astragali  in  this  collectio?i  (nos.  lOfioT  and  10721, 
I’niv.  C'alif.  (iol.  Vert.  I’alae.),  I'epresent in”:  widely  different 


5 

I 'ijis.  I inid  a.  II  i/poliiiiiius?  ast  r:i<>:ilus,  iii).  UKi.tT,  natural  si/.o. 
t'i;r.s.  (I  ami  7.  P(oiihi ppn.'i  ' a.sl  rajjalas,  no.  U>7t21,  natural  size. 


VoL.  5]  (iidlei/. — Fossil  Matunials  from  \'ir(/i)i 


241 


types  ()1‘  liorses,  nre  of  osi)eeiMl  interest  since  they  sn<’S'est  o])])o- 
site  lines  of  development,  of  the  hind  feet,  from  an  intermediate 
type  such  as  that  of  Mcsoliipi)Hs.  The  first  astrafi'alus  (see  figs. 
4 and  5)  is  short  and  broad  with  widely  o])en  tihial  groove,  and 
well  rounded  keels.  The  inner  keel  is  not  deflected  at  its  distal 
extremity  as  in  Mcsolrippus,  hut  terminates  in  direct  line  with 
its  ol)li(pie  foi'e  ami  aft  plane.  The  second  (figs.  (!  and  7)  is 
more  elongate,  the  keels  much  compressed  laterally,  and  the  tihial 
gi-oove  much  narrower  and  more  angidate  in  cross-section.  The 
inner  keel  is  deflected  at  its  distal  extremity  as  in  Slesohlppus, 
and  even  to  a greater  degree  than  in  that  genus.  The  fii’st  of  these 
astragali  is  characteristic  of  the  comjniratively  short,  broad  foot 
of  the  II ijpohippus  type,  and  is  probably  referable  to  a species  of 
that  genus.  The  second  is  of  uncertain  reference,  but  indicates 
a more  highly  s})ecialized  foot  of  the  long  and  slender  type  like 
that  of  Neohipparion  ivhitneyi  or  .some  of  the  more  .specialized 
forms  of  feet  belonging  to  species  of  the  Farahippus  group.  In 
its  more  imj)ortant  characters  the  Mcsolrippus  astragalus  is  in- 
termediate between  these  two  forms. 


PALAEOMEEYX?  BOEEALTS  (Cope). 
Figs.  8 and  9. 


4’he  last  specimens  of  importance  to  be  considered  in  this  little 
collection  from  the  Vii’gin  Valley  locality  are  two  isolated  teeth 
which  are  referable  to  Palacomcryx,  as  that  genus  is  at  present 


9 


8 


Figs.  8 and  9. — FaJaeomeryx?  borealis  (Cope).  Last  upper  molar,  no.  10676, 
natural  size. 

undeitstood.  The  more  characteri.stic  tooth  (no.  10676)  is  a 
portion  of  a last  upper  molar  of  the  right  side,  with  the  inner 
walls  of  the  protocone  and  hypocone  broken  away.  The  crown  is 
short,  brachyod(mt,  with  well  developed  external  styles  and  well 
marked  external  ribs.  It  agrees  very  nearly  in  size  with  the 


242 


(hiivcrsil I)  of  ('iili/o7-iii(i  riihlicdl ions. 


I (iK<)I,()(iY 


con'esixuidinf*’  toDtli  ol'  I’,  horcolis  (Cope)  ;m(l  n-stMiihlcs  il  in 
some  othei'  iTsjx'cts.  As  in  horeolis,  the  jnljncent  liorns  of  the 
inner  ereseents  ore  eonipl(>tcly  fused  !i1  their  ti|)s,  }ind  there  is  a 
well  defined  S})iir,  or  eT'otehet,  extendin'^  forwai’d  into  the  an- 
terior fossette.  4'he  anteroposterior  dianietei’  of  the  tooth  is  19.5 
nini.,  ti'ansverse  (estimated)  22  mm. 

The  other  tooth  I'eferi'ed  to  this  <>'<“'ni.s  is  a (‘onsiderahly  worn 
jiiH'inolar  of  the  h*ft  side  (no.  lOGTl).  It  shows  nothin”'  of 
sjteeial  importanee. 

CONCLUSIONS. 

Without  exeeption  the  si)eeimens  of  this  little  eolleetion  indi- 
cate s])eeies  of  a middle  or  lower  (Miocene  a”e.  Compared  with 
the  known  foi'uis  of  the  (Maseall  beds  of  the  John  Day  Valley,  the 
s])eeies  appeal'  to  differ  slightly  in  every  ease,  and  the  sjieeies  of 
Morijcliippiis  reju'esented  are  apjiarently  somewhat  more  primi- 
tive throughout.  This  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  the  Virgin 
Valley  beds  are  not  newer,  at  least,  and  suggests  that  they  may  be, 
in  fact,  somewhat  older  than  the  (Maseall  formation. 


Dote  of  Issue.  Deeetiiher  .2,  1.9()S. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  16,  pp.  243-269  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


STRATIGRAPHY  AND  PALAEONTOLOGY 
OE  THE  SAN  PABLO  EORMATION  IN 
MIDDLE  CALIFORNIA. 

BY 

Charles  E.  Weaver. 


CONTEXTS. 

PAGE 


Introduction  243 

Historical  Review  244 

Geographic  Distribution  249 

Stratigraphic  Relations  2.50 

San  Pablo  Section  250 

North  of  Alt.  Diablo  252 

South  of  Alt.  Diablo  253 

San  Ramon  Valley  Region  254 

Corral  Hollow  256 

North  of  Karquinez  Straits  256 

Original  Extent  of  Deposits  257 

Correlation  258 

Summary  269 


INTRODUCTION. 

Cue  of  the  niaiiy  problems  connected  with  the  interpretation 
of  tlie  Tertiary  .stratigraphy  and  palaeontology  of  middle  Cali- 
fornia is  the  relation  of  the  San  Pablo  formation  to  the  other 
Tertiary  horizons.  Jnst  what  division  of  the  Californian  Tertiary 
the  San  Pablo  formation  represents  has  not  been  nniversally 
agreed  upon,  iieither  is  it  certain  what  constitutes  the  base  and 
top  of  the  formation.  The  chief  aim  of  this  investigation  has 


244 


Univo'siiy  of  California  Pnhlicaliom. 


I (iKOI.OCY 


lieen  to  deteniiiiie  the  extent,  cliaraeter,  and  stratiffraphic  i)osi- 
tion  of  these  beds  in  the  (’oast  l\an<?es  of  central  California.  In 
addition  an  atteni])t  has  been  made  to  study  the  fauna  and  show 
its  relation  to  that  of  the  iMonterey  and  the  .^^el'eed. 

This  investigation  was  heynn  several  years  ago  by  Professor 
J.  C.  jMerriani.  Important  eolleetions  of  fossils  wei’e  made  at 
several  localities  and  mueh  detailed  stratigraphic  work  was  done 
in  the  held.  Two  years  ago  a continuation  of  this  investigation 
was  suggested  to  the  wi'itei-  and  the  |)i'esent  ])aper  is  the  result 
of  a .study  of  the  known  San  Pablo  outcrops  of  middle  California 
and  of  theii’  fauna.  A number  of  detailed  sections  were  made 
across  the  strike  of  the  beds  and  collections  of  lassils  were  made 
at  intervals  along  the  sections.  Prom  the  information  obtained 
an  attempt  has  been  made  to  set  forth  the  main  characteristics 
of  the  formation  from  base  to  to]),  and  the  variations  in  the 
character  of  the  sti’ata  at  the  saine  horizon  in  different  localities 
within  the  ai’ea  studied.  The  study  of  the  fauna  .shows  the  pres- 
ence of  seventy-three  species.  The  formation  as  a whole  is  a dis- 
tinct feature  of  the  Tertiary  of  middle  California. 

HISTORICAL  REVIEW. 

'file  formation  now  known  as  the  San  Paldo  was  first  referred 
to  by  T.  A.  Conrad^  in  1857  in  the  4’aeific  Railroad  Reports.  He 
deserilied  several  fossils  collected  in  the  San  Pablo  Bay  area  and 
considered  them  to  be  of  IMioeene  age  and  to  correspond  to  the 
.Miocene  fauna  of  Virginia.  In  1865  J.  D.  Whitney  in  his  report 
on  the  ecological  Survey  of  California  refers  to  the  San  Pablo 
localities  at  Kii'kcr’s  Pass  and  Corral  Hollow,  and  on  the  basis 
of  the  fo.ssil  leaves  considered  the  formation  to  be  Pliocene  in 
age.  In  IIh*  same  volume  W.  IM.  (labb  referred-  to  the  San  Pablo 
beds  at  Kii'ker’s  Pass,  lie  gave  a short  list  of  its  fauna  and  de- 
sci-ib(‘d  its  stratigi'ai)hic  relations,  and  on  the  basis  of  its  large 
p(‘rccnlag('  of  living  s])cci(>s  called  it  Pliocene,  lie  stated  that 
it  lies  confoi'inahly  ui)on  the  IMiocene  and  is  overlain  eonformahly 
by  ashes  and  tnlf.  In  volume  2,  Palaeontology  of  California 


I I’licific  R.  R.  R(‘|)(iits,  vot  (),  |i.  7(t. 

-(iccil.  Sni\.  dl'  ( nlit.  (U'lildgy,  vol.  I,  |i.  31. 


VoL.  5 ] 


Weaver. — Pablo  Formalion. 


245 


State  Oeeloyieal  Survey,  (iabb^  iiieiitions  tlie  presence  of  Scatella 
(Chjpeasler)  (jabbi  at  San  Pal)lo  Bay,  Walnut  Creek,  and  in  tlie 
vicinity  of  IMount  I)iaI)lo  and  called  tlie  lieds  in  which  it  oc- 
curred, iMioeene.  At  Kirker’s  I’ass  he  mentions  the  presence  of 
Trophon  ponderosum,  and  calls  the  beds  Pliocene. 

In  1891,  11.  W.  Turner'* *  in  his  jiajier  on  the  Ceology  of  Wount 
Diablo  refers  to  the  localities  at  Kirker’s  Pass,  Corral  Hollow  and 
Railroad  Ranch.  Collections  of  fossils  were  made  and  the  fo.ssil 
leaves  were  turned  over  to  Ward  and  Lesipiereux  for  identifica- 
tion. A part  of  these  were  considered  as  belonging  to  the  Plio- 
cene and  a part  to  the  IMiocene.  The  most  important  evidence 
for  referring  the  San  Pablo  to  the  Pliocene  he  considers  to  be 
the  character  of  the  tuft'  and  conglomerates  which  are  made  up 
chiefly  of  detrital  material  of  hornblende  and  pyroxene  ande- 
sites. These  eruptions  were  considered  to  have  taken  place  in 
Pliocene  time.  The  andesitic  material  at  Kirker’s  Pass  was  con- 
sidered probably  to  have  been  derived  from  volcanic  areas  to  the 
north  of  San  Pablo  Bay.  He  concludes  that  these  localities  are 
of  Pliocene  age  notwithstanding  the  Miocene  asjtect  of  a part  of 
the  flora. 

In  1895,  IMr.  George  11.  A.shley  in  his  paper  on  the  Neocene 
Stratigraphy'^  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Mountains  in  California, 
mentions  fossiliferous  transitional  beds  south  of  Half  Moon  Bay 
which  lie  conformably  upon  the  jMonterey  and  beneath  the 
iMerced.  These  beds  became  known  later  as  the  Purisima. 
Whether  they  are  the  ecjuivalent  of  the  San  Pablo  or  not,  is  not 
certain. 

In  iMay,  1898,  Profes.sor  J.  C.  Merriam®  in  The  Distribution 
of  the  Neocene  Sea-Urchins  of  iMiddle  California  gives  a de- 
scription of  the  San  Pablo  formation  in  the  San  Pablo  Bay 
section,  and  correlates  it  with  the  beds  at  Kirker’s  Pass.  He 
states  that  “at  all  of  the  localities  at  which  the  San  Pablo  is 
known,  it  is  characterized  faunally  by  the  presence  of  a peculiar 
assemblage  of  genera  and  species  in  which  Astrodapsis  is  the 

3 Geol.  Surv.  of  Calif.  Palaeontology,  vol.  2,  p.  109. 

* Bull.  Geol.  Soe.  Amer.,  vol.  2,  p.  383. 

5 Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sc.,  2d  Ser.,  vol.  .5,  pp.  273-367. 

6 Bull.  Dept.  Geol.  Univ.  Calif.,  vol.  2,  no.  4,  pp.  109-118. 


246 


ruivcrsHj)  of  ('dlifornia  I’uhlical ions. 


I (if;oLO(;Y 


most  abundant  and  easily  reeoynized  foiaii.  The  fauna  is  known 
so  far  by  about  fifty  species,  of  which  nearly  one-third  are  i)e- 
cnliar  to  these  ])eds,  about  onc-fonrtli  ai'e  known  also  fi'om  the 
Contra  Costa  County  iMiocene,  and  one-sixth  from  the  Merced.” 
Further  he  says:  ‘‘The  sea-urchins  foi-m  the  most  prominent 
organic  feature  of  tlie  formation,  neither  of  the  Asirodapsis 
species  being  found  outside  of  it.”  Ihtliologieally  lie  charac- 
terizes it  ‘‘as  containing  a considerable  tluckne.ss  of  tuffs  and 
ashes,  most  jirominent  in  the  upper  jiortion  of  tlie  formation,  and 
a peculiar  weathering  of  the  sandstone.”  He  considers  the  pos- 
sibility of  a break  between  the  San  Pablo  and  the  Contra  Costa 
County  IMiocene  and  states  that  the  stratigraphic  relations  of 
the  San  Pablo  to  the  IMerced  are  not  definitel.v  known.  He  finds 
the  fauna  of  the  San  Pablo  more  clo.sely  related  to  the  Contra 
Costa  County  IMiocene  than  to  the  IMerced  fauna.  As  to  the  age 
he  considers  that  it  probably  represents  the  middle  Neocene. 

In  September,  1908,  Dr.  II.  W.  Fairbanks  correlated  Neocene 
beds  in  the  San  Luis  range  with  the  San  Pablo  of  middle  C‘ali- 
fornia. 

In  1898,  l\lr.  11.  W.  Turner"  in  his  paper  on  the  Rocks  of  the 
Coa.st  Ranges  of  California  gives  (juite  a detailed  description  of 
the  San  Pablo  localities  in  the  vicinity  of  IMount  Diablo  and 
C’orral  Hollow.  Large  collections  of  fossils  were  made  and  on 
the  basis  of  the  ratio  of  the  living  and  fo.ssil  forms  he  regards 
the  formation  as  of  lower  Pliocene  age.  At  Kirker’s  Pass  he 
divides  the  formation  into  four  divisions,  the  lowermost  being 
comjiosed  of  line-grained  white  .shales  and  volcanic  detritus.  The 
second  division  is  composed  of  sandstone  containing  a majority 
of  the  marine  fossil  shells.  Above  this  are  blue  beds  composed 
of  volcanic  conglomerates,  tuff,  and  sand.stone.  In  the  topmost 
])oi’tion  of  this  wei’e  found  leaves  and  above  all  were  layers  of 
volcanic-  junnice.  'fhe  total  tluckne.ss  of  the  formation  at  Ivir- 
kei-'s  Pa.ss  he  eonsiders  to  be  six  hundred  meters.  At  Railroad 
Ranch  and  Cori'al  Hollow  similar  fossil  leaves  were  found.  He 
suggc'sts  a possible  (correlation  with,  a part  of  the  auriferous 
gravels  ill  the  Sierra  Nevada. 


".locinial  of  {ic'ol.,  vol.  (>,  ]>p.  4.S.'?-499. 


VoL.  5 I 


Weaver. — *SV;«  Pablo  Pormalioii. 


247 


In  1899,  ^Ii’.  P.  ,M.  Ander.soiP  in  liis  ])ai)pr  on  tlio  (Jenlo^y  of 
Point  Reyes  Peninsula  states  tliat  there  are  beds  neai'  the  town 
of  Toinales  which  are  supposed  to  he  of  San  Pahlo  a<>e. 

In  1904,  Pi-ofessor  .1.  C.  IMerriani,'’  in  his  i)aper  on  the  Fauna 
of  the  Lower  iMiocene  in  Califoi'iiia,  states  that  the  Contiai  Costa 
County  iMiocene  contains  two  fannal  zones  and  tliat  the  upper 
division  has  its  nearest  affinities  with  the  San  Pablo  hut  is  dis- 
tiiifi'nished  from  it  hy  the  presence  of  Chjpeaster  hrexverianus, 
Trocliita  costellafa,  and  several  other  forms. 

In  the  same  year  in  a i)aper  l)y  i\lr.  II.  L.  Ilaehl'®  and  Dr. 
Ralph  Arnold  on  the  iMiocene  Diaha.se  of  the  Santa  Cruz  iMonn- 
tains  in  San  iMateo  County,  California,  the  Purisima  formation 
is  described.  It  is  described  as  an  extensive  series  of  conglom- 
ei’ates,  fine-»'rained  sandstones  and  shales.  They  lie  unconform- 
ably  ui)on  the  Va(iueros  sandstone  and  IMonterey  shale.  The 
upper  limit  was  considered  to  be  the  base  of  the  iMerced.  Its 
ai>e  was  considered  to  represent  the  lower  or  perhaps  the  middle 
Pliocene. 

In  1905,  Dr.  II.  W.  Fairbanks, “ in  his  description  of  the  San 
Luis  Polio,  states  that  “overlying  the  IMonterey  shale  uncon- 
formahly  is  a series  of  soft  white  sandstone,  conglomerate,  diato- 
maceous  beds  and  Minty  shales  which  represent  the  San  Pablo 
group.  The  names  Pismo  and  Santa  IMargarita  were  given  to 
these  strata.  Fossils  showed  them  to  be  of  Neocene  age,  but 
whether  IMioeene  or  Pliocene  was  not  certain. 

In  the  same  year  IMr.  V.  C.  Dsmont^-  piiblished  a paper  on  a 
Geological  Section  of  the  Coast  Ranges  north  of  San  Francisco 
Pay.  In  this  he  gives  a descrii)tion  of  several  areas  in  which 
San  Pahlo  strata  are  found.  Strata  of  undoubted  San  Pablo  age 
occur  in  the  core  of  the  hills  on  the  west  side  of  Carneros  Creek. 
It  is  considered  as  San  Pablo  by  reason  of  its  physical  appearance 
and  its  fossil  fauna.  Prevolcanie  beds  made  up  of  four  hun- 
dred feet  of  a very  coarse  hard  sandstone  and  yellow  to  buff 
colored  sandy  shales  are  found  between  Freestone  and  the  mouth 

s Bull.  Dept.  Geol.  Pniv.  Calif.,  vol.  2,  no.  5. 

0 Bull.  Dept.  Geol.  Uiiiv.  Calif.,  vol.  3,  no.  16,  pp.  377-381. 

10  Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Soe.,  vol.  43,  pp.  1.5-53. 

11  San  Luis  Polio:  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folio  101,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey,  Washington. 

12  Bull.  Dept.  Geol.  Ilniv.  Calif.,  vol.  4,  no.  3,  pp.  39-87. 


248 


(hiii'crsil !j  of  (hilifor)il(i  I’i(l)Jic(/lio)is. 


I (1eolo(;y 


of  Toinales  Bay.  ]\lariiie  f()s.sils  wore  found  in  the  IxmIs  and  ho 
considors  them  to  lie  of  San  Bahlo  ape.  Similar  l)eds  were  ol)- 
sei'ved  at  Pleasant’s  and  Pai)ay  Valleys,  and  tliese  aiv  also  eon- 
sidered  as  San  Pal)lo. 

Tn  1905  IMr.  F.  IM.  Ajulerson,’’*  in  a stratijirapliic  study  of  tlie 
l\Ionnt  Diablo  Panpe  of  C’aliforina,  divides  the  later  Neocene 
beds  into  the  Coalin«a  and  the  Etehe<join  beds.  The  foiatier  he 
considers  to  be  the  e(|nivaleid-  of  the  uppermost  Conti’a  Costa 
County  IMioeene  and  the  Eteheo'oin  beds  as  the  ecpnvalent  of  the 
San  Pablo  beds,  lie  eonsidei's  the  San  Pablo  beds  at  San  Ibiblo 
Bay  and  Kirker’s  Pass  to  reiiresent  only  the  lower  i)oi'tion  of  the 
Eteheyoin  beds  or  rather  the  Eteheyoin  sands.  Tliey  rest  nn- 
eonformably  upon  the  Coalinya  beds.  He  considers  them  as 
probably  of  Pliocene  aye. 

In  1906  Dr.  Paljih  Arnoldd^  in  his  paper  on  the  Tertiary  and 
Quaternary  Peetens  of  California,  yives  an  extended  account  of 
the  San  Pablo  areas  in  various  parts  of  the  state.  He  states; 
“the  formation  at  the  type  locality  consists  of  a series  of  sand- 
stones. tuffs  and  ashes  with  an  apiiroximate  total  thickness  of 
between  fifteen  hundred  and  two  thousand  feet.  At  this  locality 
it  re.sts  apparently  conformably  upon  the  Contra  Costa  County 
iMiocene.  Tn  the  Salinas  Valley  and  at  many  other  places  for- 
mations which  are  probably  the  equivalent  of  the  San  Pablo  rest 
nneonfoiinably  upon  the  iMonterey  shale.  In  the  Santa  Cruz 
(piadranyle  beds  eontaininy  the  supposedly  characteristic  San 
Pablo  eehinoderm  ^Isfrodopsis  tmiiidus  Remond,  rest  nneon- 
formably  upon  the  i\lonterey  and  are  overlain  conformably  by 
at  least  a part  of  the  Pnrisima  (Dower  Pliocene).”  Lists  of 
fossils  ai'c  yiven  from  the  San  l^ablo  at  the  type  localities  and 
from  Ihe  Saida  Haryarita  formation  in  the  Salinas  Valley,  which 
h('  considers  as  jirobably  the  eipiivalent  of  the  San  Pablo.  He 
dcscrilx's  1he  Pnrisima  foianation  as  consistiny  of  a series  of 
conylomcratc's,  fine-yrained  sandstones,  and  sandy  shales  haviny 
a lolal  1 hickness  of  about  eiyht  hundred  feet  and  beiny  typically 
developed  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lower  jiortion  of  Pnrisima  Creek, 
San  .Mateo  County,  lie  shows  that  from  lield  and  laboratory 

oi  ri’<ic.  (';ilif.  A<’!IiI.  Si'i.  (!(>ology,  vet.  2,  no.  2,  ]i.  174. 

'I  I'.  S.  (ieoloyicnl  Surv('v.  I ’rol'essional  iiapor  47,  p.  22. 


VoL.  5] 


\yc(iver. — Hau  PabJo  Fortnal iox. 


24!) 


studies  of  tlie  uiatei-ials  in  the  two  foiaiiations  il  is  evident  that 
they  are  <|nite  intimately  related.  Taken  as  a whole,  he  con- 
siders the  Pniasima  fauna  as  younyer  than  the  agore^ate  San 
Pablo  fauna.  He  concludes  that  the  greater  |)art  of  the  San 
Pahlo  should  without  question  he  placed  in  the  iMioccne  while  the 
major  ])ortion  of  the  Purisima  is  undouhtedly  Pliocene. 

GEOGRAPIILC  DISTKIBXTTIOiV.is 

The  San  Pablo  formation  is  widely  distributed  in  the  Coast 
Kanges  of  California.  To  the  north  of  San  Pranciseo  P>ay  it 
occurs  as  a long  narrow  belt  lying  on  the  eastern  flank  of  the 
Blue  Pidge  and  extending  in  a northwesterly-southea.sterly  direc- 
tion from  the  town  of  Vacaville  to  Lake  County.  The  belt 
averages  about  four  miles  in  width  and  perhaps  thirty  in  length. 
A second  occiu’rence  lies  in  the  hills  between  the  towns  of  Xapa 
and  Sonoma.  Here  it  outcro])s  in  the  eastern  bluff  of  Cai'ueros 
Kidge  and  along  the  valley  of  Carneros  Creek.  It  occupies  a 
belt  about  one  mile  in  width  and  six  miles  in  length. 

The  type  locality  where  it  has  l)een  most  thoroi;ghly  studied 
occurs  in  Contra  Costa  County  in  the  vicinity  of  San  Pahlo  Bay. 
Here  it  occui)ies  a V-shaped  belt  extending  in  a synclinal  fold 
fi'om  El  Cierho  on  the  north  in  a southeasterly  directiou  to  near 
the  head  of  Franklin  Canon,  where  it  turns  and  swings  around 
to  the  southwest  and  emerges  on  San  Pahlo  Bay  about  one  mile 
south  of  the  town  of  Eodeo.  This  is  one  of  the  best  known  occur- 
rences of  the  San  Pablo  in  middle  California. 

Farther  east  this  formation  is  again  well  represented  in  the 
district  north  and  south  of  IMount  Diablo.  It  occurs  as  a broad 
belt  extending  in  a northwest  to  southeast  direction  on  the  north- 
ern flank  of  iMount  Diablo.  This  belt  lies  near  the  foothills  of 
the  mountain  and  outcrops  prominently  in  the  hills  on  either 
side  of  Kirker’s  Pass  and  IMarkeley  Canon  and  extends  from 
there  to  Kaiajuinez  Strait.  On  the  south  side  of  the  mountain 

15  In  the  compilation  of  the  statement  of  geograpliic  distribution  and 
stratigraphic  relationships  of  the  San  Pablo,  the  nianiiseript  geological  maps 
of  the  Concord,  San  Francisco,  Mt.  Diablo,  and  Xapa  quadrangles  prepared 
for  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  from  the  field  studies  of  Andrew  C.  Lawson, 
John  C.  IMerriam,  G.  1).  Louderback  and  C.  E.  Weaver  have  been  freely  used, 
and  many  of  the  facts  here  stated  in  print  for  the  first  time  are  clearly  set 
forth  in  these  maps. 


250 


Ihiivcrsihj  of  ('alifornia  Publiculioiis. 


[(iKOLOGY 


there  is  a similar  and  iieai'ly  ])ai’allel  belt  extendiii"  fi’om  llie 
alluvium-covered  foolldlls  of  the  Sau  Joa(|uin  on  the  southeast 
across  the  range  to  San  Ramon  Valley  on  the  norlliwest.  As 
a rule  the  outeroi)s  of  this  foi'ination  stand  out  very  prominently 
especially  in  Tassajero  Canon  and  Creeii  Valley  and  fai-ther  to 
the  west  along  Shell  Ridge.  Here  it  is  covei-ed  by  Hie  alluvium 
of  San  Ramon  Valley.  West  of  ]\lount  Diablo  it  outcrojis 
fi'om  the  town  of  'Walnut  Creek  southward  in  a belt  e.xtending 
nearly  parallel  to  San  Jtamon  Valley,  occui’ring  in  the  isolated 
hills  in  the  valley,  in  the  hills  on  eithei-  side  of  the  valley,  and  in 
the  bed  of  the  creek  itself.  Fartlier  we.st  it  again  occurs  along 
both  sides  of  the  ridge  extending  southeasterly  from  the  town 
of  Lafayette.  South  of  here  it  occurs  as  a belt  extending  around 
the  ridge  between  San  Ramon  Valley  and  Itolinger  Canon. 

To  the  south  the  San  Pablo  outcrops  east  of  the  town  of 
Livermore  and  north  of  the  town  of  Tesla.  It  occurs  as  a belt 
extending  nearly  east  and  west  but  with  a slight  northwesterly 
trend.  It  covers  an  area  of  at  lea.st  ten  miles  long  by  half  a 
mile  wide. 

These  isolated  areas  are  all  exposed  to  view,  due  to  the  folding 
of  the  strata,  and  probably  represent  what  was  once  during  San 
Pablo  time  a nearly  continuous  area  of  deposition. 


STRATIGRAPHIC  RELATIONS. 

The  formations  comprising  the  middle  Tertiary  of  Central 
California  are  the  iMonterey  and  San  Pablo.  In  most  eases  the 
.stratigi'a]ihic  relations  existing  between  them  are  not  very  clearly 
defined.  The  two  formations  when  considered  as  a whole  are 
entirely  different.  The  iMonterey  formation  is  comi>o.sed  of  a 
numbei’  of  alteimating  divisions  of  sandstone  and  shale,  both  the 
lowei'  and  ui)per  being  sandstone.  The  uppermo.st  sandstone 
division  of  the  .Monlei'ey  is  very  difficult  to  distinguish  on  a litho- 
logical basis  from  some  facies  of  the  San  Palilo  beds.  In  the  ma- 
.jority  of  instances  the  San  Pablo  appears  to  rest  conformably 
upon  the  .Montei'c'.v  sandstone  and  hence  it  becomes  very  difficult 
to  determine  at  just  what  point  to  draw  the  line  of  separation. 

Soil  P(thl()  Seel  Ion. — 'I'Ik'  si'ction  which  has  been  mo.st  thor- 
oughly studied,  and  the  out'  from  which  the  formation  takes  its 


VOL.  5 J 


Weaver. — San  I'tihlo  Foraatlion. 


2r)i 

name,  occurs  in  Conti-a  Costa  County  on  tlie  east  side  of  San 
l*aI)]o  Bay  near  the  town  of  Rodeo.  It  extends  as  a belt  about 
one  mile  in  width  from  El  Cierbo  soutbeastei'ly  to  the  bead  of 
Franblin  Canon  and  from  there  it  swings  aronnd  to  the  south- 
west aud  reaches  San  Pablo  Bay  just  north  of  the  })owdei'  works 
at  Hercules.  Here  the  San  Pablo,  together  with  the  C'hico,  Mon- 
terey, and  Pinole  Tuff,  has  been  folded  into  a synclinal  tronfib. 
dust  south  of  here  the  IMoiiterey  is  very  completely  developed 
and  is  composed  of  nine  well  defined  divisions  of  samlstone  and 
shale.  The  ui)permost  division  is  known  as  the  Quercan  sand- 
stone and  it  veiy  closely  resembles  the  characteri.stic  San  Pablo 
sandstone.  In  this  region  the  iMonterey  apparently  lies  uncon- 
formably  beneath  the  San  Pablo.  Areal  mapping  shows  the 
different  divisions  of  the  iMonterey  to  extend  diagonally  lieneath 
the  .strike  of  the  San  Pablo  beds.  On  the  north  flank  of  this 
syncline  all  of  the  formations  dip  at  very  high  angles  toward 
the  axis.  Here  the  iMonterey  is  represented  by  the  two  upper 
divisions  only,  the  Herculean  shale  member  and  the  Quercan 
sandstone.  They  rest  unconformably  upon  the  Chico,  and  al- 
though no  actual  exposures  reveal  them  unconformably  l)eneath 
the  San  Pablo,  yet  from  observations  taken  on  the  south  flank  it 
would  seem  mo.st  probable  that  an  unconformity  exists  here  also. 

The  section  made  across  the  strike  of  these  beds  is  well  de- 
fined and  was  measured  in  detail  by  following  the  cliffs  along 
the  bay  shore.  Cn  the  south  side  of  the  syncline  the  dip  is  much 
lower  than  on  the  north  and  only  the  iMonterey,  San  Pablo,  and 
Pinole  Tuff  are  exposed  in  the  fold.  Near  the  base  of  the  San 
Pablo  the  average  dip  is  about  30  degrees  north,  and  this  grad- 
ually decreases  towards  the  top  until  at  the  contact  with  the  tuff 
it  is  only  20  degrees.  The  general  character  and  appearance  of 
the  strata  is  the  same  on  both  flanks  of  the  syncline.  The  total 
thickness  of  the  .strata  in  this  section  is  about  seventeen  hundred 
feet.  The  foianation  is  made  up  of  conglomerates,  thick-bedded 
.sandstones  which  are  in  places  conglomeratic  and  cross-bedded, 
sandy  shales  and  clay  shales.  The  sandstones  generally  have  a 
bright  blue  or  gray-blue  color,  but  very  often  weather  to  a yellow- 
ish or  reddish  tinge.  The  conglomerates  appear  to  be  mo.st 
abundant  in  the  lower  half  of  the  formation. 


("))iversi1  !J  of  ('alifoniia  J’i(l>Iiral io)is. 


[(■EOLOdY 


XortJi  of  Mi.  Didhlo. — On  the  noi'lh  side  of  .Mount  Diablo  tlie 
San  Pablo  occurs  as  a lono-  narrow  belt  liaviiid;  a width  of  about 
tlirec-fourths  of  a mile  and  a Icn^lli  of  about  fifteen  miles  wliich 
extends  in  a general  noi'tbwest  and  southeast  direction.  It  is 
underlain  by  the  Monterey  foi'ination  and  overlain  by  the  Pinole 
Tuff  and  Oi'indan  formation.  All  of  these  formations  dip  north. 
Two  sections  wei'e  measured  in  detail  across  the  sti'ike  of  the  San 
Pablo  formation.  One  of  these  is  located  alon^  the  east  side  of 
Kirker's  Ci'eek  and  the  other  alond'  iMarkeley  Cafion.  In  gen- 
eral the  character  of  the  sti'ata  at  the  same  relative  positions 
in  the  two  sections  is  tlie  same.  However,  the  thick  beds  of 
white  shale  which  outci'oj)  so  ])rominently  at  the  base  of  the 
section  in  Kirker’s  Creek,  are  not  well  reprcsent(‘d  at  the  base 
in  IMai'keley  Canon.  llei'e  the  San  Pablo  and  IMonterey  at  the 
line  of  contact  are  apparently  conformable.  In  the  Kirker’s 
Creek  section  some  thick-bedded  coarse  pray  sandstones  which 
very  closely  resemble  the  charactei'istie  San  Pablo  sandstones 
occur  between  the  IMonterey  shah-s  and  the  lower  white  shale 
member  of  the  San  Pablo.  In  the  western  i)ortion  of  Contra 
Costa  County  the  IMonterey  formation  is  .separated  into  nine  Avell 
defined  divisions  of  sandstones  and  shale,  but  to  the  ea.st  in  the 
vicinity  of  IMonnt  Diahlo  these  divisions  lose  their  identity. 
However,  it  has  seemed  best  to  consider  the  sandstone  at  the 
base  of  the  white  San  Pablo  shale  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the 
upj)er  sandstone  member  of  the  Monterey  farther  we.st  and  to 
make  the  base  of  the  San  Pablo  the  line  .separatino'  the  sandstone 
from  the  white  ash  beds.  Thus  we  have,  as  the  lower  portion  of 
th(‘  San  Pablo,  .strata  composed  of  white  chalky  shale  followed  by 
coai’sc  thick-bedded  sandstones  and  etuiglomerates.  Overlying 
lh(‘S(>  are  sevei'al  feet  of  shale  containing  fossil  leaves.  These 
arc  f(illow(*d  by  conglomerates  and  an  extensive  series  of  coarse- 
graiiu'd,  conglomei’atic',  gray  sandstones  in  which  are  numerous 
liiK'  bands  of  conglomerate.  'fhese  sandstones  are  very  often 
cross-bedded.  Dcsides  these  there  are  beds  of  shale,  shaly  sand- 
stones. and  fossils.  Above  these  are  great  thicknesses  of  bluish- 
gray  sa?idstones.  'rbes('  sandstoue.s.  are  overlain  by  tntfs  inter- 
mixed with  congloimn’alc's.  .\t  San  Pal)Io  Pay.  Carneros  Creek, 
and  Pleasant’s  N’alley,  tuffs  rest  u])on  I lu'  San  Pablo  and  they 


VoL.  5] 


Wcdvci'. — Sa)t  I'ablo  Format  ion. 


25;? 


liave  all  been  correlated  willi  the  I’iiiole  Tuff.  Provisionally  the 
tntf  liere  is  also  considered  as  the  eciiiivalent  of  the  Pinole  Tuff. 
The  average  thickness  of  tlie  San  Pahlo  alonji'  tliis  belt  is  about 
one  tlionsand  feet. 

tioulh  of  Mt.  Diablo. — On  the  south  side  of  IMonnt  Diablo 
there  is  a belt  of  San  Pablo  strata  comparable  in  extent  and 
vohnne  with  that  on  the  north  side.  It  extends  along  the  Black 
Hills  in  a general  northwest  to  southeast  direction.  When  traced 
to  the  northwe.st  it  extends  up  through  Shell  Kidge  and  passes 
underneath  the  allnvinm  of  San  llamon  Valley.  In  the  vicinity 
of  Shell  Ridge  it  lies  upon  the  Monterey,  but  to  the  south- 
eastward the  iMonterey  thins  out  and  disai)pears  and  the  San 
Pablo  ]‘ests  upon  the  Tejon.  The  Orindan  beds  lie  above  it. 
The  Tejon,  San  Pablo,  and  Orindan  have  all  been  overturned 
and  in  i)laces  the  Te.jon  has  been  partly  thrust  over  upon  the 
San  Pablo.  The  average  dip  is  about  80  degrees  north,  Init  near 
the  contact  with  the  Tejon  it  decreases  to  50  degrees  with  the 
Tejon  uppermost.  These  sections  were  mea.snred  across  the  .strike 
of  the  San  Pablo  belt  at  Ta.ssajero  Canon,  Railroad  Ranch,  and 
Green  Valley.  The  average  thickness  is  al)ont  twelve  hundred 
feet.  The  characteristic  features  of  this  belt  are  about  the  same 
as  those  on  the  north  side  except  that  the  white  chalky  shale  at 
the  base  on  the  north  side  is  rei)resented  by  a thick-bedded,  buff- 
colored,  shaly  sandstone.  This  is  followed  by  conglomeratic 
fossiliferons  sandstone  with  a small  amount  of  shale.  Near  the 
middle  of  the  formation  there  is  a belt  of  conglomerate  consisting 
of  pebbles  made  of  quartz,  chert,  and  volcanic  rock,  firmly 
cemented  together  in  a bluish-gray  matrix.  This  belt  has  a 
thickness  of  over  one  hundred  and  twenty  feet,  and  is  followed 
by  abont  one  hundred  feet  of  coarse-grained,  gray,  fossiliferons 
sandstone  containing  len.ses  of  a fine-grained  conglomerate  and 
showing  a distinct  cross  bedding.  AVhen  followed  westward  this 
band  of  conglomerate  becomes  less  distinct.  It  pa.sses  into  nu- 
merous alternations  of  coarse  sandstone  and  conglomerate  and 
finally  into  a conglomeratic  sandstone.  In  the  exposures  along 
the  road  from  Railroad  Ranch  it  appears  oidy  as  conglomeratic 
sandstone.  Above  this  there  are  sandstones  interbedded  with 
shales  and  near  the  top  there  is  a series  of  thin-l)edded  sand- 


254 


Uitivcrsiljj  of  (California  I'ahlicalioiifi. 


I (iEOLOOy 


stones,  leaf-bearing'  shales,  and  e()n<>lonierates.  'I’liese  ai'e  well 
exposed  in  Ihe  open  cuts  opposite  the  Kaili'oad  Kaneli  reservoir. 
A1)ove  this  are  eoarse,  yellowisli-<>'i‘ay,  eon”loniei'atic  sandstones. 
Whether  tliey  are  a ])art  of  the  San  Pablo  or  belonff  to  llie 
Orindan  is  not  eei-tain.  In  other  words,  the  contact  here  be- 
tween the  San  Pablo  and  Orindan  is  uncertain.  4'here  is  no 
tutf  between  them  as  there  is  in  the  section  at  Kirker’s  Creek. 
The  outcrops  are  in  most  cases  well  defined  and  are  (U'stitute  of 
any  lireat  amount  of  soil  covering'. 

San  Iianio)i  Valley  h‘e(jio)i. — In  tlie  hills  on  either  side  of 
San  Kanion  Valley  thei'e  are  onterops  of  San  Pablo  strata.  About 
six  miles  southwest  of  the  town  of  Walnut  Creek  they  a])pear 
on  the  two  Hanks  of  a syncline  in  the  ridge  extending  soutli- 
easterly  fi'om  the  town  of  Lafayette.  The  i\lonterey,  San  Pablo 
and  (trindan  formations  and  tlie  Pinole  Tntf  have  all  partici- 
})ated  in  the  folding.  A section  was  made  across  the  strike  of 
the  San  Pahlo  in  this  area.  The  line  of  contact  between  the 
i\Ionterey  and  San  Pablo  conld  not  be  definitely  determined  upon 
a lithological  basis.  The  IMonterey  formation  in  this  section  has 
almost  exactly  the  same  lithological  appearance  as  the  San  Pablo. 
The  lower  portion  of  the  iMonterey  sandstone  contains  a large 
numbei-  of  hard  cherty  shale  concretions  which  are  not  at  all 
characteristic  of  the  San  Pablo.  The  line  of  contact  has  been 
drawn  upon  a palaeontological  basis  entirely  and  on  either  side 
of  this  line  the  sandstones  of  both  the  San  Pablo  and  Monterey 
ai’e  exactly  alike,  and  no  change  can  be  seen  in  passing  from  one 
to  the  other,  except  that  the  San  Pablo  strata  outcrop  in  rough 
ragged  edges  while  the  iMonterey  weathers  to  a soil  and  gives  the 
hills  a smooth  rounded  outline  with  few  bold  onterops. 

'I'he  ui)i)er  contact  with  the  tuff  and  Orindan  formation  is 
shai'|)  and  well  detined.  The  thickness  of  the  San  Pahlo  in  this 
section  is  ahonl  six  hundred  feet  and  it  is  composed  almost 
enlii'ely  of  a coai'se-graiiuHl,  thick-bedded,  yellowish-gi-ay  sand- 
stone which  in  jdaces  is  conglomeratic.  A few  small  layers  of 
sandy  shah'  are  ])i'(‘sent  but  not  prominent.  No  tuffs  nor  chalky 
shales  wei'e  seen.  'I'he  dip  is  steep  on  either  side  towai'd  the  axis 
of  the  syncline,  but  varic's  soim'what  along  the  line  of  the  strike. 

I■'arther  south  neai'  the  town  of  Danville  and  on  the  western 


VoL.  5J 


Weaver. — Sail  Pablo  Fonnalion. 


255 

side  of  llie  valley  the  Sail  Pablo  again  outcrops  on  the  two  sides 
of  an  anticlinal  axis.  The  axis  of  tlie  anticline  extends  along 
the  ridge  between  Bolinger  Canon  and  San  tJainon  Valley. 
The  core  is  composed  of  IMonterey  and  tlie  axis  jiitches  in  a .south- 
easterly direction,  .so  that  the  San  Pablo  of  the  eastern  Hank 
swings  around  and  covers  the  IMonterey  on  the  sontli  side  of  the 
ridge  and  then  pas.ses  southwesterly  and  outcrops  in  the  hills  on 
liotli  sides  of  Bolinger  Canon  forming  the  we.stern  Hank  of  the 
anticline.  Here  again  the  IMonterey  and  San  f’ablo  can  not  be 
separated  on  a lithological  basis  but  only  by  means  of  fossils. 
The  thickness  of  the  San  Pablo  measured  across  the  .strike  just 
below  the  town  of  Danville  is  about  seven  hundred  feet.  Near 
the  base  it  is  made  up  of  heavy,  thiek-liedded,  coarse,  gray,  and 
sometimes  conglomeratic  sandstones  with  occasional  small  Viands 
of  shale  or  conglomerate.  Farther  np  in  the  series  conglomer- 
ates become  more  abundant  and  near  the  uppermost  inn't  of  the 
strata  which  are  exposed  there  is  an  abundance  of  shale.  The 
upiiermost  beds  are  covered  uneonformably  by  the  alluvinm  of 
the  valley.  No  white  chalky  shales  were  seen  at  the  ba.se  nor 
tuft's  at  the  top.  On  the  ea.stern  limb  of  the  anticline  the  strata 
dip  at  an  average  angle  of  about  50  degrees  to  the  southeast. 

In  San  Ramon  Valley,  extending  southwe-st  from  the  town 
of  Walnut  Creek,  San  Pablo  strata  are  again  well  exjiosed.  Well 
marked  outcrops  occur  in  the  creek  bed  at  AValnut  Creek  and  in 
the  low  hills  along  the  ea.st  side  of  the  creek  and  Southern  PaeiHc 
railway  track.  About  two  miles  south  of  the  town  of  Walnut 
Creek  a detailed  section  was  measured  acro.ss  the  strike  of  these 
beds.  The  section  extends  through  the  highest  point  on  Sugar 
Loaf  IMountain,  then  across  the  valley  and  into  the  hills  on  the 
west  side  of  the  railroad  track.  The  strata  dip  at  an  angle  of 
about  55  degrees  east.  These  beds  lie  upon  the  IMonterey,  but 
the  line  of  contact  is  not  certain  as  there  are  no  well  deHned  out- 
crops. The  strata  have  the  same  general  appearance  but  at 
points  to  the  south  the  contact  has  been  determined  upon  a pa- 
laeontological basis.  No  white  chalky  shales  were  seen.  The 
mo.st  prominent  outcrop  near  the  base  is  in  the  Southern  Pacific 
railway  cut  on  the  west  side  of  the  county  road  just  before  it 
crosses  the  town  of  Walnut  Creek.  Coarse,  thick-liedded,  gray 


•256 


Uiiivci‘sif)j  of  ('olifornio  1‘iihl i(  al ioxs. 


I (iKOI/OOY 


sandstones  are  i)i'e(loniinant.  Several  hands  of  sliale  are  present 
and  also  sevei'al  jn'orninent  l)elts  of  eon^lomerate  hut  none  of 
these  exceed  two  feet  in  tliiekness.  Fossils  are  ahundant.  On 
the  east  side  of  the  valley  alonjj  the  line  of  this  same  seelion  the 
strata  are  well  exi)osed.  Foi-  the  most  part  they  are  composed 
of  heavy,  thiek-])edded,  f>ray  sandstones  wliieh  are  very  eoiif'lom- 
eratic  in  places,  and  ])eds  of  eon<>'lomerate  and  shale.  Near  the 
top  one  belt  of  sliale  has  a tliiekness  of  over  fifty  feet.  The  top- 
most strata  are  composed  of  a yellowish-^ray,  thiek-liedded  sand- 
stone. Heyond  this  only  the  Orindan  is  exposed,  with  no  tuff 
intervening. 

Corral  IloUou'. — In  the  vicinity  of  Corral  Hollow  the  San 
Pahlo  has  a thickness  of  ahont  twelve  hundred  feet  and  outcrops 
for  a distance  of  nearly  ten  miles.  The  .strata  di])  to  the  north 
at  low  angles.  The  strike  is  nearly  east  and  west.  The  iMonterey 
appears  to  he  absent  and  the  San  Pahlo  lies  upon  the  Te.jon. 
Above,  it  is  overlain  by  the  Orindan.  The  line  of  contact  cannot 
he  determined  with  certainty  as  one  seems  to  grade  into  the  other. 
The  strata  are  composed  mostly  of  heavy,  thick-bedded  bluish- 
gray  sandstones,  shales,  and  conglomerates.  The  shale  hands 
predominate  at  the  base.  In  these  occur  fassil  leaves. 

Xorth  of  Karquincz  Straifs. — On  the  north  side  of  Karquinez 
Straits  the  San  Pahlo  is  represented  in  Carneros  CYeek  Canon 
between  the  towns  of  Naiia  and  Sonoma.  Farther  north  it  occurs 
in  the  hills  on  either  side  of  Pleasant’s  Valley  extending  from 
A'acaville  to  Winters. 

In  the  hills  between  Napa  and  Sonoma  the  San  Pablo  is  repre- 
sented by  a volume  of  sandstone,  shale  and  conglomerate  having 
a total  thickness  of  over  ilfteen  hundred  feet.  It  rests  appar- 
('Utly  uncon formably  upon  the  Tejon  sandstone  and  dips  north- 
we.sterly  at  an  angle  of  (id  degrees  into  the  hills.  It  lies  uncon- 
foi'iiiably  b.(‘U('ath  tlu'  Pliocene  volcanics.  No  iMonterey  occurs 
in  this  I'cgion.  'flie  base  is  eomixtsed  of  thin-bedded  shaly  sand- 
stones, shale  and  sandstones.  Higher  u])  the  formation  is  com- 
posed of  t biek-bedded,  soft,  bluish-gray  sandstones,  re.sembling 
in  places  almost  a voleanie  ash.  One  or  two  narrow  seams  of 
shale  ai’c  present. 

In  the  I’leasant's  N'alley  section  the  San  Pablo  lies  directly 


VoL.  5 ] 


Weaver. — San.  Pablo  Fonnaiion. 


257 


hut  iiiicoiifoniKihly  upon  the  Slia.sta-Chico  series.  Tlie  Shasta- 
Chico  strata  make  up  tlie  fi'reater  part  of  the  Blue  Hidfje  and  dip 
at  au  angle  of  about  45  degrees  to  the  noi'theast.  The  San  Bahlo 
lies  upon  this  and  dips  in  the  same  general  direction,  hut  at  an 
average  angle  of  20  degrees.  Near  the  base  the  San  I’ahlo  is 
iiiade  up  of  thick-bedded,  l)\iff-colored  sandstones.  Higher  up  in 
the  sei'ies  on  the  east  side  of  Pleasant’s  Valley  a few  shaly  hands 
are  present,  hut  the  sand.stone  has  a distinct  gray  color  and  is 
often  thin-bedded.  They  are  overlain  unconformahly  by  the 
Pinole  Tulf,  in  other  i)laces  by  andesite  and  in  still  other  places 
by  the  Orindan  formation.  Neither  the  Eocene  nor  IMonterey  is 
present.  The  total  thickness  is  over  two  thousand  feet.  The 
white  chalky  shale  member  which  occurs  at  the  base  in  the  IMt. 
Diablo  region  is  not  ])resent  at  Carneros  Creek  nor  Pleasant’s 
Valley. 

Orif/iiial  Extent  of  Deposits. — The  geographical  conditions 
exi.sting  in  middle  California  during  San  Pablo  time  appear  to 
have  been  somewhat  peculiar.  That  there  was  an  interval  of 
time  between  the  close  of  the  Monterey  and  the  beginning  of  the 
San  Pablo  appears  evident  from  the  fact  of  the  unconformity 
existing  between  them  in  the  San  Pablo  Bay  region.  Farther 
east  sedimentation  appears  to  have  l)een  continuous  and  in  places 
there  wei'e  local  deposits  of  volcanic  ash.  From  the  cross- 
bedded  and  conglomeratic  character  of  the  sandstones  and  the 
thick  .seams  of  conglomerate,  it  appears  that  the  greater  part 
of  the  San  Pablo  strata  indicate  shallow  water  conditions.  No 
outcrops  occur  south  of  Pinole  or  we.st  of  Lafayette  and  it 
woidd  seem  that  in  that  region  during  San  Pablo  time  there  was 
a land  surface.  There  appears  to  have  been  some  volcanic  activ- 
ity during  the  time  of  deposition.  This  became  especially  evi- 
dent to  the  north  after  the  close  of  the  San  Pablo.  It  is  prob- 
able that  the  chief  volcanic  activity  during  San  Pablo  time  was 
to  the  east,  perhaps  even  as  far  as  the  Sierra  Nevada.  The 
andesite  pebldes  which  make  up  the  conglomerates  in  Tassajero 
Canon  are  similar  to  andesites  from  that  region  and  none  are 
known  as  flows  in  the  San  Pablo  of  the  Coast  Eanges  of  middle 
California. 


258 


U)iiv()'sHij  of  (\iIifor)ii(i  J’uhlicalions. 


I (!E()LO<iY 


C'OHinOLATION. 

The  San  Pahlo  fornialion  is  cliaraclorizod  I'atinally  l)y 
presence  of  seventy-three  si)eeies  and  fifty-three  f>'enei'a,  a lar^^e 
nnniher  of  whicli  are  i)ecTiliar  to  tlie  San  Pahlo  alone  while  others 
raiyii’e  hack  into  the  IMiocene  or  i\lontei-ey  and  many  more  have 
survived  to  the  ju-esent  time  and  may  he  found  in  the  livin<r 
fauna  alono-  the  Pacific  (loast  of  North  America.  A study  of 
the  fauna  collected  at  various  horizons  in  the  sections  made  at 
several  localities  shows  certain  foimis  to  he  characteristic  of  the 
lower  beds  and  others  of  the  up])er.  Whether  this  is  sufficient 
evidence  for  dividing’  the  San  Pal)lo  into  an  n])]»er  and  a lower- 
division  is  not  certain,  hut  it  i-emains  a fact  that  .several  dis- 
tinctive and  chai-acteristic  species  are  confined  to  cei'tain  horizons 
within  the  formation.  At  no  one  locality  within  the  ai-ea  studied 
is  it  pi-ohahle  that  the  San  J’ahlo  foi-mation  in  its  entii-ety  is 
represented. 

Upon  a palaeontological  basis  the  sti-ata  at  San  Pablo  Bay 
rrray  be  divided  into  two  divisions.  Pi-ofessor  iMerriam  has  al- 
r-eady  clearly  shown  the  occurrence  and  i-ange  of  the  echinoids  in 
the  section.  SciitcUa  gahhi  appears  to  be  confined  to  the  lower 
part  of  the  foi-mation.  while  the  upper  ])art  is  chai-aeterized  by 
the  presence  of  Astrodapsis  fiiniidiis.  Cei-tain  of  the  species  seem 
to  be  closely  a.ssociated  with  the  Astrodapsis  beds  and  ai-e  not 
present  in  the  Scirtella  zone.  Among  those  in  this  .section  ai-e 
I'ccicn  pahlooisis.  Pccttiiicidus  near  patuJus,  MuUnea  dcnsain, 
and  OlivcJla  hoctica.  Altogether  seventeen  species  have  been 
collecterl  fi-om  this  section. 

In  the  Kir-ker's  Pass  locality  the  thickness  of  the  str-ata  as 
measured  in  cross-section  amounts  to  over  one  thousand  feet, 
fi’ni-ner-'s  estimate  of  si.\  hundred  meters  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
he  included  in  the  San  Pablo  formation  the  nirpermost  division 
of  tuffs  and  ashes,  which  ai-e  hei-e  jrlaced  in  the  Pinole  Tuff, 
f’oi'ty-nine  sjrecies  wei-e  colh-cted  fi-om  the  Kirker's  Pass  section. 
Nearly  all  of  the.se  came  fi-om  the  layer  B of  Turner,  which 
ovei'li(‘s  the  white  challcy  shales  and  undei-lies  the  volcanic  eon- 
glnmcrales  and  sandstones,  'flu-  lower  division,  or  rather  the 
S(  id(ll(i  (i(d)hi  zone,  which  oc-cnrs  in  the  San  Pablo  Bay  district. 


VoL.  5J 


Weaver. — Sail  1‘ablo  Fonnalion. 


259 


does  not  ai)pear  to  he  aepreseiited  in  the  section  at  Kirker’s  Pass, 
or  iMarkeley  Canon.  It  is  possible  that  the  white  chalky  sliales 
at  the  base  may  be  tlie  ecpiivalent  of  the  Scntella  zone,  bnt  thei’e 
is  no  direct  evidence  of  any  kind  to  support  it.  The  total  fauna 
is  much  more  varied  in  the  nnmber  of  si)ecies  than  at  KSan  Jhiblo 
bay,  but  it  approaches  more  closely  in  its  affinities  that  of  the 
Astrodapsis  tumid  as  zone,  or  the  npper  division. 

On  the  south  side  of  Mt.  Diablo,  in  the  localities  at  Tassajero 
Canon  and  Eailivad  Eanch,  the  San  Pablo  fauna,  while  not  very 
large,  appears  to  bear  its  closest  resemblance  to  that  of  the  Astro- 
dapsis zone,  and  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the  San  Pablo  at  Kirker’s 
Pass  and  at  l\larkeley  Canon.  The  lower  beds  here  contain  large 
numbers  of  the  species  Ostrea  titan.  Whether  this  is  a charac- 
teristic lower  San  Pablo  fossil  or  not,  is  uncertain.  It  occurs  in 
the  lower  beds  in  the  San  Pablo  Bay  section  ; it  occurs  only  in  the 
lowermost  betls  at  Tassajero  Canon,  and  it  is  probable  that  the 
two  are  nearly  eqiu valent.  The  fossil  leaves  referred  to  by  l\Ir. 
II.  W.  Turner^*^  came  from  the  conglomerate  tutf  and  sandstone 
overlying  the  fossiliferous  sandstone,  and  according  to  Lesque- 
reux  are  considered  as  l)eing  of  Pliocene  age.  They  were  deter- 
mined as  follows : 

JJiospyros  virginiana,  var.  turneri  Lx. 

Magnolia  calif ornica  Lx. 

Laurus,  ef.  cunariensis  Heer. 

V irburiium,  cf.  nigosus  Pers. 

Vitis,  sp.  (?)  ' 

Those  collected  later,  in  1897,  by  Professor  IMei'riam  and  l\Ir. 
Turner  are  also  considered  Pliocene,  but  the  general  appearance 
of  the  bed  woidd  seem  to  indicate  that  they  do  not  belong  to  the 
San  Pablo,  but  rather  to  the  I’inole  Tuft'.  The  list  is  as  follows : 

Pern,  probably  Fteris,  but  very  fragmentary. 

Populus,  female  catkin. 

Aliius,  fruits  and  leaves. 

Castanea,  sp.,  leaf. 

V accinum,  sjr.,  single  small  leaf. 

Arbutus,  sp.,  numerous  -nell  preserved  leaves  and  fragments. 

In  the  upper  beds  at  Tassajero  Canon  are  strata  composed  of 
vast  numbers  of  specimens  of  Fseudocardium  gabbi.  This  form 


Jour.  GeoL,  vol.  G,  pp.  483-499. 


!' nivcrsitjj  of  (Jalifontid  J’ld/lications. 


I ( !kolo(;y 


2(;() 


aiipears  to  be  eliaracteristie  ol‘  the  vii)])er  San  Pablo.  To  llie 
south,  just  l)el()w  Danville,  fossil it'erous  beds  occur,  which  yielded 
a tyi)ical  ipiper  San  Pablo  fauna.  They  occur  in  a quarry  just 
Ave.st  of  the  county  road,  where  some  of  the  outcrojjpin*'  strata 
are  very  hu'gely  composed  of  fo.ssil  marine  .shells.  Altogether 
eighteen  species  are  i)resent,  and  they  are  mostly  characteri.stic 
of  the  Astrodai)sis  zone.  Among  the  moi'e  characteristic  of  these 
are  Aslrodapsis  luoiidus,  Vdnone  siicciiiclo,  I’eclot  veal.chii,  J’ec- 
tiiDcidtis  near  [xdidiis,  and  I’seudocordium  (j(d>bi. 

At  Wahuit  Creek  the  Sau  Pablo  is  represented  by  both  the 
upper  and  lower  beds.  The  lower  or  SciiteUo  (j<d>/n  bods  outcj-oj) 
in  'Walnut  Creek,  just  out  of  the  town.  Fossils  are  abiuidant, 
but  rarely  well  preserved.  To  the  westwai-d  at  Lafayette  Sau 
I’ablo  fossils  occur,  and  while  they  are  few  in  number  of  species, 
yet  they  indicate  the  lower  portion,  or  ])erhai)s  the  Scutella  zone. 

('ll!  the  north  side  of  San  Francisco  bay  the  San  Pablo  occurs 
at  Carneros  Creek,  and  to  the  northwest  of  Vacaville  in  Pleas- 
ant's Valley.  The  fossils  collected  at  Pleasant’s  Valley  were 
vm-y  poorly  preserved  and  fragmentary.  Pseudocardiutn  gahhi 
was  i-ecognized.  Provisionally  this  belt  has  been  considered  San 
Pablo,  but  more  on  i)etrographical  and  stratigrai)hical  evidence 
than  upon  palaeontological.  It  lies  unconformably  \ipon  the 
Shasta-Chico  series,  and  is  overlaid  by  the  Orindan,  the  Pinole 
Tuff,  and  lavas.  The  beds  at  Carneros  Creek  are  certainly  San 
Pablo  in  age.  'While  the  fauna  is  not  large,  it  is  typically  San 
Pablo.  The  general  physical  appearance  of  the  rock  is  also 
ehai'acteri.stic  of  the  San  Pablo  at  the  localities  where  it  is  best 
developed,  dust  what  portion  of  the  formation  it  represents  is 
not  clear,  as  the  fauna  is  not  large  and  not  characteri.stic  of  any 
one  zoiK".  ’file  sjteeies  occurring  here  are  given  in  the  general 
coi’i'clation  table  and  are  not  listed  separately. 

In  the  following  table  is  given  a comi)lete  list  of  all  the  known 
San  Ikiblo  si)ecies  from  the  localities  studi(‘d  in  middle  Califor- 
nia, ami  theii'  chai'acti'ri.stie  situation  whether  in  the  lowei'  middle 
oi-  up|)er  portions  is  also  giv(m.  Such  forms  as  range  back  into 
the  i\Ion1(‘r(‘y  and  those  oecuri'ing  in  the  IMerced,  W’^ildcat,  Santa 
.Margarita,  Ftehegoin,  Purisima,  and  those  living  in  the  watei'S 
of  the  Paeilie  Coast  of  .North  .Vmei’ica  at  the  pi'csent  time  are  also 
iiidieali'd. 


VoL.  5] 


-Sail  Pablo  Fonnalion 


261 


Weaver. — 


peoJoi\[ 

X X 

uiuisunj 

X 

BJUUSjBIf  B}UBg 

X X 

i?3.ia}uon  jaiiaii 

X X 

ipmijj  pi.‘o^ 

1190J3  SOJ9lI.l^’3 

X 

9[[IAUK(I 

X 

X 

X 

SSt?d  S..I95l.II\I 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

aj^a.CBjBq 

X X 

5(39^0  jnuiBAV 

X 

X 

X 

X 

1 

otqtJ^j  iiug 

X 

X 

X 1 

i 

1 

X 

0iqi.\j  tiug  .lacUIf^ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

oiqBj  UBS  aiPPUt 

X 

X 

X 

X 

oiqiJfi  avg  .T9A\oq 

1 ^ 

X 

SuiAia 

1 * 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

i 

i 

Asteroids A 

Asicrias  remondi  Gabb 

Echinoidea 

Asirodapsis  iumidus  K^uioiul 

Astrodapsis  ivliitnci/i  Romond 

Scutella  gahhi  (Reniond) 

Pelecypoda 

Area  microdonta  Conrad 

Cardinm  hlandiim  Gould 

Cardium  corhis  Martyn 

dementia  snhdiphana  Cai'i>enter 

Cj/rena  californica  Gabb 

Chione  Jluctifraga  Sowerby 

Chionc  succincla  Valenciennes 

didiophora  punctata  Conrad 

2(52 


University  of  California  Publkaiions. 


f ( jEOLOfiY 


pa.uaK 

X 

X 

X 

«misuu<j 

X 

X 

X 

i 

1 

j 

' UiutjSmK 

jCaa9}uoj\;  .lartctfi 

X 

i X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

1 ipnvH  puoa  pwa 

1 5139.1;;)  soaou.THo 

; aiiiAnwd 

X 

■| 

X I 

X 1 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

3}}9-««}B'’I 

X 

X 

X 

5ieaJ3  jnuiB^ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

^Bg  oiqBg  UBg 

y. 

1 oiqvj  n«ij  .laddfq 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

oiqBj  nBg  aippu? 

X 

X 

X 

UK^  J9Aioq 

! 

X 

X 

X 

X 

SniAiq 


i>^ 


O 


O 

CO 


O 

S 


o 

a 


^ ^ >3 


o 


S; 


O 


^ £ 


VOL.  5 I 


Weaver. — aS'oh  PuJjIo  Fornnition 


2m 


p90.iaj^ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

tjoiisunj 

X X 

L’^iauSa-uj^  "u^iiuy 

X 

/fo.ia}uoit  jodd^q 

X X 

X X 

ipiniji  pBoa  i!«a 

X 

X X 

jiaojQ  soJdiu«o 

sniAaBa 

X 

X X 

X X 

X 

ssuj  s^-iaj^aix 

X 

X X > 

*"  1 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

< X 

9;}3.?BJBa 

X 

X 

X X 

X 

X 

X X 

0{quj  uug  J9(l(I|q 


^IPPIK  XXX  X X X X X XX 


oiqtJcj  UL’g  .i0Aioq 

X 

X > 

< X 

X 

SaiAi'q 

X X > 

< X X 

X X 

a 

o 


a 

o 

3 

'<j 

0^ 

r3 

fCi 

52 


X 

P 

ci 


f5 


«o 

«o 


C5 


o 

O 


O 

O 

e 

i:i 


c3 

Q 


«o 


O 

.u 


o 


O 


ci 


o 


e 


2 


254  Univcrsiiij  of  California  PuhlkaiionH.  [(Jeolooy 


XX  XXX 

L’uasi.inj 

X X 

Aaaaiiioit  .wdd;;! 

X 

H-na-’H  pwoa  I!«a 

so.iau.aj^;) 

X 

X 

^ SSB,I  S,.I5H-U>I 

X X X X X X X 

1 3}}a.««ji.’q 

X 

Jiaa.iO  }iuni?Ai 

X X 

jCrg  oiq«d  nBg 

X X 

oiq«d  iniS  .ladd^q 

XX  X 

oi'irj  ni!S  atpinre 

X 

1 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

J>uiAiq 

X XX  X X XX  X 

Lunatia  Icivisii  Gould 
Litorina  planaxis  Nuttall 
Lilorina  remondi  Gabb 
Monoceras  cnrjonaium  Conrad 
Natica  callosa  Gabb,  n.  var. 


VoL.  5] 

Weaver. — iSV/y;  Pablo  Fonnalion.  265 

X XX  X 

vuasunj 

X 

X 

X 

! 

X 

X 

X 

Xa.iajuoj^  .ladclQ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

i[ouvji  puoa  tiwa 

X 

5[a0j,>  so.iaujwf) 

X X 

d[\iAllV.(l 

X 1 

X 

1 

X 

X 

X 

sst,»a  s aai^jia 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

8}}9^«,;bT 

X 

X 

X 

j^aajj) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

ilia  oiq^id  «’-’s 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

oiq^’a  UBS  -lattda 

X 

X 

j 

X 

X 

oiqBj  UBS  SIPPJK 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

1 

X 

X 

oiq^a  tiL’^  .laAioq 

j 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

SlIlAiq 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Jhliversilij  of  (California  PahJicalions. 


[fiEOLO(;y 


2G() 


The  Sail  Ihihlo  beds  in  middle  California  a[)pear  to  he  repre- 
sented liy  beds  of  eipiivalent  a<-e  in  other  parts  of  the  Coast 
Kaipiies.  T.)  the  sontli  of  San  Franeiseo  Hay  several  formations 
have  been  deserilied  whieli  resemble  very  elosely  both  in  their 
])hysical  eharaeteristies  and  in  tlie  fauna  contained  in  them,  tlie 
San  Pablo  beds  in  the  bay  region.  In  the  .Mount  Diablo  Kaii'j’e, 
Anderson  lias  named  and  described  the  Fteh('‘>()in  beds  wliich 
extend  over  a lariie  area  and  possess  an  immense  thickness.  They 
too  lie  nneonformably  upon  all  the  nnderlyiii”'  formations.  Im- 
mediately below  the  Etehefioin  beds  are  tlie  Coalin“a  beds  which 
he  considers  to  be  older  than  the  San  Pablo  and  yonn^er  than 
the  i\[onterey.  If  so,  the  Coalinga  beds  re])resent  a period  of 
sedimentation  between  the  close  of  iMonterey  time  and  the  be- 
ginning’ of  the  San  Pablo.  No  such  beds  apiiear  in  middle  Cali- 
fornia, Init  a time  interval  is  indicated  by  the  unconformity  be- 
tween the  iMonterey  and  San  Pablo  in  the  San  Pablo  Bay  region. 
The  lower  iiortion  of  the  Etehegoin  beds  or  rather  the  Etchegoin 
sands  he  considers  as  the  eipiivalent  of  the  San  Pablo  beds  at 
San  Pablo  Bay.  This  portion  is  compo.sed  of  uncon.solidated 
sands  or  gravels  in  which  a characteristic  blue  or  gray  color 
jiredominates.  The  sands  have  in  general  a coarse  pebbly  texture 
often  forming  beds  of  conglomerate  and  in  many  cases  having 
till'  appearance  of  volcanic  ash.  The  following  are  some  of  the 
more  important  characteristic  San  Pablo  fossils  which  occur  in 
the  Etcln'goin  formation: 


Pyendocntdi um  gnhh i. 
Xi  rcrila 

Xiissii  cdl ifoni ira. 

A .S'  I rodu  j i.s('.s’  tumid  us. 


Mdcoma  nasutd. 

T I dph OH  ponderosum. 
Tapes  stdleiji. 
2Idcoma  scctd. 


\ comiiarison  of  the  Pitclu'goin  fauna  shows  many  of  the 
specii's  to  lie  similar  to  those  of  the  San  Pablo  and  it  thus  .seems 
best  to  cori'elate  them  as  being  eipiivalent  in  age. 

Ill  the  Salinas  X'alley  there  is  a formation  known  as  the  Santa 
.Margarita  com])osed  of  sandstones,  shales,  and  eonglonierate. 
Sandstones  appear  to  |)r(‘dominate.  This  entire  series  was  con- 
sidered by  Dr.  h'airbanks  to  represent  the  San  Pablo.  An 
abundant  fauna  has  b(>en  listed  from  lu're,  and  among  the  more 
elia raet erist  ii‘  rornis  which  occur  also  in  the  San  Pablo  are 


VoL.  5] 


U’crti'O’. — S(ni  I’ablu  Formal io)i. 


267 


^Istrodapsis  luinidits,  Osirca  iiian,  Fecten  crannicardo,  Fseudo- 
cardiurii  gahbi,  alid  TrocJiHa  fdosa.  The  faiuia  seems  to  he  sutfi- 
eiently  chai-aeteristic  to  warrant  its  heino-  correlated  with  the 
Han  Pablo  beds  hnt  whether  all  of  it  shoidtl  represent  the  Han 
Pablo  or  only  a part,  is  not  certain. 

In  Han  i\Iateo  Comity  in  the  vicinity  of  Pnrisiina  Creek  beds 
known  as  the  Pnrisiina  formation  are  composed  largely  of  con- 
glomerates, tine  sandstones,  and  sandy  shales  and  have  a thick- 
ness of  about  eight  hundred  feet.  A very  large  number  of 
fossils  have  been  collected.  i\Iany  of  these  are  common 
in  the  Han  Pablo,  among  which  are  Macoma  nasuta,  Mndiola 
recta.  Tapes  staleyi,  Yoldia  coo  peri,  Chrysodomus  tabuJatas, 
Xassa  californica,  and  Neverita  recluziana.  Arnold  considers 
the  Pnrisiina  as  Pliocene  and  possibly  a little  younger  than 
the  Han  Pablo.  A large  number  of  species  present  in  the  Puri- 
sima  occur  in  the  i\Iereed.  Arnold  estimates  that  about  30  per 
cent,  of  the  fauna  is  extinct.  At  the  present  time  it  is  impos- 
sible to  say  whether  the  two  formations  are  equivalent  or  not. 

The  relations  of  the  Han  Pablo  to  the  IMonterey  IMiocene  are 
clearly  brought  out  in  the  Han  Pablo  Bay  section  from  detailed 
areal  mapping.  The  iMonterey  lies  unconformably  beneath  the 
Han  Pablo  and  gives  evidence  of  a period  of  deformation  and 
erosion  between  the  close  of  i\Ionterey  deposition  and  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Han  Pablo.  In  the  other  sections  in  middle  California 
no  such  relations  between  the  Han  Pablo  and  IMonterey  can  lie 
made  out.  It  is  only  upon  a palaeontological  basis  that  they  can 
be  distinguished.  In  the  Halinas  Valley  and  other  localities  in 
the  .southern  jiart  of  the  state  the  uneonformable  relations  are 
exceptionally  well  marked.  The  upper  Monterey  IMioeene  faunal 
zone  is  very  closely  allied  to  the  Han  Pablo,  and  where  the  two 
lie  in  contact  it  becomes  very  difficult  to  draw  the  line  of 
separation.  There  are  several  characteristic  fossils  from  the 
upper  Monterey  zone,  among  which  are  Trochita  costeUata, 
Scutella  breiceriana  and  Malinea  densata.  The  latter  is  also 
very  abundant  in  the  Han  Pablo.  Out  of  the  total  Han  Pablo 
fauna  twenty-one  species  occur  in  the  i\Ionterey,  or  28.7  per  cent. 

The  next  formation  situated  geologically  above  the  Han  Pablo 
in  middle  California  is  the  IMerced.  At  no  locality  are  the  two 


U nivcrsitjj  of  Cali  font  io  I’li/jlicaiioiDi. 


I (iEOLOiiY 


2()8 


known  to  lie  in  eontaet,  hut  wlien  llie  faunas  of  the  two  are  eoni- 
])are(l  that  of  the  iMerced  is  found  to  be  younger.  That 
is,  there  are  loss  forms  common  to  the  i\Ionterey  and  a larger 
per  cent,  are  living  to-day  on  the  coast  than  is  the  case  with  the 
San  Pablo.  Out  of  the  total  nnmber  of  species  in  the  latter 
twenty  are  common  to  the  Merced. 

So  far  in  correlating  the  San  Pablo  it  has  been  referred  to 
the  Pacific  Coast  localities.  Here  many  species  are  identical  but 
when  a comparison  is  made  with  the  Tertiary  faunas  of  the 
Atlantic,  states  and  Enro])0,  correlation  has  necessarily  to  be  based 
upon  the  maxima  of  genera.  The  areas  selected  for  correlation 
were  the  IMaryland  and  Virginia  districts  and  Florida;  and  in 
Knrope  the  district  of  Tonraine,  in  Prance;  the  Vienna  Basin 
and  the  Pliocene  of  Plngland  and  Italy. 

In  correlating  with  the  faunas  of  the  Maryland  and  the 
'S'irginia  IMiocene,  no  distinction  was  made  between  the  upper 
and  the  lower  divisions.  The  entire  IMiocene  fanna  was  consid- 
ered. Nineteen  genera  were  found  in  common  but  no  species. 
No  marine  Pliocene  forms  were  available  for  comparison,  so 
correlation  is  made  with  the  Caloosahatchie  formation  or  the 
Pliocene  of  Florida.  Twenty-nine  genera  were  found  to  be 
common  to  the  San  Pablo  and  no  species.  Very  little  satisfac- 
tion is  gained  from  the  correlation  with  the  European  Pliocene. 
In  the  Vienna  Basin  only  five  genera  were  found  common,  in  the 
IMiocene  from  the  disti’ict  of  Tonraine,  France,  oidy  three  genera 
are  common,  and  in  the  Pliocene  of  Italy  only  two.  In  the  Plio- 
cene of  England  twelve  are  common.  The  evidence  obtained 
here  is  inconclusive. 

'file  following  table  shows  the  relation  of  the  San  Pablo  to 
the  IMiocene  and  Pliocene,  and  to  the  recent  fauna  on  the  Pacific 
('oast  <)f  North  America: 


.Xuinbor  of  ISnii  Pablo  sjtecies  73 

111  Monterey  21  = 28.7% 

111  tlie  .Mi'i-eed  20=  27.4% 

Living  41=5(5% 


According  to  the  classification  of  Lyell  used  in  dividing  the 
'I’crtiary  on  the  percentage  of  living  species  it  woidd  be  impos- 
sible to  assign  the  San  I’ablo  to  the  IMiocene.  The  large  number 


VoL.  5] 


Weaver. — aSV/«  Pablo  Ponnalion. 


2G9 


of  living'  forms  makos  if  Pliocene.  Tlie  fact  that  a time  interval 
is  represented  between  the  IMonterey  and  San  Pablo  ^ives  also 
additional  weight  to  the  argument.  Considering  llie  snm  total 
of  evidence  it  seems  best  to  regard  the  San  Pablo  formation  as 
being  of  lower  Pliocene  age. 


SUMMARY. 

The  San  I’ablo  formation  as  represented  in  middle  California 
is  composed  of  coarse,  thick-bedded  sandstones,  shales,  aiul  con- 
glomerates, with  a large  admixture  of  volcanic  tuff  and  ash.  Il 
varies  in  its  i>hysical  characteristics  at  different  localities  and 
ranges  in  thickness  up  to  over  three  thousand  feet.  Its  charac- 
teri.stic  color  is  a l)luish-gray  which  upon  weathering  changes  to 
a buff  color.  At  San  Pablo  Bay  it  lies  unconforniably  ui)on  the 
Monterey,  but  at  the  other  localities  in  this  part  of  the  state  no 
In-eak  between  them  can  be  seen.  The  total  number  of  marine 
si)ecies  contained  in  the  formation  is  seventy-three,  and  many  of 
these  are  characteristic  forms.  Twenty-one,  or  28.7  per  cent,  of 
them  range  down  into  the  IMonterey  and  56  per  cent,  are  still 
living  in  the  waters  of  the  Pacific  Coast  today.  Prom  the  large 
per  cent,  of  living  species  it  has  seemed  be.st  to  consider  the  San 
Pablo  formation  as  Pliocene,  and  as  representing  the  lower  por- 
tion of  that  system. 


Issued  January  21,  1909. 


Tlof, 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  17,  pp.  271-274,  Pis.  21-22  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NEW  ECHINOIDS  FROM  THE  TERTIARY 
OE  CALIFORNIA. 

BY 

CiiAKLES  E.  Weaver. 


CONTENTS. 

PAOE 


Introduction  271 

Clypeaster  bovversi,  n.  sp.  271 

Seutella  perriui,  n.  sp 27.1 

Linthia(?)  californiea,  n.  sp _ 273 

Schizaster(  ?)  staldcri,  n.  sp 274 


rNTRODUCTION. 

'^1  he  new  echiiioid  foniis  here  descriheil  and  figured  have  Iteen 
examined  in  the  conr.se  of  a serie.s  of  studie.s  of  the  Ter- 
tiary of  California  carried  on  liy  the  author  for  several  year.s. 
The  greater  part  of  the  included  material  wa.s  obtained  and  the 
preliminary  .studies  made  by  Profe.ssor  Merriam.  For  the  ex- 
cellent material  represented  by  these  new  species  the  author  is 
much  indebted  to  the  late  Dr.  Stephen  Bowers,  to  Professor 
•James  Perrin  Smith,  and  to  ]\Ir.  Walter  Stabler. 

CLA'PEASTER  BOAVERSI,  n.  .sp. 

PI.  21,  fig.  1;  and  pi.  22,  fig.  1. 

The  test  of  this  form  is  very  large  and  thick.  The  largest 
specimens  measured  119  mm.  in  diameter.  The  outline  seen  from 
above  is  circular  to  elliptical.  The  margins  are  .swollen  and  the 
summit  very  slightly  elevated.  Dn  the  posterior  margin  is  a 


Univo’sihj  of  (UilifoDild  ions. 


I (iKOI.OHY 


I'ainl  ro-eiil raiil  an^lo  ()i)])()sito  llio  anal  ()|)(‘nin<r.  "I’lio  petals  are 
broad  and  mairly  elosed  at  llie  (‘xlrcninty.  'I'lie  median  iider- 
pnriferous  zones  aiv  l)road,  M’lnle  llie  outer  rows  of  poi’es  eon- 
verye  at  llu'  ends  so  as  almost  to  enelose  them.  The  tnlx'renla- 
lion  is  nidform  on  l)o11i  the  ni)pei'  and  lower  snrfaees  and  llie 
1 nb('renl(‘s  ai'('  id'  nearly  llie  same  size'  over  llu*  whole  test. 

'file  aetinal  surface  is  stronyly  eoneave  and  the  aetinostome 
dee|)ly  snnkem.  M'he  amhniaeral  fnri-ows  arc  very  deep  and  ex- 
tmid  from  the  aetinostome  to  the  mai'^in. 

(U jipro.slcr  hoiccrsi  di tiers  considerably  fi-om  the  other  mem- 
bers of  this  <i'enns  on  th(>  Paeitie  c'oa.st.  It  is  not  far  removed 
fi'om  f*.  hrcinilf/ci  Lanbe,  which  occurs  in  the  Koeene  in  the 
Lybian  Di'sert  of  Africa.  C.  hoivcrsi  is  nearly  twice  as  largre  as 
r.  hrcii ni<ifi  and  is  ellipsoidal  in  outline  with  thick  margiins, 
while  the  latter  is  pentagonal  and  has  thin  margins.  The  upjier 
surface  of  tlu'  former  is  oidy  slightly  arched,  while  the  apical 
system  of  the  latter  is  conical  and  then  gradually  slopes  to  the 
margin.  They  differ  also  in  the  character  of  the  petals  and  in 
the  jmsitiou  of  the  anal  jiore.  In  C.  hoivcrsi  the  petals  are  broad 
and  the  jxn-ifm'ous  zones  lie  nearly  parallel.  The  anns  is  situ- 
ated on  the  aetinal  surface  at  a distance  from  the  margin  about 
(Hpial  to  its  diameter. 

(Uiipviislcr  J)ou'cr.si  shows  a close  relationship  to  EchinantJiiis 
rosoccu.s  dray.  It  differs  in  that  it  is  much  flatter,  the  superior 
sui'face  of  E.  ro.<!a<riis  being  more  strongly  convex.  The  actino- 
.stome  of  the  formei’  is  sunken  in  a cavity  which  narrows  grad- 
ually and  is  of  much  greater  extent  than  in  E.  rosaceus.  In 
E.  ro.'^dcnis  the  ambulaeral  areas  are  more  or  less  swollen  and 
I'isi'  above'  tlu'  ge'iieral  h'vc'l  of  the  test.  Avhile  in  C.  hoivcrsi  they 
are'  ne'aily  at  the  same'  h'vel  as  the  interamhulacral  areas.  The 
|)osti'i'ior  ambulae'ral  ])e‘tals  are'  the'  longe'st  anel  the  eielel  ambu- 
laeral pe'tal  is  the'  shoi'te'st  in  E.  rosdceiis.  In  C.  hoivcrsi  the  odel 
ambnlae-ral  pe'tal  is  the  longc'st  anel  the  remaining  four  are  of 
I'lpial  size'. 

I timi'iisions : Maximum  wielth  100  mm.;  maximum  length 
1 10  mm. ; maximum  thie'kne’ss  07  mm. 

( te-emrre'iie'e' : doloraelo  De'se'i't.  Asseieiateel  with  a fauna  ])re- 
sniiii'il  to  be  of  Alioi'i'iK'  age'. 


VoL.  5 I 


\Ve<i vcr. — Xcw  Ecli iiiuids. 


27;} 


SCUTKI.I.A  IM'JKRINI,  ii.  sp. 

1>I.  22,  fig.  2. 

'^riie  oiitliiu*  of  llio  test  fi’oiu  al)ove  is  eii-eulai;  to  (“Iliplieal. 
The  upper  sui'faee  is  veiy  slightly  arehed  and  the  margin  of  the 
test  is  moderately  thin.  The  apical  .system  is  exeentrie  and  small. 
'J'he  amhnlaeral  petals  are  rather  broad,  sometimes  veiy  slightly 
elevated,  open  at  the  eiuls,  and  extending  to  within  a short  dis- 
tance of  the  margin.  The  i)oriferons  zone  is  about  two-thirds 
as  broad  as  the  enclosed  ambnlacral  s])ace.  The  anal  pore  is 
marginal. 

The  lower  surface  of  the  test  is  slightly  concave.  Faint 
undivided  ambnlacral  grooves  pass  from  the  mouth  to  the  mar- 
gin. The  tubercles  are  of  the  same  size  on  the  upper  and  lower 
surfaces. 

Scutclla  perrini  differs  from  Scutclla  hreweriana  in  that  the 
petals  are  of  uneven  length  and  the  apical  system  exeentrie, 
while  in  hreweriana  the  ai)ical  sy.stem  is  central.  The  test 
of  *S'.  perrini  also  reaches  greater  size  than  is  known  in  hrew- 
eriana. 

Dimensions:  iMaximum  width  TO  mm.;  maximum  length  45 
mm. ; maximum  thickne.ss  6 mm. 

Occurrence:  In  beds  presumably  of  Miocene  age  near  Coal- 
inga,  California.  Other  specimens  closely  resembling  this  form 
have  been  found  at  Han  Gregorio,  California,  in  the  Purisima 
formation. 


LINTIIIA(?)  CALlFOKNtCA,  ii.  .sp. 

I’l.  21,  %.  2. 

'ITie  outline  of  the  test  from  above  is  elliptical.  The  anterior 
groove  is  deep.  The  apical  .system  is  small  and  situated  slightly 
antei‘ior  to  the  center.  The  central  portion  of  the  lateral  intei'- 
ambulacral  i)lates  forms  a series  of  irregidar  ridges  extending 
from  the  apical  sy.stem  to  the  margin.  The  posterior  interam- 
bulacral  area  is  elevated.  The  three  anterior  ambulacra  are 
nearly  ecjual  in  size  and  larger  than  the  posterior  areas  as  far 
as  known.  The  poriferous  zones  of  the  ambulacra  are  narrow, 
Ind  the  pores  are  large.  The  ,si)ecimen  is  a poorly  preserved  ca.st 


274 


r iii rcr.sil !/  of  ddlifoniio  lUihlicdl ions. 


and  riii'IlK'i'  data  aiv  lackiii>>'.  Tlii.s  .spacics  has  hacn  r(d'crca(|  lo 
Liiilliid  ratliar  tliaii  lo  Scliizdslcr  on  accounl  ol'  tlu'  more  (-cnlral 
position  oi'  11i(“  apical  system. 

I )inionsions : Maxiimini  width  14  nnn.;  niaxiinuin  laiifith  1!) 
nun.;  nnixininm  thickness  7 nnn. 

( teeni'i'enee : In  Contra  Co.sta  County,  Calil'ortiia,  al)ont  one 
mile  west  of  I>eai'  Valley  in  the  lowest  memher  ol'  the  Monterey 
series. 

sen  IZ.\STKK>( '?)  S'l’AI.DKHI,  ii.  s]). 

I’l.  21,  tijr.  :5. 

'I'est  distinctly  cordate  in  toian,  with  all  oi'  the  petals  deeply 
sunken.  4'he  depression  of  the  anterior  petal  de(‘ply  notches  the 
anterior  marjiin.  The  petals  of  the  hiviiim  are  very  short.  The 
month-openini;-  is  situated  veiy  far  forward.  The  anal  opening' 
is  not  shown.  As  all  of  the  known  specimens  are  easts,  the 
nature  of  tlie  plates  of  the  test  is  only  imperfectly  shown. 

Dimensions:  ^Maximum  lenyth  20.5  mm.;  maximum  width 
28  mm. 

Occurrence:  This  species  is  represented  by  a stnall  series  of 
specimens  obtained  by  ]\Ir.  Walter  Stabler  in  Humboldt  County, 
Califoi'iiia.  in  betls  presumed  to  rejiresent  tbe  Wild  Cat  series  of 
Lawson. 


/.s',v/(C(/  l>c(  < di/x  r :38,  1908. 


OF  >■«' 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  21. 


All  ligures  natural  size. 

1.  Cl  upcast  cr  bowcrsi,  ii.  sp.  Superior  side. 

2.  l.i/iithiaC?)  calif ondca,  u.  sp. 

3.  <S'c-/(iT«id6'r(  ?)  stahlcri,  n.  sp. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL  UNIV.  CAL 


VOl,.  5,  PL.  21 


1 


2 


3 


5!ll»ITY0FIUJHUkniBRAft‘ 


irtrtHisnofluJiB'niB' 


KXPLANATION  OF  PLATF  22. 
All  figures  natural  size. 

Fig.  1.  Cliipcastcr  howcrsi,  u.  sj).  Inferior  side. 

Fig.  2.  Sculclld  prrrini,  n.  sj). 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV,  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  22 


2 


n 


% 


.mttffls'in 


Tud  Kx/d 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  18,  pp.  275-283,  Pis.  23-24  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


NOTES  ON  ECHINOIDS  FROM  THE 
TERTIARY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

THE  UBHARK  OF  TH^ 

BY 

E.  w.  j’ACK.  JUN  1 1925 

UNIVERSITY  F 

CONTEXTS. 

PAGE 


Introduction  275 

Spatangus  (?)  pachecoensis,  n.  sp 276 

Scutella  fairbanksi  Arnold  276 

Scutella  (?)  norrisi,  n.  sp.  - 277 

Scutaster,  new  genus  278 

Scutaster  andersoni,  n.  gen.  and  sp.  278 

Astrodapsis  fernandoensis,  n.  sp 279 

Astrodapsis  antiselli  Conrad,  n.  var.  arnoldi  279 

Eehinarachinus  excentricus  Esehscholtz  281 

Echinarachinus  gibbsii  Eemond  282 


INTEODUCTION. 

The  following  notes  were  prepared  in  the  course  of  an  exam- 
ination of  an  extensive  series  of  the  Tertiary  echinoids  of  Cali- 
fornia carried  on  by  the  writer  during  the  past  year.  Much  of 
the  material  was  obtained  by  Professor  John  C.  Merriam,  and  the 
study  of  it  was  commenced  by  him.  For  some  excellent  material 
the  writer  is  indebted  to  Professor  James  Perrin  Smith,  to  Dr. 
Kalph  Arnold,  and  to  Mr.  Frank  M.  Anderson.  It  has  been 
thought  advisable  to  include  descriptions  of  one  or  two  of  the 
known  species  for  which  the  existing  descriptions  are  meager,  as 
well  as  to  describe  and  figure  the  new  forms. 


276 


UniversHij  of  ('’alifortila  Publications. 


I (iKOL()(iY 


SPATANGIIS  (?)  PACIIECOKNSIH,  ii.  sp. 

PI.  2:? , figs.  4 aiirt  5. 

Test  ii.sTially  small,  aveiaige  diameter  25  mm.  Fragments  liave 
been  found  with  a diameter  of  48  mm.  Outline  suh-eireular, 
truncated  and  notelied  anteriorly.  Test  tliiek,  ui)[)er  surface 
strongly  arched  from  the  margin.  Lower  surface  Hat,  forming  a 
di.stinct  angle  with  the  uppei'  surface  at  the  margin.  Ai)ical 
•sy.stem  small,  eeceidric  anteriorly.  Lateral  and  posterior  i)etals 
of  almost  eipial  length,  reaching  about  three-fourtlis  of  the  dis- 
tance to  the  margin;  slendei-,  and  closed  at  the  ends;  poriferous 
zones  very  slightly  sunken,  formijig  two-tliii'ds  of  the  width  of 
the  ])etal.  Anterior  i)etal  in  a hi-oad  aTid  fairly  deej)  groove,  and 
ajipareutly  reaching  the  margin;  ])ores  few  and  set  wide  ai)art 
in  contrast  to  the  lateral  and  posterior  ])etals,  where  the  pores 
are  numerous  and  conjugate.  Interamhulacral  i)late.s  broadly 
A"-.shai>ed ; very  slightly  raised  in  the  center  to  form  two  low 
interamhidacral  ridges.  Amhulaci'al  i)lates  not  widening  rapidly 
beyond  the  ends  of  the  petals. 

Dimensions;  Longitudinal  diameter  25  mm. 

Occurrence;  This  species  has  been  found  at  hut  one  locality 
northwest  of  Pacheco,  Contra  Costa  County,  in  the  Tejon.  All 
s])ecimens  yet  found  are  poorly  pieserved,  being  casts  or  impres- 
sions. and  are  badly  ci-ushed. 

In  the  lowest  ])ortion  of  the  beds  containing  this  species, 
numerous  specimens  of  Schizaster  tecontei  were  found.  The  range 
of  this  latter  s])ecies  is,  therefore,  not  limited  to  the  IMartiiiez 
as  was  at  Hi'st  thought,  hut  runs  well  up  into  the  Tejon. 

SCPTKLLA  FAIKPANKSt  Arnold. 

PI.  28,  fig.  1. 

ScuipUa  fdirhankfii  (Morriani,  M.  S.),  Arnold,  U.  S.  (i.  S.  Bull. 

1109,  |tl.  29,  fig.  9. 

'I'est  sub-circular  in  outline,  much  depressed;  edges  markedly 
thin.  r])i)er  suid'ace  rc'gidaidy  arched  from  the  margin,  ape.x 
ccnti’al.  Apical  system  small,  and  centi'al;  ])elals  extend  one- 
half  to  two-thii'ds  the  di.stance  to  the  margin.  Latei’al  and  pos- 
terior petals  symmet  I'ical,  slender,  almost  clo.sed  at  the  ends,  both 
inner  and  outer  rows  of  port's  converging  gradually  for  the  last 


VoL.  5] 


Pack. — Tcrtiari)  Pclnnoids  of  dalifontia. 


277 


half  of  tlioir  leiif’lli.  Poi'ifoi'oiis  zones  hi'oad,  to^etliei'  forming 
over  half  tlie  width  of  the  petal.  Anterior  petal  hro:id,  wide 
open  at  the  end,  inner  rows  of  pores  divergin"’  ^radnally  to  the 
end  of  the  ])etal ; poriferous  zones  ahont  the  same  width  as  in  the 
other  petals,  hut  enelosed  area  nnieh  broader.  Amhnlaeivd  plates 
enlar‘>in<>'  and  area  widening  I'apidly  from  the  ends  of  the  lateral 
and  posterior  petals,  less  rai)idly  from  the  anterior  one.  Two 
or  three  pairs  of  jiores  in  rapidly  divei'ging  rows  ai‘e  traceable 
from  the  ends  of  the  petals.  Aetinal  surface  Hat,  month  opening 
central  and  slightly  snid<en.  Ambnlaci'al  fnrrows  deep,  ti'aceahle 
to  the  margin.  Neai-  the  margin  these  fnrrows  show  a slight 
tendency  to  branch,  hnt  in  the  si)eeimens  examined  they  wmre  too 
])oorly  ])reserved  to  trace. 

Anal  pore  snpramai'ginal,  separated  from  the  edge  by  a dis- 
tance ecpial  to  its  own  diameter.  Tnhereles  somewhat  larger  on 
the  aetinal  surface,  especially  near  the  mouth. 

Dimensions:  Longitudinal  diametei*  65  mm.;  height  8 mm. 

Occurrence:  In  the  Vaqueros  formation  in  Torry  and  Sespe 
canons,  Ventura  County. 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  ScutcUa-  gahbi,  from  which  it 
differs  in  attaining  a greater  size,  in  having  a slightly  undulating, 
marginal  outline,  in  having  deeper  and  better  marked  furrows  on 
the  aetinal  surface,  and  in  having  the  anal  poi*e  entirely  on  the 
upper  surface.  From  Scutella  iaterliacata  it  differs  in  having  a 
central  apical  system. 

SCUTELLA  (?)  NORRlSr,  n.  sp. 

PI.  23,  fig.  3. 

Test  sub-circular  in  general  outline,  with  deep,  broad,  margi- 
nal notches  in  the  edges  of  the  ambulacral  areas.  The  two  pos- 
terior notches  are  much  deeper  than  are  the  anterioi-  ones,  and 
truncate  the  posterior  interambulaeral  space  on  either  side  of  the 
median  line,  shaping  the  posterior  end  of  the  test  into  a promi- 
nent process.  The  test  when  viewed  from  above  has  a leaf-like 
appearance.  Test  much  depres.sed,  edges  markedly  thin,  al)ac- 
tinal  surface  very  slightly  arched,  apex  central ; aetinal  surface 
flat  or  gently  concave.  iMouth  central,  slightly  sunken ; ambu- 
laeral  furrows  poorly  shown  in  the  sjiecimens  examined,  but  evi- 


[hliversih/  of  (Uilifornio  J’lihliciil io)is. 


I (JKOI.CKiY 


'21S 


(leiitly  l)i"ineli  l)iit  little,  if  at  all.  .Main  anihulaeral  f^rooves 
eoiitiiiue  fi'oiii  the  mouth  to  the  mar<i:iii,  eiiterin<j  the  mar<fiiial 
iiotehe.s.  Anal  poi-e  small,  itiframarf>iiial.  Amhulaeral  star  eeii- 
Iral.  Petals  extend  about  1 hi'ee-loiirt hs  the  distanee  to  th(*  mar- 
gin and  not  entirely  closed  at  the  ends. 

Dimensions:  Longitudinal  dianuhei-  55  mm. 

Occurrence:  d'his  sjx'cies  has  hee7i  found  in  the  Va(|neros 
formation,  five  miles  northwest  of  the  Stone  ('anon  coal  nunc, 
Montercw  County;  and  at  San  duan  River,  neai’  La  I’an/.a,  Sail 
Luis  Ohispo  County. 

SCUTASTElt,  new  fienns. 

d’e.st  circidai',  depi’esscd,  amhulaci'al  star  small.  Lnmdes  in 
the  proloniiation  of  the  ])etals  of  the  trivinm;  and  either  laekiti" 
in  the  hiviuni  and  i)osterior  intei-amhnlacral  space,  or  not  placed 
in  the  same  relative  jiositions  as  on  the  antei'ior  portion  of  the 
test. 

SCUTASTEH  ANDERSOA’l,  ii.  gen.  and  sj). 

PI.  fig.  2. 

Test  sid)-circular  in  outline,  edges  mai’kedly  thin.  Upper 
sni'face  regidaj'ly  aiadicd  from  the  mai'gin  ; a])ex  anterior  to  the 
center.  A])ical  system  small  and  api)a7-ently  centi'al.  Ambu- 
lacral  stai-  small  : petals  (‘xtending  slightly  le.ss  than  lialf  way  to 
th("  margin  of  the  test,  closed  at  the  ends.  Latei‘al  petals  broader 
than  the  po.stei'ior  ones,  but  of  almost  the  same  length.  Porif- 
erous zones  bi'oad,  and  continuing  full  width  almost  to  the  ends 
of  the  i)(*tals.  In  the  posterior  petals  the  interporiferous  area 
forms  about  one-thii’d  the  width  of  the  ])etal.  Porifej-ous  zones 
of  the  lateral  |)etals  e(pial  in  width  to  tho.se  of  the  po.sterior  petals, 
but  (Miclosed  area  broader.  In  the  extension  of.the  three  anterior 
])etals  are  bi'oad  lunuh's,  over  half  as  long  as  the  petals;  shallow 
gi'ooves  extend  from  tlu‘  luiudes  to  the  margin.  Anterior  lunule 
slightly  farthei-  from  the  ai)ical  system  than  are  the  lateral  ones, 
h'rom  lh(‘  mids  oi'  the  i)o.stm'ior  petals  the  i)lates  enlarge,  and  the 
ai'ca  broadens  ra|)idly.  \o  Innuh's  weiv  seen  here,  nor  in  the 
postei'ior  intci'ambulaci-al  space.  'I'hcw  may  be  represented  by 
marginal  notches,  ;is  the  postc'rioi-  edge  of  the  s|)ecimen  is  lacking. 

Dimensions:  'I'ransversc'  diameter  44  mm.;  height  8 mm. 


Voi,.  5] 


I'dck. — Tertia)!)  KchinoUh  of  (Uili forn'ut. 


27!) 


OccurreiK'O : 'I'lie  single  known  speciinon  of  lliis  s])e(nc‘s  was 
found  in  iMioctnio  oast  of  iMiiir,  Conti'a  Costa  ('onnty.  d'liis  spoo- 
inion  was  obtained  by  .Mr.  I),  (b  Birtcdi  of  tlio  University  of 
California  on  one  of  the  field  excnrsions  in  iMai'eh,  1 !)()!),  and  was 
placed  by  liini  in  the  University  collections  in  jjalaeontoloyy. 

A.STHODAPSIS  FKHXANDOKXSIS,  ii.  sp. 

PI.  24,  figs.  3 and  4. 

Test  small;  snb-oval  in  outline,  anterior  end  rounded,  i)oste- 
rior  end  slightly  pointed;  niiich  depressed,  upper  surface  very 
slightly  convex,  apex  central;  edges  rounded.  Apical  .system 
central;  petals  extend  to  margin,  wide  o]ien  at  the  end,  raised 
near  the  apical  system  but  almost  tlnsh  with  the  surface  of  the 
test  near  the  margin.  Poriferous  zones  very  narrow,  together 
forming  about  one-fourth  the  width  of  the  petal.  The  two  pos- 
terior petals  are  gently  convex  toward  the  median  line  through 
the  posterior  interambidacral  space.  A broad,  shallow  depression 
occupies  the  center  of  the  interambidacral  areas;  the  two  sec- 
ondary depressions  so  prominent  in  Asirodapsis  atitisclli  are 
almost  entirely  lacking.  Aetinal  surface  gently  concave,  furrows 
poorly  marked,  but  apparently  branched  as  in  Asirodapsis  aidi- 
selii.  Anal  pore  snb-niarginal,  large,  and  oval  in  outline.  The 
posterior  end  of  the  test  is  produced  beyond  the  pore  to  a small 
point,  particularly  noticeable  in  the  smaller  specimens.  Tubercles 
very  large,  and  set  in  well  defined  pits;  apparently  the  same  on 
upper  and  lower  surfaces. 

Dimensions : Longitudinal  diameter  51  mm. ; transver.se  di- 
ameter 39  nun. ; maximum  height  8 mm. 

Occurrence:  Fernando  formation  (Lower  Pliocene?),  Else- 
mere  Caiion,  Los  Angeles  County. 

ASTRODAPSIS  ANTISELLI,  Conrad;  n.  var.  ARNOLD!. 

PI.  24,  figs.  1 and  2. 

1856.  Asirodapsis  antiseUi  Conrad  Proe.  Acad.  Nat.  Std.  Phila.,  vol.  8,  ])p. 
312-316. 

1856.  Asirodapsis  aniiselU  Conrad  Pae.  R.  R.  Rejits.,  vol.  7,  p.  196,  pi.  10, 
figs.  1 and  2. 

1908.  Asirodapsis  antiseUi  Conrad  (Arnold)  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  34, 

pi.  25,  fig.  10. 

1909.  Asirodapsis  antiseUi  Conrad  (Ariudd)  Folio  162,  U.  S.  G.  S.,  fig.  59. 


280 


Uiiiversih/  of  California  Piihlical ions. 


I ( iKOr.fXiY 


Test  ovitl  to  sul)-eir('ul;ir  in  outline,  lon»itn(]in;il  axis  slightly 
longer  llnin  transvei'se  one;  depressed,  ;il);)ctin;d  stirl'Mce  <rently 
ni’elied,  aetiind  snrraee  sli^ldly  eoncave.  Moulli  opeinn^^  cetdral, 
anal  ])ore  small,  .snl)inarf>inal  to  infrainar<>inal.  Anihnlaeral  fur- 
rows distinct,  sendinj>'  out  two  hi'anelies  a little  over  lialf  way 
from  tlie  month  to  the  mai'^in.  The  main  anihnlaeral  furrows 
eontinue  on  the  npiier  surface,  passin<<:  thron<>h  the  middle  of  the 
petals  to  the  ajiieal  .system.  The  hranehin;;  furrows  eontinue 
across  the  margins  to  the  upper  surface,  runnin<>'  over  the  middle 
portion  of  small  i'id<;es  which  extend  half  way  from  the  mai'<'in 
to  the  apical  system,  alon^’  the  lim'  of  Junction  of  the  anihnlaeral 
and  interamhiilacral  ])lates. 

A])ical  system  central,  slightly  sunkmi.  Anihnlaeral  star  sym- 
metrical. ])etals  i-aised.  wide  ojien  at  the  ends,  and  eontinnin"  to 
the  maryin.  Inner  rows  of  poi'es  almo.st  parallel  for  last  three- 
fourths  of  th(‘ir  hmyth,  diveryiny  sliyhtly  near  the  inaryin. 
Outer  rows  diveryiny  foi'  about  half  the  di.stance  to  the  maryin; 
from  h(‘rc  to  the  maryin  they  contract  yradnally  toward  the  inner 
rows.  Xear  the  maryin  the  ])ores  are  almost  in  the  middle  of  the 
anihnlaeral  jilates.  Interporiferous  area  forminy  almost  two- 
thirds  of  the  width  of  the  petal.  INIiddle  of  the  interamhiilacral 
area  oi'cniiied  hy  a wide  dejiression  extending  from  maryin  to 
ajiical  system.  Lesser  depre.ssions  in  the  anihnlaeral  areas  be- 
tween the  two  small  ridyes  and  the  petals,  extendiny  half  way  to 
the  a])ical  system. 

Tubercles  on  abactinal  surface  large  on  ridyes  and  in  inter- 
Iioriferons  ariai.  irreynlar  in  size  and  spacing;  on  actinal  surface 
large  and  r(‘yuhirly  siiacc'd. 

Dimensions:  Donyitndinal  diameter  (>2  mm. 

( tccnrrence  : Salinas  Valhw,  Monterey  Oonnty. 

This  vari(‘ty  diffeu's  from  ty])ical  As! ro(laj>sis  aniisclli  in  hav- 
ing a markedly  thin  edge,  in  having  the  petals  raised  somewhat 
higher,  and  in  having  the  arch  of  the  abactinal  surface  commence 
some  distanc(>  in  from  tlu'  ('dye.  and  not  at  the  margin  of  the  test. 

Aisl roilapsis  aniisclli  shows  ipiite  a wide  variation,  most  notice- 
able in  lh<‘  thickness  of  the  edgi'  of  tlu*  ti'st.  and  the  degree  to 
which  the  petals  are  raisc'd.  With  more'  material  available  it  will 
lii’dbably  he  found  desirabli'  to  foiaii  several  varieties.  A very 


VoL.  5] 


Pack. — Terliaru  Echinokh  of  CaUfornia. 


281 


close  rclntioiiship  exists  between  A.^1  rodapsis  anUscUi  ;uul  A.sl-ro- 
dap.'ii.‘i  iiittiidus,  iiiul  it  is  i)rol)al)le  that  the  latte?-  should  be  con- 
side)-ed  o?ily  as  a vai-iety  of  tbe  for-me?-  species.  Aslrodajysis 
udiihieiji  has  evidently  been  cojifnsed  with  one  of  tbe  va?-iations 
of  Asl rodapsi.'i  tuniidu.s.  The  oi-i<>i?ial  descr-iption  appar-enlly  i-e- 
fei-s  to  :i  fonn  whicli  ap|)ears  ii?  the  nppei’inost  Sa??  Pablo  i?i 
Cont?-a  Costa  County,  and  also  in  the  nppe?-  Miocene  (the  Saiita 
Mai-yai-ita  foi-niation  of  Ai-nold)  ?iear  Coali?i»a.  This  foi-in 
shows  so?ne  i-eseinblance  to  the  new  fonn  Scutella  ( f)  norriai  f?-oni 
Stone  Cailon,  especiiilly  noticeable  in  the  i>i-oniinent  ])Ostei-ior 
ainb?dac]'al  notches. 


ECHINAKACIIINUS  EXCEXTRICUS  Eschscholtz. 

182(i.  ftcutelld  cxcentrinis  Eschscholtz,  Zool.  Atlas,  pi.  20,  flg.  '2. 

1846.  ?Jc}iinaraclnnus  excentricus  Esch.  Valenciennes,  Voyage  Venus,  pi.  10. 
18.56.  Scutella  striatuhi  Conrad,  Pac.  It.  E.  Itepts.,  vol.  7,  pi.  9,  figs.  In,  Tj, 
and  2. 

1873.  Ecliinaractiinus  exccntricu,s  Esch.  Agassiz,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  TIarv. 

Univ.,  Mem.  3,  pp.  107,  524;  ]d.  13a,  figs.  1-4. 

1888.  Ecliiiiaracliinus  excentricus  Esch.  (Cooper)  Cal.  State  Min.  Bur.;  7th 
Ann.  Rep.  State  Mineralogist,  p.  271. 

1898.  Echinaracliinus  excentricus  Esch.  (INIerriam)  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  GeoL, 

vol.  2,  ]i.  110. 

1899.  Echinaracliinus  excentricus  Esch.  (Merriam)  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci., 

3rd  ser.,  Geol.,  vol.  1,  ]>.  170;  pi.  22,  fig.  8. 

1903.  Echinaracliinus  excentricus  Esch.  (Arnold)  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  IMe???.,  vol. 
3,  }).  91. 

1907.  Echinaracliinus  excentricus  Esch.  (Arnold)  t^.  S.  G.  S.  Bull.  322,  pi. 
24,  fig.  8. 

Te.st  s?d)-pentagonal  to  snb-circnlai-  in  outline,  slightly  broader 
than  long;  edges  thin,  fi-etinently  notched  postei-iorly.  Vertex 
slightly  back  of  center  of  test,  but  well  in  fr-ont  of  eccentric  api- 
cal system.  Eatio  of  distance  fi-om  apical  system  to  poste]‘ior 
margin  compared  with  distance  fro???  apical  syste???  to  anterior 
i??ai-gi?i  va?-ies  fro???  1 : 1.4  to  1 : 2.4.  Tipper  s??rface  of  test  slopes 
np  g'e??tly  f?'o???  ???a?-gi??  to  ends  of  petals,  fro???  he?-e  it  forn?s  a 
?-egnlar  a?-ch.  Actii?al  sv??-face  flat  with  ve?-y  slight  te??de??cy  to 
for???  a s????kei?  ???m?th.  Petals  broad,  oi)e??  at  the  e??d.s,  very 
n??e(pial  in  size.  Ante?-ior  i)etal  .straight,  twice  the  lei?gth  of  the 
posterior  oi?es,  with  b?-oad  i??terporife?’ons  space  e??elosed  by  nai’- 


r iiirrrsil !j  of  Califoniia  I’Khlicdlioiis. 


I (iKDLOCY 


1>82 


row  poi'itVroiis  l)}iii(ls,  wliieli  iiiiri'ow  down  sluirply  iioiir  tlio  oiid 
of  tlie  p(‘t;tl.  In  othor  petals  ])orifei'ons  hands  are  full  widlli 
almost  to  ends  of  ])etals.  Lateral  petals  straifilit,  tli verf^in*;  at  aji 
an<>le  of  from  105°  to  180°;  interporifei'ons  space  tiarrower, 
poriferous  hands  widei'  than  in  anterior  [)etal.  Posterior  petals 
oval.  |)oriferons  hands  hroad. 

iMonth  o])enin^'  eeeenirie,  eorres])ondino'  to  vertex  of  test, 
slightly  snid<en.  Anal  pore  infraniar”inal;  Anihnlacj’al  fni'rows 
well  marked  in  posterior  part  of  aetinal  surface,  hranclhn<r  close 
to  month,  main  hi-anclies  eontinnin”'  almost  ])arallel  for  last  three- 
fonrths  of  their  length.  A second  hraneli  enters  the  interainhn- 
lacral  areas  ahont  half  way  from  month  to  marffin  ; many  smaller 
liramdies  from  all  main  ones.  Three  nr  four  of  the  stronger 
interamhnlacral  fnri‘ows  eontinne  on  n])per  surface  of  test  to 
llu‘  upper  ends  of  the  petals.  In  posterior  and  .sometimes  in  lat- 
ei’al  i)etals  a central  furi'ow  I'eaehes  almost  to  the  apical  sy.steni. 
Furrows  ])oorly  marked  in  anterioi'  part  of  aetinal  sniT'ace. 

Tuhereles  larger  on  aetinal  than  on  ahactinal  surface,  esi)e- 
eially  notieeahle  near  mouth,  .standinp'  here  in  well  defined  pits. 

Occui'rence:  Living' — Ala.ska  to  San  Pedro  (Cooper).  Pleis- 
tocene— San  Pedro  (Coopc'r,  Arnold).  San  Diego,  Santa  Karhara 
(Arnold).  ( ?)  Seven  iMile  Beach.  Pliocene — San  Fernando,  (?) 
San  Diego  (Coojier)  ; Santa  Clara  Valley  (Arnold), 

Though  closely  re.semhling  Echinarachinus  gihhsii,  Echinara- 
cliijiiis  ('.rcoif riciis  is  ]):'ol)ahly  not  descended  from  it,  for  the  more 
recent  and  not  the  older  s])ecimens  of  EcJiiiiarachinKS  exrent ricus 
show  the  (doser  relationship  to  the  oldej’  species.  Specimens  from 
the  Pleistocene  of  Sail  Diego  show  a very  low  degree  of  eccentric- 
ity. have  very  thiu  edges,  and  ipiite  long  hut  slightly  curved  pos- 
terioi-  |)(‘tals.  'I'he  same  is  ti'ue  of  all  the  s])ecimens  examined 
whi(di  wer(‘  I'ld’ei'red  to  tlu'  Pliocene. 

KClirN.Mt.VCIIIXrS  (PHPSII  Remond. 

I s(i.'i.  Sciil(  ll(i  fiihhsii  lU'iiutnil  (':il.  Aca<l.  Sci.,  vdl.  3,  ]i.  13. 
ls()S.  Sciililhi  Ki'inond  (!aldi.  Pal.  ef  Calif.,  vol.  3,  ])1.  13,  figs.  (1(5 

and  (Ilia. 

Isiiii.  lu'liiiKiidcliiiiK.'i  (/il'l'-'iii  K’enuind  (Morriaiii)  Proo.  (’alif.  Arad.  Sid., 
3r(l  scr.,  (icid.,  vnl.  1,  ]i.  Kilt;  |>l.  '2'2,  fig.  7. 

11107.  lu’liiiKinicliinxs  iishlci/i  (.Mendain,  i\l.  S.),  .Vrnold,  t^.  S.  ft.  S.  Hull. 
3211,  |d.  21,  figs.  ()  and  7. 


VoL.  5]  Pack. — Toiiarij  Ecliiaolds  of  California. 


283 


'I'liis  tofiii  differs  from  Eclii)iaracliinii.s  cxceiil riciis  in  tlie  fol- 
lowiiif?  porlicuhii'.s : Tlie  outline  of  the  test  vaides  from  ((uadrate- 
oval  to  sul)-penta‘;onal,  heino-  seldom  snh-eireidar.  'I’lie  transverse- 
diameter  is  rarely  lono’cr  than  the  lonf>itndinal  one.  d’he  eeeem- 
trieity  is  usually  greater,  the  ratio  whieh  the  distance  of  the 
apical  shield  from  the  posterioi'  margin  hears  to  the  distance 
from  the  shield  to  the  anterior  margin  varies  from  1 : 1.9  to  1 : 2.9. 
The  arch  of  the  upper  surface  commences  at  the  margin  and  not 
at  the  ends  of  the  petals;  also  the  margin  is  somewhat  thicker. 
The  lateral  jietals  diverge  with  a smaller  angle,  from  80°  to  105°. 
The  apex  is  more  eccentric  posterioidy.  The  lateral  petals  are 
alitiost  twice  the  length  of  the  posterior  ones,  which  lattei-  are 
often  almost  cii’cular  in  oTitline. 

Occurrence:  Lower  I’liocene  or  upper  Miocene;  Ca])itola, 
San  (Iregorio,  Coalinga,  Kettleman  Hills,  Buena  Vi.sta  Lake. 

The  separation  of  a form  Echinaracinnus  a.dilcjji,  based  uimn 
the  .sub-pentagonal  outline  of  the  te.st,  seems  hardly  justified. 
This  variety  was  suggested  by  Profe.ssor  IMerriam  after  the 
examination  of  a small  amount  of  material  from  Capitola.  Since 
then  a large  number  of  specimens  of  Echinarachinus  gibhsii  were 
collected  by  him  at  a single  locality  in  the  Kettleman  Hills,  from 
a bed  hnt  foTir  feet  in  thickne.ss.  In  this  collection  specimens 
were  found  with  almost  any  outline  from  (piadrate-oval  to  sul)- 
pentagonal,  the  transverse  diameter  sometimes  being  the  greater 
one. 


Is.^ued  July  21,  1909. 


EXPT.AXATION  OF  PLATE  23. 


All  figures  natural  size. 

Fig.  1.  HcutcUa  fairbanlsi  Arnold.  Vaqueros  formation,  lower  .Mio- 
cene; Ventura  t'-ount_y  (?). 

Fig.  2.  Scutaster  andersoni,  n.  gen.  and  sp.  Ui)per  surface  of  only 
known  specimen.  IMiocene,  one  mile  northeast  of  Muir,  Contra  Costa  County. 

Fig.  3.  Scvfella  (?)  norrisi,  n.  sp.  Inferior  surface  of  wmathered  spec- 
imen showing  outline  of  test.  Vaqueros  formation,  lower  IMiocene;  five 
miles  northwest  of  Stone  Canon  coal  mine,  IMontcrey  County. 

Fig.  4.  Spalangiis  (?)  ptirhecociifiis,  n.  sp.  Upper  surface  of  fragment 
of  large  specimen,  showing  form  of  interambulacral  j'lates.  Tejon  forma- 
tion, Eocene,  one  and  one-half  miles  northwest  of  Pacheco,  Contra  Costa 
( 'ounty. 

Fig.  5.  SiMtangus  (?)  2^(i('^>ecocns)s,  n.  sp.  Cast  of  test.  Same  locality 
as  fig.  4. 


BULL.  DEPT,  GEOL,  UNIV,  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  23 


k 


f t 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  24. 


All  figm’o.s  natural  size. 

Fig.  1.  A.siroddttsis  (lalisflU  Conrad,  n.  var.  anwldi.  Superior  view  of 
test.  Santa  Margarita  formation  (?),  upper  Miocene;  Monterey  County. 

Pig.  2.  Atilrodapsix  ontixeUi  Conrad,  n.  var.  (irtioldi.  Inferior  surface 
showing  aniltulacral  furrows.  Same  specimen  as  that  shown  in  fig.  1. 

Fig.  3.  Asirodapsis  fcrnandoensis,  n.  sp.  Ujiper  surface  showing  the 
outline  of  the  petals.  Pernando  formation,  lower  Pliocene  (?);  Elsemere 
Canon,  Los  Angeles  County. 

Pig.  4.  Asirodapsis  fernandoensis,  n.  sp.  Inferior  surface.  Pernando 
formation,  lower  Pliocene  ( ?),  one  mile  south  of  Elsemere  Canon,  Los  An- 
geles County. 


BULL,  DEPT,  GEOL,  UNIV,  CAL, 


J 


, 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  19,  pp.  285-289,  PL  25  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


PAVO  CALIFORNICUS,  A FOSSIL  PEACOCK 

FROM  THE 

QUATERNARY  ASPHALT  BEDS 

OP 

RANCHO  LA  BREA. 


BY 


LOYK  HOLMES  MILLER. 


The  Pha.sianinae  constitute  a ^ronp  liitliei'to  unrecorded 
iroui  the  geological  horizons  represented  on  this  continent,  and, 
as  far  as  I am  able  to  determine,  unknown  to  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere. The  genus  Favo  seems  not  to  have  been  noted  thus 
far  as  a fossil  form ; hence  the  occurrence  in  the  Quaternary 
of  California  of  the  remains  described  in  this  paper,  Avhich  seem 
umpiestionahly  to  represent  this  genus,  suggests  an  interesting 
problem  in  the  history  of  geographical  distribution.  For  a dis- 
cussion of  the  locality  and  the  formation  in  which  the  specimen 
was  found,  reference  should  be  made  to  a paper  now  being  pub- 
lished by  Professor  John  C.  Werriam  of  the  TTniversity  of  Cali- 
fornia,^ through  whose  courtesy  the  jiresent  jiaper  is  made  pos- 
sible. 

Favo  calif ornicus,  n.  sp.  The  type  specimen  (no.  11300, 
Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.)  is  a right  tareo-metatarsns  ob- 
tained in  the  Qiiaternary  asphalt  beds  at  Eancho  La  Brea,  near 
Los  Angeles,  California.  The  specimen  was  found  at  the  Lhii- 
versity  of  California  collecting  locality,  no.  1059,  three  feet 
below  the  surface,  where  it  was  covered  by  layers  containing 
the  characteristic  extinct  Quaternary  mammalian  forms  of  these 


1 See,  also,  Merriam,  J.  C.,  Science,  N.  S.,  vol.  24,  ji.  248,  1906. 


286 


Universilij  of  (Utlifornin  Piihlicnl ioos. 


I flKOIyOfiV 


beds.  Other  si)eeiiiieiis  have  l)eeii  found  at  several  loealities, 
and  at  vai’yin<r  depths  in  tin*  as])lialt  of  hanelio  La  Ifrea. 

Besides  the  cliaraeters  lield  in  eoniinon  with  tlie  exi.stin*;  i)ea- 
fowls,  the  species  shows  the  followin<r  peculiarities.  'I'arsns  rnncli 
shorter  than  iii  tnuliciis-,  actually  stouter  and  hence  itineh 
more  rohn.st.  Spur  little  shorter,  nincli  more  slender,  and  plac(‘d 
imieh  hi<>her  up  on  the  shank.  Lateral  toes  raised  hifiher  above 
the  level  of  the  middle  toe.  Tarsus  lonjjer  than  in  I*,  cri.slatus. 
Spur  placed  higher  nj).  (See  j)!.  25.) 

IMilne-Edwards,  in  his  superb  plates  on  the  osteology  of  birds,' 
figures  the  tansns  of  /'.  nndicus,  from  which  the  form  under  dis- 
cussion shows  very  positive  differences.  The  following  table 
shows  the  dimensions  of  /'.  tnuficus,  together  with  those  of  the 
type  and  two  other  specimens  of  P.  calif ornicus  from  the  .same 
formation: — no.  11299,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Balae.  and  no. 
165/1  of  the  aTithor’s  collection,  both  imperfect;  akso  the  oldain- 
able  dimensions  from  a live  .specimen  of  P.  cristatus. 


2 

to 

z 

«o 

■1^ 

to 

.y  a 

• 

«9 

? ® 

.1" 

% 

c 

Tar.so-metatarsus 

i,' 

Sz 

Length  over  all  (1) 

. 1(57  mm. 

147 

131 

Distal  end  to  spur  base  (2) 

48 

52 

56 

53 

46 

Eatio  of  (2)  to  (1) 

. 28% 

35% 

30% 

Tran.sverse  diameter  of  head 

22  mm. 

23 

Transverse  diameter  through  foot 

22 

Outer  trochlea  above  middle  one  

5 

(5 

(5 

6 

Inner  trochlea  above  miildle  one  

8..5 

<) 

8.5 

Least  sagittal  diameter  above  the  spur  .... 

.10.5 

12 

13 

Least  transverse  <liameter  above  the  spur. 

8 

8 

9.5 

Scrutiny  of  this  table  will  show  some  of  the  grosser  differ- 
ences befween  the  ty])e  of  P.  calif ooiicus  and  P.  wuticiis.  The 
ratio  of  the  total  length  to  that  of  P.  oiaiticiis  is  as  .82;  1,  while 
1h('  ratio  of  smallest  dianuders  above  the  s])nr  is  1.14:1  for  the 
sagittal  plane  and  1 : 1 for  the  o])posite  diamefei'.  We  ean  thus 
gain  some  idea  of  the  rohn.st ne.ss  of  the  ty])e.  The  s{)nr  occupies 
a position  relatively  high  n|)  on  the  shaidv.  The  distance  from 
the  extnmiity  of  the  middh'  trochlea  to  the  base  of  the  .s|)nr  core 

- .M iliu'  IvhvMiils,  ‘‘Oiseaux  fo.ssiles  do  la  France,”  Pari.s,  18()7-77. 


VoL.  5 1 


Miller. — I ’(I  VO  (Utliforiiicus. 


287 


is  tliirty-five  |)or  cent,  of  the  total  length  in  tlie  type  of  colt- 
fornicus  as  ajiainst  twenty-eif>ht  per  eent.  in  /'.  mulicus  and 
thirty  i)er  cent,  in  /'.  crislatus.  Tlie  two  fragments  (Kif)/!  and 
no.  11299)  show  al)solnte  dimensions  wlneh  coi-respond  very  close- 
ly to  those  of  the  type  si)ecimen  in  this  regard,  and  sufrtjest  a 
similar  ratio  if  the  total  length  wei-e  ohtainahle. 

The  angle  formed  hy  the  intersection  of  the  long  diameter 
of  the  shank  and  the  axis  of  the  spur  is  a constant  quantity  in 
four  specimens  of  calif ornicus  at  hand.  This  angle  on  the 
proximal  side  of  the  spnr  is  less  than  a right  angle  and  decidedly 
more  acute  than  in  /'.  mafic  us. 

The  si)nr  core  in  P.  calif  ornicus  is  markedly  less  robust  than 
in  P.  mulicus.  The  actual  length  in  the  type  is  only  slightly 
less  than  in  that  species,  yet  it  is  only  about  three-fourths  as 
broad.  In  the  fragmentary  specimens  the  tip  of  the  spur  is 
wanting,  hut  the  angle  included  between  the  ui)per  and  lower 
margins  indicates  similarity  to  the  type.  In  fact,  the  foTir  speci- 
mens hearing  the  spur  show  a surpri.sing  degree  of  uniformity 
throughout  in  the  development  and  position  of  this  somewhat 
superficial  structure. 

The  distal  end  of  the  shank  shows  a distinctive  character  in 
the  place  relation  of  the  three  trochleae.  The  degree  of  eleva- 
tion of  the  lateral  toes  above  the  plane  of  the  middle  toe  is  rela- 
tively greater  in  P.  calif  ornicus  tlian  in  P.  muticus.  The  eleva- 
tion in  proportion  to  the  total  length  of  the  shank  is  forty  per 
cent,  against  twenty-nine  per  eent.  for  the  outer  toe,  and  fifty- 
four  per  cent,  against  forty-three  per  cent,  for  the  inner.  The 
distal  fragment  (no.  11299)  shows  ab.solute  measurements  uni- 
form with  the  type. 

The  plantar  ridge  extending  from  the  hypotarsal  prominence 
to  the  base  of  the  spur  core  is  a character  readily  distinguishing 
Pavo  from  Gallus  and  Pliasianus.  In  the  type  of  P.  californicus 
this  ridge  is  perforated  at  its  proximal  end  hy  a large  opening 
through  which  the  adductor  tendon  to  the  outer  toe  doubtless 
passed.  In  Milne-Edwards’  figure  of  P.  muticus,  this  opening 
has  a length  of  20  mm.  The  character  of  this  ridge  suggests 
the  probability  of  its  being  exceedingly  variable,  and  that  the 
extent  of  ossification  is  dependent  on  age.  The  three  specimens 


288 


U )iiversil I)  of  (Uilifoiiiia  ions. 


[(Jeoixmjy 


at  hand  sliow  tliis  vai'ial)ili1  y,  and  if  the  extejit  of  ossiheation 
1)0  indiealivo  of  a^e,  Iho  type  spceinion  nmst  re|)resent  an  indi- 
vidnal  of  eoinplete  niatnaity.  This  oi)enin"  in  llie  tyi)e  of  J'. 
callfornicii.'i  ineasiires  only  8 nnn.  At  a distance  of  8 nini.  from 
tlie  lower  niar<>in  of  the  ojx'nin”'  there  a])pears  a ininnte  per- 
foration of  the  i-id^io,  which  probably  marks  the  point  to  which 
the  openino’  extended  in  the  earlier  adnlt  life  of  tlie  individual. 
In  the  two  fragments  showinf>-  the  distal  end  of  the  shank,  the 
dimensions  of  this  o])ening’  ai'e  18  mm.  and  10  mm.  Proximal 
fragment  no.  11207,  thonyh  sufficiently  loiiff,  shows  no  trace  of 
the  .s])nr  core,  and  may  reasonably  he  considered  as  from  a female 
individual.  The  dimensions  obtained  show  size  equal  to  that 
of  the  type.  Thifortnnately,  the  free  edye  of  the  plantar  ridge 
is  broken  away,  hut  sufficient  remains  to  indicate  a development 
quite  e<pial  to  that  of  the  male,  and  an  opening  18  mm.  in  length. 

AVe  may  conclude  that  the  sexual  differences  in  the  tarsus 
of  califo)-nicii.‘^  are  limited  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  the 
spur  core.  It  is  also  probable  that  the  type  is  fi'om  an  adult 
male  and  represents  the  species  by  a very  constant  group  of 
characters. 

rnfortunately.  the  only  available  material  of  I’,  cristatus 
was  a live  bird.  Very  careful  measurements  of  the  metatar.sal 
segment  in  an  adult  male  showed  the  dimensions  in  the  table 
above.  These  are  sufficiently  different  from  those  of  caJifor- 
niciis  to  demon.sti'iite  the  distinctness  of  the  two  species. 

Students  of  oi-nithology  have  in  general  laid  minor  stress 
on  pahieontological  evidemee  in  the  determination  of  centers  of 
distribution.  This  fact  is  due  in  large  measure  to  the  scarcity 
of  fossil  material  I'cpresentiug  existing  groui)s.  The  encounter- 
ing of  the  California  ])eaco(‘k  so  far  ont  of  the  jireviously  known 
rang)'  of  tlu'  genus  Povo  hc'comes,  then,  a matter  of  interest  in 
this  coiuiectiou.  I'Ik'  i)i'eseut  I'ange  of  the  subfamily  in  which 
the  peaco(‘k  is  phicc'il  is  excc'cdingly  limited  compared  with  its 
former  (list  rihut  ion.  Phasiaiiine  foi'ins  are  now  limited  to  the 
Indian  Pegion  ; hut  fossil  foiaiis  ai’c'  recorded  fi'om  the  Aliocene, 
Pliocene,  and  ((tiiatt'i'uaiw  of  Mu)’oi)e.  ami  from  the  Siwalik  beds 
ol’  India.  'I'Ik'  occui'rcnce  in  Pui'ope  seems  to  he  in  deci’easing 
numhei's.  ()ur  I'ecord  is  excei'dingly  imi)erfect,  hut  with  the 


VoL.  5] 


Miller. — I ’a  VO  Californicus. 


289 


.ulditioii  of  an  Aiuerican  form  it  seems  siifiicient  to  imlieate  that 
tlie  present  ran«'e  is  the  focns  of  a eotil  raetion  of  the  distri])n1inn 
area.  Whether  or  not  the  oris>'inal  center  of  distribution  is 
williin  the  limits  of  tlie  existino'  range  is  not  at  i)resent  to  he 
determined. 

It  is  impossil)le,  also,  to  say  what  influences  have  so  reduced 
the  range  of  the  grouj)  when  its  close  relatives,  the  cpiails,  ai‘e 
of  such  general  distribution.  The  habits  of  the  two  existing 
Pavos  in  their  native  haunts  are  those  of  jungle-dwelling  fowl. 
The  unusual  development  and  coloring  of  the  plumage  render 
the  good  hiding  places  of  a timbered  country  an  etfective  factor 
in  ])reserving  the  species.  We  know  nothing  of  the  superficial 
characters  of  the  fo.ssil  species  except  by  inference  fi’om  the 
tendency  of  existing  Phasianines  to  unusual  development  of  the 
feathers,  both  as  to  form  and  color.  The  (piestion  naturally 
arises  whether  P.  calif ortiicus,  and  such  relatives  as  may  have 
existed  with  him  in  the  Los  Angeles  region,  suffered  extinc- 
tion because  of  inability  to  cope  with  the  more  or  less  treeless 
condition  that  prevailed,  or  came  to  prevail,  in  that  region. 
Certainly  cursorial  power  unimpeded  l)y  purely  ornamental 
structures  would  he  needed  to  meet  present  conditions  in  that 
locality.  The  Road  Runner  (Geococcyx  calif ornicus) , a ground 
dweller  of  such  tail  development  as  to  earn  the  popular  name 
of  “California  Peacock”,  shows  development  of  the  rictrices 
only,  and  unquestionably  these  are  of  use  in  guiding  the  swift 
movements  of  the  bird  in  its  efforts  to  escape  its  enemies,  or  in 
pursuit  of  its  active  prey.  Pleetness  of  foot  and  absence  of 
ornate  coloring  also  characterize  the  coyote,  the  chief  mammalian 
enemy  that  such  a bird  woifld  have  had  in  this  open  country. 
Po.ssibly  we  may  look  upon  i)hysiographic  conditions  as  the  prime 
factors  that  have  cost  our  fauna  this  interesting  group  of  birds. 


Issued  August  14,  1909. 


Note. — Since  the  above  description  went  to  press,  several  additional  per- 
fect specimens  of  the  tarso-metatarsus  of  P.  calif ornicm  have  been  obtained 
at  the  type  locality.  These  specimens  agree  exactly  in  sjjeeific  characters 
with  the  type  specimen. 


EXPLANATION  OF  I>LATE  25. 
Pavo  califomicus,  n.  sp. 

All  -figures  approximatehi  natural  size. 

Fig.  1. — Tarso-inetatarsus,  anterior  face. 

Fig.  2. — Tarso-nietatarsiis,  inner  face. 

Fig.  3. — Tarso-inetatarsns,  distal  trochleae. 

Fig.  4. — Tarso-inetatarsus,  proximal  articular  surface. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  25 


UyHABY 

or  THt 

^fiiVWSJTY  Of  Sl'JNOlS 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  20,  pp.  291-304,  PI.  26  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


THE  HKULL  AND  DENTITION 

OF 

AN  EXTINCT  CAT 

CLOSELY  ALLIED  TO 

FELIH  ATROX  LEIDY 


BY 

.lOHX  :mkkhia.m. 


coxtp:xts. 

PACE 


Introduetioii  291 

History  of  type  specimen  of  Pelis  atrox  _ 292 

Occurrence  and  age  of  Rancho  La  Brea  specimen  293 

Skull  293 

Dentition  298 

Diagnostic  characters  of  Felis  atrox,  variety  bebbi  301 

Affinities  __ 302 


INTRODUfTlON. 

Tn  Deeeinlier,  lOOcS,  Dr,  William  Bebb  of  Los  Anoeles  ob- 
tained from  the  asphalt  beds  at  Bancdio  La  Brea,  near  Los 
Angeles,  a feline  sknll  of  extraoi-dinary  size,  and  speeifieally 
unlike  the  cranial  parts  of  any  form  thus  far  described  from 
this  continent.  Dr.  Bebb  very  generously  permitted  me  to  make 
a study  of  this  remarkable  specimen,  for  which  my  sincere  thanks 
are  due  him.  The  skull  has  recently  been  presented  by  Dr.  Ttebb 
to  the  palaeontological  museum  of  the  T'niversity  of  California, 
and  has  lieen  placed  on  exhibition. 


2i)2  I ' ui !'(  rsll ij  (if  Cdli l(iriii(i  I'lililicdl iaiis.  | (iKoi.ody 

n'lu'  specie's  i’(“i)res(“iite(l  ley  tlie  sl<nll  oleljiined  ley  l)f.  I>('l)li 
see'iiis  1()  coi'i'C'Sieond  in  cli;ir;iclei's  to  tlie  yrenl  ced  desci'ihed  ;is 
Fdis  dlrox  ley  Li'idy  iiuiny  ye'ars  nyee,  rfiein  (^luitei'iiary  beds  in 
tli('  state  (ef  M ississi]e])i.  1'liis  feei-in  was  evidently  (ene  eef  tlie 
largest  kniewn  sjeeeies  in  the  ynenie  nl'  tnie  e.its,  and  seems  tie  have 
I'anyed  levi'i'  at  least  the  sientlu'i'ii  hall'  lef  Xierlh  Ami'riea. 

Jn  e(enipariny  the  Kaneliie  La  l>r('a  spi'eimeii  with  Leidy's 
deseriptiien  and  (iynre  lef  the  ty]ee  ni'  Fclis  dlrax,  the  writer  was 
vi'i-y  ”raeiniisly  assisted  ley  i\Ir.  Witmer  Stone  of  tin*  Academy 
lef  Natural  Sciences  lef  I’hiladelieliia,  who  kindly  made  an  exam- 
ination lef  the  typi'  with  reference  tie  several  donhtfni  points. 

inSTDUV  l)l'  TVIMO  dPKl'I.MKX  OF  FEFIS  ATKOX. 

Tn  ISod  .losi'ieh  Leidy  descrihed'  and  (iynred  under  the  name 
of  Fdis  d1 1'd.r  ;i  piertion  of  a lower  jaw  of  a very  lai'fi'e  cat  which 
seems  to  Imve  heen  lehtained  in  beds  of  (Quaternary  a^e,  near 
Xatclu'Z.  i\l ississipjei.  L’eyardiny  the  occurrence  of  this  sjeeci- 
mcn  Leidy  makes  the  following  statement: 

“"file  specimen  helonys  to  this  society  (Amer.  I’liilos.  Sue.), 
and  when  first  discovered  was  in  Qomjeany  witli  several  frag- 
ments of  hones  and  a few  teeth  of  other  extinct  mammalia,  with- 
out labels,  hilt  from  tlie  condition  of  their  preservation  corre- 
.s])ondiny  elosely  to  that  of  some  specimens,  in  several  instances 
of  tlie  same  animals,  contained  in  tlie  collection  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences,  from  ravines  in  the  neigdihorhood  of  Nat- 
eliez,  i\l i.ssissipjii.  I have  no  donht  they  were  derived  from  the 
same  locality,  and  probably  constitute  the  donation  entered  upon 
the  minutes  of  the  Society.  Ajiril  1st.  188(1,  of  some  fossil  reniains 
from  the  vicinity  of  Xatchez,  presented  by  William  Henry  1 hint- 
iimton.  E.si|.'’ 

'file  s|)ecimens  aecom|>anyiny  the  larye  cat  jaw  in  the  collec- 
tion of  Hr.  1 1 lint  iiiyton  iiicinded  remains  of  Mdslodon,  F>iso», 
and  Fi/iids  a mi  tied  inis.  Other  remains  found  at  Xatchez  in- 
eluded  Mdsliiildd,  Mcijdldii !i.r.  Mjilmlini.  Ilisiiii,  ('rnuis,  Fniius, 
and  Frsus. 

'flic  1\  |ie  s|)ccimen  consisted  of  the  anterior  half  of  the  left 


I l.cidv,  .loscpli,  .\mici'.  PliildS.  Sec.  'rriiiis.,  Xcw  Scr.,  \(il.  1(1,  p.  liP.l. 


VoL.  o] 


Mcrriaiii.  — Fclis  / ro.r. 


L>!)3 

rainus  oT  a lower  jaw’  itieliidiii^'  all  of  the  leelh  exeepl  iii”'  the 
inei.sors.  This  speeiineii  was  designated  as  the  Ainei'iean  lion 
hy  Leidy,  and  was  shown  to  represent  a s|)eeies  hn'<>er  than  the 
Recent  lion  and  tifi'ei',  and  larger  than  the  (‘xtinct  eave  lion  of 
Europe. 

Since  the  tlescription  of  the  type  s[)ecimen  of  Felis  alror,  no 
other  material  has  been  pnhiished  n[)on  which  has  heini  refetwed 
to  this  species.  The  only  described  specimen  known  to  the  writer 
which  might  j)ossihly  he  referred  to  tins  form  is  the  fragmentary 
type  of  Felis  i)nperi(ilis,  which  Leidy  ohtaim'd  fi'om  deposits  pre- 
sumed to  ])e  of  (^tuaternary  age  occurring  in  Livermore  Valley, 
(hdifornia. 

OCCURRttXCK  AND  AGE  OF  RANCHO  LA  HREA  SPECIMEN. 

'file  skull  wliieh  forms  the  subject  of  this  paper  was  ohtaine<l 
hy  Dr.  William  Behh  in  the  asphalt  beds  at  Rancho  La  Brea, 
about  nine  miles  west  of  Tjos  Angeles.  It  wnas  associated  in  these 
deposits  with  numerous  other  mammalian  remains  including  the 
following  forms;  Ceniis  indiaiiensis ; Caiiis,  n.  sp. ; Siuilodoii  (?) 
califonncus ; Bison  nnliquus;  Elcphas.  sp. ; Mastodon,  sp. ; (Ui- 
melops,  sp. ; I’aramijlodon  nchrnsccnsis.  The  fauna  as  a whole 
cannot  he  considered  as  other  than  Quaternary,  although  the  par- 
ticulai'  division  of  that  .system  represented  is  not  as  yet  clearly 
determined. 


SKULL. 

The  general  form  of  the  skidl  (j)!.  26)  in  the  Rancho  La  Brea 
specimen  is  remarkably  similar  to  that  in  the  Recent  African 
lion  and  to  the  cave  lion  of  the  hluropean  Quaternary.  The  prin- 
cipal peculiarity  noticeable  in  the  broader  outlines  of  the  skidl 
is  seen  in  the  width  of  the  muzzle  compared  with  the  basal  length. 
The  breadth  of  the  skull  aci'o.ss  the  zygomatic  arches,  and  also 
across  the  ujtper  jaws  measured  through  the  superior  sectorials 
is.  compared  with  the  basal  length,  about  5 ])er  cent,  le.ss  than  in 
a specimen  of  the  African  lion  in  the  University  collectious; 
while  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  muzzle  measured  over  the 
narrowe.st  point  opposite  the  diastema  is  about  5 per  cent,  greater 
than  in  the  African  lion. 


I,' nivo'.sH !)  of  (Jdlifoniid  riihlicol ions. 


'2M 


The  wi(leiiin>>'  of  tlie  muzzle  is  ])i’ol);ihly  not  due  to  veiiieal 
eompressiou ; on  tlie  eonlfary  llie  i)osi1ion  of  tlie  nasal  hones 
indicates  a slight  lateral  tlattening. 

In  its  superior  outlines  the  skull  a])proaches  the*  lion  niort* 
closely  than  the  tiger,  'fhe  i)lanes  of  the  frontal  and  nasal  ix*- 
gions  seem  to  have  heen  nearly  identical,  and  the  angle  which 
the  nasal  region  makes  with  the  superior  line  of  the  sagittal 
crest  is  smaller  than  in  the  tiger  oi'  in  the  i)uma.  A considerable 
l)ortion  of  the  frontal  I'egion  has  heen  crushed  aTid  corroded,  hut 
as  nearly  as  can  he  determined,  it  was  oi'iginally  nearly  flat, 
i-ather  than  convex  as  in  the  tiger. 

The  sagittal  crest  shows  about  the  same  degi'ee  of  develop- 
ment as  in  the  Afi'ican  lion,  and  the  suj)erior  line  of  the  crest 
IS  nearly  straight  as  in  that  form. 

The  brain  case  is  somewhat  smalle)'  than  in  either  the  lion 
or  the  tiger. 

In  the  facial  ccijioii,  the  anterior  narial  opening  as  nearly 
as  can  be  determined  is  not  materially  different  from  that  of 
the  African  lion.  The  form  and  lelations  of  the  nasal  elements 
])osteriorly  can  Tinfortunately  not  he  seen,  owing  to  corrosion  of 
the  skull  at  this  ])oiut.  The  frontal  [n-ocess  of  the  left  maxillary, 
which  is  well  preserved,  is  rather  broadly  truncated  posteriorly, 
which  probably  indicates  that  the  terminations  of  the  nasals, 
frontals  and  maxillaries  in  this  region  had  much  the  same  ar- 
I'angement  as  in  the  tiger. 

The  occiput  shows  a rather  marked  narrowing  immediately 
above  the  mastoid  region,  due  in  a large  measure  to  the  reduction 
of  the  lamhdoidal  I'idges  on  each  side  .just  above  the  level  of  the 
upp(M'  side  of  the  foramen  magnum.  The  middle  region  of  the 
oc'ciput  is  marked  by  a shai'per  ridge  than  the  corresponding 
median  elevation  of  this  i'egion  in  the  lion.  In  the  tiger  this 
region  is  generally  more  evenly  rounded  than  in  the  lion. 

'file  region  of  the  basioccipiial  (fig.  1)  is  flatter  in  the  space 
between  the  auditory  bullae  than  iu  the  lion,  and  on  both  sides 
the  greatly  roughened  area  for  the  attachment  of  the  longus 
capitis  is  situated  nearer  the  posterior  lacerated  foramen  than  in 
the  lion  or  tiger,  'fhe  median  tubercle  for  attachment  of  the 
con.sl  riclor  pharyugis  su|)erior,  which  sometimes  a|)pears  ou  the 


Voi..  5 I 


Mcrridiii  . — F(  lis  Alro.r. 


2!).') 


Fii>'.  1. — Fclis  (itroj-,  variety  hchhi.  Basicranial  reg-ion,  im.  141)111,  X .4'>. 
Fi’din  the  (Quaternary  of  Rancho  La  Brea. 


plete  on  tliis  ramus. 


r nivd'nihl  of  ( 'dl I fonnii  J'lihllcdl ions. 


I ( iK()I,0(iV 


2i)(i 


iiitViior  si(l(‘  of  tli(*  l);isi()ccipit;il  ;iii(l  hnsispticiioid  in  llic  lioti,  is 
;il)S(‘n1  ill  lliis  spnciiiKMi.  as  i1  is  in  spridcd  accnnliii'’'  In  Daw- 
kins and  San I'nrd. 

'I'lic  dddilorii  hdlldc  arc  nincli  sniallcr  Ilian  in  citln-r  the  linn 
nr  lh(‘  litiiM'.  and  arc  smaller  Ilian  1 hi'  Inillai'  nC  any  nindi'rii 
feline  known  tn  llie  writ(‘r.  'I'lie  enlnlyiiipaiiic'  pnrfinn  is  iiiiieh 
li'ss  iiiHated  Ilian  in  llie  linn.  'I’tie  eelnlyiiipaiiii'  r(‘“inn  is  niiieh 
flattened,  and  is  ipiiti*  distinctly  set  off  from  the  entntyiiipanie 
|)nrtinn.  'file  anterinr  sjiine  nf  tin*  eetntynipanie  reyinii  extends 
farther  forward  than  the  anterinr  extension  nf  tlie  (‘titotyinpanie 
portion,  and  reaelies  forward  over  the  base  of  tlie  zyenniatie  arch 
to  a point  a very  short  distance  hehind  the'  middle  of  the  glenoid 
fossa.  'Pile  space  lad  ween  tile  mastoid  and  postylenoid  iiroec'sses. 
and  o|iposite  the  extmaial  auditory  meatus,  is  somewhat  wider 
than  in  t hi'  lion. 

'Pile  external  auditory  meatus  is  sitiiatial  ridatively  far  out 
from  the  median  line  of  tlie  skull,  tin*  portion  of  the  openin>r 
mairest  the  median  line  heiiiy  laterad  of  tlie  inner  side  of  the 
st x'lomastoid  foramen,  as  well  as  eonsidi'rahly  farther  out  from 
th(*  median  lini'  than  tin*  inner  end  of  the  |iostylenoid  proei'ss. 

'Ph('  paroeeipital  jiroeess  is  relativi'ly  jironiinent,  owiny 
larm'l.v  to  the  rednetion  in  size  of  the  auditory  India. 

'Pile  hun  r jdir  in  this  species  ' fie'.  2)  is  sli_s>'htly  h(‘a\'ier  than 
that  of  the  Keemit  lion  and  tiyer  siieinmens  available  to  the 
writm’,  hilt  is  ajiiiarently  not  more  massivi'  than  in  some  sjieei- 
niens  of  the  Knropean  spidaean  form.  'Phe  symiihyseal  rc'g'ion 
is  somewhat  broader  and  more  massive  inferiorly  than  in  the 
lion.  'Phis  reyioii  is.  however,  eovenal  in  part  with  a rone'll 
urowtli  of  hone  which  is  more  prononneed  on  the  riylit  1'amiis, 
and  may  he  due  partly  to  aye  and  jiartly  to  nnnsnal  eonditioiis 
exist  iny  only  in  this  individual.  In  one  of  the  spi'ciimms  of 
/•'.  sjiildid  liynred  hy  Dawkins  and  SanforiP  the  symiihysis  is 
nearly  as  hea\y  as  in  IIh>  specimen  from  lianeho  La  Ifnai. 

'Pile  inferior  maryiii  of  the  jaw  is  eoneave  as  in  tlu'  tiyer. 
owiny  lo  I he  iiroiiiineiiee  ol'  I he  syni|)hys('al  reyion  and  of  the 
aimle.  'Pile  most  prominent  portion  of  the  middle  n'yion  idMlie 


P.i'ilisl]  Pli'isl  iicriic  M aiiiiiia  I i:i . |il.  I,  I. 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrriaui. — Fclis  Airox. 


297 


inferior  l)or(ler  coio'espondiny'  to  llie  “raiiial  i)roc(‘ss”  of  Daw- 
kins and  Sanford  is  below  the  antei-ioi-  lobe  of  i\r,.  The  mas- 
seteric fossa  is  very  deep,  and  its  extreme  anterior  border  readies 
forward  to  a point  opjiosite  the  middle  of  the  inferior  earnassial. 
The  inferior  border  of  tlie  anterior  jiortion  of  the  masseteric 
fossa  is  marked  by  a sharp  upward  twist  occurrino’  just  below 
the  deepest  ])ortion  of  the  fossa  as  in  one  of  tlie  s]ieeimens  of 
F.  spclaea  figured  by  Dawkins  and  Sanford.® 

9'lie  coronoid  process  is  extraordinarily  laroe  and  hi«'h.  The 
superior  portion  swinos  backward  somewhat  as  in  the  tifter,  so 
that  the  posterior  extremity  extends  behind  the  condyle. 

Tlie  form  of  the  anoie  is  intermediate  between  that  of  the 
lion  and  the  tiger;  as  it  projects  inferiorly  more  than  in  the  lion, 
and  less  than  in  the  tiger  po,sterior]y. 

Some  of  the  foraitiiim  show  features  which  seem  to  be  charac- 
teristic. 

The  infraorbital  foramina  are  rather  narrowly  oval  as  in  the 
tiger,  and  are  relatively  smaller  than  in  the  lion. 

In  the  palatine  region  there  is  a slight  but  noticeable  pecu- 
liarity in  the  situation  of  the  posterior  palatine  foramina.  The 
posterior  borders  of  these  foramina  in  this  specimen  reach  back 
to  a point  behind  the  superior  molars.  In  the  lion  and  tiger 
they  are  situated  somewhat  farther  forward. 

In  the  lateral  region  of  the  skull  the  foramen  rotundum  is 
■separated  from  the  sphenoidal  fissure  by  a much  thinner  bony 
septum  than  in  the  lion,  and  the  space  separating  this  foramen 
from  the  foramen  ovale  seems  comparatively  wide. 

In  the  basicranial  region  (tig.  1)  the  stylomastoid  foramen 
IS  not  situated  farther  out  from  the  median  plane  of  the  skull 
than  is  the  median  or  innermost  portion  of  the  inferior  border 
of  the  auditory  meatus.  In  the  lion  and  tiger  the  stylomastoid 
foramen  is  situated  relatively  much  farther  from  the  median 
plane. 

The  condylar  foramen  is  in  this  specimen  set  relatively  far 
back  so  that  on  the  left  side  of  the  .skull  it  cau  scarcely  be  said 
to  be  included  in  the  opening  of  the  posterior  lacerated  foramen. 


3 British  Pleistocene  Mammalia,  pi.  1,  fig.  1. 


298 


iiii'crsil !j  of  ('dllforuid  rdhlicdUoiis. 


( (iixii/joy 


MEAStJKESIf:NTS  OF  SkUI.E. 

Length  from  :nit(“rior  side  of  jircmaxi llary  to  jiostorior  side  of 

occi|)ital  condyles  ddo.  miii. 

(ireatest  leiifjtli  from  anterior  side  of  premaxillary  to  inion  4.'!.S.5 

(ireatest  width  of  zyfjomatie  arches  281. 

Least  width  across  nnizz.le  liehiml  su])erior  canini'S  Ltd. 

Width  between  ontcr  sides  of  alveolar  mart{ins  of  sn])erior  car- 

nassials  - LIU. 

Leiifjth  from  a lin(>  drawn  between  the  postorbital  processes  of 

the  frontals  to  tlu'  extrenu'  occipital  ]>rotuberance  11)7. 

Distance  from  upper  end  of  foramen  Tnafrnum  to  the  ])ostcrior 

end  of  sagittal  crest  88. 

Tjength  of  left  ramus  of  maudibh'  from  (ixtreme  anterior  end  to 

])osterior  side  of  condyle  - 21)1..') 

Lf'ugth  of  mandible  from  anterior  side  of  canine  at  alveolar 

border  to  posterior  side  of  condyle  281). 5 

Height  of  lower  jaw  b(dow  protoconid  of  1%  5.3. 

Height  of  lower  jaw  below  ])rotoconid  of  P,  in  F.  dtrox,  type 

specimen  - - 55. 

Thi(d<ness  of  lower  jaw  below  ])rotoconid  of  P,,  . 30.8 


DKXTITION. 


Superior  Ilr)ilHlo)i. — ’’I'lie  ii])|)er  teeth  are  iiiifortpiiately  eon- 
si(l(‘ral)ly  worn  and  bi'oken,  so  tliat  only  P'*  remains  altsolntely 

intaet.  I'*,  P^  and  l\i‘  had  distt])- 
^ _ peared  before  the  speeimen  was  dis- 

\ i k a covered. 

The  superior  catiines  are  nnfor- 
Innately  represented  only  by  the 
broken  basal  portions.  They  are  rel- 
atively large  eoinpared  with  the  an- 
teroposterior diameter  of  the  cheek 
teeth  and  comi)ared  with  the  length 
of  the  skull.  A number  of  detached 
superior  canines  in  the  collection  are 
considerably  smaller  than  that  of  no. 
140(11,  hut  may  represent  another 
specie's. 

.'ijr,  ;p Priis  tilror,  variety  form  of  P'*  resembles  that  of 

Ixhbi  Rigid  superior  car-  African  lion  excepting  in 

nassia  I ; ii.  outer  side ; h,  ‘ ' 

occlusal  view.  No.  12501,  till'  .sonH'wluit  gi't'ater  elongation  of 
natural  size.  Prom  the  ,,  ■ ji  i-  i i-  i .. 

(jnaternary  of  Rancho  La  I I'C  Otisps  111  1 he  1 10.1,  and  111  the  sllght- 

On'a.  ly  larger  size  of  the  posterior  basal 


VoL.  5 I 


M — Fd  is  Al  ro.r. 


2!)!) 


tiiliercle  in  llu“  lx.ineho  L;i  spcciiiuMi.  Tlii'  crown  of  lliis 

lootli  is  ^ciKn-filly  soincwliat  Iow(‘r  than  iji  tlu'  lion,  and  in  F. 
spelaca,  and  in  this  rcsja'ct  rc'scndtlcs  the  tiyin'. 

l)o11i  snpcrioi'  caiaiassials  ai'c  considcrat)ly  l)rokcn  on  this 
specdincn,  lad,  the  i'onn  is  W(dl  shown  ( fi”'.  2)  on  a loos(‘  tooth 
(no.  12501)  ol)taincd  in  the  same  deposit.  This  tooth  is  about 
coinpai'aI)l(‘  to  that  of  the  b'ecent  ti.uer,  exeei)ting-  that  the  aidero- 
external  jtrominenee  in  front  of  the  ])rotostyle  is  not  as  well 
developed  as  in  tlie  tiii'er,  and  tlie  ei'own  is  not  (pnte  as  low. 

i\r  seems  to  have  been  distinctly  two-rooted  on  one  side  of  the 
skull,  and  the  roots  wei'e  nearly  separated  on  the  other  sid(*. 

Fiferior  Deniilioti. — The  elements  of  the  inferior  cheek  tooth 
dentition  of  the  specimen  have  foi'tnnately  been  preserved  intact. 
The  inferior  canines  and  all  of  the  incisors  hut  the  left  1.  have 
disappeared. 

The  sjjace  occupied  by  the  inferior  incisoi's  is  relatively 
small,  beinji’  only  a little  .<>i'cater  than  in  a Tlecent  African  lion 
skull  of  much  smaller  size.  The  roots  of  the  incisoi-s  remaining 
stand  in  a line  which  is  bowed  backward  rather  shai'ply  com- 
])ared  with  the  slightly  cni'ved  transvei'se  line  of  the  incisors  in 
the  lion  and  tiger. 

The  infei'ior  canines  have  a greater  anteroposterior  diameter 
compared  with  that  of  the  inferior  carnassial  than  in  the  lion, 
but  are  smaller  in  comparison  with  the  upper  canines. 

The  diastema  is  relatively  a little  shorter  than  in  the  Keeent 
lion  and  tigei*,  but  is  not  as  short  as  in  one  of  the  specimens  of 
F.  speldca  figured  by  Dawkins  and  Sanford.* 

In  P.,  the  postero-internal  portion  of  the  cingulum  is  more 
strongly  swollen  laterally  than  in  the  lion  and  tiger.  1%  re- 
sembles ((uite  closely  the  form  of  this  tooth  in  the  African  lion, 
excepting  that  the  anterior  and  posterior  cusps  are  perhaps  a 
little  more  compressed  laterally  and  are  less  acute.  The  proto- 
conid  is  approximately  triangular  in  ei’oss-section.  the  inner  angle 
of  the  triangle  extending  down  to  the  cingulum  as  a i-ather 
prominent  ridge. 

l\[j  corresponds  in  relative  size  and  proportions  ipiite  closely 


British  Pleistocene  Maminalia,  ]>!.  1. 


3()(» 


(' iiir<'rsil !j  of  Califoniia  I’lihl Icdl ions. 


I ( !k()i,()<;y 


to  the  iiifc'i'ioi'  ('Jiriiassial  of  Iho  Africriii  lion.  It  possesses 
liowevei-  a well-develoiXMl  lieel  and  a itiinnte  eus])  efn-respondinjj 
to  the  inetaeonid.  Altliou«li  the  paraeonid  blade  is  soniewlial 
w'oi'ii  it  seems  to  sliow  evidenee  that  its  antei-ioc  margin  sloped 
l)aek\vard  more  s1i'on>>ly  than  the  nearly  vei'lieal  anterior  l)order 
of  this  portion  of  tlie  tooth  as  it  m;iy  ai)pear  in  the  African  lion. 


Me.ysuhk.mkxts  ok  Dentition. 


£ 


i 


Length,  anterior  side  of  snjierior  canine  at  alveolar 


margin  to  posterior  side  of  I”  

1.34. .0  mill. 

98. 

Length,  anterior  si<le  1’-  to  ])osterior  side  t”  

!»L5 

(17.5 

Width,  from  meilian  side  P to  lateral  sitle  P 

28. 

24. 

Superior  canine,  anteroposterior  diameter  at  alveo- 

lar  margin  

42.. 3 

22.5 

Sitjierior  canine,  transverse  diameter  at  alveolar 

niarj^iii  

28.7 

1(1.3 

P-',  antei'oposterior  diameter  of  alveolus  

U). 

9.(1 

P\  greatest  anterojiosterior  diameter  

29. 

23. 

P",  greatest  transverse  diameter  

14.(1 

11.(1 

P‘.  greatest  anterojiosterior  diameter  ...  

43. 

32. 

PP  greatest  transverse  diameter  across  deuteroeoue 

21.5 

1(1.3 

P',  greatest  anteroposterior  diameter  of  protostyle 

10. 

7. 

Width  lietween  medial  borders  of  alveoli  of  infe- 

rior  ciuunos  

29.7) 

25.(1 

Inferior  canine,  anteroposterior  diameter  of  al- 

V(‘()lus  ..  

,39.3 

33. 

Inferior  canine,  transverse  diameter  of  alveolus  

2.3..5 

20.8 

15.2 

Length,  anterior  side  of  canine  at  alveolar  border 

to  posterior  side  of  i\h  

15(1.8 

1(12. 

115. 

Length  of  inferior  cheek  tooth  series  

8(1.7 

8(1.5 

(14.(1 

P , greatest  antero])osterior  diameter  

29.5 

21.3 

18.2 

P..  greatest  transversi'  dianu'ter  

11.5 

10. 

P„  greatest  anteroposterior  diameter  

32.2 

31. 

23.8 

P,.  great (>st  transverse  diameter  

1 (1.5 

13.5 

M,,  greatest  aiderojiosterior  diameter  

34. 

32. 

24.5 

.M,,  greatest  transxeise  iliameter  

1(1.8 

12.5 

jM,,  greatest  aidi'roposterior  diameti’r  (d'  paraconid 

blaihi  ...  . ..  . . 

1(1. 

11.8 

VoL.  5] 


Mcrrituii. — Fclis  Atrox. 


301 


1 ) 1 A( ! N(  )S'r  I ( ’ ( ’ 1 1 A h‘  A ( ''r  I<:  K s. 

FcUs  atrox  Ijoiily,  Vfiricty  hchhi. 

Felis  atrox,  Ijeiily,  Ain.  Philos.  Soe.,  Trans.  Ni'w  Scr.,  vol.  II),  p. 

3li). 

Type  speeiiiieii  of  IMississiiipi  form  Col.  Ac;id.  Nat.  Se. 
Cliilad.  Obtained  in  beds  of  pivsinnable  (Quaternary  aye  neai- 
Natchez,  iMississippi.  Bet)bi  form  based  on  specimen  14001,  Univ. 
Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from  the  (Quaternary  of  Rancho  La  Bi-ea, 
California.  ^ 

Mnzzle  very  wide  compared  with  the  lenyth  of  the  sknil. 
I’ostorliital  processes  of  the  frontal  relatively  far  hack.  Brain 
ease  small.  Auditory  bnllae  small.  Antei'ior  spine  of  ectotym- 
panic  region  extending  ninch  farther  forward  than  entotym[>anic 
portion.  Oc.cipnt  high  and  narrow. 

Coronoid  jii’ocess  of  mandible  high,  wide,  and  near  medial 
end  of  condyle.  IMasseteric  fo.ssa  very  deep  and  showing  a 
marked  excavation  as  far  forward  as  the  middle  of  the  inferior 
carnassial.  Symphyseal  region  wide  interiorly  (possibly  an  age 
or  individnal  character).  Anterior  outline  of  symphyseal  region 
more  nearly  normal  to  the  inferior  line  of  the  mandible  than  in 
the  lion  or  tiger.  Condyles  set  low  with  reference  to  alveolar 
margin.  Angle  jirodneed  iTiferiorly  somewhat  farther  than  in 
the  lion  and  tiger. 

Infraorbital  foramen  smaller  than  in  the  lion  or  tiger,  and 
situated  a little  farther  back  with  reference  to  the  P^.  Condylar 
foramen  tending  to  he  separated  from  posterior  lacerated  fora- 
men on  one  side  of  the  skull. 

Canines  relatively  large,  and  the  incisors  small  or  set  in  a 
relatively  narrow  space.  i\P  two-rooted.  Inferior  caiaiassial  with 
metaeonid,  and  with  a well-marked  heel  developed  on  the  cingn- 
Inm.  Protoconid  of  I’^  and  of  P^  nearly  triangular  in  horizontal 
cross-section.  Inner  ridge  of  the  protoconid  of  P^  relatively 
prominent  at  the  ba.se. 

Individuals  of  this  siiecies  of  large  size. 


r iliro'sil !/  of  Cal ifi/ntid  Ciihli<-a’l ions. 


[ (iKOl.IJIiY 


;5()2 


AFFIN’ITIKS. 


Hclalion  to  Fclis  alrox  Lcidfi. — 'I'lic  lower  j;iw  oF  1 he  liaiieho 
IvM  Hi-ea  s]ieeiiiien  ajtpj'oaehes  vei'v  closely  in  iiieastiretneiils  tlie 
jiecTiliar  IVliiie  jaw  Fi'om  Xatelie/..  Mississippi,  which  served  as 
la'idy's  1yi)e  of  Fdis  alro.r.  I;ei(ly’s  orifiinal  specimen  unfor- 
tunately consisted  of  only  a half  of  a lower  jaw  with  tin*  cheek 
teeth  and  the  canine.  The  coinparahle  diimmsions  are  sni’pi'is- 
inyly  elose,  ])articnlai'ly  in  the  case  of  tin'  cln-ek  teeth,  as  is  sliown 
in  the  table  of  measni’cmeids  (p.  dOO).  The  cheek  teeth  are  sim- 
ilar in  the  lack  of  (devation  of  the  cusps,  and  in  tlie  form  of  the 
cns])s  of  1\.  d'he  principal  (lift eiamcc's  an*  found  in  the  sliylitly 
lonyer  antero])ostei’ior  diaim'tei’  of  tin*  canine,  in  the  ffreater  de- 
velopment of  the  anterior  basal  tubercle  of  tlie  shorter  dias- 
tema. and  jiossibly  the  greater  develo]mient  of  the  antero-infei'ior 
portion  of  tin*  symphyseal  region,  in  the  Kancho  La  l>rea  speci- 
men. Sli^lit  differences  may  also  exist  in  the  i-ednction  of  the 
jiosterior  basal  tubercles  of  M,  in  the  tyjie  specimen.  This  cliar- 
ai'ter  is.  however,  always  more  or  less  variable. 

i\Ir.  Witmer  Stone,  who  has  kindly  examined  Leidy’s  type 
for  me.  finds  a sliyht  indication  of  an  intei'ior  basal  tubercle  on 
]’.,  of  the  tyjie,  thonyh  it  is  not  shown  in  Leidy’s  fiyure.  This 
character  is  more  or  li*ss  vai'iable  in  the  lion. 

'Phe  form  of  the  mandible  is  not  certainly  to  be  depended 
njion  for  sjiecilie  diaynosis.  as  the  type  specimen  was  covered 
with  a thick  ferrnyinons  coatiny,  which  may  lie  supposed  to 
have  disynised  its  form  somewhat.  The  marked  prominence 
re|n'(‘.sented  on  the  inferior  border  of  the  jaw  below  the  anterior 
end  of  1\  in  Ja'idy’s  fiynre,  and  considered  by  Dawkins  and 
SanforeP'  as  a ]u)ssible  ramal  jiroeess.  is  jirobably  to  be  eonsid- 
er(*d  as  princi|)ally  an  irreynlarity  of  the  ferrnyinons  coatiny  of 
the  jaw.  i\lr.  Witim*!*  Slom*,  wlm  examined  the  type  with  refer- 
ence to  this  f(*atnre.  stati's  that  “it  has  bi'cn  much  exayyerated 
in  the  liyni'e.  or  has  been  removed  since.”  Mr.  Stone  believes 
that  it  was  without  ipiestion  part  of  the  matrix. 

'Pile  form  of  the  symphyseal  ri'yion  in  tin*  Rancho  La  Hrea 


I’.iilisli  I ’leist occiu*  Mainiiialia,  pai't  |i.  Kil. 


VOL.  .■)  I 


Mrn  iaui. — Fdis  A / rox. 


'■m 


spociiiieii  is  soiiK'wliat  di rtVi'ciit  rroiii  that  in  llio  type*,  in  wliich 
the  antero-in I'erior  i'e>i'inn  is  f>'ently  founded,  leather  tlian  inark- 
edly  an^nlar.  Variation  of  this  natnre  may  l)e  due  in  ])ai't  to 
differenee  in  a^e.  A eonsidei'alele  irreynlarity  in  the  I'onyheiK'd 
surface  of  the  hone  in  the  antero-inferioi'  ])ortion  of  the*  syni- 
pliy,sis  in  the  Rancho  La  Brea  s()ecinien  is  ])ossil)ly  in  part  an 
individual  pecniiarity. 

Wliile  there  seems  little  doTiht  (hat  th.e  Rancho  La  Brea  spec- 
imen is  si)ecifieally  identical  with  Fclis  atrox  Leidy,  the  sli,<>lit 
ditiferences  in  size  of  canine,  form  of  P.j,  len<>t]i  of  diastema,  and 
form  of  the  symiehyseal  region  of  the  jaw  make  it  dt'sirahle  to 
refer  to  this  tyjte  as  the  bcFhi  form,  in  contrast  to  the  typical 
specimen. 

Iiclafioit  to  Fclis  ini perialis  Lei(hj. — The  type  of  Leidy ’s  Fclis 
iniperiali/  was  obtained  by  Dr.  Loi'enzo  (t.  Yates  in  a gravel 
dejmsit  at  Livermore  Valley,  California.  In  the  same  beds  there 
wei'e  also  obtained  remains  of  Bison  Icitifrons,  Auchenia  liesterna, 
Elcplias,  E(pius,  and  Ccniis  indianoisis.  This  eolleetion  taken  as 
a whole  indicates  the  Quaternary  age  of  the  deposit.  There  is, 
however,  no  definite  statement  as  to  how  closely  the  specimens 
repre.sented  in  the  collection  were  associated. 

The  tyi)e  specimen  consisted  of  an  iii)per  jaw  fragment  con- 
taining I”,  and  showing  the  alveoli  of  P-  and  the  canine.  It  is 
considerably  smaller  than  the  Rancho  La  Brea  specimen,  as  is 
indicated  by  the  following  table  of  comparative  measurements: 


Length,  from  posterior  side  of  canine  alveolus  to  irosterior 

side  of  

P“,  anteroposterior  <liameter  

P‘,  height  measured  from  cingulum  to  ai)ex  of  protocone  

Diameter  of  canine  alveolus  


<U 


'C  <3^ 

^ & 

M a 
a £ 
J a 

o ‘a 

o S 

ci 

45.4 

34. 

23.7 

29. 

14.8 

15.5 

29.2 

42.3 

A perfectly  preserved  upper  canine  in  tlie  University  collec- 
tions from  Rancho  La  Brea  agrees  almo.st  exactly  in  size  with  that 
of  the  type  of  F.  itn perialis. 

“ Leidy,  J.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Philad.,  187.3,  p.  2o!l. 


r ilivcrsil !i  of  Cdlifornia  Piihl icol ions. 


[(iEOUXiY 


The  fr;i<i:ineiit<n'y  nature  of  the  ty|)e  of  im jicrinUs  makes 
it  nearly  iini)<)ssil)le  to  detei'mine  eei'tainly  whether  it  is  to  he 
eonsidered  identieal  with  F.  a! vox.  'I'lie  dilVerence  in  siz('. 
amonntin.ii’  to  al)out  oiu'-fifth,  is  ])rohal)ly  not  sufficient  to  ex- 
clude it  from  F.  alrox.  '^I’he  only  otliei-  cliaracter  available  for 
cominirisou  is  fo\ind  iu  the  form  of  I*’’.  This  tooth  is  accordinff 
to  Leidy's  fiiiure'  relatively  hi^h,  measuivd  from  the  cinfrulum 
to  the  ajiex  of  the  i)i'otocone.  Iu  the  eorrespondiu'f  tooth  of  the 
Kanclio  La  Ifrea  si)ecimen  of  F.  alrox  the  heiiilit  is  relatively 
less.  <ir  the  tooth  I’elatively  longer  autero])osteriorly.  In  the 
F.  imperial  is  specinuMi  the  ])o.stei’ior  cus])  is  hi<>her  with  relation 
to  the  post(>i'ior  basal  tuberch*.  The  hi>>h  form  of  P®  is  rather 
characteristic  of  the  recent  i)uuia,  while  the  lower  form  is  seen 
in  the  tiuci-.  P®  of  the  lion  is  somewhat  higher  than  in  the  ti<rer. 
Some  doubt  must  exist  as  to  whether  this  chai'acter  is  definite 
<‘nou»h  to  wai-rant  the  separation  of  the  F.  itnperialis  specimen 
as  a distinct  sjiecies.  even  if  the  tooth  in  (piestion  is  represented 
with  absolute  accuracy  in  Leidy's  figure. 

Lcidy  suggested  that  F.  imperial  is  might  be  found  to  repre- 
sent a young  individual  of  the  F.  alrox  type,  and  the  range  of  size 
in  the  sp(*cim(*ns  available  from  Rancho  La  Brea  might  be  consid- 
ered as  (‘vidence  i)ointing  in  this  direction. 

A milk  cai'iiassial  of  a lai-ge  cat  of  the  Felis  t.vpe  described 
by  Hovard'  from  the  (Quaternary  of  Potter  Creek  Cave,  was 
I'ccognizcd  as  possibly  representing  Fclis  inipcrialis.  This  spee- 
iiiKMi.  as  shown  liy  the  table  of  measurements  below,  corresponds 
to  th(‘  R(‘c(‘nt  African  lion  in  dimensions.  It  represents  an  ani- 
mal neai-cr  to  the  size  of  the  ty])e  of  F.  intperialis  than  to  that 
of  1h('  Pancho  La  Brea  specimen. 

Mh.\sui!ements  of  Scpekior  .Milk  P.yrnassials. 

No.  Potter  Recent  African 
Creek  Cave  Lion  Puma 

iliiuiK'tt'i'  24.(5  iniii.  24.3  1(5. 

'rrnii.sviM'so  cliniiK'tor  8.2  . 8.  4.6 

’ I/<'i(lv,  .1..  r.  S.  (icdl.  Sto'v.  'r('rrs.,  vol.  1,  1873,  ]>!.  31,  fig.  3. 

“ I5(i\':iril.  .1.  I'.,  Piiiv.  ('tilif.  I’lilil.  (Icol.,  vol.  .3,  p.  1(53. 

Sriniol  ((III ion,  issnril  Seplemher  11)0!). 

(Firs!  iililion  issnrd  .\nipisl  Pi.  IDO!).) 


1 


^ ■ 


\ 


,i 


-II' 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  26. 

Fcli.s  atrox,  \arioty  bchhi. 

Skull,  no.  14001,  a little  more  than  one-thinl  natural  size  (X  .367). 
From  the  (.)naternarv  of  Kanc-ho  IjU  Brea. 


BULL  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


USh'Artl' 
ur  T.HE 

Of  jfMNais 


f 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  21,  pp.  305-317  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


TEHATOHXIS 

A NEW  AVIAN  GENUS 

FROM  RANCHO  J.A  BREA 


BY 

LOYE  HOLMES  YIJLLEK. 


CONTENTS. 

Introduction  - 

Diagnostic  characters  - 

Skull  - - 

Pectoral  arch  

Affinities  


PACiE 

30.5 

307 

307 

312 

315 


INTRODUCTION. 

Ainono'  many  interesting  forms  of  vertebrates  taken  from 
the  Quaternary  asphalt  of  the  Rancho  La  Brea  beds  in  Sonthern 
California,  there  have  appeared  several  specimens  of  a very 
large  bird  which  shows  such  marked  divergence  from  Recent 
" forms  as  to  necessitate  the  establishment  of  a new  genns.  Though 
the  form  ajtpears  raptorial,  its  final  assignment  to  any  of  the 
'>  existing  families  is  held  in  reserve  at  i)resent,  as  some  degree  of 
; nncertainty  regarding  its  body  skeleton  makes  conservatism  ap- 
jiear  the  preferable  chance  of  error.  Four  cranial  fragments 
of  the  species  have  been  taken  in  one  small  excavation.  One 
fonnd  by  Dr.  AVilliam  Bebli  of  Los  Angeles  was  kindly  loaned 

X-  * 

to  the  author;  a second,  discovered  by  i\Ir.  Engene  Fischer,  was 
l)resented  to  the  Fniversity  of  California.  The  other  two,  in- 
cluding the  most  complete  specimen,  were  taken  during  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  excavations. 


U iliversil !j  of  ('dlifoniia  l'i(hliral ions. 


3()() 


Ass()(‘iiitt*(l  wilh  llie  rcniaiiis  of  the  new  form  in  llie  Rat)eh(t 
La  Brea  l)e(ls,  there  oeenr  a ntunher  of  eliaraeterist ie  niaitinialian 
forms  of  these  (lei)osits;  for  exainph',  ('(mis  iiidldiioiisis ; ('dnis, 
n.  sj). ; S)iiilo(Io)i  (?)  cdlifoioiicds : Hison  d)ili(fdus;  IChplid.s,  h]}.  ; 
I’anmijflodon  iichrascrHsis ; H(idds  pad  ficus. 

According-  to  i\Ieri'iam’  this  “fauna  as  a whole  eannot  he 
eonsi(l(‘re(l  as  otliei-  than  (,)uaternary,  al1hon<>h  the  [)artienlar 
division  of  tliat  system  rein-esented  is  not  as  yet  determiiK'd. ” 

A larye  nnml)er  of  sjx'eimens  re|»resentinf>'  many  avian  si)e- 
eies  have  becm  taken  from  tlie  Ranelio  La  P>rea  Ix'ds.  The  entire 
colleetion  of  the  University  of  (kdiforida  was  placed  at  the  au- 
thor’s disposal  and  every  ])ossil)le  courtesy  shown  him  by  Pro- 
fessor John  C.  i\lerriam.  A preliminary  examination  w:is  made 
of  this  collection  together  with  material  from  the  same  source 
in  the  collections  of  Dr.  William  Bebb  and  Dr.  F.  (J.  Clark,  both 
of  Los  Anyeles.  IMr.  F.  A.  Lucas  very  kindly  reviewed  the 
writer’s  mannsci'ipt  Ixd'ore  i)ublication. 

Thus  far  the  followin<>’  avian  sjiecies  have  been  determined 
from  the  Rancho  La  Brea  beds,  (iynmogijps  adiforniduus,  Cd- 
tJiartcs  durd,  CdUidristd  occidciddlis,-  A(piihi  cli  rpsdctos.  Circus 
hudso)iius.  liulco  borcdlis.  Aluco  pratiiicold,  Asio  u'ilso)i iduus, 
A.  acci pif ri uus.  Bubo  virgiuiauus,  Speoigto  cuuicularin,  Ber- 
uicld  cduddcusis,  Ardca  Iicrodids,  Pdvo  cdliforuicus.  Corvus 
cocd.r.  S(‘V(‘ral  a,ecii)iti'ine  forms,  a small  Poigborus,  a larp^e 
ciconid.  a small  crane,  a i)heasant,  and  one  or  two  passerines 
remain  yet  in  doubt. 

The  lar”e  i)reponderance  of  raptorial  species  will  at  once  be 
not(‘d  in  this  list.  If,  however,  the  number  of  individuals  be 
taken  into  consideration,  the  ])reponderance  becomes  overwhelm- 
iny.  Foi'  exam|)Ie,  tlau-e  appear  in  the  part  of  the  University 
collection  thus  far  examined  no  less  than  thirty-three  individu- 
als of  th(‘  UoldcMi  Fayh'.  In  the  same  mass  of  material,  the  non- 
pnalaceous  sja'cles  (ii’eat  Blue  Heron,  American  Raven  and  Can- 

' I'liiv.  Calif.  I’lilil.  (!(‘ol.,  vol.  5.  p.  291. 

-.\ssif>imi(‘n1  (if  the  (’aliforiiia  form  of  Cutharistu  to  distinct  specific  rank 
is  liaseil  on  a comparison  of  tlu'  lO'cent  Cdl/mri.v/n  atratii  with  a series  of 
Iweiit  v-one  jiarlial  skeletons  of  the  K'ancho  La  Hrea  form.  For  this  new  species 
the  name  ( \il  lidi'ist  a (l(■(•idrnl<llis  is  pnpiosed.  'I’.viie  sjieeimen  no.  12509, 
I'niv.  Calif.  Col.  N'ert.  I’alae.  Hodv  larger  as  .indeed  liy  the  skull,  sternum 
and  pelvis;  femur  loiioiu'  and  heavier  (107%);  tiirsus  shorter  (91%)  but 
stouter  (109')^;);  foot  wider  (110%);  humerus  lonov-r  (10S%), 


VoL.  o I 


Miller. — Teralornir. 


307 


ada  (ioos('  aro  represented  ))y  lad  one  speeiinen  each.  A similar 
relation  ladween  predatoi'y  and  non-predatory  species  is  noted 
by  Professor  ]\Ierrianf*  anion*''  the  niamnialia  from  this  foimm- 
tion. 

Nnmerons  writers  on  the  (lolden  Eayle  as  it  exists  today  have 
commented  upon  the  carrion  haliit  of  the  species.  Its  almndant 
ocenrrenee  in  the  asjihalt  trap  of  Rancho  La  Rrea  hears  [iroof 
of  the  lonp'  standino-  of  this  habit  of  preyin**'  niion  either  dead 
or  disableil  creatures.  The  specimens  taken  average  large  and 
])o.ssil)ly  rejiresent  birds  in  old  age.  The  left  tarsus  of  one  in- 
dividual shows  an  abundant  exostosis  due  to  some  diseased  con- 
dition which  caused  the  loss  of  the  entire  foot.  iMerriam  noted 
among  mammals  entrapped  in  the  asphalt  a large  jireiionder- 
ance  of  young  individuals,  accompanied  in  case  of  carnivores 
by  a large  nnmher  of  individuals  with  worn  or  liroken  teeth. 
Tie  ascribes  these  conditions  to  the  inexjierience  of  the  young  or 
to  the  extremity  of  the  aged.  Possiiily  among  predaceous  birds, 
cared  for  in  youth  and  taught  by  instinct  to  seek  an  active  jirey 
not  discerned  by  the  sense  of  smell,  it  was  largely  the  old  or 
otherwise  disabled  individuals  which  resorted  to  this  ignoble 
feast. 

DIAGNOSTIC  CHARACTERS. 

Teraforitis  }iierriaini,  n.  gen.  and  sp. 

Type  specimen  no.  12101,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.  Skull 
as  far  forward  as  the  lachrymals.  Cerebellar  region  much  re- 
duced. Auditory  prominences  developed  outward  and  backward 
b('yond  the  i)osterior  extremity  of  the  brain  case.  Foramen 
magnum  deeper  than  wide.  Basipterygoid  iirocesses  well  de- 
veloped. Lachrymals  entirely  fused  with  frontals  and  with 
ectethmoids.  In  co-type  no.  12507,  beak  hooked,  very  deep  and 
greatly  com  p ressed . 

SKULL. 

On  viewing  the  skull  from  below  at  right  angles  to  the  basi- 
sj)henoidal  rostrum  (tig.  1),  two  vei\v  striking  characters  are 
evident.  The  cerebellar  region  is  greatly  reduced  and  the  post- 
avulitory  prominences  are  thrust  backward  and  outward  until 


3 Merriani,  J.  C.,  Science,  N.  S.,  vol.  24,  p.  248,  1906. 


I' ilivcrsil !J  of  Cnlifoniid  I'lihl irul ions. 


I (iKoixjoy 


:}08 


their  veiilro-hilernl  ;ui>’les  fonii  the  posterior  extremities  of 
the  skull.  'Phe  rear  profile  heeoiiK's  eoiieave  iu  ‘leiieral,  with  the 
median  i)ortion  of  the  arc  slightly  interru])l(‘(l  hy  a f^enth;  con- 
vexity. The  foramen  ma^nnm  seems  nnicpie  amon<^  known  Raj)- 
tores.  It  lies  in  a plane  faein*;  as  much  backward  as  downward 
and  is  decidedly  deeper  than  wide.  It  has  a sa^^ittal  diameter 
of  14.3  mm.,  but  measures  only  11  mm.  transversely  across  its 
center.  Toward  the  condyle  it  widens  out  slightly,  so  that  it 
appears  bluntly  ])ear-shaped  in  outline.  The  occipital  condyle 


Fiij's.  1 and  2,  Tcratoni i.s  mcrrkiml.  Fig.  1,  Skull  no.  12]01  from  below, 
X Fig.  2,  Skull  no.  12101  from  the  rear,  X tA-  -J-  postauditory  pro- 
eess : H.  l):isis])henoidal  process;  C,  cerebellar  protuberance;  F,  postfrontal 
])rocess;  1.  descending  process  of  laeliryinal ; p,  basiptervgoid  ])rocess. 


shows  no  peculiarity  except  possildy  less  tendency  to  form  a 
constricte<l  neck  than  in  most  raptorial  forms.  Just  forward 
of  the  condyle,  howevcu’,  the  basioccii)ital  is  excavated  in  two 
v(*ry  deep,  rounded  ])its  se})aratetl  from  each  other  by  a low 
nu‘di;in  ridge.  In  front  of  this  de])ression  the  basisphenoid  rises 
in  an  abrupt  ti-ausver.se  I'idge  ending  laterally  in  a jtair  of  high 
basis|)lienoidal  i)i-ocess(“s.  The  whole  region  imnu'diately  ante- 
rior  to  tin*  condyle  thus  pia'sents  a very  rugged  tojmgrajJiy. 
3'he  basi ptei'yg'oid  i>roce.sses  are  well-marked  fungiform  struct- 
ures phu'cd  f;ir  back  u|)ou  the  si)h(Mioidal  rostrum.  This  rostrum 
is  intact,  and  tlu'  interoidhtal  septum  is  imperforate  except  at 
1 he  opt  ie  roramen  ( (ig.  1 ) . 

N'iewed  I'rom  the  real'  (fig.  2)  the  dome  of  the  skull  shows  a 


VoL.  5 ] 


]\l  il  I er. — T era  torn  is . 


30!) 


very  ilat,  regular  eiirve,  <>ra(lually  iiicreasiiif>'  laterally  as  the 
postfrontal  processes  are  deflected  iiiori'  ahrujitly  at  their  ends. 
There  is  no  tendency  toward  the  longitudinal  furrowin*?  in  the 
region  of  the  cerehniin  that  is  noticeable  in  many  receid  accip- 
itrines. 

The  occii)ital  r(*<iion  is  marked  by  a well-defined  transverse 
ridg'e  passiii”’  across  from  one  postauditory  ])i‘ominence  to  the 
other  and  cnrvinp:  “ently  ni)ward  to  form  the  dorsal  border  of 
the  foramen  maoninn.  This  transverse  rid<>e  is  the  angle  of 
intersection  of  two  slightly  concave  surfaces,  a i)ostero-dorsal 
aiul  a postero-ventral  sloi)e.  The  ventral  snid'ace,  trending  for- 
ward and  downward,  includes  the  itlane  of  the  foramen  mag- 
num and  a nearly  smooth  ex-occipital  surface  on  either  side  of 
it.  The  whole  postero-ventral  surface  is  remarkably  uniform  in 
its  concavity  and  almost  unbroken,  except  as  interrupteil  near 
its  center  by  the  abrupt  rise  of  the  occipital  condyle  and  by 
the  basioccipital  dei)ressions.  Above  the  trairsverse  I’idge  the 
l)ostero-dorsal  area  slopes  forward  and  upward  to  a limiting, 
transverse  intermuscular  ridge  near  the  dorsal  profile  of  the 
skull.  Across  its  middle  i)asses  a second  transverse  intermuscular 
ridge  and  down  its  median  sagittal  line  an  abrupt  vertical  crest, 
the  cerebellar  protuberance.  The  latei'al  terminations  of  the 
upper  limiting  crest  are  almost  confluent  with  the  temporal 
crests.  Thus  the  whole  ])osterior  aspect  of  the  skull  must  have 
been  hidden  by  the  powerful  musculature  of  the  head  and  neck. 

From  above  (fig.  3),  the  great  flatness  of  the  skull  is  again 
evident,  although  its  roof  is  gently  convex  on  the  whole  in  any 
vertical  section.  Even  in  the  region  of  the  lachrymals  the  me- 
dian line  is  not  depre.ssed  below  the  orbital  borders.  A very 
slight  downward  tendency  is  shown  at  the  region  where  the 
nasals  liegin,  but  beyond  this  point  the  parts  are  wanting. 
There  is  positive  indication,  however,  of  a high  “bridge  of  the 
nose”  as  in  Cathartidae  and  in  contra.st  with  falconids  (figs.  9, 
10,  11). 

The  masseteric  depressions  lie  largely  upon  the  top  of  the 
skull  in  a plane  approaching  the  horizontal  (fig.  3).  In  Cathar- 
tidae and  Palconidae  these  areas  lie  in  the  lateral  and  posterior 
aspects  of  the  skull  in  a more  nearly  vertical  plane. 


310 


Ihiivcrsif  j)  of  ('alifonna  icol lo)is. 


I <!K()I,()(iY 


From  tlie  side  of  the  skull,  with  the  s|)heiioi(hil  rostrum  in 
:i  horizontal  plane,  tlu'  highest  i)oint  of  the  skull  dome  is  seen 
to  be  in  front  of  the  posterior  border  of  the  orbit;  and  the 
slope  from  this  point,  both  backward  and  forward,  is  very  grad- 
ual. The  skulls  of  I'ecent  faleonids  and  eathartlds  (‘xairdned 


4 


Figs,  a :n)il  4.  T(r(itorni.'<  merriami.  Recoiistnictioii  of  the  skull  based 
u|io)i  accurate  drawings  of  cranial  fragment  12001  and  beak  fragment 
12.107 ; X . Missing  parts  are  re])r(>s(mted  iti  dotted  lines.  Fig.  3,  skidl 
from  above;  fig.  4,  skull  from  right  side.  A,  postauditory  prominence;  C, 
cerebellar  protuberance;  F,  postfrontal  process;  J,  .jugal  bar;  L,  orbital 
portion  of  lachrymal;  /,  descending  lamella  of  lachrymal;  4/,  masseteric 
depression;  .V.  nostril;  (f.  optic  foramen;  p,  basi])terygoid  process;  (,1,  quad- 
rate; 7',  toniial  e(lge. 

show  the  highesl  point  of  tin*  skull  to  be  fttflbcr  bttek  ;nid  in  a 
mneh  )nof(“  pi'ononnc(>d  ctirvav  'I'Ik*  (h'sctmding  proet'ss  of  the 
liiclifyimtl  does  not  retich  the  h'vc'l  of  the  splnmoidiil  rostrum 
( (ig.  4).  'I’his  condition  in  ( hit  Inirt  idtie  gives  rise  to  tut  upward 


VoL.  5 I 


M tiler. — Tero  I orn  is. 


311 


Hexuro  of  the  ({uadnitoju^al  bar  at  an  an^le  with  the  toniia  of 
the  beak.  Possilily  the  same  eonditioii  ])ro(luce(l  a like  result  in 
the  form  under  discussion  (figs.  ;)^  K)^  n).  As  before  statcal, 
the  beak  of  the  type  si)ecimen  is  entirely  wanting.  The  descrip- 
tion given  below  is  of  a distal  fragmeid  (tig.  4),  believed  by 
i\Ir.  Pi.  d.  Phseher,  the  Uinversity  collector,  to  be  part  of  si)eci- 
men  no.  12507,  a skidl  of  Teraiontis  almost  identical  in  size 
with  the  type  specimen.  This  specimen  was  shattered  through 
the  bichrymal  and  nasal  region  while  concealed  in  the  matrix. 
The  craidal  portion  and  the  beak-tip  alone  were  i)reserved.  The 
affiidties  evident  from  the  structure  of  this 
fragment  are  in  perfect  harmony  with  those 
displayed  by  the  craidal  fragment  and  b.v  the 
tyjie  specimen.  In  the  beak,  though  the  ma- 
,ior  portion  of  the  left  side  is  wanting,  enough 
of  the  ridge  of  the  culmeu  is  iireseut  to  show 
the  extreme  degree  of  compression  (tig.  5). 
The  median  septum  is  intact,  likewi.se  more 
than  half  the  roof  of  the  mouth  in  the  pre- 
maxillarv  region. 

While  the  general  ajipearance  of  the  beak 
is  decidedly  miuiline,  its  structure  is  vulture- 
like in  the  main.  There  is  no  os.seous  inter- 
nareal  septum.  The  great  open  nostrils  lioth 
communicate,  as  in  Catliartes,  with  the  whole  inner  cavity  of  the 
lieak-tip  aud  with  the  mouth  cavity.  At  a point  half  way  between 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  nostril  and  the  end  of  the  beak,  the 
beak  cavity  is  divided  by  the  ossified  median  septum  into  two 
high  and  very  narrow  recesses.  The  roof  of  the  mouth  in  this 
region  is  but  slightly  arched,  in  fact  almost  flat,  as  in  the  fal- 
eonids,  and  not  at  all  like  the  high  vaulted  beaks  of  Calhartes 
and  (itjmnogtjps.  The  tomial  edge  also  resembles  faleonids  in 
its  straightne.ss  .just  posterior  to  the  hook  (fig.  4). 

The  degree  to  which  the  beak  is  hooked  is  not  exactly  deter- 
minable. The  amount  broken  from  the  tip  is  very  slight,  and 
it  would  seem,  from  careful  examination  of  the  region,  that  the 
amount  of  overhang  might  have  equaled  that  found  in  the  eagles 
(fig.  4). 


Fig.  5,  Teru- 
t or  II  is  rnerriami. 
Beak  fragment 
12507  seen  from 
directly  in  front, 
X (/;•  Op,  0{)en- 
ing  from  l)eak  cav- 
ity into  the  mouth. 


312  Ihiiversil !J  of  ('(ilifoniia  I’lihlical ions.  |<iE<;i,o(;Y 


Measurements  of  !Skuul. 


Width  across  postcro-veiitral  i)oints  of  postaiiditory  |)roiiiiiionc(!S.. 

Width  across  postort)ilal  jn’occsses  

M'idth  through  masseteric  notch  

Least  interorl)ital  width  of  frontal  region  

Highest  jioint  of  crown  al)ove  sphenoidal  rostrum  

Depth  of  foramen  magnum  

Greatest  transverse  diainet(‘r  of  foramen  magnum  

Sagittal  iliameter  of  occij)ital  condyle  

Transverse  diameter  of  occipital  condyle  

Length  from  nuchal  tubercle  to  anterior  margin  of  lachrymal  . 
Diameter  of  orbit  from  postfrontal  jtrocess  to  posterior  point  of 

lachrymal  - 

Diameter  of  orbit  from  j)ostfrontal  j)rocess  to  ventral  i>oint  of 
lachrymal  - --  - 


70.  mm. 
94. 

09. 

r).').3 

57.2 

14.3 

12.4 
7. 

8.2 

99.3 

43. 

52.5 


PECTOKAL  ARCH. 

Tlierc  are  in  tlie  University  collection  the  coracoids,  sternnni 
and  fnrcnla  of  a ra])torial  bird  of  gigantic  size  which  probably 
represent  Temloniis  and  are  therefore  provisionally  described 
in  this  connection. 

The  sternnni  (no  lllbO)  shows  three  points  of  divergence 
from  the  Recent  raptorial  type  (tigs,  (i  and  7).  First:  its  length 
is  greatly  reduced  until  it  becomes  le.ss  than  the  extreme  breadth. 
Second:  the  anterior  region  is  expanded  until  the  mannbrium 
becomes  a wide,  slightly  produced  mound,  excavated  at  its  sum- 
mit in  an  ojien,  gentle  curve  which  separates  the  coracoidal 
fossae  by  a distance  of  23  mm.  Third : the  hyosternal  processes 
are  devidoped  forward  and  outward  till  the  anterior  and  the 
lateral  margins  of  the  sternum  both  become  strongly  concave. 
Since,  however,  the  rib  articulations  come  to  the  end  of  the  hyo- 
stiuaial  processes,  the  condition  might  be  more  properly  consid- 
('i-ed  an  ('xcavation  of  the  anterior  and  the  lateral  bordei’s  by  a 
prolnngation  of  the  hyosternal  jirocesses. 

The  I'ib  articulations  are  but  five,  a number  more  cathartitl 
than  falconid.  The  ginn'ral  concavity  of  the  sternum  is  similar 
to  that  of  Recent  Raptures. 

'file  hyosternal  fossae  occupy  the  entire  anterior  jiart  of  the 
hyosternal  proci'sses,  but  are  not  jirolonged  backward  along  the 
co.stal  articulations.  Owing  to  the  transverse  extension  of  these 
l>rocesses  the  fossai'  then  become  venw  much  extended  laterally, 
but  vei-y  narrow  in  tlu'ir  aid('ro|)osterior  dimensions  (tig.  (1). 


VoL.  5] 


Miller. — 'fcntloDiis. 


8 


F'ig.  6,  Sternum  and  coracoids  of  Teratoriiis  merriami  seen  from  ven- 
tral side,  X %.  C,  Carina;  I),  depression  of  the  hyosternal  process;  F, 
foramen  of  the  nervus  supracoracoideus;  II,  liyosternal  process;  AI,  manu- 
brium; P,  praecoracoidal  process;  P,  ridge  of  pectoralis  secundus;  <S'.  ster- 
noeoracoidal  tubercle. 

Fig.  7,  Teratorni.'t  merriami.  Sternum  no.  11100,  seen  from  the  anterior 
edge,  X %.  C,  carina;  f,  coracoidal  fossa;  II,  hyosternal  process;  AI, 
manubrium. 

Fig.  8,  Teratoriiis  merriami.  Coracoid  no.  12.511  from  dorsal  side,  X %• 
P,  praecoracoidal  process;  8,  sternoc'oracoidal  tubercle;  Sf,  sternal  facet. 


314 


I-  nivcrsil !J  of  (hilifornia  I’uhlicalio)is. 


I (iEOLOOY 


Tlie  fossa  of  the  i)ectoralis  seeuiidiis  is  relatively  small  on 
the  sternum  and,  as  pi'olon^ed  upon  the  coracoid,  occupies  less 
tlian  half  the  width  of  the  ventral  face  of  that  hone. 

The  posterior  margin  of  the  sternum  as  ])reserved  indicates 
a rather  open  notch  on  either  side, — a factor  of  f^rcat  vaiaahility 
even  in  the  limits  of  a species  at  ])resent. 

The  Carina  is  I’elatively  low  as  nearly  as  can  he  jnd<>ed.  The 
anterior  margin  is  intact  from  where  it  bends  ni)vvard  from 
the  wide  manvd)rial  region  to  the  most  aidxn-ior  tubercle  of  the 
free  carina  edge  (hg.  7).  The  anterior  margin  thus  becomes 
very  thick,  hut  this  thickness  diminishes  gradually  backward 
instead  of  appearing  as  a pronounced  welt  upon  the  anterior 
end  of  the  keel. 

The  coracoid  and  furcida  are  decidedly  cathartid.  The  cora- 
coid shows  a wide  sternal  end  tapering  gradually  to  a compara- 
tively narrow  shank  (lig.  8).  The  sternal  facet  occui)ies  less 
than  two-thirds  the  total  width  of  this  end.  The  ridge  of  the 
pectoralis  secundus  conies  down  the  coracoid  and  crosses  its 
sternal  facet  at  a jioint  more  than  two-thirds  the  length  of  the 
facet  from  its  manuhrial  limit,  but  such  is  the  widening  of  the 
coracoid  base  that  the  fossa  of  the  jicctoralis  secundus  occupies 
h‘ss  than  half  the  width  of  the  bone.  The  hyosternal  apophysis 
is  thin  and  flat,  with  the  sterno-eoracoid  tubercle  but  little  re- 
curved. On  its  dorsal  aspect  the  base  of  the  coracoid  is  com- 
])aratively  little  excavated.  Its  head  region  shows  striking  sim- 
ilarity to  that  of  (ijjDuiojjjjps.  The  praecoraeoidal  process  is  a 
little  le.ss  pronounced,  thus  reducing  somewhat  the  concavity  of 
1h(‘  axial  asjiect  of  the  head.  The  process  is  pierced  by  the 
foramen  of  the  sujiracoracoid  nerve. 

Th(‘  furcula  (no.  125(18)  lacks  the  distal  half  of  the  right 
clavicle  and  llu'  scajudar  tuberosity  of  the  left  clavicle.  There 
are  numerous  pathological  I'xostoses  about  the  distal  end  of  the 
loft  clavicle  so  that  the  gros.ser  characters  alone  are  to  be  noted. 
Considering  the  grcad  spread  of  the  extremities  of  the  arch,  the 
shaft  of  the  clavich*  .seems  ratln'r  mon*  shmder  than  in  ('atJiartes. 
Its  cross-sect  ion  is  a little  moi’e  I’oumh'd.  'flu'  region  of  sym- 
physis  presents  ju-actically  the  same  appearance'  as  in  Catharlcs. 
'flic  angle  of  divei'gc'nce  id'  the  two  clavich's  is  very  much  greater 


VoL.  5 ] 


.1/  iUer. — T era  torn  is . 


a 15 

than  is  the  case  in  (Utlliarles  or  in  (rtjmiiofjijps.  On  tlie  whole 
these  form  a ”ron{)  of  minor  distinctions. 


Table  of  Measurements. 

Stci'iiuiii 

Length  from  m!inut)rial  notdi  14(1  mrti. 

Width  across  hyosternal  jirocesses  177 

Width  of  maind)rium  between  coracoidal  facets  17 

Coracoid 

Extreme  length  1 (i2 

Greatest  width  of  sternal  end  7.5 

Tjeast  right  and  left  diameter  of  shaft  17 

Distance  from  snbelavicnlar  process  to  extremity  of  head  5.3 

Distance  from  snbelavicnlar  process  to  axial  point  of  sternal  end..  101 
Eurcnia 

iMiddle  of  symphyseal  notch  to  extreme  distal  curvature  141) 

Smallest  dorsi-ventral  diameter  of  shaft  10.5 

Smallest  antero-])osterior  diameter  of  shaft  . 15 

Extreme  distance  between  shoulder  points  with  coracoids  in  place..  230 


AFFINITIES. 


From  the  characters  of  the  skull  alone  it  becomes  difficult 
to  place  Teratornis  in  the  present  scheme  of  classification.  The 
generally  accepted  subdivision  of  the  group  Raptores  inelmles 
three  families — namely,  Falconidae,  Cathartidae,  and  Serpen- 
tariidae.  The  last-named  family  is  represented  by  the  single 
genus  iSerpoitariiis.  Teratornis,  if  it  be  considered  raiitorial, 
displays  characters  more  or  less  distinctive  of  each  of  these 
groups,  though  a preponderance  of  cathartid  affinities  is  evi- 
dent. At  least  one  of  these,  the  possession  of  basii)terygoid 
processes,  is  shared  by  Serpentariiis.  Tbe  fusion  of  the  lach- 
rymals with  tbe  frontals  and  ectetbmoids  is  strictly  cathartid, 
as  is  the  free  communication  of  the  nostrils  with  the  mouth  and 
the  beak  cavities.  The  very  slight  depression  of  the  nasal  re- 
gion, the  relative  shortness  of  the  descending  process  of  the 
lachrymals,  the  smooth  contours  of  the  skidl  dome,  the  enlarged 
processes  of  the  basispheuoid,  are  all  cathartid  characters. 
With  these  features  mu.st  be  reconciled  tbe  high,  com- 
pressed beak,  ])robably  strongly  hooked,  and  certainly  not  exca- 
vated on  the  buccal  side  at  the  tip,  the  almost  straight  tomial 
edge,  the  high  and  probably  short  nostril,  the  large  lachrymals. 


316 


r iilvet'sH )f  df  California  I’uhlical ions. 


I (iK()I,OfiY 


9.  Hoeonstructeil  skvill  of  Tcrntornis  merriami. 

J*'ig.  19.  Skull  of  dj/miiogiip.'i  calif orniniius,  adapted  from  Ridgway. 
Fig.  II.  Skull  of  Uahacctu.'t  leucoccphalm  ala.'icanus,  large  female. 
Figures  one  lialf  natural  siz(>.  .1,  postauditory  process;  I,  descending  por- 
tion of  lachrymal;  A',  nostril. 

and  Ili(“  snlid  intoroidjital  S(‘i)tinii,  all  of  which  are  faleonid  cliar- 
acleristics.  The  genus  is  uni(|iu'  in  its  eonibination  of  eharac- 
1(‘rs.  in  tile  peenliiir  eonlignrat ion  of  the  occipital  ri'gioti,  the  thit- 
ness  of  the  skull,  the  sliape  of  the  foramen  magnum,  the  large 
si/e,  and,  if  we  acc('|)t  the  association  of  the  otluu’  jiarts  de- 
serihed.  in  the  remarkidih'  sliajic  and  proportions  of  the  sternum. 


VoL.  Oj 


M il  I er. — Ter  (I  lorn  is . 


:n7 

Suc'li  a bird  in  life,  jn(l<?e(l  by  the  stamlards  of  systiaiiatie  or- 
nith()lo<>:y  at  prescait  in  vogne,  would  almost  neeessarily  be  eon- 
sitlered  as  representing'  a,  distinet  family,  wbieli  would  natui'- 
all}'  be  known  as  the  Teratoridthidae.  Thai  exceedingly  impoi'- 
tant  taxonondc  i)oint,  the  character  of  the  lower  limb,  is  still  un- 
known to  us.  It  is  lioi)ed  that  further  excavations  at  Kancho 
La  Brea  will  better  define  Tcratornis  in  this  regard. 

The  for'in  described  in  this  ])aper  is  given  its  specific  name 
in  honor  of  l’rofes.sor  John  C.  IMerriam  of  the  University  of 
California. 


Issued,  tdeptnnber  10,  1909. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  22,  pp.  319-330  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


THE  OCCURRENCE 

OF 

8TREPSICERINE  ANTELOPES 

IN  THE 

TERTIARY  OF  NORTHWESTERN  NEVADA 


BY 


.rOHN  C.  MERKJAM. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Introduction  . ,319 

Ilingoceros  alexandrae,  n.  gen.  and  sp. 320 

Sphenophalos  nevadanus,  n.  gen.  and  sp 325 

Systematic  position  of  Ilingoceros  and  Sphenophalos..  327 

Related  forms  in  America... 329 


INTRODLTCTION. 

During  the  .siimnier  of  1909,  a palaeontological  expedition  was 
organized  and  financed  by  Miss  Annie  M.  Alexander  for  tin' 
purpose  of  collecting  mammalian  remains  in  the  Tertiary  for- 
mations of  northwestern  Nevada,  the  collections  being  presented 
by  Miss  Alexander  to  the  University  of  California.  The  party 
worked  over  the  region  of  Virgin  Valley,  and  Thousand  Creek, 
in  which  a small  collection  had  been  obtained  by  the  writer  in 
1906*,  and  also  obtained  material  at  a number  of  localities  not 
heretofore  known.  The  collections  brought  together  represent  a 

1 Merriam,  J.  C.,  The  Occurrence  of  Middle  Tertiary  Mammal-Bearing 
Beds  in  Northwestern  Nevada,  Science,  n.  s.,  vol.  26,  p.  380. 


r }iivcrfiil )j  of  ('dUfornia  I'lihiicdl ions. 


( (iKOl.OCY 


82(t 


wide  raiif^e  of  iiiajiiiiialiaii  forms,  of  which  a coiisicho-ahh*  per- 
centage are  new.  Some  of  the  most  inten^sting  material,  par- 
ticnlarly  from  tlie  i)oint  of  view  of  tin;  stndent  of  geograpliie 
range  and  origin  of  faunas,  is  that  representing  a nnmher  of 
antelopes  of  the  strepsicerine  or  twist(‘d-horned  tyja^,  knowTi  at 
the  i)resent  time  oidy  in  Africa.  No  n'presentat ives  of  these 
forms  liave  Ix'en  known  heretofon*  from  the  Western  Hemisphere, 
though  they  werej)resetd  in  Eurasia  in  nnddle  t(t  late  Cenozoie 
time. 

Twelve  si)eeimens  of  horn  cores  were  obtained  in  the  Ixxls  at 
Thousand  Creek,  inclnding  a nund)er  of  cpiite  differcTit  types. 
The  range  of  form  may  he  due  in  part  to  variation  in  age  or 
]X)ssihly  in  sex,  hut  cannot  he  attributed  eidirely  to  tliese  factors. 
There  a})peai‘  to  he  at  least  two  specie's  rejeresented  which  evi- 
dently belong  to  two  rpiite  distinct  genei'a. 

ILIXUOCEROS-;  ALEXANURAE,  n.  gon.  and  sp. 

Type  specimen  no.  11880,  Cniv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from 
late  Tertiary  beds  near  Thousand  Creek  in  northern  Ilumholdt 
County,  Nevada.  The  species  is  named  in  honor  of  i\Iiss  Annie 
.11.  Alexander,  through  whose  efforts  the  collections  of  Tertiary 
mammals  from  northwestei'n  Nevada  have  been  obtained  and 
made  available  foi-  scientific  investigation. 

Erontals  not  cavernous  at  the  base  of  the  horn  core.  Horn 
coi’cs,  situated  U})on  the  upper  ])Osterior  region  of  the  orbits, 
sloping  backward,  slightly  outward,  and  tilted  upward  at  an 
angle  of  api)roximately  twenty-five  degrees  from  the  plane  of 
the  fi-ontals  above  the  orbits.  Horn  cores  tending  to  be  circular 
in  cro.ss-section  excepting  foi'  the  presence  of  two  or  more  well- 
d(‘velo]X'd  s])iral  ladges.  Principal  spiral  ridge  arising  above  the 
postero-siqx'i'ioi’  region  of  the  orbit  and  swinging  backward 
ai-ound  Ihi'  axis  at  llu'  rate  of  about  one  turn  in  three  and  one- 
half  inches.  Postc'rioi-  to  a strong  gixxn’e  behind  the  principal 
ridg('  a second  s])ii'al  elevation  may  be  |)resent,  and  a third  may 
he  pi-esent  ill  some  specinu'iis  referri'd  to  this  gi'iius.  Su])raoi’bital 
foi-amina  presc'iit  at  the  anti'i'ior  side'  of  the  base  of  the  horn 
cores. 


■TAiyyos,  x whirl\viii(i ; Ktfxis,  lioi'ii. 


\'oL.  5)  Merriatn. — i^lrcpsiccri n(>  A tildoix s frotti  Xevddn.  '^2] 

The  tyi)e  s])eciiiien  and  4)  consists  of  the  l)asal  portion 

of  a left  horn,  with  a part  of  the  frontal  forming  the  superior 
portion  of  the  orbit  and  the  brain  ease. 

The  frontal  region,  exclusive  of  the  horn  cores,  so  fai'  as 
represented  on  any  of  the  s])eciniens,  is  almost  tlat  anterior  to 
the  base  of  the  horns  (tif?.  3),  and  the  s})ace  Ix'tween  the  hoims 
is  perfectly  even,  or  without  a median  rid<^e.  Behind  a line 


Fig'.  1. — lUngoceros  aleiandrae.  t'osterior  view  of  base  of  left  horn 
core;  a,  spiral  ridge  arising  over  the  postero-superior  region  of  the  orbit; 
Itt,  cross-section  of  horn  core.  No.  11880,  type  specimen,  natural  size. 

Fig.  2. — Ilingoccron,  form  B.  Posterior  to  j)ostero-median  view  of  basal 
portion  of  right  horn  core;  a,  anterior  spiral  ridge  probably  corresponding 
to  ridge  a in  figure  1;  h,  median  or  lateral  S])iral  ridge;  c,  posterior  spiral 
ridge;  ^s,  cross-section  of  horn  core.  No.  11892,  natural  size. 


U iiivrrsil !/  of  Califortiia  I’lihl icol ions. 


;{22 


cotiiuMtliiij;  the  anterior  sides  of  the  bases  of  tiu*  horns  the  frontals 
slo])e  hac'kward  and  downward  from  the  frontal  plane  anterior 
to  tlie  horns  at  an  angle  of  about  sixty  degrees.  On  those  s[)eei- 
inens  showing  tlu'  |)ortion  of  the  froidal  <d)ove  the  orbits  the 
sn])raorhital  foramina  (fig.  2)  are  situated  a little  Ixdiind  the 
middle  of  tlie  sui)erior  si(h“  of  the  orbit,  and  just  in  froid  of  the 
middle  of  the  l)ase  of  the  hoi'ii  eore.  M'hey  vary  from  round  to 
long-ell i])tieal  in  foian. 


Kig.  — lUnqoccros,  sp.  Frontal  region  with  ha.ses  of  hoin  cores.  No. 
I1.H,S2.  XVo. 

The  horn  arises  immediately  above  the  upper  jtosterior  region 
of  the  orbit  (fig.  4),  and  the  middle  of  its  basal  portion  is  situ- 
ated almost  immediately  over  the  jtostorhital  proeess  of  the 
frontal.  It  slojtes  backward  and  slightly  outward  with  a suffi- 
cient upward  tilt  to  make  an  angle  of  approximately  twenty-five 
degrees  with  the  plane  of  the  frontal  above  the  orbits.  In  the 
ty|)e  specimen  a low,  rounded  ridge  which  arises  from  the  portion 
of  the  horn  eore  has(“  nearest  the  orbit  swings  backward  over  the 
out(‘r  side  of  the  horn,  twisting  around  it  at  the  rate  of  one  com- 
plete turn  in  about  three  and  one-half  inches.  This  ridge  grows 
much  stronger  as  it  ai)])roaches  the  posterior  side  of  the  horn. 
In  the  ty])e  s|)ecimen  it  is  accom])anied  by  a groove  which  arises 
.just  above  the  postorhital  process  of  the  frontal.  A second  ridge 
rises  Ix'hind  this  gi'ove  so  that  two  distinet  s])iral  ridges  are 
pi'esent  ( fig.  1 ) . 

FiXeepting  th(‘  notch  formed  by  the  groove  ht'tween  the  two 
pi'incipal  ridges,  the  ci'oss-si'ct  ion  of  tlu'  horn  core  in  the  tyjx' 
specimen  tends  to  he  approximati'ly  eii’enlai’,  as  it  is  also  in  a 
fiagment  of  a horn  i no.  1 ISSti)  ipiite  eertainly  referable  to  this 
species  .lodging  from  the  neai'lx  uniform  width  at  the  two  ends 


VoL.  51  M(  rriaiii. — SI |■(■psic(’rille  Aiih  lopes  from  Nevada. 


Fig.  4. — Ilingoceros  alejraudrac.  Oxiter  siilc  of  left  horn  core  and  orhital 
region;  a,  spiral  ridge  originating  over  postero-superior  region  of  orbit.  No. 
11880,  type  specimen,  natural  size. 

Fig.  5. — Ilinf/oceros  aleorundrae?  Outer  side  of  left  horn  core  and  orbital 
region;  n,  spiral  ridge  originating  over  jiostero-superior  region  of  orbit;  5s. 
cross-section  of  horn  core.  No.  11804,  natural  size. 

Fig.  (5. — lUn/ioccros,  form  C.  Outer  si<le  of  right  horn  core;  a,  spiral 
ridge  originating  from  jiostero-superior  region  of  the  orbit,  and  presumaldy 
connected  with  the  jiostorbital  jirocess;  6'.s,  cross-section  of  horn  core.  No. 
11803,  natural  size. 


n iiiversH !j  of  Coliforiiiii  I’lihl ical Ions. 


I (iKOLOliY 


;{24 


of  ail  of  the  fraffiiients  seen,  tlie  lioi-ns  did  not  taper  rapidly,  and 
tended  to  he  considerably  elongat'd. 

The  surface  of  the  horn  con!  is  con)i)arat ively  smooth,  with 
almost  no  pits  or  roughnesses.  The  t(!xtnre  is  solid,  and  not 
spongy  as  in  the  tnie  bovine  forms.  On  none  of  the  specimens  do(!s 
there  appear  to  he  a distim-l,  line  mai-king  the  i)roximaI  edge  of  a 
horny  sheath. 

In  specimen  no.  11894  (fig.  5),  re])resenting  an  individnal 
considerably  smaller  than  the  tyi)e,  there  is  a single  strong, 
acute  cre.st  developed,  which  corresi)onds  to  ridge  a of  the  tyjx!. 
The  general  form  of  the  horn  is  like  that  of  Ilingoceros,  and  it 
may  he  referred  tentatively  to  /.  (ile.r(in<lr(ie. 

In  specimen  no.  11892  (fig.  2)  a horn  considerably  smaller 
than  the  type  shows  near  its  base  a narrow,  sharp  ridge  with  a 
high,  rounded  one  accom])anying  it  on  one  side,  and  a lower  one 
on  the  other  side.  The  lowei'  accompanying  ridge  dies  out  above 
or  unites  with  the  middle  one  leaving  only  two  prominent  ones. 
Some  distance  akove  the  base*  the  sharper  one  becomes  less 
ahi-upt  and  more  like  the  other.  The  sharp  median  ridge,  called 
ridge  b (fig.  2).  may  correspond  to  a minor  crest  that  arises 
from  the  posterioi-  angle  of  the  jiostorhital  process  of  the  frontal 
in  the  type  of  /.  (tJc.randrae.  The  principal  spiral  ridge  arising 
ahov(‘  the  orl)it  in  the  type  specimen  may  he  called  ridge  a (see 
hgs.  1 and  4).  It  probably  corresponds  to  the  ridge  to  the  right 
of  flic  median  elevation  shown  in  tig.  2.  The  posterior  elevation, 
ridge  c.  on  no.  118f)2  possibly  corresponds  to  the  most  posterior 
elevation  arising  behind  the  ])ostorl)ital  process  in  the  type. 

Another  si)ecimen,  no.  11899,  seems  to  he  quite  certainly  of 
till'  saTiie  type  as  no.  11892.  It  belongs  to  an  individual  of  larger 
size  than  no.  118!)2,  hut  is  smaller  than  the  type.  These  speci- 
mens may  both  i-epresent  an  earlier  stage  of  development  of  this 
s|)ecies  than  tin'  type  s])t‘cimen.  The  fragment,  specimen  no. 
118!)!),  is  also  probably  from  a i)art  of  the  horn  core  somewhat 
lai-ther  above  tin'  base  than  the  u|)|)erniost  paid  of  the  horn 
core  as  rc'piH'sented  in  tin*  type.  They  may  both  he  referred 
tentatively  to  this  gemns  as  form  B.  in  contrast  with  the  typical 
form  represented  in  sp(>eimen  no.  11880  (tigs.  1 and  4). 


Voi,.  5 1 Mcrridni. — Sfrcpsiceriiie  Antelopes  from  Xernda. 


■A2o 


A very  simdl  .specimen,  no.  n8!)3  (fi*'.  6),  .shows  :i  cross- 
section  of  the  liorn  core  faintly  sng'gesting  that  of  the  ty|)e  of 
Splienophalos  nevadanus  descrihed  helow.  In  cross-section  at  the 
top  the  loii^  diameter  is  a little  more  than  twice  the  short 
diajneter.  On  this  si)ecimen  two  sharply  marked  ridges  arise  at 
the  base  of  the  horn  core,  and  come  into  positions  diametrically 
opposite  each  other  a sln)rt  distance  above  the  base.  They  twist 
ahont  the  core  at  a rate  of  about  one  complete  turn  in  four- 
inches,  or  at  nearly  the  same  rate  as  in  I.  alexandrae.  As  yet 
we  have  no  definite  evidence  of  a siriral  twist  of  the  ridges  on 
the  horn  core  of  the  type  of  S.  nevadaoius,  though  a slight  turn 
outward  and  backwai-d  from  the  npjrer  region  of  the  orbit  is 
.sugge.sted.  This  specimen  differs  from  no.  11894  in  that  the  ridge 
a,  which  seems  to  rise  just  outside  the  superior-  openings  of  the 
supraorbital  foranrina  as  in  ridge  a in  the  type  of  Ilingoceros, 
appears  to  be  continuous  with  the  posterior  angle  of  the  post- 
orbital  process  instead  of  just  above  it,  and  may  correspond  to 
r-idge  b in  no.  11892,  form  B.  There  is  farther  rro  suggestiorr  in 
rro.  11894  of  a second  strong  ere.st  opposite  ridge  a as  is  showrr 
here.  Prom  specimen  11892,  designated  as  group  B of  Ilin- 
goceros, this  form  differs  in  that  the  two  main  crests  are  near- 
together  with  a narrow  groove  between  them  in  group  B,  while 
here  the  main  ridges  assume  positions  diametrically  opposite 
each  other  and  the  cross-section  is  narrow. 

Specimen  11893  may  be  referred  to  Ilingoceros  tentativel>', 
arrd  designated  as  form  C. 

SPHENOPHALOS3  NEVADANUS,  n.  gen.  and  sp. 

Type  specimen  rro.  11887,  Univ.  Cal.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from 
late  Tertiary  beds  rrear  Thousand  Creek  in  northern  Humboldt 
f’oiuity,  Nevada. 

Prontals  not  caverirous  at  the  base  of  the  horns.  Ilor-rrs 
situated  on  the  upper-  posterior-  region  of  the  orbits,  sloping  back- 
ward, slightly  outward,  and  tilted  upward  at  arr  angle  betweerr 
twenty-five  and  thirty  degrees  fronr  the  plane  of  the  frontals 
above  the  orbits.  Horn  cores  flattened  in  a plane  extending 

^ cr(f>rjv,  wedge;  <f>aAos,  horn  on  a Homeric  helmet. 


Ihiir(  rsit !i  of  ('(tlifornid  I'nhlical iotis. 


I ( iKdI.OCY 


:vj(; 


backwai’d  and  inwai’d  from  tlu;  orhils.  A short  distance!  aljovc 
the  base  tlie  born  cores  flare  or  widen  slif^ldly  in  the  direction  of 
greatest  diajiieter  in  cross-section.  Outer  anterior  edge  of  the 
horn  core  arising  ovei'  the  upper  posterior  region  of  the  orbit, 
and  swinging  backward  with  a suggestion  of  a twist.  Surface  of 
the  horn  core  comparatively  smooth,  with  a few  pits  or  irregu- 
larities. Texture  of  the  outi'r  portion  of  tlie  horn  core  solid. 
Supraorbital  foramina  present  in  front  of  the  middle  of  tlie 
antero-imalial  sid(‘  of  the  base  of  the  horn  cores. 


Fiji;.  7. — SjilicnoplidloK  ticvaildnus.  Outer  side  of  left  horn  core  and 
orl)i1al  rcfjion ; 7s,  cross  section  of  liorn  core.  No.  11887,  type  sepciinen, 
natural  size. 

The  ty])(‘  spc'cimen  (tig.  7)  consists  of  the  basal  portion  of  tin* 
left  born  with  a portion  of  the  frontal  extending  forward  over 
th(‘  orbit,  and  backward  to  form  a small  ]>ortion  of  the  brain  case. 
A second  s|)ecim(‘n,  no.  IISSS,  im'ludt's  tlu'  bases  of  both  horns 
with  portions  of  th(‘  orbits  and  brain  (‘as(“,  and  n'presents  an 
individual  a little  smaller  than  the  tyjte. 


Voi,.  5 1 M(‘rria)H. — St  repsiccrine  A nlelopes  from  Scvndn. 


'.Vll 

This  form  differs  from  tlie  typical  Uitipoceros  in  the  (lalteiied 
foi'm  of  the  horn  core,  which  shows  only  tlie  slif^litest  tendency  to 
twist  in  the  sp(*cimens  available.  The  cross-section  of  the  horn 
cores  is  wedf^e-shaped,  the  anterior  edge  being  narrower  than  the 
postei-ior.  The  antero-external  angle  of  the  core  rises  above  the 
orbit  in  a line  almost  parallel  with  the  long  axis  of  the  horn, 
while  in  the  typical  specimens  of  /liiipoccros  the  anterior  ihdge 
arising  above  the  i)ostero-sui)ei'ior  region  of  the  orbit  swings 
ha<‘kward  shai-ply  across  the  long  axis  of  the  horn  and  (piickly 
twists  aronnd  its  base. 

The  posterior  asi)ect  of  the  base  of  the  horn  core  is  also  quite 
different  from  that  of  the  typical  Ilingoceros,  as  a perfectly  even 
surface  reaches  np  from  the  brain  case  and  extends  over  the 
l)osterior  side  of  the  horn  core.  In  Ilingoceros  this  region  is 
crossed  by  tin*  sharply  twisting  S])iral  ridges  (fig.  1). 

SYSTEMATIC  I'OSITION  OF  ILINGOCEROS  AND  SPHENOPIIALOS. 

The  forms  which  have  lieen  included  in  the  genus  Ilingoceros 
as  described  above  seem  to  belong  near  the  strei)sicerine  or 
tragelaphine  division  of  the  antelope  group.  This  sub-family 
is  known  at  the  present  day  only  in  the  African  region,  uidess, 
as  some  writers  have  held,  the  peculiar  Boselaphus  of  India  be 
groui)ed  with  the  African  forms.  It  was  represented  by  several 
typical  twisted-horned  types  in  Europe  and  Asia  in  later  Ter- 
tiary time.  No  member  of  this  most  specialized  group  has  here- 
tofore been  known  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

The  type  specimen  of  Ili)igoceros  resembles  Protragelaphns 
from  the  Pliocene  of  Europe  and  Asia  in  some  characters,  but 
differs  in  the  position  and  in  the  general  character  of  the  spiral 
ridges,  in  the  more  erect  position  of  the  horns,  and  in  the  greater 
width  and  flatness  of  the  region  between  the  bases  of  the  horn 
cores. 

The  small  specimen,  no.  11893,  tentatively  referred  to 
Ilingoceros  as  group  C,  most  nearly  approaches  Prolragclaplins. 
though  it  is  by  no  means  identical  with  it  in  form  of  horn  core. 
A fragmentary  si)ecimen,  no.  11886,  which  has  been  considered  as 
probably  representing  a portion  of  a horn  core  of  I.  alexa ndrae 
farther  removed  from  the  base  than  the  upper  end  of  the  ty]ie 


328 


r inrcr.sil  ij  of  ('alifonila  /'nhl  ictil  ions. 


I (iKOI.CMJV 


speciincn,  sii^fjosts  llio  form  of  IIk^  hasal  region  of  a liorii  (-ore 
from  j\Iaragha,  l’orsi:i,  whicli  lias  been  coiisidorod  by  Writ liofcr' 
as  possibly  a yonn^  iiwlividiial  of  I’rol r(i()el(i pli  ns  skouzesi.  It  is 
not  improbable  that  tbe  i\Iarafjba  form  nd'cri-ed  to  may  n'presciit 
a type  distimd  from  Prol raiicia pli  ns. 

The  tyiiieal  IJingoccros  diifers  from  I'rosl repsiceros  in  the 
position  and  form  of  the  spiral  rid"es,  appanmtly  also  in  the 
sharjier  twist  of  the  spiral,  and  in  the  wider  space  between  the 
bases  of  the  horns. 

In  Valacorcas  the  anterior  spiral  ridj^e  rises  higher  up  on  the 
base  of  the  horn  than  in  II i ngoccros  and  is  much  nearer  the 
median  line  of  the  skull,  so  that  the  genei’al  aspect  of  the  horn 
is  quite  different  fi-om  ail  jxiints  of  view. 

The  si)ecimens  inelud(‘d  in  the  genus  Spenophalos  resemble 
Ilingocrros  and  the  tragelaj^hine  division  of  the  antelopes  in 
the  absence  of  cavities  at  the  base  of  the  horn  cores,  as  also  in 
the  density  of  the  horn  core  as  a whole.  In  the  specimens 
available  the  horns  are  much  flattened  laterally,  and  have  evi- 
dently not  developed  a series  of  sjiiral  ridges  like  those  of 
llingoco’os,  or  the  typical  strejisicerine  forms.  The  nature  of 
the  frontal  i-egion  does  not  differ  greatly  from  that  of  Ilingoceros. 

Sphowphnios  resembles  the  existing  j)rong-horn  auteloi)es 
somewhat  in  the  general  form  of  the  horn  core,  and  probably 
also  in  the  charactei-  of  the  surface  of  the  core.  The  horn  cores 
of  SpJioiophalos  differ  from  those  of  Aniilocapra  in  their  rela- 
tively greater  thickness,  and  in  their  more  obli(iue  position  with 
reference  to  the  long  axis  of  the  skull.  They  also  occupy  a 
slightly  more  posterior  iiosition  with  reference  to  the  orbit  and 
are  directed  backwai'il,  instead  of  standing  erect  as  in  Antilo- 
capra.  The  i)osterior  side  of  the  base  of  the  horn  core  in 
Sithenoplinlos  ])resents  a broad,  flat,  gently-curving  surface, 
entirtdy  iliffVrent  from  the  narrow,  ])rominent  ])osterior  edge  of 
th(“  base  of  the  horn  core  in  the  ])rong-horn.  There  is  also  a 
noticeable  dilfeivnce  in  the  slope  of  the  roof  of  the  skull  behind 
the  horns,  this  region  droitping  away  from  the  plane  of  the  fore- 
head more  shai'ply  in  Sj>lirno})h<ilos  than  in  AntUocnpra. 

t Wcitlidfcr,  K.  .\.,  Denliscli.  .1.  U.  .\cait,  <1.  Wiss,  Math,  Nalurwiss,  Cl., 
P.l.  ,'')7,  Taf.  .'),  PiK.  2. 


Voi-.  r,  I Merriam. — Htrepsicrri uc  Aiilclopa^  from  Nevado. 


:]2!) 

The  reseiiiblaiice  to  the  jn'oiig-horns  which  is  shown  in  the 
horn  eores  of  Sphenophalos  will  mean  vei'.v  little  if  the  liorns  of 
SpIiciiopJialos  he  found  to  he  of  the  long,  slender  type  of  the  true 
antelopes.  The  only  suggestion  that  they  may  have  heen  rela- 
tively short  is  given  in  the  slight  tendency  of  the  horns  to  dare 
a short  distance  above  the  base.  It  is  hoped  that  later  dnds 
may  f\ii‘nish  material  which  will  make  possible  a determination  of 
the  entire  outline  of  the  horn  core. 

With  the  fragmentary  material  available  it  is  prol)ably  not 
desirable  to  attempt  the  dednite  reference  of  Sph.enophalos  to 
any  of  the  existing  subdivisions  of  the  antelopes,  although  it 
ap])ears  to  be  not  far  removed  from  the  tragelai)hine  forms  of 
the  Thousand  Creek  fauna. 

The  collections  from  the  Tertiary  beds  of  the  region  of  Virgin 
Valley  and  Thousand  Creek  have  l)een  as  yet  only  partially 
examined,  and  in  the  present  communication  only  the  horn  eores 
have  been  described,  as  they  seem  for  the  present  to  constitute 
the  most  satisfactory  basis  for  comparison.  No  reference  has 
been  made  to  a number  of  specimens  representing  dentition  and 
general  skeletal  structure,  as  the  scattered  and  fragmentary 
nature  of  the  material  is  such  that  only  a most  careful  study  will 
make  a correlation  of  the  parts  possible.  It  is  probable  that  a 
more  exhaustive  study  of  the  collection  will  considerably  increase 
our  knowledge  of  these  forms,  as  the  dentition  of  the  antelopes 
has  been  well  described,  and  made  available  for  comparison  by 
►Schlosser.® 


RELATED  FORMS  IX  AMERICA. 

With  the  exception  of  the  I'upieaprine  or  chamois  group  as 
represented  by  the  mountain  goats,  the  true  antelopes  which  are 
so  wonderfully  represented  in  the  Old  World  have  not  iintil 
recently  been  known  to  have  been  present  at  any  time  in  the 
fauna  of  the  New  World. 

In  an  important  paper  on  “A  Pliocene  Fauna  from  Western 
Nebraska”  Dr.  W.  D.  i\fatthew  and  i\Ir.  Harold  Cook  have 
recently  described"  a most  interesting  fauna  resembling  that  from 


Sehlos.ser,  M..  Abh.  Mat.  Ph.  Cl.  k.  P>ay.  Akad.  d.  Wis.,  Rd.  22,  p.  161. 
Bull.  Ainer.  Mus.  Xat.  Hist.,  vol.  26,  pp.  361-414. 


I'tlivcrsihj  of  (Uilifontia  J'lihiicol ions. 


I (iKOI  (KJY 


.sao 


Thousand  (h’ook,  Nevada,  and  eontainiiif'  remains  of  a form  con- 
sidered by  tliem  to  rej)resent  the  traf^octerine  or  tiipixdraj'inc 
division  of  the  anteloi)e  ffronp,  which  lias  liitherto  been  known 
only  from  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa.  The  horn  is  short  ami 
straifjht,  with  a round-oval  cross-section.  Its  surface  resembles 
that  of  the  horns  of  the  Bovidae,  and  differs  from  the  pron"-horn 
antelope  in  its  eom{)arativel.y  coarse  jiitted  structure. 

There  is  in  the  University  collections  a fragmentary  siiecimen 
from  Thou.sand  CTeek  representing  a small  portion  of  a horn 
core  which  corresponds  very  closely  in  form  to  about  one-third 
of  the  horn  core  of  the  type  sjiecimen  Neolragocerns  improvisus 
as  figured  by  iMatthew  and  Cook.  The  cross-section  of  the  horn 
core  is  approximately  circular  and  there  is  no  evidence  of  the 
presence  of  spiral  ridges.  The  cor(>  narrows  rather  sharjily 
toward  one  end,  which  jiresumably  indieat<"s  that  the  horn  was 
short.  It  appears  to  narrow  too  rajiidly  to  rejiresent  sinijily  the 
tip  of  a tragelaphine  horn.  As  nearly  as  can  be  judged  from  this 
specimen  there  is  good  reason  to  think  that  it  is  either  a form 
near  N eotragocerus,  or  is  an  early  repre.sentative  of  the  Aplocc.rus 
or  mountain  goat  type. 

Associated  with  the  antelopes  from  Thousand  Creek  there  arc 
a number  of  representatives  of  the  Merycodus  tyiie,  and  with 
these  there  is  one  specimen  which  resembles  Merycodus,  and  also 
.sugge.sts  Sphcnophalos.  If  the  lowest  beds  of  the  Virgin  Valley 
formation  are  found  to  contain  these  forms,  it  might  be  profitable 
to  consider  carefully  the  po.ssibilities  of  American  origin  of  some 
of  the  antelopes  here  described.  Tt  may  also  be  profitable  to 
consider  the  relationshij)  of  the  existing  American  antelopes  or 
anteloca{)rines  to  somi'  of  the  forms  represented  in  this  fauna. 


Issued  Deccudter  16.  1909. 


2-3 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  23,  pp.  331-380,  Pis.  27-39  ANDREW  c.  lawson.  Editor 


BENITOITE, 

MODE 


ITS  PARAOENESIS  AND 
OE  OCCURRENCE. 


BY 

GEORGE  DAVJS  LOUDERBACK. 


WITH  Chemical  Analyse.s  by 

WALTER  C.  BLASDALE. 


CONTENTS. 


I’AtiE 

Introduction  . 332 

The  Locality  333 

General  Geological  Surroundings  334 

Occurrence  336 

Effects  of  Earth  Movement  and  Pressure  337 

Size  and  Attitude  of  Outcrop  339 

General  Relations  of  Minerals  in  Veins  340 

The  Minerals  of  the  Deposit  341 

Benitoite  341 

Crystallography  341 

Habits  - . - 344 

Symmetry  346 

Etch  Figures  346 

Natural  Etching  347 

Physical  Properties  347 

('hemical  Characters  349 

Benitoite  as  a Gem  363 

Neptunite  364 

Crystallography  364 

Physical  Characters  366 

Chemical  Characters  367 

Natrolite  367 

Cojiper  Minerals  36tl 

Other  Minerals  360 

Amphiboles  360 

Albite  . ..  361 


rniversiljj  of  CalifoDiio  Pidil  leal  ions. 


I (iKOI.OOY 


:V.V2 


I-ACE 

Aegyiiiie  3(53 

('alcite  and  Aragonite  303 

Manganese  Dioxide  303 

t'oiintry  in  wliich  tlie  Veins  l''ornied  3()4 

.Seijaence  of  Events  . 3()(> 

Disfrihntion  of  Minerals  in  Veins  308 

Kelation  to  the  Ser))entine  300 

(ieneral  Discussion  - 370 

Recent  Dapers  371 

Sipiitknnentarv  Notes  371 


INTRODl’CTlON. 

A Itrief  annoiinceiiKMit  of  the  recently  discovered  mineral 
henitoite  was  made  in  a preliminary  jtaper  issued  in  July,  1907.* 
The  ptirpose  of  the  itresenf  paper  is  to  gave  a general  de- 
scription of  the  mitnre  of  the  occurrence  and  a more  complete 
aeeonnt  of  the  major  minerals  than  was  possil)le  ;it  that  time. 
The  writer  is  indebted  to  iMr.  K.  W.  Dallas,  vice-president  and 
manager,  and  iNFr.  Thomas  Hayes,  superintendent  of  the  Dallas 
Mining  ('onipany  for  permission  to  visit  the  mine  and  for  as- 
sistance in  obtaining  material  for  study;  and  to  Shreve  and 
('ompany  of  San  Francisco  and  in  particular  IMr.  (1.  Eacret, 
head  of  the  diamond  department,  for  gem  and  other  material 
and  assistance  in  many  ways  during  the  progress  of  the  work. 

Since  the  public  announcement  of  the  discovery  of  this 
beautifnl  g(‘ni  mineral  many  efforts  have  been  made  to  find  new 
oceurrenees  of  it,  but  so  far  without  success.  The  writer  has, 
in  eonni’ction  Avith  another  problem,  examined  several  hundred 
occurrences  of  analogous  deposits,  and  several  other  geologists 
wlio  have  work(‘d  in  the  Coast  Flanges  of  California  have  taken 

1 lieniiodc.  a Xetr  ('uUfornia  (iem  Alincrul.  by  (ieorge  Davis  Louder- 
back,  witli  ('lieiiiical  Analysis  by  Walter  C.  Blasdale.  Univ.  Calif.  Piihl. 
Hull.  Dept.  (Icol.,  V,  No.  9 (July,  1S)07),  jip.  149-153.  Announcement  was 
llien  made  that  new  material  had  been  received  ami  a more  complete  report 
would  follow,  'the  main  i>oints  of  this  latter  report  were  i)resented  before 
the  (leological  Society  of  Americti  at  its  AlbiKpterque  meeting  in  Decem- 
ber, 1907.  Vtuions  cattses  have  contributed  to  the  <lel:iy  in  publication  of 
this  in.'itcrial,  in  juirticuhtr  a severe'  illtiess  which  has  kept  the  writer  from 
the  field  of  activity  for  the  gretiter  jeart  of  a year.  In  returning  now 
to  the  completion  of  the  manuscrii>t  for  publication  it  is  found  that  re- 
cimtly  certain  jehases  of  the  work  luive  been  duplicated  by  others.  The 
jesnlls  are  picsented  here,  however,  tis  they  were  originally  worked  out  by 
the  writi'i-  and  his  co-worker  titid  referetice  made  to  the  other  articles  :it  the 
I'lid  of  the  ]iaper. 


VoL.  5 ] 


Ijouderback. — Hcniloile. 


particular  notice  of  iiiiuerals  and  veins  occurring  in  similar 
geologic  surroundings  without  seeing  either  of  the  more  char- 
acteristic minerals  of  tliis  particular  dei)osit.  And  it  is  not 
because  these  minerals  are  difficult  to  see,  for  on  the  contrary 
tliey  are  striking  in  appearance.  Tliey  do  not  occur  as  micro- 
scopic forms,  but  always  in  distinctly  visible  crystals  commonly 
of  fairly  good  size.  It  would  appear  reasonable  to  conclude 
that  tlie  minerals  have  not  been  simi)ly  overlooked,  but  that 
they  are  really  very  I'estricted  in  their  occurrence  and  are  due 
to  a special  and  nnnsnal  set  of  conditions — a pecidiar  variation, 
as  the  writer  ))elieves,  of  a type  of  geologic  activity  of  rathei- 
general  occurremce  along  the  Coast  Ranges.  The  locality  and 
general  geological  surroundings  therefore  assume  considerable 
interest. 


THE  LOC.tLtTY. 

The  ordy  locality  of  benitoite  known  at  present  lies  in  San 
Benito  County,  California,  near  the  Fresno  County  line,  on  a 
short  tributary  of  the  San  Benito  River  which  joins  the  latter 
near  its  source.  It  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  Diablo  Range  and 
not  far  from  its  summit  line,  and  about  twenty-five  miles  in 
a straight  line  (i)robably  thirty-five  miles  by  road)  north  of 
Coalinga,  where  the  mining  company  that  owns  and  works  the 
proi)erty  has  its  headquarters  and  from  which  it  ships  its  sup- 
plies.^ Its  geographical  position  is  represented  on  the  index 
map,  plate  27.  The  mine  is  located  on  section  25,  township  18 
south,  range  12  east,  IMount  Diablo  l)ase  and  meridian. 

2 It  has  been  found  very  difficult  to  determine  just  who  is  the  discoverer 
of  this  interesting  deposit.  Different  individuals  have  laid  claim  to  this 
title  and  a comparison  of  their  various  accounts  shows  that  the  ambition 
to  be  so  called  has  led  to  misrepresentations  of  the  facts.  As  the  writer 
has  already  given  names  in  his  preliminary  report  and  has  found  that 
the  original  accounts  given  him  are  not  entirely  correct,  he  feels  that  a 
further  statement  is  due.  Mr.  J.  M.  Couch,  a prospector  of  Coalinga, 
grubstaked  by  Mr.  Dallas,  had  in  December  found  some  deposits  that 
seemed  to  need  further  examination,  and  Mr.  Dallas  induced  Mr.  L.  B. 
Hawkins  of  Los  Angeles  to  accompany  Couch  into  the  mountains  for  that 
purpose.  While  out  to  examine  some  copper  prospects  they  happened  on 
the  benitoite  deposit  and  each  claims  to  be  responsible  for  the  discovery. 
Having  no  idea  of  the  nature  of  the  material,  they  took  some  back  to  town 
for  further  enlightenment.  At  first  the  idea,  expressed  by  some  “expert” 
in  Los  Angeles,  prevailed  that  the  material  was  volcanic  glass  and  of  no 
value.  Later  some  stones  were  cut  in  San  Francisco,  the  lapidary  believing 
that  they  were  sapphires,  and  for  some  time  the  property  was  known  as 
the  Sapphire  Mine. 


(' iiiversit jj  of  Valifonna  riihlical ions. 


[ (jEOLOGY 


GENERAL  GE()LO(i  SURROUNDI  N(iS. 

Tlie  Diablo  Ran<?e  is  ])riiiiarily  a raii‘^(‘  of  foldiiii^  and  is 
essentially  anticlinal  in  its  structure.  The  rock  forniations  of 
which  it  is  coni})Osed  rise  nj)  from  the  “tireat  Valley”  on  the 
east  exi)Osing'  in  the  characteristic  way,  and  chiefly  through 
the  effects  of  erosion,  older  and  oldei-  strata  as  we  ai)proach  the 
summit  region,  the  rocks  dipping  to  the  west  and  ap[)earing  in 
i-everse  order  as  we  descend  the  western  slope.  Often  the  general 
I’ise  from  the  Great  Valley  is  marked  by  one  or  more  gentle 
or  subsidiary  folds,  or  it  is  modified  by  fatdting,  and  such  varia- 
tions are  especiallj"  common  on  the  west  side  where  the  main 
range  is  flanked  l)y  a more  or  less  mountainous  country  as  far 
as  the  coast. 

However,  the  Diablo  Range  is  not  in  its  general  nature  a 
single  great  anticline  with  axis  practically  coincident  with  the 
range  line.  It  consists  of  a series  of  anticlinal  axes  arranged 
en  echelon,  their  strikes  lying  generally  more  west  of  north 
and  south  of  east  than  the  topographic  summit  line.  In  con- 
trast to  the  subsidiary  or  minor  flanking  anticlinal  folds,  these 
may  be  called  the  primary  anticlinal  components  of  the  range. 
The  noses  of  these  component  folds  run  out  into  the  valley, 
gradually  flattening  down  until  they  disappear.  These  anti- 
clines are  so  placed  with  respect  to  each  other  that  the  summit 
divide  runs  along  one  for  a greater  or  less  distance,  and  then 
dipping  down  to  a pass  rises  again  to  the  next  axis,  and  so  on. 
The  outcropping  strata  ]iass  along  the  flank  of  the  anticline, 
swing  about  the  end  and  turn  back  into  the  range,  then  curve 
about  in  the  opposite  direction  along  the  synclinal  axis  and  out 
along  the  flank  of  the  next  succeeding  anticline. 

I>y  reference  to  the  map  (plate  27)  the  general  nature  of 
the  structure  in  the  vicinity  of  the  benitoite  locality  can  be 
I'ecognized  by  its  influence  on  the  topography.  Prom  some  dis- 
fanc(‘  to  flic  noi-fli  of  the  mineral  occurrence  an  axis  of  a 
l)rimary  anticlinal  com|)onent  oceu|)ies  the  summit  region,  and 
passing  a short  distance  to  the  east  of  the  gem  mine  continues 
in  a sold h(‘ast(‘rly  direction  and  runs  out  some  miles  into  the 
\alh‘y,  whi'i'e  it  pitclu's  below  tiu'  iilain  just  northeast  of  Goal- 


BULL.  DEPT,  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL,  5,  PL.  27 


Ik. 


I’BPAH.V 
Ur  THc  . 

uiHvcssi'ry  or  5iiiH‘^rs 


f 


VoL.  5] 


Louderixiclx. — lioiHoUc. 


:5:55 

iiifi'a.  This  particular  anticlinal  lobe  is  of  considerable  in- 
liu-est  in  another  way,  for  its  lo\v(‘r  portion  near  the  valley  has 
produced  and  is  producing  large  (piantities  of  i)etroleuni,  and 
it  was  along  the  nose  of  this  anticline  that  the  first  important 
development  of  the  Coalinga  oil  Helds  took  place. 

The  next  succeeding  primary  anticlinal  component  forms 
that  part  of  the  range  to  the  west  of  Los  Oatos  Creek  and  Coal- 
inga. The  synclinal  area  between  the  two  is  well  marketl 
to])ogTaphically  bj'^  the  depression  in  which  flows  Los  Gatos 
CTeek  and  its  tributary,  White  Creek,  the  pass  at  the  head, 
and  the  dei)ression  occupied  by  Sail  Benito  Creek  on  the  west- 
ern slope.  These  corresponding  depressions  ( in  part  structural, 
Imt  modified  by  erosion)  and  the  saddle  between  them  naturally 
determine  the  position  of  a road  crossing  the  mountains  from 
the  interior  valley  towards  the  coast,  and  this  is  the  road  fol- 
lowed to  reach  the  benitoite  locality  from  Coalinga. 

Ascending  the  mountains  one  sees  a remarkable  display  of 
formations  starting  with  the  Recent  of  the  valley,  crossing  in 
succession  various  divisions  of  the  Quaternary,  Pliocene,  Mio- 
cene, Eocene,  Upper  and  Lower  Cretaceous  and  ending  with 
the  Franciscan  which  with  its  associated  intru-sives  occupies 
the  highest  portions  of  the  range.  It  is  in  these  last  named 
rocks  that  the  minerals  under  discussion  occur. 

Owing  to  the  general  structure  .just  described,  the  exposures 
of  the  Franciscan  and  their  associated  igneous  rocks  do  not 
everywhere  occupy  the  summit  line  of  the  main  range,  but  ex- 
tend out  along  the  axes  of  the  anticlinal  components.  Thus 
these  rocks  of  the  benitoite  locality  extend  southward  along  the 
spur  that  runs  into  the  valley  northeast  of  Coalinga,  while  later 
rocks  occupy  the  divide  at  the  pass.  The  older  rocks  again 
appear  at  the  surface  along  the  range  line  farther  south  along 
the  axis  of  the  next  anticlinal  component. 

All  of  the  rock  formations  of  this  section  down  to  and  in- 
cluding the  Knoxville  (u.sually  considered  Lower  Cretaceous), 
as  is  common  in  the  Coast  Ranges,  are  unaltered  or  but  slightly 
altered  sediments  and  show  nothing  in  the  nature  of  schist 
formation  and  very  little  in  the  way  of  veiuatiou — and  this  of 
superficial  origin.  The  Franciscan  series  is  in  mai’ked  contrast. 


(■  )iivc)'sit y of  (Uilifornia  I'li hi icdl ions. 


I (!eoi,i,(;y 


:33(; 


It  consists  of  more  or  less  altered  sandstones  (often  )nore 
properly  Ki'ii.vwacke) , sliales  (frecpiently  slatesj,  radiolariiui 
cherts  and  local  ar(‘as  of  various  types  of  more  or  less  recrystid- 
lizcd  rocks,  which  are  fretpiently  coarsely  crystalline  scliists. 
This  series  is  also  intruded  by  various  types  of  basic  iffiieous 
rocks  and  by  dikes  and  lar»e  (hathylithic?)  masses  of  serpen- 
tine. A pai’ticularly  larfre  mass  of  serpentine  occupies  the  sum- 
mit region  of  the  anticline  north  of  Coalinga;  and  it  is  in  the 
midst  of  this  that  the  l)enitoite  mine  is  located.  It  is  the  same 
ma.ss  that  has  hc'en  referred  to  in  the  literature  as  passing  just 
hack  of  the  New  Idria  quicksilver  mines  which  are  situated  about 
five  or  six  miles  north  of  the  henitoite  locality.  In  the  vicinity 
of  the  gem  mine  it  is  several  miles  wide  and  extends  down  the 
range  some  distance  to  the  southeast. 

Scattei’ed  through  this  serpentine  area  are  included  patches 
of  the  Franciscan,  sometimes  of  considerable  size  and  sometimes 
only  a few  yards  or  even  feet  across.  These  patches  may  con- 
sist of  any  of  the  types  of  rocks  mentioned  above  or  any  com- 
hination  of  them  with  or  without  associated  Ijasic  igneous  mate- 
rials. Patches  of  schist  are  (juite  common  and  of  considerable 
variety,  including  glaucophane,  actinolite,  hornblende,  garnet, 
mica,  chlorite  and  other  schists,  and  they  often  carry  well- 
developed  crystals  either  as  part  of  the  body  of  the  schist  or 
in  the  veins  by  which  they  are  frequently  traversed.  Attempts 
have  been  made  to  discover  some  regularity  of  strike's,  or  dips 
or  other  structural  relations,  hut  without  success.  These  patches 
appear  in  general  to  he  detached  masses  included  at  the  time 
of  the  intrusion  of  the  serpentine,  and  to  hear  no  particular 
relationshi]i  in  their  attitude  to  the  roof  or  country  from  which 
they  were  sei)arated. 

It  is  in  one  of  these  masses  inclosed  in  the  serpentine  that 
th('  miiK'ral  deposits  under  considei'ation  are  found. 

OOcnTRRPXCK. 

Penitoite  occurs  in  a zone  of  narrow  veins  of  natrolite,  which 
traverses  an  irregular  lens-sha])ed  iiiclusiou  in  the  serpent ine."‘ 

3 Tlic  occurrence  of  (lie  minerals  is  also  discussed  hv  .\rnold:  Science. 
a.  s.,  V(d.  XXVII  (moS),  pp.  :{12-;!I4. 


(ieneral  \iew  of  benitoite  locality  and  iiiino.  Auj;ust.  ffliis.  H-A,  limits  of  iiicludcl  loi-k  mass  in  which  the  zone 

of  minovalization  ocenvs. 


BULL,  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL.  VOL.  5,  PL,  28 


LIBKASY  , ■ 

or  rH£ 

or  itt.mois 


Yol.  5] 


Loudcrhack. — liciiiloitf. 


337 


The  outcrop  occurs  on  a hill  which,  as  shown  in  plate  28,  is 
separated  from  the  neighhoriii"  rid^e  by  erosional  de])ressions 
on  all  sid('s.  Practically  all  of  the  country  in  view  in  this  photo- 
jiraph,  which  was  taken  looking  a little  east  of  north,  is  serpen- 
tine, including  the  basal  portion  of  the  mine  hill.  The  rock 
mass  directly  associated  with  the  veins  lies  along  the  top  of 
the  hill  from  a point  directly  below  A to  one  directly  below  B, 
and  is  about  520  feet  long,  and  i)erha])s  400  feet  in  its  widest 
j)art. 

The  outcrop  of  the  mineralized  belt  lies  entirely  on  the  side 
of  the  summit  visible  in  the  photograph  and  extcmds  along  a 
line  determined  in  the  photograph  by  the  right  end  of  the  cut 
and  top  of  the  dump.  It  is  a zone  of  veination  which  consists 
of  a large  number  of  irregular  stringer- veins  running  along 
together  in  the  general  direction  of  elongation  of  the  zone,  and 
connected  by  manj^  branches  and  anastomosing  laterals.  The 
rock  in  the  vicinity  of  the  veins  is  altered  by  recrystallization, 
metasoniatosis,  and  impregnation,  in  some  places  porous  from 
solution  of  certain  constituents,  in  others  tough  and  cemented 
by  natrolite  impregnation. 

EFFECTS  OF  EARTH  MOVEMENT  AND  PRESSURE. 

Considerable  movement  has  taken  place  both  before  and  since 
the  mineral  deposition,  and  it  is  distinctly  concentrated  along 
the  mineralized  zone.  The  great  majority  of  the  planes  of  move- 
ment and  crushing  lie  in  or  near  the  plane  of  strike  of  the  zone 
of  mineralization,  but  a few  are  transverse. 

The  effects  of  ])ressure  may  be  tabulated : 

f 1.  Local  schistosity. 

Genetically  related  to  deposit.  J 2.  Cracks  and  spaces  giving  loci  of  veins 

( and  druses. 

( 3.  Sheeting,  crushing,  and  brecciation. 
Subsequent  to  deposit.  | ^ Eaulting  and  displacement  of  veins. 

In  the  first  three  of  these  groups  the  planes  lie  approximately 
in  the  zone  of  mineralization.  A few  of  the  later  fault-planes 
are  transverse  and  have  displaced  the  veins  and  rendered  the 
deposits  more  or  less  discontinuous. 

The  appearance  of  schistosity  in  the  massive  rocks  seems 
to  be  limited  to  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  zone  of  veination 


8:58 


Uiiiversih)  of  ('alifonilo  Publ iralimis. 


I ( iKOI.dfiY 


and  the  ])laiios  of  scliistosil y lie  I'oudlily  ])arallel  to  llie  otilcfO]). 
8’liis  is  ('si)(‘C‘ially  not ieeable  at  tlie  east  end  of  tlie  zone  wlien* 
llie  rock  is  a line-f>rained  d'l'eenslone,  and  alotid  the  line  of  the 
zone  shows  ineii)ient  selnstosity  atid  is  travers(‘d  by  narrow  veins 
of  natrolite  lying'  ehietly  in  the  i)lanes  of  foliation. 

The  eraeks  and  si)ae(*s  in  whieh  the  veins  have  been  deposited 
are  not  always  eoin|)letely  filled,  and  diaisy  ei'acks  and  geodal 
eavities  an*  (jinte  eonnnon.  As  niight  be  expc'cted,  many  of  the 
lu'st  crystals,  and  almost  all  of  the  better  sp(‘eime!is,  are  ob- 
tained from  snch  drnsy  spaces.  (Jften  the  filling  has  procei-ded 
so  far  that  while  a number  of  the  crystals  from  opposite  walls 
have  united,  the  majority'  are  still  free.  Th(“se  may  be  split 
open.  Plate  21)  shows  a slab  three  feet  long  and  eighteen  inch(*s 
maximum  width  whieh  has  been  so  opened,  exhibiting  the  coi'- 
res]K)nding  drnsy  sui'faces.  Plate  30  and  plate  33  show  smaller 
surfaces  more  in  detail. 

Sheeting  is  very  }narked  in  the  face  of  the  open  cut,  as  can 
be  distinctly  seen  in  plate  31.  To  tbe  right  of  the  ro])e  it  is 
very  well  developed  with  vertical  planes.  It  occurs  in  other 
parts  of  the  mine  also.  Crushing  is  evident  here  and  in  other 
places  where  sheeting  is  not  developed. 

It  is  interf'sting  in  this  connection  to  note  that  eastward 
beyond  the  limits  of  the  vein-bearing  rock-lens,  and  in  continu- 
ation of  th('  direction  of  the  zone  of  mineralization,  the  serpen- 
tine is  badly  brecciated. 

Evidences  of  movement  are  very  plentiful — both  fault-planes 
and  displacements.  In  the  face  of  the  open  cut  (plate  31)  the 
rope  lies  on  a very  distinct  plane  of  movement.  To  its  right 
is  crushed,  sheeted,  and  altered  greenstone;  to  the  left  the  vein- 
stone and  tough  im])regnated  wall-rock  is  seen  broken  into  sej)- 
arat(“  blocks. 

'I'his  crushing  and  faulting  of  the  mineralized  zones  allows 
the  ready  seepage  of  wat(‘r,  and  therefore  favors  decomposition, 
'file  rock  outside  tlu'  iniju'egnat ion  zone  has  suffered  the  most 
frojii  this,  and  especially  in  the  sheeted  areas  has  sidfered  so 
from  oxidation  and  othei'  chang(>s  that  it  is  oftcm  im])ossible  to 
g(>1  a de(iint(‘  id('a  of  its  oi'iginal  natuix'.  In  the  mineral  druses, 
wh(“i'e  permeabhx  tin*  waters  have  deposited  a layer  of  limonite 


BUI  L.  DEPT.  GEOL  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  29 


J’ortion  of  vein  split,  open  to  sliow  drusy  interior.  Benitoite  :ind 
neptunite  crystals,  anil  white  natrolite  veinstone  partially  coated  with  a 
limonite  filni.  About  natural  size. 


' 


v..;^ 


l-iSHARY  , ■ 

or  THF 

tiwtvr«s.!Ty  or  ttniiafs 
* - « 


BULL,  DEPT.  GEOL,  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  30 


N(‘])tniiitp  jirisin  in  iiati’dlitc  druse.  Tlie  inner  pure  white  natroliti'  is  separatoil 
t'roin  t)ie  sed.'i  a)ti])hiliole  I'ocii  by  a layer  of  oia'eiiish  natrolite. 


i:  .'J 


of- 


nLlt^,y^ 


! 


VoL.  5 I 


Lou  (lerhiick. — f‘c)i  it  oil  C. 


33!) 


over  the  natrolito,  and  disfigured  its  shining  pure  wliite  surface. 
The  general  dark  areas  in  plate  29  are  due  to  liinonite  films. 
Fortunately,  the  henitoite  and  most  of  its  associates  are  very 
resistant  to  weathering,  and  l)esides  they  are  generally  well  en- 
closed in  impregnated  blocks  that  shetl  the  water  into  their  more 
porous  neiglibors.  Plate  32  is  a Jtiore  genei'al  view  of  the  face 
of  the  cut,  and  tlie  distril)idion  of  vein-stone  can  be  there 
better  followetl.  The  rope  lies  on  the  fault-plane,  and  to 
its  right  is  the  sheeted  greenstone.  Starting  from  the  curve  in 
the  rope,  to  the  left  a number  of  harder  Idocks  are  to  be  seen 
lying  almost  on  a level.  These  are  all  “ore”.  Above  them  is 
a greenish  blue,  porous,  highly  altered  country,  characterized 
by  an  extensive  development  of  green  to  blue  amphiboles.  At 
the  left  edge  of  the  photograph  is  a large  mass  extending  to 
the  floor  of  the  cut.  It  is  evidently  a breccia,  and  is  highly 
impregnated.  It  also  is  “ore”,  if  in  part  low  grade.  This  mass 
extended  out  originally  into  the  ciit,  wdiere  it  was  separated 
from  the  vein-stone  in  the  face  as  a result  of  a transverse  fault. 
The  zone  here  dips  to  the  left.  Its  irregularity  is  evident.  The 
highest  visible  point  of  the  rim  is  thirty-seven  feet  above  the 
floor  of  the  cut. 

We  may  consider  briefly  the  practical  bearings  of  these  iiost- 
veination  movements.  They  have  increased  the  difficulty  of 
mining  by  producing  irregularity  and  discontinuity  of  the  gem- 
bearing matrix,  by  leaving  the  rock  in  a weakened  condition  so 
tliat  movement  and  caving  are  always  imminent,  and  by  afford- 
ing ready  access  of  surface  water  into  the  workings. 

The  workings  are  at  present  so  shallow  that  there  is  not  suf- 
ficient evidence  on  which  to  liase  an  opinion  as  to  wdiether  these 
conditions  will  change  or  not  with  increasing  depth. 

SIZE  AND  ATTITUDE  OF  OUTCROP. 

The  outcrop  of  the  mineralized  zone  is  not  very  extensive. 
At  its  widest  point  it  is  al)out  sixty-four  feet.  Its  length  is  not 
over  four  hundred  feet.  Of  this  the  easternmost  part  carries 
I)arren  natrolite  veinlets  and  the  wall-rock  shows  a minimum 
of  metasomatic  alteration.  Benitoite  has  been  found  at  the  sur- 
face along  onlj"  about  230  feet  of  the  zone,  and  at  the  extremes 
of  this  distance  only  in  very  small  quantity. 


340 


U iiiversitij  of  CaJifornia  Piiblicaiions. 


[(Ikoi-ooy 


The  geiiei-iil  trend  of  tlie  outcrop  is  norlli  <54°  west.  In  ttn; 
cut  the  westeiMi  i);irt  (lii)s  al)out  (58°  nortli,  while  in  the  face  it 
dips  65°  nortli.  At  the  east  end  of  the  niineralizc'd  zone  the 
greenstone  with  incipient  schistosity  and  the  barren  veins  of 
natrolite  lying  in  these  jilanes  strike  north  50°  west  and  dip 
75°  north.  In  other  words,  the  zone  turns  slightly  to  the  south 
before  dying  out. 


GENERAL  RELATIONS  OF  MINERALS  IN  VEINS. 

The  most  abundant  mineral  of  the  veins  is  natrolite,  which 
occurs  chietly  in  granular  aggregates.  Indications  of  crystal 
form  are  largely  limited  to  the  drusy  cavities,  and  even  there 
the  natrolite  generally  forms  in  peculiar  groups,  jirojecting  in 
small  roof-shaped  ridges  or  coxcomb-like  forms,  and  only  very 
rarely  developing  the  prismatic  forms  usually  characteristic  of 
natrolite.  Some  of  the  druses  are  tilled  with  very  small  needles 
of  green  or  blue-green  amphibole,  and  lying  in  the  midst  of 
the  cavity  supported  by  these  needles  the  natrolite  often  occurs 
as  equant*  polyhedral  aggregates  of  from  1 to  3 millimeters 
in  diameter,  not  at  all  suggestive  of  the  mineral  natrolite.  i\Iost 
conspicuous  and  beautiful  in  this  white  ground  of  the  natrolite 
gangue  are  the  .scattered  idiomorphic  cr^'stals  of  the  blue  equant 
or  somewhat  tabular  benitoite  and  the  brilliant  black  neptunite 
l)risms,  showing  here  and  there  a touch  of  deep  red.  These 
mineiads  are  the  characteri.stic  and  more  abundant  minerals  of 
tlie  IxMiitoite-bearing  veins. 

In  plate  30  it  is  apparent  that  surrounding  the  dru.sy 
cavity  is  a layer  of  wliite  (natrolite)  and  that  it  is  followed 
by  a layer  of  darker  color.  This  outer  layer  is  of  variable 
thickness — from  a fraction  of  an  inch  up  to  several  inches 
— and  is  usually  ju’esent  lahween  the  white  vein  material  and 
the  moi'c  definitely  recognizable  wall-rock.  It  has  a bluish  or 
un-('(‘iiish  lint,  and  looked  at  closely  is  seen  to  show  granular 
struct  lire  with  liistei'  and  cleavage  much  like  the  vein-stuff.  It 
is  iiKh'cd  natrolite  which  is  loaded  with  numerous  microscopic 

Es<‘il  in  tlie  s('iis<'  of  ('((uidiiiu'iisioiiiil  or  nearly  so,  in  contrast  to  tab- 
ular or  iirisinal ic,  as  snggosicnl  by  Gross,  Iddings,  Pirrson  and  Washington. 
Jriiini.  (liol.,  X I \'  (I)('c.,  taOC)),  |).  (iOS. 


r:ULL:  DEP'h  GEOL.  UNIV.  cAL. 


VOI  . 5,  PL  31 


I )('t  :i  i li'd  \ icvv  of  i)|ipii  cut,  liciiituiti*  iiliu<“.  Alic'ili^t.  liLIS.  ShcctcMl  zone 

on  I'iolit,  iliscoiit  Niiious  musses  of  \’eii]storie  on  left. 


VoL.  5J 


Loudcrbnck.-  - He  nit  oil  e. 


:}41 

noodles  of  ^roonisli  or  l)luish  ainpliiholo,  eto.,  and  recalling'  in 
its  general  nature  the  “ Eisennatrolith”  of  Norway. 

Following  this  is  the  more  or  less  altc'red  wall-roek,  whieh 
along  the  central  part  of  the  deposit  is  made  np  largely  of  bluish 
or  greenish  amphibole  in  minute  prisms  or  needles  or  irregular 
tangled  mats.  It  often  has  a rather  porous  and  irregular  text- 
ure, as  the  result  of  considerable  leaching  of  the  original  rock 
substance. 


THE  MINERALS  OF  THE  DEPOSIT. 

BENITOITE. 

Crijslallograpln). 

Benitoite  crystallizes  in  the  trigonal  division  of  the  hexagonal 
system  and,  as  will  be  more  fully  shown  below,  it  belongs  to  the 
twenty-second  or  ditrigonal-bipyramidal  group  of  Groth,  the  tri- 
gonotype  group  of  Dana — the  first  actual  example  of  this  tyT)e 
of  symmetry.  This  is  the  highest  symmetry  group  of  the  tri- 
gonal division — too  high  to  exhibit  rhombohedra  which  are  so 
characteristic  of  this  division  that  it  is  often  called  the  rhom- 
bohedral  division  or  system. 

The  axial  ratio  c-.  a is  0;7344,  determined  as  the  average  of 
27  direct  measurements  of  the  angle  between  p (1011)  and  c 
(0001)  with  the  two-circle  goniometer. 

The  detailed  data  obtained  from  7 crystals  are  as  follows : 

40°  14'  — 2 good,  1 fair. 

lOy — 1 good,  1 poor. 

18'  — 4 excellent,  3 good,  7 fair,  2 poor. 

19'  — 1 excellent,  1 poor. 

21'  — 1 good,  1 fair. 

22'  — 2 fair. 

Giving  weights  of  4,  3,  2,  and  1 for  excellent,  good,  fair,  and 
poor  reflections,  respective!}^,  the  average  is  40°  17:94;  a simple 
average,  all  readings  being  given  same  weight,  gives  40°  18414. 
The  closeness  to  the  value  for  apatite  (Dana,  0.7346®)  is  strik- 
ing, but  the  symmetry  is  different  and  the  relationship  other- 
wise not  apparent. 

5 Baunihauer  in  Zeit.  fiir  Eryst.,  XVTTT  (1891),  p.  40,  has  collected  the 
various  values  for  the  axial  ratio  of  apatite  and  gives  values  from  0.7294 
to  0.7353. 


342 


IJiiirersif u of  (Uilifoniid  Puhl ical ions. 


|(lEoi,o«y 


'I'he  elements  according  to  the  systoia  of  Oold.scluiiidt,  as 

a — 1 ; 0.7344  (O,),  ai-o  as  follows: 

(10) 


c ^0.7344  I Ig  e = 9.86593  | Ig  a„=  0.37263  | Ig  i)„=  9.(i8!)84  | a„=  2.3585  | p„=  0.4896 


a 2 


or  l)y  s(‘l(‘r1ion  of  the  other  set  of  axes. 


c = 1.2720  I Ig  c=  0.10449  | Ig  a„=  0.13407  | Ig  p,,— 9.92839  | a„=  1.3617  | p„  0.8480  (1, 


Table  of  Angt.f.s.  Gi. 


Let. 

0| 

L_> 

Bravais 

<P 

P 

b, 

V» 

? 

V 

X 

Prisms 

X 

// 

rl  flip 

(' 

0 

0 

0001 

— 

0°00' 

o°oo' 

o°oo' 

0°00' 

0°00' 

0 

0 

0 

a 

oo 

CO  0 

1120 

30°00' 

90  00 

90  00 

90  00 

30  00 

60  00 

0.5773 

OO 

OO 

— OD  0 

00 

lOTO 

0 00 

90  00 

0 00 

90  00 

0 00 

90  00 

0 

— 

00 

CO  () 

00 

oiTo 

60  00 

90  00 

90  00 

90  00 

60  00 

30  00 

1.7321 

CD 

oo 

i> 

+ 10 

• 1 

toll 

0 00 

40  18 

0 00 

40  18 

0 00 

40  18 

0 

0 . 8480 

0 . 8480 

TT 

— 10 

— 1 

OlTl 

60  00 

40  18 

36  19 

22  59 

34  04 

18  52 

0.7349 

0.4240 

0.8480 

r 

4 0 

+ 1 

ioT2 

0 00 

22  58 

0 00 

22  58 

0 00 

22  58 

0 

0.4240 

0 . 4240 

<1 

o 

60 

2241 

30  00 

71  12 

55  45 

68  32 

28  15 

55  04 

1 .4687 

2.. 5440 

2.9375 

A numher  of  crystals  show  a more  complicated  form  that 
lies  vicinal  to  n and  in  the  angle  where  tt,  ni  and  p meet.  These 
faces  may  occur  comjilete  for  the  SAinmetry  as  far  as  one  face  n 
and  its  corresponding  face  vertically  below  are  concerned — that 
is,  one  in  each  of  the  corresponding’  p,  n,  in  cornel’s;  but  they 
have  not  yet  been  found  corresponding  to  the  complete  sym- 
metry of  a whole  crystal.  They  are  uniformly  dull,  and  give 
no  o])portunity  for  accurate  measurement.  IMany  attemiits  at 
measurement  were  made  with  unsatisfactory  results,  and  the  fol- 
lowing ai)i)roxiniation  may  be  given  : x = — P/o  (TT)  1 9 10).  At 
least  one  otlnu’  was  observed,  and  recognized  as  different  by  the 
ditVerent  triangular  trace  that  it  produces,  but  it  is  so  near  rr  in 
its  attitude  and  so  dull  that  no  approximation  is  attempted. 
X seems  to  be  the  more  common  of  the  vicinal  forms  and  was 
ol)sei-ved  on  a numbei’  of  crystals.  It  is  of  interest  as  the  best- 
dctiiH'd  I’cpresentat iv('  of  a genei’al  form  yet  observed. 

'I'Ih’  positive  set  of  plain's  give  much  better  reflections  than 
the  iH'gativc  set.  /X  (1010)  gives  generally  unsatisfactory  n'- 
llcctions.  The  unit  jiyi-amid  faces  ± should  show  the  simple 
relation  that  one  appc'ai’s  at  I'aeli  (</>  ) n()0)°  with  the  .same 


VoL.  5] 


Louderback. — Hcuiloile. 


:543 

p=40°18';  likewise  u prism  face  at  each  ((^-j-n6(J)°  with  p 
= 90°.  To  illustrate  the  nature  of  the  measurements  obtained, 
results  are  here  given  for  two  crystals.  Tn  general  it  has  been 
found  that  all  of  the  individual  faces  of  a form  are  not  meas- 
urahle  on  the  same  crystal. 

Crystal  No.  3 


Moasureil. 

Keflcetion. 

Calculated. 

<p 

P 

<t> 

P 

0°  00' 

OO 

1— 1 

o 

O 

excel. 

0°  00' 

40°  18' 

TT- 

59°  59' 

40°  14' 

poor 

60°  00' 

40°  IS' 

119°  56' 

40°  18' 

good 

120°  00' 

40°  18' 

TT* 

broken 

240°  00' 

o 

o 

00 

e.xcel. 

240°  00' 

40°  18' 

TT'j 

299°  54' 

1— 1 

o 

fair 

300°  00' 

40°  18' 

vui 

O 

O 

O 

90°  00' 

good 

O 

o 

o 

o 

90°  00' 

7)15 

240°  00' 

89°  58' 

fair 

240°  00' 

90°  00' 

;al 

No.  1 

Measured. 

Redection. 

<P 

P 

o 

o 

o 

40°  19' 

excel. 

7r2 

60°  05' 

O 

O 

poor 

ps 

120°  04' 

40°  22' 

fair 

Tri 

180°  01' 

40°  22' 

good 

/73 

239°  58' 

40°  21' 

good 

TT'' 

300°  01' 

40°  21' 

fair 

7)0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

90°  00' 

fail- 

M- 

o 

o 

90°  00' 

fair 

77!  5 

120°  05' 

90°  00' 

fail- 

7715 

240°  01' 

O 

O 

o 

fair 

Measured. 

Calculated. 

<P 

P 

P 

r (10T2) 

o 

o 

23°  00' 

0 

O 

o 

22°  58; 

a (1121) 

89°  59' 

CO 

O 

O 

O 

90°  00' 

30°  00' 

90°  00' 

o 

o 

O 

CO 

d (2241) 

71°  07' 

30°  03' 

71°  12' 

30°  00' 

71°  12' 

CO 

o 

o 

For  a and  d the  two  sets  of  readings  are  averages  from  two 
crystals. 

For  X the  average  on  one  crystal  was  </)=55°  22'  p=41°  48'; 
on  another  49'  p=41°  39'.  The  calculated  angles  for 

— IYk,  are  (/)=55°  07'  /a=41°  48'. 


r uivcrsil )j  of  Calif ornid  I’ablical ions. 


I Oeoi-ooy 


;U4 


Habit. — The  most  common  lial)its  are  distinctly  triffonal  and 
pyramidal.  Altliougli  i)rism  faces  are  almost  universally  pres- 
ent they  are  always  comparatively  small,  and  no  ai)proach  to 
a prismatic  hahit  has  yet  been  observed.  The  largest  crystal 
yet  seen  is  about  two  and  a half  inches  across,  hut  is  of  unusual 
size.  The  majority  are  less  than  one  inch  across.  The  negative 
pyramid  generally  shows  the  largest  faces,  p commoidy  not 
reaching  to  c,  and  thus  giving  a triangular  outline  to  the  basal 
plane.  The  prisms  appear  as  narrow  hands.  The  basal  i)lane 
may  more  rarely  be  absent,  and  p is  then  (piite  small.  This  gives 
the  two  habits  shown  in  figures  1 and  2,  plate  27.  The  positive 
pyramids  reach  the  basal  plane  in  about  20  per  cent,  of  the 
crystals  and  then  a hexagonal  outline  is  {)roduced,  the  edges  gen- 
erally being  distinctly  in  two  alternate  groups  (pi.  27,  fig.  2). 
Only  one  crystal  was  seen  wherein  Avas  produced  a pseudo- 
hexagonal  symmetry.  A peculiar  habit  that  has  been  found  in 
a fcAv  crystals  is  jAroduced  by  a predominant  basal  plane,  the 
crystal  being  A'ery  thin,  and,  if  groAving  from  one  side,  has  the 
appearance  of  an  orthorhombic  table. 

Only  one  crystal  Avas  found  not  shoAving  prism  faces.  The 
positive  prism  m may  be  narroAver  than  the  negative  prism  as 
in  plate  28,  figure  1,  and  in  about  3 per  cent,  of  the  crystals 
examined  it  Avas  absent,  as  in  i)late  38,  figure  4.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  may  be  considerably  broader  than  the  latter,  cA^en  when 
its  coi'responding  pyramid  p is  smaller  than  the  negative 
pyramid  it,  as  in  figure  2. 

The  form  r (ldl2),  has  been  found  on  considerably  less  than 
half  of  the  crystals  in  which  p does  not  reach  the  basal  plane,  and 
Ihen  always  as  a narroAV  truncation  of  the  n edges.  This  is  shown 
in  figure  4,  plate  37,  together  Avith  x (17)1  9 10)  which  is  here 
r(>pi-eseuted  as  complete  for  the  crystal,  although  actually  it  is 
iiol  found  in  all  the  sectants,  and  occurs  only  on  a fcAV  crystals. 
In  a cerlain  juuubei'  of  cryslals  the  ])lace  of  r is  then  taken  by  a 
sirip  of  horizontal  sti'iations  or  narrow  planes  due  to  oscillatory 
growth,  'file  striations  ari'  shown  in  plate  38,  figure  :l,  and  in 
figure  4 is  re])res(‘uf ed  a set  of  coarser  oscillations  showing  the 
o)-igin  of  the  sti’iations  as  alternations  of  c ami  p. 

'I'lie  ])rism  of  the  second  order  a (112n  was  observed  in 


BULL,  DFPT.  GEOI-.  UNIV.  CAL 


VOL.  I'l. 


(L'lirr.'il  \ i('\v  (if  (‘iiil  Ilf  iijii‘11  cllf,  liciiitiiif (‘  iiiiiic 


Aiiii'iisl.  IIIOS. 


OF  THE 


Vdi,.  ;■)] 


Louderlxtcli. — He  nit  oil  c. 


lUf) 

about  fifteen  erystals  in  a lot  of  ahoni*  500  examiiual.  It  is  always 
small  and  may  oecnr  witlumt  other  i)lanes  of  the  second  order, 
as  in  plate  38,  fif>nre  4,  hnt  it  is  eommonly  assoeiated  with  d 
(2241)  as  in  figure  3 of  tliis  plate.  This  form,  a,  may  be  dull, 
and  if  bright  is  not  so  lustrous  as  either  m or  /x.  The  second 
order  pyramid,  d (2241)  was  found  on  eleven  crystals  in  the 
same  lot.  It  is  always  small  and  with  luster  inferior  to  that 
of  <1.  It  generally  accompanies  a,  bid  on  two  crystals  showing 
an  oscillatory  growth  between  c and  p,  it  occurs  without  a. 

The  basal  plane  is  generally  a very  brilliant  face,  as  also 
the  pyramid  p.  The  negative  pyramid  is  frerpiently  dull,  and 
even  when  at  its  best  is  never  as  smooth  and  brilliant  as  the 
positive.  Its  surface  is  almost  always  uneven  and  often  irregu- 
larly curved.  This  results  sometimes  in  the  production  of  a 
wedge-like  form  for  the  prism  face,  the  edges  tt  A /x  and  i-  A g 
converging  towards  the  right  or  left.  The  prisms  are  generally 
quite  bright,  and  if  any  difference  appears,  m shows  a better 
surface  than  /x.  Vertical  striations  of  oscillatory  growth  are 
common  on  p. 

Sijmnietnj. — The  habit  of  beuitoite  is  very  characteristic  of 
its  trigonal  symmetry,  and  of  the  presence  of  a plane  of  sym- 
metry parallel  to  the  base.  The  planes  at  each  end  of  the 
vertical  axis  are  always  similarly  developed,  and  the  identity 
of  the  planes  in  the  upper  half  with  those  vertically  below  are 
clearly  shown,  both  by  geometrical  development  and  physical 
character.  There  may  still  be  a doubt,  however,  as  to  whether  the 
symmetry  is  that  of  the  trigonal-bipyramidal  or  the  ditrigonal- 
bipyramidal  group.  The  simple  forms  that  characterize  the 
benitoite  crystals  are  common  to  Imth  groups.  The  planes  of 
the  second  order  occurring  in  like  development  at  the  end  of 
each  lateral  axis,  and  vicinal  form  ,r,  which  is  occasionally  found, 
would  indicate  the  group  of  highest  symmetry. 

?Jfch  Figures. — Etching  was  also  resorted  to  in  the  investi- 
gation of  the  symmetry.  Good  figures  may  be  olitained  on  the 
base  and  the  positive  unit  forms  by  treatment  with  hydrofluoric 
acid,  and  also  with  fused  caustic  potash,  the  results  being  sim- 
ilar in  both  cases.  The  figures  with  the  acid  are  somewhat 
sharper  and  easier  to  handle  and  will  be  especially  described. 


34G 


IJ iiiversil jj  of  ('alifontia  lUihlical ions. 


((•KOLOOY 


Those  otoli  fifnires  are  ilhisl rated  ])y  fi>iure  5,  plate  37,  wherein 
the  hiisal  i)laiie  remaining'  fixed,  tlie  ]).vrainidal  j)lanes  of  tlie 
upi>er  half  of  tlie  crystal  and  the  iirisins  are  sujiposed  turned 
on  their  upper  horizontal  (‘dges  until  hrought  into  the  plane 
of  the  drawing.  This  gives  the  actually  observed  forms  of  the 
figures  on  each  face,  and  exhiliits  clearly  the  symmetry.  The 
broken  lines  are  the  traces  of  the  three  lateral  planes  of  sym- 
metry. 

The  basal  jilane  i-emains  brilliant  and  gives  very  distinct 
figures.  These  most  commonly  show  the  outline  of  eipiilateral 
triangl(‘s  in  position  reversed  with  resiiect  to  the  similar  tri- 
angular outline  of  the  basal  plane,  and  with  its  sides  jiarallel 
to  the  edges  c A tt.  On  one  crystal  treated  with  very  dilute 
acid  hexagonal  figures  were  obtained,  hut  the  face  was  also 
dottetl  by  numerous  small  reversed  equilateral  triangles  rep- 
resenting deju-essions  of  regular  trigonal  pyramidal  form. 

The  negative  unit  pyramid  tt  is  the  most  readily  attacked 
form  on  the  crystal,  and  very  soon  becomes  dull  without  show- 
ing any  distinct  figures.  Under  very  favorable  circumstances, 
peculiar  figui-es  are  obtained,  the  upper  boundaries  of  which 
are  very  indefinite,  but  which  are  distinctly  symmetrical  with 
res])ect  to  the  projection  of  the  c axis. 

The  negative  unit  prism  (g)  shows  generally  rod-like  or 
ellipsoidal  depressions  with  sides  or  elongation  parallel  to  the 
r axis.  Where  exceptionally  developed  figures  of  hexagonal 
outline  are  produced,  two  opposite  sides  are  parallel  to  the  c 
axis  and  the  whole  figure  is  symniefrieal  with  respect  to  a 
horizontal  aiul  to  a vertical  line. 

The  positive  unit  i)yramid  p remains  ((uite  bright  and  gives 
good  tigurc's.  usually  (juadrilateral  and  symmetrical  to  a diag- 
onal parallel  to  the  projection  of  the  c axis  on  p.  In  some  cases 
this  (piadilatei’id  is  timncated  by  a line  parallel  to  the  edge 
p A 01  at  its  uppei-  angle,  sometimes  at  its  lower  angle  also. 
In  a sp(‘cimen  treatc'd  with  hot  acid,  depressions  were  ohtaineil 
corresponding  to  a truncated  hexagonal  ])yramid  (not  regular) 
as  shown  in  fig.  5,  ])latc'  flT. 

'Phe  positive  unit  |)i'ism  (>n)  is  with  difliculty  attacked 
and  geiici'ally  shows  only  small  pits  with  sides  parallel  to  the 


VoL.  5] 


Loudcrbnxk. — Hcnitoilc. 


:U7 


(■  rixis;  occasionally  iiiinuto  lozcn^o-sliaped  fijiurcs  may  he  s(‘cti 
in  certain  li^'ht,  symmetrical  with  respect  to  the  edyes  fx. /\  ni 
and  ('  A rn. 

The  hgnres  on  the  hasal  i^lane  show  conclusively  the  trigonal 
character,  and  those  on  the  prisms  the  presence  of  the  hoi'izontal 
plane  of  symmetry.  It  is  also  evident  that  three  plain's  of  sym- 
metry pass  through  the  vertical  axis  and  bisect  the  pyi-amidal 
and  jirismatie  faces,  fixing  the  symmetry  as  that  of  the  ditri- 
gonal-bipyramidal  group,  and  making  benitoite  the  type  of  the 
highest  grade  of  trigonal  symmetry. 

Natural  Etching. — A large  number  of  the  crystals  of  lieni- 
toite  show  natural  etching.  The  negative  pyramids  commonly 
show  various  degrees  of  dulling.  This  sometimes  produces  very 
striking  results,  especially  when  the  crystal  shows  a large  de- 
v'elopment  of  these  jilaues  with  the  other  planes  quite  small, 
when  the  bulk  of  the  surface  may  be  very  dull  and  even  cov- 
ered by  a film  of  deconqiosition,  in  the  midst  of  which  the 
small  faces  may  aiipear  clear  and  brilliant.  Triangular  figures 
on  the  basal  plane  occasionally  occur,  sometimes  as  depressions 
when  the  triangle  is  in  reversed  i)osition  with  resi)ect  to  the 
triangle  of  tt  A c,  sometimes  elevations  when  they  are  placed 
in  the  same  attitude  as  triangle  of  tt  A c.  Occasionally  hex- 
agonal figures  occur  outlined  by  grooves  parallel  to  the  ])asal 
edges. 

Physical  Properties. 

Hardness  6|-6i;  distinctly  above  orthoclase  and  lal)radorite, 
and  below  chrysolite  and  quartz.  Density  3.64-3.67.  The  high- 
est value  obtained  was  on  a flawless  gem  stone  of  moderately 
deep  color  weighing  1.53243  grams,  and  giving  a value  of  3.667. 
The  clearest  obtainable  colorless  fragment  gave  3.65.  A num- 
l)er  of  intermediate  values  were  obtained  on  clear  blue  material 
and  as  low  as  3.64.  IMaterial  with  flaws,  cloudy  white  speci- 
mens, etc.,  in  general  give  lower  values. 

Fracture,  conchoidal  to  sub-conchoidal ; cleavage  very  im- 
l)erfect,  pyramidal. 

Refractive  index  by  prism  method  referred  to  1)  line;  w = 
1.757;  £ about  1.804.  Double  refraction  strong,  and  ])ositive. 


348 


IJ  niversil  !j  of  ('(ill  fora  id.  I'tihlicdlioiis. 


I <iK(li,0(iV 


]^asal  sections  show  a perfect  uniaxial  ei’oss  which  gives  a dis- 
tinct i)ositive  reaction  with  ilie  mica  plate. 

Color,  most  commonly  pale  to  deep  blue,  generally  with  a 
slightly  violet  tint;  trans])areid..  Colorless  crystals  occur,  hut, 
are  more  rare.  The  variation  in  color  fretpiently  occurs  on 
the  same  crystal,  and  the  writer  lias  many  in  which  part  of  the 
crystal  is  blue  and  jiart  colorless.  The  transition  is  sometimes 
gradual  and  irregular;  sometimes  it  is  sharp,  the  zones  being 
separated  by  cry.stallograjihic  planes.  The  writer  has  a slab 
cut  parallel  to  the  vertical  axis  t(j  exhibit  the  iileoehroism  in 
which  the  line  separating  the  blue  from  the  colorless  jiortion 
is  parallel  to  that  crystallographic  axis.  On  another  crystal 
a colorless  layer  2 mm.  thick  lies  at  the  top,  and  is  sejiai-ated 
from  the  ludk  of  the  crystal  which  is  bine  by  a plane  parallel 
to  its  base.  The  physical  propeilies  of  the  colorless  material 
are.  except  for  those  deiiendeut  on  color,  the  same  as  those  of 
the  most  highly  colored  ones. 

An  elfort  has  been  made  to  determine  the  source  of  the  blue 
color  of  most  of  the  material,  Imt  the  results  have  so  far  been 
negative.  Some  of  the  colorless  material  was  carefully  sepa- 
rated  and  submitted  to  Professor  Plasdale  for  chemical  analysis, 
but  it  shows  but  slight  variation  (if  any)  from  that  of  the 
blue,  as  may  be  seen  by  referring  to  the  analyses  given  farther 
on.  He  also  made  a careful  ((ualitative  examination  of  a two- 
gram  portion,  but  failed  to  detect  any  appreciable  amounts  of 
any  element  that  might  be  reasonably  supposed  to  influence  the 
color  of  the  minerals.  That  practically  all  of  the  titanium  is 
in  the  highest  .stab'  of  oxidation  was  also  shown  by  dissolving 
the  matm-ial  in  hydrofluoric  acid  in  an  atmos]ihere  of  carlion 
dioxide.  A colorless  solution  was  obtained  which  failed  to  re- 
duce jiotassinm  ])(‘rmanganate.  In  the  preliminary  report  the 
writer  suggested  that  the  coloi’  might  be  due  to  a small  amount  • 
of  titanium  in  the  I’l'diiced  condition  in  solid  solution  in  the 
benitoiti'  molecule.  A comparison  of  The  analyses  of  colorless 
and  blue  samples  shows  that  the  440,  of  the  former  is  a half 
per  cent,  or  more  less  than  in  the  latter,  and  if  this  can  be 
accepted  as  an  essential  dilVm'cnce  it  at  least  is  in  consonance 
with  that  view.  'rh(>  vioh't-t inted  bliu'  of  the  extraordinary  ray 


Voi..  5] 


Loitdcrlxick. — lie  nit  oil  e. 


;u<) 


is  also  very  sug'geslive  of  the  eolor  <i'iveii  hy  the  sesfiiiioxide  of 
titaniimi.  Tlio  reduction  test  stands  opi)osed  to  this  id(‘a  unless 
tlie  (inantity  in  the  material  used  for  tlie  test  was  very  small — 
or,  in  other  words,  nidess  very  small  (inantities  can  give  dis- 
tinct colors. 

The  color  is  apparently  (piite  stable.  No  evidence  of  fading 
has  been  noticed  in  the  cut  stones  and  fragments  heated  to  a 
bright  red,  just  short  of  fusion,  for  five  or  six  minutes  showed 
no  change  whatever  after  they  were  again  cooled. 

Pleochroism  is  very  intense  in  the  deep  colored  varieties 
and  is  i)rohahly  the  most  important  test  applicable  to  cut 
stones.  In  the  lighter  parts  the  extraordinary  ray  is  a very 
slightly  greenish  blue,  inclining  to  indigo  as  it  becomes  darker, 
and  is  very  similar  to  one  of  the  axial  colors  shown  l)y  some 
cordierites.  In  the  deeper  colored  crystals  and  the  thicker  laj'- 
ers  it  is  an  intense  purj^lish  blue.  The  ordinary  ray  is  white. 
The  color  of  the  mineral  in  ordinary  light  is  therefore  merely 
the  color  of  the  extraordinary  ray  diluted  with  the  white  of 
the  ordinary  ray.  The  extraordinary  ray  shows  strong  absorp- 
tion of  sodium  light,  and  renders  a determination  of  the  re- 
fractive index  for  that  light  difficult. 

An  attenijit  has  been  made  to  represent  tlie  pleochroism  in 
jilate  33,  figures  2 to  4,  as  shown  in  a large  cut  stone.  Figure 
2 shows  the  natural  color,  and  figures  4 and  3 the  colors  of  the 
ordinary  and  extraordinary  rays.  The  stone  used  is  of  only 
moderate  depth  of  color.  Dark  colored  specimens,  if  fairly  thick, 
give  such  very  strong  absorption  along  the  extraordinary  ray  that 
the  depth  of  color  is  hardly  reproducible. 

It  fuses  quietl.y  to  a transparent  glass  at  about  3. 

Ch em ical  Characters. 

In  hydrochloric  acid  it  is  practically  imsoluble,  and  this  per- 
mits us  to  dissolve  crystals  out  of  their  natrolite  matrix  with- 
out injury  to  the  crystal  faces.  The  natrolite  dissolves,  leaving 
the  benitoite  in  a matrix  of  hydrous  silicic  acid  which  is  easily 
removed.  Sulphuric  acid  has  also  been  used  for  this  purpose 
at  the  mine.  The  mineral  is  attacked  by  hydrofiuorie  acid,  and 
dissolves  readily  in  fused  sodium  carbonate.  Dlasdale  also  finds 
it  bnt  slowly  attacked  by  molten  potassium  pyrosulphate. 


r III  versify  <if  ('(ilijdriiin  I’ulificutidiis. 


I (!koi,()(jy 


:^r)0 


Tlio  (‘heiiiiciil  analysis  was  kindly  midertakoii  l)y  Profcssoi' 


lllasdale.  A 

and 

It  were* 

made  on 

the  blue  material  aud 

the  white. 

A. 

B. 

Av. 

•Mol.  Katios. 

C. 

Si(X 

13.56 

43.79 

43.68 

.723 

43.61 

TiO, 

20.18 

20.00 

20.09 

.250 

1 9.50 

HaO 

36.34 

36.3 1 

36.33 

.237 

37.01 

100.08 

too. 10 

100,12 

Fi-oiii  tliosc  is  (lei'ived  tlie  i'onnida  I >aTiSi.,( ),,  whicli  yields 
llie  following-  cak'idatod  values. 

Sio.,  4:i.7l 

TiO,  1 9.32 

BaO  3(i.97 

Tu  an  attempt  to  aeeouid  for  the  color  of  the  mineral  Hlas- 
dale  made  various  qualitative  tests,  aud  re])orts : “A  more 
can'ful  examination  of  a two-^ram  |)oi1ion  of  tin;  l)lue  mineral 
failed  to  show  the  ])res(‘nee  of  appreciable  amounts  of  iron,  cobalt, 
manganese.  coi)iier  or  chromium.  Very  minute  quantities  of 
sodium  and  aluminum  were  obtained,  but  the  aimuuits  were  so 
small  as  to  render  it  probable  that  they  were  derived  fi'om  the 
ac'tion  of  the  reagents  on  the  glass  vessels  employed  rather  than 
from  the  mineral  itself.  Conclusive  evidence  of  the  presence  of 
the  ranu’  earths,  especially  zirconium,  tantalum  aud  eolumbium, 
could  not  be  obtained.  Careful  examination  of  some  of  the 
mineral  in  a delicate  electroscope  gave  no  indications  of  radio- 
activity.” “ It  was  also  shown  that  all  the  titanium  Avas  present 
in  Ihe  higher  degree  of  oxidation.  On  dissolving  the  mineral  in 
hydrofluoric  acid  in  an  atmosphere  of  carbon  dioxide  a colorless 
solution  was  obtained  which  failed  to  reduce  potassium  perman- 
ganate. ’ ’ 

Ihmitoile  is  considered  by  both  of  us  a very  acid  titano- 
silicate.  Illasdale  notes  that  the  formation  of  salts  of  an 
(‘xtr(miely  acidie  character  is  not  unusual  when  the  acid  con- 
cerned p()ss('ss('s  very  weakly  acidic*  pro])erties  and  the  base  very 
strongly  basic  ones,  also  that  silicon  dioxide  ])0SS('SS('S  a ivmark- 
abh‘  tc'ndc'iicy  for  the*  formation  of  com|ilex  poly-acids  and  that 
it  is  not  im|)i-obabl(‘  that  the  veny  c'losely  related  titanium 
diii.xidc  might  jiarlially  l•eplace  it  atom  for  atom  in  such  a com- 
pmind  as  tlm  mineral  under  consideration.  Ilc'  suggests  tliat  the' 


Voiv.  5J  Loiidcrlxicli- 

-Ilrniloilc. 

Til 

relationshii)  of  henitoite  to  titanite  may  in*  represent(‘d  b, 

y the 

following  formnlae : 

Titanite 

Henitoite 

O — () 

()  — ()  () 

\ / 

Si 

\ ./  IJ. 

Si  — O — Si 

Ca<  >() 

Ti 

Ha<  >() 

Ti  — O — Si 

A 

<)  — () 

A !l 

()  — d o 

J’rofessor  Kr:ui.s  lias  recently  stated  olijections  to  this  view/' 
which  was  expressed  in  onr  [ireliniinary  jiaper.  He  considers 
the  chemical  composition  of  beryl  and  henitoite  sufficiently  sim- 
ilar to  consider  the  eomponnds  isomorphons,  and  intei’prets 
the  composition  of  the  latter  as  a metasilicate  of  barium  and 
titaninm  of  the  formula  lla/ri.(Si03),.,.  The  facts  that  it  is 
associated  paragenetically  with  the  basic  metasilicate  natrolite 
and  that  the  deposit  is  formed  in  basic  rocks  are  also  considered 
of  weight  in  deciding  the  metasilicate  character  in  contrast  to 
that  of  an  acid  titano-silicate. 

A general  survey  of  the  compounds  of  TiO,  shows  that  it 
normally  possesses  the  properties  of  a weak  acid,  and  its  com- 
mon formation  of  titanates  and  titano-silicates  is  well  known, 
lliat  it  may  act  as  a base  in  combination  with  a strong  acid  is 
probable,  but  as  far  as  known  to  the  writer,  no  evidence  that  it 
may  hold  this  relation  to  silicic  acid  has  been  found.  It  readily 
forms  eomponnds  in  which  it  acts  as  an  acid  with  only  mod- 
erately basic  oxides.  In  the  present  ease,  the  temperature 
conditions  for  the  procUiction  of  the  deposit  being  considered 
limited  by  the  conditions  for  the  formation  of  natrolite,  SiOo 
may  be  looked  upon  as  acting  as  a weak  acid,  while  barinm 
is  a strong  base.  Without  specific  evidence  to  the  contrary, 
then,  it  would  be  expected  that  the  TiOa  would  act  as  an  acid 
forming  a titano-silicate.  The  intimate  association  of  neptunite 
with  the  henitoite  would  suggest  that  the  TiOj  played  the  same 
role  in  each.  In  the  latter  the  very  strong  bases  soda  and  potash 
are  ])resent,  and  its  character  as  an  acid  titano-silicate  is  gen- 


Science,  n.  s.,  XXVII  (1908),  pp.  710-711.  Blasilale  has  discussed 
this  point  in  Science,  n.  s.,  XXVIII  (1908),  pp.  233-234;  on  p.  234,  line 
19,  the  word  “base”  unfortunately  appears  where  “acid”  was  intended. 


352 


IJniversihj  of  ('alifornia  PublicatioHs. 


I (iKOI.OOY 


(“rally  adiiiittod ; in  fact,  a few  years  a<?o  it  was  charactc'rized 
by  Groth  as  “das  Kieselsanrcreicliste  aller  Silikate,”  beiri" 
considered  a salt  of  pentasilicic  acid,  one  of  the  five  silicon 
atoms  being  replaced  by  titaninni. 

The  association  with  contenij)oraneous  natrolite  can  hardly 
be  taken  as  indicating  the  basic  character  of  the  generating 
solntions — in  fact,  (piite  a different  interpretation  may  be  givc'ii. 
For  many  years  Tschermak"  has  held  that  natrolite  is  an  acid 
ortho-silicate  of  the  formula  Na^.AI^Si^O^.H^SiOj.  Doelter  adopted 
this  view  and  presented  some  sugg(“stive  evidence  of  it 
derived  from  its  decomposition  and  synthesis,  and  secondary 
origin  from  nepheline.*  Recently  this  matter  has  again  hcen 
tak(*n  up  experimentally  by  Tschermak®  and  Baschieri’",  and. 
as  1 believe,  it  has  been  very  satisfactorily  i)roven  by  the  de- 
hydration curve  of  the  separated  acid  that  natrolite  is  a salt 
of  orthosilicic  acid,  the  formula  then  indicating  an  excess  of 
silicic  acid  in  the  solution.  In  regard  to  the  basic  characters 
of  the  counti-y-rock  as  atfeeting  the  nature  of  the  minerals  in 
the  veins,  it  may  l)e  noted  that  the  j)olysilicate  albite  commonly 
occurs  in  veins  in  the  glaucophane  and  other  basic  schists  of 
the  Coast  ranges  and  in  the  schists  themselves,  associated  para- 
genetically  with  glaucophane,  actinolite  and  other  metasilicates. 
Contrary  to  the  inference  drawn  by  Kraus,  the  effects  of  basic 
rocks  on  solutions  carrying  TiO^,  if  the  minerals  of  these 
rocks  become  involved  in  the  action,  should  be  to  develop  the 
acid  characters  of  the  TiO^.  As  a matter  of  observation,  titanite 
is  a very  common  mineral  in  the  glaucophane  and  associated 
basic  schists.  In  some  of  the  highly  siliceous  veins  occurring 
in  these  rocks  the  main  mass  being  (juartz,  the  TiOj  is  found 
in  the  form  of  rutile,  the  basic  elements  not  being  present  in 
siiflicient  (juantity  to  permit  its  entering  into  combination.  It 
do(“s  not,  however,  in  such  circumstances  form  a compound 
(“xhibiting  a basic  charae.ter  toward  silicic  acid  and,  as  Blasdale 

"Sec  for  cxainph'  )iis  Lclirbur]i  dcr  Mincralogie  (1st  edition),  Wien, 
I SSI,  and  r(“]i<‘ated  in  Ids  later  editions. 

s S ntex  Jahrhiich  fiir  Mineral.,  etc.,  ISiX),  I,  ]).  13-1. 

Silrnng.xbcr.  Akad.  il'icn.,  Math.  Natnrwiss.  Klasse,  Band 

III,  ;\lit.  I (UK).')),  ])]).  d.'l.l-dtK;. 

>"  llinsla  di  Min.,  c (iri.'il.  ital.,  36  (1908),  ])|).  37-48. 


VoL.  5 I 


Loudcrlxtck. — lie  nil  oil  e. 


lias  jioiiited  out,  the  entire  laek  of  sueli  a coniiiound,  coiisider- 
in<^  the  freiiuent  association  of  the  oxides  in  tlie  same  formation, 
is  striking'. 

Aside  from  tliese  general  considerations  bearing  on  its  chem- 
ical character,  the  symmetry  and  physical  constants  of  benitoite 
do  not  ajipear  to  the  writer  to  indicate  any  close  relation  to 
beryl. 

Heniloite  as  a Gem. 

Benitoite  forms  a beautiful  gem  stone,  but  only  a small  pro- 
portion of  the  crystals  are  suitable  for  cutting.  It  is  generally 
cut  as  a brilliant  to  bring  out  both  its  color  and  the  brilliancy 
and  lire  due  to  its  high  refractive  power.  The  deep  violet-tinted 
blue  of  the  tiner  stones  is  very  attractive  and  by  many  it  is 
considered  more  beautiful  than  that  of  the  sapphire,  which  it 
di.sTinctly  surpasses  in  tire  and  lirilliancy.  The  color  varies 
from  colorless  to  very  deep  blue,  the  two  extremes  being  the 
least  common.  The  finest  stones  are  those  with  a moderately 
deep  color.  Considerable  judgment  has  to  be  used  in  getting 
tbe  proper  attitude  and  proportions  to  bring  out  the  full  colon- 
value  while  preserving  the  brilliancA".  Both  color  and  brilliancy 
vary  materially  in  different  directions  and  the  color  is  often 
distributed  unevenly  or  zonally.  (^uite  a number  of  stones  which 
have  been  cut  by  various  lapidaries  do  scant  justice  to  the  possi- 
Ihlities  of  the  gem.  A common  result  is  the  prochiction  of  a 
sort  of  dull  leaden,  or  in  the  darker  varieties  blackish  appearance. 

The  large  stones  have  a general  run  from  a carat  and  a half 
to  aboiit  two  carats,  only  a few  exceeding  the  latter  value.  The 
largest  flawless  gem  yet  obtained  weighed  a little  over  seven  and 
a half  carats  when  first  cut,  though  it  has  since  been  repolisbed 
and  brought  down  to  a little  below  this  value.  It  has  a moder- 
ately deep  blue  color  and  is  about  14.5  mm.  long,  10.5  mm.  wide 
at  the  girdle,  and  8 mm.  deep.  It  is  the  property  of  Mr.  G. 
Kacret  of  San  Francisco.  This  stone  is  remarkable  in  that  it  is 
about  three  times  as  heavy  as  the  next  largest  flawless  stone  so 
far  obtained,  and  also  that  it  was  found  in  the  early  days  of  the 
mine  almost  at  the  surface.  It  is  shown  actual  size  in  plate  33, 
figures  1-4. 


354 


IJ niversil u of  ('alifi>niia  J'ubiical ions. 


I (ilCOI.OGY 


Lately  some  very  f^ood  results  have  ])eeii  oljtaiiied  by  tlie  use 
of  the  emerald  eut  wliieli  f'ood  color-value  wilh  hut  slight 

loss  of  brilliauey.  A luuuber  of  the  stones  liave  also  l)eeii  eut 
oi  cahochon.  This  allows  the  use  of  the  less  perleet  matcuaal  and 
also  of  that  whieh  varies  eoiisiderahly  in  eolor  in  the  same  i)ie(r(‘, 
eoiitainiiig  perha])s  with  tlie  deej)  blue  eertaiu  areas  without  (‘oloi-. 
The  results  have  been  cpiite  sat isfaetory. 

Xante.  The  name  of  the  minei'al  was  taken  from  San  l'>(‘nitt), 
the  name  of  the  county  in  whieh  the  juine  lies,  of  the  river,  at  the 
headwaters  of  whieli  the  de])osit  oeeurs,  and  of  a nearby  peak  of 
the  range.” 

NEPTUNITE. 

(U-ystallograph  //. 

Xeptunite  is  an  abundant  and  eharaeteristie  mineral  of  the 
dejiGsit.  Prior  to  its  discovery  in  California  it  liad  been  report(‘d 
only  from  Greenland.’-  In  the  original  benitoite  material  a small 
section  of  a prism  without  terminal  faces  was  suspected  to  be 
new  mineral  and  the  name  carlosite  suggested  for  it.  Soon  aftei' 
the  mine  was  visited  satisfactory  material  was  obtained  and  its 
identity  with  neptunite  recognized. 

The  forms  observed  at  the  San  Benito  locality  are  c(()01), 
/G<'10),  u(l()()).  ai(lio).  .S'(lll),  o(Tn),  /(T12),  y(2ll),  r(221). 
p(3ll). 


Pleasured. 

Calculated. 

P 

<t> 

P 

e(OOl) 

90' 

’ 00' 

2.7' 

' 38' 

90°  00' 

25' 

= 38' 

n(lOO) 

<)0 

00* 

90 

00* 

90  00 

90 

00 

m(llO) 

40 

0(3 

90 

00* 

40  07 

90 

00 

.S'(lll) 

14 

54 

3(3 

55  10 

54 

43 

o(Tll) 

T4 

0() 

39 

53 

T3  57 

39 

45 

i(TI2) 

T9 

OS 

23 

04 

T9  05 

23 

08 

r(i!21) 

2S 

27 

(31 

25 

28  37 

61 

28 

p(311) 

(12 

2. 7 

(30 

20 

(32  30 

60 

22 

Crystals  set 

with 

prism 

zone 

at  p = 90° 

00'  and  angles  <p 

referred  to  a 

as  <>()°  00' 

II  'Pile  corn-ct  anil  usual  ]ii'omiiu“iatu)u  of  place  names  of  Spanish  origin 
in  California  apiiroxiniates  the  original  Spanish  ]ironunciation.  In  Benito 
the  accent  is  on  the  |)ennltiinate  syllable  and  the  i has  the  sound  of  i in 
inaidiine.  In  conformity  with  tliis,  the  name  of  the  mineral  is  jiropcrly 
to  be  ])ronoiinced  be-ifi'-to  ite.  Benito  is  a Spanish  form  of  benedictus, 
blessed. 

I-  l''link.  /f  it.  fiir  h'l  i/.sl.,  2.'I  (ISD  l),  [i]).  .■!44-.'?()7 ; Nordenskiold,  GeoJ. 
Fanil.  Fiirh..  Hi  (IStll),  )).  liliO ; Walleiistrom,  ihid.,  27  (190.'5),  ji.  149; 
Biiggild,  M I ilili  Irlsrr  out  Grihiliuiil,  .'13  (1907),  pp.  9.'5-120. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5.  PL.  33 


5 


Beiiitoite. — 1 and  2.  Gem  in  ordinary  reflected  light,  natural  size;  3.  in 
transmitted  light,  extraordinary  ray;  4.  in  transmitted  light, 
ordinary  ray.  5.  Crystals  in  matrix,  nat. 


Vt)L.  5] 


LoudcrbacJi. — Hcnitoite. 


355 


6(010)  is  always  iuutow  and  strongly  striated  vertically  and 
difficult  to  get  readings  on.  Its  position  in  the  prism  zone  is 
definite  and  its  even  truncation  of  the  angle  llOAllO  leaves  no 
donbt  as  to  its  identity. 

As  a constituent  form  of  the  crystals  (j  is  quite  definite  and 
generally  present,  but  its  attitude  is  somewhat  variable.  It  is 
always  more  or  less  cirrved  and  genei-ally  dull.  While  in  general 
it  lies  in  the  zone  of  (Til)  and  (311),  it  appears  to  be  sometimes 
curved  in  such  a way  that  its  ti’aces  with  (Til)  and  (311)  ai-e 
not  parallel,  arrd  in  such  cases  the  distance  between  these  edges 
is  always  greater  along  the  edge  (j^/\(j*  and  diminishes  ontwai-ds 
in  both  directions.  Where  most  simply  developed  it  is  a irarrow 
hand  and  lies  sensibly  in  the  zones  111-311,  221-221  and  112-110 
eor’resjronding  to  the  symbol  (211)  ; hut  where  more  broadly 
developed  the  lower  portion  approaches  in  attitude  to  (944). 

(Measnrenients  made  on  the  poor  redections  of  the  lower  jror- 
tions  of  curved  faces  gave 

Measured.  Calculated. 

<P  P <t>  P 


(1) 

.52°  07' 

52° 

49' 

(944)  =52°  28' 

52°  58' 

(2) 

51  17 

51 

31 

(211)  =47  29 

50  5 

(3) 

51  43 

52 

47 

Ilahit.  By  far  the  larger  number  of  neptunite  (uystals  are 
attached  at  one  end  and  grow  put  as  comparatively  slender  prisms 
six  or  eight  times  or  even  ten  times  as  long  as  broad.  A moderate 
intmber  show  development  of  faces  at  lioth  ends  of  the  prism  axis, 
hut  the  habit  is  always  prismatic,  and  is  somewhat  similar  to  that 
described  by  Wallenstrom,  but  in  the  Greenland  prismatic  nej'i- 
tunite  the  orthodome  is  the  most  important  terminal  form,  and 
occurs  also  in  the  first  found  prismatic  type  of  the  mineral 
described  by  Nordenskiold.  In  the  California  neptunite  as  far  as 
known  both  ortho-  and  clino-domes  are  entirely  lacking. 

The  basal  plane  is  always  small  and  brilliant  and  in  outline 
commonly  developed  oblifpiely  to  the  symmetry  plane;  g is  very 
connnonly  dull  and  p frequently  so;  o*,  Til  is  generally,  s-,  fTl 
frequently  and  i*,  112  sometimes  striated  parallel  to  the  edges  of 
the  diagonal  zone  lT()-lTl-t)01-Tl2-Tll-Tl() ; cd,  TTl,  C,  TT2,  111 
to  edges  of  the  corresponding  zone,  llO-OOl-TTO.  The  front  pina- 
coid  and  the  prism  (110)  ai’e  always  present  and  the  i)laneness 


356 


V niverail u of  Cnlifornia  I'Khl icol ions. 


1 (<K<)I,OOY 


of  tlieir  surface  is  very  generally  impaired,  a showing  verfie,al 
striations  and  sometimes  slight  eurvatun!  hori/ontally,  and  ni 
is  striated  both  vertically  and  in  the  zone  (0()1)-(110)  r(!Si)ec- 
tively  (TlO).  The  pyramid  occurs  oidy  on  a minority 

of  crystals  and  is  generally  small  and  usually  bright. 

A rather  common  lyi)e  is  illustrated  in  tigun;  1,  plate  3!t, 
which  was  drawn  from  a doubly  terminated  crystal  fre(^  from 
the  matrix  and  42  mm.  long  by  8 mm.  wide.  The  slight  curva- 
ture in  g is  not  shown.  This  illustrates  about  the  average  pro- 
portional length  of  the  prisms.  It  is  very  common  for  the  front 
planes  to  be  rather  small  and  the  hack  ])linies  to  cut  much  farther 
down  on  the  prism.  The  width  of  g is  very  variable  and  the 
planes  p are  frequently  the  largest  of  the  terminal  planes. 

Figure  2 is  from  a stout  prism  some  12  mm.  wide  and  shows 
a high  development  of  the  unit  pyramids.  The  g faces  are  nar- 
row and  the  “edges”  gf\p  curved  and  of  varying  distance  from 
the  o/\g  edges. 

Figure  3 shows  a peculiar  a.synmietric  development  and  was 
drawn  from  a doubly  terminated  prism  8 mm.  long  by  3 mm. 
wide,  thoiigh  only  the  planes  at  one  termination  are  shown.  It 
ilhistrates  the  usual  ways  in  which  r(221)  appears,  either  as  a 
small  triangular  face  lietween  g and  the  prisms,  or  less  com- 
monly as  a rhomboidal  form  bounded  by  the  prisms,  and  by  o 
and  p when  g is  narrow  or  absent. 

Only  one  crystal  of  the  tyi)e  shown  in  figure  4 was  found.  It 
shows  the  front  faces  .y(111)  largely  developed  and  cutting 
down  much  farther  on  the  prisms  than  the  back  faces.  Both 
i(n2)  and  g are  absent,  and  r and  p occur  as  narrow  strips  bor- 
(hu'ing  o. 

I'h  gs ical  (' li a racters. 

Hardness  between  5 and  6.  Density  3.18-3.19.  Cleavage 
perfect,  prismatic  pai'alh'l  to  a((110),  with  normal  angle  of 
80°  18'. 

'I'he  crystals  are  black  and  lustrous;  in  thin  sbeets  or  splinters. 
dee|)  blood  red.  (’leavage  plates  show  strong  pleochroism:  c 
deep  ocreoiis  y(‘llow  to  brownish  r(>d  ; a i>ale  yellow  to  reddish 
yellow  in  thiekcM-  s('ctions;  c'.\r=-14?5. 


VoL.  5 ] 


Lo  K (lerback.  He  ii  it  oite. 


857 


( ikernical  (tkaracters. 

It  is  practically  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  may  tliere- 
Fore  be  chemically  separated  from  the  natrolite  matrix  as  is  the 
case  with  tlie  benitoite. 

Professor  Blasdale’s  (piantitative  analysis  is  liere  given,  and 
for  comparison,  two  made  on  the  (Greenland  neptnnite,  the  first 
by  FI  ink,  the  second  by  Sjiistnimd® 


Neptnnite  (Greenland) 

California  Mineral  Molecular  ratios  for 

I 

11 

III 

III 

51.53 

51.93 

53.44 

.820 

TiO, 

18.13 

17.45 

17.18 

.213 

FeO 

10.91 

10.23 

11.23  1 

MnO 

4.97 

5.32 

1.78  1 

.230 

CaO 

— 

0.71 

0.25  [ 

MgO 

0.49 

— 

1.82  ) 

K.O 

4.88 

5.71 

5.39  \ 

.204 

Na.O 

9.26 

9.63 

9.14  ) 

100.17 

100.98 

100.23 

He  says 

“The  re.sults  show 

a substantial 

agreement  in  the 

composition  of  the  mineral  from  the  two  localities,  the  most 
marked  differences  apparently  resulting  from  the  siibstitution  of 
magnesivnn  and  iron  for  some  of  the  manganese  in  the  Greenland 
specimens.  Sjbstrom  represents  the  com])osition  of  the  mineral 
by  the  formula  ROR^O.TiOo.dSiOj  and  the  same  form  can  be 
applied  with  equal  degree  of  success  to  the  new  analysis.” 

natrolitp:. 

Natrolite  is  the  gangue  in  which  the  benitoite  and  neptnnite 
oecmr,  and  it  is  also  found  in  veinlets  without  associates. 

Fracture  of  the  solid  vein-stone  shows  a mass  of  xenomorphic 
cry.stals  exhibiting  a good  cleavage  that  yields  more  or  less  curved 
surfaces.  The  general  texture  is  granular  biit  with  common 
development  of  radiate  forms  quite  different  from  the  i;sual 
radiate  arrangement  of  natrolite  and  not  showing  such  distinct 
straight-line  boundaries  to  the  components. 

Where  open  spaces  occur  in  the  veins  allowing  the  formation 
of  crystal  faces,  ])eculiar  aggregates  are  found  entii’ely  unlike  the 


13  GeoZ.  Foren.  ForJi.,  1.5  (1893),  p.  393. 


358 


University  of  Ualifornia  Unblications. 


[Oeoi.ixjy 


ordinary  nafrolito.  Instead  of  tlie  nsnal  prisms  witii  sfjuare 
pyramidal  terminations  there  are  formed  small  roof-sliaped 
ridges  as  shown  in  plate  34,  commonly  with  ciirv(*d  or  inore 
stricti}'  broken  roof  lines  and  coxcomh-like  grotii)s.  These  are 
made  np  of  elements  that  are  hounded  hy  a basal  plane  and  unit 
prism.  The  smalle/  angle  of  t he  i)rism  generally  i)ro.jects  out  into 
the  open  cavity.  In  other  words,  the  tendency  is  to  place  the  h 
axis  at  right  angles  to  the  wall.  The  apex  of  the  roof-shaped 
form  is  then  a prism  edge.  The  radiate  groui)S  are  produc(*d  hy 
laying  the  elements  togethei-  along  the  diverging  basal  planes 
whose  intersections  are  roughly  parallel. 

i\lore  complicated  aggregates  are  common.  In  certain  druses 
lined  with  greenish  amphihole  needles  the  natrolite  occurs  as 
small  equant  groups  looking  in  the  distance  as  if  individual 
crystals  ])erehed  on  the  ends  of  the  amphihole  fibres,  as  shown  in 
figure  2,  plate  35.  A close  examination  shows  them  to  he  com- 
plex aggregates  in  which  the  tabular  elements  describc'd  above  can 
frequently  be  observed.  This  mode  of  occurrence  is  undoubtedly 
closely  related  to  the  hotryoidal  groups  which  are  occasionally 
found  and  which  are  illustrated  in  plate  36.  Under  the  niiero- 
scojic  the  structure  of  the  nati’olite  gangue  is  rather  complex.  As 
viewed  on  a fracture  surface  or  in  section,  the  radiate  groups 
<lescril)ed  show  divergent  strips  that  are  elongated  at  right 
angles  to  the  vertical  axis.  As  the  axis  is  perpendicular  to  the 
l)asal  idane  the  elongation  in  thin  section  will  always  be  optically 
m'uative.  This  is  just  the  reverse  of  that  usually  seen  in  divei’g- 
eiit  natrolite  groups  and  a positive  elongation  is  generally  looked 
u|)on  as  a character  of  diagnostic  im{)ortance.'^ 

In  s(‘clions  parallel  to  the  base  is  often  seen  the  twinning 
desci-ihed  hy  1 jacroix.*"'  with  (llOi  as  twinning  plane  forming,  as 
it  w(‘i'e,  a sort  of  irregulai'  mo.saic  when  viewed  with  the  aid  of  a 
gy|)sum  j)late. 

A gi'oup  of  natrolite  crystals,  rare  for  this  occurrence,  was 
found  sliowing  the  noi'inal  d('V(4opment  of  habit  and  planes.  'Phe 

> 1 Cf.  It.Dsciihusch,  M iliOnkojiincIic  I’liysi(>(/i'(ii)liic.  etc.,  Bit.  T,  2 (1005), 
|..  178. 

L.'icroix,  M iiiii'iilojiir  dc  France,  A'ol.  II,  |>.  207. 

'•'/.or.  cil,,  |i.  205. 


BULL.  DEPT,  GEOL  UNIV.  CAL, 


VOL.  5,  PL.  34 


Nat  Vdl  it  (>,  ci'vst  :i  1 1 i lie  tabular  liabil.  Natural  sizi'. 


"‘M 

or  THE  ■ 

tiHiVES'S'TV  or  ,U'  ’W'"*IS  , 


1 


V 


BULL.  DEPT,  GEOL,  UNIV.  CAL, 


VOL.  5,  PL,  35 


Nati'iiiitf,  frvstal  iioriiml  ]>risinatic  lial)it.  Natural  size. 


Natrolite  druse  showing'  equant,  groups  percdiod  on  soda 
ainphiliide  libers.  Natural  size. 


VoL.  5 I 


Loiidcrhack. — He  nil  oil  c. 


:i7y\) 

individuals  are  large — two  to  four  oentiiiieters  long — with  ju'isiu 
faces  (i  to  to  nun.  broad,  and  show  a cond)ina1ion  of  (he  uidt 
])risin  //((1 10)  and  unit  pyramid  o ( 1 1 1) . The  faces  a I'e  somewhat 
dull,  l)ut  they  show  a very  perfect  cleavage,  yielding  lustrous 
surfaces.  A distinct  zonal  structure  is  i)reseid,  a])i)eai‘ing  to  the 
eye  as  layers  of  ditferent  degrees  of  translucency  lying  ])arallel 
to  the  faces  of  the  external  form.  These  i)risms  show  straight 
extinction  and  in  a section  perpendicidar  to  prism  edges  an  acute 
positive  bisectrix,  the  axial  plane  bisecting  the  cleavage  at  the 
obtuse  angle,  that  is,  ||(()10).  It  does  not  ^'cem  probable  that 
these  crystals  formed  under  the  same  cotiditions  as  the  natrolite 
matrix  of  the  titano-silicates.  The  pemdiarity  of  the  prevailing 
habit  may  be  considered  as  dependent  on  the  unusual  composi- 
tion of  the  solutions  giving  rise  to  the  beiutoite  and  neptunite. 
No  crystals  of  benitoite  or  neptunite  were  found  with  or  near 
the  group  showing  this  prismatic  habit.  Plate  So,  figure  1,  is 
from  a photograph  of  one  of  these  ]>ri.smatic  groups. 

A chemical  analysis  of  the  pure  white  benitoite  matrix  was 
made  by  Professor  Blasdale  showing  it  to  l)e  pure  natrolite. 


Matrix. 

Jsatrolite  calculated. 

SiO., 

47.69 

47.49 

ALO3 

27.14 

26.79 

Na,0 

15.74 

16.28 

ILO 

9.56 

9.44 

100.13 

100.00 

A somewhat  careful  search  failed  to  show  the  presence  of  even 
traces  of  titanium,  barium,  manganese,  or  potassium. 

COPPER  MINERALS. 

In  some  parts  of  the  deposit  the  copper  sulphide  chalcocite  is 
not  infrequent.  It  occurs  enclosed  in  the  natrolite  in  dark  gray 
or  black  anhedral  grains  several  millimeters  in  diameter.  Occa- 
sionally on  fractured  surface  it  shows  distinct  and  characteristic 
crystal  outline,  occurring  then  as  a flat  table  with  the  trace  of  a 
hexagon  elongated  parallel  to  one  pair  of  sides.  It  is  to  be  con- 
sidered an  original  mineral  of  the  veins. 

In  the  same  {lart  of  the  deposit  is  found  the  copper  silicate 
chrysocolla.  It  occurs  in  small  quantity  as  a stain  or  thin  coating 


l')iiver.sitij  of  (Uilifornin  riihlicdl ions. 


I (iKoi,ii(;Y 


3 (JO 


hero  Jiiid  there,  probably  as  a result  of  tlie  alteration  of  tlu* 
ohaleoeite,  but  also  as  individual  {j;r'ains  4-()  nun.  across  in  the 
granular  natrolite  matrix.  These  may  r(‘present  original  cbal- 
oocite  grains  that  have  been  replaced  by  sointions  percolating 
through  the  natrolite  and  thus  becoming  charged  with  silica,  but 
from  the  freshness  of  the  .surrounding  natrolite  and  neighboring 
chaleocite  it  may  be  that  some  of  the  copper  in  the  original 
solutions  was  held  as  silicate  and  separated  ont  primarily  as 
chry.socolla. 

Both  of  these  coi)])er  minerals  occur  side  by  side  with  the 
titano-silicates. 

OTHER  MINERALS.  . 

AinpJliboIes. 

Some  of  the  di-u.sy  surfaces  are  coated  with  green  or  bluish 
green  amphibole  needles,  and  the  natrolite  and  albite  crystals 
often  carry  them  in  sufficient  quantity  to  give  a greenish  or 
bluish  tint.  These  amphiboles  vary  from  ])laee  to  jilaee  and  even 
the  same  needle  may  show  different  optical  properties  along  its 
length. 

A common  type  is  actinolite.  This  has  been  observed  in  thin 
needles  growing  out  into  open  spaces  as  a newly  formed  mineral 
in  the  wall  rock  and  in  veins.  Occasionally  it  develops  as 
aslie.stos  films  or  exceedingly  tine  hair-like  bunches.  It  shows 
l)leochroism  in  jiale  green  and  yellow,  the  c sometimes  having 
a bluish  tint.  It  gives  a distinct  sodium  reaction  in  the  blowpipe 
dame. 

Another  common  amphibole  is  bluish  green  in  color  and 
shows  under  the  microscope  ii  greenish  yellow,  b gray  violet, 
c bluish  gi‘(‘en.  The  axial  ])lane  is  transver.se  to  the  plane  of 
symmetry  and  the  dispersion  is  so  great  that  it  .shows  no  extinc- 
tion in  plane  (010)  with  white  light.  The  extinction  for  red  light 
is  :d)out  2r)°-30°,  for  violet  some  5°  greater.  Its  projierties  woidd 
indicate  a soda  amphibole  with  considerable  iron  in  the  molecule 
- perhaps  intei'mediate  hetw('en  crossite  and  crocidolite.  but 
ncai’i’r  the  crossite;  type. 

.\  member  of  th(‘  glauco|)han('  group  is  sometimes  present. 
( blue,  li  viohd,  ii  yellow;  c A c alxnit  8°. 


BUI  I . DEPT.  GEOI-.  UNIV,  CAL, 


VOl 


Xjitrolitp,  liof vvoiihil  Slij>'litly  riMliiciMl. 


r.  - X 


. ■■  <.  . 


i- 

1 

>. 


» 


V ",iT 


,fr 


•'..fIV' 

!j!)(:vr‘\iinv  tr 


r-. 


VoL.  5J 


LoHdcrbavh'. — Iteiiiloilc. 


■MW 

To  f^et  ;i  more  dotliiite  idea  of  tlu^  cluMnic-al  natiiro  of  the 
aiiipliibole  oceiin-iii|>:  in  the  di'uses  carrying  the  perched  iiatrolites, 
a separation  was  attempted.  Tlie  mateihal  is  essentially  of  the 
type  jnst  deseihhed  as  related  to  erossite,  hnt  contained  a small 
amount  of  aetinolitie  and  other  ami)hil)ole  matei'ial  in  s])ots  and 
zones  on  the  crystals,  and  also  a very  small  amount  of  natrolite 
that  coidd  not  he  entirely  separated.  Professor  Blasdale’s  analysis 
follows : 

Amphihole  of  Hruse  Crossite,  Nortli  Berkeley  (Smith) 


SiOo 

.^2.94 

55.02 

AL()„ 

3.76 

4.75 

Fey  >3 

— 

10.91 

FeO* 

13.40 

9.45 

MiiO 

1.44 

trace 

MgO 

11.54 

9.30 

C'aO 

5.45 

2.38 

Nay) 

5.11 

7.62 

Ky) 

0.43 

0.27 

It.O  at  1 10° 

1.31 

— 

Igii 

3.72 

98.67 

99.70 

*All  Fe  assumed  to  he  ferrous. 

Albife. 

Albite  has  not  been  found  in  direct  association  with  benitoite 
or  neptnnite.  It  is  common  in  minnte  veins  in  some  of  the  sni-- 
ronnding  rock,  where  it  is  generally  gramdar  and  determinable 
only  by  means  of  the  microscope.  But  in  places  it  is  developed  in 
druses  in  the  zone  of  mineralization  and  appears  as  crystals  5 to 
10  mm.  long  growing  from  the  blue-green  amphibole  wall.  These 
cry.stals  are  generally  translucent  grayish  or  greenish  in  hue,  due 
to  included  amphibole  fibres. 

iMost  commoidy  the  crystals  are  twinned  according  to  the  albite 
law.  Simple  twins  are  the  rule,  but  sometimes  there  are  sevei’al 
very  thin  polysynthetic  lamellae  intercalated  hetween  the  two 
main  halves  of  the  twin.  The  habit  is  defined  by  the  dominance  of 
M,  M (010)  ; /,  I (110)  ; T,  T (ITO)  ; 0.  o (TTl)  ; p,  p (Til)  and 
P,  P (001).  The  forms  are  named  in  order  of  size.  M is  the 
largest  though  iiever  so  large  as  to  produce  a distinctly  tabular 
habit,  T and  o about  the  same,  and  P distinctly  smallest.  The 
general  mode  of  growth  is  such  that  the  crystals  are  attached 


I' iiivcrsil !j  of  ('(ilifoi'iild  rnhliral ions. 


3(il> 


over  llie  reii'ioii  lliat  if  C‘oiii])letely  developed  would  be  occupied 
1)_\  Ihe  faces  /'  and  /',  when*  they  form  tlie  salient  an"le,  and 
ov(‘r  j)art  or  all  of  the  aiva  of  I,  I (lid),  d'lie  re-eidraid  an<?l<‘ 
l)('tw(>(‘n  the  bases  is  therefore  uniforndy  presented  towards  tlie 
ol)sei’V(“r  and  the  basal  j)lanes  are  very  decidedly  the  most  lustrous 
faces  on  the  eiwstals.  The  faces  o and  p an*  very  larj^ely 
develop(>d.  b(‘i]i>>'  sometimes  lonji’er  than  .1/  and  .1/  and  tlu;  crystal 
appeal's  prismatic  ])aralh*l  o,  o,  p,  p. 

These  dominant  faces  arc*  modified  by  tbe  followiiiff;  /(Tld), 
^ (iTd).  7j  (120),  e (lTl),'.r  (TOl),  8 (TT2),  W (T3lj,  u (221). 
The  form  ,r  shows  an  unusual  lack  of  promiiienci*,  occurriiiff  as  a 
very  narrow  strip.  Of  the  others,  » (221)  is  a rather  uncommon 
form  for  albite,  and  e (111)  and  •//  (120)  are  very  rare.  The 
forim*!'  (e)  is  rejiorted  by  .Jeremejew’"  from  the  Lake  Baikal 
re^'ion  ; the  latter,  (120)  by  Klockmann  from  the  Hiesenj'cbirfje 
.uraiiitie  rocks.’'  As  far  as  known  to  the  writer  O (131)  has  not 
been  iireviously  report(*d  as  occurring'  on  albite.  The  form  c is 
very  narrow  but  liright;  7/.  « and  (»)  are  generally  progressively 
broader  in  the  order  named,  the  last  mentioned  being  sometimes 
over  millimetc'i'  wide.  The  relations  of  these  planes  are  shown 
in  figures  b and  .ba,  jilate  38,  which  were  drawn  from  a crystal 
about  b millimeters  high. 

'file  following  im'asurements  wi're  obtained,  the  calculations 
b(*ing  bas(*d  on  Brezina’s  elements  for  pure  albite: 


]\Ioasiire<l. 

Calculated. 

4> 

P 

4> 

p 

ppm) 

sr 

“ ■)()'  2()' 

' 70' 

81° 

.71' 

27° 

01' 

.1/(0111) 

set 

0 

00 

90 

00 

dll") 

(id 

27  90 

00 

60 

27 

90 

00 

7’(1T0) 

1 1!) 

.74  set 

119 

52 

90 

00 

7,(120) 

Ki.S 

47  90 

00 

138 

42 

90 

00 

/■(lao) 

ao 

l(i  90 

00 

30 

23 

90 

00 

.Ala") 

U!) 

47  90 

00 

149 

44 

‘to 

00 

.r(Toi) 

so 

.70  2.7 

.7S 

80 

54 

25 

48 

-'(  ITI) 

lo.s 

2S  .77 

.'17 

108 

18 

57 

27 

o(tTl) 

Taa 

2(i  ai 

07 

137 

21 

34 

11 

5(112) 

177 

00  1 1 

42 

176 

17 

I 1 

as 

(-)( l.'il) 

T(!a 

1 9 .79 

la 

T6a 

30 

7!) 

13 

(((•Tal) 

ao  (iO 

.70 

T27 

26 

60 

70 

"'■/(it.  fur  hri/.'tl.. 

a2  (1900), 

on  albite,  |i|).  494-49.7, 

Zrif.  (1.  th  n (Kol.  (iCstU.,  34 

( 1882) , on  albite 

, ])ii.  416-426.  'Phis 

l oflll  is  cloO'MCt  (' 

-I'izccI  ; 

as  iloiilil  tul 

bv  1 

Dana,  System 

of 

Mineralogy  (1892), 

||.  ;!2S;  Iiiol  .'IS 

‘ ‘ hie 

lit  gioi/,  si( 

•her' 

’ by  llintze 

in 

his  llandbiu’h  dev 

M i ni'i'.'i logic,  2 (I.SUT),  |i.  I 117. 


VoL.  5J 


Louderlxtck.--  lie  nit  oiic. 


y>(lll)  on  lo\v(‘i- side  of  twin  was  deteiauined  as  heinf?  in  zones 
TT1-Till-(»10,  and  OOl-lTO. 

Tlie  extinction  on  eltuiva^i’e  flakes  parallel  to  (dU))  is 
on  (001)  +4?  + . 

Acfjyriiie. 

At  one  i)oint  there  was  found  in  the  alhite  a belt  several  inches 
long  of  stellate  groups  referred  to  aegyrine.  The  color  is  greenish 
hlack.  The  iiidividnals,  sometimes  as  mneh  as  (i  or  8 mm.  long,  do 
not  show  crystal  form  and  are  exceedingly  thin  in  one  dimension, 
eorr(‘spomling  to  the  tendency  of  aegyrine  to  form  needles  very 
hat  ])arallel  to  (1(H)).  They  were  determined  nnder  the  micro- 
scope hy  their  high  refractive  index,  negative  elongation  with 
maximum  angle  of  extinction  '2°  or  3° ; pleochroism,  n deep  grass 
green,  b lighter  green,  c brown  to  yellow;  absorption  a > b > c. 
The  needles  melt  readily  before  the  blowpipe,  with  a.  strong 
sodinm  flame,  to  a hlack  magnetic  globule. 

('alcile  (iiid  A)‘agoiiife. 

Cry.stallized  calcium  carbonate  has  not  been  observed  in  the 
benitoite-natrolite  veins,  but  is  not  uncommon  in  the  adjoining 
rocks,  esi)eeially  in  the  altered  basic  rocks  on  the  south  side.  Tt 
occurs  as  stringei’s  and  bunches.  AVhile  ealcite  is  the  inore 
common  form,  specimens  of  aragonite  were  obtained  in  i-adiate 
groups  of  columus  1 to  4 mm.  thick.  They  are  translucent  and 
have  a slightly  brownish  tint  and  while  not  showing  tei’ininal 
planes,  the  i)risniatie  and  pinacoidal  cleavages  are  well  developed. 
They  carry  on  their  surfaces  small,  white,  more  opaque  ealcite 
rhomhohedra. 


Manganese  dioxide. 

Thin  stringers  and  coatings  of  manganese  dioxides  are  corn- 
mop  in  the  couiitry  on  the  north  side  just  lielow  the  cmt.  It 
generally  shows  the  character  of  psilomelane  and  is  frequently  in 
fine  globular  and  botryoidal  aggregates. 

AVhile  it  may  .sometimes  be  found  in  the  same  hand-specimen 
that  cari’ies  the  benitoite  veins,  it  does  not  actually  occur  in  these 
veins  in  which  the  manganese  is  limited  to  the  neptunite. 


ihliversil !/  of  ('aiifoniia  I'liblical Ions. 


I (Ikolooy 


COUNTRY  IN  WHICH  THK  VKINS  ARH  UORMKI). 

As  airciuly  slated,  the  eliief  rock  of  tlie  surroutidiiif'  country 
is  scr])entiiic.  Tliis  is  of  a tyj)*'  coimiion  in  the  ('oast  ranj'cs  and 
in  jrcncral  derived  from  tlie  alt(‘ration  of  a peridotite.  Small 
areas  of  a i)yroxenic  facies  occur.  Nowhere  so  far  as  known  do 
the  vtuns  undci'  discussion  occur  in  actual  contact  with  the  ser- 
])(‘ntinc.  althou<>;h  it  surrounds  the  de])Osit  and  is  frequently  not 
many  yards  distant  from  them. 

The  1‘ocks  imuHaliately  associated  with  the  veins  an'  all  more 
oi-  less  altered,  and  this  alteration  is  f^rcatest  close  up  to  the  zone 
of  vcination.  In  the  lc.ss  altered  parts  both  if^neous  and  sedi- 
mentary tyj)cs  are  recognized.  Tlie  more  common  tyiie  has  in 
the  held  the  usual  appearance  of  the  Franciscan  greenstones, 
ruder  the  microscope  it  is  seen  to  have  originally  ])Ossessed  a 
diabasic  structure.  In  some  specimens  the  augite  is  still  largely 
intact.  The  feldsjiars  however  are  recrystallized  into  a hne 
granular  mass.  Yet  they  often  show  very  clearly  by  the  outline 
of  the  granular  areas  the  lath-shaped  forms  of  the  original  feld- 
spars  and  the  relationship  to  the  augites  that  characterize  the 
diabase  structure.  Some  titanite  is  present.  In  a somewbat 
alti'i'ed  siiecimen  the  augite  is  more  or  less  altered  into  chlorite, 
while  in  the  feldspathic  layers  small  greenish  or  bluish  needles  are 
commencing  to  form  in  some  eases  aetinolite,  occasionally 
glaucophane,  or  some  othei-  geologically  related  amphihole.  The 
new  feldspar  is  at  least  in  large  part  alhite. 

On  the  south  hillslope  below  the  east  end  of  the  deposit  is  a 
spheroidal  gabbro.  The  grains  and  i)risms  of  monoclinic  pyro- 
x(‘ne  are  in  part  altered  to  chlorite.  The  labradorite  is  more  or 
less  decomposed  and  otherwi.se  altered  and  the  rock  is  impreg- 
nated with  ealeite.  It  does  not  come  in  contact  with  the  veins  at 
any  ])oint. 

Other  I'oeks  aix'  found  having  the  ehai’aeteristies  eommonly 
displayed  by  the  mon*  alti'red  Franciscan  sandstones  or  grey- 
waclu's.  Umh'r  the  miei'oseope  the  light  colored  constituents 
which  make  up  the  hulk  of  the  rock  are  seen  to  be  entirely  re- 
erystallized  into  wvy  line  granulai'  aggri'gates.  The  original 
struct  lire  is  preserved  by  llu'  dark  lilms  of  feri'uginous  or  ear- 


Voi,.  ')] 


Louehrhack. — He  n it  oitc. 


3()5 


hoiiMoeous  mattor  that  followed  the  laniiiiatioii.  The  new  fehl- 
spai’  as  detennined  in  several  plaees  is  also  alhite.  Throutrhont 
the  I’oek  small  needles  are  he^inninjif  to  develoj),  the  more  common 
one  observed  hein^  aetinolite.  Some  very  small  colorless  ones 
also  occur. 

A peculiai'  rock  oeeiirs  towards  the  western  part  of  the  zone. 
Tt  is  dai'k  eolorc'd,  aphanitie,  den.se  and  fine  handed,  as  if  from 
the  effects  of  orio’inal  lamination.  iManp:anese  dioxide  striiifj^ers 
are  common.  Under  the  microscope  it  is  .seen  to  he  a fine  micro- 
crvstalline  a^^regatci,  consisting  in  part  of  dark  |)atches  made  un 
largely  of  a brown  mineral  in  short  minute  ])risms  with  ai)par- 
ently  straiglit  extinction,  negative  elongation,  high  I’cfractive 
index  and  moderately  strong  doid)le  refraction.  Tn  the  jirepara- 
tions  at  hand  it  was  not  determinable.  Tn  parts  veinlets  and  areas 
are  numerous,  carrying  alhite,  chlorite,  glaucophane,  etc. 

In  the  hope  that  its  origin  might  he  indicated  by  the  chemical 
com[)osition.  Dr.  Blasdale  undertook  the  analysis  with  the  follow- 
ing results. 


Si(b 

54.51 

ALO, 

6.55 

Feyij* 

19.34 

^IgO 

3.47 

Cat) 

5.90 

Na„() 

5.95 

Ky) 

0.23 

ILO  at  110° 

0.74 

HjO  ign 

1.82 

Tit), 

0.44 

P2t)5 

0.30 

MnO 

0.52 

99.77 

Specific  gravity  3.104. 

* Not  able  to  effect  complete  decomposition  of  mineral  for  ferrous  iron. 
At  least  12  per  cent,  is  ferric. 

It  is  not  entirely  clear  what  type  of  rock  this  represents.  The 
alumina  is  remarkably  low  and  the  iron  high  as  associated  with 
the  other  constituents.  It  has  considerable  similarity  to  the 
analysis  of  amphibole  given  on  a previous  page,  and  appears  to 
point  to  considerable  metasoniatic  alteration  which  conceals  the 
original  nature  of  the  rock. 


V ilivcrsit j]  of  ('aliforoid  I'lihlicol ions. 


I (jK()i,nf;Y 


3ti(i 


Tlie  writer  inclines  to  llic  Ix-licf  that  tliis  rock  was  orif^iiially 
a facies  of  the  Franciscan  radiolarian  chert.  He  has  seen  dis- 
tinctly altin’cd  ch(*rts  tliat  have  a soinewliat  similar  texture  and 
mineral  a]>pearance  under  Hie  microscope.  Tin*  Franciscan 
cherts  grade  over  in.sensihly  into  silici'ous  iron  oi'cs  and  in  a 
nnmher  of  localities  have  associati'd  with  them  di'posits  of  man- 
ganese dioxid(“.  This  would  exiilain  the  high  ii'on  and  low 
alnmina  content  and  tlie  association  with  manganese  stringers. 
i\lnch  or  all  of  the  soda  and  otlun-  oxides  in  jiart,  may  have  been 
introduci'd  during  the  metanioriihism,  as  in  the  case  of  certain 
m'ocidolite  schists  of  the  Coast  Ranges  which  the  writer  has  found 
to  have  been  derivetl  from  feri-nginons  cherts  hy  a similar 
jM'oce.ss.'® 

Of  the  rocks  desci-ibed  as  associated  with  the  veins  the  green- 
stone (altered  diabase)  is  the  most  ahnndant  and  the  one  most 
commonly  in  contact  with  the  veins  in  moderately  altered  con- 
dition— esiiecially  towards  the  east  end.  On  aiiproaching  the 
central  part  of  the  zone  of  veination,  however,  the  alteration  in- 
cri'ases  vei’y  greatly,  the  original  jiyi'oxenic  constituents  disaiijiear 
and  the  chief  constituents  are  the  new-form(‘d  amphiboles.  The 
old  structures  an*  entirely  lost.  Tn  part  we  may  refer  to  the 
matiM'ial  as  soda-amphibole  schist. 

A still  further  altm-ation  is  caused  by  the  leaching  out  of  tlie 
fiddspathic  constituents,  leaving  the  rock  in  a more  or  less  porous 
condition,  as  occurs  on  the  left  side  of  the  cut  shown  in  plate  32. 

'I'his  rather  ])orons  rock  near  the  veins  may  be  thoroughly 
impregnated  with  natrolite  for  a fraction  of  an  inch  or  several 
inches  fi-oni  tin*  V(*in  ; also  it  is  in  this  rock  that  the  spaces  occur 
cov(‘i'ed  with  fre(*-gro\\  ing  amphibole  n(*(*dles  on  which  the  natro- 
lite gi‘on]>s  ai'e  peiched  as  alrc'ady  described. 

OP  PVKNTS. 

'file  held  i-(‘lations  and  lilhologit*  characteristics  indicate  that 
the  i-ocks  in  which  tin*  benitoite-bearing  veins  occur  an*  a detach(*d 
mass  oi'  the  f’ranciscan  series,  showing  both  igneous  and  sedi- 
mentary iacies,  that  was  included  in  the  s(‘i’|)('ntine  at  the  time 
of  its  ini  riision. 

c*  I.diiili'i'liack  aiiil  Sliarwciiil : Hull,  (li'ol.  Soc.  .Iiii.,  I.S  ( l!)0(i),  alistvact 

|i.  r, .■)!!. 


VoL.  5] 


Lottdci’lxtck.-  -liciiilolle. 


The  rocks  of  Ihe  inclusion  have  all  snifered  iiioi'c  or  less  altera- 
tion affecting  Ihronghont  the  fel(ls[)athic  eonstitnents  and  char- 
acterized hy  the  production  of  newly  foi'ined  alhite  and,  as  the 
alteration  proce('ds,  hy  the  prodiu'.tion  of  soda-beai'ing  anii)hil)()les 
from  the  ferro-niagnesian  eonstitnents.  Itoth  the  igneous  and 
sedimentary  types  of  the  inclusion  share  in  the  altei-ation,  which  is 
nmiarkahle  in  that  the  central  portions  are  more  sti’ongly  atfectcal 
than  the  periphery.  This  can  be  exjjlained  hy  eonsideihng  that 
eJiianations  from  below  passed  upward  through  the  centi’al  por- 
tions of  the  rock-mass,  and  diffused  out  into  the  ])eripheral  poi'- 
tions.  Open  channels  may  have  existed  in  this  central  avenue,  for 
it  must  have  been  an  easier  pathway  than  either  the  peripheral. 
])ortions  or  the  rock  beyond,  lint  if  so  the  conditions  at  that  time 
were  not  favorable  to  deposition  along  such  channels.  Further- 
more, the  extent  and  character  of  the  alterations  cannot  be  ac- 
counted for  hy  such  diffusion  as  oft(*n  takes  place  in  the  formation 
of  veins.  One  would  expect  the  pressure  to  have  been  rather  high 
and  the  tem])erature  of  the  rocks  undez-going  altei-atiozi  at  least 
a few  hundred  degi-ees  alzove  the  noimial  to  favor  the  wid(‘ 
ditfzzsion  and  productiozi  of  alhite  and  the  amphiboles. 

At  least  towards  the  end  of  this  period  of  izzetamorphiszn  we 
have  the  leaching  of  feldsjzathic  nzatez-ial  along  poi'tions  of  the 
central  ti'act  that  pi-oduces  the  porous  aiziphibole  rock  and  the 
drusy  spaces  lined  with  aznphibole  needles  in  which  the  sodizzm- 
alzzminzizzz  siliczztes  az’e  later  deposited.  This  znay  be  the  same 
solzztiozz  that,  diffzzsizzg  faz’ther  iizto  the  I'ocks,  cazzses  the  re- 
ez-ystallizatioiz. 

The  first  depositioiz  alozzg  the  zozie  of  veiziatioiz  is  probably 
that  of  alhite,  which  is  separated  ozzt  izi  cz-ystals  ovei’  and  abozzt  the 
aizzphibole  drzzses  azzd  is  accompanied  at  lezzst  izi  oize  jzlace  by 
aegyrine.  Only  a cozzzparatively  slight  change  is  necessaiw  to 
chazzge  a solution  fi’om  a cozzditioiz  where  it  will  slowly  take  up 
alhite  to  oize  iiz  which  it  will  slowly  deposit  it  iiz  sizzall  ((zzazitity. 

Before  the  ziatrolite  dejzosition  takes  place  izizpoi-tazzt  chazzges 
znzzst  have  beezz  bi’ozzght  abzzzzt.  The  actiozz  is  oize  of  active 
deposition  aizzl  is  limited  to  the  vein  exeejit  where  the  wall-rock 
is  porzms.  It  is  then  impregizczted  for  a short  depth  with  natrolite 
and  sealed,  and  the  deposition  iiz  the  vein  continues  with  no 


8(58 


ritiversihj  of  (California  I'uhlicalioiis. 


I <lK(ii.(i(;v 


further  iiitereluiiige  or  passMj?e  of  material  from  or  to  the  i-ocUs. 
The  selfiiifi  uj)  of  active  deposition,  the  stojjpin^  of  melamorpho- 
•renic  ditfusioii  into  tlie  wall-rock,  and  tlie  substitution  of  natrolite 
for  alhite  as  the  ])recipitated  molecule,  all  point  to  a marked 
lowering  of  temperature  l)oth  of  ascending  solutions  and  of  tlie 
country  rock. 

The  heintoite  and  nejitunite  do  not  apjiear  anywhere  to  follow 
the  natrolite  into  the  wall-rock.  In  a few  places  the  neptunite 
appears  to  he  jiartially  surrounded  at  its  base  witli  amphibole- 
natrolite  matrix  but  it  is  jiractieally  limited  to  the  confines  of  the 
vein  jirojier.  Hoth  benitoite  and  neptunite  are  attached  directly 
to  the  wall  .so  that  they  often  commence  to  dejiosit  before  the  wall 
received  any  coating  of  natrolite.  They  also  occur  in  the  central 
])ortion  of  the  vein  entirely  .surrounded  by  natrolite,  showing 
that  at  these  points  the  latter  commenced  depositing  first.  They 
also  occur  in  the  natrolite  druses  and  project  freely  from  the 
surface,  showing  that  they  were  among  the  last  materials  to 
separate.  We  conclude  therefore  that  benitoite,  neptunite,  and 
natrolite  Avere  deposited  coidemporaneously  throughout  the  period 
of  vein  tilling. 

The  order  of  crystallizing  jACwer — the  crystalloblastic  order — 
arranged  in  decreasing  magnitude  is  neptunite,  benitoite,  natro- 
lite. Natrolite  is  found  in  abundance  surrounding  neptunite  and 
benitoite,  molding  itself  to  suit  their  form  and  showing  the 
smooth  surfaces  of  their  imprint  when  separated.  A few  cases 
were  observed  where  benitoite  crystals  are  pierced  by  neptunite 
prisms  or  have  partially  grown  around  them. 

The  next  events  recognized  are  those  of  descending  solutions, 
decomiiosition,  etching,  limonite  coatings,  etc.,  as  already  referred 
to  elsewlu're. 

DISTK’IIU’TION  or  :\nNKRALS  tN  VEINS. 

The  workings  an*  so  shallow  at  the  mine  that  there  are  no 
data  at  hand  to  indicate  the  distribution  of  the  various  minerals 
with  de|)th.  Hut  it  is  of  some  interest  to  note  that  the  distribution 
is  not  uniform  along  tbe  snrfai'c.  The  benitoite  is  most  abundant 
along  tbe  east  central  portion  of  the  zone  of  veination.  Ha.ssing 
eastward  tb(‘  t itano-silicati's  decrease  in  abundance  until  the 


/jotidcrhack.—  lie  nit  oil  c. 


.sli'iii‘>'(*r.s,  as  in  tlio  oulei’ops,  ai)])eai'  to  contain  nothing  but 

nali’olito  and  then  play  ont  and  disappeaf. 

(ioing  wc'slwai'd  the  pro})Oi't.ion  ot‘  neptnnitc  to  henitoite  in- 
creases until  the  latter  ])i-actically  disapja'afs  before  the  stringers 
die  ont  in  that  direction. 

TIIK  RELATION  TO  THR  SKRPKNTINR. 

It  woidd  be  interesting  to  determine  whether  the  serpentine 
intrusion  has  had  any  tlirect  effect  on  the  i)roduction  of  tlie 
l)henoniena  described.  General  considerations  seem  to  the  writer 
to  indicate  that  it  had. 

Tile  nio.st  suggestive  characters  of  the  deposit  iu  this  connec- 
tion are  perhaps  the  similarity  in  nature  of  the  general  meta- 
morphism of  the  enclosing  rock-lens  to  the  more  active  alteration 
in  immediate  proximity  to  the  vein  on  the  one  hand ; and  on  the 
other  hand  the  correspondence  of  the  albitic  alteration,  the  albite 
stringers  of  the  countiy,  the  albite  of  the  thin  zone,  and  the 
natrolite  in  the  lienitoite  veins  which  are  all  related  chemicallv 
and  by  field  relations.  In  other  words,  the  general  rock  changes 
which  seem  to  demand  a general  elevated  temperature  for  their 
consummation,  appear  genetically  related  forerunners  of  the 
local  action  along  the  veins.  Such  a general  elevation  of  tempera- 
ture was  undoubtedly  supplied  by  the  peridotite  intrusion,  and 
that  occasion  is  most  naturally  taken  as  the  period  of  meta- 
morphism. 

As  regards  the  more  extreme  metasomatosis  and  later  miner- 
alization, it  would  seem  that  the  rocks  of  the  included  mass  were 
more  favorable  to  the  production  and  maintenance  of  channels 
than  the  surrounding  peridotite,  and  acted  as  a vent  pipe  for  the 
escape  of  solutions  from  the  more  highly  heated  lower  portions  of 
the  peridotite  mass  to  the  overlying  rocks,  oi-  possibly  to  the 
surface. 

In  considering  the  possibility  of  an  origin  of  the  deposit  pre- 
vious to  the  peridotite  intrusion,  the  close  I’elationship  of  the 
distribution  of  the  veins  and  the  i)resent  form  of  the  included 
mass  is  suggestive.  The  veins  run  along  in  the  direction  of 
elongation  of  the  lens  and  become  smaller,  le.ss  mineral-bearing 
and  i)lay  out  just  before  reaching  the  serpentine  in  either 
direction. 


370 


l^uiversHij  of  ('aJifontlo  I’lihlical io)is. 


[(iEOLOOV 


GENERAL  DISCUSSION. 

The  Fraiieiscfui  series  extends  with  various  interruptions  for 
aliout  six  hundred  miles  along  the  Coast  Ranges  of  California 
and  Oregon  and  in  it  and  its  associated  eruptives  are  found  a 
very  great  number  of  occurrences  of  vein  dei)Osits  that  lie  among 
similar  surroundings,  and  a comparison  of  these  with  the 
deiiosit  now  under  consideration  yields  some  general  analogies 
along  with  the  striking  differences. 

Very  often  in  traversing  the  ser])entine  areas,  so  frequently 
associated  with  the  Franciscan,  we  come  across  included  masses 
of  ])artly  recrystallized  basic  rocks  or  irregular  areas  or  lenses 
of  glaucophane,  hornblende,  or  other  basic  schists.  These  are 
often  cut  by  veins  of  quartz,  l)ut  of  particidar  interest  in  the 
])rcsent  connection  are  the  abundant  veins  of  alhite.  Natrolite, 
so  far  as  known  to  the  writer,  has  not  been  found  under  these 
conditions  except  at  the  benitoite  locality,  but  the  analogous 
alhite  veins  are  vcuy  common. 

Titanium  is  often  found  in  the  reerystallized  rock,  occasion- 
ally in  the  A-eins,  and  occurs  most  commonly  as  titanite,  some- 
times as  rutile. 

AVhile  minerals  containing  ixhassinm  (Tisually  muscovite), 
magnesium  and  iron  (such  as  chlorite  or  more  rarely  tale)  are 
also  found  in  veins  cutting  such  rocks,  an  association  represent- 
ing so  many  metallic  elements  in  essential  (piantities  as  occur  in 
the  benitoite  veins  is  exce|)tional  : sodium,  potassium,  magnesium, 
iron,  manganese,  copper,  aluminum,  barium.  With  this  A'ariety 
it  .seems  jAcculiar  that  calcium  is  practically  absent  Avithin  the 
v(‘ins  i)i‘oper.  It  is  found  generally  in  the  veins  in  the  schists 
as  hiAYSonite  or  tlu'  ami)hiboles. 

'file  occui‘ren<'(‘  of  barium  as  an  essential  ('onstituent  is  with- 
out pi-eccdent.  The  only  hai-iinn  mimu'al  that  the  Avriter  has 
found  associated  with  such  formations  is  barite  in  veins  in  the 
sci'jxmt  ine  of  Mt.  Diablo.  Wliih*  suggestiA'e  of  the  lUH'sence  and 
possible  concent  i-at  ion  of  barium  in  such  rocks,  it  is  not  an 
analogous  occui’i'cncc. 

Apart  I rom  tin*  chcmi(‘al  ditf(‘i‘euc('s,  a comparison  of  the 
chief  ganguc  materials,  alhite  and  natrolite,  Avouhl  indicate  that 


VoL.  5] 


Loiidrrlxick. — Hcinloilr. 


:{7i 


tlie  beiiiloite-bearing  veins  ace  exeepi ional  in  the  lowet-  teni])era- 
tnre  and  perhaps  more  moderate  pressure  under  wliieh  tliey  were' 
foriiK'd.  Tlie  crystallization  ot‘  eompb'X  and  highly  acid  titano- 
silicates  at  the  comparatively  low  temperature  suitahh'  for  the 
production  of  nati'olite  demand  the  prescuice  and  activity  of 
crystallizing  agemts  niiuc)-<ili.'<(tteHrs)  whose  nature  is  not 

indicated  by  an  analysis  of  the  vein  materials. 


KECIONT  PAPERS. 

A.  E.  Rogers;  Note  on  the  Crystal  Form  of  Benitoite.  Science  n.s., 
28  (1908),  p.  (ill).  He  gets  an  average  of  40°  10'  for  the  pole  angle  of  the 
unit  pyramid.  He  discusses  the  possible  symmetry  and  inclines  to  the 
ditrigonal  bi-pyramidal  class. 

W.  E.  Ford:  Neptunite  Crystals  from  San  Benito  County,  California. 
Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (4)  27  (1909),  pp.  235-240,  8 figs.  Describes  the  crystal- 
lography and  optical  proj)erties  of  neptunite.  Finds  optic  axial  plane  in 
plane  of  symmetry;  c A c = 24°  ; h = b-,  n yellow,  b red,  c red.  j3=:1.7; 
2F  = 48°40';  optically  +.  Dispersion  of  oi)tie  axes  n ]>  p. 

The  common  habit  described  by  Ford  is  practically  the  same  as  that 
described  by  the  writer;  the  less  usual  types  are.  somewhat  different.  He 
notes  the  form  g as  new,  and  the  drawings  for  this  paper  were  changed  to 
adopt  this  symbol,  r was  not  reported. 

h'eceived  May  19,  1909. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  NOTES. 

To  the  proof  of  the  above  paper  the  writer  is  permitted  to  add 
the  following  notes  on  contributions  to  the  study  of  benitoite  and 
fieptiniite  during  the  jtast  summer. 

77/c  symmetnj  of  benitoite.  The  writer  notes  that  tio  evidcfice 
has  been  published  utifavorahle  to  the  view  of  the  .strictly 
trigonah®  symmetry  of  benitoite  pre.scfited  by  the  writer  in  the 


19  Not  rhombohedral,  as  the  writer  is  reporteil  to  have  said,  in  the 
Referat  of  his  paper,  Zeit.  filr  Kryst.  u.  Min.,  4ti  (1909)  j^p.  386-387.  In 
the  original  paper  (loc.  cit.  p.  150)  he  says  “It  crystallizes  in  the  hexa- 
gonal system,  trigonal  division.  The  observed  forms  are  the  basal  ])lane. 
the  plus  and  minus  trigonal  ])yramid  and  the  corresponding  trigonal 
prisms.  . . . The  development  of  faces  at  one  end  of  the  principal 

axis  always  corresponds  so  well  with  those  at  the  other,  that  it  gives  the 
impression  that  the  horizontal  plane  of  symmetry  is  present.’’  Trigonal 
bipyramids  and  corresponding  trigonal  jirisins  can  only  occur  in  the  ditrigonal 
bipyramidal  and  in  the  trigonal  bipyramidal  symmetry  classes  in  which  the 
rhombohedra  are  not  possible,  and  the  Referent  therefore  misrepresented  the 
writer’s  view  of  the  symmetry  relations  when  he  wrote: 

p.  386  line  4 from  bottom,  rhomboedrisch  for  trigonal 

Rhomboeder  for  trigonale  Pyramiden 
Rhomboeder  for  trigonale  Pyramide. 


line  3 


372 


r uivcrsil !J  of  ('alifor)ua  l’i(l>licalio)is. 


I (iKOI,()(JY 


preliminary  ])f)per,  iiml  in  j){ir1icnhir  its  ref’ei’enec*  to  tin-  di- 
trigonal  hipyramidi)!  gronj)  annonncod  by  him  at  tlie  I )(‘('(>ml)(‘r, 
1907,  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  cldefly  oti 
the  l)asis  of  the  etch  figures.  Recently  G.  I’alaclie  and  ('. 
Illawatsch  luvve  independently  arrived  at  the  same  conclusion, 
the  former-"  basing  his  conclusion  on  the  hexagonal  devcdopment 
of  the  second  order  forms,  (1120)  and  (2241)  and  the  latter-'  on 
the  same  ground  ami  from  a consideration  of  the  etch  tiguies. 
Illawatsch  also  discovers--  certain  natural  irregularities  on  tlie 
faces  of  the  negative  (Louderhack)  pyramid  which  might  indi- 
cate a pseudo-trigonal  symmetry  (possibly  orthorhombic  lumii- 
mbrphic  trillings),  but  finally  decides  in  favor  of  the  trigonal. 

coiiatdiits  of  hcoitoUc.  The  average  angle  (0001)  A 
(lOll)  is  given  by  Rogers  as  40°  10';  Ralaebe  40°  12';  Illawatsch 
40°  14',  the  value  arrived  at  by  the  writer  on  his  earlier  material ; 
Louderhack  40°  18';  Baumbauer-''  40°  19' 37'/.".  These  yield 
(■:u=0.7310  (for  40°  10')  ; 0.7319  (P.)  ; 0.7327  (11.)  ; 0.7344  (L.)  ; 
0.7351  (B.).  Palache  apparently  adopts  the  reference  axes  (G^) 
and  gives  po=.4879  corresi)onding  to  p„=:.4896  (L.)  ; Illawatsch 
selects  (Gj)  and  gives  po=-84()l  eorresi)onding  to  po=-84:80  ( L.). 

In  his  table  of  Goldschmidt  elemeids  ( Gj ) Illawatsch  gives 
(■=0.7327  when,  following  Goldschmidt’s  ])ractice,  it  should  be 
c=l  .2()90-'‘  Ig  c=0. 10349,  corresponding  to  the  writer’s  c=1.2720. 

CrUfital  forms  of  beiiifoife.  The  following  table  gives  the 
correspondences  of  ])lanes  reported  on  benitoite  by  the  various 
willers  : 

-"  I’alaelw.  ( '.  Note  on  Crystal  Norm  of  Benitoite.  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (4), 
'27  (1!)0!)),  )>.  398;  also  German  translation  with  slight  and  unessential 
additions,  Zfil.  fur  Kri/fit.  u.  Mill.,  4()  (1909),  p.  379. 

-I  Illawatsch,  C.  Die  Krystallform  des  Benitoit.  CeiifralhJatt  fiir 
.Mill.,  (icol.  V.  Pal.,  1909,  ]>]).  293-302  and  p.  410.  Also  Zeit.  fiir  Krij.A.  u. 
Mm..  -K)  (1909),  ]).  002. 

Loc.  cil.,  ](]).  300-301. 

-■'*  Banmhaner.  11.  Ut'her  die  tVinki>lv(>rluiltnisse  des  Benitoit.  Ceii- 
Irathliill  fiir  Miu.,  (Icol.  ii.  Pal.,  1909,  pp.  r)!)2-594.  Results  of  measurements 
on  some  very  small  crNslals  gi\ing  simple,  good  relleetions.. 

The  value  given  hy  lllawalseh  is,  for  (G,).  'nit  it  is  Goldschmidt’s 

(10) 

practice  to  use  uniformlv  in  his  Winkeltahellen  c and  rejnirt  it  sim]ilv 

'2  . . 

as  c.  (■— eV.'i.  'the  vahu'  1.270S  for  apatite  giv('n  in  his  tVinkeltahellen  is 

III  IfO 

thci'id’orc  not  a ‘ ‘ I )ru(d<  fehler,  ’ ’ as  stated  by  Illawatsch  (loc.  cil.,  p.  299) 
a ml  should  appear  as  prinical. 


VoL.  5] 


L()i((lcrh(ich\-  -licnitoite. 


;i7;5 


lOuderback. 

I’alache. 

Hlawatscli. 

Rogers, 

(■(00(11) 

(■(0001 ) 

(■(OOOl) 

(0001) 

(((1120) 

(/(1120) 

(((1120) 

m(lOTO) 

AcC'lTtl) 

?rt(01T0) 

(OlTO) 

g(OlTO) 

m(lOTO) 

Jt/(I0T0) 

(lOTO) 

P(IOTI) 

7r(01Tl) 

/((OlTl) 

(OlTl) 

7r(0111) 

p(lOTl) 

r(ioTi) 

(lOTl) 

r(10T2) 

e(01T2) 

r(0tT2) 

(01T2) 

(7(2241) 

a-(224l) 

(7(2241) 

Illawatsch  gives  also  as  dull  faces  on  one  crystal, 

and  also  s(ll2l)  and  a(3.Ti).l().r2).  These  are  reported  as 
“unsicliere  Flaclien,”  and  of  the  two  latter  he  says,  p.  296,  “es 
kiinnen  leieht  Ahforniungen  von  den  hegleit.enden  Neptunit 
Kristallen  gewesen  sein.”  This  is  easily  possible  as  nejttunite 
has  the  stronger  crystallizing  force  and  beidtoite  is  often  found 
molded  against  or  around  it.  The  writer’s  form  of  doubtful  index 
j:=(  lU.t.y.lO)  is  not  reported  by  the  others. 

The  .fuiKlanioital  form  of  hciiitoite.  The  three  aiithors  cited 
above  agree  in  selecting  (Louderback)  as  the  positive  unit 
pyramid  and  their  positive  forms  corres})ond  to  the  writer’s 
negative  forms  and  vice  versa.  While  they  do  not  discuss  the 
point,  they  were  apparently  led  to  the  selection  by  the  fact  that 
this  form  is  usually  deveh)])ed  at  this  locality  in  broader  faces 
than  the  complementary  pyramid.  The  designation  of  positive 
unit  form  ought  to  he  applied  whenever  possible  to  the  physically 
most  fundamental  pyramid.  It  is  well  known  that  the  relativ(‘ 
size  of  faces  is  a very  variable  matter  and  commonly  determined 
by  the  character  of  the  sohdion  from  which  the  crystal  separates. 
Calcite  is  an  excellent  example.  The  cleavage  rhombohedron  is 
very  a])propriately  taken  as  the  positive  unit  form  hut  other 
rhomhohedra  both  positive  and  negative  are  often  developed  in 
larger  faces  and  the  fundamental  rhond)ohedron  is  frerjuently  not 
j)i’esent  among  the  growth  planes  at  all.  Furthermore  negativt* 
rhomhohedra  may  dominate  the  positive  even  to  their  coni]dete 
exehision.  The  i)ecT;liar  symmetry  of  the  trigonal  pyramids  is 
such  that  a cleavage  if  present  would  he  of  no  A-alue  in  dis- 
crimination, for  ad  is  ]iarallel  to  ||  m®,  etcetera.-® 

^3  Numbers  superscrijit  refer  to  sextants  counted  clockwise;  a bar 
below  signifies  a lower  dodecant,  the  upper  one  lieing  unmarked,  as  used 
by  Goldschmidt. 


r iiil'crsil !j  of  (’(ilifoiiiid  icul ions. 


[(iKOI.OO 


;{74 


Tlie  following  considei-at ion  (Iccidcal  tln^  wrilcr  in  llio,  choioe 
of  th(‘  positive  nnit  form  and  seems  to  liim  to  indicate  its  more 
fundamental  character  than  the  com|)lem(‘ntary  pyramid  of  the 
same  parameters.  In  gi-owth  the  positive  pyraitiid  produ(a*s  more 
perfi'ct  ])lanes  and  more  hidlliant  faces,  tlu;  negative  pyramid 
showing  most  commonly  niu'ven,  curved,  inlluenccal  and  other- 
wise less  perfect  foi'ins  even  when  it  is  arc'ally  about  eipial  to  the 
positive  form.  In  the  attack  of  cori’osive  agents,  the  i)ositive 
pyramid  is  mnch  moiv  resistant  than  the  lU'gative.  In  concen- 
trated hydrodnoric  acid  the  negative*  faces  immediately  hiecome 
dull  and  ai’e  rapidly  corrodcal,  the  positive*  ])lane*s  re*main  hriglit 
ami  slmw  the  ])re)ehie-tie)n  eef  small  well-fe>rme*el  e*tedi  figure's.  The 
])e»sitive*  fae-es  must  eve*ntually  he*  attackeel  e)ve*i*  the*ir  wlmle  sur- 
fae-e*  hut  this  was  met  eehserveel  eluring  the  ])re)gress  eef  the  experi- 
me'ut  which  lasteel  at  least  twee  hnnelre*d  time's  anel  meere  as  lemg 
as  it  toe)k  to  entirely  ele'streey  the  eei-iginal  surface  eef  the  lU'gative 
])yramiels.  That  this  same  relative  re'sistance  eef  the  jeositive 
plane's  exists  uneler  very  varying  ceimlitions  is  sheewn  hy  the  facts 
that  it  was  eehserveel  il)  in  the  natural  weathering  process,  (2) 
in  hyelroHueeric  ae-iel,  hehli  bed  anel  e-eelel,  ceencentrate'el  anel  elilute, 
anel  (8)  in  fuseel  e*austic  pedash. 

(leelelschmielt  anel  Wright"'’  in  their  weerk  em  that  form-rich 
mine'ral,  calcite.  femnel  that  the  nmre  fnnelamental  planes  give  the 
he'st  edrh  figures,  anel  sugge'st  it  as  a peessihle  general  metheeel  for 
tlu'ir  elete*rminatie)n.  In  heniteeite*  there  is  a very  marked  sujeer- 
iority  in  this  re'spect  e)f  the  feerm  sek'cted  as  peesitive  hy  the  writer 
ove*r  the*  e*orre*s))e)neling  negative  feerm.  Alteegether,  then,  the 
diffe>i'(‘uf  line's  eef  evielene-e  are  consistent  anel  eletinite  anel  inelicate 
the*  write-r’s  |)e»sitive*  tinit  form  as  the  nmre  funelanu'ntal. 

J\(  fnirl iv(  iudc.r  of  b<  iiiloifr.  lllawatsch  has  alsei  ele*termine*d 
the'  |•('f rae't ive'  imh'X  e)f  he'uifeeite*  by  the  prism  me'flmel  (Joe.  cif., 
|i.  8(11)  with  re'sults  ainmst  ieh'iitie'al  with  the  writei'’s. 


1 1 hiwiitseli. 


Tjoudorbaek. 


1 .Tod 
l.S()2 


■■'•  Amk.v  .liilirh.  fiir  .Mnond..  <lc.  (llio.'i),  H('il:\g('-liaii(l  17,  |i.  Hei.'). 


VoL.  5 1 


Ijoudcrhack. — lieiiiloile. 


:]7r) 


Xcpl unite.'-'  W.  M.  Hnulley  lias  rceoiitly  jiiililished  llu>  fol- 
lowing' analyses  of  the  San  IJenifo  neiitunite-®  with  values  very 
elose  to  those  {j'iven  by  Blasdale. 


Bradi-ky 


I 

II 

.Mean  Mol.  Ratios 

SiOj 

52.91 

52.83 

52.87  .875 

TiO, 

17.77 

1 7.89 

17.82  .222 

FeO 

1 1 ..54 

11.83 

1 1.69  1 

MnO 

0.82 

0.88 

1 .235 

GaO 

1.59 

1.53 

1.56  1 

MgO 

1.41 

1.48 

1.44  J 

K„() 

5.11 

5.06 

1 .208 

Xa.O 

9.83 

9.28 

9.56  / 

Blasdalk 
Mean  Mol.  Ratios 
53.44  .820 


17.18 

11.23 

1 

1.78 

I 

1 

0.25 

t 

1.82 

J 

5.39 

9.14 

] 

213 


.230 


.204 


100.98  100.78  100.88 


100.23 


AJbiic.  A recent  abstract  in  the  Zeitsehrift  fiir  Krystallogra- 
pliie'-"'  shows  that  Dreyer  and  (ioldsehniidt  have  studied  some 
remarkably  form-rich  albites  from  Greenland,  in  which  are  found 
among  others  cei'tain  of  the  rare  forms  and  the  supposedly  new 
form  on  the  San  Benito  alhite;  af  221  )=»  ( 221 ) (S.B.)  ; u(l2()) 
— y;(120)  (S.B..  following  Klockmaun)  ; t;(T81)=@(131)  (S.B.). 
Tt  may  he  noted  that  the  angles  for  the  San  Benito  alhite  reported 
by  the  writer  agree  more  closely  with  the  values  calculated  by 
Dreyer  and  Goldschmidt  from  their  newly  determined  elements, 
than  they  do  with  the  angles  calculated  from  the  Brezina  elements 
given  above  (p.  3(52). 


Measured 
San  Benito  Aliiite 

0 P 


P(OOl) 

81° 

56' 

26° 

50' 

1(110) 

60 

27 

90 

00 

r.(iTo) 

119 

54 

90 

00 

77(120) 

138 

47 

90 

00 

/•(130) 

30 

16 

90 

00 

^(ISO) 

149 

47 

90 

00 

a:(T01) 

80 

50 

25 

58 

r(lTl) 

108 

28 

57 

35 

0(111) 

T35 

26 

34 

07 

5(TT2) 

177 

00 

11 

42 

@(181) 

T63 

19 

59 

13 

Calculated 

(Elements  of  Dreyer  & Goldschmidt) 
0 P 


81° 

59 

26° 

51' 

60 

38 

90 

00 

120 

04 

90 

00 

138 

59 

90 

00 

30 

24 

90 

00 

149 

50 

90 

00 

80 

44 

26 

00 

108 

34 

57 

26 

T35 

3 

34 

16 

177 

14 

11 

39 

T63 

17 

59 

8 

])aper  on  neptuuite  cited  above 
(1909),  pp.  321-325. 

15-16.  ALso  Gei'inan  translation 
(1909),  pp.  516-517. 

1-60. 


A German  translation  of  Ford’s 
occnrs  in  Zeit.  fiir  Kri/.st.  ii.  Min.,  46 
2s  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (4),  28  (1909),  pp. 
of  the  same,  Zeit.  fiir  Kryst.  u.  Min.,  46 

2!' ttber  Albit  von  Grdnland:  Meddelelser  am  Grdnland,  34  (1907) 
Kef.  Zeit.  fiir  Kryst.  u.  Min.,  46  (1909),  p.  605. 


I'lnvcrsil jj  of  ('(iHfontia  I’ldilicdl ions. 


I (iKOI,()fJY 


;57(i 


■hxK/uinite.  Assoc-iiitcd  will)  llic  minerals  of  the  heiiitoite- 
heai'iiig  veins  is  oeeasionally  found  a honey  yellow  oi-  lif^ht  hrown 
snhstanee  in  small  generally  individual  crystals  or  crystal  grains 
I'arely  over  one  millimeter  in  diameter  which  is  ladieved  to  lx*  a 
new  minei’al.  On  acconnt  of  its  i-arity,  mimite  size  and  the  general 
imperfectness  of  its  ciystals,  its  investigation  has  been  attended 
with  consideral)l(‘  diflienlty.  A j)reliminary  statement  of  its 
])ro])ei'ties  is  here  ])reseided.  Some  rc'cently  acqninxl  mat(‘rial 
containing  this  mineral  is  being  worked  over  for  its  sepai'ation 
with  a vi(‘w  to  a more*  eom|)lete  study  and  for  ])urposes  of  a 
(|uantitati v(‘  chemical  analysis  which  has  not  heretofore  heem  [)os- 
sihle  and  the  wi'iter  expects  to  presemt  a more  comi)lete  descrip- 
tion of  the  mineral  in  the  near  fnture. 

The  crystals  are  gem'rally  eipiant,  occasionally  slightly 
tahnlai',  and  always  show  two  parallel  almost  scpian'  smooth  faces, 
tin*  other  larger  faces  being  strongly  striated.  The  evidence  so 
far  obtained  indicates  that  the  mineral  is  orthorhombic  and  the 
two  bi-oad  smooth  faces  are  taken  as  the  basal  plane,  and  the  eight 
lateral  inclined  planes,  the  only  pyramidal  planes  so  fai'  observed, 
are  taken  as  the  unit  pyramid.  We  have  the  coitd)inati<m  c(()()l) 
and  pill!)  and  on  one  crystal  r/(l(K)).  The  axial  ratios  based  on 
tbe  ])osition  angles  for  p of  (^=7b°  37',  p=47°  35'  are  a :b  x— 
2.S44();1  :0.ni!)(). 


KiaOMENTS. 


a O.tntM)  1 IjT  a = 9.!H);!;r2 

Ig  «„=9. 50939  1 

]g  p„=0. 49061 

c„=0.3231  1 po= 

3.0946 

,-=2.S440  1 If;  (■=U.4.i:j<i;3 

Ig  /)o=9. 54607  1 

Ig  Vo=0. 453.93 

*0=0.3516  1 q„= 

2.8440 

Two  crystals  and  paid  of  a third  were  studied  goniometrically, 
but  only  OIK'  of  the  crystals  was  satisfactory.  .Measurement  is 
inlei'fered  willi  in  two  ways,  'fhe  basal  faces  are  commonly  some- 
what ciii’ved  (con('av(‘).  and  th(“  pyramid  faces  an'  strongly 
sti'iated  hori/.oidally.  .\s  a result  measurements  eonld  not  be 
trusted  on  two  of  the  crystals  within  one  or  two  <h'gi’ees.  On  one 
of  the  er\stals  the  basal  faci's  arc'  cpiite  plane  and  c'an  be  set  v'ery 
sat  isfaetorily  within  a fc'w  minntc's,  and  the  majority  of  the 
pyramid  face's  show  plane'  sti-ips  leroad  e'liongh  to  get  definite 
retleet  ions,  h’or  this  e-i-xstal  1 am  ineh'bte'd  to  .Mr.  I\.  M.  Wilke' 
of  I’alo  .\lto. 


A’ol.  5 1 


Lotideiixick.  licit  il  oil  c. 


:577 


f)  iHcasun'd  fi'om  c as  polo  faoo 


/)!  7(5° 

jt-  train  72°  5()'-7()°  20' 


jX  striated  ))lurre(l  retieetion 
p'-i  103°  22'  suiipleiii.  7()°  3S' 


/)■'*  striated,  blurred  band  nt  lio'lil 
/O  103°  22'  suiii)Iem.  7(i°  3S' 


<■  as  polo  fa 00 


III  103°  15'  su])i>lein.  7(5°  45' 

103°  31'  to  40'  suppleni.  7(5°  20-29' 
pH  103°  10'  siij)j)leni.  7(5°  50' 
jO  103°  12'  sii])|)leni.  7(5°  4S' 
average  p=7(5°  37' 
extremes  7(5°  20'-7(5°  50' 

2<^  inoasurod  94°  52',  94°  43',  95°  01',  94°  47'. 

Avorago  94°  51'  or  c/)=47°  25'. 

Tho  piiiaeoid  a was  found  on  this  orystal  as  a niinnto  rlioinhns 
tninoating  the  front  and  Itaok  solid  angle  of  the  four  p faeces,  tlio 
signal  was  very  faint  and  oonld  not  ho  sot  within  8 or  10  ininnt(*s. 


p 


i\reasnred  89°  50' 

Calculated  90°  00' 


89°  42' 
!H)°  00' 


Cleavage  is  not  distinct  hut  appears  to  exist  panillel  to  tin* 
hasal  plane  and  even  less  distinct  perpendicular  to  it  (possibly 
parallel  to  the  two  pinacoids).  AVhenever  cleavage  cracks  ajtpoar 
under  tho  microscope,  the  extinction  is  always  straight  with 
respect  to  them. 

The  optical  orientation  is  ii— d,  b- -5.  c— c.  c is  the  acute  bi- 
sectrix and  in  convergent  light  in  sections  p(‘rpendicular  to  the 
acute  bisectrix  (basal  section),  the  optic  axes  (unerge  ju.st  at  the 
edge  of  the  field. 

The  refractive  index  is  high  (>  1.7:1)  and  the  double  refrac- 
tion strong.  The  mineral  is  transparent  and  has  a honey  yellow 
to  brownish  yellow  color  in  fair  sized  fragments,  very  pale  and 
trans])arent  in  thin  section.  Tn  thicker  jiieees  pleoehroism  is 
visible,  c ocreous  or  reddish  yellow,  b light  yellow,  n similar  to  b 
hut  slightly  paler.  Absorption  c>b>o.  Hardness  gr(*ater  than 
glass  (5.5)  ; density  determined  on  the  largest  crystal,  hetw(*en 
:1.85  and  .3.9.  Heated  in  closed  tube  it  becomes  paler  colored. 


378 


riiivci'silu  of  Califoniid  I’li hi icol ions. 


[(Ieolooy 


loses  luster  iu  purl  and  yields  a little  \vat(‘r  hut  does  not  ftise. 
Fuses  readily  iu  lower  part  of  huuseii  flaiiu'  (2.5)  will)  iidiiiiies- 
eence  to  a brown  ^lass,  practically  colorh'ss  iu  thin  huhhli's. 

It  resists  hot  hydrochloric  and  uiti’ic  acids  and  may  therefore 
he  s(“])arated  fi'oiii  the  ualrolite  matrix  hy  those  af'outs.  It  is 
easily  attacked  hy  hydrofluoric  acid  which  leav'cs  a white  film  of 
decomposition  products  on  its  surface. 

(Qualitative  chemical  t(‘sts  have  shown  tin*  pr(‘sence  in  reason- 
able (piantity  of  silica,  titanium  and  calcium.  Iron  is  also  presold 
and  i)i-ohahly  determines  the  coloi'. 

When  first  observed  in  small  paid  ides  without  definite  ci’ystal 
form  the  mineral  was  th(m‘>ht  hy  the  writer  to  lx*  titanite.  It 
answers  to  all  th(>  tests  usually  ap[)lied  to  titanite  in  small 
irn^g'ular  jiarticles  in  thin  sections.  In  particular  may  he  men- 
tioned its  color,  hi”h  refractivi'  index,  strouff  double  refraction, 
biaxial  positive  character,  its  jileochroie  colors  and  absorption 
si’heme,  the  tests  for  silica,  titanium,  and  calcium.  Its  fusibility 
is  (‘Xcejitionally  low  and  its  density  somewhat  higher  than  the 
usual  range  of  titanite.  The  crystal  form  is  most  distinctive.  It 
has  a characteristic  orthorhombic  habit  unlike  any  of  the  titanites 
hitlu'i'to  described.  So  very  different  in  their  general  apjiear- 
ance  however  are  tlu'  various  habits  of  titanite  that  already  in 
its  history  it  has  bemi  given  a number  of  different  names.  It 
seemed  possible  then  that  this  might  be  a new  and  psendo- 
orthorhombic  habit  of  this  jirotean  mineral.  After  considering 
\arious  ])ossible  oi'ientations,  the  close.st  approximation  was 
found,  in  considering  the  ajiparent  basal  plane  to  be  :r(102)  and 
the  syimmdry  jilam'  to  bisect  the  obtuse  angles  of  the  pyramid. 
'I'his  would  give'  the  iiroper  optical  orientation,  as  in  titanite  c is 
almost  perpiMidicular  to  X and  lies  in  the  symmetry  plane.  In 
this  arrangement  th(‘  two  back  faces  (/F,  p*)  aud  the  front  faces 
I />'.  //-  as  de.scribed  above)  must  belong  to  different  forms  and 
would  be  expected  to  show  sonu*  systmnatic'  difference  iu  their 
angular  I'elatiou  to  x aud  iu  the  aiigh's  wlu'rc'  they  meet  in  the 
plane  of  symmetiw.  If  ort horhoud)ic  each  sed  of  angles  should 
have  the  samt'  \alues.  .\n  examination  of  the  detailed  tigun's 
given  above  will  show  that  tlu'  differences  are  only  a few  minuti's 
ami  that  the  slight  variations  are  not  systcmiatic  or  symmetrical 


Vi)L.  5 I 


Louflerhd  ek.--  Hen  il  oi  I e . 


in  eitlu'i'  s(‘t.  Tlie  mnasnrcnunits  Ihercrore  indicate  ocl li()i'li()nil)ic 
synnnctiy. 

The  ])yraiuid  faces  which  in  a,  mineral  of  so  simple  a hahit 
as  is  liere  shown  would  Ik'  ex|)eeted  to  have  rather  simj)le  indices, 
»ive  a|)proximations  to  only  very  complicated  titanite  forms. 
The  nearest  simple  possible  titanite  forms  are  (221  ) and  (244)  with 
.r  A (221  )=7()°  27',  rA  (224)=7()°  27'  the  measured  value  heiiio- 
7H°  27'.  The  coiucideuce  of  the  last  ti^'ures  is  shown  to  have  no 
meaning',  as  referred  to  x as  ])ole  is  70°  15'  in  titanite, 

85°  0'  measui’ed.  A closer  a])])roximation  woidd  he  (254)  and 
(17  12  8).  As  regards  the  form  called  <i  above,  the  nearest 
a])proximation,  with  simple  indgx,  is  titanite  (Ktl)  Avhere 
./'A(ldl)  is  8(J°  56',  measured  80°  42'  orthorhombic  should  be 
00°  00'.  A closer  titanite  approximation  woidd  be  (17  0 16). 

The  attemjA  to  make  this  crystal  combination  a habit  of 
titanite  is  not  successful  and  leads  to  very  improbable  residts, 
while  all  of  its  properties  so  far  determined  consistently  lit  into 
the  orthorhond)ic  scheme.  Tt  may  be  not(‘d  hei'e  that  under  the 
microscoi)e  its  most  marked  divergence  from  titanite  is  its  in- 
fei'ior  cleavage  and  straight  extinction  wherever  cleavage  cracks 
ar(‘  observable. 

'rids  mineral  may  contain  some  other  elements  not  shown  in 
the  preliminary  microchemical  tests,  Imt  it  may  also  be  a di- 
morphous form  of  titanite,  or  an  orthorhombic  end  mend)er  of  an 
isomorj)hous  sei'ies. 

'fhe  name  is  taken  from  the  ridge  (primarily  anticlinal  com- 
ponent) of  the  Diablo  range  on  whicb  the  mineral  occurs,  'flie 
ridge  received  its  name  from  the  prominent  .Joaquin  rocks — a 
landmark  of  the  region.®"  Tt  also  borders  the  great  San  .Joaquin 
valley. 

.Ioa(]uinite  is  found  enclosed  in  the  natrolite,  both  at  the  edge 
of  the  vpiid(*ts  and  touching  the  wall  rock,  and  also  in  the  central 
portion  of  the  vein.  It  is  also  found  enclosed  in  the  neptunite 
and  seems  especially  to  occmr  in  those  parts  of  the  deposit  rich 
in  neptunite.  Doth  the  natrolite  and  neptunite  are  molded  about 
it  xenomor])hieally. 

""  See  fiivtliei'  Arnold  and  Amlerson,  Bull.  U.  B.  Geol.  Burvey,  Xo.  .357 
(IttOS),  13. 


r ilirci'sil  !j  of  (’all  font  in  I’nhl  ical  ions. 


I (iKOI^OGY 


;W() 


Ociaircdrilc.  I’mIjicIk*  in  tlie  pnpcr  cited  above  rej)()iis  oeta- 
hedrite  as  occurring  in  the  benitoitci-nati'olili^  veins  and  {'ives  tlie 
following  deseriidion.  “It,  ap[)ears  in  gi-oups  of  ])ale-l)ro\vn 
ei-ystals,  eoinbinafions  of  unit  pyramid  and  base;  fbe  crystals  an* 
small  and  pres(*nt  facetted  and  (‘urved  faces  so  that  they  could 
not  be  measured  but  cbemieal  tests  showed  the  presence  of 
titanic  oxide  alone.”  The  writer  lias  not  observi'd  octabedrite 
in  any  of  the  specimens  be  has  studied  and  suggests  that  the 
mineral  rejiorted  by  I’alacbe  is  the  same  as  that  deserib(‘d  in  the 
lirecediug  section.  The  brief  d(*scri|)t  ion  tits  perfectly  excejit  for 
the  negative*  chemical  (*videuc(*. 


Issiicil  I)(  (•( mher  2 i . 190!). 


KXI’LAXATIOX  OK  l>LA'l'K  37. 

BKMTOITK. 

1.  \'('rv  (-oniinoii  habit:  r((l(l(ll),  /((lOTI),  7r(0Tll),  //i(lbT()),  yu(OTl()). 

2.  ( 'oiiiiiioii  habit  with  niiniito  or  no  basal  ])laiu‘.  'I'he  (liiniiiution  of 
tlio  liasal  plane  is  ]iracticall_v  always  aceompaiiied  by  diiuinution  of  the 
positive  ])vramid. 

3.  A rather  eonnnon  habit,  where  p(lOTl)  intersects  r(()Obl)  ]irodiicin{; 
a hexagonal  outline  on  the  base,  very  rarely  approacdiing  an  even  develop- 
ment of  positive  and  negative  planes  and  giving  a pseudo-hexagonal  habit. 

4.  This  figure  without  .i  is  a type  of  a faii'ly  eoinmon  habit  in  which 
the  ttAtt  edges  are  truncated  by  r(10T3).  The  form  .r,  of  doubtful  index, 
here  taken  as  (To.  1 .b.lo ) , occurs  on  but  a few  crystals  and  was  observed 
complett'  only  about  one  terminal  of  a lateral  symmetry  axis,  though  here 
re])resented  com()lete  for  the  three  axes. 

d.  Diagrammatic  representation  of  etch  figures.  The  ]ilanes  of  the 
n]i|)er  half  of  a crystal  are  supposed  rotated  aliout  their  upper  horizontal 
e<lges  until  they  all  lie  in  the  plane  of  (•(0001).  Where  differently  shaped 
figures  a])p('ar  on  the  same  form  they  rejiresent  the*  more  common  tyj)es 
and  variations,  or  the  effects  jirodueed  by  distinct  develojunent  of  internal 
|danes.  The  broken  lines  reiiresent  the  traces  of  the  lateral  planes  of 
svmmet  rv. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  37 


3 


4 


iifi'vrRC'.rv  Of  iL'JNois 


!•  \ 


EXPLANATION  OP  PIjATP  3«. 


BEXITOITK. 

Planes  shown:  (’(OODl),  o(ll20),  »i(10IO),  ju(0ll()),  ;)(IOll),  7r(01ll), 
(/( 2-241). 

1.  Hnliil  cliaractevized  hy  f>reat  develoinnent  of  the  negative  ])risni  fi 
and  found  on  a miinher  of  crystals. 

2.  Habit  characterized  by  great  develojnnent  of  the  ])ositive  prism  m. 
It  is  in  general  not  nncoininon  for  ni  to  be  broader  jiarallel  to  the  vertical 
axis  than  fi. 

3.  Habit  characterized  by  second  order  forms  d and  u found  witli  Imt 
slight  v:iriation  in  1(1  crystals  in  a lot  of  0(10  examined.  The  oscillatory 
striations  between  e and  p are  often  found  instead  of  r(10T2)  and  ai)i)earcd 
in  front  u]i[ier  sectant  of  crystal  from  which  the  drawing  was  made. 

4.  Detail  of  ])art  of  a crystal  showing  a coarse  development  of  the 
oscillatory  growth  zone  lietwei'ii  c and  p.  Of  two  crystals  on  which  this 
coarse  (b'velopment  was  found,  one  liad  the  second  order  hexagonal  jirism 
(t  (as  figured)  without  d,  and  the  other  d without  «. 

AI.BITK. 

.■).  .la.  Albite  in  simple  albite  twin  from  druse.  /’(OOl),  11(010), 
/(HO).  7’(1T0).  7;(120),  /(IdO),  r(HTO).  .r(T()l),  c(lTl),  o(TTl),  5(TT2), 
(.)(aTl).  a(^l). 


BULL  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  38 


4 


r • ' 

I 


f 


>- 


4 


% « 


XEPTUNITE. 


Fonns  sliowii:  <'(0()J),  ^/(ino),  ,s(ni),  )(ll2), 

;/  = (2ll),  r(221),  /)(311). 

1.  Coniiiion  ty]ip.  Tlic  form  g is  fro(]upntly  slijj-litly  curved  and  is  of 
variable  -widtli,  and  p is  often  the  largest  of  the  terminal  forms.  'I’he 
bacdv  planes  almost  always  cut  much  lower  on  the  jirisnis  than  the  front 
planes. 

2.  A not  very  common  tyi>e  with  l)roa<l  development  of  the  unit  liyra- 
mids,  6'  and  o.  It  shows  a common  appearance  of  g with  curved  edges  and 
nariowing  from  center  toward  ])erij)hery.  It  is  also  very  common  for  the 
basal  i)lane  c to  have  this  outline,  elongated  obliquely  to  the  syinnietry 
|)laue.  as  is  also  shown  in  figures  3 and  I. 

3.  From  a doubly  terminated  crystal  with  })eeuliar  geometrically 
asymmetric  develo|iment.  It  shows  the  two  most  common  ways  in  which 
r a]i])ears,  depending  on  the  develojunent  of  g. 

4.  Only  one  crystal  of  this  type  of  develojunent  found.  The  front 
jiyi  amid  .s  cuts  <lown  lower  on  the  j)rism  than  the  back  jwramid  p ; i and  g 
are  absent,  ami  r and  p occur  as  narrow  strii)s  bonbuing  o. 


BULL,  DEPT,  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  39 


. icBWRV 

I’r  Tiii 

Qf 


^ ^ s~ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  24,  pp.  381-390,  PI.  40  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


THE  SKULL  AND  DENTITION 

OF  A 

PRIMITIVE  ICHTHYOSAURIAN 

PROM  THE 

MIDDLE  TRIASSIC 


BY 

.lOnX  C.  MERRIAM. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 


V Introduction  .381 

Diagnostic  characters  382 

Dentition  383 

Skull  385 

Affinities  388 


V 


INTRODUCTION. 


Vi 


The  material  described  in  the  following  paper  comprises  two 
specimens  which  were  obtained  in  the  iMiddle  Triassic  limestones 
of  West  Humboldt  Range,  Nevada.  One  of  these  (no.  9924), 
showing  a portion  of  the  dentition  with  parts  of  the  lower  jaw, 
was  figured  and  described  for  inclusion  in  a recent  paper  on 
Triassic  Ichthyosauri  a, ^ but  was  finally  withdrawn,  as  its  syste- 
matic position  did  not  seem  clearly  determined.  A second  spec- 
imen (no.  9853),  which  has  since  been  exposed  for  study,  shows 
the  middle  portion  of  a skull,  with  a dentition  similar  to  that  of 
no.  9924. 


1 Merriam,  ,T.  C.,  Tria.ssic  Ichthyosauria,  Mem.  Uiiiv.  Calif.,  vol.  1,  no.  1. 


r )iivcrsil !J  of  (Utlifornia  I’uhl icol ions. 


[ (iKOI.OGY 


;}S2 


The  two  speeinieiis  ovnihihle,  tof'cther  witli  a lar>^(!  tmiiilxM' 
of  oilier  Triassie  iehthyosaurian  forms,  were  diseovered  in  IS!).') 
liy  tlie  exiiedition  to  West  Ilnmholdl  Raii'^e.  The  work  of  this 
jiarty  was  made  possilile  tlirouuli  tlie  “(merosity  of  Miss  Annie  M. 
Alexander,  who  was  herself  tlie  diseoverer  of  the  type  spi'eimmn. 

Although  the  relatioiishiiis  of  the  form  rejiresented  by  thesi* 
sjx'eiiiK'iis  an*  not  entirely  ehxir,  it  has  seemed  Ix'st  to  publish 
sneh  information  as  is  available,  in  the  hope  that  this  mati-rial 
may  assist  in  the  interpretatiim  of  some  of  the  fra^riientary 
saurian  remains  obtained  elsewhere  in  i\Iiddle  Triassie  forma- 
tions. The  known  material  representing’  some  of  the  older 
marine  Triassie  sanriaiis  has  thus  far  lieeii  very  scanty,  and  the 
spc'eiimms  an*  wididy  scattered  <’eofirai)hieally.  Only  throii<>h 
th(‘  |)iiblieation  of  illustrations  and  detailed  descrijitions  of  these 
widely  scattered  fraginents.  as  they  become  availalile,  will  it  be 
possible  to  arrive  at  an  nnd(*rstandin”'  of  the  relationships  of 
the  forms  which  they  represent. 


DI AGNOST [( ' f'H AK A( 'T ERS. 

PHALAKODON  FRAASt,-’  ii.  gen.  ami  sji. 

Plate  40. 

Type  specimen,  no.  '1853.  TTiiv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from 
the  i\tiddle  Triassie  of  south  fork  of  American  Canon,  West 
Humboldt  Ran, ye.  Nevada.  Cotype,  no.  !)924,  Univ.  Calif.  Col. 
^b‘rt.  Palae.,  from  the  iMidille  Triassie  of  Fisher  Canon,  W^est 
Humboldt  Range,  Nevada. 

Skull  of  iehthyosaurian  type.  Oi’bits  moderately  large, 
superior  nares  situated  a short  distance  anterior  to  the  orbits. 
Fi’ontals  exposed  supcu’iorly  almost  as  far  forward  as  the 
jtosterior  end  of  the  superior  narial  openin,gs.  Nasals  appar- 
ently not  extending  far  behind  the'  anterior  borders  of  the  orbits, 
and  extending  forwai'd  only  a short  distance  in  advance  of  the 
snperioi-  narial  ojamings.  Angulai’  ehmient  of  mandible  not 
exposed  aiderior  to  llu*  ndddh'  of  the  oi’bit. 

- i/)d\a/)a,  a Ross  used  Id  adorn  liea<l  gear  ot  horses;  oSoiJs,  a tooth. 
'I'lie  s|ie(des  is  naiinal  in  honor  of  Prof('ssor  Kherhard  Praas,  whose  con- 
trilinti(Ois  lo  onr  knowledge  (d'  the  lehl  hyosanria  of  Kurojie  have  been 
gi-catlv  a|i|oe(daled  liy  1 he  writer  in  his  eoni|iarative  studies  of  this  group. 


VoL.  5 I 


Merriain. — Primitive  IchllnjosaKrinn. 


;58:} 


J)entiti()ii  differentiated;  posterior  teeth  laterally-eoiiii)ressed, 
low-crowned;  most  anterior  teeth  known  relatively  small,  hi”h- 
coiucal,  neai’ly  eirenlai-  in  eross-seetion.  Teeth  inserted  in  pits 
which  may  he  situated  at  the  hottom  of  a shallow  groove.  Hoots 
showing  coarse  longitudinal  folds,  with  little  oi'  no  cement 
covering. 

DKNTITION. 

The  first  specimen  to  la*  obtained  (no.  t)!)24)  consisted  of 
j)ortions  of  two  lower  .jaws;  and  a i)art  of  the  skull,  j)rohahly 
representing  the  maxilhaw  region,  containing  two  nearly  parallel 
rows  of  teeth  (piite  similar  to  those  of  the  lower  .jaws  ( i)l.  40, 
fig.  2).  Very  little  of  the  skeletal  structure  could  be  determined 
as  the  hones  were  very  fragmentary.  The  elements  of  the 
dentition  were  well  preserved. 


Fig.  1. — Fhalurodon  fraasi.  Inferior  dentitiou.  No.  9924,  natural  size. 


The  teeth  situated  on  the  mandibular  elements  of  specimen 
9924  (fig.  1)  are  of  a thick,  low-crowned  type.  They  are  sep- 
arated from  each  other  by  bony  partitions,  and  ai)pear  to  he 
in  completely  enclosed  pits.  There  is  no  evidence  of  the  ])res- 
enee  of  cement  surrounding  them.  Only  the  thinnest  possible 
cement  layer  could  have  been  present,  as  the  enelosing  bony 
tissue  of  the  dentary  snrroTinds  the  roots  very  closely.  The 
roots  are  much  compressed  laterally,  and  the  walls  show  strong 
vertical  folds.  The  teeth  vary  greatly  in  size  and  form  accord- 
ing to  their  position  in  the  .jaw.  The  crowns  of  the  most 
posterior  teeth  are  very  low  and  are  considerably  compressed 
laterally.  The  summits  of  the  crowns  are  quite  abruptly 
rounded.  The  most  anterior  mandilmlar  tooth  is  hardl.v  more 
than  one-qnarter  the  size  of  the  next  to  the  last  one  in  the  series. 
Tts  crown  is  almost  round  in  cross-section,  and  is  more  slender 


384 


r )iivcrsil  }j  of  ('alifontid  PubI ical  ions. 


I (iEoi.ooy 


and  more*  acnite  than  those  oi'  tlie  i)Ost(‘rior  tcolli.  Several  of 
th(“  middle  teelli  reprc'sented  in  figure  on(>  hav(>  been  Inineated 
by  wear.  l)ut  tlie  erowns  seem  to  |)resen1  li’ansilion  forms  rany'- 

in”'  Indween  tlie  (jiiite  different  1y])es  at  tlie  two  ends  of  the 

series.  In  nearly  all  of  the  t(‘(‘th  there  is  a distinctly  constricted 
neck  region  at  the  base  of  the  crown. 

In  the  sn])erior  deidition,  one  I'ow  of  teeth  contains  only  a 
single  com])lete  crown,  the  most  ])ostei’ior  one  (j)l.  40,  hg.  2). 
The  crown  of  this  tooth  is  gcndly  domed,  and  is  compi’cssed  lat- 
erally. The  bases  of  seveisd  crowns  aidcrior  to  the  complete 

tooth  in  this  row  show  a )'ai)id  (h'ci'ease  in  the  size  of  the  teeth 

anteriorly,  with  a change  in  tlu'  form  of  the  crowns  from  a 
laterally  flattened  cross-section  in  the  jxtsterior  ones  to  a hear'ly 
circnlar  section  in  the  most  anterior  one.  In  the  other  snperior 
row.  tlie  few  imperfectly  reiiresented  tooth  crowns  are  of  the 
smaller  form  with  nearly  circnlar  cross-section,  corresponding 
to  the  anterior  crowns  of  the  superior  series  described  above. 

The  dentition  of  specimen  9853  rejiresents  four  jiosterior 
teetJi  in  the  upper,  and  four  in  the  lower  jaws  (fig.  2).  The 
most  jiosterior  tooth  present  on  the  maxillary  is  situated  only  a 
short  distance  in  fi'ont  of  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit. 

The  four  teeth  on  the  mandible  are  of  nearly  the  same  size. 
The  crowns  are  low,  laterally-conijiressed  dtimes,  on  which  the 
antero]>osterior  diameter  considerably  exceeds  the  height  of  the 
crown  from  the  base  of  the  enamel  to  the  summit.  The  sum- 
mits of  the  crowns  may  show  distinct  radial  furrows.  The 
heavy,  laterally-compressed  roots  show  a marked  infolded  or 
furrowed  .structure  of  the  lateral  walls.  The  four  teeth  are 
I'ather  elos(4y  set  in  the  jaw,  but  seem  to  be  in  pits. 

Th('  teeth  of  th('  upper  jaw  are  less  closely  set  than  those  on 
till*  (hodai’y,  and  othei’  teeth  may  originally  have  been  present 
ill  some  of  the  intcu'spacc's.  The  most  posterior  tooth  resembles 
the  two  opposing  teidh  of  the  lower  series.  The  second  tooth 
from  the  bac'k  of  tlu*  seises  is  considerably  shoider  antero])oste- 
riorly  than  the  last,  but  retains  a])])roximately  the  same  trans- 
verse diameter,  'flu'  anterior  pair  of  teeth  an*  still  shorter 
aii1i'ro|)o.s1eriorly.  In  the  most  anlmsor  tooth  the  cross-section 
shows  only  a slight  latt'ral  compression.  The  crowns  of  the 


VoL.  .5] 


Merriaiii. — A I’riniitive  Iclillnjosdui'idii. 


;}8r) 


anterior  tc'etli  liave  ai)i)roxiniately  the  saine  luM^lit  as  tlie  pos- 
terior one,  hnt  have  the  foian  of  sini|)le  cones,  rather  than  of 
hiterally  compressed  domes.  In  the  teetli  of  !)oth  jaws  the 
crowns  are  swollen  jnst  beyond  the  l)ase,  l)nt  this  fc'atnre  is  par- 


Fig.  2. — PlialarodoH  fraasi.  Skull  and  dentition.  No.  9833,  natural 
size.  D,  dentary;  Sa,  suraugular;  M,  maxillary;  L,  lachrymal;  Pf,  ])re- 
frontal;  F,  frontal;  N,  nasal;  n.o.,  narial  opening;  p.y.,  groove  for  reception 
of  posterior  end  of  premaxillary. 


ticnlarly  noticealile  in  the  anterior  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw,  in 
which  the  bases  of  the  crowns  are  much  larger  than  the  roots. 
The  enamel  of  several  of  the  larger  teeth  shows  a tendency  to 
develop  radial  wrinkles.  On  the  anterior  pair  of  teeth  in  the 
upper  jaw  the  enamel  is  practically  smooth.  As  nearly  as  can 
be  determined,  the  anterior  upper  tooth  is  set  in  a shallow  pit  at 
the  bottom  of  a shallow,  longitudinal  groove. 


SKULL. 

The  general  form  of  that  portion  of  the  skull  preserved  in 
specimen  9853  is  in  many  respects  closely  similar  to  that  in  the 
Ichthyosauria.  Anterior  to  the  middle  region  of  the  orbits  the 
head  narrows  gradually  to  the  most  anterior  point  on  this  speci- 
men (fig.  3).  Judging  from  the  form  of  the  skull  as  shown 
here,  the  rostrum  was  rather  slender  and  pointed,  though  it  may 
have  been  shorter  than  in  the  typical  ichthyosaurs.  The  skull 


r ilirersil I)  of  (Uilifornia  I’uhl ical ions. 


I (iKOI.OGY 


38() 


resomblos  tho  ichlliyosanriaii  t.V]>a  in  llie  moderately  larjre  orbits 
and  in  the  position  oi‘  the  supei’ior  naivs. 

Tlie  portion  of  the  lower  jaw  ])resent  ((iff.  2)  shows  almost 
the  same  vertical  diameter  for  its  entire  lenf>tli,  and  tends  to 
be  somewhat  nai’rowei-  V('rtieally  below  the  orbit  than  in  most 


Fi^-  "i- — I’lidho'ixloii  fransi.  Superior  aspect  of  skull.  Xo.  9853,  nat- 
ui'al  size.  F,  frontal;  Pf,  i)refrontal;  L,  lachrymal;  N,  uasal ; M,  ma.xillary. 

of  the  typical  iehthyosanrs.  Portions  of  the  dentary,  suran- 
pnlar.  spleidal,  and  ])rob!d)ly  the  ano-idar  elements  are  repre- 
sented. portion  of  the  dcntarii  is  broken  away  on  each  sitle 
of  the  skull,  but  th(‘  posterior  (‘iid  stamis  originally  to  have  ex- 
tended back  al)o\d  to  tlu'  middle  of  the  orbit.  The  alveolar 
margin  of  the  dentary  is  wide,  the  t('eth  being  set  a consider- 
able distance  in  from  tin*  outer  margin,  'fhe  suranijular  extends 
f(irw;ird  to  the  anterior  end  of  this  specimen,  and  reaches  a 
point  anterioi'  to  tin*  superior  naiH's.  d’he  heavy  splcniah  ex- 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrri<nn . — Prim  it  ive  / cli  I It  ijosati  ria  it . 


387 


tend  the  whole  length  of  the  skull  frM<iinent  utid  r(‘;u‘h  down  to 
the  lower  boi'der  of  tlie  ramus.  They  are  very  thin  l)elnnd  the 
middle  of  the  orbits,  hut  gradually  thiekeu  until  their  diameter 
immediately  anterior  to  the  orbits  is  several  times  tliat  oi)i)osite 
the  middle  of  the  orbits.  The  antjular  seems  to  he  i'e])resented 
by  a small  s[)lint  l)one  situated  between  the  surangular  and  the 
splenial  just  behind  the  middle  of  the  orbit. 

The  frontal  region  is  unfortunately  only  imperfectly  pre- 
served, consideral)le  ])oi‘tions  of  all  of  the  elements  represented 
having  disai)peared  before  the  specimen  was  discovered.  The 
froiitals  extend  l)ack  to  a point  a little  behind  the  middle  of  the 
orbits,  where  the  specimen  is  broken  otf  posteriorly.  The  an- 
terior ends  of  the  frontals  extend  forward  almost  to  the  ])Osterior 
ends  of  the  superior  narial  openings.  Along  the  sui)erior  side 
of  the  skull  a i)roniinent  median  ridge  is  developed  at  the  point 
of  union  of  the  frontals. 

The  prefrontaU  are  large  and  extend  well  in  toward  the 
median  line  of  the  skull.  The  centers  of  radiation  of  the  struc- 
ture lines  of  the  prefrontals  are  situated  a little  behind  the 
anterior  l)orders  of  the  orbits.  The  anterior  ends  of  the  pre- 
fi’ontals  extend  forward  to  the  posterior  ends  of  the  narial 
openings. 

The  lacltrtjmah  are  large  and  form  the  greater  part  of  the 
anterior  borders  of  the  orluts.  The  lower  end  of  each  lachrymal 
extends  back  as  a slender  splint  along  the  maxillary.  The  limits 
of  the  upper  posterior  border  are  not  distinctly  shown,  but  seem 
nearly  to  reach  the  superior  margin  of  the  orbit.  The  anterior 
end  of  the  lachrymal  extends  very  near  to  the  posterior  end  of 
the  superior  narial  opening.  Almost  exactly  opposite  the  middle 
height  of  the  anterior  border  of  the  orl)it  the  lateral  portion  of 
the  lachrymal  is  extended  outward  as  a prominent,  triangular 
knob. 

The  superior  narial  opening  is  evidently  represented  on  one 
side  of  the  specimen  by  a very  distinct  dejn’ession  occupying 
almost  exactly  the  same  position  in  the  facial  region  as  the 
narial  opening  of  the  ichthyosaurs.  The  nasal  elements  border' 
the  narial  openings  above,  and  extend  forward  to  the  anterior 
end  of  this  si:)ecimen,  where  the  terminations  are  exceedingly 


;588 


I' )iivci'sil j of  ('(tlifonila  I’uhlicol ions. 


I (iEOLOCiV 


slender,  indicating'  Unit  the  anterior  end  was  oidy  a few  niilli- 
nieters  in  front  of  lliis  ])oint.  The  nasal  hones  extend  behind 
the  narial  openings  for  a sliort  distance,  but  a|)p(!ar  not  to  reach 
back  as  far  as  in  other  iclit  hyosaurs. 

The  form  of  the  nasals  and  frontals  seems  in  this  speciimm 
to  be  (juite  ditferent  from  that  in  the  tyi»ical  ichthyosaurians. 
The  structure  does  not,  liowever,  convspond  to  that  in  the  Tha- 
lattosanria,  as  the  premaxillaries  do  iiot  seem  to  form  the  prin- 
cipal portion  of  the  bar  between  tlie  superior  narial  openings. 
It  is,  indeed,  not  probable  tliat  the  posterior  ends  of  the  pre- 
niaxillaries  reached  backward  between  the  narial  oiauiings. 

The  oia.rillarics  are  formeil  much  as  in  the  ichthyosaurs. 
The  premaxillaries  appear  to  be  unrepresented.  A ' rather 
shar})ly  marked  groove  extending  forward  acro.ss  the  labu'al 
border  of  the  nasal  from  tlie  anterior  end  of  the  superior  narial 
oi)ening  on  one  side  of  the  skull  was  probably  occupied  by  the 
l)osterior  end  of  a prcmaxillorij  having  much  the  same  form  as 
in  some  of  tlie  ichthyosaurs. 


AFFtNTTtES. 

The  skull  of  Phahtrodon  resembles  that  in  the  Ichthyosauria 
in  its  general  form.  It  differs  from  the  typical  ichthyosaurs 
in  tlie  form  of  the  frontals  and  nasals,  and  in  the  characters  of 
the  dentition.  The  exiiosed  area  of  the  frontals  is  much  larger 
than  in  the  ty])ieal  ichthyosaurs,  while  the  nasals  seem  to  be 
much  smaller  than  in  any  form  thus  far  described.  Not  only 
have  the  nasals  aiiparently  not  extended  backward  over  a large 
jiart  of  the  frontal  region  as  in  Ichtlnjosauvus  and  Cymhospon- 
(lijhis,  but  their  extension  anterior  to  the  narial  openings  is  also 
much  shorti'r.  'I'hei'e  seems  to  be  good  reason  for  considering 
that  1h(‘  premaxillaries  were  separated  jiosteriorly  by  the  nasals 
as  in  th(‘  ichthyosaurs  and  proganosaurs.  The  lower  jaw  dift’ers 
from  that  of  most  ichthyosaurs  in  the  shortness  of  the  lateral 
exposure  of  llu*  angular  (‘lemeut,  but  in  this  respect  resembles 
the  .\mericaii  I'pper  'I’riassic  gcMius  M<’rria)nia.  In  the  Italian 
.\l i.rosoiinis  the  angular  also  shows  a relatively  small  lateral 
exposure. 


VoL.  5] 


Mcrrimn . — A I’yim  il  ive  Iclilh  ijnsauriai) . 


38!) 


The  dentition  most  cdosely  resenil)les  that  of  .]I ixosauniaif) 
alavus  f (^nenstedt)  as  dcseril)ed  l)y  Fraas.^  The  specimens 
available  for  examination  l)y  Fraas  showed  nnfortnnately  a very 
few  teeth,  but  careful  observations  have  indicated  that,  as  in 
the  American  Phalarodon,  the  dentition  was  clifferentiated ; while 
the  roots  were  coarsely  folded,  were  set  in  i)artly  or  entirely 
separated  alveoli,  and  possessed  little  or  no  cement  coveriii"’. 

The  amount  of  ditferentiation  in  tlie  European  d/.(?)  atavus 
is  nnfortnnately  not  clearly  shown.  It  is,  however,  noted  that 
the  most  posterior  teeth  have  low,  domed,  laterally-compressed 
crowns,  while  the  crowns  of  the  teeth  immediately  anterioi’  are 
more  slender  and  less  flattened  laterally. 

The  dental  charactei’s  of  M.{f)  atavus  are  so  close  to  those 
of  PJialarodun  as  to  suggest  very  strongly  the  generic  identity 
of  the  two.  On  the  other  hand  the  dentition  of  l)oth  forms 
appears  to  differ  considerably  from  that  of  the  Italian  Mixu- 
saiints  as  described  by  Repossi.*  As  has  been  previously  sug- 
gested liy  the  writer"'  the  vertebrae  of  the  M.{f)  atavus  forms 
seem  to  differ  in  some  particulars  from  those  of  the  typical 
Mixosaurus.  It  appears  reasonable  to  give  the  d/.  (f)  atavus 
forms  a tentative  position  in  the  genus  Phalarodon  until  further 
evidence  can  be  obtained  regarding  the  structure  of  botli  the 
American  and  the  European  material. 

In  general  skull  characters  Phalarodon  seems  to  represent  a 
member  of  the  Ichthyosauridae  more  primitive  than  any  form 
heretofore  described.  The  relatively  large  exposed  area  of  the 
frontals,  and  the  relatively  small  nasals,  ai)proach  more  nearly 
the  form  and  the  relative  size  of  these  elements  as  seen  in  the 
early  Reptilia  generally,  than  we  find  them  in  later  ichthyosaiirs, 
or  even  in  the  Middle  Triassie  Cijmbospondylus.  The  niaxil- 
laries  seem  also  to  be  comparatively  large.  It  is  hardly  possible 
to  state  definitely  whether  or  not  the  dentition  is  primitive,  as 
primitiveness  in  the  sense  of  closer  correspondence  to  the  den- 


3 Fraas,  E.,  Ichthyosaiirier  der  Suildeutschen  Trias-und-.Jura-Ablageruii- 
gen,  1891,  S.  38,  and  Taf.  3,  fig.  2 and  3. 

■*  Eepossi,  E.,  Mixosauro  degli  strati  Triasici  di  Besano  in  Lombardia. 
Atti  della  Soc.  Ital.  di  Sc.  Nat.,  vol.  41,  tav.  8. 

5 Merriam,  J.  C.,  Am.  Jour.  Sc.,  vol.  19,  p.  30,  Jan.,  1905. 


390 


riiivcrsil !j  of  (Uilifoniia  I’lihlical ions. 


I OKOI/OfiY 


titioii  of  the  ancestor  nii»lit  possil)ly  he  exjiressed  in  any  one  of 
several  tooth  forms.  Tlie  ^ein'ral  occurrence  of  a tliecodont 
tooth  insertion  in  early  iclithyosanrs  snj>fjests  that  Phalarodon 
is  prohahly  not  less  ])i-iinitive  than  the  other  forms.  As  to 
whether  the  ancestral  ichthyosanr  possessed  a highly  differen- 
tiated dentition  is  somewhat  donhtful,  hnt  the  ditfenodiation  of 
the  dentition  in  the  Eiu'opean  M i.rosounis,  in  I'halarodon  { ) 
(ddvns,  and  in  the  American  I’lndarodon  sn<>'«'ests  that  differen- 
tiation may  he  a primitive*  character.  A reexannnat ion  of  the 
dentition  of  ('jfinbospondj/lus  has  not  as  yet  shown  any  evidence 
of  marked  differentiation. 


Issued  Janu(u  i)  21,  1910. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  40. 
rhaJarodon  fraasi,  n.  gen.  and  sp. 

From  the  ISIiddle  Triassie  of  West  Humboldt  Range,  Nevada. 


Fig.  L — Skull  and  ilentition.  No.  98.53,  natural  size. 

Fig.  2. — Dentition,  with  a jiortion  of  the  mandible.  No.  9924,  X %. 


BULL.  DEPT.  GEOL.  UNIV.  CAL. 


VOL.  5,  PL.  40 


PiR-  L 


5-  S 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  25,  pp.  391-395  ANDREW  C.  Lawson,  Editor 


NEW  MAMMALIA 

FROM 

RANCHO  LA  BREA 


BY 

JOHN  C.  MEKRIAM. 


I 


\ 

A 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 


Canis  orcutti,  n.  sp 391 

Canis  amlersoni,  n.  sp 393 

Canis  oecidentalis  furlongi,  n.  var 393 

Lynx  californicus  fischeri,  n.  var  394 


In  the  collections  of  mammalian  remains  from  Rancho  La 
Brea  there  are  a number  of  mammalian  species  which  have  not 
as  yet  been  described.  As  it  is  necessary  to  list  a number  of 
these  forms  in  several  publications,  it  is  desirable  to  present  the 
followino:  brief  descriptions  of  the  species ; 

CANIS  ORCUTTI,  n.  sp. 

Type  specimen  no.  10842,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from 
the  asphalt  beds  of  Rancho  La  Brea  near  Los  Angeles,  California. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a consideralde  number  of  speci- 
mens, amounting'  to  sometliing'  less  than  ten  per  cent,  of  the 
total  number  of  skulls  representing  the  Canidae  in  the  Rancho 
La  Brea  fauna.  The  species  is  closely  related  to  Canis  ocJiropus 
Esehscholtz  now  living  in  Southern  California.  The  skulls  of 
Canis  orcutti,  though  showing  approximately  the  same  length  as 
the  living  C.  octiropus,  are  noticeably  broader  across  the  palate 
and  zj^gomatic  arches.  The  mandible  is  considerably  liigher. 


r )i ivertfil }j  of  Califonild  I’uhlicol 


I t lK,01,()(,  V 


;^!)2 


particularly  Ik'Iow  tlic  molars,  and  is  also  lliicker  transversely 
than  in  tlu'  livin'*'  foi'in  of  this  region.  The*  ditnensions  of  the 
teeth  do  not  vary  'ireatly  from  the  living*'  species  except  in  the 
thickness  of  both  the  upi)er  and  lower  earnassials,  which  are 
much  heavier  in  the  fossil  foimi.  i\l‘  tends  also  to  he  somewhat 
heavier  <md  hroadi'r  on  the  median  side  than  in  the  typical 
(\  ocli roptis.  and  in  this  respect  more  m'arly  a[)proaches  the 
tyi)ical  ('.  hilroiis.  In  iM,  the  metaconid  se(‘m  to  be  sliyldly  less 
prominent  medially  than  in  the  typical  ('.  ocli roijus,  possibly 
owin.u'  to  tlu*  greater  thickness  of  tlu*  trigoidd  blade  in  tlu*  fossil 
form. 

A skeleton  of  this  species  which  has  been  as.seml)led  from 
parts  of  separate  individuals  seems  to  show  (pnte  distinctly  that 
the  animal  was  a rather  slender,  long-legged  creature  and  evi- 
dently swift  footed  as  the  living  coyotes. 


MEASI'REMENTS. 


No.  1084-2 


Peugtli  from  anterior  side  of  premaxillaries  to  posterior  side  of 

oeeii'ital  condyles  188. .5  mm. 

Widtii  across  zygomatic  arches  - 108 

Width  between  outer  sides  of  tritocones  of  F*  6.5 

Is'ast  width  between  sujierior  borders  of  orbits  38 

Width  betweem  postorbital  process  of  frontals  55 

bength,  jiostei'ior  side  of  superior  canine  to  posterior  side  of  W'  80.5 

Length,  anterior  side  of  to  jiosterior  side  of  M'  37.3 

P',  antero])ost<‘ri()r  diameter  13.3 

I",  anteroposterior  diameter  21.2 

P‘,  thickness  across  jirotocone  8.5 

.M’,  aideroposterior  diameter  measured  along  outer  border  13.3 

.\P,  greatest  transverse  diauu'ter  16 

.M‘,  anterojmsti'rior  diameti'r  measured  along  outer  border  7.3 

.\P,  greatest  ti'ausv(>rse  dianu'ter  10.5 


No.  11278 

lauigth,  anterior  eiul  of  left  ramus  of  mandible  to  middle  of  pos- 


terior siile  (d'  condyles  145.5  mm. 

Ib'ight  of  mandible  below  posterior  side  of  IL  17 

lleight  of  mandible  below  posterior  si<h'  of  M,  22.5 

'I’hiidiness  of  mamlible  below  protoconid  of  M,  1 1.8 

Length,  posterior  side*  inferior  canine  to  posterior  side  85 

P.,  anteroposterior  diameter  11.7 

P,,  greatest  trans'-erse  diameter  4.8 

M,,  anteroposterior  diameter  22.9 

M,,  greatest  transverse  dianu'ti'r  of  trigonitl  portion 9.5 

.M  , anteroposterior  iliaineter  9.8 


VdL.  5]  Merridni. — Sew  M(ninii<ili(i  from  liitncho  La  Brea. 


;?!)3 


CAiNIS  ANDKKSONl.  n.  sp. 

Type'  s])('ciiiii‘n  no.  1224!),  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from 
the  asphalt  beds  of  Rancho  La  Brea  near  Los  Anj^eles,  California. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a young  adult  sladl  of  a small 
wolf  with  a much  smaller  and  also  relatively  broader  skull  than 
C.  orcuiti.  Though  this  specimen  represents  a young  individual 
it  differs  so  much  in  form  from  :dl  the  other  known  species  in 
this  region  that  it  seems  necessary  to  refer  it  to  a distinct  speeilic 

Measurements. 

No.  12249 

Length  from  interior  sitle  of  premaxillaries  to  ])osterior  side 

of  occipital  coiuL'les  166.1  mm. 

Width  across  zygomatic  arches  - 91 

Width  between  outer  sides  of  tritocones  of  P'*  56 

Least  width  between  superior  borders  of  orbits  31.9 

Width  between  postorbital  process  of  frontals  38.2 

Length,  posterior  side  of  suj)erior  canine  to  posterior  side  of  64.5 

Length,  anterior  side  of  P'  to  posterior  side  of  M- a,  36.5 

Pk  anteroposterior  diameter  20 

1”,  thickness  across  protocone  7.8 

a.  approximate. 

CANIS  OCCIDENTALTS  FURLONGI,  n.  var. 

Type  specimen  no.  11283,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from 
the  asphalt  beds  of  Rancho  La  Brea  near  Los  Angeles,  California. 

There  are  in  the  Rancho  La  Brea  collections  several  frag- 
mentary specimens  representing  a wolf  considerably  smaller  than 
the  smallest  individuals  of  Caiiis  indianensis  tyiie,  and  evidently 
representing  a form  closely  related  to  the  existing  North  Amer- 
ican timber  wolves.  In  the  details  of  structure  the  teeth  are, 
liowever,  distinguishable  from  those  of  the  living  forms. 

In  the  type  specimen,  which  is  a right  maxillary  with  the 
molars  and  carnassial,  the  anterior  region  of  the  i)alate  seems 
relatively  narrow,  though  perhai)s  not  narrower  than  in  the  ex- 
isting species. 

The  superior  carnassial  is  massive  and  the  deuterocone  seems 
to  have  been  small.  On  i\P  the  hypocone  is  much  larger  than 
in  C.  indianensis  and  has  approximately  the  same  size  as  in  C. 
pamhasileus.  The  anterior  end  of  the  hypocone  ensp  is  extended 
around  the  anterior  side  of  the  protocone  as  a faint  ridge,  in- 
stead of  being  interrupted  on  the  antero-internal  portion  of  the 


394 


i' nivcrsitij  of  Californid  J’lihlicutioits. 


[<iK()l,0(;Y 


tooth  as  in  C.  indiajiensis.  ]\I-  is  rather  narrow  ant(!ropost(;- 
riorlv;  the  metaeone  is  small  and  the  hypocone  seems  also  to  he 
relatively  small. 

In  a fragment  of  a lower  jaw  accompanying  specimen  11283 
the  carnassial  possesses  an  exceedingly  weak  nietaconid,  while 
the  entoconid  is  slightly  larger  than  in  the  average  specimen  of 
C.  indianeusis.  The  nietaconid  is  even  weaker  tlian  in  C.  india- 
)tciisis  and  approaches  the  relative  size  seen  in  a specimen  of 
C.  painhasilcus  available.  On  i\L  tlie  protoconid  seems  slightly 
smaller  and  the  heel  portion  relatively  larger  than  in  C.  india- 
ncnsis.  though  the  nietaconid  is  ndatively  small  compared  witli 
the  hypoeonid.  The  jiroportions  of  the  talonid  region  with 
reference  to  the  trigonid  jiortion  of  the  tooth  are  much  as  in 
the  Recent  wolves. 

In  another  specimen  (no.  10733),  of  nearly  the  same  dimen- 
sions, from  this  locality  the  hypocone  of  INI'  is  smaller  than  in 
specimen  1 1283,  though  larger  than  in  the  tyjiical  O.  indianensis. 
Tlie  anterior  extension  of  the  hyiiocone  ridge  around  the  anterior 
side  of  the  protoeone  is  also  interrupted  as  in  C.  iudinnensis. 
i\r-  is  in  this  specimen  of  the  narrow  form  witli  small  metacone 
and  hyimeone  as  in  no.  II283.  R’  differs  from  the  correspond- 
ing tooth  of  iiididiirnsis  in  being  very  narrow  in.stead  of  wide 
posteriorly,  and  in  the  almost  entin'  absence  of  a posterior  basal 
tubercle  behind  the  jiosterior  cusp.  The  portion  of  the  palatine 
r(‘gion  r('])resented  suggests  narrowing  anteriorly.  This  speci- 
imm  almost  bridge's  the  ga])  between  the  C.  occidcntalis  and  the 
('.  iiididiK  iisis  tyi)es  but  is  nearest  to  C.  occidenf(dis  furlonpi. 

Measurements. 

No.  11283  No.  10733 

l,oiiglli,  posterior  side  of  superior  canine  to  posterior  siile 


M-  

81.5 

min. 

•nf;11i,  anterior  si 

le  1“  to  posterior  side 

M- 

44.7 

!’■ 

anteroposterior 

diameter  

23.6 

24 

.M 

. antero])osterior 

iliameter  along 

out  er 

lior 

ler 

16 

15.5 

M 

, greatest  transv 

erse  diameter  .. 

19.3 

18 

M 

',  anteroposterior 

diameter  along 

outer 

bor 

ler  . .. 

8 

8.2 

.M 

greatest  transv 

ers('  diameter  . 

10.8 

10.5 

\v 

idtli,  from  outer 

side  of  aheolns 

of  M' 

to 

median 

line 

39 

37.7 

\V 

idtii,  from  outer 

side  of  alveolus 

of  !>' 

U) 

median 

line 

18 

M 

, anteroposterior 

iliameter  

27 

M 

, tii  irk  ness  ineasi 

red  arross  |irotoronid 

11.5 

M 

. a id  eroposi  erior 

diameter 

11 

VoL.  5]  Meii'Unu. — New  Maiiniial la  front  h'anclio  La  Brea. 


LYNX  CALIFOKXICUS  FISCHEIU,  ii.  var. 

Typo  specimen  no.  11287,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  from 
the  asphalt  b(‘(ls  of  Eancho  La  Brea  near  Los  Anj>elos,  California. 

Two  small  cats  of  the  Fells  type  are  represented  in  the  asphalt 
fauna  by  lower  jaws.  One  specimen  closely  resembles  in  all 
of  its  characters  Lynx  calif ornicus  found  at  the  present  time  in 
Southern  California.  In  another  form  wliicli  is  made  the  ty])e 
of  the  new  variety,  fiscJieri,  the  jaw  has  about  the  same  lenpjth 
as  in  the  livin_<>^  species  but  is  much  more  slender  and  the  car- 
nassial  is  somewhat  larger.  As  yet  no  complete  skeleton  maternal 
of  this  form  has  been  obtained. 


Measurements. 


No.  11'287 


Length,  posterior  side  of  canine  alveolus  to  jJosterior  side  of  M,...-  33.9  min. 

Ml,  anteroposterior  diameter  11.2 

Height  of  mandible  below  protoconid  of  ^M,  12.2 

Thickness  of  mandible  below  protoconid  of  M,  7..') 


Issued  January  31,  1910. 


t 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 


Vol.  5,  No.  26,  pp.  397-403 


ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


AN  APLODONT  RODENT 

FROM  THE 

TERTIARY  OF  NEVADA. 


BY 

EUSTACE  L.  FURLONG. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 


Intr(3(luetion  397 

Diagnostic  cliaracters  398 

Superior  dentition  400 

Inferior  dentition  401 

Maxillaries  402 

Generic  position  and  affinities  403 


INTRODUCTION. 

Tji  June,  1906,  Professor  John  C.  Alerriani  of  the  University 
of  California  visited  tlie  region  of  Virgin  Valley  in  northwestern 
Nevada,  and  obtained  a small  collection  of  mammalian  remains 
reitresenting  the  fanna  of  an  extensive  Tertiary  formation  ex- 
posed in  that  locality.  This  fauna  was  considered  hy  J^rofessor 
]\Ierriand  to  represent  the  IMiocene.  The  tipper  division  was 
presnmtnl  to  correspond  to  a stage  of  the  IMiocene  not  older  than 
the  IMascall  beds  of  the  John  Day  region.  The  fanna  of  the 
lower  horizon  was  considered  as  IMiocene,  thongh  the  particular 
.stage  was  not  determined. 


1 Science,  N.  S.,  vol.  2(5,  p.  380.  190G. 


398 


U iiivcrsil ]j  of  ('dlifoniid  J’dhiicdl ions. 


During  the  [)ast  suiiuiiei'  a coiit  inual  ion  of  IIk;  work  Ix-giin  in 
19()()  was  carried  on  ))y  a pailv  from  IIh;  Dnivcrsity  of  (Cali- 
fornia, organized  and  sni)i)orled  financially  by  Miss  Anine  M. 
Alexandei-.  'Phe  field  party  spend,  the  grendcr  portion  of  tlm 
snniniei-  in  Virgin  Vhdiey  and  the  adjoining  regions,  and  obtained 
a eonsidei'ahh'  eolh>etion  of  material  i'(>])reseid ing  the;  fauna  of 
tliese  beds.  Among  tlu'  maminalian  s|)eeimens  obtained,  nine  of 
the  most  iidein'st ing  sen-ies  i'ei)i‘eseids  the  |)eenliar  groip)  of 
ajilodoid  rodemts,  wbieb  has  previously  leeen  known  fossil  only 
by  the  sjeeeimens  obtained  in  the  (Quaternary  fauna  of  Dotter 
(’reek  Cave'  and  llawver  Cave.  'Phis  gronj),  r(‘|)r<'sented  ley  the 
living  Aplodoiifki,  has  oeen|)ied  an  isolated  jeosition  among  tin* 
Kodeidia  and  comparatively  little  has  been  known  of  its  affinities. 
Valuable'  sugge'stieens  as  tee  its  re'latieensbips  have  beeen  maele  by 
variems  .-lutbeers,  p;u'tieubu-ly  in  recent  papers  by  Sinclair,-  ami 
by  CMattbew  anel  (iielb'y.'*  As  is  sbeewn  in  the  feelleewing  article, 
feerms  very  cbesely  allie'el  tee  the  meeeb'rn  genus  Aplodoniia  eeccur 
in  the  Virgin  Nbilb-y  I'egieen  in  asseeciatieen  with  a faunei  ceentain- 
iug  such  feerms  as  M ijhigiild^,  Dipoides,  II ijpohippiis,  Merpehip- 
pus.  PdldVooK  ri/.r.  anel  ('ludicolhcrnud,  with  varieeus  other  types 
wbie-b  I'e'pre'se'iit  :i  late*  Tertiary  feiuna. 

1 ) I A ( ! Xe  eST  t( ' e ' 1 1 A K A(  'T  KR  S. 

Al'LOleONTIA  ALEXANDRAE,  11.  Sp. 

'Pype'  sjee'e'ime'ii,  nee.  11335,  Univ.  Calif.  C'ol.  Wrt.  Ibibie. 
Maxillaries  with  slightly  weern  teeth.  Cotypes,  no.  11898,  Cniv. 
Calif,  (’ol.  Ve'ft.  Ibebie.  l\Iaxillarie's  with  nearly  complete  den- 
titiem;  nee.  11899,  b'ft  P^,  unweei'ii  teeeetb  ; no.  11897,  right  ramus 
eef  umnelibb'  with  e‘eem]ele'te'  elentitieeu  with  exeeptiem  eef  iuciseer; 
no.  1191)9,  right  riimus  eef  manelilele  with  ceemplete  elentitieeu. 
Loe-idity,  late-  'Pe'i'tien'y  be'els.  Virgin  Valh'y  anel  ddieeusanel  Creeek, 
\or1  b wi'sti'rn  Xe'veiela. 

Deii'gi'i"  than  M(ins('oonis  Inppodds  Ceepe,  Alielelb'  deebn  l);iy, 
()rrgon.  Smalb'r  limn  the*  Ib'e-i'id  A plodoid  id  ntjd  IMe'i’riam 


- Ami.  .Icmt.  Sc.,  \'o1.  Id,  p.  I lo. 

■Anicr.  Mils.  N:H.  ilisl.,  vcl.  120,  p.  120(5.  1001. 


Voi..  5J  Furlong. — An.  Aplodonl  Hodcnl  from  Nevadd. 


;59!) 


Figs  ] to  OP. — J plodoniiu  alexundrae,  from  late  Tertiary  beds  of  Virgin 
Valley  and  Thousand  CTeek,  Northwestern  Nevada. 

Figs.  1 and  2. — Left  ramus  of  mandible.  No.  11897,  X 1 iA.  Fig.  1 
lateral  view.  Fig.  2 occlusal  \iew;  s,  posterior  median  style. 

Fig.  3. — Eight  ramus  of  mandible  lateral  view.  No.  11999,  X I'A- 

Fig.  4. — Superior  dental  series.  No.  1132.5,  X IVj. 

Figs.  5(1  to  OP. — I’h  No.  11899,  X 6.  Fig.  5«,  lateral  or  external  view; 
s,  metastyle;  Fig.  oh,  occlusal  view;  pr.,  jirotocone;  jd..,  protoconule;  pa., 
paracone;  me.,  metacone;  «d.,  metaconule;  inesostylc.  or,  cross-section 
of  superior  end;  ms.,  inesostylc;  /).?.,  jiarastyle. 

Fig.  6. — Superior  dental  series.  No.  11898,  X 2. 


400 


(J >iivcrsil jj  of  ('dlifoniid  I’nhl iciti ions. 


I (!K()i,n(iv 


C5.  II.  Supci'ior  dpiital  roi'inula  \ ",  I*''  a small,  wcll- 

(l('vel()i)('(l  (‘yliiidrical  toat  li  as  in  A plodoni ia  rnfo.  1*'  willi 
strongly  devolo]>od  parastylo,  inosostyh*  and  inclastylc,  llic  latter 
more  distiiiet  than  in  the  Keemd,  A jdodonl  ia.  The  thnH!  n|)|)er 
molars  with  well-(levelo])ed  styles. 

Median  style  absent  in  the  lower  molars  and  in  I’^.  Tin; 
(mamel  of  the  inner  wall  in  the  iidVrior  te(‘th  extends  haek  in  an 
nnhroken  surface  to  a j)rominent  style  on  the  post(‘rior  side  of 
the  inner  wall. 

The  nnworn  !’■*  of  A.  <dc.randmr  differs  from  that  of  A.  rafa 
in  the  presence  of  a longitudinal  median  ridge  separating  the 
median  part  of  the  tooth  transversely  iido  two  lak(‘s.  In  A.  rufa 
the  median  lake  extends  from  the  ectoloph  to  the  inner  wall  of 
the  tooth. 


SUPERIOR  DENTITION. 

The  upper  teeth  are  well  r(‘])resented  in  no.  11325  ffig.  4)  ; 
no.  11898  (fig.  6)  ; and  in  no.  1189!)  (figs.  5a,  55,  5c),  an  nnworn 
premolar  four.  These  sp(*cimens  show  different  stages  of  wear. 
In  no.  11325,  I’^,  a worn  tooth,  shows  the  protoeone,  metaeone, 
and  paracone  to  occmju’  approximately  the  same  position  as  in  a 
specimen  of  A plodoidia,  figured  hy  (Matthew  and  Gidley.*  The 
molar  teeth  closely  resemhle  those  of  Aplodoniia. 

In  no.  11898  (fig.  6)  the  tooth  series  lacks  left  (M'^  and  right 
P".  The  teeth  are  more  worn  than  in  no.  11325  with  a pattern 
much  as  in  A plodoidia  nifa.  The  small  P®  is  excellently  pre- 
servc'd  in  the  left  maxillary.  P'*  of  the  right  is  hroken  at  the 
alveolus,  showing  the  root  of  the  tooth  in  jdace.  The  frontals 
arc'  eomidetc'ly  hroken  away  with  the  sujierior  ends  of  the  tooth 
sei'ic's  ex])osed.  The  roots  are  fully  o])eu  and  show  the  typically 
hy|)sodoid  chai-acter.  The'  mesostyle  extends  to  the  tip  of  the 
I'oot  as  sc'cn  in  Kc'ceid.  specinu'iis  of  A plodoidia  and  in  the 
(^Inaternary  forms  from  Pottc'i'  Creek  Cave. 

In  no.  1189!)  (figs.  5a,  55.  5c),  an  nnworn  fourth  ))remolar, 
there'  ai'e  foni'  dec'])  lake's,  an  aiderior,  a nu'clian,  a jeostei'ior,  and 


( )|i.  cil . 


401 


VoL.  5|  Fnrloiiij. — An  Aplodoiil  llodod  from  Xcvndn. 

nil  inner.  The  nietneonnli'  nnd  iirntoeonnle  unite  to  I'orni  a hi^h 
lnnfj;itu(linal  I'idf^e,  the  antinhor  end  of  whieh  joins  witli  the  proto- 
eone  to  form  the  houndai'y  walls  of  tlie  inner  lake.  The  eet-oloph 
is  iirodtieed  externally  in  a prominent  mesostyhn  The  nudaeone 
and  paraeone  fjive  rise  to  transverse  ridf^es  that  join  the  meta- 
eonule  and  paraeonule  respeetively  on  the  median  ridge.  The 
jiaraeone  ridge  separates  the  anterior  lake  from  the  median  lake 
and  the  metaeone  ridge  separates  the  posterior  lake  from  the 
median  one. 

A left  fourth  premolar  of  no.  11425  (fig.  4)  shows  advaiieed 
wear.  The  large  lakes  in  no.  11809  are  represented  in  no.  11325 
hy  small  lakes,  two  placed  anteriorly  and  one  posteriorly  on  the 
crown.  The  fourth  premolar  in  no.  11898  (fig.  (i)  shows  further 
wear,  the  enspnles  are  comph'tely  worn  away  and  the  worn  crown 
closely  resembles  that  in  the  Recent  Aplodontia. 

INFERIOR  DENTITION. 

Inferior  dental  formula  j,  ,,,  j,  In  Aplodoidia  rufa  (no. 
3748,  Univ.  Calif.  i\lns.  Vert.  Zool.)  the  inner  side  of  the  teeth 
a little  anterior  to  the  middle  portion  is  produced  into  a promi- 
nent style  that  is  constant  throughout  the  depth  of  the  teeth. 
This  character  is  also  piresent  in  Aplodontia  from  Potter  Creek 
Cave. 

In  a mandible  of  Meniscoinys  hippodns  (no.  (KH!,  Univ.  Calif. 
Col.  Vert.  Ualae.)  and  other  specimens  in  the  University  collec- 
tion the  teeth  have  prominent  median  styles.  The  teeth  of 
Menisco}n)/s  also  show  a decideil  tendency  to  hypsodonty.  The 
style  is  confined  to  the  upper  portion  of  the  teeth,  not  extending 
below  the  alveolar  border. 

In  Aplodontia  alexa)idrac  nos.  11897  (tigs.  1 and  2),  11!)()9 
(fig.  3),  and  others,  the  inner  walls  of  the  teeth  are  produced 
posteriorly  in  a gently  concave  unbroken  surface  to  a prominent 
style  on  the  posterior  region  of  the  inner  margin  of  the  teeth. 


402 


{' Hirrrsil !j  of  ('(tlifoniid  I’tthlicdl Ions. 


I (!K,()l,(,'(iY 


MICASIMIEMKNT.S. 


,1.  nifii 

A . nicxandrac 

No. 

No.  Ii:)2.5 

No.  1 1H!)H 

No.  11899 

Length  from  aiitt'rior  side  1’’  to 

posterior  margin  M'‘  

18..'')  mm. 

18.5 

1 2.5 

I”,  anfero])osterior  diameter  

T). 

4.5 

3.5 

3.5 

I’h  greatt'st  transverse  diameter.... 

5. 

4. 

4. 

4. 

M’.  a nt  ero])ost erior  diameter  

4. 

2.5 

2.5 

M’.  greatest  transverse  diameter  .. 

4.5 

.3. 

4. 

M- a nteropost ('rior  diameter  

4. 

2.5 

2.5 

greatest  transvi'rso  diameter.  .. 

4.5 

O 

o. 

•y 

M“,  anterojiosterior  diameter  

4.5 

.3. 

•> 

greatest  transverse  diameter  ... 

4. 

2.5 

Length  from  anterior  palatine  fora- 

men  to  L''  

1 I. 

7.5 

Length  froin  anterior  ]>alatin('  fora- 

men  to  j)osterior  margin  (M'’ 

2!). 

I!». 

(ircatest  width  between  anterior  e.x- 

t('r)ial  borders  of  alveoli  of  Pf... 

1 ().5 

12. 

12. 

Width  of  palate  on  jilane  of  alveoli 

betw(>en  P‘  and  anterior  ])alatine 

foramen  

5. 

1. 

Width  of  ])alatc  between  inm'r  bor- 

ders  of  I”  

0. 

4.5 

Width  of  jialate  between  inner  bor- 

ders  of  i\P  

Ii. 

4.5 

.1.  nifn 

A . nlexandrae 

No.  3748* 

No.  11897 

No  11909 

Total  length  of  inferior  cheek  tootli 

series 

17.  mm 

. 11. 

12. 

anterojmsterior  diameter  

5. 

3.5 

4. 

I’j.  transverse  diameter  

4. 

2.5 

2.5 

i\I,,  anli‘ro]iosterior  diameter  

4. 

2.5 

2.5 

M L'mi^'  i'rse  diameter  

3.5 

O 

o. 

3. 

M ant('ropost erior  diameter  

4. 

2.5 

2.5 

M...  t ransvers(>  dianu'tc'r  

3.5 

O 

o. 

2.5 

M . ant  ero|)ost erior  diameter  

4.5 

3. 

2.5 

,M  . 1 ransverse  diameter  

3. 

2. 

2. 

Height  of  mandibb'  at  Ik  

14. 

<1.5 

1). 

Length  of  mand'bh'  from  comivle  to  inisterhtr 

margin  of  incisor  alveidi  

..  45. 

31. 

Number  from  Pni\'.  Calif.  (Mus. 

Vert.  Zool. 

:\I  AXILLA  KIES. 

In  ii  Ml  nisconn/s  spcciiiK'ii  (no.  1100)  the  nin.xillaries  moot 
in  a noai’ly  liorizonlal  plant'  on  tlio  palatal  siii'l'aco. 

'I’lic  niaxillarit  s in  ,1.  iili  .rii  ndrar  (no.  IISOS)  arc  koelod  inodi- 
all\,  anlt'i'ioi'  to  I*'  and  hack  of  llu'  anterior  palatine  foramina 


VoL.  5]  FurJoncj. — An  A i)l<)(J(nil  llodotl  front  Sevada. 


403 


and  in  tlie  nu'dian  line  only.  Krotn  a slight  (l(“|)ression  anterior 
to  the  (h'lilal  sei-ies,  they  (‘xtend  latei'ally  on  a nearly  hoi-izonlal 
plane  to  Ihe  int'raoi’hital  foraniina.  The  Iveeent  sj)eei(‘s  differ  in 
this  respeet  in  that  the  niaxillaries  slope  npwai'd  more  sharply 
fi’oni  the  median  line. 


GENERIC  POSITIONS  AND  AFFINITIES. 

A.  nic.randrae  represents  an  advanced  stage  of  development 
between  Mcniscontnjs  and  A plodoni ia.  ft  shows  a distinct  likeiu'ss 
to  both  genera,  and  is  probably  near  the  direct  line  of  desceiit 
leading  toward  A plodotifia.  The  genns  31  ijlnganlodon.  Sinelaii' 
shows  affinity  to  .1.  alc.randrac  through  31cni!icont!js.  It  is 
probably  an  aberrant  foian  of  the  Aplodontidae  as  was  recently 
sngge.sted  by  .Matthew  and  (iidley.'"' 

5 0[>.  cit. 


Issued  March  31,  1910. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  27,  pp.  405-4  1 1 , pis.  41-42  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


EVESTJIES  JOKDANI 
A PRIMITIVE  FLOUNDER 

FROM  THE 

MIOCENE  OF  CALIFORNIA 


BY 


.lAMKS  ZACOHAEUS  GILBEKT. 


^ INTRODUCTION. 


A 


Tlie  specimen  of  fossil  Hounder  here  described  as  new  was 
obtained  from  the  diatomaceous  beds  near  Lompoc  now  being 
commercially  worked  by  the  iMagna  Silica  Company,  of  Los 
Angeles,  California ; and  it  was  through  the  courtesy  of  George 
B.  Ilanniman  of  that  company  that  this  specimen  was  obtained. 
In  these  beds  have  been  found  several  specimens  of  tishes,  but 
the  most  jierfect  is  this  one.  This  specimen  is  an  imprint  of 
apparently  a mature  fish  almost  complete  and  very  well  defined. 

Preliminary  notes  with  a plate  were  published  in  January, 
1909,'  but  no  name  has  hitherto  been  assigned. 

This  sjieeies  differs  from  all  other  flounders  in  the  greater 
development  of  the  body-cavity,  and  from  most  of  them  in  the 
vei’y  large  size  of  the  mouth.  The  generic  name  Evesthes  is 
given  because  this  bounder  was  a large-mouthed  one  and  doubt- 
less a voracious  eater;  and  the  specific  name  is  proposed  in  honor 
of  Dr.  David  Starr  Jordan,  to  whom  I am  much  indebted  for 
his  unstinted  encouragement  and  valuable  aid  in  the  iireparation 


1 Bull.  So.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  p.  24,  pi.  2. 


406 


IJ liivei'sil !j  of  (UilifoDiid  I’ltblicdl ions. 


I (Ikoi.ooy 


of  this  ]):ii)er.  The  i)i'iiicii):il  fossil  flounders  luive  l)een  ohlnined 
from  llie  Eocene  mid  Miocene  lieds  of  Europe  and  nearly  all  of 
them  have  been  ndhrred  to  the  ‘jejuis  Hhonihds,  of  which  Hollins 
is  an  older  name.  Hollins  inininins  is  the  oldest  hnown  species, 
having’  hemi  descrihed  hy  Agassiz  from  the  Eocem*  of  Monte 
Holca.  The  other  nominal  species,  mostly  Miocene  and  known 
from  fraoimmts  only.  ar(“  closely  related  to  this,  d'he  fact  that 
these  frati'ments  helon<i-  to  the  ,<>'eneral  lypi*  of  the  tnrhol  and 
lirill  ( I’.settinae)  has  led  to  the  supposition  that  this  was  the 
])rimitive  type  of  the  Hat-fislies.  The  halibut  ti-ihe  1 1 ippo<>;los- 
sinae  are  less  specdalized,  hut  as  -Iordan  and  Evermann  oh-seive, 
“The  primitive  simplicity  of  the  halibuts  may  he  due  to  defren- 
('ration.”  To  this  date  no  1 1 ipjioylossinae  have  been  found  fossil, 
nor  have  any  of  the  small-mouth  foi'ins  ( I’hite.ssinae)  which  are 
supposed  to  he  derived  from  the  1 1 ippoiilossinae,  e.xcept  in  very 
recent  rocks. 

It  is  believed  that  the  specdmen  described  here  may  he  found 
to  he  of  ^reat  siyniticance  in  this  matter,  as  it  is  apparently  a 
ju-imitive  representative  of  the  halibut  tribe,  being  more  gener- 
alized than  Hollins  inininins.  as  well  as  vastly  larger  in  size  than 
that  diminutive  siiegies. 

Th('  identification  of  the  Houndei's  will  doubtless  rest  largely 
u])on  skidetal  difterences  such  as:  the  degree  of  approach  to 
symmetry;  the  insertion  of  the  ventral  tin;  the  simplicity, 
nundxu’.  and  strength  of  the  vertebrae;  the  relative  size  of  the 
h(‘ad  and  body-cavity;  the  positicm  of  the  eyes;  the  strength  of 
the  hones;  the  number  and  relation  of  the  spines  to  the  inter- 
spinous  l)on(‘S;  the  character  of  the  tins  and  the  numlier  of  their 
rays;  the  presence*  and  character  of  the  teeth  and  the  length 
and  direction  of  jaws.  etc.  In  considering  these  points  several 
|)rol)lcnis  suggest  tla'inselves.  among  which  an*  (a)  whether  the 
earli(‘r  tlounders  had  a huge'  or  small  mouth;  (b)  whether  they 
had  large  teeth  or  small;  ie)  whether  they  were  “right”  or 
“ left  haudeir"  forms  ; {(I)  whether  they  resembled  the  halibuts 
more  than  they  did  the  hiall  or  the  tui’hot;  (e)  what  was  their 
hahilat  ; (/')  and  what  kind  of  a form  shoidd  he  looked  for  as 
the  <-ommou  ancestor  of  both  .soles  and  llounders.  for  two  speci(‘s 
(d'  sole  ai’c  also  found  in  the  Mioceiu'  of  Europe. 


Voi-  5 I 


Gilbert. — -E  vest  lies  jordaiii. 


407 


P:VKSTIIKS  .IOKDANI,  n.  gen.  and  sp. 

From  the  Miocene  of  Lompoc,  Santa  Ihirl)ara  ('onnty,  Cali- 
fornia. 

This  specimen  is  characterized  as  follows:  head  large  with 
strong  hones,  and  ocenpying  more  than  one-third  of  the  total 
length  of  the  body  exclusive  of  the  caudal  fin ; eyes  on  the  right 
side;  mouth  large,  with  strong  sharp  conical  teeth;  a great  hody- 
cavity  extending  backward  to  more  than  the  one-half  of  the 
entire  length  of  the  fish  and  occupying  two-thirds  of  the  total 
depth;  strongly  dorsalward  position  of  the  spinal  column; 
vertebrae  few,  33,  with  poorly  developed  ventrolateral  processes 
and  s})ines;  general  weakness  of  the  body  skeleton;  uniform 
arrangement  of  two  interspinous  bones  to  one  ray;  weakness  of 
the  l)ones  forming  the  posterior  boundaiy  of  the  liody-cavity ; 
solid  and  unsymmetrical  hypural  hone;  and  the  small  angle  of 
44  degrees  made  between  the  direction  of  the  premaxillaries  and 
that  of  the  si)inal  column. 

The  pectoral  fin  lies  with  the  middle  of  its  base  40  mm.  below  the 
middle  of  the  spinal  column  and  47  mm.  above  and  10  mm.  behind  the 
ventral  fin.  The  posterior  border  of  the  operculum  reaches  its  base  and 
eleven  rays  are  discernible.  The  fin  is  weak  and  the  rays  are  only  22  mm. 
long.  The  ventral  fin  is  imperfect,  but  reveals  three  strong  rays  10  mm.  in 
length.  Four  branchiostegals  occur,  but  are  incomplete. 

The  dorsal  fin  begins  apparently  above  the  middle  of  the  left  orbit  and 
extends  to  the  29th  vertebra,  that  is,  to  within  4 vertebrae  of  the  hyjtural. 
About  64  rays  are  present,  and  they  are  comparatively  slender,  weak  and 
strongly  recurved.  A few  rays  are  wanting,  but  those  present  indicate  a 
uniformity  of  one  ray  to  each  interspinous  bone,  with  two  of  the  latter 
uniting  with  each  neural  spine. 

The  anal  fin  is  incomplete  anteriorly,  but  the  part  present  indicates  that 
it  was  a half  higher  than  the  dorsal  and  much  stouter. 

The  rays  were  about  42  in  all,  30  of  which  were  attached  through  their 
interspinous  bones  in  twos  to  the  haemal  spines.  The  longest  rays  and 
interspinous  bones  are  attached  to  the  first  three  caudal  vertebrae  as  is  the 
ease  with  the  dorsal  fin,  and  the  length  of  the  interspinous  bones  is  equal 
to  that  of  the  corresponding  haemal  spines.  Tlie  arrangement  of  the  two 
interspinous  bones  to  each  haemal  and  neural  spine  is  very  uniform  through- 
out, which  is  not  the  ease  in  some  of  the  living  halibuts  and  flounders. 
For  instance,  in  PsettichtJiys  melanosticUis  the  neural  spines  of  the  14th, 
18th,  and  23rd  vertebrae  attach  each  three  interspinous  bones  instead  of 
two  as  in  the  fossil;  also  in  Flatichthys  stellatus  the  neural  spines  of  1st, 
4th,  9th,  11th,  1.5th,  18th,  21st,  and  24th  vertebrae  each  receives  only  one 


408 


Universitij  of  (UiUfornia  Pithlical Ions. 


I (lEOLOGY 


bone.  In  ramlichl hyx  calif ornirm  tlic  neural  spine  of  tlie  Kith  vertebra 
and  the  haemal  of  the  loth  attaches  each  only  one,  otherwise  regularly  two. 
That  this  point  is  of  value  must  bo  shown  by  further  observation  than  I 
have  been  able  to  make. 

The  caudal  fin  is  broadly  si)read  (margin  75  mm.)  and  the  fin-rays  are 
in  length  about  two-thirds  the  spread.  The  hyj)ural  is  solid,  not  vertebra- 
like,  without  a neck-like  portion,  and  receives  suj)j)ort  from  the  sjiinos  of  the 
last  vertebra  only.  The  rays,  seventeen  in  number,  are  very  strong  at  the 
base,  weaken  rapidly  backward,  are  branched  distally,  and  the  first  lateral 
])air  are  15  mm.  long,  outwardly  curved  and  stout.  The  next  one  on  either 
side,  2-1  mm.  long,  is  weaker  and  not  branched.  The  hypural  is  unsym- 
metrical,  the  dorsal  margin  being  only  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  ventral. 

The  vertebrae,  .3.3  in  nundier,  retain  their  strength  well  from  the  sixth 
backward.  The  first  five  are  very  much  smaller  than  the  succeeding  ones 
and  curve  strongly  ventralward  as  they  apjiroach  the  sktdi.  All  are  very 
much  weaker  than  those  of  the  robust  Platichthys  stellatus  but  very  strik- 
ingly resemble  the  smaller  deep-sea  flounders  of  our  coast,  as  well  as  the 
large  “bastard  halibut,’’  ParalichtJiys  calif ornicus.  The  ventrolateral  i)ro- 
cesses  are  very  weak,  being  less  in  length  than  the  width  of  the  corre- 
spomling  vertebrae.  The  3rd  to  the  12th  bear  very  slender  weak  ribs,  the 
longest  being  ,3()  mm.  3’he  spines  of  the  caudal  vertebrae  decrease  grad- 
ually in  length  to  the  28th,  whence  liackward  they  slightly  increase. 

The  bones  of  the  heail  are  very  strong,  the  premaxillaries,  maxillaries, 
and  mandibles  standing  out  prominently  and  well  defined.  Both  eyes  occur 
ui)on  the  right  side,  as  in  tlie  halibut;  the  left  orbit  lies  farther  back  than 
the  right,  and  its  upper  margin  reaches  to  within  2 mm.  of  the  dorsal 
margin  of  the  skull.  The  interorbital  space  is  one-half  the  width  of  the 
right  orl)it  and  an  irregularly  V-shaped  suture  occurs  between  the  orbits. 

The  maxillaries  are  long  and  slender,  but  strengthen  quite  strongly  back- 
war<l,  and  are  arched  5 mm.,  the  more  strongly  so  anteriorly.  Their  general 
dirc'ctiou  makes  an  angle  of  44  degrees  with  that  of  the  spinal  column, 
’fhe  dorsal  process  anteriorly  stands  at  an  angle  of  90  degrees  with  the 
axis  of  the  premaxillaries  here.  Three  large  conical-shaped  teeth, 
slanting  slightly  backward,  occur  in  the  jiremaxillaries  in  front,  the  thinl 
b('i7ig  the  strongest  and  longest.  Back  of  these  for  the  entire  luting  surface 
occur  sharpl_y  conical,  closely  set  teeth  (6  to  the  cm.)  in  a single  row  and 
decreasing  backward.  The  mandibles  strengthen  rapidly  backward  where 
the  dei)th  is  one-fifth  the  length.  They  jirobably  bore  even,  sharp,  broadly 
conical,  and  slightly  slanting  teeth.  Five  can  be  made  out  quite  definitely 
.and  a si)ace  for  two  occurs  bc'tween  the  first  three  and  the  last  two.  The 
denial  surface  is  slightly  arched,  the  ventral  surface  of  the  maxillaries  is 
not  shown,  but  the  lateral  view  shows  them  long  and  strong,  parallel  with 
the  |)remaxillaries.  'fhe  very  long  jaws,  the  sharp,  large  teeth,  and  the 
o|>en  mouth  present  a very  ferocious  as])ect.  In  the  direction  of  the  maxil- 
laries, the  size  of  the  mouth,  and  in  the  ehar.aeter  and  strength  of  the  teeth 
this  form  dilfers  radically  from  the  living  allies  of  the  genus  Bothus.  8oine 
of  th(>  I lippoglossinae  as  the  “bastard  halibuts’’  approach  these  characters. 
.\o  trace  of  scales  is  jiresent. 


VoL.  5] 


6’  ilbe  rl. — Eves  I li  es  j or  dan  i. 


409 


From  the  al)ove  facts  of  description  anti  the  following  meas- 
urements it  seems  fairly  assured  that  this  fish,  on  account  of  its 
strongly  compressed  body,  broadlt'  diamond-shaited  outline,  un- 
symmetrical  head,  twisted  skull,  both  eyes  on  the  same  side,  and 
strong  teeth,  is  a tlounder,  and  belongs  to  the  I’leuronectidae. 
It  is  apparently  ancestral  to  the  present  sid)-families  of  Ilipjto- 
glossinae,  finding  its  nearest  allies  among  living  genera  in  Para- 
licltthijs,  Vclifracia  (Tcphritis)  and  other  tropical  forms  of  the 
I Iipi)Oglossinae,  the  gnnip  dd  of  Jordan  & Evermann  (Fishes 
N.  i\l.  America  111,  p.  2t)06),  which  contains  the  allies  of  Para- 
licJdhiis  and  Pseudurhonibus.  These  allies  of  ParaJicbthys  are 
all  normally  sinistral,  but  in  several  of  the  Pacific  species,  Para- 
lichthijs  calif ortiicus,  with  the  allied  genera,  Xijstrcunjs,  Ilippo- 
(jlossiua,  Vclifracta,  Verasper,  and  Psettodcs,  the  eyes  are  as 
often  on  the  right  side  as  on  the  left.  In  the  true  Ilippoglos- 
sinae,  the  eyes  are  always  on  the  right  side.  In  the  Psettinae 
they  are  always  on  the  left. 

If  this  specimen  had  the  eyes  on  the  right  side,  as  I believe 
is  the  case,  it  cannot  be  allied  to  Bothus,  nor  can  it  belong  to 
the  Psettinae.  On  the  other  hand,  its  small  number  of  vertebrae 
separates  it  widely  from  the  Ilippoglossinae  pro])er.  We  are 
therefore  forced  to  range  it  with  the  occasionally  dextral  allies 
of  Paralichtliys,  and  to  these,  in  general,  its  skeleton  shoAvs 
greatest  resemblance. 

The  small  number  of  tin-rays  seen  in  Evesthes  (I).  64,  A.  42) 
is  approached  by  the  California  species  Ilippoglossina  stomata 
(1).  68,  A.  53  ) and  l)y  the  bastard  halibnt  of  California  (I).  70. 
A.  55).  In  Velifracta  sineasis  the  number  is  still  further  rt^- 
duced  (D.  46,  A.  35).  In  Pscttodes  erumei  Ave  have  I).  50,  A.  40. 
The  nearest  living  ally  of  Evesthes  is  probably  Hippoglossiita, 
with  Avhicli  it  seems  to  agree  in  the  insertion  of  its  dorsal,  and 
Parcdichthgs.  The  small  nnmber  of  vertebrae  in  Evesthes 
shoAvs  that  the  species  was  an  inhabitant  of  warm  seas,  and 
doubtless  a shore  fish.  The  number  of  vertebrae  (33)  corre- 
sponds nearly  to  that  fonnd  in  Bothus  niinhnus  (31)  and  to  the 
number  (31)  in  Pleuronectes  ( Psetta)  inajcimus.  In  the  trne 
halibnt  i llippogtossus)  there  are  50,  and  in  the  brill  (Bothus 
rhombus'}  there  are  36.  The  minnte  Bothus  minimus  probably 


410 


Uiiiversily  of  (Utlifornia  Puhlicalions. 


I (<K<)U)fjY 


does  not  belonj^  to  the  i^enus  Botlius  as  now  defined,  ])ut  its 
relations  with  that  f?enus  nmst  ])e  elose.  Eveslhes  s(>(!nis  more 
l)rimitive  than  Botfnis.  In  EaraUclil liys  c<tliforoic\iH  there  are 
blit  35  vertebrae,  and  this  niimiier  is  proliably  f^eneral  in  Uijypo- 
(jlossina,  Xyslrcurys,  I’seudorhoynhua,  and  other  allies.  The 
Atlantic  species  of  J’araliclillnjs  have  in  f>:eneral  more  vertebrae 
(37  to  40),  and  more  fin-rays. 

None  of  these  "enera  has  so  larjje  a body-cavity  as  Evesllies, 
Paralichfinys  approaching  most  nearly.  1‘set lodes,  an  Asiatic 
genus,  also  indifferently  dextral  and  sinistral,  also  ajiproaches 
EvcstJics,  but  in  this  genus  the  dorsal  fin  begins  at  tlie  najie. 

Evrslhes  jorda)ii  stands  nniipie  in  its  very  large  head  and 
strong  ,iaws;  strong  teeth;  direct  month;  large  body-cavity;  in 
the  small  number  of  the  vertebrae,  the  first  five  of  which  are 
greatly  reduced  and  ventrally  curved  fa  feature  of  the  codfish), 
the  strength  of  the  succeeding  ones  carried  well  backward;  and 
in  the  relatively  small  number  of  fin-rays. 

While  the  discovery  of  this  species  may  not  jireclude  the 
jiossibility  that  the  sinistral,  large-mouthed  flounders  of  the 
turliot  tribe  are  the  most  iirimitive,  yet  it  seems  to  me  that  the 
dextral  forms  with  a large  head,  large  body-cavity,  and  a very 
large  mouth,  will  bi*  found  most  primitive  of  all.  Evesthes  is 
certainly  a more  primitive  type  than  Hothus  or  Paralichthys. 

The  group  of  turbots  sbould  rather  be  called  Pleuroneetinae 
than  I’settinae.  Dr.  Jordan  calls  my  attention,  in  his  valuable 
editorial  reading  of  this  article,  to  the  fact  that  in  the  first  re- 
striction of  the  genus  Pleuroiiectcs,  that  of  Fleming  (1828),  the 
naim*  was  restricted  to  the  turliot  {Plcuro)tcctcs  maxiinus) . The 
naim*  Pleuronadrs  therefore,  under  the  rules  of  the  International 
Zuological  (Congress,  should  replace  Pscifn:  and  Pleuroneetinae 
would  supersede  Psidtinae. 

Me.\sukkmexts. 


L('M};1Ii.  Miilcvior  cm  I of  ]ir(Mii:ixill:iry  (o  hasp  of  li_v|iui'al  2()S  mm, 

liCiifjtli.  anicrior  cmi  of  ))rpma.\illary  to  first  caudal  vertelira 

(KUli)  ..  14S 

Ijcuj'IIi.  total,  iiiclmliiig  camlal  tin  d.'tS 

Pellet li,  anterior  end  of  |irpmaxil larv  over  dorsal  curve  to  base 

of  caudal  fin  301) 


VoL.  5]  (rilbcrt. — Eveslkes  jordani.  411 

LcMifftli  of  ventral  curvature,  anterior  end  of  premaxillary,  to  base 

of  caudal  fin  .'127  nun. 

Depth  from  base  of  ilorsal  to  base  of  ventral  fin  at  11th  vertebra 

(in  length  2)  131 

Depth  here  to  middle  of  spinal  column  (in  dei)th  3 times)  47 

Dejith  at  same  place  of  l)ody-eavity  (in  length  3 times)  84 

Depth  at  ventral  fin  (in  length  of  head  to  gill  opening  1)  117 

Length  of  head  to  dorsal  fin  (in  length  of  dorsal  curve  (i)  50 

Length  of  head  to  first  vertebra  79 

Length  of  head  to  posterior  margin  of  operculum  117 

Length  of  head  (in  greatest  length  2)  1(15 

Distance  to  base  of  ventral  fin  112 

Depth  from  middle  of  first  vertebra  to  branehiostcgals  (in 

length  1)  80 

Depth  of  head  at  posterior  margin  of  orbits  80 

Height  of  dorsal  fin-rays,  11  th  vertebra  18 

Height  of  anal  fin-rays,  11th  vertebra  (in  de])th  of  body  5)  2(5 

Length  of  caudal  fin-rays  52 

Length  of  hypural  bone,  upper  margin  17  mm.,  lower  margin  25 

Length  of  hypural,  middle  line  22  mm.,  posterior  margin  32 

Length  of  anal  fin-rays  27 

Length  of  haemal  intersjnnous  bones  (in  rays  5,  in  spines  1)  45 

(Overlap  of  interspinous  bones  with  haemal  spines  - 12 

Length  of  neural  spines  27  mm.,  at  13th  vertebra;  haemal  at  13th  45 
Length  of  vertebrae,  1st  to  5th,  average,  4 mm.;  (ith  to  12th,  7 mm. 

Length  of  vertebrae,  13th  backward  4.8 

Length  of  large  teeth,  1st,  2 mm.;  2nd,  3.5  mm.;  3rd,  (1  mm.;  at 
base  2 mm. 


Length  of  teeth,  in  mandibles  2.5  mm.;  breadth  of  base  1.5  mm. 
Length  of  teeth  in  ])remaxillaries  2 mm.  to  1 mm.,  with  6 teeth 
to  cm. 

Length  of  orbits,  left,  32  mm.,  right  (into  head  2.5  times)  35  mm. 


Width  of  orbit,  left,  9 mm.  (into  length  3.5  times). 

Width  of  interorbital  space  at  suture  G 

Length  of  jiremaxillaries  (in  depth  of  head  posteriorly  1)  63 

Width  of  premaxillaries  posteriorly  12 

Length  of  mandibles  to  angle  with  ])remaxillaries  59 

Depth  of  curve  of  posterior  margin  of  body-cavity  10 


Space  between  gill  opening  and  posterior  margin  of  body-cavity  47 

The  type-specimeu  (no.  2460)  of  Evesthes  jordani  has  l)een 
placed  temporarily  in  the  Science  and  Arts  Mnsenm  at  the  Los 
Angeles  High  School,  Los  Angeles,  California. 


Issued  May  21,  1910. 


EXPLA>JATION  OF  PLATE  41. 

Evestlies  jordani,  ii.  gen.  and  sp.  Inij^ression  of  the  right  side  of  the 
skeleton,  reproduced  ouedialf  natural  size. 


OFm 

VIEW"'’ 


■ ‘ r 

If-A 


OF  THE 

iffV  vjf  Ui.si«Otis 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  28,  pp.  413-420  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


THE  PROBABLE  TERTIARY  LAND 
CONNECTION  BETWEEN  ASIA 
AND  NORTH  AMERICA.=‘= 


BY 

ADOLPH  KNOPF. 


INTRODUCTION. 

A land  connection  between  northeastern  Asia  and  uortli- 
western  America  during  a portion  of  Tertiary  time  has  been 
postulated  by  paleontologists  to  explain  certain  faunistic  proli- 
lems.  It  has  been  accepted  as  probal)le  and  so  charted  on  Willis’ 
paleontologic  map  of  i\liocene  North  America.^ 

The  present  paper,  which  is  partly  based  on  personal  famil- 
iarity with  northwestern  Alaska,  undertakes  to  discuss  the 
geologic  evidence  of  such  a land  connection. 

The  portion  of  Alaska  lying  nearest  to  Asia  has  ])een  desig- 
nated the  Seward  Peninsula  since  the  gold  excitement  of  1898, 
and  a great  increase  in  the  geograjihic  and  geologic  knowledge 
of  that  region  has  resulted  from  the  investigations  conducted  by 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey  subsequent  to  that  date." 
As  those  studies  have  concerned  themselves  mainly  with  the 
auriferous  alluvia,  many  observations  bearing  upon  l)roader  geo- 
logic i)roblems  are  scattered  through  the  numerous  economic  and 
progress  reports,  where  they  are  not  readily  availalde  to  those 
unfamiliar  with  the  literat\ire. 

* Published  by  permission  of  the  Director  of  the  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey.  ^ 

1 .Journ.  Geol.,  1909,  p.  503. 

2 Bull.  IT.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  328,  1908,  contains  a compendium  of  the 
geograj)hy  and  geology  of  Seward  Peninsula. 


4U 


(Jiiivcrsihj  of  (Uilifornia  I’uhlical ions. 


[(!k()i,o(jy 


0E0GKAIMIY.3 

The  continents  of  Asia  and  Nortli  Anierica  lie  in  closest 
proximity  to  eacli  otlier  in  latitude  ()5°  nortli.  liering  Strait, 
the  body  of  water  sejiarating  them,  is  til'ly  miles  wide  in  its 
narrowest  portion.  Cape  Princi'  of  Wales  in  longitude  168° 
west  forms  the  extreme  western  jirojection  of  North  America; 
opposing  it  on  tlie  Asiatic  side  is  the  hold  promontory  of  East 
Cape,  the  extreme  eastern  jirojection  of  Chukchi  Peninsula. 
Lying  apiiroximately  midway  between  these  two  headlands  are 
the  Diomede  Islands,  the  larger  of  which,  known  as  the  Big 
Diomede,  belongs  to  Russia,  and  the  smaller,  the  Little  Diomede, 
belongs  to  the  United  States.  The  islet  called  Fairway  Rock 
lies  a few  miles  to  the  southeast  of  the  Diomedes. 

Seward  Peninsida  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Kotzebue 
Sound  and  the  Arctic  Ocean  and  on  the  south  by  Bering  Sea 
and  Norton  Sound.  It  embraces  an  area  of  approximately  20,000 
siiuare  miles,  which  is  included  mainly  between  meridians  161° 
and  168°  west  longitude  and  parallels  64°  and  66V2°  north 
latitude. 

As  shown  on  the  Coast  and  Ceodetic  Survey  Chart,  the  100- 
fathom  line  of  Bering  Sea  starts  at  Unimak  Island,  the  Aleutian 
Island  lying  at  the  southwest  extremity  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula, 
and  ti’ends  northwest  to  Cape  Navarin  on  the  Siberian  Coast. 
North  of  this  line  Bering  Sea  is  characterized  by  extreme  shal- 
lowness, barely  averaging  200  feet  in  depth,  whereas  to  the  south 
it  abruptly  attains  a dei)th  of  12,000  feet.  The  extreme  shal- 
lowness persists  through  Bering  Strait  and  prevails  over  a large 
portion  of  the  Polar  Sea  lying  to  the  north.  It  is  to  be  noted 
of  the  Aleutians,  which  are  hehl  to  mark  oft'  Bering  Sea  from 
the  Pacific  Ocean,  that  the  westernmost  islands  rise  directly 
from  oceanic  depths.  In  some  speculations  they  are  regarded 
as  having  afforded  a bridge  between  Asia  and  America  at  some 
time'  in  Ihe  past. 


'I'lic  g<‘()gr:i|iliic  rc'lations  including  soundings  of  Poring  Sea  are  best 
shown  on  t'liart  '1',  P.  S.  ('oast  and  (ioodotic  Survey. 


VoL.  5J  iiopf. — Land  Connection  between  Asia  and  A merica.  415 


GHOLOOY. 

The  oldest  rocks  of  Seward  Peninsula  comprise  various 
schists,  limestones,  and  gneisses,  forming  the  bedrock  of  the 
auriferous  areas.  They  are  regarded  as  prol)al)ly  of  early  I’aleo- 
zoic  age.  In  the  northwestern  part  of  the  peninsula  there  is  a 
large  area  of  fossiliferous  limestone,  called  the  Port  Clarence 
limestone,  which  on  the  basis  of  recent  paleontologic  study  is 
known  to  range  in  age  from  Upper  Cambrian  to  Upper  Silurian. 

Near  Cape  Prince  of  Wales  a belt  of  limestone  and  marble 
five  miles  wide  trends  northwest  aero.ss  the  western  extremity 
of  the  j)eninsula.  Evidence  secured  by  Collier”'  show's  it  to  be 
of  iMississippian  age. 

A stock  of  coarse  porphyritic  granite  is  intrusive  into  tbe 
limestone  and  is  therefore  of  postAIississippian  age.  It  is  in 
all  probalhlity  i)re-Cretaceous,  like  analogous  occurrences  in  the 
eastern  part  of  Sew'ard  Peninsula. “ This  granitic  mass  forms 
the  youngest  bedrock  of  that  i)ortion  of  the  American  continent 
lying  in  closest  proximity  to  Asia.  The  Diomede  Islands  mid- 
w’ay  between  the  continents  are  composed  of  similar  granite. 

There  are,  however,  scattered  throughout  the  peninsula,  small 
patches  of  unaltered  sediments  composed  of  conglomerates,  sand- 
stones, and  shales,  locally  carrying  seams  of  coal,  of  which  the 
largest  known  is  88  feet  thick.  These  rocks  rest  unct)nformably 
on  the  metamorphic  terranes,  and  in  the  absence  of  fossil  evi- 
dence are  believed  from  their  lithologic  resemblance  to  other 
coal-bearing  formations  of  Alaska  to  be  of  Cretaceous  or  Eocene 
(Kenai)  age.  On  St.  Lawrence  Island,  wdiich  lies  about  150 
miles  south  of  Bering  Strait  and  is  the  largest  island  in  Bering 
Sea,  Collier  has  discovered  some  coal-bearing  sediments  carrying 
plant  remains."  A few'  conifers  and  dicotyledons  were  found, 
among  wdiich  Know’lton  has  identified  Sequoia  langsdorfii,  indi- 
cating Kenai  age.  This  bit  of  evidence,  incomplete  and  unsatis- 
factory as  it  is,  is  the  most  important  yet  discovered  that  bears 

Kindle,  E.  M.,  unpublished  inanuscrijit. 

5 Collier,  A.  J.,  Bull.  IT.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  328,  1908,  p.  s|. 

0 Oral  communication  by  B.  S.  Smith. 

■ Unpublished  information. 


416 


[Jniversiiij  of  (Utlifornia  J'uhlical ions. 


[fiEOLOOY 


on  the  question  of  a land  conneelion  Indween  the  eontinents 
dnring  the  eai'ly  part  of  the  Tertiary. 

Rocks  of  Kenai  age  are  known  in  widely  separated  parts  of 
Alaska,  and  are  of  fluvial,  lacnstral,  and  j)Ossil)ly,  in  part,  of 
estuarine  origin.  The  Kenai  flora  indicates  that  temperate  or 
subtropical  conditions  prevailed  over  Alaska  in  lli)per  Rocene 
time. 

Extensive  deposits  of  alluvial  material  occur  throughout 
Seward  Peninsula.  They  consist  of  sands,  gravels  and  silts,  and 
local  accumnlations  of  glacial  debris.  '^I'hey  have  not  yet  beam 
studied  from  a chronological  stand[)oint.  Logs  of  a species  of 
spruce,  the  northern  limit  of  which  is  now  in  the  latitude  of  Sitka, 
and  mammalian  remains  have  been  found  in  them,  and  indicate 
climatic  conditions  greatly  different  from  1ho.se  of  the  present.® 

Scattered  observations  only  are  available  concerning  the 
ad.jacent  Siberian  coast.  These  concur  in  describing  it  as  a 
bold  mountainous  region  compo.sed  es.sentially  of  granitic  rocks. 

According  to  Suess,®  Pogdanowitsch  has  investigated  the 
geology  of  Chukchi  Peninsula  in  some  detail.  He  finds  that 
the  rocks  are  mainly  of  eruptive  and  metaniorphic  character, 
from  which  it  may  be  concluded  that  they  furnish  little  light  on 
the  ])roblem  under  discussion. 

From  the.  foregoing  brief  resume  it  is  obvious  that  the  record 
of  the  geologic  history  of  the  region  as  revealed  by  the  sedi- 
mentary I'ocks  is  characterized  by  immense  lacunae,  and  is  i)rac- 
tic.dly  a blank  for  the  whole  of  the  Tertiary  period.  Such 
further  evidence  as  may  be  obtained  must  be  afforded  by  the 
study  of  the  physiographic  evolution  of  the  region. 

.\ccnmulating  evidence  shows  that  the  physiographic  history 
is  complex  in  detail.  It  is  unfortunately  true  that  the  peninsula 
has  not  Ixam  studied  as  a whole  by  any  one  observer,  and  conse- 
(]uently  a comprehensive  account  has  not  yet  been  formulated. 
('(‘Hain  bi'oadc'r  facts,  however,  have  Imh'u  established,  and  from 
them  may  b(‘  drawn  conclusions  inqxu'tant  to  the  i)resent  dis- 
cussion. 

'Pile  :i\ail:ilil('  in I'oniiat ion  (‘(incoriiiiif;  the  Pleistocene  vertebrate 
tamia  of  .M.ask.a  has  recently  lieen  assetnliled  and  discussed  b}’’  G.  tV. 
tiilinore  in  Sinithsonian  .Misc.  Coll..  V(d.  .51,  IhlhS. 

•'  .\ntlitz  der  Prde,  \i)l.  Ill,  2d  pai't,  IhO!),  j).  405. 


VoL.  5]  nopf_ — Land  Connection  between  Asia  and  America.  417 


After  the  depositieii  of  the  eoal-heariiis^  sediments  a loiif? 
period  of  stability  supervened,  tluring  whieli  niueli  of  the  ])eiun- 
snla  was  ri'dneed  to  a i)eneplain.  According  to  Brooks,’"  tlie  age 
of  this  i)ene])Iain  has  not  l)een  determined,  l)ut  it  is  prol)ahly  the 
same  as  that  of  the  Yukon  plateau,  which  is  known  to  have  been 
develoi)ed  in  p'ost-Kenai  pre-Pliocene  time.  This  old  surface  of 
erosion  is  now  represented  throughout  the  i)eninsula  by  flat- 
topped  ridges  and  domes  ranging  in  altitude  from  800  to  2,400 
feet.  The  level  summits  of  the  interstream  areas  l)lending  into 
an  even  sky-line  form  a striking  feature  of  the  topography.  In 
the  western  j)art  of  the  peninsula,  on  the  northern  flank  of 
Brooks  I\[ountain  at  an  altitude  of  1,800  feet,  the  writer  found 
remnants  of  well-rounded  gravels,  which  can  hardly  be  inter- 
preted otherwise  than  as  relics  of  an  ancient  drainage  system. 
In  the  region  of  the  Kotzebue  Sound  the  flat-topped  ranges  are 
especially  well  developed  and  are  rendered  highly  impressive 
by  terraces,  in  j)laees  up  to  twelve  in  nund)er  and  ranging  in 
height  from  10  to  100  feet  scored  u])on  their  flanks.” 

A finely  preserved  terrace  of  marine  origin  known  as  the 
York  bench  extends  northwestward  from  Port  Clarence  to  the 
apex  of  the  continent.  South  of  the  York  IMountains  it  bevels 
the  upturned  edges  of  the  Port  Clarence  limestone,  and  attains 
a width  ranging  from  a few  hundred  yards  to  four  miles.  “The 
surface  of  this  bench,”  says  Collier,”  “is  an  almost  perfect  plain 
swept  bare  of  gravel  or  other  detrital  material,  Imt  is  covered 
in  many  places  with  yellow  clay  derived  from  the  solution  of  the 
limestone.”  Between  the  York  IMountains  and  Cape  Mountain 
the  bench  merges  with  a prominent  topographic  featiire  known 
as  the  York  Plateau,  which  constitutes  a well-marked  upland 
surface.’® 

At  Cape  Prince  of  Wales,  the  terrace  which  is  there  carved 
upon  the  granite  of  Ca])e  IMountain  has  an  elevation  of  300  feet; 
fifteen  miles  eastward,  at  Kanaugidv  River,  it  attains  a height 
of  700  feet;  fourteen  miles  farther  eastward  at  Lost  River  it 

111  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  328,  1908,  p.  112. 

11  Moftit,  P.  IL,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  247,  1905,  j).  44. 

12  Prof.  Paper  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  2,  1902,  p.  37. 

13  These  features  are  well  shown  on  the  topographic  majis  accompanying 
Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  328,  1908. 


418 


V niversUij  of  (UtUfornia  I’lihlicalions. 


I (iKOUKiY 


stands  at  600  feet;  and  in  the  vicinity  of  T’ort  (darence  it  sinks 
to  200  feetd'*  The  uplift  of  the  terrace  was,  therefore,  accom- 
panied by  a considerable  amount  of  warpinj;,  witli  the  maximum 
deformation  along  the  axis  of  the  York  Mountains.  The  streams 
flowing  into  Bering  Sea  have  entrenched  themselves  in  sharj) 
canyons  across  the  bench,  and  this  topographic  evidence  affords 
the  only  clue  to  the  age  of  the  terrace.  Locally  some  minor 
benches  but  a few  feet  above  the  sea-level  can  be*  noted,  and 
testify  that  the  general  movement  of  uplift  is  .still  in  progress. 

Inspection  of  the  to])ograj)hic  map  is  sufficient  to  show  that 
the  coastal  plain  bordering  the  Arctic  Ocean  between  Cape 
Prince  of  Wales  and  Cape  Espenberg  is  a region  of  depression. 
The  York  Plateau,  which  is  broken  off  on  its  southern  margin 
by  sea  cliffs  overlooking  Bering  Sea,  slopes  gently  northward 
to  the  Arctic  Ocean  and  is  buried  under  the  Pleistocene  alluvium. 
At  Shislunaref  Inlet,  a large,  shallow  embayment  from  the  Polar 
Sea,  the  lower  courses  of  the  streams  are  affected  by  tidal  el)b 
and  flow,  and  prove  the  recent  submergence  of  the  region. 

The  complex  oscillations  of  the  .strand-line  in  the  vicinity 
of  Nome  during  the  late  Tertiary  and  Quaternary  time  have 
been  revealed  in  unusual  fullne.ss  of  detail  by  the  exploitation 
of  the  ancieiit  auriferous  beaches.'®  Five  such  beaches  buried 
under  the  tundra  of  the  coastal  plain  at  depths  ranging  from 
five  to  one  hundred  feet  have  been  discovered,  the  youngest  of 
which  is  78  feet  above  sea-level,  and  the  oldest  34  feet  below 
sea-level.  Fossils  are  ])lentiful  in  the  beach  deposits,  which 
consist  of  loose  sands  and  gravels.  Those  from  the  beach  stand- 
ing at  78  feet  above  sea-level  have  been  determined  by  W.  II. 
Dali  1o  be  of  Pliocene  age  and  to  indicate  that  warmer  water 
conditions  ])ivvailed  than  obtain  now  in  adjacent  portions  of 
Bering  Sea.”’’  According  to  the  same  authority,  the  fossils  from 
th(‘  heach  34  feet  Indow  sea-level  are  of  Upper  Pliocene  or  Plio- 
cene age."  Th<‘  gt'ologic  histoiy  as  deciphered  from  the  beaches 

I'D.’ita  liased  ])artly  upon  (’oilier 's  amt  partly  upon  the  writer’s 
ohserv.at  ions. 

n.  Sniitli,  I’.  S.,  Hull.  Ih  S.  (tool.  Survey  No.  379,  ])p.  277-279. 

I'l  Am.  .lonrn.  Sci.,  1907,  vol.  23,  j).  4.')7. 

■7  I’npnhiished  in  formal  ion.  ('/'.  .lonrn.  (teol.,  1909,  ji.  498. 


VoL.  5]  Knopf. — Land  Connection  between  As^ia  and  A merica.  410 


shows  that  the  reij'ion  in  the  vicinity  of  Cape  Nonie  was  de- 
pressed at  least  112  feet  below  sea-level  durin<^  the  Pliocene  and 
has  only  partly  recovered  from  that  snhmeryence  during'  Quat- 
ernary time. 

CONCLUSIONS. 

The  stratigraphy  of  adjacent  i)ortions  of  Asia  and  America, 
so  far  as  now  known,  throws  little  light  on  the  cpiestion  of 
whether  a land  connection  between  those  continents  ever  existed 
during  Cenozoic  time.  In  fact,  all  the  evidence  from  which 
conclusions  of  some  positiveness  can  be  drawn  record  only  epochs 
of  more  widely  spread  submergence  and  increased  separation  of 
the  continents.  It  has  been  determined  beyond  (piestion  that 
the  ujdift  of  sidauerged  portions  of  the  continental  l)order  was 
accompanied  by  marked  deformation.  Dui’ing  the  upraising  of 
the  marine-wrought  York  bench  a differential  warping  of  400 
feet  in  a distance  of  fifteen  miles  was  produced. 

Dawson,^®  writing  in  1894,  believed  that  the  available  evidence 
liointed  to  a general  sid:)mergence  during  the  later  Miocene, 
ui)lift  of  the  present  land  areas  at  the  close  of  the  Miocene,  and 
subaerial  conditions,  with  possibly  brief  intervals  of  depression, 
during  post-Miocene  time.  The  evidence  of  the  Miocene  sub- 
mergence, however,  was  leased  on  the  occurrence  of  the  Nulato 
sandstone  on  the  lower  Yukon,  which  had  been  referred  to  the 
marine  IMioceue  by  Dali,  but  which  subsequent  work  has  shown 
to  be  of  Upper  Cretaceous  age.^® 

The  observations  of  the  last  decade  show  that  it  is  unsafe 
to  make  wide-reaching  generalizations  eml)raciug  the  whole  region 
of  Bering  Sea  and  its  environs.  The  diastrophic  movements 
have  been  too  complex,  the  oscillations  of  the  strand  line  too 
frequent  and  localized,  and  the  information  concerning  them 
too  scanty.  Recognizing  those  elements  of  uncertainty,  we  may 
sketch  the  Cenozoic  history  of  the  region  as  interpreted  from 
the  evidence  now  available. 

IS  Dawson,  G.  M.,  Geological  notes  on  some  of  the  coasts  and  islands 
of  Bering  Sea  and  vicinity.  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Ainer.,  Vol.  5,  1894,  pp.  143 
et  seq. 

19  Brooks,  A.  IL,  Geography  and  Geology  of  Alaska : Prof.  Paper  U. 
S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  45,  1906,  p.  236. 


420 


U uiversily  of  (Udifornia  Publications. 


[(;kolo(;y 


The  Eocene  and  Miocene  were  apparently  periods  of  com- 
parative stability  and  were  marked  by  tlie  redaction  of  the  reffion 
of  Seward  Peninsnla  to  a penei)lain.  The  snbmarine  i)latean 
of  Berin"  Sea,  wliich  is  considered  by  DawsoiP"  as  l)elon<^in^^ 
physiographically  to  the  continental  plateau  region,  may  have 
been  evolved  dui’ing  those  periods,  and  Asia  and  America  con- 
nected by  a land  mass. 

At  the  b(‘ginning  of  the  Pliocene,  Seward  Peninsnla  ])ossessed 
approximately  its  present  shore  line.  In  terms  of  the  physio- 
graphic record  the  facts  indicate  that  the  peninsula  jmssessed 
approximately  its  present  outline  at  the  time  of  the  marine 
planation  of  the  York  bench.  The  York  bench  is  undonhtedly 
older  than  the  loose  sands  and  gravels  of  the  Nome  beach  de- 
posits, and  if  we  acce])t  the  age  of  the  latter  as  determined 
paleontologically,  is,  therefore,  of  pre-lli)per  iMiocene  age.  It 
is  diffieidt  to  reconcile  this  great  age  with  the  splendid  state  of 
])reservation  of  the  marine  terrace. 

During  the  remainder  of  Cenozoic  time  the  dominant  move- 
ment aflfecting  Seward  Peninsula  has  been  that  of  uplift.  The 
crustal  instability  of  the  region,  the  known  large  differential 
warping  that  has  accompanied  elevatory  movements,  and  the 
shallow  depth  of  Bering  Sea  render  it,  however,  highly  probable 
that  at  various  times  brief  periods  of  land  communication  have 
existed  between  the  continents. 

The  general  conclusion  is  therefore  borne  upon  us  that  if 
Ihe  i)roblems  of  the  intercoutinental  migration  of  faunas  demand 
])eriods  of  terre.strial  communication  between  the  two  mainlands 
during  ('enozoic  time,  the  i)hysical  evidence,  .so  far  as  now 
known,  favors  the  probability  of  intervals  of  continuity  of  the 
adjoining  land  masses  of  Asia  and  North  America. 


-"  0/1.  <11.,  p.  l-U). 


l.ssioil  .May  21,  1210. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 


Vol.  5,  No.  29,  pp.  421-437 


ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


KODENT  FAUNA 

OF  THE 

LATE  TERTIARY  BEDS 

AT 

VIRGIN  VALLEY  AND  THOUSAND 
CREEK,  NEVADA 

BY 

LOUISE  KELLOGG. 


j 


r\ 


CONTENTS. 

PACE 


Introduction  421 

Arctomys  nevadensis,  n.  sp.  422 

Arctomys  minor,  n.  sp 42.3 

Citellus,  sp 427 

Aplodontia  alexandrae  Furlong  429 

Mylagaulus  monodon  Cojie  429 

Mylagaulus  pristinus  Douglass  429 

Eueastor  lecontei  (Merriam)  430 

Dipoides,  sp 431 

Entoptychus  minimus,  n.  sp - 432 

Peromyseus  anticpms,  n.  sji 432 

Peromyscus(  I),  sp 433 

Diprionomys  parvus,  n.  gen.  ami  sp 433 

Diprionomys  magnus,  n.  sp 434 

Diprionomys  nevadensis,  n.  sp 434 

Lepus  vetus,  n.  sp.  43() 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  rodent  forms  described  Itelow  represent  a ])ortion  of  the 
mammalian  fanna  collected  dnring  the  summer  of  19(19  by  a 
jialaeontological  expedition  organized  and  financed  by  IMiss  Annie 
1\I.  Alexander  to  carry  on  work  in  the  later  Tertiary  beds  of 


r Jiii'crsil ij  of  Col ifoniid  I'lihl ifol ions. 


I (IKOI.OCY 


4L>2 


Vii’giii  Valley  and  Thousand  (h'C'ek,  IIund)()ld1  Connly,  Xevada. 
The  eolleetions  made'  by  Ihe  expedition  liave  lieen  pn'senled  to 
lh('  Univei-sity  of  California  by  i\liss  Alexander. 

Th(‘  writei'  is  f>reatly  indel)fed  to  I’rofessor  dohn  C.  Merria)n 
foi-  tlie  ])rivile>fe  of  workinfj;  over  tlu*  material,  and  foi-  his 
eoui'ic'sy  and  assistance  in  the  work. 

Vith  th(‘  exception  of  isolated  specinums,  the  i-odent  remains 
were  found  oidy  in  a bnv  localities.  In  these  places  the  hom's 
wei'e  scattered  abundantly  over  small  areas,  and  the  collectors 
by  dint  of  hard  laboi'  on  their  hands  and  kne(‘s,  sifted  over  every 
imdi  of  the  ground  in  oi’der  that  the  smallest  bones  and  t(‘(‘th 
should  not  lie  oveidooked. 

As  rodents  ai'e  gemn-ally  restricted  in  their  geograj)hic  range, 
and  are  relatively  good  indicators  of  climate  and  other  physical 
conditions,  they  are  an  imi)ortant  factor  in  tlu'  work  of  building 
up  a |)icture  of  th<>  conditions  wbieh  obtained  in  any  region  in 
])ast  time;  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  following  list  of  forms  will 
help  materially  in  deteimiining  the  nature  of  the  environment  in 
which  mammalian  life  existed  in  the  Virgin  Valley  and  Thousand 
Ci'eek  region  during  the  late  Tei’tiary. 

AHC'TOMYS  NEVADENSTS,  n.  sp. 

Figs.  \n,  and  2. 

'fype  specimen  no.  125(1(),  Cniv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  aii- 
tei-ior  ])ortion  of  a left  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  with  1\  and  iMj 
intact,  and  the  incisor  broken  off  where  it  emerges  from  the  jaw. 
From  locality  no.  llOb,  near  Thousand  Creek,  Humboldt  County, 
Xevada. 

Specific  ('li(ir<ictcrs. — Incisors  small  in  proportion  to  the  other 
teeth.  I\  and  M,  relatively  large,  more  nearly  stpiare  in  cross- 
section.  and  set  more  oblicpudy  in  the  jaw  than  in  other  si)ecies. 
A small  I'idge  on  thi‘  ant(‘rior  face  of  1\  instead  of  a tubei'cle. 
'file  sym|)hysis  ends  postcu-ioi'ly  in  front  of  the  mental  foraimm 
instead  of  exbmding  back  of  it  as  in  othei'  species. 

(1(  IK  rnl  l)i  scri  pi  ion.-  If,  and  ,M , may  be  said  to  consist  of 
two  distinel  poid  ions,  an  anterior  fornu'd  by  a large  protoconid 
ami  inolai'onid  with  parastylid  betwi'cn,  and  a posterior  consist- 


Vt)L.  5 I 


Kcl I (xjfj. — A’ ode II I F(t ii no. 


42:5 


Figs,  la  and  — Arctomys  nevcidensis.  Portion  of  the  left  mandilde  with 

P4,  Mj,  and  the  base  of  the  incisor.  No.  12506,  natural  size. 

Fig.  lo,  superior  view;  fig.  lb,  lateral  view. 

Fig.  2. — Arctomys  nevudensis.  Portion  of  right  mandible  with  incisor. 
No.  12544,  natural  size. 

Fig.  3. — Arctomys  minor.  Portion  of  larger  incisor.  No.  12538,  natural 
size. 

Pig.  4. — Portion  of  maxillary  with  left  P‘  ami  I’*.  No.  12538,  X 2. 

Fig.  5. — Arctomys  minor.  Right  ]\I-  and  M^.  No.  12538,  X 2. 

Fig.  6. — Arctomys  minor.  Right  lA,  M,  and  M^.  No.  12538,  X 2. 

Fig.  7. — Arctomys  minor.  Portion  of  left  mandible  with  M,  and  M3.  No. 
12.538,  X 2. 


424 


iiivcrsil jj  of  Californio  Ciihlicol ions. 


[(iKoi.ooy 


iiig  of  ;i  stroii^fly  C'Ui'vod  i'i(l<jj(‘  fortiiod  l)y  1h(“  (‘iitoconid,  liypo- 
coindid.  Mild  liypocoiiid.  In  lioth  teeth  the  inelMconid  is  imitdi 
higdier  than  the  jiroloeoiiid.  and  in  I’^  it  is  decidedly  recurvcal. 
There  is  a fossette  lietween  tiu'  protoeoiiid  and  inetaeonid.  The 
entoeonid  and  hypoc-onnlid  form  a (piarter-eirele,  rnnninf'  fi'oin 
the  inetaeonid  around  to  llie  1rianf^nlar  liyjioconid,  and  enelosin*' 
a dee])  pit  containin'?  small  tnbercles.  Then*  is  also  a ridf?e 
l)(*t\veen  the  liase  of  the  liypoconid  and  the  j)ro1oeonid.  All  the 
cones  are  set  ohliipiely  to  the  median  line  of  the  jaw,  l)iit  those 
of  i\I,  are  more  oblique  than  those  of  I\.  'I'lie  incisor  is  con- 
siderably battened  transversely  and  is  small  in  j)roportion  to  the 
other  two  teeth. 

.\  specimen,  no.  12544,  comprising  the  right  I ’4,  half  of  left 
P4,  and  a ]iortion  of  the  right  ramus  of  a lower  jaw*  with  incisor, 
from  locality  no.  1105,  on  Thousand  Creek,  is  (*vidently  to  be 
referred  to  ,4.  ncvadcnsis.  P4  of  this  six'cimen  is  similar  in 
l)attern  to  that  of  A.  )irra(lc)isis.  but  larger.  The  anterior  j)or- 
tion  is  much  broader,  while  the  heel  is  com])aratively  small  and 
rather  jiointed.  The  incisor  is  small  in  proportion  to  the  pre- 
molar, although  somewhat  larger  than  that  of  -4.  neA'odensis. 


Measurements. 

No.  12r)00  Xo.  I2r)l4  A.primifjenia 


]’,.  niolian  anterojiosterior  diameter 

5.8  mm. 

7.4  mm. 

6.5  mm. 

Mj,  median  anterojiosterior  diameter 

6.3 

4.6 

t'j,  transverse  anterior  diameter  

. 5.1 

6.0 

4.3 

it,,  transverse  anterior  diameter  

6.4 

5.8 

it,,  transverse  jiosterior  diameter  

. 6.9 

0,(1 

P,.  transv(‘rse  jiosterior  <liameter  

5.9 

5.(5 

I’,,  anterojiosterior  diameter  of  lieel  

3.3 

2.4 

it,,  anterojiosterior  diameter  of  heel  

4.4 

3.2 

Lo\v<*r  incisor,  anterojiosterior  diameter 

(.1.4 

6.9 

(5,7 

Power  incisor,  transverse  diameter  

4.1 

4.(i 

Jjengtli  of  diastema  

, 19.1 

13.3 

Jtase  of  P,  to  mental  foramen  

1 1.2 

10.7 

Widtli  of  ramus  over  mental  foramen  

15.2 

11.6 

Com jnirison  irilli  olluf  Sprcirs  of 

Arclomi/s 

. — From  llu*  ar- 

rangemeni  ol'  the  tubercles  of  the  teeth  it  is  (*vident  that  this 
specimen  must  hi*  refi'i-red  to  the  genus  Arctoinjis  rather  than 
any  other  genus  of  the  Si'inridae.  ddie  clu'ek  ti'c'th  have  three 


Voi . 5 J 


l\cl I — h'odc )i I I'd >t lid. 


4-2d 


aiiterioi'  tubercles  and  a hc'cl  consisting  ol'  a enrv'cd  ridge,  while 
I’lesidrcliiiiijj.s,  Scidni.'i,  Scinraides,  I’lieudiisciunis,  and  Sjier- 
mophUds  all  have  I'oni-  tubercles  which  Unid  to  pair  anteriorly 
and  posteriorly  into  transverse  ridges  and  forrti  a S(pnir(‘  tooth. 

This  form  is  nearest  to  Arctdiinjs  iiriiiiiijeiiid,  an  extinct 
species  from  the  IMeistocene  of  Paris,  the  (diief  difference  hetwesm 
the  two  being  that  .1.  priiiiiyeiiid  has  a distinct,  separate  tnberch* 
on  the  anterior  face  of  while  in  ..1.  iievdden.'^is  Iher'e  is  a I'idge 
starting  from  the  base  of  the  metaconid'  ami  .showing  only  the 
slightest  indication  of  a sei)ai'ation  where  it  .joins  the  jirotoconid. 
Other  points  of  difference  are  in  the  larger  size  of  P.,  and  i\Ij,  in 
A.  iievddeiisis,  their  more  nearly  s(pTare  form  and  more  ohliipie 
setting;  the  smallness  of  the  incisor  in  jn'opoi'tion  to  the  other 
teeth;  and  in  the  syni])hysis  ending  postei’iorly  in  front  of  the 
mental  foramen  instead  of  back  of  it  as  in  ^1.  priinigeiild.  From 
the  living  species,  x-l.  moudx,  .4.  fldviventcr,  ^4.  ddcold,  and  fi'om 
the  extinct  species,  .4.  veins,  ^4.  iievddeiisis  differs  in  its  greater 
size;  more  particular  ditferenees  being  that  ^4.  moiin.c  has  the 
anterior  tubercles  of  the  teeth  much  lower,  and  ^4.  flavivcidcr 
has  a low  metaconid,  the  teeth  are  more  nearly  s(piare  and  the 
tubercles  not  so  oblicpie.  As  compared  with  Pdlncdvctoini/s 
nioiddiius,  this  species  shows  small  incisors  and  large  P^  and  iM^, 
and  the  .jaw  itself  is  larger  and  heavier. 


ARCTOMYS  MINOR,  ii.  sp. 

Figs.  3,  4,  5,  (>,  and  7. 

Tyj)e,  no.  12538,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.  Left  and 
P^  with  jiart  of  the  maxilla ; right  M-  and  i\P  with  portion  of  the 
lower  .jaw;  right  P^,  iMj,  and  51,;  and  the  anterior  portions  of 
the  upper  and  lower  incisors.  From  loealit.v  no.  1083  at  Thonsand 
Creek,  Humboldt  County,  Nevada. 

Specific  (’lidvdctcrs. — P^  has  a slender  metaconid  not  much 
liigher  than  the  protoconid  and  the  two  are  connected  by  a ridge, 
whereas  in  other  species  both  tuhercles  are  high  and  not  con- 
nected by  a ridge.  Protoconid  and  hypoconid  far  apart  with 

1 111  this  paper,  the  iionienclatiire  used  in  descrijitioiis  of  lower  preiiiolar 
teeth  is  the  same  as  that  commonly  followed  in  designation  of  the  tubercles 
of  lower  molars. 


42(5 


r iiivcfsil }j  of  (Utl ifoniid  I’lihl iial Ions. 


[ (iK(ll,()(iY 


I'idi^c'  l)('t \V(“('ii.  iiistcjid  ol’  close  logcl lici'.  K’idf^c  on  jiiilcrior  r;icc 
small.  r5ido(‘onid  rid<>'c  |■o^llldcd  i-atlicr  Ilian  s(|narc.  The  in- 
eisoi's  and  P,  ar(“  lai'^c'  in  pi'oport ion  to  ollicf  teelli. 

(li  iiei'dl  I>( scripl ion. — P'‘  is  a round,  sin<ii(‘-rooled  tooth,  com- 
paratively smalh'r  th:in  P^  and  eonsistin<i  ol’  on(‘  hifi:h  cone  on 
the  ontei-,  posterior  side,  ai'ouml  which  einde  two  small  ridifcs. 
P"*  consists  of  OIK'  low  antei'ioi'  and  two  ])ost(“rior  I'idf^es,  set  trans- 
vei-sely  to  th(“  median  line  of  the  jaw,  and  with  a rounded 
tulxu'ch'  on  the  inner  side  between  the  two  ridges,  from  the  base 
of  which  a smaller  ridge  runs  to  the  [loslerior  edge  of  the  third 
transversi'  I’idgi';  5\I-  has  three  transverse  ridges,  the  middle  one 
slightly  higher  than  llu'  otlu'r  two  and  lauiniug  up  into  a tuhereh* 
on  th(‘  out(‘r  edge  of  the  tooth  and  an  inner  tubercle  which  seems 
to  he  a continuation,  towai'd  the  hack  of  the  tooth,  of  the  centiad 
I'idge.  iM'‘  consi.sts  of  two  transverse  ridges,  the  secotid  running 
up  into  a tubercle  with  an  inner  tubercle  extending  from  it,  and 
a low.  rounded  h(>el  with  several  ilattened  ridges.  1\  lias  a 
protoconid  and  metaeouid.  the  latter  .somewhat  higher  and  con- 
nected with  the  jirotocouid  by  a ridgig  and  directly  between  them 
antm-iorly  and  set  low  on  the  tooth,  a curved  ridge,  almost  the 
(‘(piivalent  of  a tubercle,  behind  which  is  a small  pit.  The  hy|)0- 
conid  is  connected  with  the  protoconid  by  a ridge  and  the  ridge 
of  the  eutoconid  curves  around  to  the  base  of  the  metaeouid,  the 
whole  heed  being  slightly  lower  than  the  protoc'onid.  i\l,,  i\P,  and 
i\l.j  have  a high  metaeouid  with  a small  accessory  ridge  merging 
into  that  of  the  (‘iitocouid.  and  a low  protoconid  and  hyjioconid 
with  a fossette  bidwi’cm. 

A com])ai'ison  of  A.  minor  with  specimen  no.  2(17!)  of  (he 
California  .Musmuu  of  Vei'tebrate  Zoology,  which  is  a left  ramus 
of  the  lower  jaw  with  incisor  and  l\.  found  at  the  head  of  P>ig 
Creek,  llumholdt  Comity.  Nevada,  and  referred  tentatively  to 
.1.  /Idi'iri  nl<  r.  shows  tlu'  following  specilic  differences.  In  no. 
2,(17!)  the  protoconid  and  nudaconid  an*  nuudi  higher,  the  latter 
is  more  sw<dlen.  and  there'  is  no  ridge  hedween  them,  the  two 
edges  meeding  at  a shai'p  angle;  the  ])rotoconid  and  hypoconid 
aie  (doser  togidliei';  the  anterior  iddge  is  longer  and  moi'e  bulg' 
ing;  and  the  eutoconid  ridge  is  sipiare,  rather  than  rounded. 


VoL.  5 I 


KfU Of!!]. — li ode II I Fa  a iia. 


V21 


Measukements. 

No.  12,^38  No.  307U- 


I’j,  antoi-oposl.orior  (liiiiiietor  4.2itiin.  4.8inin. 

1*4,  transvprso  diaineter  of  anterior  [lortion  3.4  3.7 

I’.„  transver.se  diameter  of  anterior  ridge  1.1  2.2 

Jneisor,  transverse  (iiameter  2.7  3.0 

Jncdsor,  anteroposterior  diameter  4.1  4.2 


A coiiipfirisoii  with  A.  iiionax  shows  that  A.  minor  has  it  iiioro 
(loeided  fidge  on  the  anteriof  faee  of  P^,  tlie  nietaconid  is  liigher 
and  tlie  jtrotoeonid  and  hyjtoeonid  fartlier  aitait,  the  lieel  of  the 
toot!)  is  not  so  low,  and  none  of  the  lower  teeth  slope  downward 
on  the  inner  side.  The  incisors  and  P^  are  large  in  itroportion 
to  the  other  teeth.  i\[-  and  i\P^  are  set  straight  in  the  jaw  and 
not  sloped  downward  and  outward. 

.1.  minor  differs  front  Falacareiom  i/s  mncrorli  inns  in  having 
snialler  incisors  and  a larger  i\l'‘,  with  two  ridges  instead  of  one. 
]M-  has  three  ridges  instead  of  two.  The  incisors  lack  the  longi- 
tudinal furrows  given  as  a generic  character  of  J'aJaearcfonnjs. 


Measurements. 

a.  minor  macrorhiniis 


Anteroposterior  diameter  of  larger  incisor  4.2mm. 

.Anteroposterior  diameter  of  smaller  incisor  4.1  t.Ointn. 

Transverse  diameter  of  larger  incisor  3.3  .5.0 

Transverse  diameter  of  smaller  incisor  2.7 

M\  anteroposterior  diameter  4.3  4.2 

jM-,  anteroposterior  diameter  3.4  3.5 

AP,  anteroposterior  diameter  4.2  3.7 

AP,  transverse  diameter  3.3  3.4 

At',  transverse  diameter  4.1  4.0 

AP,  transverse  diameter  4.1  3.5 


(TTELLUS,  sp. 

Pig.  8. 

Xo.  12.570,  Pniv.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  a worn  ]Mj  from 
loealit.v  no.  1102  at  Thousand  Creek,  Ilumholdt  Connt.v,  Nevada. 

This  tooth  does  not  exhibit  any  specific  characters  distinguish- 
ing it  from  (UdlospermopJiilns  trcpidns,  a new  s|)ecies  obtained 


2 Calif.  AIus.  Vert.  Zool. 


r iiivetsil ij  of  ('dlifoniid  lUihl icdl ions. 


I (iEOI.OCY 


4L>8 


I’l'om  the  head  of  Crook,  Iluiiiholdl  (Joiiidy,  \(‘vada,  oxoopt- 
iiig-  possibly  a iiioi'o  noarly  sipiaro  form;  ])iit  i1  is  roasoiial)lo  1o 
sn])poso  that  with  moro  matoi-ial  tlio  fossil  foria  would  sliow  some 
disliiiot  diff(‘rouoos  l)otwoon  it  and  tlio  living  spoci(“s. 

JMeasukements. 

Ctillospfirinffidtdvti 
No  12570  trepidiis 

M,,  antt'ro])ostc'ri()r  diameter  - , . l.llmin,  l.oinm. 

iM,.  transverse  diameter  1.9  2.3 


JO  U 12  14 


Fif^.  s. — CiUUu.'t,  s]).  Idn'tion  of  right  mandible  with  j\I,.  Xo.  12570,  X 4. 
I’ios.  il(i  and  !)h. — M jiln(j(nihix  monodoii.  Left  P^.  Xo.  11572,  X 1V>. 

I•'ig.  !•(/,  lateral  view;  fig.  9h.  sujicrior  view. 

bigs.  1(1,  (I  and  h. — M iildiianlus  monodoii.  Left  1”.  Xo.  11878,  natural  size, 
t’ig.  II.  lateral  \ iew;  fig.  b.  snjierior  view. 

Figs.  11,0  and  h. — M iilaiioidus  prist iini.'i.  K’ight  P,.  Xo.  12580,  natural  size. 
I'’ig.  11.  lateral  \ ie\v;  fig.  li,  su]ierior  vi('w. 

t’igs.  12,  II  ionl  b. — M iiiiuiiiidiis  pristiniis.  L(>ft  P.,.  Xo.  12579,  natural  rize. 
t'ig.  ((,  laleral  view;  fig.  b.  su|K'rior  \’iew. 

rig.  13.  luii'iislor  Ircoii  I li . 1’,.  \o.  110S5,  X 1'-,. 

I'ig.  II.  Dipoidi  .s.  s\).  lad'l  l’|.  No.  I253(i,  X I'o- 


Voi . ■)] 


l\(  llofjH. — lux  I ml  Fail  x(i. 


42!) 


Al'LODONTIA  ALEXANDRAK  Furlong. 

Tliis  i.s  ;i  small  s])ecii*s  desc-rihed  liy  .Mi'.  E.  E.  I'dirl()n<r  in  the 
Ihiiversity  of  California.  I’nblieations  in  (ieology,  vol.  n,  p.  d!)8. 
The  most  im])oitant  sjieeilie,  eliaraeti'r  is  tlie  jiresenee  of  a prom- 
inent style  on  tlie  inner  jmsterior  poi'tion  of  tlie  lower  teeth, 
instead  of  in  the  median  region.  It  oeenrs  in  the  Tertiaiy  beds 
at  Virgin  Valley,  and  also  at  Thousand  (h-eek. 

MVLAGAULUS  MOXODOX 
Figs  9(/,  9h,  10,  a and  h. 

Xo.  11878,  left  from  loeality  no.  1()!)8,  Thousand  Creek; 
and  nos.  11572,  a left  P^,  and  11()()2,  a right  P^,  from  locality 
no.  1065  in  Virgin  Valley,  Humboldt  County,  Nevada. 

X"o.  11878,  although  an  unworn  tooth,  exhibits  a pattern  that 
with  age  would  evidently  resemble  that  shown  in  the  figure  of 
M^ilagauhis  xwiuxlox,  no.  9043,  as  presented  by  IMatthew  in  the 
iVIemoirs  of  the  American  IMuseum  of  Natural  History.'’ 

Nos.  11572  and  11662  represent  teeth  in  different  stages  of 
wear,  the  foi'iner  being  worn  and  the  latter  unworn,  so  that  they 
do  not  agree  exactly  in  the  enamel  pattern.  They  are  referred  to 
Mf/hifjmilus  xioiKxIoii  Cope,  although  the  number  and  arrange- 
ment of  the  lakes  do  not  show  an  exact  resemblance  to  any  figures 
of  that  species  shown. 


j\[EASUEEMEXTS. 


No.  11878 

No.  n.)72 

No.  11G6'2 

Ft 

anteroposterior  diameter  

7.5  mill. 

Ft 

transverse  diameter  

6.0 

P4. 

anteroposterior  diameter  

8.8  mm. 

8.6  mm. 

Ik, 

transverse  diameter  

5.2 

5.0 

MYLAGAULUS  PKISTINUS  Douglass. 

Figs.  11,  a and  b ; 12,  a and  h. 

Nos.  11843,  11684,  11540,  left  P^,  from  locality  no.  1090.  No. 
12579,  a left  P^ ; and  no.  12580,  a right  P^ ; both  from  locality 
no.  1095,  Virgin  Valley,  Humboldt  County,  Nevada. 


3 Mem.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  1,  p.  379,  fig.  5. 


430 


r iiirct'sil !i  (if  (Uil Ifaniid  I’lihliciil inns. 


I (!e()i.()(;v 


III  11i<‘  iiuiiiIkm'  :ni(I  firninffciiicnt  of  tlu*  liiUcs,  nos.  1184;',, 
11084,  ]ir)40  ('orrcspond  lo  M ijlaf/aid us  jirisliuus  Doiif'ljiss  :is 
figured  in  tlie  Aiiinds  of  1h(>  ( liriu'gie  i\lus(‘uin.‘  Tliey  :dso  iigrec 
in  size,  except  foi-  the  height  of  no.  742,  which  is  grenter  on 
neeonnt  of  its  being  an  unworn  tooth,  while  tliese  sjieeiinens  ar(‘ 
those'  of  old  indi\idnals  with  roots  closed  at  the  bottom.  .\o. 
12.')7!)  is  an  unworn  tooth  V(>ry  nineli  like*  If,  of  fig.  2i)h. 

tVlEASCKEMENTS. 

No.  12.')7!l  No.  11K4:!  No.  U(iK4  No.  11.740 

I’,,  :int('ro]i()sl orior  iliaiuofer  7.2  non.  7.0  iniii.  7.4  nnii.  0.7  non. 

1’,.  transverse  diaineter  4.5  ,2.7  4.3  3.!> 

I’,,  height  17.2  lo.S  11.3  11.3 


EPt'ASTOK  LECONTEl  (Merriain). 

Fig.  13. 

Eiicasld)-  { diijuuKioiu  jili  ins)  Icconlei  was  dt'serihed  as  gener- 
ieally  ditferent  from  Eucasior  totiuff  Leidy  on  account  of  the 
open  chartieter  of  the  folds,  the  relatively  greater  size  of  the 
niohirs,  the  ivlativi'ly  small  size  of  the  triturating  surface  of  1**, 
and  the  absence  of  1\1’‘.  In  his  di'scription  of  Eucasior,  Leidy 
maki's  no  referenci'  to  ;i  third  molar,  although  the  figure  .shows 
what  is  perhajis  an  alveolus  for  a fourth  tooth  on  the  right  side. 
As  tin*  preseuee  of  isohited  lakes  instead  of  open  folds  is  an  age 
(diameter,  we  may  say  that  Eiijiuoiioiupliius  is  specifically  differ- 
ent from  Eucasior  lorlus  on  account  of  the  relatively  greater 
size  of  the  molars  and  the  relatively  small  size  of  the  triturating 
surface  of  hut  that  there  does  not  seem  to  he  sutticieut 
e\'id(‘nce  to  separate  them  geueric'ally. 

.\  speeimen.  no.  1108.'),  a right  Ph  from  locality  no.  1090, 
Virgin  \'alh‘y,  llumholdt  County,  Nevada,  is  so  close  to  Eucasior 
hroulii  that  it  can  hardly  hi'  separated  from  it  sjiecifii'ally, 
although  it  is  a more  nearly  sipiare  tooth,  P^  of  E.  Iccoulci  being 
tiiangiilar  with  the  apex  at  the  inner  posterior  corner. 


,M  E.^SeUEWKNTS. 


F.  lecontei 
No.  11085  Type 


specimen 

I".  ;i  111  iTopost  prior  4.()mni.  1.7  luin. 

I'\  lr;ms\(‘rsp  (iianict cr  4.9  5.1 


* <':iri|pj4.  Mus.,  \o\.  L’.  p.  I^S,  (i^.  ll(>p  (no.  74-). 


VoL.  5] 


KcU()<j(). — li  ode  III  Fail  nil. 


4;n 


DII’OI  DIOS,  sp.  prohiilily  now. 

Fig.  14. 

Xo.  Il253(),  I'niv.  Ciilir.  (’ol.  Vert.  loft  1*.,  mikI  .M,,  fi'oiii 

locality  no.  1104,  Thou.saiid  (li’ook,  Iluniholdt  (louidy,  Nevada.. 

These  two  teeth,  P4  and  Alj,  ane  very  like  those  of  Dipoides 
prohiciiiiit icii.'i  Sehlosser  found  in  the  Hohnei’zen  of  Salniandingen 
and  iMelehing-en.  The  great  difference  in  the  geogi'aphic  location 
of  the  two  wonld  seem  a reasonable  gronnd  for  specific  sepai'ation 
taken  in  connection  with  the  fact  that  the  teeth  of  the  Amei  iean 
form  are  largei'. 

Measurements. 

No.  1*2536  D.  prohlematicMs 


Pj,  anteroiiosterior  diameter  5.9  mm.  4.8  mm. 

Mj,  anteroposterior  diameter  4.5  4.1 

P,,  transverse  diameter  4.(5  4.6 

M,,  transverse  diameter  4.8  4.2 


ENTOPTYClItTS  MINIMtTS,  n.  sp. 

Fig.  15. 

Type  no.  125(19,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  portion  of  left 
ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  with  P^,  IMj,  i\L.  Locality  no.  1102  at 
Thousand  Creek,  Humboldt  County,  Nevada. 

Specific  Characters. — Extremely  .small  size. 

Description  and  Comparison. — The  three  teeth  of  this  speci- 
men are  practically  similai’,  being  prismatic  and  with  a deep  fold 
on  the  inner  side  rnnning  almost  to  the  onter  margin,  bnt  the 
j)remolar  is  distinguished  by  a slight  fold  on  its  outer  side  also. 
In  their  half-worn  .state  they  show  a tendency  to  form  in  the 
center  a tube,  entirely  surrounded  liy  enamel,  a condition  which 
is  described  by  Dr.  IMatthew  as  being  characteristic  of  this 
genus.  The  si)ecinien  is  very  much  smaller  than  any  of  those  of 
Entoptijchns  minor  from  the  .lohn  Day  Deds,  although  the  tooth 
l)attern  is  (piite  similar. 

Measurements. 


No.  12E:C9 


P4,  anteroposterior  diameter  1.0  mm. 

Ml.  anteroposterior  diameter  0.9 

M,.  anteroj)osterior  diameter  0.9 

P4,  transverse  diameter  1.2 

M,,  transverse  diameter  1.2 

M,,  transverse  diameter  1.3 

Ueight  of  ramns  at  Pi  3.2 


I'niversHy  of  ('(lUfornia  Puhiicolioiis. 


[ C;koi.()(;y 


43l> 


17a 


18 


I'^ig.  l->. — Eiitopti/rlius  minimus.  I’ortioii  of  left  mandible  with  Pj,  M,,  and 
-M,.  No.  12.i(i!).  X 4. 

Fig-.  l(i. — reromyscus  antiquus.  Portion  of  left  mandible  with  complete 
molar  series.  No.  12471,  X 4. 

Figs.  17(/  and  17h. — Diprionomys  parvu.<i.  Portion  of  right  mandible  with 
incisor.  P4  and  .M,.  No.  12.366,  X 4. 

Fig.  17n,  lateral  view;  fig.  17h,  superior  view. 

Fig.  IS. — Diprionomys  magnus.  Fragments  of  left  mandible  with  P^,  Mj, 
and  ih..  No.  12567,  X 4. 


PEROMYSCUS  ANTIQUTtS,  n.  sp. 

Fig.  1 6. 

Ty])(*  no.  r3.')71,  I'liiv.  ('alif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  a left  ramus  of 
the  lower  jaw  with  eomplete  molar  series,  incisor  broken,  and 
posterior  poi'lion  lackino-.  Cotype  no.  12572.  a right  ramns  of  the 
lowei'  jaw  with  incisor  pia'senl,  no  molar  teeth,  atid  the  po.sterior 
poition  gone.  Locality  no.  1103  at  Thousand  Creek,  Ilnmholdt 
('onnty.  Nevada. 

Sjxcilic  ('hitrucii  r.s.-  Its  large  size  di.st  ingnislies  it  from 
r<  ii.sciis  col ifoniicii.s  hut  the  tooth  patt(‘rn  is  ])ractieally 
i<leiilieal.  e.xeept  that  Ah,  and  .M..  hav('  a ridge'  on  the  ante'rior 
face  w hich  is  pi-cse-nt  in  .M  . of  /’.  cal ifonneus  lent  not  in  M.,. 


VoL.  5 I 


K (’ll()<)<i. — li  ode  )i  I F(i  11  iKi. 


4:5:5 


Measurements. 


> 

SO. 12571 

No.  12.572  /'. 

cali/onu'ciis 

M.,,  iintoropostei'ior  diiimetcr  

2.0  mm. 

1.8  mm. 

M..,  anteroposterior  diameter  — 

1.(5 

1.3 

M.|,  anteroiiosterior  diameter  

1.4 

.9 

M,,  transverse  diameter  

1.3 

1.1 

M..,  transverse  diameter  

1.4 

1.1 

M.„  tr.ansverse  diameter  .. 

1.3 

.8 

Height  of  ramus  over  mental  foramen  ... 

2.4 

2.7  mm. 

2.4 

Height  of  ramus  at  M,  

3.7 

3.8 

3.(1 

Length  of  tooth  row  

5,() 

d.S 

4.3 

Incisor,  transverse  diameter  

.8 

.() 

Incisor,  anteroposterior  diameter  

1.3 

1.1 

TEROMYSCITS  % sp. 

Xo.  1257:3  and  no.  12574,  jxirtions  of  two  rami  of  lower  jaws 
from  locality  no.  110:5  at  Thousand  Creek,  Humboldt  County, 
Nevada,  witlnnit  teeth  hut  so  small  as  to  make  them  evidently 
specifically  different,  although  no  very  acemrate  conclusions  can 
be  drawn  without  the  teeth. 


Measurements. 


No.  12573  No.  12574 

Length  of  tooth  row  3.7  min.  3.8  mm. 

Height  of  ramus  over  mental  foramen  2.0  1.8 

Height  of  ramus  at  Mj  2.9  2.8 


DIPRIONOMYS  PARVUS,  n.  gen.  and  sp. 

Figs.  17«,  17ti. 

Type  no.  12566,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  anterior  jior- 
tion  of  a right  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  with  incisor,  P^,  IM^.  The 
beginning  of  the  angle  and  eoronoid  process  are  indicated,  but 
the  rest  of  the  posterior  portion  of  the  ramus  is  lacking.  From 
locality  no.  1103  at  Thousand  Creek,  Humboldt  County,  XTvada. 

(ieiieric  and  Specific  Characters. — The  angle  of  the  ramus 
does  not  turn  inward  and  downward,  but  continues  in  a line  with 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  jaw,  and  the  eoronoid  process  rises 
abruptly  from  behind  IM^,  with  no  depression  for'  the  dental 
foramen.  The  incisor  is  small,  i\l3  is  smaller  than  INF,  and  the 
tooth  row  is  long  in  proportion  to  the  I'est  of  the  jaw. 


r niversH ij  of  ('(ilifoniiii  I’uhlicalioiis. 


\ (iK.Ol.OHV 


4:U 


DrseripHoo  (iiid  ('o)ii i>aris(Jii. — 1*.^  of  this  spcciincii  is  iii.iilc  up 
of  two  distinct  l)u1  coiin(“ct('d  coltiniiis  witli  two  roots;  while  M, 
is  a ])risinatic  coliiinn,  sliyiitly  flattcuicd  aiit(*i-o|)ostcrioi'ly,  and 
witli  an  indication  of  a fold  on  th(>  inner  side,  ddie  ('iianiel of 
till'  incisoi'  conics  well  around  to  the  outei'  side.  1'he  alveolus 
of  i\L  indicati's  that  it  must  have  hi'en  of  ahout  the  same  size  as 
i\I,,  hut  the  hrokiMi  I'lid  of  i\K  shows  a much  smaller  tooth.  A 
compari.son  with  specimens  of  I’erodi pK.s  shows  that  the  two 
hav(‘  teihh  of  a fairly  similar  character,  althou<jh  in  the  Pcrodipiis 
"•enerally  does  not  show  two  distinct  columns,  especially  in 
worn  te(‘th;  M . is  not  so  much  smaller  than  .M,,;  the  enamel  of 
the  incisor  diu's  not  coiik'  around  to  tlii'  (inter  side;  and  tlie  folds 
of  the  molars  vary,  hein^  sometimes  lacking  entirely,  sometiiiK's 
indicated  on  tlu'  outside  and  in  a few  cases  both  on  the  inside  and 
outside.  Th(‘  .jaw  of  f).  parnis  is  smaller  than  in  any  specimen 
of  Id  fodlpiis  and  yet  the  tooth  row  is  longer.  In  Perodipiis  th(3 
angle  of  the  ramus  turns  inward  sharply,  and  hack  of  i\I.,  the 
dental  foramen  is  set  in  a d(^ep  jiit.  D.  pai'vx.s  shows  more 
affinity  with  the  gemns  Peropiiallnis  in  jaw  sti'ucture  and  even  in 
the  pattm-n  of  the  teeth,  hut  its  teeth  are  prismatic  while  those 
of  J'(  rop are  short-rooted. 

Me.vsurements. 

I’,,  :nit('r()|i()stcri(ir  diameter  

Mi,  aiiteriiiiosterior  <liam(’tcr  

I’,,  transverse  diameter  

M,,  transverse  diameter  

Imdsnr,  transverse  diameter  

Iiudsor.  antc'nijKisterior  diameter  

lj('ny;th  from  anterior  end  of  incisor  to  posterior  end  of  tooth  row 
Ihdgld  of  jaw  lielow  Pj  

DIPinoXOiMVS  iMACNPS,  n.  sp. 

Pig.  IS. 

'!’>  pe  no.  I2.'j(i7,  I’liiv.  ('alif.  ('ol.  Vmd.  Ihilae.,  ;i  fragment  of 
;i  left  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  with  If,,  M,,  i\L,  and  a groove  indi- 
cating the  si/,('  of  th(‘  incisor.  ('oty])e  no.  I'iotiS,  a portion  of  a 
left  ramus  of  tlu'  lower  jaw  with  I’,  and  a fragimmt  of  the  incisor, 
hocality  no.  I lo.'l  at  'riioiisand  Crei'k,  Ilumholdt  ('onnty,  Nevada. 

Sp/cljic  ('litirdch  rs.  karger  incisor  and  deeper  fold  on  inner 


No.  12.566 
1 .4  min. 
t.2 

1.3 

1.4 
0.7 
1.0 

10.5 

3.2 


VoL.  5 I 


lull  0(1(1. — II  ode  III  Fail  It  (t. 


4)55 


side'  of  M,.  and  .AL,  tlnui  in  I).  [Xirni.s.  ''riio  naliirc  of  the  fold 
may  he  dne  in  part  to  age. 

Misasukements. 

No.  125G7  No.  12.')«8 


I’j,  anteroposterior  (liaineter  l.Siniii.  l.Tinin. 

All,  aiiteroiiosterior  diaineter  I>.9 

AI»,  autero}>osterior  diaineter  O.S 

1*4,  transverse  diameter  I.o  1.5 

All,  transverse  diameter l.<) 

AL,  transverse  diameter  l.d 

Incisor,  transverse  diameter  1.5 

Incisor,  anteroposterior  diameter  l.(i 


Figs.  19a  and  19h. — Falaeolagus  nevadenais.  Portion  of  right  mandiVile 
with  P3,  Pj,  Al,,  and  AL.  No.  12575,  X 4. 

Fig.  19a,  lateral  view;  fig.  19h,  superior  view. 

Fig.  20. — Lepu.s  vetm.  Portion  of  left  mandible  with  incisor,  P;„  P4,  Al,, 
and  AL.  No.  12505,  natural  size. 


PALAEOLAGUS  NEVADENSIS,  n.  sp. 

Figs.  19a,  19&. 

Type  no.  12575,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  a piortion  of  a 
right  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  with  molar  series  complete  excejit 
for  AI3.  Locality  no.  1065  at  Virgin  Valley,  Humboldt  County, 
Nevada. 


I'invfrailiJ  of  ('dlifoniid  /'uhl icdl ions. 


I (!koi  <)(.y 


4;5(; 


S/)(cific  ('lid)(iclers. — Siii;ill  size  of  teeth.  .Mohir  eoluiiins 
triniitruliiv  entlier  than  a|)|)i'()xiinat(‘ly  (‘ireiilar  in  (‘foss-seet  ion. 

I>(  scripl ion. — Tliis  sjx'eii's  is  i-eferred  to  tlie  }^(‘rlus  Pdldc- 
oldpu.'i  Ix'eanse  (-onsists  of  one  main  column  with  a {fi-oove  on 
its  extei'iial  face  and  the  otiun-  premolars  and  molars  are  made 
11])  of  two  eolumns  in  anteroposterior  relation. 

l*.j  is  nearest  that  of  /'.  Iidjidcni,  hut  the  ‘groove  is  further 
hack.  The  molars  of  this  s])eeimen  dilfer  also  iu  that  the  eolumns 
ai(‘  irregularly  ti'iangular  in  eross-seet ion  with  tin*  apex  cut  off 
whme  they  meed,  instead  of  tlu'  pmd'eetly  regular  eylindrieal 
eolumns  of  lunidcni.  Its  small  size*  also  easily  distinguishes  it 
as  a different  sjieeies. 


1\IE.).SUREMEN'J’S. 


anteroposterior  diameter 

transverse  dianu'ter  

]’<.  anteroi)osterior  diameter 

transverse  diameter  

iM,.  antero])nsterior  diameter 

M,,  transverse  diameter  

M,,  anteroposterior  diameter 
iM...  transverse  diameter  


No.  12.W.5 
.09  mm. 
1.4 
!..■) 

1.7 
1..7 

1.8 
1.8 
t.8 


LEPUS  YETUS,  n.  s].. 

Fig.  20. 

Tyjie  no.  12r)().5,  Tniv.  (’alif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.,  portion  of 
a left  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  with  incisor,  P.,,  P^,,  IMj,  1\P,  the 
jiosterior  jxirtion  hroken  off  liehind  M...  C’otyite  no.  11571,  a 
portion  of  a right  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  with  a complete  molar 
series.  Xo.  Ill5(i5  is  from  locality  no.  1100  at  Thousand  Creek, 
llundxildt  County.  Nevada.  No.  11571  is  from  locality  no.  10H5 
at  Vii'gin  Valh*y,  Humboldt  Coujity,  Nevada. 

Sjxcijic  ('lidi'dcler.'i. — Small  size  of  jaw  in  ])roi)oi’tion  to  size 
of  teeth  and  length  of  tooth  row.  Incisor  small  in  ])roj)ortion  to 
jaw. 

(1(  iKi-dl  l)<  .so'ijil ion. — 'rix'  molar  teeth  of  this  s])ecies  jrresent 
a close  i-esemhlance  in  siz(‘  and  pattenm  to  those  of  Lepns  Cdinpc.'i- 
lri.'<  loinn.'d  ndi,  hut  tlu'  incisor  is  much  smaller,  the  diast('ma 
shorter,  and  I lu'  whole  I'amus  is  smalh'r  and  slightin'. 


VoL.  .5  I 


Kclloflfl. — Rode  n / Fd  ii  iia. 


4:5 


MeASUF!EMKNTS. 


No,  I2,wr) 

No.  11.571 

L.  toivnsendi 

1’,,  ant.ero|)()stori()r  (li:unet(“r  

2. 9 mm. 

3. 1 mm. 

3.2  mm. 

I'j,  anterojxFstei'ior  (liaiiieter  

2.7 

2.6 

2.8 

J\I,,  anteroposterior  diameter  

2.4 

2.7 

2.8 

M.,,  anterojiosterior  diameter  

2.(i 

2.5 

2.3 

M„  anteroposterior  diameter  

2.0 

I’.„  transverse  diameter  

2.8 

2.5 

3.3 

Pj,  transverse  diameter  

3.2 

3.0 

3.3 

transverse  diameter  

3.1 

3.1 

'3.1 

M transverse  diameter  

2.8 

3.1 

3.0 

Ml,  transverse  diameter  

2.0 

2.9 

Lengtli  of  diastema  

14.1 

1 7.5 

Incisor,  transverse  diameter  

2..5 

2.7 

Incisor,  anteroposterior  diameter  

....  1.9 

O O 

Issued  July  13,  1910. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  30,  pp.  439-448  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


WADING  BIRDS 

FEOM  THE 

QUATERNARY  ASPHALT  BEDS 

OP 

RANCHO  LA  BREA 


BY 

LOYE  HOLMES  MILLER 


BERKELEY 

THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 
August,  1910 


The  Bulletin  op  the  Department  of  Geology  of  the  University  of  California  is  issued  at 
irregular  intervals  in  the  form  of  separate  papers  or  memoirs,  each  embodying  the  results  of  re- 
search by  some  competent  investigator  in  geological  science.  These  are  made  up  into  volumes  of 
from  400  to  500  pages.  The  price  per  volume  is  .$3.50,  including  postage.  The  papers  composing  the 
volumes  will  be  sent  to  subscribers  in  separate  covers  as  soon  as  issued.  The  separate  numbers  may 
be  purchased  at  the  following  prices  from  the  Univer.sity  Press,  to  which  remittances  should  be 
addressed : 

VOLUME  1.  PRIC, 

1.  The  Geology  of  Carmelo  Bay,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson,  with  chemical  analyses  and  coop- 

eration in  the  field,  by  Juan  de  la  C.  Posada 25c 

2.  The  Soda-Rhyolite  North  of  Berkeley,  by  Charles  Palache  10c 

3.  The  Eruptive  Rocks  of  Point  Bonita,  by  F.  Leslie  Ransome 40o 

4.  The  Post-Pliocene  Diastrophism  of  the  Coast  of  Southern  California,  by  Andrew  C. 

Lawson 40c 

5.  The  Lherzolite-Serpentine  and  Associated  Rocks  of  the  Potrero,  San  Francisco,  by 

Charles  Palache 

6.  On  a Rock,  from  the  Vicinity  of  Berkeley,  containing  a New  Soda  Amphibole,  by 

Charles  Palache  

7.  The  Geology  of  Angel  Island,  by  F.  Leslie  Ransome,  with  a Note  on  the  Eadiolarian 

Chert  from  Angel  Island  and  from  Buri  buri  Ridge,  San  Mateo  County,  California, 


by  George  Jennings  Hinde . . 45c 

8.  The  Geomorphogeny  of  the  Coast  of  Northern  California,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson  . . 30c 

9.  On  Analcite  Diabase  from  San  Louis  Obispo  County,  California,  by  Harold  W.  Fairbanks  25c 

10.  On  Lawsonite,  a New  Rock-forming  Mineral  from  the  Tiburon  Peninsula,  Marin  County, 

California,  by  F.  Leslie  Ransome 10c 

11.  Critical  Periods  in  the  History  of  the  Earth  by  .loseph  LeConte 20c 

12.  On  Malignite,  a Family  of  Basie,  Plutonic,  Orthoclase  Rocks,  Rich  in  Alkalies  and 

Lime,  Intrusive  in  the  Coutchiching  Schists  of  Poohbah  Lake,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson  . 20c 

13.  Sigmogomphius  LeContei,  a New  Castoroid  Rodent,  from  the  Pliocene,  near  Berkeley, 

by  John  C.  Merriam 10c 

14.  The  Great  Valley  of  California,  a Criticism  of  the  Theory  of  Isostasy,  by  F.  Leslie 

Ransome 45c 

VOLUME  2. 

1.  The  Geology  of  Point  Sal,  by  Harold  W.  Fairbanks 65e 

2.  On  Some  Pliocene  Ostracoda  from  near  Berkeley,  by  Frederick  Chapman  . . . 10c 

3.  Note  on  Two  Tertiary  Faunas  from  the  Rocks  of  the  Southern  Coast  of  Vancouver 

Island,  by  J.  C.  Merriam 10c 

4.  The  Distribution  of  the  Neocene  Sea-urchins  of  Middle  California,  and  Its  Bearing  on 

the  Classification  of  the  Neocene  Formations,  by  John  C.  Merriam  ....  lOo 

5.  The  Geology  of  Point  Reyes  Peninsula,  by  F.  M.  Anderson 25c 

6.  Some  Aspects  of  Erosion  in  Relation  to  the  Theory  of  the  Peneplain,  by  W.  S.  Tangier 

Smith ...  20c 

7.  A Topographic  Study  of  the  Islands  of  Southern  California,  by  W.  S.  Tangier  Smith  40c 

8.  The  Geology  of  the  Central  Portion  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  by  Oscar  H.  Hershey  30c 

9.  A Contribution  to  the  Geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  by  John  C.  Merriam  . . . 35c 

10.  Mineralogical  Notes,  by  Arthur  S.  Eakle 10c 

11.  Contributions  to  the  Mineralogy  of  California,  by  Walter  C.  Blasdale  ...  . 15c 

12.  The  Berkeley  Hills.  A Detail  of  Coast  Range  Geology,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson  and 

Charles  Palache 80c 

VOLUME  3. 

1.  The  Quaternary  of  Southern  California,  by  Oscar  H.  Hershey 20c 

2.  Colemanite  from  Southern  California,  by  Arthur  S.  Eakle 15c 

3.  The  Eparchaean  Interval.  A Criticism  of  the  use  of  the  term  Algonkian,  by  Andrew 

C.  Law'son 10c 

4.  Triassic  Ichthyopterygia  from  California  and  Nevada,  by  John  C.  Merriam  . . 50c 

5.  A Contribution  to  the  Petrography  of  the  Jolin  Day  Basin,  by  Frank  C.  Calkins  . 45c 

6.  The  Igneous  Rocks  near  Pajaro,  by  John  A.  Reid 15c 

7.  Minerals  from  Leona  Heights,  Alameda  Co.,  California,  by  Waldemar  T.  Schaller  15e 

8.  Pliimasite,  an  Oligoclase-Corundum  Rock,  near  Spanish  Peak,  California,  by  Andrew  C. 

Law'Son 10c 

9.  Palacheite,  by  Atthur  S.  Eakle 10c 

10.  Two  New'  Species  of  Fossil  Turtles  from  Oregon,  by  0.  P.  Hay  . . . \ In  one  cover. 

11.  A New  Tortoise  from  the  Auriferous  Gravels  of  California,  by  W.  ,T.  Sinclair  / lOe 

12.  Now’  Ichthyosauria  from  the  Upper  Triassic  of  Californi.a,  by  John  C.  Merriam  . . 20c 

13.  Hpodumeno  from  San  Diego  County,  Californiii,  by  Waldemar  T.  Schaller  . . . lOo 

14.  The  Pliocene  and  Quaternary  Canidao  of  the  Great  Valley  of  California,  by  John  C. 

Merriam 15o 

1.5.  The  Geomor[)hogoiiy  of  the  Upper  Kern  Basin,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson  ....  65c 

16.  A Note  on  Ihe  Fauna  of  the  Low’or  Miocene  in  California,  by  John  C.  Merriam  . . 05c 

17.  The  Orbicular  Gabbro  at  Dcliosa,  San  Diego  Co\inty,  California,  by  Andrew  C.  L.awson  10c 

18.  A .Nbuv  Oent r.aciont  Spine  from  the  Lower  Triassic  of  Idaho,  by  Herbert  M.  Evans  . 10c 

19.  A Fi;aail  Egg  from  Arizona,  by  Wm.  Conger  Tilorgan  and  Marion  Clover  Tallmon  . . lOc 

20.  I^llceratherium,  a N(!w  Ungul.ato  from  the  Quaternary  Caves  of  California,  by  William 

.1.  iSiiudair  ami  E.  E.  l''urlong lOo 

21.  A .New  .Marine  Reptile  from  the  Triiissic  of  < 'nliforiiia,  by  .Tolin  C.  Merriam  . . 05c 

2','.  The  River  Terraces  of  the  Orleans  Basin,  C.aliforni.a,  by  Oscar  II.  Hershey  . . . 35o 


In  one 
cover. 
30c 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  PUBLICATIONS 

BULLETIN  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 

GEOLOGY 

Vol.  5,  No.  30,  pp.  439-448  ANDREW  C.  LAWSON,  Editor 


WADING  BIRDS 

PROM  THE 

QUATERNARY  ASPHALT  BEDS 

OP 

RANCHO  LA  BREA 

BY 

LOYE  HOLMES  MILLER. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 


Introduction  439 

Ciconiidae,  Storks  440 

Ciconia  maltha,  n.  sp 440 

Jabiru  inycteria  (Lichtenstein)  446 

Gruidae,  Cranes  446 

Grus  minor,  n.  sp 446 

Grus  canadensis  (Linn.)  448 

Ardeidae,  Herons  448 

Ardea  herodias  (Linn)  448 


INTRODUCTION. 

Comment  has  previously  been  made^  on  the  unbalanced 
avifauna  of  the  Rancho  La  Urea  beds.  Accepting  the  almost 
unavoidable  conclusion  that  the  herbivorous  mammals  found  there 
were  attracted  in  some  measure  l)y  water,  it  seems  most  strauge 
that  the  wading  birds  should  be  so  poorly  represented  in  the 
collections  from  these  beds.  Thus  far  there  have  been  discovered 
in  the  large  mass  of  material  excavated  by  the  University  of 
California,  hut  five  species  of  the  wading  birds.  Of  these  five 
species,  three  are  represented  by  hut  one  individual  each.  It  is 
of  interest  also  to  note  that  fourteen  out  of  a possible  seventeen 

1 Miller,  L.  H.,  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Geol.,  vol.  5,  no.  21 ; also  Condor, 
Jan.,  1910. 


440 


U itrvcrsil jj  of  (\tlifoniia  Piihlical ions. 


I (!E()I,0(JY 


iiidividnals  r('i)r(^S(‘nt  a sid)fainil.y,  the*  (hcoidiiiac,  whicli  is  at 
present  foreif^n  to  the  re}?i()n. 

In  the  followiiif?  deseriptioTi  of  lliese  remains  it  was  found 
necessary  to  estahlisli  two  new  si)eeies.  ft  was  eonside'red  inad- 
visable to  establish  a new  genus  of  stork,  although  the  species 
niaUiia,  here  n'fern'd  to  the  genus  ('iconia,  is  intermediate  in  the 
sum  of  its  characters  between  ('iconia  and  Knxomra.  The 
generic  distinction  between  Enxenura  and  ('iconia  is  based 
largely  on  exteiaial  features,  and  even  these  iTatures  are  con- 
sidered by  some  students  to  exhibit  insufficient  ditferences  to 
warrant  tbe  recogidtion  of  the  sei)arate  genus  Eiixoiura.  Con- 
ceding that  the  differences  between  the  existing  forms  are  of 
generic  value,  the  form  under  discussion  would  not  agree  with 
either  genus,  and  a new  genus  would  b(*  necessary.  While  there 
is  little  (piestion  that,  were  the  as])halt  stork  restoiv'd  to  us  in 
its  entirety,  it  would  i)0ssibly  exhibit  characters  sufficient  for  its 
generic  distinction,  yet  for  the  sake  of  simi)licity  it  is  referred, 
in  the  absence  of  those  superficial  characters,  to  the  genus 
('iconia. 


CICONIIDAE,  STORKS. 

CICUNIA  MALTHA,  n.  sp. 

Type  specimen  no.  11202;  cotypes  nos.  11237,  12529,  12527, 
12532,  and  12520,  Univ.  Calif.  Col.  Vert.  Palae.  The  remains 
re])resentiug  this  si)ecies  are  somewhat  fragmentary  on  the  whole, 
but  some  very  characteristic  parts  have  been  preserved, — namely, 
tin*  coracoid,  tarso-nietatarsus,  ])roximal  and  distal  ends  of  the 
t ibio-tarsus,  and  half  of  the  furcula.  To  these  parts  there  was 
added,  tlirough  the  kindness  of  Dr.  C.  O.  Esterly  of  Occidental 
College,  the  middle  ])ortion  of  the  beak,  including  the  nostrils. 

Aside  fnmi  their  separation  in  place  in  the  deposits,  the 
sj)ecimcns  show  such  duplic'ation  as  to  prove  that  more  than  one 
individual  is  i*ci)r(‘sent('d.  The  homogeneity  of  characters,  how- 
(‘ver,  is  sufficient  to  indicate  their  spccitic  identity.  The  size  is 
about  1h('  .same  as  that,  of  Kaxennra  nia</unri,  from  which  species 
it  dillVi's  in  tin*  (h'tails  of  each  bone  n'presented. 

Tarsus.  This  l)ou(‘  is  r(‘])r(*s('nt('d  in  the  asphalt  material  by 
one  coitiplcte  specimen,  no.  11202,  bc'ai'iug  an  exostosis,  and  by 


Voi,.  5 I 


Miller. — Wadiiifj  Birds  of  Banclio  La  Brea. 


441 


Figs.  1 to  5. — Cicoiiia  maltha.  All  figui'os  approximately  natural  size  . 

Fig.  1. — Left  tarso-metatarsiis  seen  from  above.  Type  specimen  no.  11202. 
Fig.  2. — Left  tarso-metatarsus  seen  from  below. 

Fig.  3. — Distal  end  of  tibio-tarsiis  seen  from  in  front.  No.  12.527. 

Fig.  4. — Distal  condyles  of  the  same  seen  from  below.  T,  tubercle  on 
osseous  bridge. 

Fig.  5. — C'oracoid  from  dorsal  side.  No.  11237.  .S',  scapular  facet;  P,  prae- 

coracoid  process. 


442 


U niversH i)  of  dalifoniid  I’lihl ital ions. 


I (iK,()I,()(;Y 


proximal  and  distal  fraf^ments.  d'ho  (mtin*  hone  is  almost  exactly 
e(jual  in  length  to  the  specimen  ot‘  Knxennra  at  hand.  'I'he  shaft 
is  markedly  more  slcndei-,  the  head  less  expanded,  hut  the  foot 
is  equal  in  width  though  less  rohnst  in  the  siz(!  and  strength  of 
the  condyles.  Seen  from  in  front  the  depression  down  the  front 
of  the  shaft  is  less  ahrui)tly  overhung  by  the  head;  the  inner 
]n-otile  of  the  head  is  le.ss  ohliipiely  beveled  otf;  the  upper  ])art 
of  the  shaft  is  less  dee])ly  and  widely  excavated.  Seen  from  the 
inner  side,  the  head  is  more  compressed;  the  hypotarsus  is  mneh 
lower  down;  the  inner  ridge  of  the  hypotarsns  is  more  salient  at 
its  proximal  end,  a condition  which  is  reversed  in  En.venara  and 
in  ('icoiiia  alba.  Seen  from  the  I’car  the  shaft  is  flatter  and  less 
ridged  in  the  ])roximal  part,  and  merges  more  ahrnj)tly  into  the 
head,  giving  a more  concave  ontei’  ])rofile  in  this  region.  This 
point  also  distinguishes  the  form  from  ('.  alba.  The  intercotylar 
tuberosity  ai)i)ears  to  he  mneh  more  |)ro)uinpnt  hecans('  t he  surface 
drops  more  ahrujitly  from  front  to  rear;  the  transverse  crest 
])assing  between  the  superior  extremities  of  the  hypotar.sal  ridges 
slopes  from  within  outward,  being  higher  at  its  inner  end.  Tn 
this  I’espect  the  form  agi'ees  with  (\  alba  and  is  distingnished 
from  En.rcnnra.  The  outer  hypotarsal  ridge  is  dro])ped  further 
below  the  inner  than  in  En.i-ennra. 

Seen  from  the  outer  side  the  head  agrees  with  ('iconia  alba 
in  h(hng  less  canted  forward  on  the  shaft.  The  slope  backward 
from  the  tuberosity  shows  a steeper  profile  than  in  Euxenura. 
The  postero-lateral  ohlicjue  surface  for  the  attachment  of  articular 
ligaments  is  much  more  .sharply  defined  in  both  C.  maltha  and 
('.  alba  than  in  Euxenura.  The  slightly  oblicpie  intermuscular 
ridge  ])assing  down  the  hone  at  this  point  in  both  Euxenura  and 
('.  alba  is  entirely  wanting  in  the  type.  This  feature  is  hardly 
due  to  corrosion,  as  the  more  exposed  angles  are  very  sharply 
defined. 

S('pn  from  the  end  llu'  margins  of  the  articular  facets  are 
mor(‘  clearly  cut,  the  si^ace  between  their  posterior  margins  is 
greater,  and  the  de]>ression  between  the  articular  portion  and 
the  hy|)otarsus  ht'comes  a d('(‘p  i)it  marked  i)osteriorly  by  a ])ro- 
noiinccd  ridge.  Tn  this  group  of  characters  ('.  niallha  and 
('.  alba  arc  distinct  from  Euxenura.  The  hyi)otar.sal  ridges  are 


VoL.  5]  Miller. — \V(i(liu(f  Itirds  of  Roiiclio  La  Urea. 


seen  ill  section  from  tliis  [losition.  In  T.  (dha  nnd  (\  maltha 
these  ridges  jiroject  jilniost  slraiglit  liaekvvard.  In  Rareii'ara 
they  ajijiear  thrust  ovei’  toward  the  iniK'r  side,  and  the  onter 
ridge  instead  of  the  inner  is  the  more  jiroininent.  The  whole 
effect  is  to  make  the  tarsal  liead  in  Ka.renara  seem  distorted  by 
a rotation  upon  the  shaft  from  within  outward. 

Tibia. — No.  12527.  No  complete  tibia  is  at  hand,  but  frag- 
ments of  proximal  and  distal  ends  represent  this  bone.  Both 
sjiecimens  of  the  distal  end  are  of  the  left  limb.  They  agree  most 
perfectly  in  both  size  and  characters. 

No.  12527  is  appreciably  smaller  than  Eu.cenura  and  is  dis- 
tinctly more  like  ('.  alba.  Eu.tcnura  appears  almost  gruine  in  a 
superficial  way. 

Viewed  from  in  front  the  distal  ojiening  of  the  tendinal 
tunnel  is  nearly  a perfect  circle  and  the  tubercle  above  it  lies 
just  against  its  outer  border.  In  ('.  alba  the  tunnel  mouth  is 
slightly  battened  and  in  Ea.reiiara  almost  lip-like,  while  in 
both  the  tid)ercle  is  removed  .slightly  toward  the  outer  side  of 
the  bone.  In  ('.  maltha  a more  distinct  ridge  runs  uj)  the  shaft 
from  the  outer  border  of  the  tunnel  intake. 

C.  axdtha  and  C.  alba  are  distinguishable  from  Ease  aura  by 
the  more  nearly  circular  depression  into  which  the  intercotylar 
tuberosity  of  the  tarsus  fits. 

In  the  latter,  this  depression  is  made  gruine  in  its  aspect  by 
being  expanded  transversely  and  thus  encroaching  upon  the 
inner  condyle.  Been  from  the  side,  the  chord  of  the  curved  distal 
profile  is  more  nearly  at  right  angles  with  the  shaft  so  that  the 
fragment  will  stand  itnsupported  on  its  end.  In  Eii.rcaura,  a 
similar  fragment  falls  toward  the  rear.  f.  alba  agrees  more 
nearly  with  Eu.renura  in  this  point. 

Been  from  the  rear,  the  articular  surface  is  not  set  off  from 
the  shaft  by  a tran.sverse  limiting  ridge  as  in  Eu.rcaura  and 
Viconia  alba.  Been  from  the  inner  side  this  latter  feature  is 
evidenced  by  a less  abrupt  concavity  of  the  posterior  profile.  The 
tubercle  seen  on  this  side  in  EH.Jceaura  aaid  f.  alba  is  much  less 
jirominent  in  (!.  maltha,  in  fact,  the  region  of  ligament  attach- 
ment is  so  diffuse  as  to  be  scarcely  recognizable  as  a tubercle. 

The  proximal  fragment  of  the  tibia,  no.  12529,  presents  the 


444 


V niversU !!  of  ('(ilifoniia  Piihl ical ions. 


c'luu’iictprs  of  llu^  ^roup,  llum^li  1h(!  cd^cs  of  the  various  crests 
are  somewhat  fractured  or  corroded  away.  No  distinctive 
characters  were  iioticeal)le  in  tin*  niat(‘rial  at  liand. 

l>caJ{. — No.  120.42.  Tlie  fraf^inent  of  tlie  upi)er  mandible  |)re- 
served  is  sufficient  to  show  its  true  stoi'kdik(>  nature  and  to 
make  it  almost  certain  that  there  was  no  recurvature  such  as 
aj)pears  in  Jabiru.  Tlie  most  liberal  restoration  indicates  a maxi- 
mum length  of  210mm.  The  cross-section  in  the  nareal  n-gion 


Fiji.  it. — Cicoiiid  DKiltlid.  Beak  fragment  from  right  side.  No.  12.532. 
natural  size. 

Fig.  7. — Cross-section  of  beak  of  Ciconia  maltha,  taken  at  anterior  limit  of 
nostrils. 

is  almost  an  equilateral  triangle.  The  nostrils  are  slit-like  with 
edges  ovm-hauging  above  and  rounded  in  below;  the  ]iroximal 
and  distal  extremities  are  smoothly  rounded;  there  is  no  inter- 
nareal  septum.  The  buccal  surface  of  the  beak  is  closed  over 
cut  indy  and  marki'd  to  a {loiut  slightly  beyond  the  nares  by  a 
double  groove  down  the  median  line,  and  from  this  point  on  by 
a shallow  median  depre.ssion.  The  fragment  corresponds  very 
(dosidy  with  tlu*  same*  region  in  Eu.rcnuva.  It  is  slightly  larger, 
whereas  tlu'  limb  hones  ai)i)ear  smaller  and  less  robust.  The 
ridge  of  the  cnliiKMi  is  sharixu'  and  the  nostrils  do  not  dilate 
from  has(*  toward  tij)  of  l)(>ak.  The  jiroHles  are  very  closely 
similar. 


VoL.  5] 


Miller. — Wading  Birds  of  Banclio  La  Brea. 


445 


Pectoral  Arch. — Tills  portion  of  the  skeleton  is  represented 
by  three  eonicoids  and  a fraginentary  furenla  whieh  includes  the 
symphysis  and  most  of  the  right  clavicle. 

Furenla  no.  1252(1  is  of  the  same  size  as  in  Enxenura,  hnt 
slightly  more  slender.  The  symphyseal  region  is  longer  in  the 
sagittal  j)Iane,  the  area  of  sternal  attachment  is  larger  and  more 
oblique  with  the  shafts  of  the  clavicles.  The  angle  inclnded 
between  the  clavicles  is  greater  and  more  distinctly  “U”  shaped. 

The  coracoid,  no.  12425,  is  almost  identical  with  that  of 
Euxenura ; the  length  is  slightly  in  excess.  The  shaft  is  slightly 
less  flattened,  and  narrows  much  less  abruptly  from  its  extended 
base  toward  the  head.  The  facet  of  the  .sternal  articulation  is 
much  more  expanded  transversely.  The  head  region  dilfers  in 
being  longer  as  measured  from  the  scapular  fos.sa.  The  ilorsal 
and  ventral  edges  of  the  head  are  sharper  and  more  definitely 
ridged.  The  concave  surface  of  the  head  is  less  richly  jirovided 
with  foramina,  and  the  foramina  -are  smaller,  thus  suggesting 
less  pneumaticity.  The  clavicular  facet  is  about  equally  pro- 
nounced. A series  of  four  coracoids  from  the  asphalt  beds  show 
these  characters  to  be  very  constant  in  the  new  form. 


Table  of  Measurements. 

Tibia,  distal  end,  no.  12.527. 

Greatest  transverse  diameter  18.6  mm. 

Greatest  sagittal  diameter  of  entocondyle  2.3. ,S 

Greatest  sagittal  diameter  of  ectocondyle  22.6 

Coracoid,  no.  12425. 

Length  to  inner  edge  of  sternal  facet  89.8 

Transverse  diameter  below  scapular  facet  11.2 

Dorsiventral  diameter  of  head  24.1 

Least  diameter  of  scapular  facet  8.7 

Tarso-metatarsus,  no.  11202. 

Approximate  length  along  axis  256.0 

Least  transverse  diameter  9.0 

Least  anteroposterior  diameter  5.8 

Transverse  diameter  of  proximal  end  20.7 

Transverse  diameter  tlirough  trochleae  22.9 

Beak,  no.  12532. 

Depth  at  anterior  end  of  nostril  23.8 

Width  at  anterior  end  of  nostril  26.5 

Length  of  nostril  23.5 

Depth  of  nostril  , 3.3 


44fi 


Ihiiversit !J  of  dalifortna  duhlirol 


I (iEOl.fXiY 


JABIHU  MYCTEKIA  (Lichtenstein). 

MyCTERIA  AMERICANA  (AuCt.) 

This  sjileiulid  stork  is  iTprcsciited  in  the  (iiiiversity  collec- 
tion by  three  tihial  tra^tinents  and  Ihe  distal  end  of  a tarsus. 
Oidy  one  specinu'n,  no.  12r)!).4,  is  std'ficietd ly  well  preserved  to 
show  the  minute  details.  For  comjiarison,  a siiecimen  of  the 
Recent  form  was  available  through  the  kindness  of  iMr.  F.  A. 
Lucas  of  the  J>rooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Tliis 
specimen  shows  tarsal  measurements  of  the  maximum  dimensions 
as  recorded  in  Cones’  Key  to  North  American  Birds. ^ The 
sjiecimens  in  the  University  collection  are  all  markedly  smaller 
than  the  Recent  specimen,  hut  there  are  only  minor  differences 
in  the  structural  details. 

The  fraf^ments  show  the  following  dimensions: 


Tarso-meta  tarsus. 

Transverse  diameter  through  trochlea  27. .3 mm. 

Least  transverse  diameter  of  shaft  9..u 

Least  sagittal  diameter  of  shaft  7.0 

Tibio-tarsus,  no.  12:393.  Distal  fragment. 

Transverse  diameter  of  condyles  19.1 

Sagittal  diameter  of  condyles  23.7 


There  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Los  Angeles  City  High 
School  a complete  tarsus  from  the  asphalt  which  represents  this 
s])eeies.  IMr.  J.  Z.  Gilbert  of  that  institution  kindly  permitted 
the  anthor  to  measnre  the  specimen.  The  length  corresponds 
jierfectly  with  the  recorded  measurements  of  the  same  segment 
in  Jabiru  )injctefia  as  described  in  Cones’  Key. 


GRUIDAF,  CRANES. 

(IHUS  MINOR,  n.  sp. 

’I'yjie  siiecimen  no.  I'i:')!!.'!.  Distal  end  of  left  tihio-tarsus. 
I list  inguishahh'  at  onci'  fiaim  all  Ri'cent  American  species  by  the 
diminiilive  size,  ’flu'  following  account,  is  based  upon  a coni- 
pai'isoii  of  1h(‘  type  with  a s|)ecimen  of  (I.  canadensis  loaned  by 
the  United  Stat(‘s  Xational  Mu.seum. 


-Cducs,  10.,  Key  lo  Norlli  .Xnu'r.  llirds,  5lh  od.,  vol.  2,  p.  870. 


VoL.  5] 


illiller. — Wading  JUrds  of  Rancho  La  Urea. 


447 


Distal  tro(4ilear  region  imicli  less  tiattened.  Tliis  (diaraeter 
is  most  clearly  shown  by  a comparison  of  dimensions  given  in  the 
table  below.  The  I’atio  of  the  greatest  transverse  diameters  in 
the  two  si)ecies  is  100 :62,  while  the  ratio  of  the 
greatest  sagittal  diameters  is  100:83;  or  again, 
the  ratio  of  sagittal  to  transverse  diameters  is 
100:95  in  (t.  mi)ior  as  against  100:74  in  G.  cana- 
densis. 

The  entocondyle  as  seen  from  the  front  is 
l)roportionately  smaller.  Its  ratio  to  the  ecto- 
condyle  is  100  :65  in  G.  minor,  as  against  100  :80 
in  G.  canadensis. 

Other  differences  not  easily  measured  are 
noticeable  in  the  intercondylar  tubercle,  which  is 
less  produced  and  has  its  snmmit  less  knob- 
shai)ed.  The  supratendinal  bridge  is  narrower 
and  is  not  crossed  oblicpiely  from  within  by  a 
distinct  ridge.  The  region  of  attachment  of  the 
outer  end  of  the  tendinous  bridge  is  less  flattened. 

The  generic  characters  of  Gras  are  well  dis- 
played in  the  inequal  condyles  and  the  wide  in- 
tercondylar gorge  marked  near  the  middle  by  a 
secondary  transverse  depression ; the  depressed 
osseous  bridge  with  its  prominent  tubercle;  the 
deep  extensor  groove,  rounded  where  it  plunges 
under  the  osseous  bridge,  but  flattened  to  a sharp- 
lipped  slit  where  it  emei’ges  again  distally. 

In  the  type  specimen  the  crests  and  ridges  Fig.  8. 

are  sharply  defined  and  the  texture  of  the  bone  ^ibio* 

is  such  as  to  leave  no  doubt  but  that  it  is  part  tarsus  froui  an- 
terior SKie,  nat- 

of  an  adult  individual.  ural  size. 


Table  of  Measurements. 


Tibia,  no.  12.533. 

Greatest  transverse  diameter  through  condyles  18.8  mm. 

Greatest  sagittal  diameter  through  condyles  17.9 

Depth  of  anterior  aspect  of  ectocondyle  12.3 

Depth  of  anterior  aspect  of  entocondyle  8.3 

Least  transverse  diameter  of  shaft  10.2 

Least  sagittal  diameter  of  shaft  8.3 

Width  of  osseous  bridge  5.9 


448 


I’ iiiversihj  of  ('dlifontia  I’lihlicol ions. 


[(iK(»LO(iY 


finis  pari'iis  ]\I;irsh,  from  llie  posl-Plioociie  of  New  J(!rscy 
is  (lescrihoil  as  “Somewhat  smaller  than  (inis  caiiadciisis'’^  atid 
(\mes  sj)oaks  of  it  as  “Nearly  as  larffe  as  the  Sandhill  (,'rane.’’^ 
The  speeies  is  tiot  h^urc'd  in  either  j)aper  and  no  measni-ements 
of  the  tihio-tarsns  are  recorded.  The  very  small  size  of  the 
speeimen  fi'om  Raneho  La  Bi'ea  lias  lead  Ihe  author  to  exeinde  it 
from  iMarsh's  (inis  jiroaviis. 

ORITS  CANADHNSIS  (Linn.). 

This  speeies  is  represented  by  a eomjilete  tarsus,  no.  12i59(); 
and  the  distal  end  of  a t ibia,  no.  1258!).  The  details  eorresjiond 
(piite  closely  with  those  exhibited  by  a Recent  siiecimen  from 
the  American  i\Iuseum  of  Natural  History.  The  tarsus  is  of 
average  size.  The  tibia  is  appreciably  smaller. 

In  view  of  the  limited  amount  of  the  fossil  material  it  would 
h(‘  unwise,  jierhaps,  to  do  moi-e  than  call  attention  to  the  fact 
that  in  the  case  of  four  species  of  waders  thus  far  discussed, 
the  fo.ssil  forms  are  smaller  than  their  nearest  relatives  at  present 
to  he  found  in  the  We.stern  Hemisphere. 

ARDEIDAE,  HERONS. 

ARDEA  IIERODIAS  Linn. 

The  Great  Blue  Heron  is  represented  in  the  material  thus  far 
(‘xamined  by  the  right  tarso-nietatarsus.  This  speeimen  com- 
pares ipiite  perfectly  with  the  corresponding  bone  of  Ardea 
bcrodias  at  jin'sent  found  in  California.  A subdivision  of  the 
ndati'd  Egrcila  caitdidissima  has  recently  been  made  by  Thayer 
and  Bangs’’  by  a consideration  of  the  length  and  robustness  of 
the  trsus.  The'  divergence  of  the  Rancho  La  Brea  specimen 
from  th(‘  Ri'cent.  Arden  lierodias,  is,  if  anything,  toward  greater 
robust lu'ss.  In  the  absem-e  of  a series  of  skeletons  it  seems  in- 
advisable to  mak('  any  distinction  in  case  of  the  Rancho  La  Brea 
form. 

•'<  .Marsh,  ().  Am.  .lour.  Sci.,  .trd  scr.,  vol.  4,  p.  2(51,  Oct.,  1872. 

I ('olios.  It,  Key  to  North  .\uior.  Birds,  .5th  od.,  vol.  2,  ]).  1090. 

■'  I ’roc.  N.  I'liig.  Zool.  ('lull,  vol.  4,  pp.  .‘lOAI,  1909. 

I.ssiiid  All()ilsl  .1,  11)10. 


VOLUME  4.  PRICE 

The  Geology  of  the  Upper  Region  of  the  Main  Walker  River,  Nevada,  by  Dwight  T.  Smith  30c 
A Primitive  Ichthyosanrian  Limb  from  the  Middle  Triassic  of  Nevada,  by  John  C.  Merriam  10c 
Geological  Section  of  the  Coast  Ranges  North  of  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco,  by  V.  C.  Osmont  40c 
Areas  of  the  California  Neocene,  by  Vance  C.  Osmont  .......  15c 

Contribution  to  the  Palaeontology  of  the  Martinez  Group,  by  Charles  E.  Weaver  . . 20c 

New  or  Imperfectly  Known  Rodents  and  Ungulates  from  the  John  Day  Series,  by  William 
J.  Sinclair  ............. 

New  Mammalia  from  the  Quaternary  Caves  of  California,  by  William  J.  Sinclair 
Preptoceras,  a New  Ungulate  from  the  Samwel  Cave,  California,  by  Eustace  L.  Furlong 
A New  Sabre-tooth  from  California,  by  John  C.  Merriam  ..... 

The  Structure  and  Genesis  of  the  Comstock  Lode,  by  John  A.  Reid  .... 

The  Differential  Thermal  Conductivities  of  Certain  Schists,  by  Paul  Thelen 
Sketch  of  the  Geology  of  Mineral  King,  California,  by  A.  Knopf  and  P.  Thelen  . 

Cold  Water  Belt  Along  the  West  Coast  of  the  United  States,  by  Ruliff  S.  Holway 
The  Copper  Deposits  of  the  Robinson  Mining  District,  Nevada,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson 
I.  Contribution  to  the  Classification  of  the  Amphiboles. 

II.  On  Some  Glaucophane  Schists,  Syenites,  etc.,  by  G.  Murgoci 
The  Geomorphic  Features  of  the  Middle  Kern,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson 
Notes  on  the  Foothill  Copper  Belt  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  by  A.  Knopf 
An  Alteration  of  Coast  Range  Serpentine,  by  A.  Knopf  ..... 

The  Geomorphogeny  of  the  Tehachapi  Valley  System,  by  Andrew  C.  Lawson 


8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

Is. 


VOLUME  5. 

Carnivora  from  the  Tertiary  Formations  of  the  John  Day  Region,  by  John  C.  Merriam 
Some  Edentate-like  Remains  from  the  Mascall  Beds  of  Oregon,  by  William  J.  Sinclair 
Fossil  Mollusca  from  the  John  Day  and  Mascall  Beds  of  Oregon,  by  Robert  E.  C. 

Stearns  

New  Cestraciont  Teeth  from  the  W^est  American  Triassic,  by  Edna  M.  Wemple  . 
Preliminary  Note  on  a New  Marine  Reptile  from  the  Middle  Triassic  of  Nevada,  by  John 

C.  Merriam  

Notes  on  Lawsonite,  Columbite,  Beryl,  Barite,  and  Calcite,  by  Arthur  S.  Eakle 
The  Fossil  Fishes  of  California,  with  Supplementary  Notes  on  Other  Species  of  Extinct 

Fishes,  by  David  Starr  Jordan 

Fish  Remains  from  the  Marine  Lower  Triassic  of  Aspen  Ridge,  Idaho,  by  Malcolm  Goddard 
Benitoite,  a New  California  Gem  Mineral,  by  George  Davis  Louderback,  with  Chemica 
Analysis  by  Walter  C.  Blasdale  . . ........ 

Notes  on  Quaternary  Felidae  from  California,  by  John  F.  Bovard  .... 

Tertiary  Faunas  of  the  John  Day  Region,  by  John  C.  Merriam  and  William  J.  Sinclair 
Quaternary  Myriopods  and  Insects  of  California,  by  Fordyce  Grinnell,  Jr.  . 

Notes  on  the  Osteology  of  t^'TiKtlattosaurian  Genus  Nectosaurus,  by  John  C.  Merriam 

Note^n_Spsi&  GailTornia  Minerals,  by  Arthur  S.  Eakle 

Notes  on  a Collection  of  Fossil  Mammals  from  Virgin*  Valley,  Nevada,  by  Jame^'  WiH 
Gidley 


Volume  5 — (Continued). 


PRICE 


16.  Stratigraphy  and  Palaeontology  of  the  San  Pahlo  Formation  in  Middle  California,  by  Charles 

E.  Weaver 

17.  New  Echinoids  from  the  Tertiary  of  California,  by  Charles  E.  Weaver  • . . . 

18.  Notes  on  Echinoids  from  the  Tertiary  of  California,  by  R.  W.  Pack  . . . . , 

19.  Pavo  californicus,  a Fossil  Peacock  from  the  Quaternary  Asphalt  Beds  of  Rancho  La 

Brea,  by  Loye  Holmes  Miller 

20.  The  Skull  and  Dentition  of  an  Extinct  Cat  closely  allied  to,  Fclis  atrox  Leidy,  by  John  C. 

Merriam 

21.  Teratornis,  a New  Avian  Genus,  from  Rancho  La  Brea,  by  Loye  Holmes  Miller 

22.  The  Occurrence  of  Strepsicerine  Antelopes  in  the  Tertiary  of  Northwestern  Nevada,  by 

John  C.  Merriam  

23.  Benitoite,  Its  Paragenesis  and  Mode  of  Occurrence,  by  George  Davis  Louderback,  with 

chemical  analyses  by  Walter  C.  Blasdale 

24.  The  Skull  and  Dentition  of  a Primitive  Ichthyosaurian  from  the  Middle  Triassic,  by 

John  C.  Merriam  

25.  New  Mammalia  from  Rancho  La  Brea,  by  John  C.  Merriam  ...... 

26.  An  Aplodont  Rodent  from  the  Tertiary  of  Nevada,  by  Eust!?.ce  L.  Furlong 


5c 


15c 

10c 

10c 

75c 

10c 

05c 

10c 


27.  Evesthes  jordani,  a Primitive  Flounder  from  the  Miocene  of  California,  by  James  Zacchaeus 

Gilbert  .......  . 15c 

28  The  Probable  Tertiary  Land  Connection  between  Asia^-and  North  America,,  by  Adolph  Knopf.  10c 
29.  Rodent  Fauna  of  the  Late  Tertiary  Beds  at  Virgin  Valley  and  Thousand  Creek,  Nevada, 

by  Louise  Kellogg  15e  ( 

£0.  Wading  Birds  from  the  Quaternary  Asphalt  Beds  of  Rancho  La  Brea,  by  Loye  Holmes 

Miller  .................  lOc 

N 

European  orders  for  the  above  may  be  addressed  to  E.  Friedlander  u.  Sohn,  Earlstiasse,  Berlin, 
.W.,  Germany. 


TNDKX.* 


Aeeratheriiini  aniiectens,  18G. 
hesi>ei'iuni,  186. 
oregoiiense.  195. 
j)acificnm,  186. 
triiquiamiiii,  186. 
tubifer,  186. 

Acipenser,  121. 

ineilirostris,  121. 

Acipenseri<lae,  121. 

Acrodus,  100. 

ale.xanilrae,  n.  sp.,  71;  plate  7. 
oreodontns,  ii.  s])..  72;  plate  7. 
weinpliae,  figured,  100. 

Actinolite,  in  benitoite  deposit,  360. 
Aegyriiie,  363. 

Aelurodon,  10. 

Aetobatidae,  119. 

Aetobatis,  119. 

Agassiz,  Louis,  96,  107. 

Agrioclioerus  sp.,  188,  194,  195. 
ferox,  187,  191,  192. 
guvotianus,  187,  188. 
ryderamis,  187. 
trifrons,  187. 

Ailurictis,  45,  50. 

Albite,  crystal  forms,  361,  375;  pi. 
38. 

Alexander,  Annie  M.,  sjiecies  named 
for,  320;  work  of,  319,  382,  398, 
421. 

Allomeryx  planieejis,  187,  188. 
Allomvs  (Meniscomys)  cavatns,  188, 
189,  190. 

liij)|)odns,  185,  188,  189. 
liolo]ihns,  185,  188,  190. 
nitens,  188,  189. 

var.  multiplicatns,  185. 

Alnns,  259. 

Alticamelus  altus,  196. 

Alneo  pratineola,  306. 

Amara  insignis,  211;  ])1.  16. 
American  Canon.  West  Humboldt 
Kange,  Nevada,  382. 


American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, 2. 

Ammonitella  yatesi  praecursor,  67. 

Amphiboles,  in  Ijenitoite  deposit, 
360. 

Amyzon  beds,  177,  178,  179. 

Analyses,  benitoite,  150;  metamor- 
phosed ferruginous  chert  (?), 
365;  natrolite,  359;  neptunite, 
357,  375;  soda-amphibole,  361. 

Anchitherium,  179. 

Anderson,  F.  AI.,  90.  97,  101,  109, 
119,  247,  248,  266,  275. 

Anglesite,  crystal  forms,  230;  pi.  20. 

Antiloeapra,  328. 

Aplodont  Rodent  from  the  Tertiary 
of  Nevada,  397. 

Aplodontia,  398. 

alexandrae,  n.  sj).,  398,  429;  figured, 
399. 

rufa,  398. 

A((uila  chrysaetos,  306. 

Aragonite,  363. 

-Arbutus,  sp.,  259. 

-Area  microdonta,  261. 

Arcanite.  crystal  forms,  233,  pi.  20; 
occurrence,  232. 

-Archaelurus.  38. 

debilis,  37,  40,  44,  185,  189. 

major,  4,  44,  50,  51  ; figured,  39, 
41,  52,  185,  188,  189;'  pis.  4,  5. 

Archeohi|)pus,  sp.  indesc.,  196. 
ultimus,  195,  196. 

Arctomys  minor,  n.  s]).,  425;  figured, 
423. 

nevadensis,  n.  sp.,  422;  figured,  423. 
primigenia,  425. 

Arctotherium  simum.  164. 

-Ardea  herodias,  306,  448. 

Arnold,  Delos,  97. 

Arnold,  Ralph,  97,  114,  115,  247,  248, 
275. 

-Ashley,  George  IL,  245. 


*Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Bull.  Dept.  Geol.,  vol.  5. 


[449] 


Index. 


Asio  accipitrimis,  30(). 
wilsoiiianus,  3()(). 

As]i('ii  liidge,  Idaho,  145. 

Asiihalto,  Kern  County,  California, 
1 5(i. 

Astcrias  reinonili,  2(il. 

Asf l•oda|)sis,  245. 

antis(4li.  n.  var.  arnoldi,  279;  ]il.  24. 
fcrnandoonsis,  n.  s]).,  279;  pi.  24. 
tuinidns,  24.S,  25, S,  2()d,  2(il,  2()(), 
2()7 ; zono,  259. 
wliitnoyi,  2(il. 

Atliorinidac',  131. 

Aiudienia  liesterna.  393. 

Bagloy,  Mr.,  121. 

Baih'y,  N'crnon,  ,S. 

Barite,  99;  forms,  99;  oceurronce,  90. 

Barker,  .lohn,  97. 

Barker’s  ranch,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 191.  192,  194,  198,  109, 
III.  no.  119. 

Barra  do  .lardim  C('ara,  Brazil,  ]il. 
12.  opp.  139. 

Bean.  Barton  A.,  113. 

Bear  Cov(‘.  Shasta  County,  (’alifor- 
nia.  73.  97.  98,  100. 

Bear  \’alley.  Contra  Costa  County, 
('alifornia,  274. 

Bel)t).  William,  291,  305,  300. 

Belshaw 's  rancdi,  .lohn  Day  Valley, 
70,  175. 

Benitoite.  analyses.  350,  351;  bildio- 
gra])hie  references,  330,  351,  371. 
372,  374;  chemical  clmraeters, 

349;  crystal  symmetry,  345.  371, 
]d.  37;  erystaliography,  341,  372; 
crystals  in  matrix,  jd.  33  (col- 
ored plate),  op]i.  354. 
dej)osits,  conditions  of  de])Osition. 
307;  comparison  with  other  like 
de])osits,  370;  effects  of  earth 
moyement  and  ])ressure.  337; 
genetic  relation  with  ser])entiiie, 
309;  geological  surroundings, 
334;  minerals.  340;  secpience  of 
eyents,  3()0;  size  and  attitude  of 
outcro|),  339. 
discoyery,  333. 

geun.  353,  natural  and  ])leochroic 
colors,  pi.  33  (colored  i)late),  op]i. 
354. 

haldf , 344 ; ])ls.  37.  38. 
locality,  333,  rocks  of.  304;  view 
of.  III.  28,  op]i.  p.  330. 
matrix  (natrolite),  357;  analyses, 
359;  cryst.'illine  aggrc'gate.  pi. 
34.  opp.  p.  358. 


mine,  opiui  cut,  jd.  31,  opp.  p.  349, 
|d.  32,  oiip.  [I.  344;  mining  condi 
tions  jiroduced  liy  earth-move- 
ments, 339. 

occurrence',  map  of,  ojip.  fi.  334; 

mode  of,  330. 
origin  of  name.  354. 

[laragenesis,  349.  352.  30()-308. 

(<S’cc  tiho  Ac'gyrine,  .-Mliite,  .\ni- 
philioles,  ( 'ojiper  minerals,  Nat- 
I'olite,  Neptunite). 

])hvsical  properties,  347,  374. 
jireliminary  pajier,  149. 
veins,  cop|)er  minerals  in,  35!); 
d istri  hut  ion  of  minerals,  308; 
drusy  interior,  pi.  29  ojip.  p.  338; 
country  rock  of.  304. 

Ilernicla  canade'nsis,  39(). 

Beryl,  89;  forms,  89;  occurrence,  89. 

Bettany,  (i.  T.,  199. 

Big  ('reek,  llumholdt  County,  Ne- 
vada, 420. 

Ifirch  Creek,  Wheeler  County,  (4re- 
gon,  ()5. 

Birtch,  I).  ('.,  279. 

Bison,  150. 

Bison  antiepius,  293,  300. 
latifrons,  303. 

Bittium  asperum,  204. 

Blaisdell,  F.  K.,  209. 

Blake.  W.  P..  90.  ,199. 

Blasdale,  Walter  C.,  149,  331. 

Blastomeryx  borealis,  179. 

Bolinas  Bay,  California,  117. 

Bolinger  Canon,  255.' 

Bologna  Creek,  184. 

Boselai>hus,  327. 

Bothus  minimus,  400. 

Bovard.  .lohu  F..  155,  304. 

Bowers.  Stephen  W.,  97,  109,  128, 
130,  271. 

Branner,  .lohn  ('.,  139,  140. 

Brazil,  Barra  do  .lardim  Ceara,  pi. 
12.  opp.  p.  139;  Sao  Paulo,  140. 

Brea  Canon,  Orange  County,  Califor- 
nia, 97,  125. 

Bridge  Creek,  Oregon,  08,  174,  184. 

Brochantite,  crystal  forms,  229, ~id. 
19;  occurrence,  228. 

Brock  Mountain.  217,  220. 

Brooks,  A.  H..  417,  419. 

Brown’s  Canon,  Los  Angeles  County, 
California,  97,  127,  133. 

Brushy  Slojio,  Shasta  County,  Cali- 
foi'Tiia,  97;  camp,  217. 

Pnbo  virginianus,  300. 

HiK'iia  \’ista  Lake,  283. 

Huteo  borealis,  300. 


[4501 


Index. 


Calaniite  bods,  178. 

( 'a  lainopleunis,  1 89. 

oyliiuli’ic'us,  |il.  12,  p.  139. 
Cak'ite,  3(13;  from  'rorliiigua,  'Pexas, 
forms,  habit,  ' occurreiioo,  91; 
tubular,  ,S9. 

('aledoiiito,  crystal  forms,  228,  jil. 

19;  oecurrcuee,  227. 

(laliforiiia  State  (leological  Survey, 
24,5. 

(’alkius,  F.  (’.,  174,  199. 
Callospermojihilus  trepidus,  427. 
(’alosoma  semilaeve,  211;  pi.  1(5. 
damoloid,  19(5. 
damelops,  sp.,  293. 

Cauidae,  .lolni  I>ay,  Oregon,  5;  Louj) 
Fork,  Colorado,  (59, 

Cauis  ( ?),  sp.,  4,  5,  19(5. 

( 'anis,  11.  sp.,  293,  30(5. 
aiidersoui,  ii.  sp.,  393. 
iiidianeiisis,  293,  303,  30(5,  393. 
oeeideiitalis  furlougi,  ii.  var.,  393. 
oreutti,  ii.  sp.,  391. 

('apay  Valley,  248. 

Capitola,  283. 

Careliarhiiius,  103. 

Carcliarias,  104;  figured,  103. 
('archarias  aiitiquiis,  103. 
('arc'hariidae,  lUl. 

Carcliarodoii.  112. 

ariioldi,  113,  118;  figured,  114. 
braiiiieri,  116,  118;  figured,  117. 
carcliarias,  118. 
iiiegalodoii,  116. 
rectus,  112,  118. 
riversi,  115,  118,  figured,  115. 
Cardium  blaiiduiii,  2(51. 

Carlosite.  354. 

Cariieros  ('reek,  247. 

('arnivora,  .lohii  Day,  geologic  range 
of,  4;  stage  of  evolution,  58. 
Carrizo  Creek,  Sail  Diego  ('oiinty, 
California,  109. 

Castanea  S]).,  259. 

('atharista  oeeideiitalis,  306. 

Cathartes  aura,  306. 

Catostomidae,  140. 

('atostomiis  batrachops,  144. 
labiatiis,  141. 
occidental  is,  144. 
siiyderi,  142. 

('eara,  Brazil,  139. 

('elestite,  crystal  forms,  231,  pi.  20; 
oeciirreiice,  230. 

('ervine  ( Palaeoiueryx) , sp.  a and  b, 
1 96. 

(5'halicotherium.  (1(5,  398. 
f'haracinidae,  140. 


Chasm istos,  S]i.,  figured,  141. 
Chasmistes  bafrachops  ?,  143,  144. 
Chasmistes,  140. 
oregonus,  141. 
stomias,  144. 

Chico,  ('alifornia,  105,  107,  112,  126. 
('hilioseyllium  ?,  119;  (igureil,  102. 
('hinook  salmon,  139. 

Chione  tluetifraga,  2(51. 

siicciiicta,  2(50. 

('hiroceiitridae.  120. 

( 'hrysodomus  fabiilafiis,  267. 

('icoiiia  maltha,  ii.  sp.,  440;  figured, 
441,  444. 

Cicoiiid,  30(5. 

('ircus  hudsonius,  30(5. 

('itellus,  sp.,  427  ; figured,  428. 

('lark,  F.  (’.,  30(5. 

('lark,  W.  ().,  86,  97,  125. 

('lariio  beds,  172. 

Clariio 's  Terry,  John  Day  River, 
Oregon,  21. 

('lariio  formation,  3,  193. 

(Uaw  of  an  edentate,  figured.  (15. 
Clementia  siibdiphana,  261. 

Clemmys  saxea,  19(5,  198. 

Clidiophora  punctata,  2(51. 

Clu])ea  humilis,  136. 

('lupeidae,  126,  136. 

('Iiipeoid  fish,  figured.  A.,  12(5;  B, 
127;  C,  127. 

('ly])easter  bowersi.  271,  pis.  21,  22. 

brewerianiis,  247. 

('oalinga  beds,  248,  273,  283. 

( 'obifopsidae  (?),  128. 

('oilier,  A.  .1.,  415. 

? ('olodoii  (Lophiodon)  oeeideiitalis, 
186. 

('oliimbia  Lava,  3,  174,  193. 

Colorado,  South  Park,  177. 
Ckduuibite,  87;  forms,  88;  occur- 
rence, 88. 

('ondoii,  Thomas,  6,  40,  177,  178,  199. 
( oniontis  abdomiiialis,  212. 
elliptica,  213,  pi.  16. 

]iuncticollis,  212. 
robusta,  212,  pi.  1(5. 

Conrad,  T.  A.,  244. 

('ook,  Harold.  329. 

('ope.  E.  1).,  136,  176,  199. 

('opper  minerals  in  benitoite  veins, 
359. 

('orral  Hollow,  California,  244,  245, 
246,  25(5. 

('orrelations.  table  of.  173;  of  .Tohn 
Day  region.  181,  182,  183. 

Corvus  corax,  30(5. 

('ottonwood.  Grant  County,  Oregon, 
6;  beds.  179;  ('reek,  179. 


[451] 


Index. 


Cottonwood  Ciuio'n,  West  Iliunboldt 
Range.  Nevada,  72. 

Cvane,  3o(i. 

Crepidnla,  n.  s]).,  264. 
adnnea,  264. 
grandis.  264. 
praeruiita,  264. 

Crook  County,  Oregon,  17,  25,  26,  39. 
Crooked  River,  Oregon,  2,  172,  176. 
Cymbospondylns,  3S9. 

Cynodietis  (?)  (Galee.ynus)  gre- 
garius,  11. 

Cynodietis  gregarius,  11. 
latidens,  15. 
leinnr.  14. 

oregonensis.  n.  s]i.,  4,  5,  11,  184, 
ISS.  1S9;  pi.  2. 

Cvprinidae,  131. 

Cyrena  californica,  261. 

Daeodon  shoshonesis,  186. 

Dalatias.  118. 

Dalatiidae,  118. 

Hall,  W.  H..  181,  201,  418. 

Dallas.  R.  W.,  acd^nowledginent  of 
assistance,  332. 

Dalles  Oronp,  177. 

Dapedoglossus,  126. 

Daidiaenits,  27. 

Dasvatidae.  120. 

Davis.  L.  S..  2,  172,  198. 

Dawson,  (1.  ^I..  419. 

Dee])  River.  Montana,  179. 

Deinietis  eyelops.  37,  57,  18.). 

Des  Clintes  River.  Oregon,  176. 
Desniatipinis  erenidens,  197. 
Diceratlierinin  arinatnni,  186. 
nanuni.  186. 

Diceratlierinin  beds.  182,  183. 
Dinobastis  serns,  163. 

Diomede  Islands.  415. 


1 )ies)iyros 

virjj'iiiiann 

var.  turneri. 

259. 

1 )i  poides. 

St).  t)robablv  new. 

341 ; figured. 

42'<. 

1 )ii)ri<ui()niys 

n.  sp.,  434; 

figure 

d.  432. 

parvus. 

n.  gen.  and 

s]).,  433;  fig- 

lived. 

432. 

Dirrliizo'lon,  105. 

I tit  rigeiia  1 

1-bipyramiilal 

class,  ex- 

eni))lified  by  benitoite,  317. 
Dosinia  ponderosa,  262. 

Dytisens  niarginicollis.  212.  iil.  15. 
I■',a(•l■l'l , C..  acknowledgment  of  as- 
sistance. 332. 

Kakle.  .\rtlms  S.,  81.  oo-,^ 


Kehinaracliinus  ashleyi,  283. 
excentriens,  281. 
gibbsii,  282. 

lOcliinoids,  new,  trom  the  Tertiary 
of  Californi.*!,  271. 

Kcliinoids,  from  the  Tertiary  of  Cali- 
fornia, Notes  on,  275. 
I'lcliinorhinidae,  1 19. 

Dchinorhinus,  119. 
blakei,  119. 

Kdentate  claw,  figured,  65. 

El  Cierbo,  (lontra  Costa  (kninty,  Cal- 
ifornia, 249. 

Elephas,  156,  176,  293,  303,  306. 
Ellenslierg  formation,  193,  197. 
Eleodes  acuticauda,  213,  jd.  16. 
(forma  mnricata  minor),  ]il.  15. 
forma  punctata,  213,  i)ls.  15,  16. 
belirii,  n.  sp.,  213,  pi.  15. 
cornsobrina,  214,  jil.  16. 
elongata,  n.  sp.,  215,  i)l.  16. 
interniedia,  n.  sp.,  215,  pi.  16. 
laticollis,  forma  mnricata  minor, 
214,  i)ls.  15,  16. 

EIo])idae,  139. 

Tilotherinm,  .sp.,  188,  191,  192,  194, 
1 95. 

calkinsi,  186,  191,  192. 
humerosum,  186. 
imperator,  186. 

Eilsemere  Canon,  Los  Angeles  Coun- 
ty, California,  279. 

Enargite,  crystal  forms.  232,  ])1.  20; 

occurrence,  232. 

Enhydrocyon,  33. 

stenoeephalus,  5,  184. 

Entoptvehns  cavifrons,  185,  188,  190, 
19i,  192. 

crassiramis,  185,  ISS. 
lambdoideus,  185.  189. 
minimus,  figured.  432. 
minor.  185.  188.  189,  190. 
jilanifrons.  185.  188,  189,  190,  192. 
rostratus.  185.  191.  192. 
sjierryi,  185.  191.  192. 

Eobrycon  avus,  140;  figured,  140. 
El])ipbragmophora  fidelis  anticedens, 
67. 

Eporcodon,  sp..  191,  192,  195. 
ma.ior  longifrons,  187,  191,  192. 
Occident  alis.  187,  188,  189. 
leptacantlius,  187,  189. 
pacilicus,  187,  188. 
socialis,  187. 

trigonocephalus.  187,  191,  192. 
E(|uine  tistragali,  240. 

Equns.  156,  176,  303. 
liaciticus,  306. 


I ndc.x. 


Estorly.  (’.  ().,  440. 

Ktcliegoiii  beds,  24S;  fauna,  2(i(). 
Ktringus  sp.,  124,  125. 

Etringus  sciut.illans,  121,  128;  figureil, 
122,  123. 

Eucastor  lecontoi,  430;  figured,  428. 
Eiu'erathcriuiu  collimini,  104. 
Euerotaiilius  .jacksoui,  187. 
lua.jor,  187. 

Euxonura  iiiagiiari,  440. 

Evans.  II.  M.,  145. 

Evestlies  .iordani.  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
407,  pis.  41,  42. 

Extinct  Cat,  skull  and  dentition  of, 
291. 

Eyerinan,  .John,  201. 

Fairbanks,  11.  W.,  240,  247,  200. 
Parr,  Marcus,  2. 

Feliilae.  .lohn  l>ay,  37,  (il. 

Felis  atrox,  292. 

var.  bebbi,  3ol,  304,  ]d.  20;  fig- 
ured, 295,  298. 

fasciafus,  n.  subsp.  parvus,  105. 
hippidestes,  105. 
imperial  is,  155,  104,  293.  303. 
s]).  indet.,  jd.  14,  p.  103. 

Fern  (Fferis),  259. 

Fernando  formation  (Lower  Plio- 
cene ?),  279. 

Fischer,  Eugene,  305. 

Fisher  ('anon,  Nevada,  71. 

Flounder,  Primitive,  from  the  Mio- 
cene of  California,  405. 

Fossil  Fishes  of  California,  95. 

Fossil  Lake,  Oregon,  97,  137,  138, 
140,  141,  143. 

Fossils  in  Nome  terraces,  418. 

Fraas.  Eberhard,  382,  389. 

F'reestone,  247. 

Furlong,  E.  L.,  150,  208,  397. 

Pusus,  sp.,  204. 

Gabb,  W.  M.,  244. 

Galecynus  gregarius,  11. 
latidens,  15. 
lemur,  12,  14. 

Galeocerdo,  101. 

produetus,  101,  102;  figured,  102, 
114. 

Galeorhinus  galeus,  103. 

Galeus  (zyopterus  ?),  103;  figured, 

102. 

Gari  alata,  202. 

Garman,  Samuel,  113. 

Gem-stone,  California;  see  Benitoite. 
Geocoecyx  ealifornicus,  289. 
Geological  horizons  of  fossil  fish  of 
California,  135. 

Geologic  range  of  ,Tohn  Day  carni- 
vora, 4. 


Gidley,  .1.  W.,  172,  201,  235,  398. 
Gilbert,  Dr.,  of  Stanford  Pniversity, 
120. 

Gilbert,  .1.  Z.,  134,  405,  440. 

Gilmore,  C.  W.,  410. 

Glaucophane,  300. 

Glycimeris  generosa,  202. 

Goddard,  Malcolm,  145. 

Grant  County,  Oregon,  53. 
Gravigrade  edentate,  190. 

Grinnell,  Fordyce,  .Ir..  207. 

Grus  canadensis,  448. 

minor,  n.  sp.,  440;  figured,  447. 
parvus,  448. 

Gymnogy])s  califoruiamis,  300;  fig- 
ured. 310. 
llaehl.  11.  L.,  247. 

Half  Moon  Bay,  245. 

Haliaeetus  leucocephalus  alascanus, 
figured,  310. 

Ilanniiman.  George  B.,  acknowledg- 
ment of  assistance,  405. 

Hatcher,  .1.  B.,  183,  201. 

Hay,  ().  P.,  201. 

Hayes,  Thomas,  iicknowledgment  of 
assistance,  332. 

Haystack  Valle.y,  21,  184. 

Helix  ( Epiphragrnorphora  .’)  dubosia 
nom.  jirov.,  08,  09. 

Hemipristis  chieonis,  105;  figured, 

1 05. 

heteropleurus,  104;  figured.  105. 
Hetranchias  andersoni,  101;  figured, 
101. 

Ilexancludae,  101. 

Holoptyehide,  120. 

Holoptychus,  99,  120. 

Hoplophoneus  cerebralis,  37.  185. 

strigidens  ('?).  37,  185. 

Hosselkus  limestone.  217,  220. 
Humljoldt  Clounty,  274. 

Humboldt  Range,  West,  71,  75. 
Hyaenidae,  35. 

Hyaenocyon,  33. 
basilatus,  5,  184. 
sectorius,  5,  184. 

Hyatt,  A..  201. 

Hybodontidae,  98. 

Hybodus,  98. 

uevadensis.  n.  sp.,  72,  pi.  7. 
shastensis,  99,  73,  pi.  7 ; figured,  98. 
Hyde,  .Tames  M.,  113. 

Hy[)ertragulus,  sp.,  188,  191,  192. 

calearatus  ( ?),  187. 

Hj'pohippus,  398. 

astragalus,  figured,  240. 
equinus  (Scott),  230;  figured,  230. 
Hyjiotemuodon  coryphaeus,  1 0. 
.■josei)hi,  19. 


[453] 


Index. 


Idaho,  145. 

Isaac,  .1,  179. 

lliiigoecros,  s|)..  322,  327. 

alcxandrae,  329;  321,  323. 

form  H,  figured,  321. 
form  figured,  323. 

Isiirus  desorii,  112. 

planus,  107;  figured,  IDS. 
smifhii.  Ill;  figured.  Ill, 
tumulus,  10<);  figured,  109,  110. 
.labiru  mveteria,  44(1. 

Joaquiiiite,  37(1;  comiiarison  with 
titaiiite,  37>S;  cry.stallograjdiy, 
37(1;  occurrence,  379;  ])liysical 
proi)erties.  377. 

.Tohn  Day  Region.  Carnivora  from 
Tertiary  Formations,  1. 

.lolin  Day.  age,  193;  basin,  172;  beds, 
(17;  vanid.ae,  5;  carnivora,  geo- 
logic range  of,  4;  stage  of  evo- 
lution, 5.4;  Felidae,  37.  (11;  table 
of  correlations,  bSl,  1 82,  183; 
Tertiary  faunas,  171. 

.lohn  Day  River,  13.  21,  30,  172;  ter- 
races, 3.  17(1. 

.lohn  Day  series,  3.  172;  fauna,  187, 
188. ' 189.  190. 

.lohn  Day  Valley,  41,  52. 

.lohnson  Creek.  184. 

.Iordan,  David  Starr.  95.  405,  410. 
.lulus  cavicola,  n.  s]).,  210,  ])1.  15. 

occidentalis.  n.  S]i.,  209,  pi.  15. 
Karcjuinez  Straits,  25(1. 

Kellogg.  Miss  Louise,  421. 

Kenai  flora,  41(1. 

Kettleman  Hills.  California,  283. 
Kindle.  K.  ]\I.,  415. 

King,  Clarenc(‘,  17(1,  201. 

Kirker's  Creek.  252. 

Fass,  244,  24(1,  259. 

Klamath  Lake.  141. 

Knight.  V’ilbur  Clinton,  136. 
Knightia,  n.  gen..  136. 

eocaena,  l.'Ki. 

Kno])f,  .\dol])h,  413. 

Knowlton.  F.  II..  182.  201,  415. 

Kraus,  Professor,  interpretation  of 
benitoite  analyses,  351. 

Ijamna.  sp..  107. 

Immna  clavata  .\gassiz.  106;  figured, 
106. 

cuspidata,  106. 
ornata,  107. 

Lamnida('.  106. 

Laurus,  cf.  canari('nsis,  259. 

Hawson,  Andrew  ('..  249,  274. 
L.'iwsonite.  82;  analyses,  85;  occur- 
rences in  ( 'al  i fornia,  83. 


LeConte,  .loseph,  69,  201. 

Loi<ly,  .loseph,  202,  292. 

Leptauchenia  beds,  182. 

I>e|)tole))idae,  121. 

Lepus,  s]i.,  19(). 

ennisianus,  185,  188,  191,  192. 
vetus,  n.  s]).,  436;  tigured,  436,. 
Les(|ucreux,  Leo,  178,  202.  , 

Lignite  of  Taubate,  140. 

Limnaea  maxima,  70;  tigured,  69. 
Ijinarite,  crystal  forms,  226,  j)!.  19; 
occurrence,  225. 

Linthia  ( ?)  californica,  n.  sp.,  273, 

])l.  21. 

Hiropecten,  .set'  Pecten. 

Litorina  remondi.  264. 

])lanax(s,  2(i4. 

Livermore  V^alley,  156. 

Logan  Hutto,  Oregon,  2,  17,  25,  26, 
39. 

Lompoc,  Santa  Barbara  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 407. 

Los  Angeles,  California,  157. 

Lost  River,  Oregon,  139. 

Louderback,  O.  D.,  87,  149,  249,  331. 
Lower  Triassic,  145. 

Lucas.  F.  A.,  306. 

Ijunatia  lewisii,  264. 

Lutrictis  lycopotamicus,  195. 
Luvaridae,  134. 

Luvarus,  sj).,  134.  pi.  o])p.  p.  134. 
Lvnx  califnrnicus  fiseheri,  n.  var., 
395. 

IMcCharles,  C.  IL,  117. 

Machaera  jiatula,  262. 

Machaerodus  gracilis,  163. 

ischyrus,  156,  163. 

Maeoma  nasuta,  262,  266,  267. 

secta,  262,  266. 

Magna  Silica  Company,  405. 
Magnolia  californica,  259. 

Manastash  formation,  193. 
Manganese  dioxide,  363. 

Marsh.  O.  C..  176,  202. 
klartihez,  California,  97,  105. 

Mascall  beds,  Oregon,  65,  397;  eden- 
tate-like remains,  65;  fossil  inol- 
lusca,  67. 

Mascall  formation,  3,  175,  179; 

fauna,  195;  age,  197. 

Mastodon,  s]i.,  19(i,  293. 

Matthew.  W.  D..  2.  11,  49,  182,  194, 
202,  329,  398,  431. 

Me('koceras.  145. 

M ega  licht  hyidae,  146. 

Megalichthys,  145,  147. 

('ga Ion vchidae,  66. 

Mendeul'iall,  \V.  ('.,  125. 


/ ndex. 


MonisconiyH,  41)2,  402;  see  Alloiuys. 

liipiiodus,  298. 

Merced  formation,  2(i7. 

Merriain,  (!.  Ilart,  8,  1.57. 

Merriam,  .J.  1,  67,  85,  9(i,  105,  121, 

133,  140,  156,  171,  203,  208,  209, 

217,  244,  245,  247,  248,  259,  271, 

275,  291,  206,  219,  381,  291,  297, 

422. 

s])ecie.s  naitied  for.  317. 

Merriamella  dorvssa,  131;  figiire<l, 
132. 

Meryehipus,  398. 

isonesus,  195,  196,  238. 
relietus,  196. 

sp.  indet.,  238,  239;  figured,  238. 
Aleryeochoerus,  184,  196;  beds,  183. 
Merycoidodoiit,  196. 

Mesoeyon  hracliyops,  ii.  s]i.,  4,  5,  17, 
184,  192;  figured,  18. 
corypliaeus,  4,  5,  16,  184,  188,  189, 
192;  figured.  21. 
josephi,  4,  5.  19,  184,  188,  189. 
Mesohipj)US,  194,  195. 
acutidens,  186,  191,  192. 
anceps,  186. 
biaehylophus,  186. 
condoni.  186. 

equiceps,  186,  188,  189,  191,  192. 
longicristis,  186. 
praestans,  186,  191,  192. 

Middle  Triassic,  71. 

Miller,  L.  II.,  30,  285,  305,  439. 
Milne-Kdwards,  A.,  286. 

Miolabis  ( I’aratylopus) , 184. 
caineloides,  187,  191,  192. 
sternbergi,  187. 
transmontauus,  196. 

Mixosaurus  ("?)  atavus,  389. 

Modiola  ca{)ax,  262. 

recta,  262,  267. 

Mouoceras  engonatum,  264. 

Monterey,  Miocene,  267 ; series,  274. 
Monument,  Grant  County,  Oregon,  53 
Moore’s  Canon,  130. 

Moropus  distans,  186. 
senex,  66,  186. 

Muir,  Contra  Costa  County,  Califor- 
nia, 279. 

Mulinea  densata.  258,  262,  267. 
Mvlagaulodon,  403. 

angulatus,  185,  191,  192. 
Mylagaulus,  sp.,  196,  398. 

inonodon,  figured,  428,  429. 
Mylagulus,  398. 

Myliobatus,  119. 

pristiims,  figured,  428. 
Mylopliarodon.  131. 
conocei)halus,  131. 


Nassa  califoriiica,  266,  2()7. 
memlica,  265. 

])Crpinguis,  265. 

Natica  callosa,  n.  var.,  264. 

Natrolite,  357;  analyses,  359;  botry- 
oi<lal  aggregate,  ])l.  3(i,  opj).  [>. 
3()0;  crystalline  aggregate,  pi.  31, 
op](.  p.  358;  equant  groups,  jd. 
35;  ])risniatic  habit,  ])l.  35. 

Navy  Point,  Benicia,  (’alifornia,  107. 

Nectosaurus,  218,  219,  222;  notes  on 
osteology  of,  217. 
halius,  ])ls.  17,  18. 

Neohipj)arion,  sj).  indet,  196. 
occidentale,  195,  198. 
sinclairi,  195,  198. 

Neotragocerus  improvisus,  330. 

Ne])tunea  recurva,  265. 

Nei)tuuite,  analyses,  357,  375;  biblio- 
graphic  references,  354,  357,  371, 
375;  chemical  character,  357; 
crystallography,  354;  habits, 
355,  pi.  39;  physical  character, 
356;  jirism  in  natrolite  druse,  pi. 
30,  jil.  29;  for  general  mode  of 
occurrence  and  associations,  see 
l)enitoite. 

Neverita  recluziana,  2()5,  26(i,  267. 

Newberry,  J.  S.,  203. 

Nimravus,  38. 

confertus.  42,  44. 
gomphodus,  4.  37,  40,  42,  44,  46, 
185,  188,  189. 

Nome,  terraces,  418;  fossils,  418. 

North  P''ork,  Shasta  County,  Califor- 
nia, 97,  100,  217,  220. 

Nothoeyon  geismarianus,  5,  184,  189. 
n.  var.  mollis,  4,  13,  184,  188,  189; 
pis.  2,  3. 

latidens,  5,  15,  184,  188,  189;  pi.  2. 
lemur,  4. 

Nueula  divaricata,  262. 

Nulato  sandstone,  419. 

Ocinebra  lurida.  265. 

Oeova  or  Pose  Creek,  Kern  County, 
'California,  96,  104,  107,  112,  ll's, 
119,  133. 

Octahedrite,  380. 

Ogmoi)his  oregonensis,  187. 

Gil  City,  Kern  County,  California, 
97,  ’ 102,  103,  104,  'l08,  109,  111, 
117,  118,  119. 

Oligobuuis,  33. 

erassivultus,  5,  184. 

Olivella  boetica,  258,  265. 

Omphalosaurus  nevadanus,  n.  gen. 
and  s])..  figured,  76,  pis.  8,  9. 

Oncorhynchus,  137. 

tschawytscha  ?,  figured,  138,  139. 


[455] 


I ikIcx. 


Orcutt,  W.  W.,  157. 

Oriiidan  formation,  254. 

Osborn,  11.  K.,  2,  172.  202. 

Osino.  177. 

Osinont,  V.  2.  75,  172,  247. 

Osteoglossidac,  1 2(i. 

Ostrea  hourgooisii,  2(12. 
titan,  259,  2(i2,  2(17. 

Oxyrhina,  107. 

[liana,  107. 

I’ac-lieco,  ('(Ultra  Costa  County,  ('ali- 
fornia.  27(1. 

1 ‘acliydf'sina  ! crassat plloidos,  2(12. 

I’acicnlns  iiis(ditns,  1S5. 
locd^ingtonianns,  1 S5. 

Park.  K.  W..  275. 

l’ala(“olagns  novademsis,  n.  sji.,  435; 
fignrp(l.  435. 

Palaooinorvx,  39S. 

borealis,  19(1,  241;  figured,  241. 

Paracotylo)is  beds,  I .S3. 

Parada|ihaenus  eus])igerus,  5.  1S4. 
s]).  indese.,  1 S4. 

Parahijiims  astragalus,  figured.  240. 
brevideus  195.  19G. 

Paramylodon  uebraseensis,  293,  30(1. 

I’aratylo])us  ( 1\[ iolabis) , 1S4. 

Parietis  [iriinaevus,  1S4. 

Passmines,  30(1. 

Patulns,  25s,  2(10. 

Pavo  ealifornieus,  2S(!.  30(1,  [d.  25. 
cristatus,  2S(1. 
mutiens,  2S(i. 

Peaeoek  fossil,  2S5. 

Pecten  (Liro[)eeten)  crassieardo, 
2(12,  2(17. 

[labloeusis,  25S.  2(53. 
veatcliii,  2(10,  2(12. 

Peeteuenlns,  25S,  260. 

[latulus,  2(13. 

Peroinyseus  ( !),  s]i.,  19(5,  433. 

anti(|uns,  u.  s[i.,  432;  figured,  432. 
nematodou,  1 S5,  ISS,  190. 

[larvus,  1S5,  ISS,  190. 

Peseadero,  San  Mateo  County,  ('ali- 
fornia,  113. 

Pessoa.  Paulo,  of  Rio  d(>  .laneiro, 
139,  140. 

Peterson.  ().  A.,  (1(1,  194. 

Phalarodon  fraasi,  3S2;  figuri'd,  3S3, 
3S5.  3S(i;  jil.  40. 

Pli;ir(‘odus.  12(1. 

Pliasianiiiae,  2S5. 

Plieasant.  3o(i. 

Pliilotrox,  n.  gen.,  30.  34. 

condoni.  n.  s|i.,  4.  5.  1S4.  ISS,  1S9; 
lignreil,  30, 

Pinna,  n.  sp..  2(13. 


Pi u(d(‘  tulf,  257,  259. 

Pisiuo,  247. 

Platygonus  ri'x.  195,  198. 

Pkitymis,  eonf.  fnnebri«.  211. 

Ploastuit’s  Vtillcy,  24S. 

Plenrolieus  ( ?),  188,  190. 
di|do])hysus,  185. 
le|)tophrys,  185,  189,  190. 
sulcifrons,  185. 

Pliolii[)pus  ( f ) , s|i.,  19(1. 
sjieettins,  195. 
snpremus,  198. 

Plio]ilarelius  se|it(‘ms])inosns,  19(1. 

Podials,  222. 

Pogonodoii  bracliyops,  37,  57,  185. 
(kivisi,  4,  37,  5.3,  185,  192;  pi.  (1. 
[ihityeojiis,  4,  37,  5(1,  185,  1 Stt. 

Point  Firiniu,  California,  134. 

Polyboriis,  30(1. 

Polygyra  dalli,  (17. 

Po])ulus,  259. 

Port  Harford,  134. 

Pose  Creek,  sec  Ocoyti  Creek. 

Potter  Creek  cave,  89,  121,  131,  15(1, 
1(14,  1(15,  208,  304.  398. 

Priene  oregoneiisis,  2(15. 

Prionodon  anti(jnns,  103. 

Promeiycoelioerus,  174,  184;  beds, 

1 82” 

chelvdra,  187,  191,  192. 
leidyi,  187,  191,  192. 
inacrostegus,  187,  191,  192. 
obliquidens,  19(1. 
suiierbus.  187,  191,  192. 
teiiqioralis,  187. 

Protiqiirus,  s|i.,  191,  192,  194,  195. 
robnstus,  18(1,  191,  192. 

Proteinnoeyon,  28. 

Protoeertis  lieds,  182;  sandstones, 
182. 

Protohi])[)us  avns,  195. 
medius,  195. 

Protolabis  beds,  179. 

Psendoeardinm  gabbi.  259,  2(50,  2(53, 
2(5(5,  2(57. 

Pterostiohus.  s|).  indet,  211. 

Pterotlirissidae,  127. 

Pterotlirissoid  fish?,  127;  figured, 

1 28. 

Ptyehoeheilus,  131. 
grtindis,  131. 

Purisiuia  format  ion.  245,  247,  248, 
2(57. 

Pnr[iura  eanalictdatti,  2(55. 
eris|iat!i.  2(55. 
saxieola.  2(55. 

Pyrtuuidula,  u.  s.,  (18;  figured,  (59. 
perspeetiva  simillima,  (17. 


/ ltd  ex. 


Kanelio  l.a  15rea,  291,  ?,91,  395,  439; 
fossil  ]ieacock  from,  285;  new 
avian  genus,  395;  new  mam- 
malia, 391;  wading  birds  from, 
439. 

Ilanella  ealiforniea,  265. 

Rattlesnake  Creek,  6,  65,  175;  form- 
ation, 3,  175,  198. 

Raymond,  VV.  ,1.,  97. 

Rli'inoeeros,  188,  191,  192,  196. 
Rhizodns  ornatus,  148. 

Rivers,  .1.  .1.,  97,  114,  115,  118. 
Rodeo,  California,  249. 

Rogenio  bowersi,  130;  figured,  130. 

solitndinis,  128;  figured,  129. 
Rosemary,  near  Los  Angeles,  209. 
Russell,  T.  C.,  203. 

Rustic  Canon,  Santa  Monica  Range, 
California,  114,  116. 

Salmon,  Chinook,  139. 

Salmonidae,  137. 

Samwel  ('ave,  Shasta  County,  Cali- 
fornia, 156,  165,  208. 

San  Gregorio,  California,  273,  283. 
San  Leandro,  ('alifornia,  164. 

San  Pablo,  California,  97. 

San  Pablo  Bay,  244,  245. 

San  Pablo  formation.  250,  258,  281. 
San  Ramon  Valley,  254. 

Santa  Ana,  California.  97. 

Santa  Anita  Ranch,  97. 

Santa  Margarita.  247,  248,  266. 

Santa  Monica,  97;  Range,  115. 

Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  140. 

Saxidomus  gracilis,  263. 

squalidus,  263. 

Scalaria,  s]).,  265. 

Scnizaster  lecontei,  276. 

stalderi,  n.  s]i.,  274,  pi.  21. 
Schizothoerus  f,  sji.,  263. 

Sciurus  ballovianus,  185. 

wortmani,  185. 

Scombridae,  133. 

Scombroid  fish,  133. 

Scor]>aenidae,  134. 

Scott,  W.  B.,  2.  11,  179,  180,  204. 
Scutaster,  278. 

andersoni,  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  278,  pi. 
23. 

Scutella  breweriana,  267. 
fairbanksi,  276,  pi.  23. 
gabbi,  258,  260.  261 ; zone,  258. 
interlineata.  277. 
norrisi,  n.  sp.,  277,  pi.  23. 
perrini,  n.  s|).,  273,  jil.  22. 
Scylliorhinidae.  119. 

Scymnus,  118. 
occidentalis,  118. 


Sebastodes,  134. 
rosae,  1 34. 

Setjuoia  langsdorfi,  415. 

Serij)cs,  sj).,  2()3. 

Serj)entarius,  315. 

Sesj)e  C.anon,  Ventura  County,  277. 
Seward  Peninsula,  414;  cenozoic  his- 
tory, 420. 

Shasta  County,  California,  217. 

Shell  Ridge,  253. 

Shorb,  Los  Angeles  County,  97. 
Shreve  and  Com]):iny,  acknowledg- 
ment of  assistance,  332. 
Simocyoninae,  34. 

Sinclair,  William  .1.,  2,  65,  89,  121 
131,  156,  171,  203,  204,’ 208,  398! 
Sniilodon  (?)  californicus,  157  293 
306. 

fatalis,  163. 
floridanus,  160. 
necator,  161. 
neogaeus,  161. 

Smith,  G.  O.,  204. 

Smith,  .James  Perrin,  145,  271,  275. 
Smith,  Xorman  K.,  232. 

Smith,  I\  S.,  415. 

Soda-am])hibole,  360;  analysis,  361. 
Soda  Springs,  Idaho,  145,' 

Soledad  i)ass,  97,  126,  128. 

Solen  rosaceus,  263. 

South  Park,  Colorado,  177. 

Siiatangus  (?)  pachecoensis,  n.  sn 
276,  pi.  23. 

S|)eotyto  cunicularia,  306. 

Sperry.  .1.  65. 

Sjdienophalos,  327. 

nevadanus,  n.  gen.  and  .sp.,  325; 
figured,  326. 

Spirobolus  amstralis,  n.  sp.,  210  i)l 
15.  ’ ^ ■ 

Squaw-fish,  131. 

Stabler,  Walter,  271,  274. 

Standella  ealiforniea,  263. 
fnleata,  263. 

Starks,  Edwin  Chaj)in.  141. 

Sterns,  Robert  E.  C.,  67,  204. 
Steneofiber,  sp.,  196. 

gradatus,  185,  188,  189,  190. 
peninsulatus.  185,  188,  189,  190. 
Sternberg,  Charles  11. . 204. 

Stibnite.  crystal  forms,  231,  jd.  20; 

occurrence,  231. 

.Stone.  Witmer.  292.  302. 

Stylemys,  s])..  188,  191,  192. 

oregonensis  (S.  nebrascensis) , 187. 
Tajies  Staley i.  263,  266.  267. 

staminea.  2(>3. 

Tassajero  Canon,  259, 


[457] 


1 ndex. 


1 


Taubate,  lifjnitc  of,  140. 

Taxodiiiiii,  177. 

Te.ion,  27(1. 

Teniescal  (’anon,  Santa  Monica 
Range,  118. 

Teinnocvon  altigenis,  4.  .'),  21,  23,  184, 
188',  180,  192,  1)1,  3;  figured,  2;'), 
2(1. 

coryphaeus,  1(1. 

ferox,  4,  5.  22,  184,  191,  192. 

walloviamis,  o,  21,  184. 

Tephrocyon,  (1. 

rnrestris,  4,  5,  (1,  19(1,  pi.  1. 

Teratornis  nierrianii,  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
307;  figured,  313,  31(1. 

Teratornitliidae,  317. 

Tetragonopterns  avns,  140. 

Thalattosanrns,  218,  219. 
perrini,  218. 
shastensis,  219. 

Tlielen,  I’..  8(1. 

Tliinohviis  ( Bothrolahis)  decedens, 
lS(i.  1,88. 
lentns,  18(1,  188. 
osnionti,  18(1.  1,8,8. 

])ristimiS.  18(1,  1,89. 
rostratus.  18(1,  189. 
socialis,  18(1. 
snbaeqnans,  1,8(1. 

Thousand  Creek,  Nevada,  319,  320, 
325,  398,  422;  ro<lent  fauna  of 
late  tertiary  beds,  421. 

Toniarctus,  34. 

Torrey  Canon,  Ventura  County,  277. 

Trabuco  ( dnon.  Orange  County,  233. 

Trochita.  n.  sj).,  2(15. 
costellata,  247,  267. 
filosa,  265,  267. 
inornata,  265. 

Tro|)hon  pond(>rosuni.  245,  265,  266. 


'I'ruckee,  canal  near,  97;  group,  17(1, 
177,  179. 

Tubular  caic.ite,  89;  description,  89; 

occurrence,  89. 

'furner,  II.  W.,  245,  24(1,  259. 

'I’urtle  Cove,  .lohn  Day  River.  Ore- 
gon. 13.  21,  30,  4l',  52.  174. 

Dnio  condoni,  (17. 

Upin-r  Triassic,  217. 

ITrolo|)luis  luilleri  (?),  120. 

V'accinuin.  sp.,  259. 

Van  Dyke.  IT  ('..  209. 

\’an  Dorn’s  ranch.  178. 

Vaqueros  foi'ination,  277. 

X'irburnuni,  cf.  rugosus,  259. 

Virgin  Valley,  Nevada,  235,  319,  397, 
398,  422;  rodent  fauna  of  late 
'I'ertiary  beds,  421. 

Vitis,  sp.  ( 1) , 259. 

Von  Zitfel,  K.  A.,  181. 

Walnut  Creek,  255,  260. 

Washburne,  (’.,  205. 

Weaver,  (’harles  K.,  243,  249,  271. 
Weini)le,  Edna  M.,  71,  98,  100;  C'anij) 
Weniple,  97. 

Wheeler  ('ounty,  Oregon,  65. 

White,  C.  A.,  205. 

Whitney,  J.  !>.,  205,  244. 

Wild-Cat  series,  274. 

W’illis,  B.,  413. 

W’oodward,  A.  Smith,  105. 

W’ortnian,  J.  L.,  179,  183,  205. 

Wright,  .(ulia  D.  E.,  209. 

Xenesthes.  120. 

velox,  120;  figured,  121. 

Yakima  basalt.  193. 

Yoldia  cooperi,  263,  267. 

York  bench,  419. 

Zajjata  Chino  Creek,  Fresno  County, 

116. 

Zirphaea,  sp.,  263. 


14.58] 


UNIVERSITY  OF  ILLINOIS-URBANA 
557C122  C001 

PUBLICATIONS  IN  GEOLOGICAL  SCIENCES  BERK 
5 1906-10 


3 0112 105289745 


